US9109026B2 - Dual variable domain immunoglobulins and uses thereof - Google Patents

Dual variable domain immunoglobulins and uses thereof Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US9109026B2
US9109026B2 US12/477,668 US47766809A US9109026B2 US 9109026 B2 US9109026 B2 US 9109026B2 US 47766809 A US47766809 A US 47766809A US 9109026 B2 US9109026 B2 US 9109026B2
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
seq
binding
antibody
binding protein
dvd
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Active, expires
Application number
US12/477,668
Other versions
US20090304693A1 (en
Inventor
Tariq Ghayur
Alfred Hahn
Bernhard Mueller
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
AbbVie Inc
Original Assignee
AbbVie Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Family has litigation
First worldwide family litigation filed litigation Critical https://patents.darts-ip.com/?family=41398843&utm_source=google_patent&utm_medium=platform_link&utm_campaign=public_patent_search&patent=US9109026(B2) "Global patent litigation dataset” by Darts-ip is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License.
Application filed by AbbVie Inc filed Critical AbbVie Inc
Priority to US12/477,668 priority Critical patent/US9109026B2/en
Assigned to ABBOTT LABORATORIES reassignment ABBOTT LABORATORIES ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: HAHN, ALFRED, MUELLER, BERNHARD, GHAYUR, TARIQ
Publication of US20090304693A1 publication Critical patent/US20090304693A1/en
Assigned to ABBVIE INC. reassignment ABBVIE INC. ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: ABBOTT LABORATORIES
Priority to US14/644,524 priority patent/US20150183867A1/en
Priority to US14/720,592 priority patent/US20160032000A1/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of US9109026B2 publication Critical patent/US9109026B2/en
Active legal-status Critical Current
Adjusted expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Images

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/18—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
    • C07K16/28—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants
    • C07K16/2869—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants against hormone receptors
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K39/395—Antibodies; Immunoglobulins; Immune serum, e.g. antilymphocytic serum
    • A61K39/39533—Antibodies; Immunoglobulins; Immune serum, e.g. antilymphocytic serum against materials from animals
    • A61K39/3955—Antibodies; Immunoglobulins; Immune serum, e.g. antilymphocytic serum against materials from animals against proteinaceous materials, e.g. enzymes, hormones, lymphokines
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K45/00—Medicinal preparations containing active ingredients not provided for in groups A61K31/00 - A61K41/00
    • A61K45/06—Mixtures of active ingredients without chemical characterisation, e.g. antiphlogistics and cardiaca
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/50—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
    • A61K47/51—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent
    • A61K47/68—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. an Fc-fragment
    • A61K47/6835—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. an Fc-fragment the modifying agent being an antibody or an immunoglobulin bearing at least one antigen-binding site
    • A61K47/6843—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. an Fc-fragment the modifying agent being an antibody or an immunoglobulin bearing at least one antigen-binding site the antibody targeting a material from animals or humans
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/50—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
    • A61K47/51—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent
    • A61K47/68—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. an Fc-fragment
    • A61K47/6835—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. an Fc-fragment the modifying agent being an antibody or an immunoglobulin bearing at least one antigen-binding site
    • A61K47/6845—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. an Fc-fragment the modifying agent being an antibody or an immunoglobulin bearing at least one antigen-binding site the antibody targeting a cytokine, e.g. growth factors, VEGF, TNF, a lymphokine or an interferon
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/50—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
    • A61K47/51—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent
    • A61K47/68—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. an Fc-fragment
    • A61K47/6835—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. an Fc-fragment the modifying agent being an antibody or an immunoglobulin bearing at least one antigen-binding site
    • A61K47/6849—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an antibody, an immunoglobulin or a fragment thereof, e.g. an Fc-fragment the modifying agent being an antibody or an immunoglobulin bearing at least one antigen-binding site the antibody targeting a receptor, a cell surface antigen or a cell surface determinant
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/04—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for ulcers, gastritis or reflux esophagitis, e.g. antacids, inhibitors of acid secretion, mucosal protectants
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/14—Prodigestives, e.g. acids, enzymes, appetite stimulants, antidyspeptics, tonics, antiflatulents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/16—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for liver or gallbladder disorders, e.g. hepatoprotective agents, cholagogues, litholytics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/02—Nasal agents, e.g. decongestants
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/06—Antiasthmatics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/16—Central respiratory analeptics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A61P13/02—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of urine or of the urinary tract, e.g. urine acidifiers
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A61P13/08—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of the prostate
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A61P13/12—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of the kidneys
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P15/00—Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
    • A61P15/02—Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives for disorders of the vagina
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P15/00—Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
    • A61P15/08—Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives for gonadal disorders or for enhancing fertility, e.g. inducers of ovulation or of spermatogenesis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/02—Drugs for dermatological disorders for treating wounds, ulcers, burns, scars, keloids, or the like
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/04—Antipruritics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/06—Antipsoriatics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/14—Drugs for dermatological disorders for baldness or alopecia
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/02—Drugs for skeletal disorders for joint disorders, e.g. arthritis, arthrosis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/04—Drugs for skeletal disorders for non-specific disorders of the connective tissue
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/06—Antigout agents, e.g. antihyperuricemic or uricosuric agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/08—Drugs for skeletal disorders for bone diseases, e.g. rachitism, Paget's disease
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/08—Drugs for skeletal disorders for bone diseases, e.g. rachitism, Paget's disease
    • A61P19/10—Drugs for skeletal disorders for bone diseases, e.g. rachitism, Paget's disease for osteoporosis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P21/00—Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P21/00—Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system
    • A61P21/02—Muscle relaxants, e.g. for tetanus or cramps
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P21/00—Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system
    • A61P21/04—Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system for myasthenia gravis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/04—Centrally acting analgesics, e.g. opioids
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/08—Antiepileptics; Anticonvulsants
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/08—Antiepileptics; Anticonvulsants
    • A61P25/10—Antiepileptics; Anticonvulsants for petit-mal
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/14—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating abnormal movements, e.g. chorea, dyskinesia
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/14—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating abnormal movements, e.g. chorea, dyskinesia
    • A61P25/16—Anti-Parkinson drugs
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/18—Antipsychotics, i.e. neuroleptics; Drugs for mania or schizophrenia
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/24—Antidepressants
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/28—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/30—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating abuse or dependence
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/30—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating abuse or dependence
    • A61P25/32—Alcohol-abuse
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00—Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A61P27/02—Ophthalmic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00—Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A61P27/16—Otologicals
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/08—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
    • A61P3/10—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis for hyperglycaemia, e.g. antidiabetics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/12—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for electrolyte homeostasis
    • A61P3/14—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for electrolyte homeostasis for calcium homeostasis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/04—Antibacterial agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/04—Antibacterial agents
    • A61P31/08—Antibacterial agents for leprosy
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12—Antivirals
    • A61P31/14—Antivirals for RNA viruses
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12—Antivirals
    • A61P31/14—Antivirals for RNA viruses
    • A61P31/16—Antivirals for RNA viruses for influenza or rhinoviruses
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12—Antivirals
    • A61P31/14—Antivirals for RNA viruses
    • A61P31/18—Antivirals for RNA viruses for HIV
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12—Antivirals
    • A61P31/20—Antivirals for DNA viruses
    • A61P31/22—Antivirals for DNA viruses for herpes viruses
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P33/00—Antiparasitic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P33/00—Antiparasitic agents
    • A61P33/02—Antiprotozoals, e.g. for leishmaniasis, trichomoniasis, toxoplasmosis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P33/00—Antiparasitic agents
    • A61P33/02—Antiprotozoals, e.g. for leishmaniasis, trichomoniasis, toxoplasmosis
    • A61P33/06—Antimalarials
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • A61P35/02—Antineoplastic agents specific for leukemia
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02—Immunomodulators
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02—Immunomodulators
    • A61P37/06—Immunosuppressants, e.g. drugs for graft rejection
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/08—Antiallergic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P39/00—General protective or antinoxious agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P5/00—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P5/00—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system
    • A61P5/14—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system of the thyroid hormones, e.g. T3, T4
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P5/00—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system
    • A61P5/18—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system of the parathyroid hormones
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P5/00—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system
    • A61P5/48—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system of the pancreatic hormones
    • A61P5/50—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system of the pancreatic hormones for increasing or potentiating the activity of insulin
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00—Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • A61P7/02—Antithrombotic agents; Anticoagulants; Platelet aggregation inhibitors
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00—Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • A61P7/04—Antihaemorrhagics; Procoagulants; Haemostatic agents; Antifibrinolytic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00—Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • A61P7/06—Antianaemics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/04—Inotropic agents, i.e. stimulants of cardiac contraction; Drugs for heart failure
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/06—Antiarrhythmics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/08—Vasodilators for multiple indications
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/10—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/12—Antihypertensives
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/14—Vasoprotectives; Antihaemorrhoidals; Drugs for varicose therapy; Capillary stabilisers
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/18—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/18—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
    • C07K16/22—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against growth factors ; against growth regulators
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/18—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
    • C07K16/24—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against cytokines, lymphokines or interferons
    • C07K16/241—Tumor Necrosis Factors
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/18—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
    • C07K16/24—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against cytokines, lymphokines or interferons
    • C07K16/244—Interleukins [IL]
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/18—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
    • C07K16/24—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against cytokines, lymphokines or interferons
    • C07K16/244—Interleukins [IL]
    • C07K16/245—IL-1
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/18—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
    • C07K16/24—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against cytokines, lymphokines or interferons
    • C07K16/244—Interleukins [IL]
    • C07K16/248—IL-6
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/18—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
    • C07K16/28—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/18—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
    • C07K16/28—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants
    • C07K16/2803—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants against the immunoglobulin superfamily
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/18—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
    • C07K16/28—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants
    • C07K16/2863—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants against receptors for growth factors, growth regulators
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/18—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
    • C07K16/28—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants
    • C07K16/2887—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants against CD20
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G01—MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N33/00—Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
    • G01N33/48—Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
    • G01N33/50—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
    • G01N33/68—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing involving proteins, peptides or amino acids
    • G01N33/6863—Cytokines, i.e. immune system proteins modifying a biological response such as cell growth proliferation or differentiation, e.g. TNF, CNF, GM-CSF, lymphotoxin, MIF or their receptors
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/20—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by taxonomic origin
    • C07K2317/21—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by taxonomic origin from primates, e.g. man
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/20—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by taxonomic origin
    • C07K2317/24—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by taxonomic origin containing regions, domains or residues from different species, e.g. chimeric, humanized or veneered
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/30—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by aspects of specificity or valency
    • C07K2317/31—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by aspects of specificity or valency multispecific
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/30—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by aspects of specificity or valency
    • C07K2317/35—Valency
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/50—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by immunoglobulin fragments
    • C07K2317/52—Constant or Fc region; Isotype
    • C07K2317/53—Hinge
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/50—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by immunoglobulin fragments
    • C07K2317/54—F(ab')2
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/50—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by immunoglobulin fragments
    • C07K2317/55—Fab or Fab'
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/50—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by immunoglobulin fragments
    • C07K2317/56—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by immunoglobulin fragments variable (Fv) region, i.e. VH and/or VL
    • C07K2317/565—Complementarity determining region [CDR]
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/60—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by non-natural combinations of immunoglobulin fragments
    • C07K2317/62—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by non-natural combinations of immunoglobulin fragments comprising only variable region components
    • C07K2317/622—Single chain antibody (scFv)
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/60—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by non-natural combinations of immunoglobulin fragments
    • C07K2317/62—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by non-natural combinations of immunoglobulin fragments comprising only variable region components
    • C07K2317/626—Diabody or triabody
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/70—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by effect upon binding to a cell or to an antigen
    • C07K2317/73—Inducing cell death, e.g. apoptosis, necrosis or inhibition of cell proliferation
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/70—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by effect upon binding to a cell or to an antigen
    • C07K2317/73—Inducing cell death, e.g. apoptosis, necrosis or inhibition of cell proliferation
    • C07K2317/732—Antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity [ADCC]
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/70—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by effect upon binding to a cell or to an antigen
    • C07K2317/73—Inducing cell death, e.g. apoptosis, necrosis or inhibition of cell proliferation
    • C07K2317/734—Complement-dependent cytotoxicity [CDC]
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/70—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by effect upon binding to a cell or to an antigen
    • C07K2317/76—Antagonist effect on antigen, e.g. neutralization or inhibition of binding
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/90—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by (pharmaco)kinetic aspects or by stability of the immunoglobulin
    • C07K2317/92—Affinity (KD), association rate (Ka), dissociation rate (Kd) or EC50 value
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G01—MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N2333/00—Assays involving biological materials from specific organisms or of a specific nature
    • G01N2333/435—Assays involving biological materials from specific organisms or of a specific nature from animals; from humans
    • G01N2333/52—Assays involving cytokines
    • G01N2333/525—Tumor necrosis factor [TNF]
    • Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02A—TECHNOLOGIES FOR ADAPTATION TO CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02A50/00—TECHNOLOGIES FOR ADAPTATION TO CLIMATE CHANGE in human health protection, e.g. against extreme weather
    • Y02A50/30—Against vector-borne diseases, e.g. mosquito-borne, fly-borne, tick-borne or waterborne diseases whose impact is exacerbated by climate change

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to multivalent and multispecific binding proteins, methods of making, and specifically to their uses in the, diagnosis, prevention and/or treatment of acute and chronic inflammatory diseases, cancer, and other diseases.
  • Engineered proteins such as multispecific antibodies capable of binding two or more antigens are known in the art. Such multispecific binding proteins can be generated using cell fusion, chemical conjugation, or recombinant DNA techniques.
  • Bispecific antibodies have been produced using quadroma technology (see Milstein, C. and A. C. Cuello (1983) Nature 305(5934):537-40) based on the somatic fusion of two different hybridoma cell lines expressing murine monoclonal antibodies (mAbs) with the desired specificities of the bispecific antibody. Because of the random pairing of two different immunoglobulin (Ig) heavy and light chains within the resulting hybrid-hybridoma (or quadroma) cell line, up to ten different Ig species are generated, of which only one is the functional bispecific antibody. The presence of mis-paired by-products, and significantly reduced production yields, means sophisticated purification procedures are required.
  • Bispecific antibodies can also be produced by chemical conjugation of two different mAbs (see Staerz, U. D., et al. (1985) Nature 314(6012): 628-31). This approach does not yield homogeneous preparation. Other approaches have used chemical conjugation of two different mAbs or smaller antibody fragments (see Brennan, M., et al. (1985) Science 229(4708): 81-3).
  • bispecific antibodies Another method used to produce bispecific antibodies is the coupling of two parental antibodies with a hetero-bifunctional crosslinker, but the resulting bispecific antibodies suffer from significant molecular heterogeneity because reaction of the crosslinker with the parental antibodies is not site-directed.
  • two different Fab fragments have been chemically crosslinked at their hinge cysteine residues in a site-directed manner (see Glennie, M. J., et al. (1987) J. Immunol. 139(7): 2367-75). But this method results in Fab′2 fragments, not full IgG molecule.
  • the two scFv fragments present in these tandem scFv molecules form separate folding entities.
  • Various linkers can be used to connect the two scFv fragments and linkers with a length of up to 63 residues (see Nakanishi, K., et al. (2001) Ann. Rev. Immunol. 19: 423-74).
  • the parental scFv fragments can normally be expressed in soluble form in bacteria, it is, however, often observed that tandem scFv molecules form insoluble aggregates in bacteria. Hence, refolding protocols or the use of mammalian expression systems are routinely applied to produce soluble tandem scFv molecules.
  • Bispecific diabodies utilize the diabody format for expression. Diabodies are produced from scFv fragments by reducing the length of the linker connecting the VH and VL domain to approximately 5 residues (see Peipp, M. and T. Valerius (2002) Biochem. Soc. Trans. 30(4): 507-11). This reduction of linker size facilitates dimerization of two polypeptide chains by crossover pairing of the VH and VL domains. Bispecific diabodies are produced by expressing, two polypeptide chains with, either the structure VHA-VLB and VHB-VLA (VH-VL configuration), or VLA-VHB and VLB-VHA (VL-VH configuration) within the same cell.
  • knob-into-hole diabodies One approach to force the generation of bispecific diabodies is the production of knob-into-hole diabodies (see Holliger, P., T. Prospero, and G. Winter (1993) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90(14): 6444-8.18). This approach was demonstrated for a bispecific diabody directed against HER2 and CD3. A large knob was introduced in the VH domain by exchanging Val37 with Phe and Leu45 with Trp and a complementary hole was produced in the VL domain by mutating Phe98 to Met and Tyr87 to Ala, either in the anti-HER2 or the anti-CD3 variable domains.
  • Single-chain diabodies represent an alternative strategy for improving the formation of bispecific diabody-like molecules (see Holliger, P. and G. Winter (1997) Cancer Immunol. Immunother. 45(3-4): 128-30; Wu, A. M., et al. (1996) Immunotechnology 2(1): p. 21-36).
  • Bispecific single-chain diabodies are produced by connecting the two diabody-forming polypeptide chains with an additional middle linker with a length of approximately 15 amino acid residues. Consequently, all molecules with a molecular weight corresponding to monomeric single-chain diabodies (50-60 kDa) are bispecific.
  • di-diabodies More recently diabodies have been fused to Fc to generate more Ig-like molecules, named di-diabodies (see Lu, D., et al. (2004) J. Biol. Chem. 279(4): 2856-65).
  • di-diabodies multivalent antibody construct comprising two Fab repeats in the heavy chain of an IgG and capable of binding four antigen molecules has been described (see WO 0177342A1, and Miller, K., et al. (2003) J. Immunol. 170(9): 4854-61).
  • U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/507,050 provides a novel family of binding proteins capable of binding two or more antigens with high affinity, which are called dual variable domain immunoglobulins (DVD-IgTM).
  • the present invention provides further novel binding proteins capable of binding two or more antigens.
  • This invention pertains to multivalent binding proteins capable of binding two or more antigens.
  • the present invention provides a novel family of binding proteins capable of binding two or more antigens with high affinity.
  • the invention provides a binding protein comprising a polypeptide chain, wherein the polypeptide chain comprises VD1-(X1)n-VD2-C—(X2)n, wherein VD1 is a first variable domain, VD2 is a second variable domain, C is a constant domain, X1 represents an amino acid or polypeptide, X2 represents an Fc region and n is 0 or 1.
  • VD1 and VD2 in the binding protein are heavy chain variable domains.
  • the heavy chain variable domain is selected from the group consisting of a murine heavy chain variable domain, a human heavy chain variable domain, a CDR grafted heavy chain variable domain, and a humanized heavy chain variable domain.
  • VD1 and VD2 are capable of binding the same antigen. In another embodiment VD1 and VD2 are capable of binding different antigens. In still another embodiment, C is a heavy chain constant domain.
  • X1 is a linker with the proviso that X1 is not CH1.
  • X1 is a linker selected from the group consisting of AKTTPKLEEGEFSEAR (SEQ ID NO: 1); AKTTPKLEEGEFSEARV (SEQ ID NO: 2); AKTTPKLGG (SEQ ID NO: 3); SAKTTPKLGG (SEQ ID NO: 4); SAKTTP (SEQ ID NO: 5); RADAAP (SEQ ID NO: 6); RADAAPTVS (SEQ ID NO: 7); RADAAAAGGPGS (SEQ ID NO: 8); RADAAAA(G 4 S) 4 (SEQ ID NO: 9); SAKTTPKLEEGEFSEARV (SEQ ID NO: 10); ADAAP (SEQ ID NO: 11); ADAAPTVSIFPP (SEQ ID NO: 12); TVAAP (SEQ ID NO: 13); TVAAPSVFIFPP (SEQ ID NO: 14); QPKAAP (SEQ ID NO: 15); QPKAAPSVTLFPP (SEQ ID NO: 16); AKTTPP (SEQ ID NO: 17); A
  • the binding protein disclosed herein comprises a polypeptide chain, wherein the polypeptide chain comprises VD1-(X1)n-VD2-C—(X2)n, wherein VD1 is a first heavy chain variable domain, VD2 is a second heavy chain variable domain, C is a heavy chain constant domain, X1 is a linker with the proviso that it is not CH1, and X2 is an Fc region.
  • VD1 and VD2 in the binding protein are light chain variable domains.
  • the light chain variable domain is selected from the group consisting of a murine light chain variable domain, a human light chain variable domain, a CDR grafted light chain variable domain, and a humanized light chain variable domain.
  • VD1 and VD2 are capable of binding the same antigen.
  • VD1 and VD2 are capable of binding different antigens.
  • C is a light chain constant domain.
  • X1 is a linker with the proviso that X1 is not CL1.
  • X1 is a linker selected from the group consisting of AKTTPKLEEGEFSEAR (SEQ ID NO: 1); AKTTPKLEEGEFSEARV (SEQ ID NO: 2); AKTTPKLGG (SEQ ID NO: 3); SAKTTPKLGG (SEQ ID NO: 4); SAKTTP (SEQ ID NO: 5); RADAAP (SEQ ID NO: 6); RADAAPTVS (SEQ ID NO: 7); RADAAAAGGPGS (SEQ ID NO: 8); RADAAAA(G 4 S) 4 (SEQ ID NO: 9); SAKTTPKLEEGEFSEARV (SEQ ID NO: 10); ADAAP (SEQ ID NO: 11); ADAAPTVSIFPP (SEQ ID NO: 12); TVAAP (SEQ ID NO: 13); TVAAPSVFIFPP (SEQ ID NO: 14); QPKAAP (SEQ ID NO: 15); QPKAAPSVTLFPP (SEQ ID NO: 16); AKTTPP (SEQ ID NO: 17);
  • both the variable heavy and variable light chain comprise the same linker. In another embodiment, the variable heavy and variable light chain comprise different linkers. In another embodiment, both the variable heavy and variable light chain comprise a short (about 6 amino acids) linker. In another embodiment, both the variable heavy and variable light chain comprise a long (greater than 6 amino acids) linker. In another embodiment, the variable heavy chain comprises a short linker and the variable light chain comprises a long linker. In another embodiment, the variable heavy chain comprises a long linker and the variable light chain comprises a short linker.
  • the binding protein disclosed herein comprises a polypeptide chain, wherein said polypeptide chain comprises VD1-(X1)n-VD2-C—(X2)n, wherein VD1 is a first light chain variable domain, VD2 is a second light chain variable domain, C is a light chain constant domain, X1 is a linker with the proviso that it is not CH1, and X2 does not comprise an Fc region.
  • the invention provides a binding protein comprising two polypeptide chains, wherein said first polypeptide chain comprises VD1-(X1)n-VD2-C—(X2)n, wherein VD1 is a first heavy chain variable domain, VD2 is a second heavy chain variable domain, C is a heavy chain constant domain, X1 is a linker with the proviso that it is not CH1, and X2 is an Fc region; and said second polypeptide chain comprises VD1-(X1)n-VD2-C—(X2)n, wherein VD1 is a first light chain variable domain, VD2 is a second light chain variable domain, C is a light chain constant domain, X1 is a linker with the proviso that it is not CH1, and X2 does not comprise an Fc region.
  • the Dual Variable Domain (DVD) binding protein comprises four polypeptide chains wherein the first two polypeptide chains comprises VD1-(X1)n-VD2-C—(X2)n, respectively wherein VD1 is a first heavy chain variable domain, VD2 is a second heavy chain variable domain, C is a heavy chain constant domain, X1 is a linker with the proviso that it is not CH1, and X2 is an Fc region; and the second two polypeptide chain comprises VD1-(X1)n-VD2-C—(X2)n respectively, wherein VD1 is a first light chain variable domain, VD2 is a second light chain variable domain, C is a light chain constant domain, X1 is a linker with the proviso that it is not CH1, and X2 does not comprise an Fc region.
  • Such a Dual Variable Domain (DVD) protein has four antigen binding sites.
  • the binding proteins disclosed herein are capable of binding one or more targets.
  • the target is selected from the group consisting of cytokines, cell surface proteins, enzymes and receptors.
  • the binding protein is capable of modulating a biological function of one or more targets.
  • the binding protein is capable of neutralizing one or more targets.
  • the binding protein of the invention is capable of binding cytokines selected from the group consisting of lymphokines, monokines, polypeptide hormones, receptors, or tumor markers.
  • the DVD-Ig of the invention is capable of binding two or more of the following: Amyloid beta (Abeta) (seq. 1), Abeta (seq. 2), Abeta (seq.
  • Tumor Necrosis Factor alpha TNF- ⁇
  • interleukin 1 ⁇ (IL-1 ⁇ ) IGF1
  • Insulin-like Growth Factor 2 IGF2
  • Interleukin 18 IL-18
  • Interleukin 6 IL-6
  • RAGE Receptor for Advanced Glycation Endproducts
  • NGF Nerve Growth Factor
  • EGFR Epidermal Growth Factor Receptor
  • EGFR epidermal Growth Factor Receptor
  • EGFR epidermal Growth Factor Receptor
  • EGFR epidermal Growth Factor Receptor
  • RGMA Repulsive Guidance Molecule
  • the binding protein is capable of binding pairs of targets selected from the group consisting of Abeta (seq.
  • IL-18 IL-6 and Abeta (seq. 3); TNF- ⁇ and Abeta (seq. 1); IL-1 ⁇ and Abeta (seq. 1); IGF1,2 and Abeta (seq. 1); Abeta (seq. 1) and IL-18; IL-6 and Abeta (seq. 1); Abeta (seq. 1) and RAGE; NGF and IL-18; NGF and IL-1; NGF and IL-6; TNF- ⁇ and EGFR (seq. 2); TNF- ⁇ and RAGE; CD-20 and EGFR (seq. 1); CD-20 and EGFR (seq. 2); RGMA and TNF- ⁇ (see Examples 2.1 to 2.27).
  • the binding protein capable of binding Abeta (seq. 1) and Abeta (seq. 3) comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 62 and SEQ ID NO. 64; and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 63 and SEQ ID NO. 65.
  • the binding protein capable of binding Abeta (seq. 1) and Abeta (seq. 3) comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 62 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 63.
  • the binding protein capable of binding Abeta (seq. 1) and Abeta (seq. 3) has a reverse orientation and comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 64 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 65.
  • the binding protein capable of binding TNF- ⁇ and Abeta comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 66 and SEQ ID NO. 68; and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 67 and SEQ ID NO. 69.
  • the binding protein capable of binding TNF- ⁇ and Abeta comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 66 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 67.
  • the binding protein capable of binding TNF- ⁇ and Abeta has a reverse orientation and comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 68 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 69.
  • the binding protein capable of binding IL-1 ⁇ and Abeta comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 70 and SEQ ID NO. 72; and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 71 and SEQ ID NO. 73.
  • the binding protein capable of binding IL-1 ⁇ and Abeta comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 70 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 71.
  • the binding protein capable of binding IL-1 ⁇ and Abeta has a reverse orientation and comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 72 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 73.
  • the binding protein capable of binding Abeta (seq. 1) and Abeta (seq. 2) comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 74 and SEQ ID NO. 76; and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 75 and SEQ ID NO. 77.
  • the binding protein capable of binding Abeta (seq. 1) and Abeta (seq. 2) comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 74 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 75.
  • the binding protein capable of binding Abeta (seq. 1) and Abeta (seq. 2) has a reverse orientation and comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 76 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 77.
  • the binding protein capable of binding IGF1,2 and Abeta comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 78 and SEQ ID NO. 80; and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 79 and SEQ ID NO. 81.
  • the binding protein capable of binding IGF1,2 and Abeta comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 78 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 79.
  • the binding protein capable of binding IGF1,2 and Abeta has a reverse orientation and comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 80 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 81.
  • the binding protein capable of binding Abeta (seq. 2) and IL-18 comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 82 and SEQ ID NO. 84; and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 83 and SEQ ID NO. 85.
  • the binding protein capable of binding Abeta (seq. 2) and IL-18 comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 82 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 83.
  • the binding protein capable of binding Abeta (seq. 2) and IL-18 has a reverse orientation and comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 84 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 85.
  • the binding protein capable of binding IL-6 and Abeta comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 86 and SEQ ID NO. 88; and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 87 and SEQ ID NO. 89.
  • the binding protein capable of binding IL-6 and Abeta comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 86 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 87.
  • the binding protein capable of binding IL-6 and Abeta has a reverse orientation and comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 88 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 89.
  • the binding protein capable of binding TNF- ⁇ and Abeta comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 90 and SEQ ID NO. 92; and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 91 and SEQ ID NO. 93.
  • the binding protein capable of binding TNF- ⁇ and Abeta comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 90 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 91.
  • the binding protein capable of binding TNF- ⁇ and Abeta has a reverse orientation and comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 92 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 93.
  • the binding protein capable of binding IL-1 ⁇ and Abeta comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 94 and SEQ ID NO. 96; and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 95 and SEQ ID NO. 97.
  • the binding protein capable of binding IL-1 ⁇ and Abeta comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 94 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 95.
  • the binding protein capable of binding IL-1 ⁇ and Abeta has a reverse orientation and comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 96 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 97.
  • the binding protein capable of binding Abeta (seq. 1) and Abeta (seq. 3) comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 98 and SEQ ID NO. 100; and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 99 and SEQ ID NO. 101.
  • the binding protein capable of binding Abeta (seq. 1) and Abeta (seq. 3) comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 98 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 99.
  • the binding protein capable of binding Abeta (seq. 1) and Abeta (seq. 3) has a reverse orientation and comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 100 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 101.
  • the binding protein capable of binding IGF1,2 and Abeta comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 102 and SEQ ID NO. 104; and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 103 and SEQ ID NO. 105.
  • the binding protein capable of binding IGF1,2 and Abeta comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 102 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 103.
  • the binding protein capable of binding IGF1,2 and Abeta has a reverse orientation and comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 104 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 105.
  • the binding protein capable of binding Abeta (seq. 3) and IL-18 comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 106 and SEQ ID NO. 108; and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 107 and SEQ ID NO. 109.
  • the binding protein capable of binding Abeta (seq. 3) and IL-18 comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 106 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 107.
  • the binding protein capable of binding Abeta (seq. 3) and IL-18 has a reverse orientation and comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 108 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 109.
  • the binding protein capable of binding IL-6 and Abeta comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 110 and SEQ ID NO. 112; and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 111 and SEQ ID NO. 113.
  • the binding protein capable of binding IL-6 and Abeta comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 110 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 111.
  • the binding protein capable of binding IL-6 and Abeta has a reverse orientation and comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 112 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 113.
  • the binding protein capable of binding TNF- ⁇ and Abeta comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 114 and SEQ ID NO. 116; and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 115 and SEQ ID NO. 117.
  • the binding protein capable of binding TNF- ⁇ and Abeta comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 114 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 115.
  • the binding protein capable of binding TNF- ⁇ and Abeta has a reverse orientation and comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 116 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 117.
  • the binding protein capable of binding IL-1 ⁇ and Abeta comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 118 and SEQ ID NO. 120; and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 119 and SEQ ID NO. 121.
  • the binding protein capable of binding IL-1 ⁇ and Abeta comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 118 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 119.
  • the binding protein capable of binding IL-1 ⁇ and Abeta has a reverse orientation and comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 120 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 121.
  • the binding protein capable of binding IGF1,2 and Abeta comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 122 and SEQ ID NO. 124; and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 123 and SEQ ID NO. 125.
  • the binding protein capable of binding IGF1,2 and Abeta comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 122 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 123.
  • the binding protein capable of binding IGF1,2 and Abeta has a reverse orientation and comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 124 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 125.
  • the binding protein capable of binding Abeta (seq. 1) and IL-18 comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 126 and SEQ ID NO. 128; and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 127 and SEQ ID NO. 129.
  • the binding protein capable of binding Abeta (seq. 1) and IL-18 comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 126 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 127.
  • the binding protein capable of binding Abeta (seq. 1) and IL-18 has a reverse orientation and comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 128 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 129.
  • the binding protein capable of binding IL-6 and Abeta comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 130 and SEQ ID NO. 132; and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 131 and SEQ ID NO. 133.
  • the binding protein capable of binding IL-6 and Abeta comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 130 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 131.
  • the binding protein capable of binding IL-6 and Abeta has a reverse orientation and comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 132 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 133.
  • the binding protein capable of binding Abeta (seq. 1) and RAGE comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 134 and SEQ ID NO. 136; and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 135 and SEQ ID NO. 137.
  • the binding protein capable of binding Abeta (seq. 1) and RAGE comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 134 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 135.
  • the binding protein capable of binding Abeta (seq. 1) and RAGE has a reverse orientation and comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 136 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 137.
  • the binding protein capable of binding NGF and IL-18 comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 138 and SEQ ID NO. 140; and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 139 and SEQ ID NO. 141.
  • the binding protein capable of binding NGF and IL-18 comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 138 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 139.
  • the binding protein capable of binding NGF and IL-18 has a reverse orientation and comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 140 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 141.
  • the binding protein capable of binding NGF and IL-1 ⁇ comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 142 and SEQ ID NO. 144; and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 143 and SEQ ID NO. 145.
  • the binding protein capable of binding NGF and IL-1 ⁇ comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 142 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 143.
  • the binding protein capable of binding NGF and IL-1 ⁇ has a reverse orientation and comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 144 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 145.
  • the binding protein capable of binding NGF and IL-6 comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 146 and SEQ ID NO. 148; and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 147 and SEQ ID NO. 149.
  • the binding protein capable of binding NGF and IL-6 comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 146 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 147.
  • the binding protein capable of binding NGF and IL-6 has a reverse orientation and comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 148 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 149.
  • the binding protein capable of binding TNF- ⁇ and EGFR comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 150 and SEQ ID NO. 152; and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 151 and SEQ ID NO. 153.
  • the binding protein capable of binding TNF- ⁇ and EGFR comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 150 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 151.
  • the binding protein capable of binding TNF- ⁇ and EGFR has a reverse orientation and comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 152 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 153.
  • the binding protein capable of binding TNF- ⁇ and RAGE comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 154 and SEQ ID NO. 156; and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 155 and SEQ ID NO. 157.
  • the binding protein capable of binding TNF- ⁇ and RAGE comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 154 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 155.
  • the binding protein capable of binding TNF- ⁇ and RAGE has a reverse orientation and comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 156 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 157.
  • the binding protein capable of binding CD-20 and EGFR comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 158 and SEQ ID NO. 160; and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 159 and SEQ ID NO. 161.
  • the binding protein capable of binding CD-20 and EGFR comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 158 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 159.
  • the binding protein capable of binding CD-20 and EGFR has a reverse orientation and comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 160 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 161.
  • the binding protein capable of binding CD-20 and EGFR comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 162 and SEQ ID NO. 164; and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 163 and SEQ ID NO. 164.
  • the binding protein capable of binding CD-20 and EGFR comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 162 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 163.
  • the binding protein capable of binding CD-20 and EGFR has a reverse orientation and comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 164 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 165.
  • the binding protein capable of binding RGMA and TNF- ⁇ comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 166 and SEQ ID NO. 168; and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 167 and SEQ ID NO. 169.
  • the binding protein capable of binding RGMA and TNF- ⁇ comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 166 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 167.
  • the binding protein capable of binding RGMA and TNF- ⁇ has a reverse orientation and comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 168 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 169.
  • the invention provides a binding protein comprising a polypeptide chain, wherein said polypeptide chain comprises VD1-(X1)n-VD2-C—(X2)n, wherein; VD1 is a first heavy chain variable domain obtained from a first parent antibody or antigen binding portion thereof; VD2 is a second heavy chain variable domain obtained from a second parent antibody or antigen binding portion thereof; C is a heavy chain constant domain; (X1)n is a linker with the proviso that it is not CH1, wherein said (X1)n is either present or absent; and (X2)n is an Fc region, wherein said (X2)n is either present or absent. In an embodiment, the Fc region is absent from the binding protein.
  • the invention provides a binding protein comprising a polypeptide chain, wherein said polypeptide chain comprises VD1-(X1)n-VD2-C—(X2)n, wherein, VD1 is a first light chain variable domain obtained from a first parent antibody or antigen binding portion thereof; VD2 is a second light chain variable domain obtained from a second parent antibody or antigen binding portion thereof; C is a light chain constant domain; (X1)n is a linker with the proviso that it is not CH1, wherein said (X1)n is either present or absent; and (X2)n does not comprise an Fc region, wherein said (X2)n is either present or absent. In an embodiment, (X2)n is absent from the binding protein.
  • the binding protein of the invention comprises first and second polypeptide chains, wherein said first polypeptide chain comprises a first VD1-(X1)n-VD2-C—(X2)n, wherein VD1 is a first heavy chain variable domain obtained from a first parent antibody or antigen binding portion thereof; VD2 is a second heavy chain variable domain obtained from a second parent antibody or antigen binding portion thereof; C is a heavy chain constant domain; (X1)n is a linker with the proviso that it is not CH1, wherein said (X1)n is either present or absent; and (X2)n is an Fc region, wherein said (X2)n is either present or absent; and wherein said second polypeptide chain comprises a second VD1-(X1)n-VD2-C—(X2)n, wherein VD1 is a first light chain variable domain obtained from a first parent antibody or antigen binding portion thereof; VD2 is a second light chain variable domain obtained from a second parent antibody or antigen binding portion thereof; C is a
  • the binding protein comprises two first polypeptide chains and two second polypeptide chains.
  • (X2)n is absent from the second polypeptide.
  • the Fc region, if present in the first polypeptide is selected from the group consisting of native sequence Fc region and a variant sequence Fc region.
  • the Fc region is selected from the group consisting of an Fc region from an IgG1, IgG2, IgG3, IgG4, IgA, IgM, IgE, and IgD.
  • the binding protein of the invention is a DVD-Ig capable of binding two antigens comprising four polypeptide chains, wherein, first and third polypeptide chains comprise VD1-(X1)n-VD2-C—(X2)n, wherein, VD1 is a first heavy chain variable domain obtained from a first parent antibody or antigen binding portion thereof; VD2 is a second heavy chain variable domain obtained from a second parent antibody or antigen binding portion thereof; C is a heavy chain constant domain; (X1)n is a linker with the proviso that it is not CH1, wherein said (X1)n is either present or absent; and (X2)n is an Fc region, wherein said (X2)n is either present or absent; and wherein second and fourth polypeptide chains comprise VD1-(X1)n-VD2-C—(X2)n, wherein VD1 is a first light chain variable domain obtained from a first parent antibody or antigen binding portion thereof; VD2 is a second light chain variable domain obtained from a second parent antibody
  • the invention provides a method of making a DVD-Ig binding protein by preselecting the parent antibodies.
  • the method of making a Dual Variable Domain Immunoglobulin capable of binding two antigens comprising the steps of a) obtaining a first parent antibody or antigen binding portion thereof, capable of binding a first antigen; b) obtaining a second parent antibody or antigen binding portion thereof, capable of binding a second antigen; c) constructing first and third polypeptide chains comprising VD1-(X1)n-VD2-C—(X2)n, wherein, VD1 is a first heavy chain variable domain obtained from said first parent antibody or antigen binding portion thereof; VD2 is a second heavy chain variable domain obtained from said second parent antibody or antigen binding portion thereof; C is a heavy chain constant domain; (X1)n is a linker with the proviso that it is not CH1, wherein said (X1)n is either present or absent; and (X2)n is an Fc region, wherein said (X2)n is either present or
  • the invention provides a method of generating a Dual Variable Domain Immunoglobulin capable of binding two antigens with desired properties comprising the steps of a) obtaining a first parent antibody or antigen binding portion thereof, capable of binding a first antigen and possessing at least one desired property exhibited by the Dual Variable Domain Immunoglobulin; b) obtaining a second parent antibody or antigen binding portion thereof, capable of binding a second antigen and possessing at least one desired property exhibited by the Dual Variable Domain Immunoglobulin; c) constructing first and third polypeptide chains comprising VD1-(X1)n-VD2-C—(X2)n, wherein; VD1 is a first heavy chain variable domain obtained from said first parent antibody or antigen binding portion thereof; VD2 is a second heavy chain variable domain obtained from said second parent antibody or antigen binding portion thereof; C is a heavy chain constant domain; (X1)n is a linker with the proviso that it is not CH1, wherein said (X1)n is
  • the VDI of the first and second polypeptide chains disclosed herein are obtained from the same parent antibody or antigen binding portion thereof. In another embodiment, the VDI of the first and second polypeptide chains disclosed herein are obtained from different parent antibodies or antigen binding portions thereof. In another embodiment, the VD2 of the first and second polypeptide chains disclosed herein are obtained from the same parent antibody or antigen binding portion thereof. In another embodiment, the VD2 of the first and second polypeptide chains disclosed herein are obtained from different parent antibodies or antigen binding portions thereof.
  • first parent antibody or antigen binding portion thereof, and the second parent antibody or antigen binding portion thereof are the same antibody. In another embodiment the first parent antibody or antigen binding portion thereof, and the second parent antibody or antigen binding portion thereof, are different antibodies.
  • the first parent antibody or antigen binding portion thereof binds a first antigen and the second parent antibody or antigen binding portion thereof, binds a second antigen.
  • the first and second antigens are the same antigen.
  • the parent antibodies bind different epitopes on the same antigen.
  • the first and second antigens are different antigens.
  • the first parent antibody or antigen binding portion thereof binds the first antigen with a potency different from the potency with which the second parent antibody or antigen binding portion thereof, binds the second antigen.
  • the first parent antibody or antigen binding portion thereof binds the first antigen with an affinity different from the affinity with which the second parent antibody or antigen binding portion thereof, binds the second antigen.
  • the first parent antibody or antigen binding portion thereof, and the second parent antibody or antigen binding portion thereof are selected from the group consisting of, human antibody, CDR grafted antibody, and humanized antibody.
  • the antigen binding portions are selected from the group consisting of a Fab fragment, a F(ab′) 2 fragment, a bivalent fragment comprising two Fab fragments linked by a disulfide bridge at the hinge region; a Fd fragment consisting of the VH and CH1 domains; a Fv fragment consisting of the VL and VH domains of a single arm of an antibody, a dAb fragment, an isolated complementarity determining region (CDR), a single chain antibody, and diabodies.
  • CDR complementarity determining region
  • the binding protein of the invention possesses at least one desired property exhibited by the first parent antibody or antigen binding portion thereof, or the second parent antibody or antigen binding portion thereof.
  • the first parent antibody or antigen binding portion thereof and the second parent antibody or antigen binding portion thereof possess at least one desired property exhibited by the Dual Variable Domain Immunoglobulin.
  • the desired property is selected from one or more antibody parameters.
  • the antibody parameters are selected from the group consisting of antigen specificity, affinity to antigen, potency, biological function, epitope recognition, stability, solubility, production efficiency, immunogenicity, pharmacokinetics, bioavailability, tissue cross reactivity, and orthologous antigen binding.
  • the binding protein is multivalent.
  • the binding protein is multispecific.
  • the multivalent and or multispecific binding proteins described herein have desirable properties particularly from a therapeutic standpoint.
  • the multivalent and or multispecific binding protein may (1) be internalized (and/or catabolized) faster than a bivalent antibody by a cell expressing an antigen to which the antibodies bind; (2) be an agonist antibody; and/or (3) induce cell death and/or apoptosis of a cell expressing an antigen which the multivalent antibody is capable of binding to.
  • the “parent antibody” which provides at least one antigen binding specificity of the multivalent and or multispecific binding proteins may be one which is internalized (and/or catabolized) by a cell expressing an antigen to which the antibody binds; and/or may be an agonist, cell death-inducing, and/or apoptosis-inducing antibody, and the multivalent and or multispecific binding protein as described herein may display improvement(s) in one or more of these properties.
  • the parent antibody may lack any one or more of these properties, but may be endowed with them when constructed as a multivalent binding protein as described herein.
  • the binding protein of the invention has an on rate constant (Kon) to one or more targets selected from the group consisting of: at least about 10 2 M ⁇ 1 s ⁇ 1 ; at least about 10 3 M ⁇ 1 s ⁇ 1 ; at least about 10 4 M ⁇ 1 s ⁇ 1 ; at least about 10 5 M ⁇ 1 s ⁇ 1 ; and at least about 10 6 M ⁇ 1 s ⁇ 1 , as measured by surface plasmon resonance.
  • Kon on rate constant
  • the binding protein of the invention has an on rate constant (Kon) to one or more targets between 10 2 M ⁇ 1 s ⁇ 1 and 10 3 M ⁇ 1 s ⁇ 1 ; between 10 3 M ⁇ 1 s ⁇ 1 and 10 4 M ⁇ 1 s ⁇ 1 ; between 10 4 M ⁇ 1 s ⁇ 1 and 10 5 M ⁇ 1 s ⁇ 1 ; or between 10 5 M ⁇ 1 s ⁇ 1 and 10 6 M ⁇ 1 s ⁇ 1 , as measured by surface plasmon resonance.
  • Kon on rate constant
  • the binding protein has an off rate constant (Koff) for one or more targets selected from the group consisting of: at most about 10 ⁇ 3 s ⁇ 1 ; at most about 10 ⁇ 4 s ⁇ 1 ; at most about 10 ⁇ 5 s ⁇ 1 ; and at most about 10 ⁇ 6 s ⁇ 1 , as measured by surface plasmon resonance.
  • the binding protein of the invention has an off rate constant (Koff) to one or more targets of 10 ⁇ 3 S ⁇ 1 to 10 ⁇ 4 s ⁇ 1 ; of 10 ⁇ 4 s ⁇ 1 to 10 5 s ⁇ 1 ; or of 10 ⁇ 5 s ⁇ 1 to 10 ⁇ 6 s ⁇ 1 , as measured by surface plasmon resonance.
  • the binding protein has a dissociation constant (K D ) to one or more targets selected from the group consisting of: at most about 10 ⁇ 7 M; at most about 10 ⁇ 8 M; at most about 10 ⁇ 9 M; at most about 10 ⁇ 10 M; at most about 10 ⁇ 11 M; at most about 10 ⁇ 12 M; and at most 10 ⁇ 13 M.
  • K D dissociation constant
  • the binding protein of the invention has a dissociation constant (K D ) to its targets of 10 ⁇ 7 M to 10 ⁇ 8 M; of 10 ⁇ 8 M to 10 ⁇ 9 M; of 10 ⁇ 9 M to 10 ⁇ 10 M; of 10 ⁇ 10 to 10 ⁇ 11 M; of 10 ⁇ 11 M to 10 ⁇ 12 M; or of 10 ⁇ 12 to M 10 ⁇ 13 M.
  • K D dissociation constant
  • the binding protein described herein is a conjugate further comprising an agent selected from the group consisting of an immunoadhesion molecule, an imaging agent, a therapeutic agent, and a cytotoxic agent.
  • the imaging agent is selected from the group consisting of a radiolabel, an enzyme, a fluorescent label, a luminescent label, a bioluminescent label, a magnetic label, and biotin.
  • the imaging agent is a radiolabel selected from the group consisting of: 3 H, 14 C, 35 S, 90 Y, 99 Tc, 111 In, 125 I, 131 I, 177 Lu, 166 Ho, and 153 Sm.
  • the therapeutic or cytotoxic agent is selected from the group consisting of an anti-metabolite, an alkylating agent, an antibiotic, a growth factor, a cytokine, an anti-angiogenic agent, an anti-mitotic agent, an anthracycline, toxin, and an apoptotic agent.
  • the binding protein described herein is a crystallized binding protein and exists as a crystal.
  • the crystal is a carrier-free pharmaceutical controlled release crystal.
  • the crystallized binding protein has a greater half life in vivo than the soluble counterpart of said binding protein.
  • the crystallized binding protein retains biological activity.
  • the binding protein described herein is glycosylated.
  • the glycosylation is a human glycosylation pattern.
  • a further embodiment provides a vector comprising the isolated nucleic acid disclosed herein wherein said vector is selected from the group consisting of pcDNA; pTT (Durocher et al., Nucleic Acids Research 2002, Vol 30, No. 2); pTT3 (pTT with additional multiple cloning site; pEFBOS (Mizushima, S, and Nagata, S., (1990) Nucleic acids Research Vol 18, No. 17); pBV; pJV; pcDNA3.1 TOPO, pEF6 TOPO and pBJ.
  • the vector is a vector disclosed in U.S. Patent Application Ser. No. 61/021,282.
  • a host cell is transformed with the vector disclosed herein.
  • the host cell is a prokaryotic cell.
  • the host cell is E. Coli .
  • the host cell is a eukaryotic cell.
  • the eukaryotic cell is selected from the group consisting of protist cell, animal cell, plant cell and fungal cell.
  • the host cell is a mammalian cell including, but not limited to, CHO, COS; NS0, SP2, PER.C6 or a fungal cell such as Saccharomyces cerevisiae ; or an insect cell such as Sf9.
  • two or more DVD-Igs are produced in a single recombinant host cell.
  • OligoclonicsTM (Merus B.V., The Netherlands) U.S. Pat. Nos. 7,262,028; 7,429,486.
  • Another aspect of the invention provides a method of producing a binding protein disclosed herein comprising culturing any one of the host cells also disclosed herein in a culture medium under conditions sufficient to produce the binding protein.
  • 50%-75% of the binding protein produced by this method is a dual specific tetravalent binding protein.
  • 75%-90% of the binding protein produced by this method is a dual specific tetravalent binding protein.
  • 90%-95% of the binding protein produced is a dual specific tetravalent binding protein.
  • compositions for the release of a binding protein wherein the composition comprises a formulation that in turn comprises a crystallized binding protein, as disclosed herein, and an ingredient, and at least one polymeric carrier.
  • the polymeric carrier is a polymer selected from one or more of the group consisting of: poly (acrylic acid), poly (cyanoacrylates), poly (amino acids), poly (anhydrides), poly (depsipeptide), poly (esters), poly (lactic acid), poly (lactic-co-glycolic acid) or PLGA, poly (b-hydroxybutryate), poly (caprolactone), poly (dioxanone); poly (ethylene glycol), poly ((hydroxypropyl)methacrylamide, poly [(organo)phosphazene], poly (ortho esters), poly (vinyl alcohol), poly (vinylpyrrolidone), maleic anhydride-alkyl vinyl ether copolymers, pluronic polyols, albumin, alginate, cellulose and
  • the ingredient is selected from the group consisting of albumin, sucrose, trehalose, lactitol, gelatin, hydroxypropyl- ⁇ -cyclodextrin, methoxypolyethylene glycol and polyethylene glycol.
  • Another embodiment provides a method for treating a mammal comprising the step of administering to the mammal an effective amount of the composition disclosed herein.
  • the invention also provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a binding protein, as disclosed herein and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the pharmaceutical composition comprises at least one additional therapeutic agent for treating a disorder.
  • the additional agent is selected from the group consisting of: a therapeutic agent, an imaging agent, a cytotoxic agent, an angiogenesis inhibitor (including but not limited to an anti-VEGF antibody or a VEGF-trap), a kinase inhibitor (including but not limited to a KDR and a TIE-2 inhibitor), a co-stimulation molecule blocker (including but not limited to anti-B7.1, anti-B7.2, CTLA4-Ig, anti-CD20), an adhesion molecule blocker (including but not limited to an anti-LFA-1 antibody, an anti-E/L selectin antibody, a small molecule inhibitor), an anti-cytokine antibody or functional fragment thereof (including but not limited to an anti-IL-18, an anti-TNF, and an anti-IL-6/cytokine receptor antibody), methotrex
  • the invention provides a method for treating a human subject suffering from a disorder in which the target, or targets, capable of being bound by the binding protein disclosed herein is detrimental, comprising administering to the human subject a binding protein disclosed herein such that the activity of the target, or targets in the human subject is inhibited and one of more symptoms is alleviated or treatment is achieved.
  • the disorder is selected from the group comprising arthritis, osteoarthritis, juvenile chronic arthritis, septic arthritis, Lyme arthritis, psoriatic arthritis, reactive arthritis, spondyloarthropathy, systemic lupus erythematosus, Crohn's disease, ulcerative colitis, inflammatory bowel disease, insulin dependent diabetes mellitus, thyroiditis, asthma, allergic diseases, psoriasis, dermatitis scleroderma, graft versus host disease, organ transplant rejection, acute or chronic immune disease associated with organ transplantation, sarcoidosis, atherosclerosis, disseminated intravascular coagulation, Kawasaki's disease, Grave's disease, nephrotic syndrome, chronic fatigue syndrome, Wegener's granulomatosis, Henoch-Schoenlein purpurea, microscopic vasculitis of the kidneys, chronic active hepatitis, uveitis, septic shock, toxic shock syndrome, sepsis syndrome, cache
  • diseases that can be treated or diagnosed with the compositions and methods of the invention include, but are not limited to, primary and metastatic cancers, including carcinomas of breast, colon, rectum, lung, oropharynx, hypopharynx, esophagus, stomach, pancreas, liver, gallbladder and bile ducts, small intestine, urinary tract (including kidney, bladder and urothelium), female genital tract (including cervix, uterus, and ovaries as well as choriocarcinoma and gestational trophoblastic disease), male genital tract (including prostate, seminal vesicles, testes and germ cell tumors), endocrine glands (including the thyroid, adrenal, and pituitary glands), and skin, as well as hemangiomas, melanomas, sarcomas (including those arising from bone and soft tissues as well as Kaposi's sarcoma), tumors of the brain, nerves, eyes
  • the DVD-Igs of the invention may also treat one or more of the following diseases: Acute coronary syndromes, Acute Idiopathic Polyneuritis, Acute Inflammatory Demyelinating Polyradiculoneuropathy, Acute ischemia, Adult Still's Disease, Alopecia greata, Anaphylaxis, Anti-Phospholipid Antibody Syndrome, Aplastic anemia, Arteriosclerosis, Atopic eczema, Atopic dermatitis, Autoimmune dermatitis, Autoimmune disorder associated with Streptococcus infection, autoimmune enteropathy, Autoimmune hearingloss, Autoimmune Lymphoproliferative Syndrome (ALPS), Autoimmune myocarditis, autoimmune thrombocytopenia (AITP), autoimmune premature ovarian failure, Blepharitis, Bronchiectasis, Bullous pemphigoid, Cardiovascular Disease, Catastrophic Antiphospholipid Syndrome, Celiac Disease, Cervical Spondylosis, Chronic ischemia,
  • the antibodies of the invention or antigen-binding portions thereof are used to treat cancer or in the prevention of metastases from the tumors described herein either when used alone or in combination with radiotherapy and/or other chemotherapeutic agents.
  • the invention provides a method of treating a patient suffering from a disorder comprising the step of administering any one of the binding proteins disclosed herein before, concurrent, or after the administration of a second agent, as discussed herein.
  • the second agent is selected from the group consisting of budenoside, epidermal growth factor, corticosteroids, cyclosporin, sulfasalazine, aminosalicylates, 6-mercaptopurine, azathioprine, metronidazole, lipoxygenase inhibitors, mesalamine, olsalazine, balsalazide, antioxidants, thromboxane inhibitors, IL-1 receptor antagonists, anti-IL-1 ⁇ mnAbs, anti-IL-6 or IL-6 receptor mAbs, growth factors, elastase inhibitors, pyridinyl-imidazole compounds, antibodies or agonists of TNF, LT, IL-1, IL-2, IL-6,
  • compositions disclosed herein are administered to the patient by at least one mode selected from parenteral, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravenous, intrarticular, intrabronchial, intraabdominal, intracapsular, intracartilaginous, intracavitary, intracelial, intracerebellar, intracerebroventricular, intracolic, intracervical, intragastric, intrahepatic, intramyocardial, intraosteal, intrapelvic, intrapericardiac, intraperitoneal, intrapleural, intraprostatic, intrapulmonary, intrarectal, intrarenal, intraretinal, intraspinal, intrasynovial, intrathoracic, intrauterine, intravesical, bolus, vaginal, rectal, buccal, sublingual, intranasal, and transdermal.
  • parenteral subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravenous, intrarticular, intrabronchial, intraabdominal, intracapsular, intracartilaginous, intracavitary, intracelial,
  • the anti-idiotype antibody includes any protein or peptide containing molecule that comprises at least a portion of an immunoglobulin molecule such as, but not limited to, at least one complementarily determining region (CDR) of a heavy or light chain or a ligand binding portion thereof, a heavy chain or light chain variable region, a heavy chain or light chain constant region, a framework region, or any portion thereof, that can be incorporated into a binding protein of the present invention.
  • CDR complementarily determining region
  • FIG. 1A is a schematic representation of Dual Variable Domain (DVD)-Ig constructs and shows the strategy for generation of a DVD-Ig from two parent antibodies;
  • DVD Dual Variable Domain
  • FIG. 1B is a schematic representation of constructs DVD1-Ig, DVD2-Ig, and two chimeric mono-specific antibodies from hybridoma clones 2D13.E3 (anti-IL-1 ⁇ ) and 13F5.G5 (anti-IL-1 ⁇ ).
  • This invention pertains to multivalent and/or multispecific binding proteins capable of binding two or more antigens.
  • the invention relates to dual variable domain immunoglobulins (DVD-Ig), and pharmaceutical compositions thereof, as well as nucleic acids, recombinant expression vectors and host cells for making such DVD-Igs.
  • DVD-Ig dual variable domain immunoglobulins
  • Methods of using the DVD-Igs of the invention to detect specific antigens, either in vitro or in vivo are also encompassed by the invention.
  • polypeptide refers to any polymeric chain of amino acids.
  • peptide and protein are used interchangeably with the term polypeptide and also refer to a polymeric chain of amino acids.
  • polypeptide encompasses native or artificial proteins, protein fragments and polypeptide analogs of a protein sequence.
  • a polypeptide may be monomeric or polymeric.
  • Use of “polypeptide” herein is intended to encompass polypeptide and fragments and variants (including fragments of variants) thereof, unless otherwise contradicted by context.
  • a fragment of polypeptide optionally contains at least one contiguous or nonlinear epitope of polypeptide.
  • the precise boundaries of the at least one epitope fragment can be confirmed using ordinary skill in the art.
  • the fragment comprises at least about 5 contiguous amino acids, such as at least about 10 contiguous amino acids, at least about 15 contiguous amino acids, or at least about 20 contiguous amino acids.
  • a variant of polypeptide is as described herein.
  • isolated protein or “isolated polypeptide” is a protein or polypeptide that by virtue of its origin or source of derivation is not associated with naturally associated components that accompany it in its native state; is substantially free of other proteins from the same species; is expressed by a cell from a different species; or does not occur in nature.
  • a polypeptide that is chemically synthesized or synthesized in a cellular system different from the cell from which it naturally originates will be “isolated” from its naturally associated components.
  • a protein may also be rendered substantially free of naturally associated components by isolation, using protein purification techniques well known in the art.
  • recovering refers to the process of rendering a chemical species such as a polypeptide substantially free of naturally associated components by isolation, e.g., using protein purification techniques well known in the art.
  • Bio activity refers to any one or more inherent biological properties of a molecule (whether present naturally as found in vivo, or provided or enabled by recombinant means). Biological properties include but are not limited to binding receptor; induction of cell proliferation, inhibiting cell growth, inductions of other cytokines, induction of apoptosis, and enzymatic activity. Biological activity also includes activity of an Ig molecule.
  • telomere binding in reference to the interaction of an antibody, a protein, or a peptide with a second chemical species, mean that the interaction is dependent upon the presence of a particular structure (e.g., an antigenic determinant or epitope) on the chemical species; for example, an antibody recognizes and binds to a specific protein structure rather than to proteins generally. If an antibody is specific for epitope “A”, the presence of a molecule containing epitope A (or free, unlabeled A), in a reaction containing labeled “A” and the antibody, will reduce the amount of labeled A bound to the antibody.
  • a particular structure e.g., an antigenic determinant or epitope
  • antibody broadly refers to any immunoglobulin (Ig) molecule comprised of four polypeptide chains, two heavy (H) chains and two light (L) chains, or any functional fragment, mutant, variant, or derivation thereof, which retains the essential epitope binding features of an Ig molecule.
  • Ig immunoglobulin
  • Such mutant, variant, or derivative antibody formats are known in the art. Nonlimiting embodiments of which are discussed below.
  • each heavy chain is comprised of a heavy chain variable region (abbreviated herein as HCVR or VH) and a heavy chain constant region.
  • the heavy chain constant region is comprised of three domains, CH1, CH2 and CH3.
  • Each light chain is comprised of a light chain variable region (abbreviated herein as LCVR or VL) and a light chain constant region.
  • the light chain constant region is comprised of one domain, CL.
  • the VH and VL regions can be further subdivided into regions of hypervariability, termed complementarity determining regions (CDR), interspersed with regions that are more conserved, termed framework regions (FR).
  • CDR complementarity determining regions
  • Each VH and VL is composed of three CDRs and four FRs, arranged from amino-terminus to carboxy-terminus in the following order: FR1, CDR1, FR2, CDR2, FR3, CDR3, FR4.
  • Immunoglobulin molecules can be of any type (e.g., IgG, IgE, IgM, IgD, IgA and IgY), class (e.g., IgG1, IgG2, IgG 3, IgG4, IgA1 and IgA2) or subclass.
  • Fc region is used to define the C-terminal region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain, which may be generated by papain digestion of an intact antibody.
  • the Fc region may be a native sequence Fc region or a variant Fc region.
  • the Fc region of an immunoglobulin generally comprises two constant domains, a CH2 domain and a CH3 domain, and optionally comprises a CH4 domain. Replacements of amino acid residues in the Fc portion to alter antibody effector function are known in the art (Winter, et al. U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,648,260 and 5,624,821).
  • the Fc portion of an antibody mediates several important effector functions e.g., cytokine induction, ADCC, phagocytosis, complement dependent cytotoxicity (CDC) and half-life/clearance rate of antibody and antigen-antibody complexes. In some cases these effector functions are desirable for therapeutic antibody but in other cases might be unnecessary or even deleterious, depending on the therapeutic objectives.
  • Certain human IgG isotypes, particularly IgG1 and IgG3, mediate ADCC and CDC via binding to Fc ⁇ Rs and complement C1q, respectively.
  • Neonatal Fc receptors (FcRn) are the critical components determining the circulating half-life of antibodies.
  • At least one amino acid residue is replaced in the constant region of the antibody, for example the Fc region of the antibody, such that effector functions of the antibody are altered.
  • the dimerization of two identical heavy chains of an immunoglobulin is mediated by the dimerization of CH3 domains and is stabilized by the disulfide bonds within the hinge region (Huber et al. Nature; 264: 415-20; Thies et al 1999 J Mol Biol; 293: 67-79.). Mutation of cysteine residues within the hinge regions to prevent heavy chain-heavy chain disulfide bonds will destabilize dimeration of CH3 domains.
  • FcRn The stoichiometry of FcRn: Ig Fc region has been determined to be 2:1 (West et al .2000 Biochemistry 39: 9698-708), and half Fc is sufficient for mediating FcRn binding (Kim et al 1994 Eur J Immunol; 24: 542-548.). Mutations to disrupt the dimerization of CH3 domain may not have greater adverse effect on its FcRn binding as the residues important for CH3 dimerization are located on the inner interface of CH3 b sheet structure, whereas the region responsible for FcRn binding is located on the outside interface of CH2-CH3 domains. However the half Ig molecule may have certain advantage in tissue penetration due to its smaller size than that of a regular antibody.
  • At least one amino acid residue is replaced in the constant region of the binding protein of the invention, for example the Fc region, such that the dimerization of the heavy chains is disrupted, resulting in half DVD Ig molecules.
  • the anti-inflammatory activity of IgG is dependent on sialylation of the N-linked glycan of the IgG Fc fragment. The precise glycan requirements for anti-inflammatory activity has been determined, such that an appropriate IgG1 Fc fragment can be created, thereby generating a fully recombinant, sialylated IgG1 Fc with greatly enhanced potency (Anthony, R. M., et al. (2008) Science 320:373-376).
  • antibody portion refers to one or more fragments of an antibody that retain the ability to specifically bind to an antigen. It has been shown that the antigen-binding function of an antibody can be performed by fragments of a full-length antibody. Such antibody embodiments may also be bispecific, dual specific, or multi-specific formats; specifically binding to two or more different antigens.
  • binding fragments encompassed within the term “antigen-binding portion” of an antibody include (i) a Fab fragment, a monovalent fragment consisting of the VL, VH, CL and CH1 domains; (ii) a F(ab′) 2 fragment, a bivalent fragment comprising two Fab fragments linked by a disulfide bridge at the hinge region; (iii) a Fd fragment consisting of the VH and CH1 domains; (iv) a Fv fragment consisting of the VL and VH domains of a single arm of an antibody, (v) a dAb fragment (Ward et al., (1989) Nature 341:544-546, Winter et al., PCT publication WO 90/05144 A1 herein incorporated by reference), which comprises a single variable domain; and (vi) an isolated complementarity determining region (CDR).
  • CDR complementarity determining region
  • the two domains of the Fv fragment, VL and VH are coded for by separate genes, they can be joined, using recombinant methods, by a synthetic linker that enables them to be made as a single protein chain in which the VL and VH regions pair to form monovalent molecules (known as single chain Fv (scFv); see e.g., Bird et al. (1988) Science 242:423-426; and Huston et al. (1988) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 85:5879-5883).
  • single chain Fv single chain Fv
  • Such single chain antibodies are also intended to be encompassed within the term “antigen-binding portion” of an antibody.
  • Other forms of single chain antibodies, such as diabodies are also encompassed.
  • Diabodies are bivalent, bispecific antibodies in which VH and VL domains are expressed on a single polypeptide chain, but using a linker that is too short to allow for pairing between the two domains on the same chain, thereby forcing the domains to pair with complementary domains of another chain and creating two antigen binding sites (see e.g., Holliger, P., et al. (1993) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90:6444-6448; Poljak, R. J., et al. (1994) Structure 2:1121-1123).
  • Such antibody binding portions are known in the art (Kontermann and Dubel eds., Antibody Engineering (2001) Springer-Verlag. New York. 790 pp.
  • single chain antibodies also include “linear antibodies” comprising a pair of tandem Fv segments (VH-CH1-VH-CH1) which, together with complementary light chain polypeptides, form a pair of antigen binding regions (Zapata et al. Protein Eng. 8(10):1057-1062 (1995); and U.S. Pat. No. 5,641,870).
  • multivalent binding protein is used throughout this specification to denote a binding protein comprising two or more antigen binding sites.
  • the multivalent binding protein is engineered to have the three or more antigen binding sites, and is generally not a naturally occurring antibody.
  • multispecific binding protein refers to a binding protein capable of binding two or more related or unrelated targets.
  • Dual variable domain (DVD) binding proteins of the invention comprise two or more antigen binding sites and are tetravalent or multivalent binding proteins. DVDs may be monospecific, i.e., capable of binding one antigen or multispecific, i.e. capable of binding two or more antigens.
  • DVD binding proteins comprising two heavy chain DVD polypeptides and two light chain DVD polypeptides are referred to as DVD-Ig.
  • Each half of a DVD-Ig comprises a heavy chain DVD polypeptide, and a light chain DVD polypeptide, and two antigen binding sites.
  • Each binding site comprises a heavy chain variable domain and a light chain variable domain with a total of 6 CDRs involved in antigen binding per antigen binding site.
  • bispecific antibody refers to full-length antibodies that are generated by quadroma technology (see Milstein, C. and A. C. Cuello, Nature, 1983. 305(5934): p. 537-40), by chemical conjugation of two different monoclonal antibodies (see Staerz, U. D., et al., Nature, 1985. 314(6012): p. 628-31), or by knob-into-hole or similar approaches which introduces mutations in the Fc region (see Holliger, P., T. Prospero, and G. Winter, Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A, 1993. 90(14): p.
  • a bispecific antibody binds one antigen (or epitope) on one of its two binding arms (one pair of HC/LC), and binds a different antigen (or epitope) on its second arm (a different pair of HC/LC).
  • a bispecific antibody has two distinct antigen binding arms (in both specificity and CDR sequences), and is monovalent for each antigen it binds to.
  • dual-specific antibody refers to full-length antibodies that can bind two different antigens (or epitopes) in each of its two binding arms (a pair of HC/LC) (see PCT publication WO 02/02773). Accordingly a dual-specific binding protein has two identical antigen binding arms, with identical specificity and identical CDR sequences, and is bivalent for each antigen it binds to.
  • a “functional antigen binding site” of a binding protein is one that is capable of binding a target antigen.
  • the antigen binding affinity of the antigen binding site is not necessarily as strong as the parent antibody from which the antigen binding site is derived, but the ability to bind antigen must be measurable using any one of a variety of methods known for evaluating antibody binding to an antigen.
  • the antigen binding affinity of each of the antigen binding sites of a multivalent antibody herein need not be quantitatively the same.
  • cytokine is a generic term for proteins released by one cell population, which act on another cell population as intercellular mediators.
  • lymphokines include lymphokines, monokines, and traditional polypeptide hormones. Included among the cytokines are growth hormone such as human growth hormone, N-methionyl human growth hormone, and bovine growth hormone; parathyroid hormone; thyroxine; insulin; proinsulin; relaxin; prorelaxin; glycoprotein hormones such as follicle stimulating hormone (FSH), thyroid stimulating hormone (TSH), and luteinizing hormone (LH); hepatic growth factor; fibroblast growth factor; prolactin; placental lactogen; tumor necrosis factor-alpha and -beta; mullerian-inhibiting substance; mouse gonadotropin-associated peptide; inhibin; activin; vascular endothelial growth factor; integrin; thrombopoietin (TPO); nerve growth factors such as NGF-alpha;
  • growth hormone
  • linker is used to denote polypeptides comprising two or more amino acid residues joined by peptide bonds and are used to link one or more antigen binding portions.
  • linker polypeptides are well known in the art (see e.g., Holliger, P., et al. (1993) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90:6444-6448; Poljak, R. J., et al. (1994) Structure 2:1121-1123).
  • linkers include, but are not limited to, AKTTPKLEEGEFSEAR (SEQ ID NO: 1); AKTTPKLEEGEFSEARV (SEQ ID NO: 2); AKTTPKLGG (SEQ ID NO: 3); SAKTTPKLGG (SEQ ID NO: 4); SAKTTP (SEQ ID NO: 5); RADAAP (SEQ ID NO: 6); RADAAPTVS (SEQ ID NO: 7); RADAAAAGGPGS (SEQ ID NO: 8); RADAAAA(G 4 S) 4 (SEQ ID NO: 9); SAKTTPKLEEGEFSEARV (SEQ ID NO: 10); ADAAP (SEQ ID NO: 11); ADAAPTVSIFPP (SEQ ID NO: 12); TVAAP (SEQ ID NO: 13); TVAAPSVFIFPP (SEQ ID NO: 14); QPKAAP (SEQ ID NO: 15); QPKAAPSVTLFPP (SEQ ID NO: 16); AKTTPP (SEQ ID NO: 17); AKTTPPSVTPLAP
  • immunoglobulin constant domain refers to a heavy or light chain constant domain. Human IgG heavy chain and light chain constant domain amino acid sequences are known in the art.
  • mAb refers to an antibody obtained from a population of substantially homogeneous antibodies, i.e., the individual antibodies comprising the population are identical except for possible naturally occurring mutations that may be present in minor amounts. Monoclonal antibodies are highly specific, being directed against a single antigen. Furthermore, in contrast to polyclonal antibody preparations that typically include different antibodies directed against different determinants (epitopes), each mAb is directed against a single determinant on the antigen.
  • the modifier “monoclonal” is not to be construed as requiring production of the antibody by any particular method.
  • human antibody is intended to include antibodies having variable and constant regions derived from human germline immunoglobulin sequences.
  • the human antibodies of the invention may include amino acid residues not encoded by human germline immunoglobulin sequences (e.g., mutations introduced by random or site-specific mutagenesis in vitro or by somatic mutation in vivo), for example in the CDRs and in particular CDR3.
  • the term “human antibody”, as used herein, is not intended to include antibodies in which CDR sequences derived from the germline of another mammalian species, such as a mouse, have been grafted onto human framework sequences.
  • recombinant human antibody is intended to include all human antibodies that are prepared, expressed, created or isolated by recombinant means, such as antibodies expressed using a recombinant expression vector transfected into a host cell (described further in Section II C, below), antibodies isolated from a recombinant, combinatorial human antibody library (Hoogenboom H. R. (1997) TIB Tech. 15:62-70; Azzazy H., and Highsmith W. E. (2002) Clin. Biochem. 35:425-445; Gavilondo J. V., and Larrick J. W. (2002) BioTechniques 29:128-145; Hoogenboom H., and Chames P.
  • such recombinant human antibodies are subjected to in vitro mutagenesis (or, when an animal transgenic for human Ig sequences is used, in vivo somatic mutagenesis) and thus the amino acid sequences of the VH and VL regions of the recombinant antibodies are sequences that, while derived from and related to human germline VH and VL sequences, may not naturally exist within the human antibody germline repertoire in vivo.
  • an “affinity matured” antibody is an antibody with one or more alterations in one or more CDRs thereof which result an improvement in the affinity of the antibody for antigen, compared to a parent antibody which does not possess those alteration(s).
  • Exemplary affinity matured antibodies will have nanomolar or even picomolar affinities for the target antigen.
  • Affinity matured antibodies are produced by procedures known in the art. Marks et al. Bid1Technology 10:779-783 (1992) describes affinity maturation by VH and VL domain shuffling. Random mutagenesis of CDR and/or framework residues is described by: Barbas et al. Proc Nat. Acad. Sci, USA 91:3809-3813 (1994); Schier et al.
  • chimeric antibody refers to antibodies which comprise heavy and light chain variable region sequences from one species and constant region sequences from another species, such as antibodies having murine heavy and light chain variable regions linked to human constant regions.
  • CDR-grafted antibody refers to antibodies which comprise heavy and light chain variable region sequences from one species but in which the sequences of one or more of the CDR regions of VH and/or VL are replaced with CDR sequences of another species, such as antibodies having murine heavy and light chain variable regions in which one or more of the murine CDRs (e.g., CDR3) has been replaced with human CDR sequences.
  • humanized antibody refers to antibodies which comprise heavy and light chain variable region sequences from a non-human species (e.g., a mouse) but in which at least a portion of the VH and/or VL sequence has been altered to be more “human-like”, i.e., more similar to human germline variable sequences.
  • a non-human species e.g., a mouse
  • human CDR-grafted antibody in which human CDR sequences are introduced into non-human VH and VL sequences to replace the corresponding nonhuman CDR sequences.
  • humanized antibody is an antibody or a variant, derivative, analog or fragment thereof which immunospecifically binds to an antigen of interest and which comprises a framework (FR) region having substantially the amino acid sequence of a human antibody and a complementary determining region (CDR) having substantially the amino acid sequence of a non-human antibody.
  • FR framework
  • CDR complementary determining region
  • the term “substantially” in the context of a CDR refers to a CDR having an amino acid sequence at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 98% or at least 99% identical to the amino acid sequence of a non-human antibody CDR.
  • a humanized antibody comprises substantially all of at least one, and typically two, variable domains (Fab, Fab′, F(ab′)2, FabC, Fv) in which all or substantially all of the CDR regions correspond to those of a non-human immunoglobulin (i.e., donor antibody) and all or substantially all of the framework regions are those of a human immunoglobulin consensus sequence.
  • a humanized antibody also comprises at least a portion of an immunoglobulin constant region (Fc), typically that of a human immunoglobulin.
  • a humanized antibody contains both the light chain as well as at least the variable domain of a heavy chain.
  • the antibody also may include the CH1, hinge, CH2, CH3, and CH4 regions of the heavy chain.
  • a humanized antibody only contains a humanized light chain. In some embodiments, a humanized antibody only contains a humanized heavy chain. In specific embodiments, a humanized antibody only contains a humanized variable domain of a light chain and/or humanized heavy chain.
  • Kabat numbering “Kabat definitions” and “Kabat labeling” are used interchangeably herein. These terms, which are recognized in the art, refer to a system of numbering amino acid residues which are more variable (i.e. hypervariable) than other amino acid residues in the heavy and light chain variable regions of an antibody, or an antigen binding portion thereof (Kabat et al. (1971) Ann. NY Acad, Sci. 190:382-391 and, Kabat, E. A., et al. (1991) Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, Fifth Edition , U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, NIH Publication No. 91-3242).
  • the hypervariable region ranges from amino acid positions 31 to 35 for CDR1, amino acid positions 50 to 65 for CDR2, and amino acid positions 95 to 102 for CDR3.
  • the hypervariable region ranges from amino acid positions 24 to 34 for CDR1, amino acid positions 50 to 56 for CDR2, and amino acid positions 89 to 97 for CDR3.
  • CDR refers to the complementarity determining region within antibody variable sequences. There are three CDRs in each of the variable regions of the heavy chain and the light chain, which are designated CDR1, CDR2 and CDR3, for each of the variable regions.
  • CDR set refers to a group of three CDRs that occur in a single variable region capable of binding the antigen. The exact boundaries of these CDRs have been defined differently according to different systems. The system described by Kabat (Kabat et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest (National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md.
  • CDR boundary definitions may not strictly follow one of the herein systems, but will nonetheless overlap with the Kabat CDRs, although they may be shortened or lengthened in light of prediction or experimental findings that particular residues or groups of residues or even entire CDRs do not significantly impact antigen binding.
  • the methods used herein may utilize CDRs defined according to any of these systems, although certain embodiments use Kabat or Chothia defined CDRs.
  • the term “framework” or “framework sequence” refers to the remaining sequences of a variable region minus the CDRs. Because the exact definition of a CDR sequence can be determined by different systems, the meaning of a framework sequence is subject to correspondingly different interpretations.
  • the six CDRs (CDR-L1, -L2, and -L3 of light chain and CDR-H1, -H2, and -H3 of heavy chain) also divide the framework regions on the light chain and the heavy chain into four sub-regions (FR1, FR2, FR3 and FR4) on each chain, in which CDR1 is positioned between FR1 and FR2, CDR2 between FR2 and FR3, and CDR3 between FR3 and FR4.
  • a framework region represents the combined FR's within the variable region of a single, naturally occurring immunoglobulin chain.
  • a FR represents one of the four sub-regions, and FRs represents two or more of the four sub-regions constituting a framework region.
  • the term “germline antibody gene” or “gene fragment” refers to an immunoglobulin sequence encoded by non-lymphoid cells that have not undergone the maturation process that leads to genetic rearrangement and mutation for expression of a particular immunoglobulin. (See, e.g., Shapiro et al., Crit. Rev. Immunol. 22(3): 183-200 (2002); Marchalonis et al., Adv Exp Med Biol. 484:13-30 (2001)).
  • One of the advantages provided by various embodiments of the present invention stems from the recognition that germline antibody genes are more likely than mature antibody genes to conserve essential amino acid sequence structures characteristic of individuals in the species, hence less likely to be recognized as from a foreign source when used therapeutically in that species.
  • neutralizing refers to counteracting the biological activity of an antigen when a binding protein specifically binds the antigen.
  • the neutralizing binding protein binds the cytokine and reduces its biologically activity by at least about 20%, 40%, 60%, 80%, 85% or more.
  • activity includes activities such as the binding specificity and affinity of a DVD-Ig for two or more antigens.
  • epitope includes any polypeptide determinant capable of specific binding to an immunoglobulin or T-cell receptor.
  • epitope determinants include chemically active surface groupings of molecules such as amino acids, sugar side chains, phosphoryl, or sulfonyl, and, in certain embodiments, may have specific three dimensional structural characteristics, and/or specific charge characteristics.
  • An epitope is a region of an antigen that is bound by an antibody.
  • an antibody is said to specifically bind an antigen when it recognizes its target antigen in a complex mixture of proteins and/or macromolecules.
  • Antibodies are said to “bind to the same epitope” if the antibodies cross-compete (one prevents the binding or modulating effect of the other).
  • structural definitions of epitopes are informative, but functional definitions are often more relevant as they encompass structural (binding) and functional (modulation, competition) parameters.
  • surface plasmon resonance refers to an optical phenomenon that allows for the analysis of real-time biospecific interactions by detection of alterations in protein concentrations within a biosensor matrix, for example using the BIAcore® system (BIAcore International AB, a GE Healthcare company, Uppsala, Sweden and Piscataway, N.J.).
  • BIAcore® system BIOAcore International AB, a GE Healthcare company, Uppsala, Sweden and Piscataway, N.J.
  • K on is intended to refer to the on rate constant for association of a binding protein (e.g., an antibody) to the antigen to form the, e.g., antibody/antigen complex as is known in the art.
  • the “Kon” also is known by the terms “association rate constant”, or “ka”, as used interchangeably herein. This value indicating the binding rate of an antibody to its target antigen or the rate of complex formation between an antibody and antigen also is shown by the equation below: Antibody(“ Ab ”)+Antigen(“ Ag ”) ⁇ Ab ⁇ Ag.
  • K off is intended to refer to the off rate constant for dissociation, or “dissociation rate constant”, of a binding protein (e.g., an antibody) from the, e.g., antibody/antigen complex as is known in the art. This value indicates the dissociation rate of an antibody from its target antigen or separation of Ab-Ag complex over time into free antibody and antigen as shown by the equation below: Ab+Ag ⁇ Ab ⁇ Ag.
  • K D is intended to refer to the “equilibrium dissociation constant”, and refers to the value obtained in a titration measurement at equilibrium, or by dividing the dissociation rate constant (koff) by the association rate constant (kon).
  • the association rate constant, the dissociation rate constant and the equilibrium dissociation constant are used to represent the binding affinity of an antibody to an antigen. Methods for determining association and dissociation rate constants are well known in the art. Using fluorescence-based techniques offers high sensitivity and the ability to examine samples in physiological buffers at equilibrium.
  • BIAcore® biological interaction analysis
  • KinExA® KinExA® (Kinetic Exclusion Assay) assay, available from Sapidyne Instruments (Boise, Id.) can also be used.
  • Label and “detectable label” mean a moiety attached to a specific binding partner, such as an antibody or an analyte, e.g., to render the reaction between members of a specific binding pair, such as an antibody and an analyte, detectable, and the specific binding partner, e.g., antibody or analyte, so labeled is referred to as “detectably labeled.”
  • a specific binding partner such as an antibody or an analyte
  • the term “labeled binding protein” as used herein refers to a protein with a label incorporated that provides for the identification of the binding protein.
  • the label is a detectable marker that can produce a signal that is detectable by visual or instrumental means, e.g., incorporation of a radiolabeled amino acid or attachment to a polypeptide of biotinyl moieties that can be detected by marked avidin (e.g., streptavidin containing a fluorescent marker or enzymatic activity that can be detected by optical or colorimetric methods).
  • marked avidin e.g., streptavidin containing a fluorescent marker or enzymatic activity that can be detected by optical or colorimetric methods.
  • labels for polypeptides include, but are not limited to, the following: radioisotopes or radionuclides (e.g., 3 H, 14 C, 35 S, 90 Y, 99 Tc, 111 In, 125 I, 131 I, 177 Lu, 166 Ho, or 153 Sm); chromogens, fluorescent labels (e.g., FITC, rhodamine, lanthanide phosphors), enzymatic labels (e.g., horseradish peroxidase, luciferase, alkaline phosphatase); chemiluminescent markers; biotinyl groups; predetermined polypeptide epitopes recognized by a secondary reporter (e.g., leucine zipper pair sequences, binding sites for secondary antibodies, metal binding domains, epitope tags); and magnetic agents, such as gadolinium chelates.
  • radioisotopes or radionuclides e.g., 3 H, 14 C, 35 S, 90 Y
  • labels commonly employed for immunoassays include moieties that produce light, e.g., acridinium compounds, and moieties that produce fluorescence, e.g., fluorescein. Other labels are described herein. In this regard, the moiety itself may not be detectably labeled but may become detectable upon reaction with yet another moiety. Use of “detectably labeled” is intended to encompass the latter type of detectable labeling.
  • conjugate refers to a binding protein, such as an antibody, chemically linked to a second chemical moiety, such as a therapeutic or cytotoxic agent.
  • agent is used herein to denote a chemical compound, a mixture of chemical compounds, a biological macromolecule, or an extract made from biological materials.
  • the therapeutic or cytotoxic agents include, but are not limited to, pertussis toxin, taxol, cytochalasin B, gramicidin D, ethidium bromide, emetine, mitomycin, etoposide, tenoposide, vincristine, vinblastine, colchicin, doxorubicin, daunorubicin, dihydroxy anthracin dione, mitoxantrone, mithramycin, actinomycin D, 1-dehydrotestosterone, glucocorticoids, procaine, tetracaine, lidocaine, propranolol, and puromycin and analogs or homologs thereof.
  • the conjugate antibody may be a detectably labeled antibody used as the detection antibody.
  • crystal and “crystallized” as used herein, refer to a binding protein (e.g., an antibody), or antigen binding portion thereof, that exists in the form of a crystal.
  • Crystals are one form of the solid state of matter, which is distinct from other forms such as the amorphous solid state or the liquid crystalline state. Crystals are composed of regular, repeating, three-dimensional arrays of atoms, ions, molecules (e.g., proteins such as antibodies), or molecular assemblies (e.g., antigen/antibody complexes). These three-dimensional arrays are arranged according to specific mathematical relationships that are well-understood in the field. The fundamental unit, or building block, that is repeated in a crystal is called the asymmetric unit.
  • Repetition of the asymmetric unit in an arrangement that conforms to a given, well-defined crystallographic symmetry provides the “unit cell” of the crystal. Repetition of the unit cell by regular translations in all three dimensions provides the crystal. See Giege, R. and Ducruix, A. Barrett, Crystallization of Nucleic Acids and Proteins, a Practical Approach, 2nd ea., pp. 20 1-16, Oxford University Press, New York, N.Y., (1999).”
  • polynucleotide means a polymeric form of two or more nucleotides, either ribonucleotides or deoxynucleotides or a modified form of either type of nucleotide.
  • the term includes single and double stranded forms of DNA.
  • isolated polynucleotide shall mean a polynucleotide (e.g., of genomic, cDNA, or synthetic origin, or some combination thereof) that, by virtue of its origin, the “isolated polynucleotide” is not associated with all or a portion of a polynucleotide with which the “isolated polynucleotide” is found in nature; is operably linked to a polynucleotide that it is not linked to in nature; or does not occur in nature as part of a larger sequence.
  • vector is intended to refer to a nucleic acid molecule capable of transporting another nucleic acid to which it has been linked.
  • plasmid refers to a circular double stranded DNA loop into which additional DNA segments may be ligated.
  • viral vector Another type of vector is a viral vector, wherein additional DNA segments may be ligated into the viral genome.
  • Certain vectors are capable of autonomous replication in a host cell into which they are introduced (e.g., bacterial vectors having a bacterial origin of replication and episomal mammalian vectors).
  • vectors e.g., non-episomal mammalian vectors
  • vectors can be integrated into the genome of a host cell upon introduction into the host cell, and thereby are replicated along with the host genome.
  • certain vectors are capable of directing the expression of genes to which they are operatively linked.
  • Such vectors are referred to herein as “recombinant expression vectors” (or simply, “expression vectors”).
  • expression vectors of utility in recombinant DNA techniques are often in the form of plasmids.
  • plasmid and vector may be used interchangeably as the plasmid is the most commonly used form of vector.
  • the invention is intended to include such other forms of expression vectors, such as viral vectors (e.g., replication defective retroviruses, adenoviruses and adeno-associated viruses), which serve equivalent functions.
  • operably linked refers to a juxtaposition wherein the components described are in a relationship permitting them to function in their intended manner.
  • a control sequence “operably linked” to a coding sequence is ligated in such a way that expression of the coding sequence is achieved under conditions compatible with the control sequences.
  • “Operably linked” sequences include both expression control sequences that are contiguous with the gene of interest and expression control sequences that act in trans or at a distance to control the gene of interest.
  • expression control sequence refers to polynucleotide sequences which are necessary to effect the expression and processing of coding sequences to which they are ligated.
  • Expression control sequences include appropriate transcription initiation, termination, promoter and enhancer sequences; efficient RNA processing signals such as splicing and polyadenylation signals; sequences that stabilize cytoplasmic mRNA; sequences that enhance translation efficiency (i.e., Kozak consensus sequence); sequences that enhance protein stability; and when desired, sequences that enhance protein secretion.
  • the nature of such control sequences differs depending upon the host organism; in prokaryotes, such control sequences generally include promoter, ribosomal binding site, and transcription termination sequence; in eukaryotes, generally, such control sequences include promoters and transcription termination sequence.
  • control sequences is intended to include components whose presence is essential for expression and processing, and can also include additional components whose presence is advantageous, for example, leader sequences and fusion partner sequences.
  • Transformation refers to any process by which exogenous DNA enters a host cell. Transformation may occur under natural or artificial conditions using various methods well known in the art. Transformation may rely on any known method for the insertion of foreign nucleic acid sequences into a prokaryotic or eukaryotic host cell. The method is selected based on the host cell being transformed and may include, but is not limited to, viral infection, electroporation, lipofection, and particle bombardment. Such “transformed” cells include stably transformed cells in which the inserted DNA is capable of replication either as an autonomously replicating plasmid or as part of the host chromosome. They also include cells which transiently express the inserted DNA or RNA for limited periods of time.
  • the term “recombinant host cell” is intended to refer to a cell into which exogenous DNA has been introduced.
  • the host cell comprises two more more (e.g., multiple) nucleic acids encoding antibodies, such as the host cells described in U.S. Pat. No. 7,262,028, for example. It should be understood that such terms are intended to refer not only to the particular subject cell, but to the progeny of such a cell. Because certain modifications may occur in succeeding generations due to either mutation or environmental influences, such progeny may not, in fact, be identical to the parent cell, but are still included within the scope of the term “host cell” as used herein.
  • host cells include prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells selected from any of the Kingdoms of life.
  • eukaryotic cells include protist, fungal, plant and animal cells.
  • host cells include but are not limited to the prokaryotic cell line E. Coli ; mammalian cell lines CHO, HEK 293, COS, NS0, SP2 and PER.C6; the insect cell line Sf9; and the fungal cell Saccharomyces cerevisiae.
  • Standard techniques may be used for recombinant DNA, oligonucleotide synthesis, and tissue culture and transformation (e.g., electroporation, lipofection).
  • Enzymatic reactions and purification techniques may be performed according to manufacturer's specifications or as commonly accomplished in the art or as described herein.
  • the foregoing techniques and procedures may be generally performed according to conventional methods well known in the art and as described in various general and more specific references that are cited and discussed throughout the present specification. See e.g., Sambrook et al. Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual (2d ed., Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y. (1989)), which is incorporated herein by reference for any purpose.
  • Transgenic organism refers to an organism having cells that contain a transgene, wherein the transgene introduced into the organism (or an ancestor of the organism) expresses a polypeptide not naturally expressed in the organism.
  • a “transgene” is a DNA construct, which is stably and operably integrated into the genome of a cell from which a transgenic organism develops, directing the expression of an encoded gene product in one or more cell types or tissues of the transgenic organism.
  • the term “regulate” and “modulate” are used interchangeably, and, as used herein, refers to a change or an alteration in the activity of a molecule of interest (e.g., the biological activity of a cytokine). Modulation may be an increase or a decrease in the magnitude of a certain activity or function of the molecule of interest. Exemplary activities and functions of a molecule include, but are not limited to, binding characteristics, enzymatic activity, cell receptor activation, and signal transduction.
  • a modulator is a compound capable of changing or altering an activity or function of a molecule of interest (e.g., the biological activity of a cytokine).
  • a modulator may cause an increase or decrease in the magnitude of a certain activity or function of a molecule compared to the magnitude of the activity or function observed in the absence of the modulator.
  • a modulator is an inhibitor, which decreases the magnitude of at least one activity or function of a molecule.
  • Exemplary inhibitors include, but are not limited to, proteins, peptides, antibodies, peptibodies, carbohydrates or small organic molecules. Peptibodies are described, e.g., in WO01/83525.
  • agonist refers to a modulator that, when contacted with a molecule of interest, causes an increase in the magnitude of a certain activity or function of the molecule compared to the magnitude of the activity or function observed in the absence of the agonist.
  • agonists of interest may include, but are not limited to, polypeptides, nucleic acids, carbohydrates, or any other molecules that bind to the antigen.
  • antagonist refers to a modulator that, when contacted with a molecule of interest causes a decrease in the magnitude of a certain activity or function of the molecule compared to the magnitude of the activity or function observed in the absence of the antagonist.
  • antagonists of interest include those that block or modulate the biological or immunological activity of the antigen.
  • Antagonists and inhibitors of antigens may include, but are not limited to, proteins, nucleic acids, carbohydrates, or any other molecules, which bind to the antigen.
  • the term “effective amount” refers to the amount of a therapy which is sufficient to reduce or ameliorate the severity and/or duration of a disorder or one or more symptoms thereof, prevent the advancement of a disorder, cause regression of a disorder, prevent the recurrence, development, onset or progression of one or more symptoms associated with a disorder, detect a disorder, or enhance or improve the prophylactic or therapeutic effect(s) of another therapy (e.g., prophylactic or therapeutic agent).
  • “Patient” and “subject” may be used interchangeably herein to refer to an animal, such as a mammal, including a primate (for example, a human, a monkey, and a chimpanzee), a non-primate (for example, a cow, a pig, a camel, a llama, a horse, a goat, a rabbit, a sheep, a hamster, a guinea pig, a cat, a dog, a rat, a mouse, a whale), a bird (e.g., a duck or a goose), and a shark.
  • a primate for example, a human, a monkey, and a chimpanzee
  • a non-primate for example, a cow, a pig, a camel, a llama, a horse, a goat, a rabbit, a sheep, a hamster, a guinea pig, a cat,
  • the patient or subject is a human, such as a human being treated or assessed for a disease, disorder or condition, a human at risk for a disease, disorder or condition, a human having a disease, disorder or condition, and/or human being treated for a disease, disorder or condition.
  • a human such as a human being treated or assessed for a disease, disorder or condition, a human at risk for a disease, disorder or condition, a human having a disease, disorder or condition, and/or human being treated for a disease, disorder or condition.
  • sample includes, but is not limited to, any quantity of a substance from a living thing or formerly living thing.
  • living things include, but are not limited to, humans, mice, rats, monkeys, dogs, rabbits and other animals.
  • substances include, but are not limited to, blood, (e.g., whole blood), plasma, serum, urine, amniotic fluid, synovial fluid, endothelial cells, leukocytes, monocytes, other cells, organs, tissues, bone marrow, lymph nodes and spleen.
  • Component refer generally to a capture antibody, a detection or conjugate antibody, a control, a calibrator, a series of calibrators, a sensitivity panel, a container, a buffer, a diluent, a salt, an enzyme, a co-factor for an enzyme, a detection reagent, a pretreatment reagent/solution, a substrate (e.g., as a solution), a stop solution, and the like that can be included in a kit for assay of a test sample, such as a patient urine, serum or plasma sample, in accordance with the methods described herein and other methods known in the art.
  • a test sample such as a patient urine, serum or plasma sample
  • “at least one component,” “component,” and “components” can include a polypeptide or other analyte as above, such as a composition comprising an analyte such as polypeptide, which is optionally immobilized on a solid support, such as by binding to an anti-analyte (e.g., anti-polypeptide) antibody.
  • a polypeptide or other analyte as above, such as a composition comprising an analyte such as polypeptide, which is optionally immobilized on a solid support, such as by binding to an anti-analyte (e.g., anti-polypeptide) antibody.
  • Some components can be in solution or lyophilized for reconstitution for use in an assay.
  • Control refers to a composition known to not analyte (“negative control”) or to contain analyte (“positive control”).
  • a positive control can comprise a known concentration of analyte.
  • Control positive control
  • calibrator may be used interchangeably herein to refer to a composition comprising a known concentration of analyte.
  • a “positive control” can be used to establish assay performance characteristics and is a useful indicator of the integrity of reagents (e.g., analytes).
  • Predetermined cutoff and predetermined level refer generally to an assay cutoff value that is used to assess diagnostic/prognostic/therapeutic efficacy results by comparing the assay results against the predetermined cutoff/level, where the predetermined cutoff/level already has been linked or associated with various clinical parameters (e.g., severity of disease, progression/nonprogression/improvement, etc.). While the present disclosure may provide exemplary predetermined levels, it is well-known that cutoff values may vary depending on the nature of the immunoassay (e.g., antibodies employed, etc.).
  • Pretreatment reagent e.g., lysis, precipitation and/or solubilization reagent, as used in a diagnostic assay as described herein is one that lyses any cells and/or solubilizes any analyte that is/are present in a test sample. Pretreatment is not necessary for all samples, as described further herein. Among other things, solubilizing the analyte (e.g., polypeptide of interest) may entail release of the analyte from any endogenous binding proteins present in the sample.
  • a pretreatment reagent may be homogeneous (not requiring a separation step) or heterogeneous (requiring a separation step). With use of a heterogeneous pretreatment reagent there is removal of any precipitated analyte binding proteins from the test sample prior to proceeding to the next step of the assay.
  • “Quality control reagents” in the context of immunoassays and kits described herein, include, but are not limited to, calibrators, controls, and sensitivity panels.
  • a “calibrator” or “standard” typically is used (e.g., one or more, such as a plurality) in order to establish calibration (standard) curves for interpolation of the concentration of an analyte, such as an antibody or an analyte.
  • a single calibrator which is near a predetermined positive/negative cutoff, can be used.
  • Multiple calibrators i.e., more than one calibrator or a varying amount of calibrator(s) can be used in conjunction so as to comprise a “sensitivity panel.”
  • “Risk” refers to the possibility or probability of a particular event occurring either presently or at some point in the future. “Risk stratification” refers to an array of known clinical risk factors that allows physicians to classify patients into a low, moderate, high or highest risk of developing a particular disease, disorder or condition.
  • Specific and “specificity” in the context of an interaction between members of a specific binding pair refer to the selective reactivity of the interaction.
  • the phrase “specifically binds to” and analogous phrases refer to the ability of antibodies (or antigenically reactive fragments thereof) to bind specifically to analyte (or a fragment thereof) and not bind specifically to other entities.
  • Specific binding partner is a member of a specific binding pair.
  • a specific binding pair comprises two different molecules, which specifically bind to each other through chemical or physical means. Therefore, in addition to antigen and antibody specific binding pairs of common immunoassays, other specific binding pairs can include biotin and avidin (or streptavidin), carbohydrates and lectins, complementary nucleotide sequences, effector and receptor molecules, cofactors and enzymes, enzyme inhibitors and enzymes, and the like.
  • specific binding pairs can include members that are analogs of the original specific binding members, for example, an analyte-analog.
  • Immunoreactive specific binding members include antigens, antigen fragments, and antibodies, including monoclonal and polyclonal antibodies as well as complexes, fragments, and variants (including fragments of variants) thereof, whether isolated or recombinantly produced.
  • “Variant” as used herein means a polypeptide that differs from a given polypeptide (e.g., IL-18, BNP, NGAL or HIV polypeptide or anti-polypeptide antibody) in amino acid sequence by the addition (e.g., insertion), deletion, or conservative substitution of amino acids, but that retains the biological activity of the given polypeptide (e.g., a variant IL-18 can compete with anti-IL-18 antibody for binding to IL-18).
  • a conservative substitution of an amino acid i.e., replacing an amino acid with a different amino acid of similar properties (e.g., hydrophilicity and degree and distribution of charged regions) is recognized in the art as typically involving a minor change.
  • hydropathic index of amino acids as understood in the art (see, e.g., Kyte et al., J. Mol. Biol. 157: 105-132 (1982)).
  • the hydropathic index of an amino acid is based on a consideration of its hydrophobicity and charge. It is known in the art that amino acids of similar hydropathic indexes can be substituted and still retain protein function. In one aspect, amino acids having hydropathic indexes of ⁇ 2 are substituted.
  • the hydrophilicity of amino acids also can be used to reveal substitutions that would result in proteins retaining biological function.
  • hydrophilicity of amino acids in the context of a peptide permits calculation of the greatest local average hydrophilicity of that peptide, a useful measure that has been reported to correlate well with antigenicity and immunogenicity (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 4,554,101, which is incorporated herein by reference).
  • Substitution of amino acids having similar hydrophilicity values can result in peptides retaining biological activity, for example immunogenicity, as is understood in the art.
  • substitutions are performed with amino acids having hydrophilicity values within ⁇ 2 of each other. Both the hydrophobicity index and the hydrophilicity value of amino acids are influenced by the particular side chain of that amino acid.
  • amino acid substitutions that are compatible with biological function are understood to depend on the relative similarity of the amino acids, and particularly the side chains of those amino acids, as revealed by the hydrophobicity, hydrophilicity, charge, size, and other properties.
  • “Variant” also can be used to describe a polypeptide or fragment thereof that has been differentially processed, such as by proteolysis, phosphorylation, or other post-translational modification, yet retains its biological activity or antigen reactivity, e.g., the ability to bind to IL-18.
  • Use of “variant” herein is intended to encompass fragments of a variant unless otherwise contradicted by context.
  • the binding protein comprises a polypeptide chain, wherein said polypeptide chain comprises VD1-(X1)n-VD2-C—(X2)n, wherein VD1 is a first variable domain, VD2 is a second variable domain, C is a constant domain, X1 represents an amino acid or polypeptide, X2 represents an Fc region and n is 0 or 1.
  • the binding protein of the invention can be generated using various techniques.
  • the invention provides expression vectors, host cell and methods of generating the binding protein.
  • variable domains of the DVD binding protein can be obtained from parent antibodies, including polyclonal and mAbs capable of binding antigens of interest. These antibodies may be naturally occurring or may be generated by recombinant technology.
  • MAbs can be prepared using a wide variety of techniques known in the art including the use of hybridoma, recombinant, and phage display technologies, or a combination thereof.
  • mAbs can be produced using hybridoma techniques including those known in the art and taught, for example, in Harlow et al., Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, (Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 2nd ed. 1988); Hammerling, et al., in: Monoclonal Antibodies and T-Cell Hybridomas 563-681 (Elsevier, N.Y., 1981) (said references incorporated by reference in their entireties).
  • the term “monoclonal antibody” as used herein is not limited to antibodies produced through hybridoma technology.
  • hybridoma refers to an antibody that is derived from a single clone, including any eukaryotic, prokaryotic, or phage clone, and not the method by which it is produced.
  • Hybridomas are selected, cloned and further screened for desirable characteristics, including robust hybridoma growth, high antibody production and desirable antibody characteristics, as discussed in Example 1 below.
  • Hybridomas may be cultured and expanded in vivo in syngeneic animals, in animals that lack an immune system, e.g., nude mice, or in cell culture in vitro. Methods of selecting, cloning and expanding hybridomas are well known to those of ordinary skill in the art.
  • the hybridomas are mouse hybridomas.
  • the hybridomas are produced in a non-human, non-mouse species such as rats, sheep, pigs, goats, cattle or horses.
  • the hybridomas are human hybridomas, in which a human non-secretory myeloma is fused with a human cell expressing an antibody capable of binding a specific antigen.
  • Recombinant mAbs are also generated from single, isolated lymphocytes using a procedure referred to in the art as the selected lymphocyte antibody method (SLAM), as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,627,052, PCT Publication WO 92/02551 and Babcock, J. S. et al. (1996) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 93:7843-7848.
  • SAM selected lymphocyte antibody method
  • single cells secreting antibodies of interest e.g., lymphocytes derived from an immunized animal
  • heavy- and light-chain variable region cDNAs are rescued from the cells by reverse transcriptase-PCR and these variable regions can then be expressed, in the context of appropriate immunoglobulin constant regions (e.g., human constant regions), in mammalian host cells, such as COS or CHO cells.
  • the host cells transfected with the amplified immunoglobulin sequences, derived from in vivo selected lymphocytes can then undergo further analysis and selection in vitro, for example by panning the transfected cells to isolate cells expressing antibodies to the antigen of interest.
  • the amplified immunoglobulin sequences further can be manipulated in vitro, such as by in vitro affinity maturation methods such as those described in PCT Publication WO 97/29131 and PCT Publication WO 00/56772.
  • Monoclonal antibodies are also produced by immunizing a non-human animal comprising some, or all, of the human immunoglobulin locus with an antigen of interest.
  • the non-human animal is a XENOMOUSE transgenic mouse, an engineered mouse strain that comprises large fragments of the human immunoglobulin loci and is deficient in mouse antibody production. See, e.g., Green et al. Nature Genetics 7:13-21 (1994) and U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,916,771, 5,939,598, 5,985,615, 5,998,209, 6,075,181, 6,091,001, 6,114,598 and 6,130,364. See also WO 91/10741, published Jul.
  • WO 94/02602 published Feb. 3, 1994, WO 96/34096 and WO 96/33735, both published Oct. 31, 1996, WO 98/16654, published Apr. 23, 1998, WO 98/24893, published Jun. 11, 1998, WO 98/50433, published Nov. 12, 1998, WO 99/45031, published Sep. 10, 1999, WO 99/53049, published Oct. 21, 1999, WO 00 09560, published Feb. 24, 2000 and WO 00/037504, published Jun. 29, 2000.
  • the XENOMOUSE transgenic mouse produces an adult-like human repertoire of fully human antibodies, and generates antigen-specific human monoclonal antibodies.
  • the XENOMOUSE transgenic mouse contains approximately 80% of the human antibody repertoire through introduction of megabase sized, germline configuration YAC fragments of the human heavy chain loci and x light chain loci. See Mendez et al., Nature Genetics 15:146-156 (1997), Green and Jakobovits J. Exp. Med. 188:483-495 (1998), the disclosures of which are hereby incorporated by reference.
  • In vitro methods also can be used to make the parent antibodies, wherein an antibody library is screened to identify an antibody having the desired binding specificity.
  • Methods for such screening of recombinant antibody libraries are well known in the art and include methods described in, for example, Ladner et al. U.S. Pat. No. 5,223,409; Kang et al. PCT Publication No. WO 92/18619; Dower et al. PCT Publication No. WO 91/17271; Winter et al. PCT Publication No. WO 92/20791; Markland et al. PCT Publication No. WO 92/15679; Breitling et al. PCT Publication No.
  • Parent antibodies of the present invention can also be generated using various phage display methods known in the art.
  • phage display methods functional antibody domains are displayed on the surface of phage particles which carry the polynucleotide sequences encoding them.
  • phage can be utilized to display antigen-binding domains expressed from a repertoire or combinatorial antibody library (e.g., human or murine).
  • Phage expressing an antigen binding domain that binds the antigen of interest can be selected or identified with antigen, e.g., using labeled antigen or antigen bound or captured to a solid surface or bead.
  • Phage used in these methods are typically filamentous phage including fd and M13 binding domains expressed from phage with Fab, Fv or disulfide stabilized Fv antibody domains recombinantly fused to either the phage gene III or gene VIII protein.
  • Examples of phage display methods that can be used to make the antibodies of the present invention include those disclosed in Brinkman et al., J. Immunol. Methods 182:41-50 (1995); Ames et al., J. Immunol. Methods 184:177-186 (1995); Kettleborough et al., Eur. J. Immunol.
  • the antibody coding regions from the phage can be isolated and used to generate whole antibodies including human antibodies or any other desired antigen binding fragment, and expressed in any desired host, including mammalian cells, insect cells, plant cells, yeast, and bacteria, e.g., as described in detail below.
  • RNA-protein fusions as described in PCT Publication No. WO 98/31700 by Szostak and Roberts, and in Roberts, R. W. and Szostak, J. W. (1997) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 94:12297-12302.
  • a covalent fusion is created between an mRNA and the peptide or protein that it encodes by in vitro translation of synthetic mRNAs that carry puromycin, a peptidyl acceptor antibiotic, at their 3′ end.
  • a specific mRNA can be enriched from a complex mixture of mRNAs (e.g., a combinatorial library) based on the properties of the encoded peptide or protein, e.g., antibody, or portion thereof, such as binding of the antibody, or portion thereof, to the dual specificity antigen.
  • Nucleic acid sequences encoding antibodies, or portions thereof, recovered from screening of such libraries can be expressed by recombinant means as described herein (e.g., in mammalian host cells) and, moreover, can be subjected to further affinity maturation by either additional rounds of screening of mRNA-peptide fusions in which mutations have been introduced into the originally selected sequence(s), or by other methods for affinity maturation in vitro of recombinant antibodies, as described herein.
  • the parent antibodies can also be generated using yeast display methods known in the art.
  • yeast display methods genetic methods are used to tether antibody domains to the yeast cell wall and display them on the surface of yeast.
  • yeast can be utilized to display antigen-binding domains expressed from a repertoire or combinatorial antibody library (e.g., human or murine).
  • yeast display methods that can be used to make the parent antibodies include those disclosed in Wittrup, et al. U.S. Pat. No. 6,699,658 incorporated herein by reference.
  • CDR-grafted parent antibodies comprise heavy and light chain variable region sequences from a human antibody wherein one or more of the CDR regions of V H and/or V L are replaced with CDR sequences of murine antibodies capable of binding antigen of interest.
  • a framework sequence from any human antibody may serve as the template for CDR grafting.
  • straight chain replacement onto such a framework often leads to some loss of binding affinity to the antigen. The more homologous a human antibody is to the original murine antibody, the less likely the possibility that combining the murine CDRs with the human framework will introduce distortions in the CDRs that could reduce affinity.
  • the human variable framework that is chosen to replace the murine variable framework apart from the CDRs have at least a 65% sequence identity with the murine antibody variable region framework.
  • the human and murine variable regions apart from the CDRs have at least 70% sequence identify.
  • that the human and murine variable regions apart from the CDRs have at least 75% sequence identity.
  • the human and murine variable regions apart from the CDRs have at least 80% sequence identity.
  • Humanized antibodies are antibody molecules from non-human species antibody that binds the desired antigen having one or more complementarity determining regions (CDRs) from the non-human species and framework regions from a human immunoglobulin molecule.
  • CDRs complementarity determining regions
  • Known human Ig sequences are disclosed, e.g., by the U.S. National Library of Medicine National Institutes of Health, the American Type Culture Collection. SciQuest®. Abcam®, the Antibody Resource Page, Iowa State Universit. Heidelberg University, W.H. Freeman, Oracle® ThinkQuest, the Howard Hughes Medical Institute, the University of Cambridge, Harvard University Department of Molecular and Cellular Biology. the Immunology Link, Washington University in St. Louis School of Medicine he Universal.
  • Framework residues in the human framework regions may be substituted with the corresponding residue from the CDR donor antibody to alter, e.g., improve, antigen binding.
  • These framework substitutions are identified by methods well known in the art, e.g., by modeling of the interactions of the CDR and framework residues to identify framework residues important for antigen binding and sequence comparison to identify unusual framework residues at particular positions. (See, e.g., Queen et al., U.S. Pat. No. 5,585,089; Riechmann et al., Nature 332:323 (1988), which are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties.) Three-dimensional immunoglobulin models are commonly available and are familiar to those skilled in the art.
  • Antibodies can be humanized using a variety of techniques known in the art, such as but not limited to those described in Jones et al., Nature 321:522 (1986); Verhoeyen et al., Science 239:1534 (1988)), Sims et al., J. Immunol. 151: 2296 (1993); Chothia and Lesk, J. Mol. Biol. 196:901 (1987), Carter et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 89:4285 (1992); Presta et al., J. Immunol.
  • An embodiment of the invention pertains to selecting parent antibodies with at least one or more properties desired in the DVD-Ig molecule.
  • the desired property is selected from one or more antibody parameters.
  • the antibody parameters are selected from the group consisting of antigen specificity, affinity to antigen, potency, biological function, epitope recognition, stability, solubility, production efficiency, immunogenicity, pharmacokinetics, bioavailability, tissue cross reactivity, and orthologous antigen binding.
  • the desired affinity of a therapeutic mAb may depend upon the nature of the antigen, and the desired therapeutic end-point.
  • the mAb affinity for its target should be equal to or better than the affinity of the cytokine (ligand) for its receptor.
  • mAb with lesser affinity could be therapeutically effective e.g., in clearing circulating potentially pathogenic proteins e.g., monoclonal antibodies that bind to, sequester, and clear circulating species of A- ⁇ amyloid.
  • reducing the affinity of an existing high affinity mAb by site-directed mutagenesis or using a mAb with lower affinity for its target could be used to avoid potential side-effects e.g., a high affinity mAb may sequester/neutralize all of its intended target, thereby completely depleting/eliminating the function(s) of the targeted protein.
  • a low affinity mAb may sequester/neutralize a fraction of the target that may be responsible for the disease symptoms (the pathological or over-produced levels), thus allowing a fraction of the target to continue to perform its normal physiological function(s). Therefore, it may be possible to reduce the Kd to adjust dose and/or reduce side-effects.
  • the affinity of the parental mAb might play a role in appropriately targeting cell surface molecules to achieve desired therapeutic out-come. For example, if a target is expressed on cancer cells with high density and on normal cells with low density, a lower affinity mAb will bind a greater number of targets on tumor cells than normal cells, resulting in tumor cell elimination via ADCC or CDC, and therefore might have therapeutically desirable effects. Thus selecting a mAb with desired affinity may be relevant for both soluble and surface targets.
  • the desired Kd of a binding protein may be determined experimentally depending on the desired therapeutic outcome.
  • parent antibodies with affinity (Kd) for a particular antigen equal to, or better than, the desired affinity of the DVD-Ig for the same antigen are selected.
  • the antigen binding affinity and kinetics are assessed by Biacore or another similar technique.
  • each parent antibody has a dissociation constant (Kd) to its antigen selected from the group consisting of: at most about 10 ⁇ 7 M; at most about 10 ⁇ 8 M; at most about 10 ⁇ 9 M; at most about 10 ⁇ 10 M; at most about 10 ⁇ 11 M; at most about 10 ⁇ 12 M; and at most 10 ⁇ 13 M.
  • First parent antibody from which VD1 is obtained and second parent antibody from which VD2 is obtained may have similar or different affinity (K D ) for the respective antigen.
  • Each parent antibody has an on rate constant (Kon) to the antigen selected from the group consisting of: at least about 10 2 M ⁇ 1 s ⁇ 1 ; at least about 10 3 M ⁇ 1 s ⁇ 1 ; at least about 10 4 M ⁇ 1 s ⁇ 1 ; at least about 10 5 M ⁇ 1 s ⁇ 1 ; and at least about 10 6 M ⁇ 1 s ⁇ 1 , as measured by surface plasmon resonance.
  • the first parent antibody from which VD1 is obtained and the second parent antibody from which VD2 is obtained may have similar or different on rate constant (Kon) for the respective antigen.
  • each parent antibody has an off rate constant (Koff) to the antigen selected from the group consisting of: at most about 10 ⁇ 3 s ⁇ 1 ; at most about 10 ⁇ 4 s ⁇ 1 ; at most about 10 ⁇ 5 s ⁇ 1 ; and at most about 10 ⁇ 6 s ⁇ 1 , as measured by surface plasmon resonance.
  • Koff off rate constant
  • the desired affinity/potency of parental monoclonal antibodies will depend on the desired therapeutic outcome. For example, for receptor-ligand (R-L) interactions the affinity (kd) is equal to or better than the R-L kd (pM range). For simple clearance of a pathologic circulating protein, the kd could be in low nM range e.g., clearance of various species of circulating A- ⁇ peptide. In addition, the kd will also depend on whether the target expresses multiple copies of the same epitope e.g a mAb targeting conformational epitope in A ⁇ oligomers.
  • the DVD-Ig will contain 4 binding sites for the same antigen, thus increasing avidity and thereby the apparent kd of the DVD-Ig.
  • parent antibodies with equal or lower kd than that desired in the DVD-Ig are chosen.
  • the affinity considerations of a parental mAb may also depend upon whether the DVD-Ig contains four or more identical antigen binding sites (i.e; a DVD-Ig from a single mAb). In this case, the apparent kd would be greater than the mAb due to avidity.
  • Such DVD-Igs can be employed for cross-linking surface receptor, increase neutralization potency, enhance clearance of pathological proteins etc.
  • parent antibodies with neutralization potency for specific antigen equal to or better than the desired neutralization potential of the DVD-Ig for the same antigen are selected.
  • the neutralization potency can be assessed by a target-dependent bioassay where cells of appropriate type produce a measurable signal (i.e. proliferation or cytokine production) in response to target stimulation, and target neutralization by the mAb can reduce the signal in a dose-dependent manner.
  • Monoclonal antibodies can perform potentially several functions. Some of these functions are listed in Table 1. These functions can be assessed by both in vitro assays (e.g., cell-based and biochemical assays) and in vivo animal models.
  • Target Soluble Neutralization of activity (e.g., a cytokine) (cytokines, other) Enhance clearance (e.g., A ⁇ oligomers) Increase half-life (e.g., GLP 1) Cell Surface Agonist (e.g., GLP1 R; EPO R; etc.) (Receptors, other) Antagonist (e.g., integrins; etc.) Cytotoxic (CD 20; etc.) Protein deposits Enhance clearance/degradation (e.g., A ⁇ plaques, amyloid deposits)
  • cytokine cytokine
  • Enhance clearance e.g., A ⁇ oligomers
  • Increase half-life e.g., GLP 1
  • Cell Surface Agonist e.g., GLP1 R; EPO R; etc.
  • Antagonist e.g., integrins; etc.
  • Cytotoxic CD 20; etc.
  • Protein deposits Enhance clearance/degradation e.g., A ⁇ plaques
  • MAbs with distinct functions described in the examples herein in Table 1 can be selected to achieve desired therapeutic outcomes.
  • Two or more selected parent monoclonal antibodies can then be used in DVD-Ig format to achieve two distinct functions in a single DVD-Ig molecule.
  • a DVD-Ig can be generated by selecting a parent mAb that neutralizes function of a specific cytokine, and selecting a parent mAb that enhances clearance of a pathological protein.
  • two selected monoclonal antibodies each with a distinct function can be used to construct a single DVD-Ig molecule that will possess the two distinct functions (agonist and antagonist) of the selected monoclonal antibodies in a single molecule.
  • two antagonistic monoclonal antibodies to cell surface receptors each blocking binding of respective receptor ligands (e.g., EGF and IGF) can be used in a DVD-Ig format.
  • an antagonistic anti-receptor mAb e.g., anti-EGFR
  • a neutralizing anti-soluble mediator e.g., anti-IGF1/2
  • cytokine may perform different functions. For example specific regions of a cytokine interact with the cytokine receptor to bring about receptor activation whereas other regions of the protein may be required for stabilizing the cytokine.
  • a mAb that binds to the epitope (region on chemokine receptor) that interacts with only one ligand can be selected.
  • monoclonal antibodies can bind to epitopes on a target that are not directly responsible for physiological functions of the protein, but binding of a mAb to these regions could either interfere with physiological functions (steric hindrance) or alter the conformation of the protein such that the protein cannot function (mAb to receptors with multiple ligand which alter the receptor conformation such that none of the ligand can bind).
  • Anti-cytokine monoclonal antibodies that do not block binding of the cytokine to its receptor, but block signal transduction have also been identified (e.g., 125-2H, an anti-IL-18 mAb).
  • epitopes and mAb functions include, but are not limited to, blocking Receptor-Ligand (R-L) interaction (neutralizing mAb that binds R-interacting site); steric hindrance resulting in diminished or no R-binding.
  • R-L Receptor-Ligand
  • An Ab can bind the target at a site other than a receptor binding site, but still interferes with receptor binding and functions of the target by inducing conformational change and eliminate function (e.g., Xolair), binding to R but block signaling (125-2H).
  • the parental mAb needs to target the appropriate epitope for maximum efficacy.
  • epitope should be conserved in the DVD-Ig.
  • the binding epitope of a mAb can be determined by several approaches, including co-crystallography, limited proteolysis of mAb-antigen complex plus mass spectrometric peptide mapping (Legros V. et al 2000 Protein Sci. 9:1002-10), phage displayed peptide libraries (O'Connor K H et al 2005 J Immunol Methods. 299:21-35), as well as mutagenesis (Wu C. et al. 2003 J Immunol 170:5571-7).
  • Therapeutic treatment with antibodies often requires administration of high doses, often several mg/kg (due to a low potency on a mass basis as a consequence of a typically large molecular weight).
  • s.c. subcutaneous
  • i.m. intramuscular
  • the maximum desirable volume for s.c. administration is ⁇ 1.0 mL, and therefore, concentrations of >100 mg/mL are desirable to limit the number of injections per dose.
  • the therapeutic antibody is administered in one dose.
  • a “stable” antibody formulation is one in which the antibody therein essentially retains its physical stability and/or chemical stability and/or biological activity upon storage. Stability can be measured at a selected temperature for a selected time period. In an embodiment, the antibody in the formulation is stable at room temperature (about 30° C.) or at 40° C. for at least 1 month and/or stable at about 2-8° C. for at least 1 year for at least 2 years.
  • the formulation is stable following freezing (to, e.g., ⁇ 70° C.) and thawing of the formulation, hereinafter referred to as a “freeze/thaw cycle.”
  • a “stable” formulation may be one wherein less than about 10% and less than about 5% of the protein is present as an aggregate in the formulation.
  • a DVD-Ig stable in vitro at various temperatures for an extended time period is desirable.
  • the protein reveals stability for at least 12 months, e.g., at least 24 months.
  • Stability (% of monomeric, intact molecule) can be assessed using various techniques such as cation exchange chromatography, size exclusion chromatography, SDS-PAGE, as well as bioactivity testing.
  • stability of the antibody may be such that the formulation may reveal less than about 10%, and, in an embodiment, less than about 5%, in another embodiment, less than about 2%, or, in an embodiment, within the range of 0.5% to 1.5% or less in the GMP antibody material that is present as aggregate.
  • Size exclusion chromatography is a method that is sensitive, reproducible, and very robust in the detection of protein aggregates.
  • the antibody In addition to low aggregate levels, the antibody must, in an embodiment, be chemically stable. Chemical stability may be determined by ion exchange chromatography (e.g., cation or anion exchange chromatography), hydrophobic interaction chromatography, or other methods such as isoelectric focusing or capillary electrophoresis. For instance, chemical stability of the antibody may be such that after storage of at least 12 months at 2-8° C. the peak representing unmodified antibody in a cation exchange chromatography may increase not more than 20%, in an embodiment, not more than 10%, or, in another embodiment, not more than 5% as compared to the antibody solution prior to storage testing.
  • chemical stability may be determined by ion exchange chromatography (e.g., cation or anion exchange chromatography), hydrophobic interaction chromatography, or other methods such as isoelectric focusing or capillary electrophoresis.
  • chemical stability of the antibody may be such that after storage of at least 12 months at 2-8° C. the peak representing unmodified antibody in
  • the parent antibodies display structural integrity; correct disulfide bond formation, and correct folding: Chemical instability due to changes in secondary or tertiary structure of an antibody may impact antibody activity.
  • stability as indicated by activity of the antibody may be such that after storage of at least 12 months at 2-8° C. the activity of the antibody may decrease not more than 50%, in an embodiment not more than 30%, or even not more than 10%, or in an embodiment not more than 5% or 1% as compared to the antibody solution prior to storage testing.
  • Suitable antigen-binding assays can be employed to determine antibody activity.
  • the “solubility” of a mAb correlates with the production of correctly folded, monomeric IgG.
  • the solubility of the IgG may therefore be assessed by HPLC. For example, soluble (monomeric) IgG will give rise to a single peak on the HPLC chromatograph, whereas insoluble (e.g., multimeric and aggregated) will give rise to a plurality of peaks.
  • HPLC HPLC-based
  • Solubility of a therapeutic mAb is critical for formulating to high concentration often required for adequate dosing. As outlined herein, solubilities of >100 mg/mL may be required to accommodate efficient antibody dosing.
  • antibody solubility may be not less than about 5 mg/mL in early research phase, in an embodiment not less than about 25 mg/mL in advanced process science stages, or in an embodiment not less than about 100 mg/mL, or in an embodiment not less than about 150 mg/mL.
  • the intrinsic properties of a protein molecule are important the physico-chemical properties of the protein solution, e.g., stability, solubility, viscosity.
  • excipients exist that may be used as additives to beneficially impact the characteristics of the final protein formulation.
  • excipients may include: (i) liquid solvents, cosolvents (e.g., alcohols such as ethanol); (ii) buffering agents (e.g., phosphate, acetate, citrate, amino acid buffers); (iii) sugars or sugar alcohols (e.g., sucrose, trehalose, fructose, raffinose, mannitol, sorbitol, dextrans); (iv) surfactants (e.g., polysorbate 20, 40, 60, 80, poloxamers); (v) isotonicity modifiers (e.g., salts such as NaCl, sugars, sugar alcohols); and (vi) others (e.g., preservatives, chelating agents, antioxidants, chelating substances (e.g., EDTA), biodegradable polymers, carrier molecules (e.g., HSA, PEGs)
  • cosolvents e.g., alcohols such as ethanol
  • Viscosity is a parameter of high importance with regard to antibody manufacture and antibody processing (e.g., diafiltration/ultrafiltration), fill-finish processes (pumping aspects, filtration aspects) and delivery aspects (syringeability, sophisticated device delivery).
  • Low viscosities enable the liquid solution of the antibody having a higher concentration. This enables the same dose may be administered in smaller volumes. Small injection volumes inhere the advantage of lower pain on injection sensations, and the solutions not necessarily have to be isotonic to reduce pain on injection in the patient.
  • the viscosity of the antibody solution may be such that at shear rates of 100 (1/s) antibody solution viscosity is below 200 mPa s, in an embodiment below 125 mPa s, in another embodiment below 70 mPa s, and in yet another embodiment below 25 mPa s or even below 10 mPa s.
  • a DVD-Ig that is efficiently expressed in mammalian cells, such as Chinese hamster ovary cells (CHO)
  • mammalian cells such as Chinese hamster ovary cells (CHO)
  • the production yield from a stable mammalian line should be above about 0.5 g/L, in an embodiment above about 1 g/L, and in another embodiment in the range of about 2-5 g/L or more (Kipriyanov S M, Little M. 1999 Mol. Biotechnol. 12:173-201; Carroll S, Al-Rubeai M. 2004 Expert Opin Biol Ther. 4:1821-9).
  • a therapeutic mAb may results in certain incidence of an immune response (ie, the formation of endogenous antibodies directed against the therapeutic mAb).
  • Potential elements that might induce immunogenicity should be analyzed during selection of the parental monoclonal antibodies, and steps to reduce such risk can be taken to optimize the parental monoclonal antibodies prior to DVD-Ig construction.
  • Mouse-derived antibodies have been found to be highly immunogenic in patients.
  • the generation of chimeric antibodies comprised of mouse variable and human constant regions presents a logical next step to reduce the immunogenicity of therapeutic antibodies (Morrison and Schlom, 1990).
  • immunogenicity can be reduced by transferring murine CDR sequences into a human antibody framework (reshaping/CDR grafting/humanization), as described for a therapeutic antibody by Riechmann et al., 1988.
  • Another method is referred to as “resurfacing” or “veneering”, starting with the rodent variable light and heavy domains, only surface-accessible framework amino acids are altered to human ones, while the CDR and buried amino acids remain from the parental rodent antibody (Roguska et al., 1996).
  • one technique grafts only the “specificity-determining regions” (SDRs), defined as the subset of CDR residues that are involved in binding of the antibody to its target (Kashmiri et al., 2005). This necessitates identification of the SDRs either through analysis of available three-dimensional structures of antibody-target complexes or mutational analysis of the antibody CDR residues to determine which interact with the target.
  • SDRs specificity-determining regions
  • Another approach to reduce the immunogenicity of therapeutic antibodies is the elimination of certain specific sequences that are predicted to be immunogenic.
  • the B-cell epitopes can be mapped and then altered to avoid immune detection.
  • Another approach uses methods to predict and remove potential T-cell epitopes. Computational methods have been developed to scan and to identify the peptide sequences of biologic therapeutics with the potential to bind to MHC proteins (Desmet et al., 2005).
  • a human dendritic cell-based method can be used to identify CD4 + T-cell epitopes in potential protein allergens (Stickler et al., 2005; S. L. Morrison and J.
  • Anchor profiles of HLA-specific peptides analysis by a novel affinity scoring method and experimental validation. Proteins, 2005, vol. 58, p. 53-69; Stickler-M-M, Estell-D-A, Harding-F-A. CD4+ T-cell epitope determination using unexposed human donor peripheral blood mononuclear cells. Journal of immunotherapy 2000, vol. 23, p. 654-60.)
  • DVD-Ig molecule with desired in vivo efficacy
  • the DVD-Ig may exhibit in vivo efficacy that cannot be achieved with the combination of two separate mAbs.
  • a DVD-Ig may bring two targets in close proximity leading to an activity that cannot be achieved with the combination of two separate mAbs. Additional desirable biological functions are described herein in section B 3.
  • Parent antibodies with characteristics desirable in the DVD-Ig molecule may be selected based on factors such as pharmacokinetic t1 ⁇ 2; tissue distribution; soluble versus cell surface targets; and target concentration-soluble/density-surface.
  • parent mAbs with similar desired in vivo tissue distribution profile must be selected.
  • one binding component targets the DVD-Ig to a specific site thereby bringing the second binding component to the same target site.
  • one binding specificity of a DVD-Ig could target pancreas (islet cells) and the other specificity could bring GLP1 to the pancreas to induce insulin.
  • parent mAbs with appropriate Fc-effector functions depending on the therapeutic utility and the desired therapeutic end-point are selected.
  • the hinge region Fc-effector functions include: (i) antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity, (ii) complement (C1q) binding, activation and complement-dependent cytotoxicity (CDC), (iii) phagocytosis/clearance of antigen-antibody complexes, and (iv) cytokine release in some instances.
  • These Fc-effector functions of an antibody molecule are mediated through the interaction of the Fc-region with a set of class-specific cell surface receptors.
  • Antibodies of the IgG1 isotype are most active while IgG2 and IgG4 having minimal or no effector functions.
  • the effector functions of the IgG antibodies are mediated through interactions with three structurally homologous cellular Fc receptor types (and sub-types) (FcgR1, FcgRII and FcgRIII). These effector functions of an IgG1 can be eliminated by mutating specific amino acid residues in the lower hinge region (e.g., L234A, L235A) that are required for FcgR and C1q binding. Amino acid residues in the Fc region, in particular the CH2-CH3 domains, also determine the circulating half-life of the antibody molecule. This Fc function is mediated through the binding of the Fc-region to the neonatal Fc receptor (FcRn) which is responsible for recycling of antibody molecules from the acidic lysosomes back to the general circulation.
  • FcRn neonatal Fc receptor
  • Whether a mAb should have an active or an inactive isotype will depend on the desired therapeutic end-point for an antibody. Some examples of usage of isotypes and desired therapeutic outcome are listed below:
  • isotype As discussed, the selection of isotype, and thereby the effector functions will depend upon the desired therapeutic end-point. In cases where simple neutralization of a circulating target is desired, for example blocking receptor-ligand interactions, the effector functions may not be required. In such instances isotypes or mutations in the Fc-region of an antibody that eliminate effector functions are desirable. In other instances where elimination of target cells is the therapeutic end-point, for example elimination of tumor cells, isotypes or mutations or de-fucosylation in the Fc-region that enhance effector functions are desirable (Presta G L, Adv. Drug Delivery Rev. 58:640-656, 2006; Satoh M., Iida S., Shitara K. Expert Opinion Biol. Ther.
  • the circulating half-life of an antibody molecule can be reduced/prolonged by modulating antibody-FcRn interactions by introducing specific mutations in the Fc region (Dall'Acqua W F, Kiener P A, Wu H. J. Biol. Chem. 281:23514-23524, 2006; Petkova S B., Akilesh S., Sproule T J. et al. Internat. Immunol. 18:1759-1769, 2006; Vaccaro C., Bawdon R., Wanjie S et al. PNAS 103:18709-18714, 2007).
  • Binding of mAb to human Fc receptors can be determined by flow cytometry experiments using cell lines (e.g., THP-1, K562) and an engineered CHO cell line that expresses FcgRIIb (or other FcgRs). Compared to IgG1 control monoclonal antibodies, mAb show reduced binding to FcgRI and FcgRIIa whereas binding to FcgRIIb is unaffected. The binding and activation of C1q by antigen/IgG immune complexes triggers the classical complement cascade with consequent inflammatory and/or immunoregulatory responses. The C1q binding site on IgGs has been localized to residues within the IgG hinge region.
  • C1q binding to increasing concentrations of mAb was assessed by C1q ELISA.
  • the results demonstrate that mAb is unable to bind to C1q, as expected when compared to the binding of a wildtype control IgG1.
  • the L234A, L235A hinge region mutation abolishes binding of mAb to FcgRI, FcgRIIa and C1q but does not impact the interaction of mAb with FcgRIIb.
  • This data suggests that in vivo, mAb with mutant Fc will interact normally with the inhibitory FcgRIIb but will likely fail to interact with the activating FcgRI and FcgRIIa receptors or C1q.
  • the neonatal receptor (FcRn) is responsible for transport of IgG across the placenta and to control the catabolic half-life of the IgG molecules. It might be desirable to increase the terminal half-life of an antibody to improve efficacy, to reduce the dose or frequency of administration, or to improve localization to the target. Alternatively, it might be advantageous to do the converse that is, to decrease the terminal half-life of an antibody to reduce whole body exposure or to improve the target-to-non-target binding ratios. Tailoring the interaction between IgG and its salvage receptor, FcRn, offers a way to increase or decrease the terminal half-life of IgG.
  • Proteins in the circulation are taken up in the fluid phase through micropinocytosis by certain cells, such as those of the vascular endothelia.
  • IgG can bind FcRn in endosomes under slightly acidic conditions (pH 6.0-6.5) and can recycle to the cell surface, where it is released under almost neutral conditions (pH 7.0-7.4).
  • Mapping of the Fc-region-binding site on FcRn80, 16, 17 showed that two histidine residues that are conserved across species, His310 and His435, are responsible for the pH dependence of this interaction.
  • phage-display technology a mouse Fc-region mutation that increases binding to FcRn and extends the half-life of mouse IgG was identified (see Victor, G.
  • parent mAbs with the similarly desired pharmacokinetic profile are selected.
  • immunogenic response to monoclonal antibodies ie, HAHA, human anti-human antibody response; HACA, human anti-chimeric antibody response
  • monoclonal antibodies with minimal or no immunogenicity are used for constructing DVD-Ig molecules such that the resulting DVD-Igs will also have minimal or no immunogenicity.
  • Some of the factors that determine the PK of a mAb include, but are not limited to, Intrinsic properties of the mAb (VH amino acid sequence); immunogenicity; FcRn binding and Fc functions.
  • the PK profile of selected parental monoclonal antibodies can be easily determined in rodents as the PK profile in rodents correlates well with (or closely predicts) the PK profile of monoclonal antibodies in cynomolgus monkey and humans.
  • the PK profile is determined as described in Example section 1.2.2.3.A.
  • the DVD-Ig is constructed. As the DVD-Ig molecules contain two antigen-binding domains from two parental monoclonal antibodies, the PK properties of the DVD-Ig are assessed as well. Therefore, while determining the PK properties of the DVD-Ig, PK assays may be employed that determine the PK profile based on functionality of both antigen-binding domains derived from the 2 parent monoclonal antibodies.
  • the PK profile of a DVD-Ig can be determined as described in Example 1.2.2.3.A.
  • PK characteristics of parent antibodies can be evaluated by assessing the following parameters: absorption, distribution, metabolism and excretion.
  • the absolute bioavailability of monoclonal antibodies following SC administration generally ranges from 50% to 100%.
  • circulation times in plasma may be reduced due to enhanced trans-cellular transport at the blood brain barrier (BBB) into the CNS compartment, where the DVD-Ig is liberated to enable interaction via its second antigen recognition site.
  • BBB blood brain barrier
  • monoclonal antibodies usually follow a biphasic serum (or plasma) concentration-time profile, beginning with a rapid distribution phase, followed by a slow elimination phase.
  • a biexponential pharmacokinetic model best describes this kind of pharmacokinetic profile.
  • the volume of distribution in the central compartment (Vc) for a mAb is usually equal to or slightly larger than the plasma volume (2-3 liters).
  • a distinct biphasic pattern in serum (plasma) concentration versus time profile may not be apparent with other parenteral routes of administration, such as IM or SC, because the distribution phase of the serum (plasma) concentration-time curve is masked by the long absorption portion.
  • Metabolism and Excretion Due to the molecular size, intact monoclonal antibodies are not excreted into the urine via kidney. They are primarily inactivated by metabolism (e.g., catabolism). For IgG-based therapeutic monoclonal antibodies, half-lives typically ranges from hours or 1-2 days to over 20 days. The elimination of a mAb can be affected by many factors, including, but not limited to, affinity for the FcRn receptor, immunogenicity of the mAb, the degree of glycosylation of the mAb, the susceptibility for the mAb to proteolysis, and receptor-mediated elimination.
  • Tox species are those animal in which unrelated toxicity is studied.
  • the individual antibodies are selected to meet two criteria.
  • Criterion 1 Immunizations and/or antibody selections typically employ recombinant or synthesized antigens (proteins, carbohydrates or other molecules). Binding to the natural counterpart and counterscreen against unrelated antigens are often part of the screening funnel for therapeutic antibodies. However, screening against a multitude of antigens is often unpractical. Therefore tissue cross-reactivity studies with human tissues from all major organs serve to rule out unwanted binding of the antibody to any unrelated antigens.
  • Criterion 2 Comparative tissue cross reactivity studies with human and tox species tissues (cynomolgus monkey, dog, possibly rodents and others, the same 36 or 37 tissues are being tested as in the human study) help to validate the selection of a tox species.
  • therapeutic antibodies may demonstrate the expected binding to the known antigen and/or to a lesser degree binding to tissues based either on low level interactions (unspecific binding, low level binding to similar antigens, low level charge based interactions etc.).
  • the most relevant toxicology animal species is the one with the highest degree of coincidence of binding to human and animal tissue.
  • Tissue cross reactivity studies are often done in two stages, with the first stage including cryosections of 32 tissues (typically: Adrenal Gland, Gastrointestinal Tract, Prostate, Bladder, Heart, Skeletal Muscle, Blood Cells, Kidney, Skin, Bone Marrow, Liver, Spinal Cord, Breast, Lung, Spleen, Cerebellum, Lymph Node, Testes, Cerebral Cortex, Ovary, Thymus, Colon, Pancreas, Thyroid, Endothelium, Parathyroid, Ureter, Eye, Pituitary, Uterus, Fallopian Tube and Placenta) from one human donor.
  • tissues typically: Adrenal Gland, Gastrointestinal Tract, Prostate, Bladder, Heart, Skeletal Muscle, Blood Cells, Kidney, Skin, Bone Marrow, Liver, Spinal Cord, Breast, Lung, Spleen, Cerebellum, Lymph Node, Testes, Cerebral Cortex, Ovar
  • a full cross reactivity study is performed with up to 38 tissues (including adrenal, blood, blood vessel, bone marrow, cerebellum, cerebrum, cervix, esophagus, eye, heart, kidney, large intestine, liver, lung, lymph node, breast mammary gland, ovary, oviduct, pancreas, parathyroid, peripheral nerve, pituitary, placenta, prostate, salivary gland, skin, small intestine, spinal cord, spleen, stomach, striated muscle, testis, thymus, thyroid, tonsil, ureter, urinary bladder, and uterus) from 3 unrelated adults. Studies are done typically at minimally two dose levels.
  • the therapeutic antibody (i.e. test article) and isotype matched control antibody may be biotinylated for avidin-biotin complex (ABC) detection; other detection methods may include tertiary antibody detection for a FITC (or otherwise) labeled test article, or precomplexing with a labeled anti-human IgG for an unlabeled test article.
  • ABSC avidin-biotin complex
  • cryosections about 5 ⁇ m of human tissues obtained at autopsy or biopsy are fixed and dried on object glass.
  • the peroxidase staining of tissue sections is performed, using the avidin-biotin system.
  • the test article is incubated with the secondary biotinylated anti-human IgG and developed into immune complex.
  • the immune complex at the final concentrations of 2 and 10 ⁇ g/mL of test article is added onto tissue sections on object glass and then the tissue sections were reacted for 30 minutes with a avidin-biotin-peroxidase kit.
  • DAB 3,3′-diaminobenzidine
  • Antigen-Sepharose beads are used as positive control tissue sections.
  • Any specific staining is judged to be either an expected (e.g., consistent with antigen expression) or unexpected reactivity based upon known expression of the target antigen in question. Any staining judged specific is scored for intensity and frequency. Antigen or serum competion or blocking studies can assist further in determining whether observed staining is specific or nonspecific.
  • tissue cross reactivity study has to be repeated with the final DVD-Ig construct, but while these studies follow the same protocol as outline herein, they are more complex to evaluate because any binding can come from any of the two parent antibodies, and any unexplained binding needs to be confirmed with complex antigen competition studies.
  • Binding studies for specificity and selectivity with a DVD-Ig can be complex due to the four or more binding sites, two each for each antigen. Briefly, binding studies using ELISA, BIAcore. KinExA or other interaction studies with a DVD-Ig need to monitor the binding of one, two or more antigens to the DVD-Ig molecule. While BIAcore technology can resolve the sequential, independent binding of multiple antigens, more traditional methods including ELISA or more modern techniques like KinExA cannot. Therefore careful characterization of each parent antibody is critical. After each individual antibody has been characterized for specificity, confirmation of specificity retention of the individual binding sites in the DVD-Ig molecule is greatly simplified.
  • Antigen-antibody interaction studies can take many forms, including many classical protein protein interaction studies, including ELISA (Enzyme linked immunosorbent assay), Mass spectrometry, chemical cross linking, SEC with light scattering, equilibrium dialysis, gel permeation, ultrafiltration, gel chromatography, large-zone analytical SEC, micropreparative ultracentrigugation (sedimentation equilibrium), spectroscopic methods, titration microcalorimetry, sedimentation equilibrium (in analytical ultracentrifuge), sedimentation velocity (in analytical centrifuge), surface plasmon resonance (including BIAcore).
  • Relevant references include “Current Protocols in Protein Science”, John E. Coligan, Ben M. Dunn, David W.
  • Cytokine Release in Whole Blood The interaction of mAb with human blood cells can be investigated by a cytokine release assay (Wing, M. G. Therapeutic Immunology (1995), 2(4), 183-190; “Current Protocols in Pharmacology”, S. J. Enna, Michael Williams, John W. Ferkany, Terry Kenakin, Paul Moser, (eds.) published by John Wiley & Sons Inc; Madhusudan, S. Clinical Cancer Research (2004), 10(19), 6528-6534; Cox, J. Methods (2006), 38(4), 274-282; Choi, I. European Journal of Immunology (2001), 31(1), 94-106). Briefly, various concentrations of mAb are incubated with human whole blood for 24 hours.
  • the concentration tested should cover a wide range including final concentrations mimicking typical blood levels in patients (including but not limited to 100 ng/ml-100 ⁇ g/ml).
  • supernatants and cell lysates were analyzed for the presence of IL-1R ⁇ , TNF- ⁇ , IL-1b, IL-6 and IL-8.
  • Cytokine concentration profiles generated for mAb were compared to profiles produced by a negative human IgG control and a positive LPS or PHA control.
  • the cytokine profile displayed by mAb from both cell supernatants and cell lysates was comparable to control human IgG.
  • the monoclonal antibody does not interact with human blood cells to spontaneously release inflammatory cytokines.
  • Cytokine release studies for a DVD-Ig are complex due to the four or more binding sites, two each for each antigen. Briefly, cytokine release studies as described herein measure the effect of the whole DVD-Ig molecule on whole blood or other cell systems, but can resolve which portion of the molecule causes cytokine release. Once cytokine release has been detected, the purity of the DVD-Ig preparation has to be ascertained, because some co-purifying cellular components can cause cytokine release on their own. If purity is not the issue, fragmentation of DVD-Ig (including but not limited to removal of Fc portion, separation of binding sites etc.), binding site mutagenesis or other methods may need to be employed to deconvolute any observations. It is readily apparent that this complex undertaking is greatly simplified if the two parental antibodies are selected for lack of cytokine release prior to being combined into a DVD-Ig.
  • the individual antibodies selected with sufficient cross-reactivity to appropriate tox species for example, cynomolgus monkey.
  • Parental antibodies need to bind to orthologous species target (i.e. cynomolgus monkey) and elicit appropriate response (modulation, neutralization, activation).
  • the cross-reactivity (affinity/potency) to orthologous species target should be within 10-fold of the human target.
  • the parental antibodies are evaluated for multiple species, including mouse, rat, dog, monkey (and other non-human primates), as well as disease model species (i.e. sheep for asthma model).
  • the acceptable cross-reactivity to tox species from the perantal monoclonal antibodies allows future toxicology studies of DVD-Ig-Ig in the same species. For that reason, the two parental monoclonal antibodies should have acceptable cross-reactivity for a common tox species therefore allowing toxicology studies of DVD-Ig in the same species.
  • Parent mAbs may be selected from various mAbs capable of binding specific targets and well known in the art. These include, but are not limited to anti-TNF antibody (U.S. Pat. No. 6,258,562), anti-IL-12 and/or anti-IL-12p40 antibody (U.S. Pat. No.
  • anti-IL-18 antibody (US 2005/0147610 A1), anti-05, anti-CBL, anti-CD147, anti-gp120, anti-VLA-4, anti-CD11a, anti-CD18, anti-VEGF, anti-CD40L, anti-CD-40 (e.g., see W 0 2007124299) anti-Id, anti-ICAM-1, anti-CXCL13, anti-CD2, anti-EGFR, anti-TGF-beta 2, anti-HGF, anti-cMet, an DLL-4, anti-NPR1, anti-PLGF, anti-ErbB3, anti-E-selectin, anti-Fact VII, anti-Her2/neu, anti-F gp, anti-CD11/18, anti-CD14, anti-ICAM-3, anti-RON, anti-CD-19, anti-CD80 (e.g., see WO2003039486, anti-CD4, anti-CD3, anti-CD23, anti-beta2-integrin, anti-alpha4bet
  • anti-CD22 e.g., see U.S. Pat. No. 5,789,554
  • anti-CD20 anti-MIF, anti-CD64 (FcR), anti-TCR alpha beta, anti-CD2, anti-Hep B, anti-CA 125, anti-EpCAM, anti-gp120, anti-CMV, anti-gplibila, anti-IgE, anti-CD25, anti-CD33, anti-HLA, anti-IGF1,2, anti-IGFR, anti-VNRintegrin, anti-IL-1alpha, anti-IL-1beta, anti-IL-1 receptor, anti-IL-2 receptor, anti-IL-4, anti-IL-4 receptor, anti-IL-5, anti-IL-5 receptor, anti-IL-6, anti-IL-8, anti-IL-9, anti-IL-13, anti-IL-13 receptor, anti-IL-17, and anti-IL-23 (see Presta L G., 2005, Selection, design, and engineering of therapeutic antibodies, J. Allergy Clin. Immunol. 116
  • Parent mAbs may also be selected from various therapeutic antibodies approved for use, in clinical trials, or in development for clinical use.
  • therapeutic antibodies include, but are not limited to, rituximab (Rituxan®, IDEC/Genentech/Roche) (see for example U.S. Pat. No. 5,736,137), a chimeric anti-CD20 antibody approved to treat Non-Hodgkin's lymphoma; HuMax-CD20, an anti-CD20 currently being developed by Genmab, an anti-CD20 antibody described in U.S. Pat. No.
  • trastuzumab Herceptin®, Genentech
  • trastuzumab Herceptin®, Genentech
  • pertuzumab rhuMab-2C4, Omnitarg®
  • cetuximab Erbitux®, Imclone
  • cetuximab Erbitux®, Imclone
  • PCT WO 96/40210 PCT WO 96/40210
  • ABX-EGF U.S. Pat. No. 6,235,883
  • HuMax-EGFr U.S. Ser. No. 10/172,317
  • Genmab 425, EMD55900, EMD62000, and EMD72000 (Merck KGaA) (U.S. Pat. No. 5,558,864; Murthy et al.
  • KSB-102 KS Biomedix
  • MR1-1 IVAX, National Cancer Institute
  • SC100 Scancell
  • alemtuzumab Campath®, Millenium
  • muromonab-CD3 Orthoclone OKT3®
  • an anti-CD3 antibody developed by Ortho Biotech/Johnson & Johnson
  • ibritumomab tiuxetan Zaevalin®
  • an anti-CD20 antibody developed by IDEC/Schering AG
  • gemtuzumab ozogamicin Mylotarg®
  • an anti-CD33 p67 protein
  • Celltech/Wyeth alefacept
  • Amevive® an anti-LFA-3 Fc fusion developed by Biogen
  • abciximab ReoPro®
  • the therapeutics include KRN330 (Kirin); huA33 antibody (A33, Ludwig Institute for Cancer Research); CNTO 95 (alpha V integrins, Centocor); MEDI-522 (alpha V ⁇ 3 integrin, Medimmune); volociximab (alpha V ⁇ 1 integrin, Biogen/PDL); Human mAb 216 (B cell glycosolated epitope, NCI); BiTE MT103 (bispecific CD19 ⁇ CD3, Medimmune); 4G7xH22 (Bispecific BcellxFcgammaR1, Medarex/Merck KGa); rM28 (Bispecific CD28 ⁇ MAPG, U.S. Pat. No.
  • the dual variable domain immunoglobulin (DVD-Ig) molecule is designed such that two different light chain variable domains (VL) from the two different parent monoclonal antibodies are linked in tandem directly or via a short linker by recombinant DNA techniques, followed by the light chain constant domain.
  • the heavy chain comprises two different heavy chain variable domains (VH) linked in tandem, followed by the constant domain CH1 and Fc region ( FIG. 1A ).
  • variable domains can be obtained using recombinant DNA techniques from a parent antibody generated by any one of the methods described herein.
  • the variable domain is a murine heavy or light chain variable domain.
  • the variable domain is a CDR grafted or a humanized variable heavy or light chain domain.
  • the variable domain is a human heavy or light chain variable domain.
  • first and second variable domains are linked directly to each other using recombinant DNA techniques.
  • variable domains are linked via a linker sequence.
  • two variable domains are linked.
  • Three or more variable domains may also be linked directly or via a linker sequence.
  • the variable domains may bind the same antigen or may bind different antigens.
  • DVD molecules of the invention may include one immunoglobulin variable domain and one non-immunoglobulin variable domain such as ligand binding domain of a receptor, active domain of an enzyme. DVD molecules may also comprise 2 or more non-Ig domains.
  • the linker sequence may be a single amino acid or a polypeptide sequence.
  • the linker sequences are selected from the group consisting of AKTTPKLEEGEFSEAR (SEQ ID NO: 1); AKTTPKLEEGEFSEARV (SEQ ID NO: 2); AKTTPKLGG (SEQ ID NO: 3); SAKTTPKLGG (SEQ ID NO: 4); SAKTTP (SEQ ID NO: 5); RADAAP (SEQ ID NO: 6); RADAAPTVS (SEQ ID NO: 7); RADAAAAGGPGS (SEQ ID NO: 8); RADAAAA(G 4 S) 4 (SEQ ID NO: 9); SAKTTPKLEEGEFSEARV (SEQ ID NO: 10); ADAAP (SEQ ID NO: 11); ADAAPTVSIFPP (SEQ ID NO: 12); TVAAP (SEQ ID NO: 13); TVAAPSVFIFPP (SEQ ID NO: 14); QPKAAP (SEQ ID NO: 15); QPKAAP (SEQ ID NO: 15
  • linker sequences are based on crystal structure analysis of several Fab molecules. There is a natural flexible linkage between the variable domain and the CH1/CL constant domain in Fab or antibody molecular structure. This natural linkage comprises approximately 10-12 amino acid residues, contributed by 4-6 residues from C-terminus of V domain and 4-6 residues from the N-terminus of CL/CH1 domain. DVD Igs of the invention were generated using N-terminal 5-6 amino acid residues, or 11-12 amino acid residues, of CL or CH1 as linker in light chain and heavy chain of DVD-Ig, respectively.
  • N-terminal residues of CL or CH1 domains particularly the first 5-6 amino acid residues, adopt a loop conformation without strong secondary structures, therefore can act as flexible linkers between the two variable domains.
  • the N-terminal residues of CL or CH1 domains are natural extension of the variable domains, as they are part of the Ig sequences, therefore minimize to a large extent any immunogenicity potentially arising from the linkers and junctions.
  • linker sequences may include any sequence of any length of CL/CH1 domain but not all residues of CL/CH1 domain; for example the first 5-12 amino acid residues of the CL/CH1 domains; the light chain linkers can be from C ⁇ or C ⁇ ; and the heavy chain linkers can be derived from CH1 of any isotypes, including C ⁇ 1, C ⁇ 2 , C ⁇ 3 , C ⁇ 4 , C ⁇ 1, C ⁇ 2, C ⁇ , C ⁇ , and C ⁇ .
  • Linker sequences may also be derived from other proteins such as Ig-like proteins, (e.g. TCR, FcR, KIR); G/S based sequences (e.g G4S repeats; SEQ ID NO: 27); hinge region-derived sequences; and other natural sequences from other proteins.
  • a constant domain is linked to the two linked variable domains using recombinant DNA techniques.
  • sequence comprising linked heavy chain variable domains is linked to a heavy chain constant domain and sequence comprising linked light chain variable domains is linked to a light chain constant domain.
  • the constant domains are human heavy chain constant domain and human light chain constant domain respectively.
  • the DVD heavy chain is further linked to an Fc region.
  • the Fc region may be a native sequence Fc region, or a variant Fc region.
  • the Fc region is a human Fc region.
  • the Fc region includes Fc region from IgG1, IgG2, IgG3, IgG4, IgA, IgM, IgE, or IgD.
  • two heavy chain DVD polypeptides and two light chain DVD polypeptides are combined to form a DVD-Ig molecule.
  • Table 2 lists amino acid sequences of VH and VL regions of exemplary antibodies for targets useful for treating disease, e.g., for treating cancer.
  • the invention provides a DVD comprising at least two of the VH and/or VL regions listed in Table 2, in any orientation.
  • Binding proteins of the present invention may be produced by any of a number of techniques known in the art. For example, expression from host cells, wherein expression vector(s) encoding the DVD heavy and DVD light chains is (are) transfected into a host cell by standard techniques.
  • the various forms of the term “transfection” are intended to encompass a wide variety of techniques commonly used for the introduction of exogenous DNA into a prokaryotic or eukaryotic host cell, e.g., electroporation, calcium-phosphate precipitation, DEAE-dextran transfection and the like.
  • DVD proteins of the invention are expressed in either prokaryotic or eukaryotic host cells, DVD proteins are expressed in eukaryotic cells, for example, mammalian host cells, because such eukaryotic cells (and in particular mammalian cells) are more likely than prokaryotic cells to assemble and secrete a properly folded and immunologically active DVD protein.
  • Exemplary mammalian host cells for expressing the recombinant antibodies of the invention include Chinese Hamster Ovary (CHO cells) (including dhfr-CHO cells, described in Urlaub and Chasin, (1980) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 77:4216-4220, used with a DHFR selectable marker, e.g., as described in R. J. Kaufman and P. A. Sharp (1982) Mol. Biol. 159:601-621), NS0 myeloma cells, COS cells, SP2 and PER.C6 cells.
  • Chinese Hamster Ovary CHO cells
  • dhfr-CHO cells described in Urlaub and Chasin, (1980) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 77:4216-4220, used with a DHFR selectable marker, e.g., as described in R. J. Kaufman and P. A. Sharp (1982) Mol. Biol. 159:601-621
  • DVD proteins When recombinant expression vectors encoding DVD proteins are introduced into mammalian host cells, the DVD proteins are produced by culturing the host cells for a period of time sufficient to allow for expression of the DVD proteins in the host cells or secretion of the DVD proteins into the culture medium in which the host cells are grown. DVD proteins can be recovered from the culture medium using standard protein purification methods.
  • a recombinant expression vector encoding both the DVD heavy chain and the DVD light chain is introduced into dhfr-CHO cells by calcium phosphate-mediated transfection.
  • the DVD heavy and light chain genes are each operatively linked to CMV enhancer/AdMLP promoter regulatory elements to drive high levels of transcription of the genes.
  • the recombinant expression vector also carries a DHFR gene, which allows for selection of CHO cells that have been transfected with the vector using methotrexate selection/amplification. The selected transformant host cells are cultured to allow for expression of the DVD heavy and light chains and intact DVD protein is recovered from the culture medium.
  • the invention provides a method of synthesizing a DVD protein of the invention by culturing a host cell of the invention in a suitable culture medium until a DVD protein of the invention is synthesized. The method can further comprise isolating the DVD protein from the culture medium.
  • DVD-Ig An important feature of DVD-Ig is that it can be produced and purified in a similar way as a conventional antibody.
  • the production of DVD-Ig results in a homogeneous, single major product with desired dual-specific activity, without any sequence modification of the constant region or chemical modifications of any kind.
  • Other previously described methods to generate “bi-specific”, “multi-specific”, and “multi-specific multivalent” full length binding proteins do not lead to a single primary product but instead lead to the intracellular or secreted production of a mixture of assembled inactive, mono-specific, multi-specific, multivalent, full length binding proteins, and multivalent full length binding proteins with combination of different binding sites.
  • the design of the “dual-specific multivalent full length binding proteins” of the present invention leads to a dual variable domain light chain and a dual variable domain heavy chain which assemble primarily to the desired “dual-specific multivalent full length binding proteins”.
  • the present invention includes a method to express a dual variable domain light chain and a dual variable domain heavy chain in a single cell leading to a single primary product of a “dual-specific tetravalent full length binding protein”.
  • the present invention provides a methods of expressing a dual variable domain light chain and a dual variable domain heavy chain in a single cell leading to a “primary product” of a “dual-specific tetravalent full length binding protein”, where the “primary product” is more than 50% of all assembled protein, comprising a dual variable domain light chain and a dual variable domain heavy chain.
  • the present invention provides methods of expressing a dual variable domain light chain and a dual variable domain heavy chain in a single cell leading to a single “primary product” of a “dual-specific tetravalent full length binding protein”, where the “primary product” is more than 75% of all assembled protein, comprising a dual variable domain light chain and a dual variable domain heavy chain.
  • the present invention provides methods of expressing a dual variable domain light chain and a dual variable domain heavy chain in a single cell leading to a single “primary product” of a “dual-specific tetravalent full length binding protein”, where the “primary product” is more than 90% of all assembled protein, comprising a dual variable domain light chain and a dual variable domain heavy chain.
  • a labeled binding protein wherein the binding protein of the invention is derivatized or linked to another functional molecule (e.g., another peptide or protein).
  • a labeled binding protein of the invention can be derived by functionally linking an binding protein of the invention (by chemical coupling, genetic fusion, noncovalent association or otherwise) to one or more other molecular entities, such as another antibody (e.g., a bispecific antibody or a diabody), a detectable agent, a cytotoxic agent, a pharmaceutical agent, and/or a protein or peptide that can mediate association of the binding protein with another molecule (such as a streptavidin core region or a polyhistidine tag).
  • another antibody e.g., a bispecific antibody or a diabody
  • detectable agent e.g., a cytotoxic agent, a pharmaceutical agent
  • a protein or peptide that can mediate association of the binding protein with another molecule (such as a streptavidin core region
  • Useful detectable agents with which a binding protein of the invention may be derivatized include fluorescent compounds.
  • Exemplary fluorescent detectable agents include fluorescein, fluorescein isothiocyanate, rhodamine, 5-dimethylamine-1-napthalenesulfonyl chloride, phycoerythrin and the like.
  • a binding protein may also be derivatized with detectable enzymes, such as alkaline phosphatase, horseradish peroxidase, glucose oxidase and the like. When a binding protein is derivatized with a detectable enzyme, it is detected by adding additional reagents that the enzyme uses to produce a detectable reaction product.
  • a binding protein may also be derivatized with biotin, and detected through indirect measurement of avidin or streptavidin binding.
  • Another embodiment of the invention provides a crystallized binding protein and formulations and compositions comprising such crystals.
  • the crystallized binding protein has a greater half-life in vivo than the soluble counterpart of the binding protein.
  • the binding protein retains biological activity after crystallization.
  • Crystallized binding protein of the invention may be produced according to methods known in the art and as disclosed in WO 02072636, incorporated herein by reference.
  • Another embodiment of the invention provides a glycosylated binding protein wherein the antibody or antigen-binding portion thereof comprises one or more carbohydrate residues.
  • Nascent in vivo protein production may undergo further processing, known as post-translational modification.
  • sugar (glycosyl) residues may be added enzymatically, a process known as glycosylation.
  • glycosylation The resulting proteins bearing covalently linked oligosaccharide side chains are known as glycosylated proteins or glycoproteins.
  • Antibodies are glycoproteins with one or more carbohydrate residues in the Fc domain, as well as the variable domain.
  • Carbohydrate residues in the Fc domain have important effect on the effector function of the Fc domain, with minimal effect on antigen binding or half-life of the antibody (R. Jefferis, Biotechnol. Prog. 21 (2005), pp. 11-16).
  • glycosylation of the variable domain may have an effect on the antigen binding activity of the antibody.
  • Glycosylation in the variable domain may have a negative effect on antibody binding affinity, likely due to steric hindrance (Co, M. S., et al., Mol. Immunol. (1993) 30:1361-1367), or result in increased affinity for the antigen (Wallick, S. C., et al., Exp. Med. (1988) 168:1099-1109; Wright, A., et al., EMBO J. (1991) 10:2717 2723).
  • One aspect of the present invention is directed to generating glycosylation site mutants in which the O- or N-linked glycosylation site of the binding protein has been mutated.
  • One skilled in the art can generate such mutants using standard well-known technologies.
  • Glycosylation site mutants that retain the biological activity but have increased or decreased binding activity are another object of the present invention.
  • the glycosylation of the antibody or antigen-binding portion of the invention is modified.
  • an aglycoslated antibody can be made (i.e., the antibody lacks glycosylation).
  • Glycosylation can be altered to, for example, increase the affinity of the antibody for antigen.
  • carbohydrate modifications can be accomplished by, for example, altering one or more sites of glycosylation within the antibody sequence.
  • one or more amino acid substitutions can be made that result in elimination of one or more variable region glycosylation sites to thereby eliminate glycosylation at that site.
  • Such aglycosylation may increase the affinity of the antibody for antigen.
  • Such an approach is described in further detail in PCT Publication WO2003016466A2, and U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,714,350 and 6,350,861, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
  • a modified binding protein of the invention can be made that has an altered type of glycosylation, such as a hypofucosylated antibody having reduced amounts of fucosyl residues (see Kanda, Yutaka et al., Journal of Biotechnology (2007), 130(3), 300-310.) or an antibody having increased bisecting GlcNAc structures.
  • Such altered glycosylation patterns have been demonstrated to increase the ADCC ability of antibodies.
  • Such carbohydrate modifications can be accomplished by, for example, expressing the antibody in a host cell with altered glycosylation machinery. Cells with altered glycosylation machinery have been described in the art and can be used as host cells in which to express recombinant antibodies of the invention to thereby produce an antibody with altered glycosylation.
  • Protein glycosylation depends on the amino acid sequence of the protein of interest, as well as the host cell in which the protein is expressed. Different organisms may produce different glycosylation enzymes (eg., glycosyltransferases and glycosidases), and have different substrates (nucleotide sugars) available. Due to such factors, protein glycosylation pattern, and composition of glycosyl residues, may differ depending on the host system in which the particular protein is expressed. Glycosyl residues useful in the invention may include, but are not limited to, glucose, galactose, mannose, fucose, n-acetylglucosamine and sialic acid. In an embodiment, the glycosylated binding protein comprises glycosyl residues such that the glycosylation pattern is human.
  • a therapeutic protein produced in a microorganism host such as yeast
  • glycosylated utilizing the yeast endogenous pathway may be reduced compared to that of the same protein expressed in a mammalian cell, such as a CHO cell line.
  • Such glycoproteins may also be immunogenic in humans and show reduced half-life in vivo after administration.
  • Specific receptors in humans and other animals may recognize specific glycosyl residues and promote the rapid clearance of the protein from the bloodstream.
  • a practitioner may choose a therapeutic protein with a specific composition and pattern of glycosylation, for example glycosylation composition and pattern identical, or at least similar, to that produced in human cells or in the species-specific cells of the intended subject animal.
  • glycosylated proteins different from that of a host cell may be achieved by genetically modifying the host cell to express heterologous glycosylation enzymes. Using techniques known in the art a practitioner may generate antibodies or antigen-binding portions thereof exhibiting human protein glycosylation. For example, yeast strains have been genetically modified to express non-naturally occurring glycosylation enzymes such that glycosylated proteins (glycoproteins) produced in these yeast strains exhibit protein glycosylation identical to that of animal cells, especially human cells (U.S patent applications 20040018590 and 20020137134 and PCT publication WO2005100584 A2).
  • an anti-Id antibody is an antibody, which recognizes unique determinants generally associated with the antigen-binding region of another antibody.
  • the anti-Id can be prepared by immunizing an animal with the binding protein or a CDR containing region thereof. The immunized animal will recognize, and respond to the idiotypic determinants of the immunizing antibody and produce an anti-Id antibody.
  • the anti-idiotypic antibodies specific for each of the two or more antigen binding sites of a DVD-Ig provide ideal reagents to measure DVD-Ig concentrations of a human DVD-Ig in patrient serum; DVD-Ig concentration assays can be established using a “sandwich assay ELISA format” with an antibody to a first antigen binding regions coated on the solid phase (e.g., BIAcore chip, ELISA plate etc.), rinsed with rinsing buffer, incubation with the serum sample, another rinsing step and ultimately incubation with another anti-idiotypic antibody to the another antigen binding site, itself labeled with an enzyme for quantitation of the binding reaction.
  • a “sandwich assay ELISA format” with an antibody to a first antigen binding regions coated on the solid phase (e.g., BIAcore chip, ELISA plate etc.), rinsed with rinsing buffer, incubation with the serum sample, another rinsing step and ultimately
  • anti-idiotypic antibodies to the two outermost binding sites will not only help in determining the DVD-Ig concentration in human serum but also document the integrity of the molecule in vivo.
  • Each anti-Id antibody may also be used as an “immunogen” to induce an immune response in yet another animal, producing a so-called anti-anti-Id antibody.
  • a protein of interest may be expressed using a library of host cells genetically engineered to express various glycosylation enzymes, such that member host cells of the library produce the protein of interest with variant glycosylation patterns. A practitioner may then select and isolate the protein of interest with particular novel glycosylation patterns. In an embodiment, the protein having a particularly selected novel glycosylation pattern exhibits improved or altered biological properties.
  • the binding proteins of the invention can be used to detect the antigens (e.g., in a biological sample, such as serum or plasma), using a conventional immunoassay, such as an enzyme linked immunosorbent assays (ELISA), an radioimmunoassay (RIA) or tissue immunohistochemistry.
  • a conventional immunoassay such as an enzyme linked immunosorbent assays (ELISA), an radioimmunoassay (RIA) or tissue immunohistochemistry.
  • ELISA enzyme linked immunosorbent assays
  • RIA radioimmunoassay
  • tissue immunohistochemistry tissue immunohistochemistry.
  • the DVD-Ig is directly or indirectly labeled with a detectable substance to facilitate detection of the bound or unbound antibody. Suitable detectable substances include various enzymes, prosthetic groups, fluorescent materials, luminescent materials and radioactive materials.
  • suitable enzymes include horseradish peroxidase, alkaline phosphatase, ⁇ -galactosidase, or acetylcholinesterase;
  • suitable prosthetic group complexes include streptavidin/biotin and avidin/biotin;
  • suitable fluorescent materials include umbelliferone, fluorescein, fluorescein isothiocyanate, rhodamine, dichlorotriazinylamine fluorescein, dansyl chloride or phycoerythrin;
  • an example of a luminescent material includes luminol; and examples of suitable radioactive material include 3 H, 14 C, 35 S, 90 Y, 99 Tc, 111 In, 125 I, 131 I, 177 Lu, 66 Ho, or 153 Sm.
  • the binding proteins of the invention are capable of neutralizing the activity of the antigens both in vitro and in vivo. Accordingly, such DVD-Igs can be used to inhibit antigen activity, e.g., in a cell culture containing the antigens, in human subjects or in other mammalian subjects having the antigens with which a binding protein of the invention cross-reacts.
  • the invention provides a method for reducing antigen activity in a subject suffering from a disease or disorder in which the antigen activity is detrimental.
  • a binding protein of the invention can be administered to a human subject for therapeutic purposes.
  • a disorder in which antigen activity is detrimental is intended to include diseases and other disorders in which the presence of the antigen in a subject suffering from the disorder has been shown to be or is suspected of being either responsible for the pathophysiology of the disorder or a factor that contributes to a worsening of the disorder. Accordingly, a disorder in which antigen activity is detrimental is a disorder in which reduction of antigen activity is expected to alleviate the symptoms and/or progression of the disorder. Such disorders may be evidenced, for example, by an increase in the concentration of the antigen in a biological fluid of a subject suffering from the disorder (e.g., an increase in the concentration of antigen in serum, plasma, synovial fluid, etc. of the subject).
  • disorders that can be treated with the binding proteins of the invention include those disorders discussed below and in the section pertaining to pharmaceutical compositions of the antibodies of the invention.
  • the DVD-lgs of the invention may bind one antigen or multiple antigens.
  • antigens include, but are not limited to, therapeutic targets (see, e.q., the Bioinformatics and Drug Design Group of the National University of Singapore), cytokines and cytokine receptors see the C tokines & Cells Online Pathfinder Enc clo edia chemokines, chemokine receptors and GPCRs, olfactory receptors (see, e.g., SenseLab at Yale University), receptors (see, e.q., the IUPHAR Committee on Receptor Nomenclature and Drug Classification), cancer targets (see, e.q., the Human Genome Center th nstitute of Medical Science University of Toko), secreted roteirns and protein kinases (see, e.q., the Secreted Protein Database from the Center of Bioinformatics, Peking University), and human CD markers (see, e.q.,
  • DVD-Igs are useful as therapeutic agents to simultaneously block two different targets to enhance efficacy/safety and/or increase patient coverage.
  • targets may include soluble targets (TNF) and cell surface receptor targets (VEGFR and EGFR). It can also be used to induce redirected cytotoxicity between tumor cells and T cells (Her2 and CD3) for cancer therapy, or between autoreactive cell and effector cells for autoimmune disease or transplantation, or between any target cell and effector cell to eliminate disease-causing cells in any given disease.
  • DVD-Ig can be used to trigger receptor clustering and activation when it is designed to target two different epitopes on the same receptor. This may have benefit in making agonistic and antagonistic anti-GPCR therapeutics.
  • DVD-Ig can be used to target two different epitopes (including epitopes on both the loop regions and the extracellular domain) on one cell for clustering/signaling (two cell surface molecules) or signaling (on one molecule).
  • a DVD-Ig molecule can be designed to trigger CTLA-4 ligation, and a negative signal by targeting two different epitopes (or 2 copies of the same epitope) of CTLA-4 extracellular domain, leading to down regulation of the immune response.
  • CTLA-4 is a clinically validated target for therapeutic treatment of a number of immunological disorders.
  • CTLA-4/B7 interactions negatively regulate T cell activation by attenuating cell cycle progression, IL-2 production, and proliferation of T cells following activation, and CTLA-4 (CD152) engagement can down-regulate T cell activation and promote the induction of immune tolerance.
  • CTLA-4 (CD152) engagement can down-regulate T cell activation and promote the induction of immune tolerance.
  • CTLA-4 (CD152) engagement can down-regulate T cell activation and promote the induction of immune tolerance.
  • CTLA-4 (CD152) engagement can down-regulate T cell activation and promote the induction of immune tolerance.
  • CTLA-4 (CD152) engagement can down-regulate T cell activation and promote the induction of immune tolerance.
  • CTLA-4 (CD152) engagement can down-regulate T cell activation and promote the induction of immune tolerance.
  • CTLA-4 (CD152) engagement can down-regulate T cell activation
  • CTLA-4 binding reagents have ligation properties, including anti-CTLA-4 mAbs.
  • a cell member-bound single chain antibody was generated, and significantly inhibited allogeneic rejection in mice (Hwang 2002 JI 169:633).
  • artificial APC surface-linked single-chain antibody to CTLA-4 was generated and demonstrated to attenuate T cell responses (Griffin 2000 JI 164:4433).
  • CTLA-4 ligation was achieved by closely localized member-bound antibodies in artificial systems. While these experiments provide proof-of-concept for immune down-regulation by triggering CTLA-4 negative signaling, the reagents used in these reports are not suitable for therapeutic use.
  • CTLA-4 ligation may be achieved by using a DVD-Ig molecule, which target two different epitopes (or 2 copies of the same epitope) of CTLA-4 extracellular domain.
  • DVD-Ig molecule which target two different epitopes (or 2 copies of the same epitope) of CTLA-4 extracellular domain.
  • the rationale is that the distance spanning two binding sites of an IgG, approximately 150-170 ⁇ , is too large for active ligation of CTLA-4 (30-50 ⁇ between 2 CTLA-4 homodimer). However the distance between the two binding sites on DVD-Ig (one arm) is much shorter, also in the range of 30-50 ⁇ , allowing proper ligation of CTLA-4.
  • DVD-Ig can target two different members of a cell surface receptor complex (e.g., IL-12R alpha and beta). Furthermore, DVD-Ig can target CR1 and a soluble protein/pathogen to drive rapid clearance of the target soluble protein/pathogen.
  • a cell surface receptor complex e.g., IL-12R alpha and beta.
  • DVD-Ig can target CR1 and a soluble protein/pathogen to drive rapid clearance of the target soluble protein/pathogen.
  • DVD-Igs of the invention can be employed for tissue-specific delivery (target a tissue marker and a disease mediator for enhanced local PK thus higher efficacy and/or lower toxicity), including intracellular delivery (targeting an internalizing receptor and a intracellular molecule), delivering to inside brain (targeting transferrin receptor and a CNS disease mediator for crossing the blood-brain barrier).
  • DVD-Ig can also serve as a carrier protein to deliver an antigen to a specific location via binding to a non-neutralizing epitope of that antigen and also to increase the half-life of the antigen.
  • DVD-Ig can be designed to either be physically linked to medical devices implanted into patients or target these medical devices (see Burke, Sandra E.; Kuntz, Richard E.; Schwartz, Lewis B., Zotarolimus eluting stents. Advanced Drug Delivery Reviews (2006), 58(3), 437-446; Surface coatings for biological activation and functionalization of medical devices, Hildebrand, H.
  • mediators including but not limited to cytokines
  • Stents have been used for years in interventional cardiology to clear blocked arteries and to improve the flow of blood to the heart muscle.
  • traditional bare metal stents have been known to cause restenosis (re-narrowing of the artery in a treated area) in some patients and can lead to blood clots.
  • an anti-CD34 antibody coated stent has been described which reduced restenosis and prevents blood clots from occurring by capturing endothelial progenitor cells (EPC) circulating throughout the blood.
  • EPC endothelial progenitor cells
  • the EPCs adhere to the hard surface of the stent forming a smooth layer that not only promotes healing but prevents restenosis and blood clots, complications previously associated with the use of stents (Aoji et al. 2005 J Am Coll Cardiol. 45(10): 1574-9).
  • a prosthetic vascular conduit (artificial artery) coated with anti-EPC antibodies would eliminate the need to use arteries from patients legs or arms for bypass surgery grafts. This would reduce surgery and anesthesia times, which in turn will reduce coronary surgery deaths.
  • DVD-Ig are designed in such a way that it binds to a cell surface marker (such as CD34) as well as a protein (or an epitope of any kind, including but not limited to proteins, lipids and polysaccharides) that has been coated on the implanted device to facilitate the cell recruitment.
  • a cell surface marker such as CD34
  • a protein or an epitope of any kind, including but not limited to proteins, lipids and polysaccharides
  • DVD-Igs can be coated on medical devices and upon implantation and releasing all DVDs from the device (or any other need which may require additional fresh DVD-Ig, including aging and denaturation of the already loaded DVD-Ig) the device could be reloaded by systemic administration of fresh DVD-Ig to the patient, where the DVD-Ig is designed to binds to a target of interest (a cytokine, a cell surface marker (such as CD34) etc.) with one set of binding sites and to a target coated on the device (including a protein, an epitope of any kind, including but not limited to lipids, polysaccharides and polymers) with the other.
  • a target of interest a cytokine, a cell surface marker (such as CD34) etc.
  • a target coated on the device including a protein, an epitope of any kind, including but not limited to lipids, polysaccharides and polymers
  • DVD-Ig molecules of the invention are also useful as therapeutic molecules to treat various diseases.
  • Such DVD molecules may bind one or more targets involved in a specific disease. Examples of such targets in various diseases are described below.
  • C5 CCL1 (1-309), CCL11 (eotaxin), CCL13 (mcp-4), CCL15 (MIP-1d), CCL16 (HCC-4), CCL17 (TARC), CCL18 (PARC), CCL19, CCL2 (mcp-1), CCL20 (MIP-3a), CCL21 (MIP-2), CCL23 (MPIF-1), CCL24 (MPIF-2/eotaxin-2), CCL25 (TECK), CCL26, CCL3 (MIP-1a), CCL4 (MIP-1b), CCL5 (RANTES), CCL7 (mcp-3), CCL8 (mcp-2), CXCL1, CXCL10 (IP-10), CXCL11 (I-TAC/IP-9), CXCL12 (SDF1), CXCL13, CXCL14, CXCL2, CXCL3, CXCL5 (ENA-78/LIX), CXCL6 (GCP-2), CXCL1, CXCL10 (IP-10), CXCL11
  • Allergic asthma is characterized by the presence of eosinophilia, goblet cell metaplasia, epithelial cell alterations, airway hyperreactivity (AHR), and Th2 and Th1 cytokine expression, as well as elevated serum IgE levels. It is now widely accepted that airway inflammation is the key factor underlying the pathogenesis of asthma, involving a complex interplay of inflammatory cells such as T cells, B cells, eosinophils, mast cells and macrophages, and of their secreted mediators including cytokines and chemokines. Corticosteroids are the most important anti-inflammatory treatment for asthma today, however their mechanism of action is non-specific and safety concerns exist, especially in the juvenile patient population.
  • IL-13 in mice mimics many of the features of asthma, including AHR, mucus hypersecretion and airway fibrosis, independently of eosinophilic inflammation (Finotto et al., International Immunology (2005), 17(8), 993-1007; Padilla et al., Journal of Immunology (2005), 174(12), 8097-8105).
  • IL-13 has been implicated as having a pivotal role in causing pathological responses associated with asthma.
  • the development of anti-IL-13 mAb therapy to reduce the effects of IL-13 in the lung is an exciting new approach that offers considerable promise as a novel treatment for asthma.
  • mediators of differential immunological pathways are also involved in asthma pathogenesis, and blocking these mediators, in addition to IL-13, may offer additional therapeutic benefit.
  • target pairs include, but are not limited to, IL-13 and a pro-inflammatory cytokine, such as tumor necrosis factor- ⁇ (TNF- ⁇ ).
  • TNF- ⁇ may amplify the inflammatory response in asthma and may be linked to disease severity (McDonnell, et al., Progress in Respiratory Research (2001), 31(New Drugs for Asthma, Allergy and COPD), 247-250.). This suggests that blocking both IL-13 and TNF- ⁇ may have beneficial effects, particularly in severe airway disease.
  • the DVD-Ig of the invention binds the targets IL-13 and TNF ⁇ and is used for treating asthma.
  • Animal models such as OVA-induced asthma mouse model, where both inflammation and AHR can be assessed, are known in the art and may be used to determine the ability of various DVD-Ig molecules to treat asthma.
  • Animal models for studying asthma are disclosed in Coffman, et al., Journal of Experimental Medicine (2005), 201(12), 1875-1879; Lloyd, et al., Advances in Immunology (2001), 77, 263-295; Boyce et al., Journal of Experimental Medicine (2005), 201(12), 1869-1873; and Snibson, et al., Journal of the British Society for Allergy and Clinical Immunology (2005), 35(2), 146-52.
  • targets include, but are not limited to, IL-13 and IL-1beta, since IL-1beta is also implicated in inflammatory response in asthma; IL-13 and cytokines and chemokines that are involved in inflammation, such as IL-13 and IL-9; IL-13 and IL-4; IL-13 and IL-5; IL-13 and IL-25; IL-13 and TARC; IL-13 and MDC; IL-13 and MIF; IL-13 and TGF- ⁇ ; IL-13 and LHR agonist; IL-13 and CL25; IL-13 and SPRR2a; IL-13 and SPRR2b; and IL-13 and ADAM8.
  • IL-13 and IL-1beta since IL-1beta is also implicated in inflammatory response in asthma
  • IL-13 and cytokines and chemokines that are involved in inflammation such as IL-13 and IL-9; IL-13 and IL-4; IL-13 and IL-5; IL-13 and IL-25; IL-13 and TARC;
  • the present invention also provides DVD-Igs capable of binding one or more targets involved in asthma selected from the group consisting of CSF1 (MCSF), CSF2 (GM-CSF), CSF3 (GCSF), FGF2, IFNA1, IFNB1, IFNG, histamine and histamine receptors, IL1A, IL1B, IL2, IL3, IL4, IL5, IL6, IL7, IL8, IL9, IL10, IL11, IL12A, IL12B, IL13, IL14, IL15, IL16, IL17, IL18, IL19, KITLG, PDGFB, IL2RA, IL4R, IL5RA, IL8RA, IL8RB, IL12RB1, IL12RB2, IL13RA1, IL13RA2, IL18R1, TSLP, CCL1, CCL2, CCL3, CCL4, CCL5, CCL7, CCL8, CCL13, CCL17, CCL18, C
  • RA Rheumatoid arthritis
  • RA a systemic disease
  • cytokines including TNF, chemokines, and growth factors are expressed in diseased joints.
  • Systemic administration of anti-TNF antibody or sTNFR fusion protein to mouse models of A was shown to be anti-inflammatory and joint protective.
  • Clinical investigations in which the activity of TNF in A patients was blocked with intravenously administered infliximab (Harriman G, Harper L K, Schaible T F. 1999 Summary of clinical trials in rheumatoid arthritis using infliximab, an anti-TNFalpha treatment.
  • IL-6 receptor antibody MRA interleukin-6 antagonists
  • CTLA4Ig abatacept, Genovese Mc et al 2005 Abatacept for rheumatoid arthritis refractory to tumor necrosis factor alpha inhibition. N Engl J. Med. 353:1114-23.
  • anti-B cell therapy rituximab, Okamoto H, Kamatani N. 2004 Rituximab for rheumatoid arthritis.
  • Blocking other pairs of targets involved in A including, but not limited to, TNF and IL-18; TNF and IL-12; TNF and IL-23; TNF and IL-1beta; TNF and MIF; TNF and IL-17; and TNF and IL-15 with specific DVD Igs is also contemplated.
  • the immunopathogenic hallmark of SLE is the polyclonal B cell activation, which leads to hyperglobulinemia, autoantibody production and immune complex formation.
  • the fundamental abnormality appears to be the failure of T cells to suppress the forbidden B cell clones due to generalized T cell dysregulation.
  • B and T-cell interaction is facilitated by several cytokines such as IL-10 as well as co-stimulatory molecules such as CD40 and CD40L, B7 and CD28 and CTLA-4, which initiate the second signal.
  • B cell targeted therapies CD-20, CD-22, CD-19, CD28, CD4, CD80, HLA-DRA, IL10, IL2, IL4, TNFRSF5, TNFRSF6, TNFSF5, TNFSF6, BLR1, HDAC4, HDAC5, HDAC7A, HDAC9, ICOSL, IGBP1, MS4A1, RGS1, SLA2, CD81, IFNB1, IL10, TNFRSF5, TNFRSF7, TNFSF5, AICDA, BLNK, GALNAC4S-6ST, HDAC4, HDAC5, HDAC7A, HDAC9, IL10, IL11, IL4, INHA, INHBA, KLF6, TNFRSF7, CD28, CD38, CD69, CD80, CD83, CD86, DPP4, FCER2, IL2RA, TNFRSF8, TNFSF7, CD24, CD37, CD40, CD72, CD74,
  • SLE is considered to be a Th-2 driven disease with documented elevations in serum IL-4, IL-6, IL-10.
  • DVD Igs capable of binding one or more targets selected from the group consisting of IL-4, IL-6, IL-10, IFN- ⁇ , and TNF- ⁇ are also contemplated. Combination of targets discussed herein will enhance therapeutic efficacy for SLE which can be tested in a number of lupus preclinical models (see Peng SL (2004) Methods Mol. Med.; 102:227-72).
  • MS Multiple sclerosis
  • MBP myelin basic protein
  • MS is a disease of complex pathologies, which involves infiltration by CD4+ and CD8+ T cells and of response within the central nervous system.
  • Expression in the CNS of cytokines, reactive nitrogen species and costimulator molecules have all been described in MS.
  • immunological mechanisms that contribute to the development of autoimmunity.
  • IL-12 is a proinflammatory cytokine that is produced by APC and promotes differentiation of Th1 effector cells. IL-12 is produced in the developing lesions of patients with MS as well as in EAE-affected animals. Previously it was shown that interference in IL-12 pathways effectively prevents EAE in rodents, and that in vivo neutralization of IL-12p40 using a anti-IL-12 mAb has beneficial effects in the myelin-induced EAE model in common marmosets.
  • TWEAK is a member of the TNF family, constitutively expressed in the central nervous system (CNS), with pro-inflammatory, proliferative or apoptotic effects depending upon cell types. Its receptor, Fn14, is expressed in CNS by endothelial cells, reactive astrocytes and neurons. TWEAK and Fn14 mRNA expression increased in spinal cord during experimental autoimmune encephalomyelitis (EAE). Anti-TWEAK antibody treatment in myelin oligodendrocyte glycoprotein (MOG) induced EAE in C57BL/6 mice resulted in a reduction of disease severity and leukocyte infiltration when mice were treated after the priming phase.
  • MOG myelin oligodendrocyte glycoprotein
  • One aspect of the invention pertains to DVD Ig molecules capable of binding one or more, for example two, targets selected from the group consisting of IL-12, TWEAK, IL-23, CXCL13, CD40, CD40L, IL-18, VEGF, VLA-4, TNF, CD45RB, CD200, IFNgamma, GM-CSF, FGF, C5, CD52, and CCR2.
  • An embodiment includes a dual-specific anti-IL-12/TWEAK DVD Ig as a therapeutic agent beneficial for the treatment of MS.
  • MS is however not only an immunologic disease but has a very important neurodegenerative component. Disease progression in MS is due to cumulative loss and damage of axons and the final disease scores of the patients are determined by these neurodegenerative processes (Compston A. & Coles A. (2008) Lancet 372: 1502-1517; Trapp B D. & Nave K A. (2008) Annu. Rev. Neuroscience 31: 247-269). Several mechanisms might account for axonal damage in MS.
  • Ig molecule neutralizing activities directed against components like RGM A, NOGO A, Semaphorins, Ephrins with neutralizing activities directed against pro-inflammatory cytokines like IL-12, TWEAK, IL-23, CXCL13, CD40, CD40L, IL-18, VEGF, VLA-4, TNF, CD45RB, CD200, IFNgamma, GM-CSF, FGF, C5, CD52, and CCR2 would enable the simultaneous focus on inflammation and neuroregeneration, a goal not yet achieved by any of the current therapeutic MS principles. Stimulating neuroregeneration can compensate the functional impairments caused by the massive axonal neurodegeneration observed in MS, making recovery of lost cerebral functions possible.
  • the pathophysiology of sepsis is initiated by the outer membrane components of both gram-negative organisms (lipopolysaccharide [LPS], lipid A, endotoxin) and gram-positive organisms (lipoteichoic acid, peptidoglycan). These outer membrane components are able to bind to the CD14 receptor on the surface of monocytes. By virtue of the recently described toll-like receptors, a signal is then transmitted to the cell, leading to the eventual production of the proinflammatory cytokines tumor necrosis factor-alpha (TNF-alpha) and interleukin-1 (IL-1).
  • TNF-alpha tumor necrosis factor-alpha
  • IL-1 interleukin-1
  • cytokines especially tumor necrosis factor (TNF) and interleukin (IL-1), have been shown to be critical mediators of septic shock. These cytokines have a direct toxic effect on tissues; they also activate phospholipase A2. These and other effects lead to increased concentrations of platelet-activating factor, promotion of nitric oxide synthase activity, promotion of tissue infiltration by neutrophils, and promotion of neutrophil activity.
  • TNF tumor necrosis factor
  • IL-1 interleukin
  • lymphocyte apoptosis can be triggered by the absence of IL-2 or by the release of glucocorticoids, granzymes, or the so-called ‘death’ cytokines: tumor necrosis factor alpha or Fas ligand.
  • Apoptosis proceeds via auto-activation of cytosolic and/or mitochondrial caspases, which can be influenced by the pro- and anti-apoptotic members of the Bcl-2 family.
  • cytosolic and/or mitochondrial caspases which can be influenced by the pro- and anti-apoptotic members of the Bcl-2 family.
  • not only can treatment with inhibitors of apoptosis prevent lymphoid cell apoptosis; it may also improve outcome.
  • lymphocyte apoptosis represents an attractive therapeutic target for the septic patient.
  • a dual-specific agent targeting both inflammatory mediator and a apoptotic mediator may have added benefit.
  • One aspect of the invention pertains to DVD Igs capable of binding one or more targets involved in sepsis, in an embodiment two targets, selected from the group consisting TNF, IL-1, MIF, IL-6, IL-8, IL-18, IL-12, IL-23, FasL, LPS, Toll-like receptors, TLR-4, tissue factor, MIP-2, ADORA2A, CASP1, CASP4, IL-10, IL-1B, NFKB1, PROC, TNFRSF1A, CSF3, CCR3, IL1RN, MIF, NFKB1, PTAFR, TLR2, TLR4, GPR44, HMOX1, midkine, IRAK1, NFKB2, SERPINA1, SERPINE1, and TREM1.
  • targets selected from the group consisting TNF, IL-1, MIF, IL-6, IL-8, IL-18, IL-12, IL-23, FasL, LPS, Toll-like receptors, TLR-4, tissue factor, MIP-2,
  • Neurodegenerative diseases are either chronic in which case they are usually age-dependent or acute (e.g., stroke, traumatic brain injury, spinal cord injury, etc.). They are characterized by progressive loss of neuronal functions (neuronal cell death, axon loss, neuritic dystrophy, demyelination), loss of mobility and loss of memory.
  • Chronic neurodegenerative diseases e.g., Alzheimer's disease disease
  • AGE advanced glycation-end products
  • RAGE receptor for AGE
  • neuroinflammation including release of inflammatory cytokines and chemokines, neuronal dysfunction and microglial activation.
  • these chronic neurodegenerative diseases represent a complex interaction between multiple cell types and mediators.
  • Treatment strategies for such diseases are limited and mostly constitute either blocking inflammatory processes with non-specific anti-inflammatory agents (e.g., corticosteroids, COX inhibitors) or agents to prevent neuron loss and/or synaptic functions. These treatments fail to stop disease progression.
  • non-specific anti-inflammatory agents e.g., corticosteroids, COX inhibitors
  • agents to prevent neuron loss and/or synaptic functions e.g., corticosteroids, COX inhibitors
  • the DVD-Ig molecules of the invention can bind one or more targets involved in Chronic neurodegenerative diseases such as Alzheimers.
  • targets include, but are not limited to, any mediator, soluble or cell surface, implicated in AD pathogenesis e.g AGE (S100 A, amphoterin), pro-inflammatory cytokines (e.g., IL-1), chemokines (e.g., MCP 1), molecules that inhibit nerve regeneration (e.g., Nogo, RGM A), molecules that enhance neurite growth (neurotrophins) and molecules that can mediate transport at the blood brain barrier (e.g., transferrin receptor, insulin receptor or RAGE).
  • AD pathogenesis e.g AGE (S100 A, amphoterin), pro-inflammatory cytokines (e.g., IL-1), chemokines (e.g., MCP 1), molecules that inhibit nerve regeneration (e.g., Nogo, RGM A), molecules that enhance neurite growth (neurotrophins) and molecules that can mediate
  • DVD-Ig molecules can be validated in pre-clinical animal models such as the transgenic mice that over-express amyloid precursor protein or RAGE and develop Alzheimer's disease-like symptoms.
  • DVD-Ig molecules can be constructed and tested for efficacy in the animal models and the best therapeutic DVD-Ig can be selected for testing in human patients.
  • DVD-Ig molecules can also be employed for treatment of other neurodegenerative diseases such as Parkinson's disease.
  • Alpha-Synuclein is involved in Parkinson's pathology.
  • a DVD-Ig capable of targeting alpha-synuclein and inflammatory mediators such as TNF, IL-1, MCP-1 can prove effective therapy for Parkinson's disease and are contemplated in the invention.
  • a DVD-Ig capable of targeting alpha-synuclein and RGM A could not only halt the pathologic progress in the substantia nigra of Parkinson disease patients but could also result in regenerative growth of damaged neurites because RGM A has been recently shown to be strongly upregulated in this area in PD patients (Bossers K. et al. (2009) Brain Pathol. 19: 91-107).
  • SCI spinal cord injury
  • Most spinal cord injuries are contusion or compression injuries and the primary injury is usually followed by secondary injury mechanisms (inflammatory mediators e.g., cytokines and chemokines) that worsen the initial injury and result in significant enlargement of the lesion area, sometimes more than 10-fold.
  • secondary injury mechanisms inflammatory mediators e.g., cytokines and chemokines
  • These primary and secondary mechanisms in SCI are very similar to those in brain injury caused by other means, e.g., trauma and stroke.
  • MP methylprednisolone
  • Such factors are the myelin-associated proteins NogoA, OMgp and MAG, RGM A, the scar-associated CSPG (Chondroitin Sulfate Proteoglycans) and inhibitory factors on reactive astrocytes (some semaphorins and ephrins).
  • CSPG Chodroitin Sulfate Proteoglycans
  • inhibitory factors on reactive astrocytes some semaphorins and ephrins.
  • neurite growth stimulating factors like neurotrophins, laminin, L1 and others.
  • This ensemble of neurite growth inhibitory and growth promoting molecules may explain that blocking single factors, like NogoA or RGM A, resulted in significant functional recovery in rodent SCI models, because a reduction of the inhibitory influences could shift the balance from growth inhibition to growth promotion.
  • DVD-Igs capable of binding target pairs such as NgR and RGM A; NogoA and RGM A; MAG and RGM A; OMGp and RGM A; RGM A and RGM B; RGM A and Semaphorin 3A; RGM A and Semaphorin 4; CSPGs and RGM A; aggrecan, midkine, neurocan, versican, phosphacan, Te38 and TNF- ⁇ ; A1 ⁇ globulomer-specific antibodies combined with antibodies promoting dendrite & axon sprouting are provided.
  • target pairs such as NgR and RGM A; NogoA and RGM A; MAG and RGM A; OMGp and RGM A; RGM A and RGM B; RGM A and Semaphorin 3A; RGM A and Semaphorin 4; CSPGs and RGM A; aggrecan, midkine, neurocan, versican, phosphacan, Te38 and TNF- ⁇ ; A1 ⁇ globul
  • Dendrite pathology and axon damage, or neuritic dystrophy are a very early sign of AD and it is known that NOGO A restricts dendrite growth and that the other molecules associated with myelin and mentioned above e.g., RGM A, MAG, OMGp impair axonal regrowth.
  • RGM A, MAG, OMGp impair axonal regrowth.
  • Other DVD-Ig targets may include any combination of NgR-p75, NgR-Troy, NgR-Nogo66 (Nogo), NgR-Lingo, Lingo-Troy, Lingo-p75, MAG or Omgp.
  • targets may also include any mediator, soluble or cell surface, implicated in inhibition of neurite e.g Nogo, Ompg, MAG, RGM A, semaphorins, ephrins, soluble A-b, pro-inflammatory cytokines (e.g., IL-1), chemokines (e.g., MIP 1a), molecules that inhibit nerve regeneration.
  • cytokines e.g., IL-1
  • chemokines e.g., MIP 1a
  • the efficacy of anti-nogo/anti-RGM A or similar DVD-Ig molecules can be validated in pre-clinical animal models of spinal cord injury.
  • these DVD-Ig molecules can be constructed and tested for efficacy in the animal models and the best therapeutic DVD-Ig can be selected for testing in human patients.
  • DVD-Ig molecules can be constructed that target two distinct ligand binding sites on a single receptor e.g., Nogo receptor which binds three ligand Nogo, OMGp, and MAG and RAGE that binds A-b and S100 A.
  • neurite outgrowth inhibitors e.g., nogo and nogo receptor, also play a role in preventing nerve regeneration in immunological diseases like multiple sclerosis. Inhibition of nogo-nogo receptor interaction has been shown to enhance recovery in animal models of multiple sclerosis.
  • DVD-Ig molecules that can block the function of one immune mediator e.g., a cytokine like IL-12 and a neurite outgrowth inhibitor molecule e.g., nogo or RGM may offer faster and greater efficacy than blocking either an immune or an neurite outgrowth inhibitor molecule alone.
  • one immune mediator e.g., a cytokine like IL-12 and a neurite outgrowth inhibitor molecule e.g., nogo or RGM
  • a neurite outgrowth inhibitor molecule e.g., nogo or RGM
  • BBB blood brain barrier
  • endogenous transport systems including carrier-mediated transporters such as glucose and amino acid carriers and receptor-mediated transcytosis-mediating cell structures/receptors at the vascular endothelium of the BBB, thus enabling trans-BBB transport of the DVD-Ig.
  • Structures at the BBB enabling such transport include but are not limited to the insulin receptor, transferrin receptor, LRP and RAGE.
  • DVD-Igs also as shuttles to transport potential drugs into the CNS including low molecular weight drugs, nanoparticles and nucleic acids (Coloma M J, et al. (2000) Pharm Res. 17(3):266-74; Boado R J, et al. (2007) Bioconjug. Chem. 18(2):447-55).
  • DVD Igs capable of binding the following pairs of targets to treat neurological disease are contemplated: Abeta (seq. 1) and Abeta (seq. 3); TNF and Abeta (seq. 2); IL-1b and Abeta (seq. 2); Abeta (seq. 1) and Abeta (seq. 2); IGF1,2 and Abeta (seq. 2); Abeta (seq. 2) and IL-18; IL-6 and Abeta (seq. 2); TNF and Abeta (seq.3); IL-1b and Abeta (seq. 3); Abeta (seq. 1) and Abeta (seq.
  • IGF1,2 and Abeta (seq. 3); Abeta (seq. 3) and IL-18; IL-6 and Abeta (seq. 3); TNF and Abeta (seq. 1); IL-1b and Abeta (seq. 1); IGF1,2 and Abeta (seq. 1); Abeta (seq. 1) and IL-18; IL-6 and Abeta (seq. 1); Abeta (seq. 1) and RAGE; NGF and IL-18; NGF and IL-1b; NGF and IL-6; TNF and EGFR (seq. 2); TNF and RAGE; CD-20 and EGFR (seq. 1); CD-20 and EGFR (seq. 2); RGMA and TNF (see Examples 2.1 to 2.27)
  • Antibodies may exert antitumor effects by inducing apoptosis, redirected cytotoxicity, interfering with ligand-receptor interactions, or preventing the expression of proteins that are critical to the neoplastic phenotype.
  • antibodies can target components of the tumor microenvironment, perturbing vital structures such as the formation of tumor-associated vasculature.
  • Antibodies can also target receptors whose ligands are growth factors, such as the epidermal growth factor receptor. The antibody thus inhibits natural ligands that stimulate cell growth from binding to targeted tumor cells.
  • antibodies may induce an anti-idiotype network, complement-mediated cytotoxicity, or antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity (ADCC). The use of dual-specific antibody that targets two separate tumor mediators will likely give additional benefit compared to a mono-specific therapy.
  • a DVD of the invention is capable of binding VEGF and phosphatidylserine; VEGF and ErbB3; VEGF and PLGF; VEGF and ROBO4; VEGF and BSG2; VEGF and CDCP1; VEGF and ANPEP; VEGF and c-MET; HER-2 and ERB3; HER-2 and BSG2; HER-2 and CDCP1; HER-2 and ANPEP; EGFR and CD64; EGFR and BSG2; EGFR and CDCP1; EGFR and ANPEP; IGF1R and PDGFR; IGF1R and VEGF; IGF1R and CD20; CD20 and CD74; CD20 and CD30; CD20 and DR4; CD20 and VEGFR2; CD20 and CD52; CD20 and CD4; HGF and c-MET; HGF and NRP1; HGF and phosphatidylserine; ErbB3 and IGF1R; ErbB
  • Target combinations include one or more members of the EGF/erb-2/erb-3 family.
  • Other targets (one or more) involved in oncological diseases that DVD Igs may bind include, but are not limited to those selected from the group consisting of: CD52, CD20, CD19, CD3, CD4, CD8, BMP6, IL12A, IL1A, IL1B, 1L2, IL24, INHA, TNF, TNFSF10, BMP6, EGF, FGF1, FGF10, FGF11, FGF12, FGF13, FGF14, FGF16, FGF17, FGF18, FGF19, FGF2, FGF20, FGF21, FGF22, FGF23, FGF3, FGF4, FGF5, FGF6, FGF7, FGF8, FGF9, GRP, IGF1, IGF2, IL12A, IL1A, IL1B, 1L2, INHA, TGFA, TGFB1, TGFB2, TGFB3, VEGF, CDK2, FGF10
  • the invention also provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising a binding protein, of the invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions comprising binding proteins of the invention are for use in, but not limited to, diagnosing, detecting, or monitoring a disorder, in preventing, treating, managing, or ameliorating of a disorder or one or more symptoms thereof, and/or in research.
  • a composition comprises one or more binding proteins of the invention.
  • the pharmaceutical composition comprises one or more binding proteins of the invention and one or more prophylactic or therapeutic agents other than binding proteins of the invention for treating a disorder.
  • the composition may further comprise of a carrier, diluent or excipient.
  • the binding proteins of the invention can be incorporated into pharmaceutical compositions suitable for administration to a subject.
  • the pharmaceutical composition comprises a binding protein of the invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable carrier includes any and all solvents, dispersion media, coatings, antibacterial and antifungal agents, isotonic and absorption delaying agents, and the like that are physiologically compatible.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable carriers include one or more of water, saline, phosphate buffered saline, dextrose, glycerol, ethanol and the like, as well as combinations thereof.
  • isotonic agents for example, sugars, polyalcohols such as mannitol, sorbitol, or sodium chloride, are included in the composition.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers may further comprise minor amounts of auxiliary substances such as wetting or emulsifying agents, preservatives or buffers, which enhance the shelf life or effectiveness of the antibody or antibody portion.
  • Various delivery systems are known and can be used to administer one or more antibodies of the invention or the combination of one or more antibodies of the invention and a prophylactic agent or therapeutic agent useful for preventing, managing, treating, or ameliorating a disorder or one or more symptoms thereof, e.g., encapsulation in liposomes, microparticles, microcapsules, recombinant cells capable of expressing the antibody or antibody fragment, receptor-mediated endocytosis (see, e.g., Wu and Wu, J. Biol. Chem. 262:4429-4432 (1987)), construction of a nucleic acid as part of a retroviral or other vector, etc.
  • a prophylactic agent or therapeutic agent useful for preventing, managing, treating, or ameliorating a disorder or one or more symptoms thereof, e.g., encapsulation in liposomes, microparticles, microcapsules, recombinant cells capable of expressing the antibody or antibody fragment, receptor-mediated endocytosis (see,
  • Methods of administering a prophylactic or therapeutic agent of the invention include, but are not limited to, parenteral administration (e.g., intradermal, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intravenous and subcutaneous), epidurala administration, intratumoral administration, and mucosal administration (e.g., intranasal and oral routes).
  • parenteral administration e.g., intradermal, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intravenous and subcutaneous
  • epidurala administration e.g., intratumoral administration
  • mucosal administration e.g., intranasal and oral routes.
  • pulmonary administration can be employed, e.g., by use of an inhaler or nebulizer, and formulation with an aerosolizing agent. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos.
  • a binding protein of the invention, combination therapy, or a composition of the invention is administered using Alkermes AIR® pulmonary drug delivery technology (Alkermes, Inc., Cambridge, Mass.).
  • prophylactic or therapeutic agents of the invention are administered intramuscularly, intravenously, intratumorally, orally, intranasally, pulmonary, or subcutaneously.
  • the prophylactic or therapeutic agents may be administered by any convenient route, for example by infusion or bolus injection, by absorption through epithelial or mucocutaneous linings (e.g., oral mucosa, rectal and intestinal mucosa, etc.) and may be administered together with other biologically active agents. Administration can be systemic or local.
  • CNTs antibody-coupled carbon nanotubes
  • NIR near-infrared
  • biotinylated polar lipids can be used to prepare stable, biocompatible, noncytotoxic CNT dispersions that are then attached to one or two different neutralite avidin-derivatized DVD-Igs directed against one or more tumor antigens (e.g., CD22) (Chakravarty, P. et al. (2008) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 105:8697-8702.
  • the prophylactic or therapeutic agents of the invention may be desirable to administer the prophylactic or therapeutic agents of the invention locally to the area in need of treatment; this may be achieved by, for example, and not by way of limitation, local infusion, by injection, or by means of an implant, said implant being of a porous or non-porous material, including membranes and matrices, such as sialastic membranes, polymers, fibrous matrices (e.g., Tissuel®), or collagen matrices.
  • an effective amount of one or more antibodies of the invention antagonists is administered locally to the affected area to a subject to prevent, treat, manage, and/or ameliorate a disorder or a symptom thereof.
  • an effective amount of one or more antibodies of the invention is administered locally to the affected area in combination with an effective amount of one or more therapies (e.g., one or more prophylactic or therapeutic agents) other than a binding protein of the invention of a subject to prevent, treat, manage, and/or ameliorate a disorder or one or more symptoms thereof.
  • therapies e.g., one or more prophylactic or therapeutic agents
  • the prophylactic or therapeutic agent can be delivered in a controlled release or sustained release system.
  • a pump may be used to achieve controlled or sustained release (see Langer, supra; Sefton, 1987, CRC Crit. Ref. Biomed. Eng. 14:20; Buchwald et al., 1980, Surgery 88:507; Saudek et al., 1989, N. Engl. J. Med. 321:574).
  • polymeric materials can be used to achieve controlled or sustained release of the therapies of the invention (see e.g., Medical Applications of Controlled Release, Langer and Wise (eds.), CRC Pres., Boca Raton, Fla.
  • polymers used in sustained release formulations include, but are not limited to, poly(2-hydroxy ethyl methacrylate), poly(methyl methacrylate), poly(acrylic acid), poly(ethylene-co-vinyl acetate), poly(methacrylic acid), polyglycolides (PLG), polyanhydrides, poly(N-vinyl pyrrolidone), poly(vinyl alcohol), polyacrylamide, poly(ethylene glycol), polylactides (PLA), poly(lactide-co-glycolides) (PLGA), and polyorthoesters.
  • the polymer used in a sustained release formulation is inert, free of leachable impurities, stable on storage, sterile, and biodegradable.
  • a controlled or sustained release system can be placed in proximity of the prophylactic or therapeutic target, thus requiring only a fraction of the systemic dose (see, e.g., Goodson, in Medical Applications of Controlled Release, supra, vol. 2, pp. 115-138 (1984)).
  • Controlled release systems are discussed in the review by Langer (1990, Science 249:1527-1533). Any technique known to one of skill in the art can be used to produce sustained release formulations comprising one or more therapeutic agents of the invention. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No.
  • the composition of the invention is a nucleic acid encoding a prophylactic or therapeutic agent
  • the nucleic acid can be administered in vivo to promote expression of its encoded prophylactic or therapeutic agent, by constructing it as part of an appropriate nucleic acid expression vector and administering it so that it becomes intracellular, e.g., by use of a retroviral vector (see U.S. Pat. No.
  • a nucleic acid can be introduced intracellularly and incorporated within host cell DNA for expression by homologous recombination.
  • a pharmaceutical composition of the invention is formulated to be compatible with its intended route of administration.
  • routes of administration include, but are not limited to, parenteral, e.g., intravenous, intradermal, subcutaneous, oral, intranasal (e.g., inhalation), transdermal (e.g., topical), transmucosal, and rectal administration.
  • the composition is formulated in accordance with routine procedures as a pharmaceutical composition adapted for intravenous, subcutaneous, intramuscular, oral, intranasal, or topical administration to human beings.
  • compositions for intravenous administration are solutions in sterile isotonic aqueous buffer.
  • the composition may also include a solubilizing agent and a local anesthetic such as lignocamne to ease pain at the site of the injection.
  • compositions of the invention are to be administered topically, the compositions can be formulated in the form of an ointment, cream, transdermal patch, lotion, gel, shampoo, spray, aerosol, solution, emulsion, or other form well-known to one of skill in the art. See, e.g., Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences and Introduction to Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms, 19th ed., Mack Pub. Co., Easton, Pa. (1995).
  • viscous to semi-solid or solid forms comprising a carrier or one or more excipients compatible with topical application and having a dynamic viscosity greater than water are employed.
  • Suitable formulations include, without limitation, solutions, suspensions, emulsions, creams, ointments, powders, liniments, salves, and the like, which are, if desired, sterilized or mixed with auxiliary agents (e.g., preservatives, stabilizers, wetting agents, buffers, or salts) for influencing various properties, such as, for example, osmotic pressure.
  • auxiliary agents e.g., preservatives, stabilizers, wetting agents, buffers, or salts
  • suitable topical dosage forms include sprayable aerosol preparations wherein the active ingredient, in an embodiment, in combination with a solid or liquid inert carrier, is packaged in a mixture with a pressurized volatile (e.g., a gaseous propellant, such as freon) or in a squeeze bottle.
  • a pressurized volatile e.g., a gaseous propellant, such as freon
  • humectants can also be added to pharmaceutical
  • the composition can be formulated in an aerosol form, spray, mist or in the form of drops.
  • prophylactic or therapeutic agents for use according to the present invention can be conveniently delivered in the form of an aerosol spray presentation from pressurized packs or a nebuliser, with the use of a suitable propellant (e.g., dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane, carbon dioxide or other suitable gas).
  • a suitable propellant e.g., dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane, carbon dioxide or other suitable gas.
  • the dosage unit may be determined by providing a valve to deliver a metered amount.
  • Capsules and cartridges for use in an inhaler or insufflator may be formulated containing a powder mix of the compound and a suitable powder base such as lactose or starch.
  • compositions can be formulated orally in the form of tablets, capsules, cachets, gelcaps, solutions, suspensions, and the like.
  • Tablets or capsules can be prepared by conventional means with pharmaceutically acceptable excipients such as binding agents (e.g., pregelatinised maize starch, polyvinylpyrrolidone, or hydroxypropyl methylcellulose); fillers (e.g., lactose, microcrystalline cellulose, or calcium hydrogen phosphate); lubricants (e.g., magnesium stearate, talc, or silica); disintegrants (e.g., potato starch or sodium starch glycolate); or wetting agents (e.g., sodium lauryl sulphate).
  • binding agents e.g., pregelatinised maize starch, polyvinylpyrrolidone, or hydroxypropyl methylcellulose
  • fillers e.g., lactose, microcrystalline cellulose, or calcium hydrogen phosphate
  • lubricants e
  • Liquid preparations for oral administration may take the form of, but not limited to, solutions, syrups or suspensions, or they may be presented as a dry product for constitution with water or other suitable vehicle before use.
  • Such liquid preparations may be prepared by conventional means with pharmaceutically acceptable additives such as suspending agents (e.g., sorbitol syrup, cellulose derivatives, or hydrogenated edible fats); emulsifying agents (e.g., lecithin or acacia); non-aqueous vehicles (e.g., almond oil, oily esters, ethyl alcohol, or fractionated vegetable oils); and preservatives (e.g., methyl or propyl-p-hydroxybenzoates or sorbic acid).
  • the preparations may also contain buffer salts, flavoring, coloring, and sweetening agents as appropriate.
  • Preparations for oral administration may be suitably formulated for slow release, controlled release, or sustained release of a prophylactic or therapeutic agent(s).
  • the method of the invention may comprise pulmonary administration, e.g., by use of an inhaler or nebulizer, of a composition formulated with an aerosolizing agent.
  • pulmonary administration e.g., by use of an inhaler or nebulizer
  • a composition formulated with an aerosolizing agent See, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,019,968; 5,985,320; 5,985,309; 5,934,272; 5,874,064; 5,855,913; 5,290,540; and 4,880,078; and PCT Publication Nos. WO 92/19244; WO 97/32572; WO 97/44013; WO 98/31346; and WO 99/66903, each of which is incorporated herein by reference their entireties.
  • a binding protein of the invention, combination therapy, and/or composition of the invention is administered using Alkermes AIR® pulmonary drug delivery technology (Alkermes, Inc., Cambridge,
  • the method of the invention may comprise administration of a composition formulated for parenteral administration by injection (e.g., by bolus injection or continuous infusion).
  • Formulations for injection may be presented in unit dosage form (e.g., in ampoules or in multi-dose containers) with an added preservative.
  • the compositions may take such forms as suspensions, solutions or emulsions in oily or aqueous vehicles, and may contain formulatory agents such as suspending, stabilizing and/or dispersing agents.
  • the active ingredient may be in powder form for constitution with a suitable vehicle (e.g., sterile pyrogen-free water) before use.
  • compositions formulated as depot preparations may additionally comprise of administration of compositions formulated as depot preparations.
  • long acting formulations may be administered by implantation (e.g., subcutaneously or intramuscularly) or by intramuscular injection.
  • the compositions may be formulated with suitable polymeric or hydrophobic materials (e.g., as an emulsion in an acceptable oil) or ion exchange resins, or as sparingly soluble derivatives (e.g., as a sparingly soluble salt).
  • compositions formulated as neutral or salt forms include those formed with anions such as those derived from hydrochloric, phosphoric, acetic, oxalic, tartaric acids, etc., and those formed with cations such as those derived from sodium, potassium, ammonium, calcium, ferric hydroxides, isopropylamine, triethylamine, 2-ethylamino ethanol, histidine, procaine, etc.
  • compositions are supplied either separately or mixed together in unit dosage form, for example, as a dry lyophilized powder or water free concentrate in a hermetically sealed container such as an ampoule or sachette indicating the quantity of active agent.
  • a hermetically sealed container such as an ampoule or sachette indicating the quantity of active agent.
  • composition can be dispensed with an infusion bottle containing sterile pharmaceutical grade water or saline.
  • an ampoule of sterile water for injection or saline can be provided so that the ingredients may be mixed prior to administration.
  • the invention also provides that one or more of the prophylactic or therapeutic agents, or pharmaceutical compositions of the invention is packaged in a hermetically sealed container such as an ampoule or sachette indicating the quantity of the agent.
  • a hermetically sealed container such as an ampoule or sachette indicating the quantity of the agent.
  • one or more of the prophylactic or therapeutic agents, or pharmaceutical compositions of the invention is supplied as a dry sterilized lyophilized powder or water free concentrate in a hermetically sealed container and can be reconstituted (e.g., with water or saline) to the appropriate concentration for administration to a subject.
  • one or more of the prophylactic or therapeutic agents or pharmaceutical compositions of the invention is supplied as a dry sterile lyophilized powder in a hermetically sealed container at a unit dosage of at least 5 mg, at least 10 mg, at least 15 mg, at least 25 mg, at least 35 mg, at least 45 mg, at least 50 mg, at least 75 mg, or at least 100 mg.
  • the lyophilized prophylactic or therapeutic agents or pharmaceutical compositions of the invention should be stored at between 2° C. and 8° C.
  • the prophylactic or therapeutic agents, or pharmaceutical compositions of the invention should be administered within 1 week, e.g., within 5 days, within 72 hours, within 48 hours, within 24 hours, within 12 hours, within 6 hours, within 5 hours, within 3 hours, or within 1 hour after being reconstituted.
  • one or more of the prophylactic or therapeutic agents or pharmaceutical compositions of the invention is supplied in liquid form in a hermetically sealed container indicating the quantity and concentration of the agent.
  • the liquid form of the administered composition is supplied in a hermetically sealed container at least 0.25 mg/ml, at least 0.5 mg/ml, at least 1 mg/ml, at least 2.5 mg/ml, at least 5 mg/ml, at least 8 mg/ml, at least 10 mg/ml, at least 15 mg/kg, at least 25 mg/ml, at least 50 mg/ml, at least 75 mg/ml or at least 100 mg/ml.
  • the liquid form should be stored at between 2° C. and 8° C. in its original container.
  • the binding proteins of the invention can be incorporated into a pharmaceutical composition suitable for parenteral administration.
  • the antibody or antibody-portions will be prepared as an injectable solution containing 0.1-250 mg/ml binding protein.
  • the injectable solution can be composed of either a liquid or lyophilized dosage form in a flint or amber vial, ampule or pre-filled syringe.
  • the buffer can be L-histidine (1-50 mM), optimally 5-10 mM, at pH 5.0 to 7.0 (optimally pH 6.0).
  • Other suitable buffers include but are not limited to, sodium succinate, sodium citrate, sodium phosphate or potassium phosphate.
  • Sodium chloride can be used to modify the toxicity of the solution at a concentration of 0-300 mM (optimally 150 mM for a liquid dosage form).
  • Cryoprotectants can be included for a lyophilized dosage form, principally 0-10% sucrose (optimally 0.5-1.0%).
  • Other suitable cryoprotectants include trehalose and lactose.
  • Bulking agents can be included for a lyophilized dosage form, principally 1-10% mannitol (optimally 2-4%).
  • Stabilizers can be used in both liquid and lyophilized dosage forms, principally 1-50 mM L-Methionine (optimally 5-10 mM).
  • compositions comprising the binding proteins of the invention prepared as an injectable solution for parenteral administration can further comprise an agent useful as an adjuvant, such as those used to increase the absorption, or dispersion of a therapeutic protein (e.g., antibody).
  • an agent useful as an adjuvant such as those used to increase the absorption, or dispersion of a therapeutic protein (e.g., antibody).
  • a particularly useful adjuvant is hyaluronidase, such as Hylenex® (recombinant human hyaluronidase).
  • hyaluronidase in the injectable solution improves human bioavailability following parenteral administration, particularly subcutaneous administration. It also allows for greater injection site volumes (i.e. greater than 1 ml) with less pain and discomfort, and minimum incidence of injection site reactions. (see WO2004078140, and US2006104968 incorporated herein by reference).
  • compositions of this invention may be in a variety of forms. These include, for example, liquid, semi-solid and solid dosage forms, such as liquid solutions (e.g., injectable and infusible solutions), dispersions or suspensions, tablets, pills, powders, liposomes and suppositories.
  • liquid solutions e.g., injectable and infusible solutions
  • dispersions or suspensions tablets, pills, powders, liposomes and suppositories.
  • the form chosen depends on the intended mode of administration and therapeutic application. Typical compositions are in the form of injectable or infusible solutions, such as compositions similar to those used for passive immunization of humans with other antibodies.
  • the chosen mode of administration is parenteral (e.g., intravenous, subcutaneous, intraperitoneal, intramuscular).
  • the antibody is administered by intravenous infusion or injection.
  • the antibody is administered by intramuscular or subcutaneous injection.
  • compositions typically must be sterile and stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage.
  • the composition can be formulated as a solution, microemulsion, dispersion, liposome, or other ordered structure suitable to high drug concentration.
  • Sterile injectable solutions can be prepared by incorporating the active compound (i.e., antibody or antibody portion) in the required amount in an appropriate solvent with one or a combination of ingredients enumerated herein, as required, followed by filtered sterilization.
  • dispersions are prepared by incorporating the active compound into a sterile vehicle that contains a basic dispersion medium and the required other ingredients from those enumerated herein.
  • the methods of preparation are vacuum drying and spray-drying that yields a powder of the active ingredient plus any additional desired ingredient from a previously sterile-filtered solution thereof.
  • the proper fluidity of a solution can be maintained, for example, by the use of a coating such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersion and by the use of surfactants.
  • Prolonged absorption of injectable compositions can be brought about by including, in the composition, an agent that delays absorption, for example, monostearate salts and gelatin.
  • the binding proteins of the present invention can be administered by a variety of methods known in the art, although for many therapeutic applications, in an embodiment, the route/mode of administration is subcutaneous injection, intravenous injection or infusion. As will be appreciated by the skilled artisan, the route and/or mode of administration will vary depending upon the desired results.
  • the active compound may be prepared with a carrier that will protect the compound against rapid release, such as a controlled release formulation, including implants, transdermal patches, and microencapsulated delivery systems.
  • a carrier such as a controlled release formulation, including implants, transdermal patches, and microencapsulated delivery systems.
  • Biodegradable, biocompatible polymers can be used, such as ethylene vinyl acetate, polyanhydrides, polyglycolic acid, collagen, polyorthoesters, and polylactic acid.
  • a binding protein of the invention may be orally administered, for example, with an inert diluent or an assimilable edible carrier.
  • the compound (and other ingredients, if desired) may also be enclosed in a hard or soft shell gelatin capsule, compressed into tablets, or incorporated directly into the subject's diet.
  • the compounds may be incorporated with excipients and used in the form of ingestible tablets, buccal tablets, troches, capsules, elixirs, suspensions, syrups, wafers, and the like.
  • a binding protein of the invention is coformulated with and/or coadministered with one or more additional therapeutic agents that are useful for treating disorders with binding protein of the invention.
  • a binding protein of the invention may be coformulated and/or coadministered with one or more additional antibodies that bind other targets (e.g., antibodies that bind other cytokines or that bind cell surface molecules).
  • one or more antibodies of the invention may be used in combination with two or more of the foregoing therapeutic agents.
  • Such combination therapies may advantageously utilize lower dosages of the administered therapeutic agents, thus avoiding possible toxicities or complications associated with the various monotherapies.
  • a binding protein is linked to a half-life extending vehicle known in the art.
  • vehicles include, but are not limited to, the Fc domain, polyethylene glycol, and dextran.
  • Such vehicles are described, e.g., in U.S. application Ser. No. 09/428,082 and published PCT Application No. WO 99/25044, which are hereby incorporated by reference for any purpose.
  • nucleic acid sequences encoding a binding protein of the invention or another prophylactic or therapeutic agent of the invention are administered to treat, prevent, manage, or ameliorate a disorder or one or more symptoms thereof by way of gene therapy.
  • Gene therapy refers to therapy performed by the administration to a subject of an expressed or expressible nucleic acid.
  • the nucleic acids produce their encoded antibody or prophylactic or therapeutic agent of the invention that mediates a prophylactic or therapeutic effect.
  • the binding proteins of the invention are useful in treating various diseases wherein the targets that are recognized by the binding proteins are detrimental.
  • diseases include, but are not limited to, rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, juvenile chronic arthritis, septic arthritis, Lyme arthritis, psoriatic arthritis, reactive arthritis, spondyloarthropathy, systemic lupus erythematosus, Crohn's disease, ulcerative colitis, inflammatory bowel disease, insulin dependent diabetes mellitus, thyroiditis, asthma, allergic diseases, psoriasis, dermatitis scleroderma, graft versus host disease, organ transplant rejection, acute or chronic immune disease associated with organ transplantation, sarcoidosis, atherosclerosis, disseminated intravascular coagulation, Kawasaki's disease, Grave's disease, nephrotic syndrome, chronic fatigue syndrome, Wegener's granulomatosis, Henoch-Schoenlein purpurea, microscopic vasculitis of
  • the DVD-Igs of the invention may also treat one or more of the following diseases: Acute coronary syndromes, Acute Idiopathic Polyneuritis, Acute Inflammatory Demyelinating Polyradiculoneuropathy, Acute ischemia, Adult Still's Disease, Alopecia greata, Anaphylaxis, Anti-Phospholipid Antibody Syndrome, Aplastic anemia, Arteriosclerosis, Atopic eczema, Atopic dermatitis, Autoimmune dermatitis, Autoimmune disorder associated with Streptococcus infection, Autoimmune hearingloss, Autoimmune Lymphoproliferative Syndrome (ALPS), Autoimmune myocarditis, autoimmune thrombocytopenia (AITP), Blepharitis, Bronchiectasis, Bullous pemphigoid, Cardiovascular Disease, Catastrophic Antiphospholipid Syndrome, Celiac Disease, Cervical Spondylosis, Chronic ischemia, Cicatricial pemphigoid, Clinically
  • the binding proteins of the invention can be used to treat humans suffering from autoimmune diseases, in particular those associated with inflammation, including, rheumatoid arthritis, spondylitis, allergy, autoimmune diabetes, autoimmune uveitis.
  • autoimmune diseases in particular those associated with inflammation, including, rheumatoid arthritis, spondylitis, allergy, autoimmune diabetes, autoimmune uveitis.
  • the binding proteins of the invention or antigen-binding portions thereof are used to treat rheumatoid arthritis, Crohn's disease, multiple sclerosis, insulin dependent diabetes mellitus and psoriasis.
  • diseases that can be treated or diagnosed with the compositions and methods of the invention include, but are not limited to, primary and metastatic cancers, including carcinomas of breast, colon, rectum, lung, oropharynx, hypopharynx, esophagus, stomach, pancreas, liver, gallbladder and bile ducts, small intestine, urinary tract (including kidney, bladder and urothelium), female genital tract (including cervix, uterus, and ovaries as well as choriocarcinoma and gestational trophoblastic disease), male genital tract (including prostate, seminal vesicles, testes and germ cell tumors), endocrine glands (including the thyroid, adrenal, and pituitary glands), and skin, as well as hemangiomas, melanomas, sarcomas (including those arising from bone and soft tissues as well as Kaposi's sarcoma), tumors of the brain, nerves, eyes
  • the antibodies of the invention or antigen-binding portions thereof are used to treat cancer or in the prevention of metastases from the tumors described herein either when used alone or in combination with radiotherapy and/or other chemotherapeutic agents.
  • the antibodies of the invention, or antigen binding portions thereof, may be combined with agents that include but are not limited to, antineoplastic agents, radiotherapy, chemotherapy such as DNA alkylating agents, cisplatin, carboplatin, anti-tubulin agents, paclitaxel, docetaxel, taxol, doxorubicin, gemcitabine, gemzar, anthracyclines, adriamycin, topoisomerase I inhibitors, topoisomerase II inhibitors, 5-fluorouracil (5-FU), leucovorin, irinotecan, receptor tyrosine kinase inhibitors (e.g., erlotinib, gefitinib), COX-2 inhibitors (e.g., celecoxib), kinase inhibitors, and siRNAs.
  • agents include but are not limited to, antineoplastic agents, radiotherapy, chemotherapy such as DNA alkylating agents, cisplatin, carboplatin, anti-tubulin
  • a binding protein of the invention also can be administered with one or more additional therapeutic agents useful in the treatment of various diseases.
  • a binding protein of the invention can be used alone or in combination to treat such diseases. It should be understood that the binding proteins can be used alone or in combination with an additional agent, e.g., a therapeutic agent, said additional agent being selected by the skilled artisan for its intended purpose.
  • the additional agent can be a therapeutic agent art-recognized as being useful to treat the disease or condition being treated by the antibody of the present invention.
  • the additional agent also can be an agent that imparts a beneficial attribute to the therapeutic composition e.g., an agent which effects the viscosity of the composition.
  • the combinations which are to be included within this invention are those combinations useful for their intended purpose.
  • the agents set forth below are illustrative for purposes and not intended to be limited.
  • the combinations, which are part of this invention can be the antibodies of the present invention and at least one additional agent selected from the lists below.
  • the combination can also include more than one additional agent, e.g., two or three additional agents if the combination is such that the formed composition can perform its intended function.
  • Combinations to treat autoimmune and inflammatory diseases are non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug(s) also referred to as NSAIDS which include drugs like ibuprofen.
  • NSAIDS non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug(s) also referred to as NSAIDS which include drugs like ibuprofen.
  • Other combinations are corticosteroids including prednisolone; the well known side-effects of steroid use can be reduced or even eliminated by tapering the steroid dose required when treating patients in combination with the DVD Igs of this invention.
  • Non-limiting examples of therapeutic agents for rheumatoid arthritis with which an antibody, or antibody portion, of the invention can be combined include the following: cytokine suppressive anti-inflammatory drug(s) (CSAIDs); antibodies to or antagonists of other human cytokines or growth factors, for example, TNF, LT, IL-1, IL-2, IL-3, IL-4, IL-5, IL-6, IL-7, IL-8, IL-15, IL-16, IL-18, IL-21, IL-23, interferons, EMAP-II, GM-CSF, FGF, and PDGF.
  • CSAIDs cytokine suppressive anti-inflammatory drug
  • Binding proteins of the invention can be combined with antibodies to cell surface molecules such as CD2, CD3, CD4, CD8, CD25, CD28, CD30, CD40, CD45, CD69, CD80 (B7.1), CD86 (B7.2), CD90, CTLA or their ligands including CD154 (gp39 or CD40L).
  • cell surface molecules such as CD2, CD3, CD4, CD8, CD25, CD28, CD30, CD40, CD45, CD69, CD80 (B7.1), CD86 (B7.2), CD90, CTLA or their ligands including CD154 (gp39 or CD40L).
  • Combinations of therapeutic agents may interfere at different points in the autoimmune and subsequent inflammatory cascade; examples include TNF antagonists like chimeric, humanized or human TNF antibodies, Adalimumab, (PCT Publication No. WO 97/29131), CA2 (RemicadeTM), CDP 571, and soluble p55 or p75 TNF receptors, derivatives, thereof, (p75TNFR1gG (EnbrelTM) or p55TNFR1gG (Lenercept), and also TNF ⁇ converting enzyme (TACE) inhibitors; similarly IL-1 inhibitors (Interleukin-1-converting enzyme inhibitors, IL-1RA etc.) may be effective for the same reason. Other combinations include Interleukin 11.
  • TNF antagonists like chimeric, humanized or human TNF antibodies, Adalimumab, (PCT Publication No. WO 97/29131), CA2 (RemicadeTM), CDP 571, and soluble p55 or p75 TNF receptors, derivatives, thereof
  • Yet another combination include key players of the autoimmune response which may act parallel to, dependent on or in concert with IL-12 function; especially are IL-18 antagonists including IL-18 antibodies or soluble IL-18 receptors, or IL-18 binding proteins. It has been shown that IL-12 and IL-18 have overlapping but distinct functions and a combination of antagonists to both may be most effective. Yet another combination are non-depleting anti-CD4 inhibitors. Yet other combinations include antagonists of the co-stimulatory pathway CD80 (B7.1) or CD86 (B7.2) including antibodies, soluble receptors or antagonistic ligands.
  • binding proteins of the invention may also be combined with agents, such as methotrexate, 6-MP, azathioprine sulphasalazine, mesalazine, olsalazine chloroquinine/hydroxychloroquine, pencillamine, aurothiomalate (intramuscular and oral), azathioprine, cochicine, corticosteroids (oral, inhaled and local injection), beta-2 adrenoreceptor agonists (salbutamol, terbutaline, salmeteral), xanthines (theophylline, aminophylline), cromoglycate, nedocromil, ketotifen, ipratropium and oxitropium, cyclosporin, FK506, rapamycin, mycophenolate mofetil, leflunomide, NSAIDs, for example, ibuprofen, corticosteroids such as prednisolone, phosphodiesterase inhibitors,
  • Nonlimiting additional agents which can also be used in combination with a binding protein to treat rheumatoid arthritis include, but are not limited to, the following: non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug(s) (NSAIDs); cytokine suppressive anti-inflammatory drug(s) (CSAIDs); CDP-571/BAY-10-3356 (humanized anti-TNF ⁇ antibody; Celltech/Bayer); cA2/infliximab (chimeric anti-TNF ⁇ antibody; Centocor); 75 kdTNFR-IgG/etanercept (75 kD TNF receptor-IgG fusion protein; Immunex; see e.g., Arthritis & Rheumatism (1994) Vol. 37, S295 ; J.
  • NSAIDs non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug
  • CSAIDs cytokine suppressive anti-inflammatory drug
  • CDP-571/BAY-10-3356 humanized anti-TNF ⁇ antibody; Celltech/Bayer
  • Anti-Tac humanized anti-IL-2Ra; Protein Design Labs/Roche
  • IL-4 anti-inflammatory cytokine; DNAX/Schering
  • IL-10 SCH 52000; recombinant IL-10, anti-inflammatory cytokine; DNAX/Schering
  • IL-4; IL-10 and/or IL-4 agonists e.g., agonist antibodies
  • IL-1A IL-1 receptor antagonist; Synergen/Amgen
  • anakinra Kineret®/Amgen
  • TNF-bp/s-TNF soluble TNF binding protein; see e.g., Arthritis & Rheumatism (1996) Vol. 39, No. 9 (supplement), S284 ; Amer.
  • thalidomide see e.g., Arthritis & Rheumatism (1996) Vol. 39 No. 9 (supplement), S282) and thalidomide-related drugs (e.g., Celgen); leflunomide (anti-inflammatory and cytokine inhibitor; see e.g., Arthritis & Rheumatism (1996) Vol. 39, No. 9 (supplement), S131 ; Inflammation Research (1996) Vol. 45, pp. 103-107); tranexamic acid (inhibitor of plasminogen activation; see e.g., Arthritis & Rheumatism (1996) Vol. 39, No.
  • Meloxicam non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug
  • Ibuprofen non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug
  • Piroxicam non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug
  • Diclofenac non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug
  • Indomethacin non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug
  • Sulfasalazine see e.g., Arthritis & Rheumatism (1996) Vol. 39, No. 9 (supplement), S281)
  • Azathioprine see e.g., Arthritis & Rheumatism (1996) Vol. 39, No.
  • ICE inhibitor inhibitor of the enzyme interleukin-1 ⁇ converting enzyme
  • zap-70 and/or 1ck inhibitor inhibitor of the tyrosine kinase zap-70 or 1ck
  • VEGF inhibitor and/or VEGF-R inhibitor inhibitors of vascular endothelial cell growth factor or vascular endothelial cell growth factor receptor; inhibitors of angiogenesis
  • corticosteroid anti-inflammatory drugs e.g., SB203580
  • TNF-convertase inhibitors anti-IL-12 antibodies; anti-IL-18 antibodies; interleukin-11 (see e.g., Arthritis & Rheumatism (1996) Vol. 39, No.
  • the binding protein or antigen-binding portion thereof is administered in combination with one of the following agents for the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis: small molecule inhibitor of KDR, small molecule inhibitor of Tie-2; methotrexate; prednisone; celecoxib; folic acid; hydroxychloroquine sulfate; rofecoxib; etanercept; infliximab; leflunomide; naproxen; valdecoxib; sulfasalazine; methylprednisolone; ibuprofen; meloxicam; methylprednisolone acetate; gold sodium thiomalate; aspirin; azathioprine; triamcinolone acetonide; propxyphene napsylate/apap; folate; nabumetone; diclofenac; piroxicam; etodolac; diclofenac sodium; ox
  • Non-limiting examples of therapeutic agents for inflammatory bowel disease with which a binding protein of the invention can be combined include the following: budenoside; epidermal growth factor; corticosteroids; cyclosporin, sulfasalazine; aminosalicylates; 6-mercaptopurine; azathioprine; metronidazole; lipoxygenase inhibitors; mesalamine; olsalazine; balsalazide; antioxidants; thromboxane inhibitors; IL-1 receptor antagonists; anti-IL-1 ⁇ mnAbs; anti-IL-6 mnAbs; growth factors; elastase inhibitors; pyridinyl-imidazole compounds; antibodies to or antagonists of other human cytokines or growth factors, for example, TNF, LT, IL-1, IL-2, IL-6, IL-7, IL-8, IL-15, IL-16, IL-17, IL-18, EMAP-II,
  • Antibodies of the invention, or antigen binding portions thereof can be combined with antibodies to cell surface molecules such as CD2, CD3, CD4, CD8, CD25, CD28, CD30, CD40, CD45, CD69, CD90 or their ligands.
  • the antibodies of the invention, or antigen binding portions thereof may also be combined with agents, such as methotrexate, cyclosporin, FK506, rapamycin, mycophenolate mofetil, leflunomide, NSAIDs, for example, ibuprofen, corticosteroids such as prednisolone, phosphodiesterase inhibitors, adenosine agonists, antithrombotic agents, complement inhibitors, adrenergic agents, agents which interfere with signalling by proinflammatory cytokines such as TNF ⁇ or IL-1 (e.g., IRAK, NIK, IKK, p38 or MAP kinase inhibitors), IL-1 ⁇ converting enzyme inhibitors, TNF ⁇ converting enzyme inhibitors, T
  • TNF antagonists for example, anti-TNF antibodies, Adalimumab (PCT Publication No. WO 97/29131; HUMIRA), CA2 (REMICADE), CDP 571, TNFR-Ig constructs, (p75TNFR1gG (ENBREL) and p55TNFR1gG (LENERCEPT)) inhibitors and PDE4 inhibitors.
  • Antibodies of the invention, or antigen binding portions thereof, can be combined with corticosteroids, for example, budenoside and dexamethasone.
  • Binding proteins of the invention or antigen binding portions thereof may also be combined with agents such as sulfasalazine, 5-aminosalicylic acid and olsalazine, and agents which interfere with synthesis or action of proinflammatory cytokines such as IL-1, for example, IL-1 ⁇ converting enzyme inhibitors and IL-1ra.
  • agents such as sulfasalazine, 5-aminosalicylic acid and olsalazine
  • agents which interfere with synthesis or action of proinflammatory cytokines such as IL-1, for example, IL-1 ⁇ converting enzyme inhibitors and IL-1ra.
  • Antibodies of the invention or antigen binding portion thereof may also be used with T cell signaling inhibitors, for example, tyrosine kinase inhibitors 6-mercaptopurines. Binding proteins of the invention, or antigen binding portions thereof, can be combined with IL-11.
  • Binding proteins of the invention can be combined with mesalamine, prednisone, azathioprine, mercaptopurine, infliximab, methylprednisolone sodium succinate, diphenoxylate/atrop sulfate, loperamide hydrochloride, methotrexate, omeprazole, folate, ciprofloxacin/dextrose-water, hydrocodone bitartrate/apap, tetracycline hydrochloride, fluocinonide, metronidazole, thimerosal/boric acid, cholestyramine/sucrose, ciprofloxacin hydrochloride, hyoscyamine sulfate, meperidine hydrochloride, midazolam hydrochloride, oxycodone hcl/acetaminophen, promethazine hydrochloride, sodium phosphate, sulfamethoxazole
  • Non-limiting examples of therapeutic agents for multiple sclerosis with which binding proteins of the invention can be combined include the following: corticosteroids; prednisolone; methylprednisolone; azathioprine; cyclophosphamide; cyclosporine; methotrexate; 4-aminopyridine; tizanidine; interferon- ⁇ 1a (AVONEX; Biogen); interferon- ⁇ 1b (BETASERON; Chiron/Berlex); interferon ⁇ -n3) (Interferon Sciences/Fujimoto), interferon- ⁇ (Alfa Wassermann/J&J), interferon ⁇ 1A-IF (Serono/Inhale Therapeutics), Peginterferon ⁇ 2b (Enzon/Schering-Plough), Copolymer 1 (Cop-1; COPAXONE; Teva Pharmaceutical Industries, Inc.); hyperbaric oxygen; intravenous immunoglobulin; clabribine; antibodies to or antagonists of other human
  • Binding proteins of the invention can be combined with antibodies to cell surface molecules such as CD2, CD3, CD4, CD8, CD19, CD20, CD25, CD28, CD30, CD40, CD45, CD69, CD80, CD86, CD90 or their ligands.
  • Binding proteins of the invention may also be combined with agents, such as methotrexate, cyclosporine, FK506, rapamycin, mycophenolate mofetil, leflunomide, NSAIDs, for example, ibuprofen, corticosteroids such as prednisolone, phosphodiesterase inhibitors, adensosine agonists, antithrombotic agents, complement inhibitors, adrenergic agents, agents which interfere with signalling by proinflammatory cytokines such as TNF ⁇ or IL-1 (e.g., IRAK, NIK, IKK, p38 or MAP kinase inhibitors), IL-1 ⁇ converting enzyme inhibitors, TACE inhibitors, T-cell signaling inhibitors such as kinase inhibitors, metalloproteinase inhibitors, sulfasalazine, azathioprine, 6-mercaptopurines, angiotensin converting enzyme inhibitors, soluble cytokine receptor
  • Examples of therapeutic agents for multiple sclerosis in which binding proteins of the invention can be combined to include interferon- ⁇ , for example, IFN ⁇ 1a and IFN ⁇ 1b; copaxone, corticosteroids, caspase inhibitors, for example inhibitors of caspase-1, IL-1 inhibitors, TNF inhibitors, and antibodies to CD40 ligand and CD80.
  • interferon- ⁇ for example, IFN ⁇ 1a and IFN ⁇ 1b
  • copaxone corticosteroids
  • caspase inhibitors for example inhibitors of caspase-1, IL-1 inhibitors, TNF inhibitors, and antibodies to CD40 ligand and CD80.
  • the binding proteins of the invention may also be combined with agents, such as alemtuzumab, dronabinol, Unimed, daclizumab, mitoxantrone, xaliproden hydrochloride, fampridine, glatiramer acetate, natalizumab, sinnabidol, a-immunokine NNSO3, ABR-215062, AnergiX.MS, chemokine receptor antagonists, BBR-2778, calagualine, CPI-1189, LEM (liposome encapsulated mitoxantrone), THC.CBD (cannabinoid agonist) MBP-8298, mesopram (PDE4 inhibitor), MNA-715, anti-IL-6 receptor antibody, neurovax, pirfenidone allotrap 1258 (RDP-1258), sTNF-R1, talampanel, teriflunomide, TGF-beta2, tiplimotide, VLA-4 antagonists
  • Non-limiting examples of therapeutic agents for Angina with which binding proteins of the invention can be combined include the following: aspirin, nitroglycerin, isosorbide mononitrate, metoprolol succinate, atenolol, metoprolol tartrate, amlodipine besylate, diltiazem hydrochloride, isosorbide dinitrate, clopidogrel bisulfate, nifedipine, atorvastatin calcium, potassium chloride, furosemide, simvastatin, verapamil hcl, digoxin, propranolol hydrochloride, carvedilol, lisinopril, spironolactone, hydrochlorothiazide, enalapril maleate, nadolol, ramipril, enoxaparin sodium, heparin sodium, valsartan, sotalol hydrochloride, fenofibrate, ezet
  • Non-limiting examples of therapeutic agents for Ankylosing Spondylitis with which binding proteins of the invention can be combined include the following: ibuprofen, diclofenac and misoprostol, naproxen, meloxicam, indomethacin, diclofenac, celecoxib, rofecoxib, Sulfasalazine, Methotrexate, azathioprine, minocyclin, prednisone, etanercept, infliximab.
  • Non-limiting examples of therapeutic agents for Asthma with which binding proteins of the invention can be combined include the following: albuterol, salmeterol/fluticasone, montelukast sodium, fluticasone propionate, budesonide, prednisone, salmeterol xinafoate, levalbuterol hcl, albuterol sulfate/ipratropium, prednisolone sodium phosphate, triamcinolone acetonide, beclomethasone dipropionate, ipratropium bromide, azithromycin, pirbuterol acetate, prednisolone, theophylline anhydrous, methylprednisolone sodium succinate, clarithromycin, zafirlukast, formoterol fumarate, influenza virus vaccine, methylprednisolone, amoxicillin trihydrate, flunisolide, allergy injection, cromolyn sodium, fexofenadine hydroch
  • Non-limiting examples of therapeutic agents for COPD with which binding proteins of the invention can be combined include the following: albuterol sulfate/ipratropium, ipratropium bromide, salmeterol/fluticasone, albuterol, salmeterol xinafoate, fluticasone propionate, prednisone, theophylline anhydrous, methylprednisolone sodium succinate, montelukast sodium, budesonide, formoterol fumarate, triamcinolone acetonide, levofloxacin, guaifenesin, azithromycin, beclomethasone dipropionate, levalbuterol hcl, flunisolide, ceftriaxone sodium, amoxicillin trihydrate, gatifloxacin, zafirlukast, amoxicillin/clavulanate, flunisolide/menthol, chlorpheniramine/hydrocodone, metaprotereno
  • Non-limiting examples of therapeutic agents for HCV with which binding proteins of the invention can be combined include the following: Interferon-alpha-2a, Interferon-alpha-2b, Interferon-alpha con 1, Interferon-alpha-n1, Pegylated interferon-alpha-2a, Pegylated interferon-alpha-2b, ribavirin, Peginterferon alfa-2b+ribavirin, Ursodeoxycholic Acid, Glycyrrhizic Acid, Thymalfasin, Maxamine, VX-497 and any compounds that are used to treat HCV through intervention with the following targets: HCV polymerase, HCV protease, HCV helicase, HCV IRES (internal ribosome entry site).
  • Non-limiting examples of therapeutic agents for Idiopathic Pulmonary Fibrosis with which binding proteins of the invention can be combined include the following: prednisone, azathioprine, albuterol, colchicine, albuterol sulfate, digoxin, gamma interferon, methylprednisolone sod succ, lorazepam, furosemide, lisinopril, nitroglycerin, spironolactone, cyclophosphamide, ipratropium bromide, actinomycin d, alteplase, fluticasone propionate, levofloxacin, metaproterenol sulfate, morphine sulfate, oxycodone hcl, potassium chloride, triamcinolone acetonide, tacrolimus anhydrous, calcium, interferon-alpha, methotrexate, mycophenolate mofetil, Interferon-gamma-1 ⁇ .
  • Non-limiting examples of therapeutic agents for Myocardial Infarction with which binding proteins of the invention can be combined include the following: aspirin, nitroglycerin, metoprolol tartrate, enoxaparin sodium, heparin sodium, clopidogrel bisulfate, carvedilol, atenolol, morphine sulfate, metoprolol succinate, warfarin sodium, lisinopril, isosorbide mononitrate, digoxin, furosemide, simvastatin, ramipril, tenecteplase, enalapril maleate, torsemide, retavase, losartan potassium, quinapril hcl/mag carb, bumetanide, alteplase, enalaprilat, amiodarone hydrochloride, tirofiban hcl m-hydrate, diltiazem hydrochloride, captopril,
  • Non-limiting examples of therapeutic agents for Psoriasis with which binding proteins of the invention can be combined include the following: small molecule inhibitor of KDR, small molecule inhibitor of Tie-2, calcipotriene, clobetasol propionate, triamcinolone acetonide, halobetasol propionate, tazarotene, methotrexate, fluocinonide, betamethasone diprop augmented, fluocinolone acetonide, acitretin, tar shampoo, betamethasone valerate, mometasone furoate, ketoconazole, pramoxine/fluocinolone, hydrocortisone valerate, flurandrenolide, urea, betamethasone, clobetasol propionate/emoll, fluticasone propionate, azithromycin, hydrocortisone, moisturizing formula, folic acid, desonide, pimecrolimus, coal tar, diflora
  • Non-limiting examples of therapeutic agents for Psoriatic Arthritis with which binding proteins of the invention can be combined include the following: methotrexate, etanercept, rofecoxib, celecoxib, folic acid, sulfasalazine, naproxen, leflunomide, methylprednisolone acetate, indomethacin, hydroxychloroquine sulfate, prednisone, sulindac, betamethasone diprop augmented, infliximab, methotrexate, folate, triamcinolone acetonide, diclofenac, dimethylsulfoxide, piroxicam, diclofenac sodium, ketoprofen, meloxicam, methylprednisolone, nabumetone, tolmetin sodium, calcipotriene, cyclosporine, diclofenac sodium/misoprostol, fluocinonide, gluco
  • Non-limiting examples of therapeutic agents for Restenosis with which binding proteins of the invention can be combined include the following: sirolimus, paclitaxel, everolimus, tacrolimus, Zotarolimus, acetaminophen.
  • Non-limiting examples of therapeutic agents for Sciatica with which binding proteins of the invention can be combined include the following: hydrocodone bitartrate/apap, rofecoxib, cyclobenzaprine hcl, methylprednisolone, naproxen, ibuprofen, oxycodone hcl/acetaminophen, celecoxib, valdecoxib, methylprednisolone acetate, prednisone, codeine phosphate/apap, tramadol hcl/acetaminophen, metaxalone, meloxicam, methocarbamol, lidocaine hydrochloride, diclofenac sodium, gabapentin, dexamethasone, carisoprodol, ketorolac tromethamine, indomethacin, acetaminophen, diazepam, nabumetone, oxycodone hcl, tizanidine
  • NSAIDS for example, diclofenac, naproxen, ibuprofen, piroxicam, indomethacin
  • COX2 inhibitors for example, Celecoxib, rofecoxib, valdecoxib
  • anti-malarials for example, hydroxychloroquine
  • Steroids for example, prednisone, prednisolone, budenoside, dexamethasone
  • Cytotoxics for example, azathioprine, cyclophosphamide, mycophenolate mofetil, methotrexate
  • inhibitors of PDE4 or purine synthesis inhibitor for example Cellcept.
  • Binding proteins of the invention may also be combined with agents such as sulfasalazine, 5-aminosalicylic acid, olsalazine, Imuran and agents which interfere with synthesis, production or action of proinflammatory cytokines such as IL-1, for example, caspase inhibitors like IL-1 ⁇ converting enzyme inhibitors and IL-1ra. Binding proteins of the invention may also be used with T cell signaling inhibitors, for example, tyrosine kinase inhibitors; or molecules that target T cell activation molecules, for example, CTLA-4-IgG or anti-B7 family antibodies, anti-PD-1 family antibodies.
  • Binding proteins of the invention can be combined with IL-11 or anti-cytokine antibodies, for example, fonotolizumab (anti-IFNg antibody), or anti-receptor receptor antibodies, for example, anti-IL-6 receptor antibody and antibodies to B-cell surface molecules.
  • Antibodies of the invention or antigen binding portion thereof may also be used with LJP 394 (abetimus), agents that deplete or inactivate B-cells, for example, Rituximab (anti-CD20 antibody), lymphostat-B (anti-BlyS antibody), TNF antagonists, for example, anti-TNF antibodies, Adalimumab (PCT Publication No.
  • WO 97/29131 HUMIRA
  • CA2 REMICADE
  • CDP 571 TNFR-Ig constructs, (p75TNFRIgG (ENBREL) and p55TNFRIgG (LENERCEPT)) and bcl-2 inhibitors, because bcl-2 overexpression in transgenic mice has been demonstrated to cause a lupus like phenotype (see Marquina, Regina et al., Journal of Immunology (2004), 172(11), 7177-7185), therefore inhibition is expected to have therapeutic effects.
  • compositions of the invention may include a “therapeutically effective amount” or a “prophylactically effective amount” of a binding protein of the invention.
  • a “therapeutically effective amount” refers to an amount effective, at dosages and for periods of time necessary, to achieve the desired therapeutic result.
  • a therapeutically effective amount of the binding protein may be determined by a person skilled in the art and may vary according to factors such as the disease state, age, sex, and weight of the individual, and the ability of the binding protein to elicit a desired response in the individual.
  • a therapeutically effective amount is also one in which any toxic or detrimental effects of the antibody, or antibody portion, are outweighed by the therapeutically beneficial effects.
  • prophylactically effective amount refers to an amount effective, at dosages and for periods of time necessary, to achieve the desired prophylactic result. Typically, since a prophylactic dose is used in subjects prior to or at an earlier stage of disease, the prophylactically effective amount will be less than the therapeutically effective amount.
  • Dosage regimens may be adjusted to provide the optimum desired response (e.g., a therapeutic or prophylactic response). For example, a single bolus may be administered, several divided doses may be administered over time or the dose may be proportionally reduced or increased as indicated by the exigencies of the therapeutic situation. It is especially advantageous to formulate parenteral compositions in dosage unit form for ease of administration and uniformity of dosage.
  • Dosage unit form as used herein refers to physically discrete units suited as unitary dosages for the mammalian subjects to be treated; each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active compound calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect in association with the required pharmaceutical carrier.
  • An exemplary, non-limiting range for a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of a binding protein of the invention is 0.1-20 mg/kg, for example, 1-10 mg/kg. It is to be noted that dosage values may vary with the type and severity of the condition to be alleviated. It is to be further understood that for any particular subject, specific dosage regimens should be adjusted over time according to the individual need and the professional judgment of the person administering or supervising the administration of the compositions, and that dosage ranges set forth herein are exemplary only and are not intended to limit the scope or practice of the claimed composition.
  • the disclosure herein also provides diagnostic applications. This is further elucidated below.
  • the present disclosure also provides a method for determining the presence, amount or concentration of an analyte (or a fragment thereof) in a test sample using at least one DVD-Ig as described herein. Any suitable assay as is known in the art can be used in the method.
  • immunoassay such as sandwich immunoassay (e.g., monoclonal, polyclonal and/or DVD-Ig sandwich immunoassays or any variation thereof (e.g., monoclonal/DVD-Ig, DVD-Ig/polyclonal, etc.), including radioisotope detection (radioimmunoassay (RIA)) and enzyme detection (enzyme immunoassay (EIA) or enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) (e.g., Quantikine ELISA assays, R&D Systems, Minneapolis, Minn.))), competitive inhibition immunoassay (e.g., forward and reverse), fluorescence polarization immunoassay (FPIA), enzyme multiplied immunoassay technique (EMIT), bioluminescence resonance energy transfer (BRET), and homogeneous chemiluminescent assay, etc.
  • sandwich immunoassay e.g., monoclonal, polyclonal and/or DVD-Ig
  • a capture reagent that specifically binds an analyte (or a fragment thereof) of interest is attached to the surface of a mass spectrometry probe, such as a pre-activated protein chip array.
  • the analyte (or a fragment thereof) is then specifically captured on the biochip, and the captured analyte (or a fragment thereof) is detected by mass spectrometry.
  • the analyte (or a fragment thereof) can be eluted from the capture reagent and detected by traditional MALDI (matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization) or by SELDI.
  • MALDI matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization
  • SELDI SELDI-based immunoassay
  • test sample can comprise further moieties in addition to the analyte of interest, such as antibodies, antigens, haptens, hormones, drugs, enzymes, receptors, proteins, peptides, polypeptides, oligonucleotides and/or polynucleotides.
  • the sample can be a whole blood sample obtained from a subject.
  • test sample particularly whole blood
  • pretreatment reagent e.g., a test sample, particularly whole blood
  • pretreatment optionally can be done (e.g., as part of a regimen on a commercial platform).
  • the pretreatment reagent can be any reagent appropriate for use with the immunoassay and kits of the invention.
  • the pretreatment optionally comprises: (a) one or more solvents (e.g., methanol and ethylene glycol) and optionally, salt, (b) one or more solvents and salt, and optionally, detergent, (c) detergent, or (d) detergent and salt.
  • Pretreatment reagents are known in the art, and such pretreatment can be employed, e.g., as used for assays on Abbott TDx, AxSYM®, and ARCHITECT® analyzers (Abbott Laboratories, Abbott Park, Ill.), as described in the literature (see, e.g., Yatscoff et al., Abbott TDx Monoclonal Antibody Assay Evaluated for Measuring Cyclosporine in Whole Blood, Clin. Chem. 36: 1969-1973 (1990), and Wallemacq et al., Evaluation of the New AxSYM Cyclosporine Assay: Comparison with TDx Monoclonal Whole Blood and EMIT Cyclosporine Assays, Clin. Chem.
  • pretreatment can be done as described in Abbott's U.S. Pat. No. 5,135,875, European Pat. Pub. No. 0 471 293, U.S. Provisional Pat. App. 60/878,017, filed Dec. 29, 2006, and U.S. Pat. App. Pub. No. 2008/0020401 (incorporated by reference in its entirety for its teachings regarding pretreatment).
  • the pretreatment reagent can be a heterogeneous agent or a homogeneous agent.
  • the pretreatment reagent precipitates analyte binding protein (e.g., protein that can bind to an analyte or a fragment thereof) present in the sample.
  • analyte binding protein e.g., protein that can bind to an analyte or a fragment thereof
  • Such a pretreatment step comprises removing any analyte binding protein by separating from the precipitated analyte binding protein the supernatant of the mixture formed by addition of the pretreatment agent to sample.
  • the supernatant of the mixture absent any binding protein is used in the assay, proceeding directly to the antibody capture step.
  • the entire mixture of test sample and pretreatment reagent are contacted with a labeled specific binding partner for analyte (or a fragment thereof), such as a labeled anti-analyte antibody (or an antigenically reactive fragment thereof).
  • a labeled specific binding partner for analyte or a fragment thereof
  • the pretreatment reagent employed for such an assay typically is diluted in the pretreated test sample mixture, either before or during capture by the first specific binding partner. Despite such dilution, a certain amount of the pretreatment reagent is still present (or remains) in the test sample mixture during capture.
  • the labeled specific binding partner can be a DVD-Ig (or a fragment, a variant, or a fragment of a variant thereof).
  • a first mixture is prepared.
  • the mixture contains the test sample being assessed for an analyte (or a fragment thereof) and a first specific binding partner, wherein the first specific binding partner and any analyte contained in the test sample form a first specific binding partner-analyte complex.
  • the first specific binding partner is an anti-analyte antibody or a fragment thereof.
  • the first specific binding partner can be a DVD-Ig (or a fragment, a variant, or a fragment of a variant thereof) as described herein.
  • the order in which the test sample and the first specific binding partner are added to form the mixture is not critical.
  • the first specific binding partner is immobilized on a solid phase.
  • the solid phase used in the immunoassay can be any solid phase known in the art, such as, but not limited to, a magnetic particle, a bead, a test tube, a microtiter plate, a cuvette, a membrane, a scaffolding molecule, a film, a filter paper, a disc and a chip.
  • any unbound analyte is removed from the complex using any technique known in the art.
  • the unbound analyte can be removed by washing.
  • the first specific binding partner is present in excess of any analyte present in the test sample, such that all analyte that is present in the test sample is bound by the first specific binding partner.
  • a second specific binding partner is added to the mixture to form a first specific binding partner-analyte-second specific binding partner complex.
  • the second specific binding partner is preferably an anti-analyte antibody that binds to an epitope on analyte that differs from the epitope on analyte bound by the first specific binding partner.
  • the second specific binding partner is labeled with or contains a detectable label as described above.
  • the second specific binding partner can be a DVD-Ig (or a fragment, a variant, or a fragment of a variant thereof) as described herein.
  • the detectable label can be a radioactive label (such as 3H, 125I, 35S, 14C, 32P, and 33P), an enzymatic label (such as horseradish peroxidase, alkaline peroxidase, glucose 6-phosphate dehydrogenase, and the like), a chemiluminescent label (such as acridinium esters, thioesters, or sulfonamides; luminol, isoluminol, phenanthridinium esters, and the like), a fluorescent label (such as fluorescein (e.g., 5-fluorescein, 6-carboxyfluorescein, 3′6-carboxyfluorescein, 5(6)-carboxyfluorescein, 6-hexachloro-fluorescein, 6-tetrachlorofluorescein, fluorescein isothiocyanate, and the like)), rhod
  • An acridinium compound can be used as a detectable label in a homogeneous or heterogeneous chemiluminescent assay (see, e.g., Adamczyk et al., Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 16: 1324-1328 (2006); Adamczyk et al., Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 4: 2313-2317 (2004); Adamczyk et al., Biorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 14: 3917-3921 (2004); and Adamczyk et al., Org. Lett. 5: 3779-3782 (2003)).
  • a preferred acridinium compound is an acridinium-9-carboxamide.
  • Methods for preparing acridinium 9-carboxamides are described in Mattingly, J. Biolumin. Chemilumin. 6: 107-114 (1991); Adamczyk et al., J. Org. Chem. 63: 5636-5639 (1998); Adamczyk et al., Tetrahedron 55: 10899-10914 (1999); Adamczyk et al., Org. Lett. 1: 779-781 (1999); Adamczyk et al., Bioconjugate Chem. 11: 714-724 (2000); Mattingly et al., In Luminescence Biotechnology: Instruments and Applications; Dyke, K.
  • Another preferred acridinium compound is an acridinium-9-carboxylate aryl ester.
  • An example of an acridinium-9-carboxylate aryl ester is 10-methyl-9-(phenoxycarbonyl)acridinium fluorosulfonate (available from Cayman Chemical, Ann Arbor, Mich.).
  • Chemiluminescent assays can be performed in accordance with the methods described in Adamczyk et al., Anal. Chim. Acta 579(1): 61-67 (2006). While any suitable assay format can be used, a microplate chemiluminometer (Mithras LB-940, Berthold Technologies U.S.A., LLC, Oak Ridge, Tenn.) enables the assay of multiple samples of small volumes rapidly.
  • a microplate chemiluminometer Mitsubishi Materials U.S.A., LLC, Oak Ridge, Tenn.
  • the order in which the test sample and the specific binding partner(s) are added to form the mixture for chemiluminescent assay is not critical. If the first specific binding partner is detectably labeled with a chemiluminescent agent such as an acridinium compound, detectably labeled first specific binding partner-analyte complexes form. Alternatively, if a second specific binding partner is used and the second specific binding partner is detectably labeled with a chemiluminescent agent such as an acridinium compound, detectably labeled first specific binding partner-analyte-second specific binding partner complexes form. Any unbound specific binding partner, whether labeled or unlabeled, can be removed from the mixture using any technique known in the art, such as washing.
  • a chemiluminescent agent such as an acridinium compound
  • Hydrogen peroxide can be generated in situ in the mixture or provided or supplied to the mixture (e.g., the source of the hydrogen peroxide being one or more buffers or other solutions that are known to contain hydrogen peroxide) before, simultaneously with, or after the addition of an above-described acridinium compound. Hydrogen peroxide can be generated in situ in a number of ways such as would be apparent to one skilled in the art.
  • a detectable signal namely, a chemiluminescent signal
  • the basic solution contains at least one base and has a pH greater than or equal to 10, preferably, greater than or equal to 12.
  • Examples of basic solutions include, but are not limited to, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, calcium hydroxide, ammonium hydroxide, magnesium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium bicarbonate, calcium hydroxide, calcium carbonate, and calcium bicarbonate.
  • the amount of basic solution added to the sample depends on the concentration of the basic solution. Based on the concentration of the basic solution used, one skilled in the art can easily determine the amount of basic solution to add to the sample.
  • the chemiluminescent signal that is generated can be detected using routine techniques known to those skilled in the art. Based on the intensity of the signal generated, the amount of analyte in the sample can be quantified. Specifically, the amount of analyte in the sample is proportional to the intensity of the signal generated. The amount of analyte present can be quantified by comparing the amount of light generated to a standard curve for analyte or by comparison to a reference standard. The standard curve can be generated using serial dilutions or solutions of known concentrations of analyte by mass spectroscopy, gravimetric methods, and other techniques known in the art. While the above is described with emphasis on use of an acridinium compound as the chemiluminescent agent, one of ordinary skill in the art can readily adapt this description for use of other chemiluminescent agents.
  • Analyte immunoassays generally can be conducted using any format known in the art, such as, but not limited to, a sandwich format. Specifically, in one immunoassay format, at least two antibodies are employed to separate and quantify analyte, such as human analyte, or a fragment thereof in a sample.
  • analyte such as human analyte, or a fragment thereof in a sample.
  • the at least two antibodies bind to different epitopes on an analyte (or a fragment thereof) forming an immune complex, which is referred to as a “sandwich.”
  • one or more antibodies can be used to capture the analyte (or a fragment thereof) in the test sample (these antibodies are frequently referred to as a “capture” antibody or “capture” antibodies) and one or more antibodies can be used to bind a detectable (namely, quantifiable) label to the sandwich (these antibodies are frequently referred to as the “detection antibody,” the “detection antibodies,” the “conjugate,” or the “conjugates”).
  • a DVD-Ig (or a fragment, a variant, or a fragment of a variant thereof) as described herein can be used as a capture antibody, a detection antibody, or both.
  • one DVD-Ig having a domain that can bind a first epitope on an analyte (or a fragment thereof) can be used as a capture antibody and/or another DVD-Ig having a domain that can bind a second epitope on an analyte (or a fragment thereof) can be used as a detection antibody.
  • a DVD-Ig having a first domain that can bind a first epitope on an analyte (or a fragment thereof) and a second domain that can bind a second epitope on an analyte (or a fragment thereof) can be used as a capture antibody and/or a detection antibody.
  • one DVD-Ig having a first domain that can bind an epitope on a first analyte (or a fragment thereof) and a second domain that can bind an epitope on a second analyte (or a fragment thereof) can be used as a capture antibody and/or a detection antibody to detect, and optionally quantify, two or more analytes.
  • an analyte can be present in a sample in more than one form, such as a monomeric form and a dimeric/multimeric form, which can be homomeric or heteromeric
  • one DVD-Ig having a domain that can bind an epitope that is only exposed on the monomeric form and another DVD-Ig having a domain that can bind an epitope on a different part of a dimeric/multimeric form can be used as capture antibodies and/or detection antibodies, thereby enabling the detection, and optional quantification, of different forms of a given analyte.
  • employing DVD-Igs with differential affinities within a single DVD-Ig and/or between DVD-Igs can provide an avidity advantage.
  • the linker should be of sufficient length and structural flexibility to enable binding of an epitope by the inner domains as well as binding of another epitope by the outer domains.
  • the linker should be of sufficient length and structural flexibility to enable binding of an epitope by the inner domains as well as binding of another epitope by the outer domains.
  • a sample being tested for can be contacted with at least one capture antibody (or antibodies) and at least one detection antibody (which can be a second detection antibody or a third detection antibody or even a successively numbered antibody, e.g., as where the capture and/or detection antibody comprise multiple antibodies) either simultaneously or sequentially and in any order.
  • the test sample can be first contacted with at least one capture antibody and then (sequentially) with at least one detection antibody.
  • the test sample can be first contacted with at least one detection antibody and then (sequentially) with at least one capture antibody.
  • the test sample can be contacted simultaneously with a capture antibody and a detection antibody.
  • a sample suspected of containing analyte (or a fragment thereof) is first brought into contact with at least one first capture antibody under conditions that allow the formation of a first antibody/analyte complex. If more than one capture antibody is used, a first capture antibody/analyte complex comprising two or more capture antibodies is formed.
  • the antibodies i.e., preferably, the at least one capture antibody, are used in molar excess amounts of the maximum amount of analyte (or a fragment thereof) expected in the test sample. For example, from about 5 ⁇ g to about 1 mg of antibody per mL of buffer (e.g., microparticle coating buffer) can be used.
  • An example of a suitable substrate for HRP is 3,3′,5,5′-tetramethylbenzidine (TMB).
  • TMB 3,3′,5,5′-tetramethylbenzidine
  • the signal generated by the labeled analyte is measured and is inversely proportional to the amount of analyte in the sample.
  • a classic competitive inhibition immunoassay an antibody to an analyte of interest is coated onto a solid support (e.g., a well of a microtiter plate).
  • the sample and the labeled analyte are added to the well at the same time. Any analyte in the sample competes with labeled analyte for binding to the capture antibody.
  • the signal generated by the labeled analyte is measured and is inversely proportional to the amount of analyte in the sample.
  • the at least one capture antibody prior to contacting the test sample with the at least one capture antibody (for example, the first capture antibody), the at least one capture antibody can be bound to a solid support, which facilitates the separation of the first antibody/analyte (or a fragment thereof) complex from the test sample.
  • the substrate to which the capture antibody is bound can be any suitable solid support or solid phase that facilitates separation of the capture antibody-analyte complex from the sample.
  • Examples include a well of a plate, such as a microtiter plate, a test tube, a porous gel (e.g., silica gel, agarose, dextran, or gelatin), a polymeric film (e.g., polyacrylamide), beads (e.g., polystyrene beads or magnetic beads), a strip of a filter/membrane (e.g., nitrocellulose or nylon), microparticles (e.g., latex particles, magnetizable microparticles (e.g., microparticles having ferric oxide or chromium oxide cores and homo- or hetero-polymeric coats and radii of about 1-10 microns).
  • a porous gel e.g., silica gel, agarose, dextran, or gelatin
  • a polymeric film e.g., polyacrylamide
  • beads e.g., polystyrene beads or magnetic beads
  • the substrate can comprise a suitable porous material with a suitable surface affinity to bind antigens and sufficient porosity to allow access by detection antibodies.
  • a microporous material is generally preferred, although a gelatinous material in a hydrated state can be used.
  • Such porous substrates are preferably in the form of sheets having a thickness of about 0.01 to about 0.5 mm, preferably about 0.1 mm. While the pore size may vary quite a bit, preferably the pore size is from about 0.025 to about 15 microns, more preferably from about 0.15 to about 15 microns.
  • the surface of such substrates can be activated by chemical processes that cause covalent linkage of an antibody to the substrate.
  • Irreversible binding generally by adsorption through hydrophobic forces, of the antigen or the antibody to the substrate results; alternatively, a chemical coupling agent or other means can be used to bind covalently the antibody to the substrate, provided that such binding does not interfere with the ability of the antibody to bind to analyte.
  • the antibody can be bound with microparticles, which have been previously coated with streptavidin (e.g., DYNAL® Magnetic Beads, Invitrogen, Carlsbad, Calif.) or biotin (e.g., using Power-BindTM-SA-MP streptavidin-coated microparticles (Seradyn, Indianapolis, Ind.)) or anti-species-specific monoclonal antibodies.
  • streptavidin e.g., DYNAL® Magnetic Beads, Invitrogen, Carlsbad, Calif.
  • biotin e.g., using Power-BindTM-SA-MP streptavidin-coated microparticles (Seradyn, Indianapolis, Ind.)
  • anti-species-specific monoclonal antibodies e.g., anti-species-specific monoclonal antibodies.
  • the substrate can be derivatized to allow reactivity with various functional groups on the antibody.
  • Such derivatization requires the use of certain coupling agents, examples of which include, but are not limited to, maleic anhydride, N-hydroxysuccinimide, and 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl) carbodiimide.
  • one or more capture reagents such as antibodies (or fragments thereof), each of which is specific for analyte(s) can be attached to solid phases in different physical or addressable locations (e.g., such as in a biochip configuration (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 6,225,047; Int'l Pat. App. Pub. No. WO 99/51773; U.S. Pat. No. 6,329,209; Int'l Pat.
  • the capture reagent is attached to a mass spectrometry probe as the solid support, the amount of analyte bound to the probe can be detected by laser desorption ionization mass spectrometry.
  • a single column can be packed with different beads, which are derivatized with the one or more capture reagents, thereby capturing the analyte in a single place (see, antibody-derivatized, bead-based technologies, e.g., the xMAP technology of Luminex (Austin, Tex.)).
  • the mixture is incubated in order to allow for the formation of a first antibody (or multiple antibody)-analyte (or a fragment thereof) complex.
  • the incubation can be carried out at a pH of from about 4.5 to about 10.0, at a temperature of from about 2° C. to about 45° C., and for a period from at least about one (1) minute to about eighteen (18) hours, preferably from about 1 to about 24 minutes, most preferably for about 4 to about 18 minutes.
  • the immunoassay described herein can be conducted in one step (meaning the test sample, at least one capture antibody and at
  • At least one detection antibody are all added sequentially or simultaneously to a reaction vessel) or in more than one step, such as two steps, three steps, etc.
  • the complex is then contacted with at least one detection antibody under conditions which allow for the formation of a (first or multiple) capture antibody/analyte (or a fragment thereof)/second detection antibody complex).
  • the at least one detection antibody can be the second, third, fourth, etc. antibodies used in the immunoassay.
  • the capture antibody/analyte (or a fragment thereof) complex is contacted with more than one detection antibody, then a (first or multiple) capture antibody/analyte (or a fragment thereof)/(multiple) detection antibody complex is formed.
  • the capture antibody e.g., the first capture antibody
  • the at least one (e.g., second and any subsequent) detection antibody is brought into contact with the capture antibody/analyte (or a fragment thereof) complex, a period of incubation under conditions similar to those described above is required for the formation of the (first or multiple) capture antibody/analyte (or a fragment thereof)/(second or multiple) detection antibody complex.
  • at least one detection antibody contains a detectable label.
  • the detectable label can be bound to the at least one detection antibody (e.g., the second detection antibody) prior to, simultaneously with, or after the formation of the (first or multiple) capture antibody/analyte (or a fragment thereof)/(second or multiple) detection antibody complex.
  • Any detectable label known in the art can be used (see discussion above, including of the Polak and Van Noorden (1997) and Haugland (1996) references).
  • the detectable label can be bound to the antibodies either directly or through a coupling agent.
  • a coupling agent that can be used is EDAC (1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl) carbodiimide, hydrochloride), which is commercially available from Sigma-Aldrich, St. Louis, Mo.
  • Other coupling agents that can be used are known in the art.
  • Methods for binding a detectable label to an antibody are known in the art.
  • detectable labels can be purchased or synthesized that already contain end groups that facilitate the coupling of the detectable label to the antibody, such as CPSP-Acridinium Ester (i.e., 9-[N-tosyl-N-(3-carboxypropyl)]-10-(3-sulfopropyl)acridinium carboxamide) or SPSP-Acridinium Ester (i.e., N10-(3-sulfopropyl)-N-(3-sulfopropyl)-acridinium-9-carboxamide).
  • CPSP-Acridinium Ester i.e., 9-[N-tosyl-N-(3-carboxypropyl)]-10-(3-sulfopropyl)acridinium carboxamide
  • SPSP-Acridinium Ester i.e., N10-(3-sulfopropyl)-N-(3-sulfopropyl)-a
  • the (first or multiple) capture antibody/analyte/(second or multiple) detection antibody complex can be, but does not have to be, separated from the remainder of the test sample prior to quantification of the label.
  • the at least one capture antibody e.g., the first capture antibody
  • separation can be accomplished by removing the fluid (of the test sample) from contact with the solid support.
  • the at least first capture antibody is bound to a solid support, it can be simultaneously contacted with the analyte-containing sample and the at least one second detection antibody to form a first (multiple) antibody/analyte/second (multiple) antibody complex, followed by removal of the fluid (test sample) from contact with the solid support. If the at least one first capture antibody is not bound to a solid support, then the (first or multiple) capture antibody/analyte/(second or multiple) detection antibody complex does not have to be removed from the test sample for quantification of the amount of the label.
  • the amount of label in the complex is quantified using techniques known in the art. For example, if an enzymatic label is used, the labeled complex is reacted with a substrate for the label that gives a quantifiable reaction such as the development of color. If the label is a radioactive label, the label is quantified using appropriate means, such as a scintillation counter.
  • the label is quantified by stimulating the label with a light of one color (which is known as the “excitation wavelength”) and detecting another color (which is known as the “emission wavelength”) that is emitted by the label in response to the stimulation.
  • the label is a chemiluminescent label
  • the label is quantified by detecting the light emitted either visually or by using luminometers, x-ray film, high speed photographic film, a CCD camera, etc.
  • the concentration of analyte or a fragment thereof in the test sample is determined by appropriate means, such as by use of a standard curve that has been generated using serial dilutions of analyte or a fragment thereof of known concentration.
  • the standard curve can be generated gravimetrically, by mass spectroscopy and by other techniques known in the art.
  • the conjugate diluent pH should be about 6.0+/ ⁇ 0.2
  • the microparticle coating buffer should be maintained at about room temperature (i.e., at from about 17 to about 27° C.)
  • the microparticle coating buffer pH should be about 6.5+/ ⁇ 0.2
  • the microparticle diluent pH should be about 7.8+/ ⁇ 0.2.
  • Solids preferably are less than about 0.2%, such as less than about 0.15%, less than about 0.14%, less than about 0.13%, less than about 0.12%, or less than about 0.11%, such as about 0.10%.
  • FPIAs are based on competitive binding immunoassay principles.
  • a fluorescently labeled compound when excited by a linearly polarized light, will emit fluorescence having a degree of polarization inversely proportional to its rate of rotation.
  • the emitted light remains highly polarized because the fluorophore is constrained from rotating between the time light is absorbed and the time light is emitted.
  • a “free” tracer compound i.e., a compound that is not bound to an antibody
  • FPIAs are advantageous over RIAs inasmuch as there are no radioactive substances requiring special handling and disposal.
  • FPIAs are homogeneous assays that can be easily and rapidly performed.
  • a method of determining the presence, amount, or concentration of analyte (or a fragment thereof) in a test sample comprises assaying the test sample for an analyte (or a fragment thereof) by an assay (i) employing (i′) at least one of an antibody, a fragment of an antibody that can bind to an analyte, a variant of an antibody that can bind to an analyte, a fragment of a variant of an antibody that can bind to an analyte, and a DVD-Ig (or a fragment, a variant, or a fragment of a variant thereof) that can bind to an analyte, and (ii′) at least one detectable label and (ii) comprising comparing a signal generated by the detectable label as a direct or indirect indication of the presence, amount or concentration of analyte (or a fragment thereof) in the test sample to a signal generated as a direct or indirect indication of the
  • the method can comprise (i) contacting the test sample with at least one first specific binding partner for analyte (or a fragment thereof) selected from the group consisting of an antibody, a fragment of an antibody that can bind to an analyte, a variant of an antibody that can bind to an analyte, a fragment of a variant of an antibody that can bind to an analyte, and a DVD-Ig (or a fragment, a variant, or a fragment of a variant thereof) that can bind to an analyte so as to form a first specific binding partner/analyte (or fragment thereof) complex, (ii) contacting the first specific binding partner/analyte (or fragment thereof) complex with at least one second specific binding partner for analyte (or fragment thereof) selected from the group consisting of a detectably labeled anti-analyte antibody, a detectably labeled fragment of an anti-analyte antibody that can bind to analyt
  • a method in which at least one first specific binding partner for analyte (or a fragment thereof) and/or at least one second specific binding partner for analyte (or a fragment thereof) is a DVD-Ig (or a fragment, a variant, or a fragment of a variant thereof) as described herein can be preferred.
  • the method can comprise contacting the test sample with at least one first specific binding partner for analyte (or a fragment thereof) selected from the group consisting of an antibody, a fragment of an antibody that can bind to an analyte, a variant of an antibody that can bind to an analyte, a fragment of a variant of an antibody that can bind to an analyte, and a DVD-Ig (or a fragment, a variant, or a fragment of a variant thereof) and simultaneously or sequentially, in either order, contacting the test sample with at least one second specific binding partner, which can compete with analyte (or a fragment thereof) for binding to the at least one first specific binding partner and which is selected from the group consisting of a detectably labeled analyte, a detectably labeled fragment of analyte that can bind to the first specific binding partner, a detectably labeled variant of analyte that can bind to the first specific binding partner, and a
  • the method further comprises determining the presence, amount or concentration of analyte in the test sample by detecting or measuring the signal generated by the detectable label in the first specific binding partner/second specific binding partner complex formed in (ii), wherein the signal generated by the detectable label in the first specific binding partner/second specific binding partner complex is inversely proportional to the amount or concentration of analyte in the test sample.
  • the above methods can further comprise diagnosing, prognosticating, or assessing the efficacy of a therapeutic/prophylactic treatment of a patient from whom the test sample was obtained. If the method further comprises assessing the efficacy of a therapeutic/prophylactic treatment of the patient from whom the test sample was obtained, the method optionally further comprises modifying the therapeutic/prophylactic treatment of the patient as needed to improve efficacy.
  • the method can be adapted for use in an automated system or a semi-automated system.
  • anti-analyte antibodies Assay (and kit therefor), it may be possible to employ commercially available anti-analyte antibodies or methods for production of anti-analyte as described in the literature.
  • Commercial supplies of various antibodies include, but are not limited to, Santa Cruz Biotechnology Inc. (Santa Cruz, Calif.), GenWay Biotech, Inc. (San Diego, Calif.), and R&D Systems (RDS; Minneapolis, Minn.).
  • a predetermined level can be employed as a benchmark against which to assess results obtained upon assaying a test sample for analyte or a fragment thereof, e.g., for detecting disease or risk of disease.
  • the predetermined level is obtained by running a particular assay a sufficient number of times and under appropriate conditions such that a linkage or association of analyte presence, amount or concentration with a particular stage or endpoint of a disease, disorder or condition or with particular clinical indicia can be made.
  • the predetermined level is obtained with assays of reference subjects (or populations of subjects).
  • the analyte measured can include fragments thereof, degradation products thereof, and/or enzymatic cleavage products thereof.
  • the amount or concentration of analyte or a fragment thereof may be “unchanged,” “favorable” (or “favorably altered”), or “unfavorable” (or “unfavorably altered”).
  • “Elevated” or “increased” refers to an amount or a concentration in a test sample that is higher than a typical or normal level or range (e.g., predetermined level), or is higher than another reference level or range (e.g., earlier or baseline sample).
  • lowered or reduced refers to an amount or a concentration in a test sample that is lower than a typical or normal level or range (e.g., predetermined level), or is lower than another reference level or range (e.g., earlier or baseline sample).
  • altered refers to an amount or a concentration in a sample that is altered (increased or decreased) over a typical or normal level or range (e.g., predetermined level), or over another reference level or range (e.g., earlier or baseline sample).
  • the typical or normal level or range for analyte is defined in accordance with standard practice. Because the levels of analyte in some instances will be very low, a so-called altered level or alteration can be considered to have occurred when there is any net change as compared to the typical or normal level or range, or reference level or range, that cannot be explained by experimental error or sample variation. Thus, the level measured in a particular sample will be compared with the level or range of levels determined in similar samples from a so-called normal subject.
  • a “normal subject” is an individual with no detectable disease, for example, and a “normal” (sometimes termed “control”) patient or population is/are one(s) that exhibit(s) no detectable disease, respectively, for example.
  • a “normal subject” can be considered an individual with no substantial detectable increased or elevated amount or concentration of analyte, and a “normal” (sometimes termed “control”) patient or population is/are one(s) that exhibit(s) no substantial detectable increased or elevated amount or concentration of analyte.
  • An “apparently normal subject” is one in which analyte has not yet been or currently is being assessed.
  • the level of an analyte is said to be “elevated” when the analyte is normally undetectable (e.g., the normal level is zero, or within a range of from about 25 to about 75 percentiles of normal populations), but is detected in a test sample, as well as when the analyte is present in the test sample at a higher than normal level.
  • the disclosure provides a method of screening for a subject having, or at risk of having, a particular disease, disorder, or condition.
  • the method of assay can also involve the assay of other markers and the like.
  • the methods described herein also can be used to determine whether or not a subject has or is at risk of developing a given disease, disorder or condition. Specifically, such a method can comprise the steps of:
  • step (b) comparing the concentration or amount of analyte (or a fragment thereof) determined in step (a) with a predetermined level, wherein, if the concentration or amount of analyte determined in step (a) is favorable with respect to a predetermined level, then the subject is determined not to have or be at risk for a given disease, disorder or condition. However, if the concentration or amount of analyte determined in step (a) is unfavorable with respect to the predetermined level, then the subject is determined to have or be at risk for a given disease, disorder or condition.
  • step (c) comparing the concentration or amount of analyte as determined in step (b) with the concentration or amount of analyte determined in step (a), wherein if the concentration or amount determined in step (b) is unchanged or is unfavorable when compared to the concentration or amount of analyte determined in step (a), then the disease in the subject is determined to have continued, progressed or worsened.
  • concentration or amount of analyte as determined in step (b) is favorable when compared to the concentration or amount of analyte as determined in step (a)
  • the disease in the subject is determined to have discontinued, regressed or improved.
  • the method further comprises comparing the concentration or amount of analyte as determined in step (b), for example, with a predetermined level. Further, optionally the method comprises treating the subject with one or more pharmaceutical compositions for a period of time if the comparison shows that the concentration or amount of analyte as determined in step (b), for example, is unfavorably altered with respect to the predetermined level.
  • the methods can be used to monitor treatment in a subject receiving treatment with one or more pharmaceutical compositions.
  • such methods involve providing a first test sample from a subject before the subject has been administered one or more pharmaceutical compositions.
  • concentration or amount in a first test sample from a subject of analyte is determined (e.g., using the methods described herein or as known in the art).
  • concentration or amount of analyte is then compared with a predetermined level. If the concentration or amount of analyte as determined in the first test sample is lower than the predetermined level, then the subject is not treated with one or more pharmaceutical compositions.
  • the subject is treated with one or more pharmaceutical compositions for a period of time.
  • the period of time that the subject is treated with the one or more pharmaceutical compositions can be determined by one skilled in the art (for example, the period of time can be from about seven (7) days to about two years, preferably from about fourteen (14) days to about one (1) year).
  • second and subsequent test samples are then obtained from the subject.
  • the number of test samples and the time in which said test samples are obtained from the subject are not critical. For example, a second test sample could be obtained seven (7) days after the subject is first administered the one or more pharmaceutical compositions, a third test sample could be obtained two (2) weeks after the subject is first administered the one or more pharmaceutical compositions, a fourth test sample could be obtained three (3) weeks after the subject is first administered the one or more pharmaceutical compositions, a fifth test sample could be obtained four (4) weeks after the subject is first administered the one or more pharmaceutical compositions, etc.
  • the concentration or amount of analyte is determined in the second or subsequent test sample is determined (e.g., using the methods described herein or as known in the art).
  • the concentration or amount of analyte as determined in each of the second and subsequent test samples is then compared with the concentration or amount of analyte as determined in the first test sample (e.g., the test sample that was originally optionally compared to the predetermined level).
  • step (c) If the concentration or amount of analyte as determined in step (c) is favorable when compared to the concentration or amount of analyte as determined in step (a), then the disease in the subject is determined to have discontinued, regressed or improved, and the subject should continue to be administered the one or pharmaceutical compositions of step (b).
  • the concentration or amount determined in step (c) is unchanged or is unfavorable when compared to the concentration or amount of analyte as determined in step (a)
  • the disease in the subject is determined to have continued, progressed or worsened, and the subject should be treated with a higher concentration of the one or more pharmaceutical compositions administered to the subject in step (b) or the subject should be treated with one or more pharmaceutical compositions that are different from the one or more pharmaceutical compositions administered to the subject in step (b).
  • the subject can be treated with one or more pharmaceutical compositions that are different from the one or more pharmaceutical compositions that the subject had previously received to decrease or lower said subject's analyte level.
  • a second or subsequent test sample is obtained at a period in time after the first test sample has been obtained from the subject.
  • a second test sample from the subject can be obtained minutes, hours, days, weeks or years after the first test sample has been obtained from the subject.
  • the second test sample can be obtained from the subject at a time period of about 1 minute, about 5 minutes, about 10 minutes, about 15 minutes, about 30 minutes, about 45 minutes, about 60 minutes, about 2 hours, about 3 hours, about 4 hours, about 5 hours, about 6 hours, about 7 hours, about 8 hours, about 9 hours, about 10 hours, about 11 hours, about 12 hours, about 13 hours, about 14 hours, about 15 hours, about 16 hours, about 17 hours, about 18 hours, about 19 hours, about 20 hours, about 21 hours, about 22 hours, about 23 hours, about 24 hours, about 2 days, about 3 days, about 4 days, about 5 days, about 6 days, about 7 days, about 2 weeks, about 3 weeks, about 4 weeks, about 5 weeks, about 6 weeks, about 7 weeks, about 8 weeks, about 9 weeks, about 10 weeks, about 11 weeks, about 12 weeks, about 13 weeks, about 14 weeks, about 15 weeks, about 16 weeks, about 17 weeks, about 18 weeks, about 19 weeks, about 20 weeks, about 21 weeks, about 22 weeks, about 23 weeks, about 24 weeks, about 2
  • Acute conditions also known as critical care conditions, refer to acute, life-threatening diseases or other critical medical conditions involving, for example, the cardiovascular system or excretory system.
  • critical care conditions refer to those conditions requiring acute medical intervention in a hospital-based setting (including, but not limited to, the emergency room, intensive care unit, trauma center, or other emergent care setting) or administration by a paramedic or other field-based medical personnel.
  • repeat monitoring is generally done within a shorter time frame, namely, minutes, hours or days (e.g., about 1 minute, about 5 minutes, about 10 minutes, about 15 minutes, about 30 minutes, about 45 minutes, about 60 minutes, about 2 hours, about 3 hours, about 4 hours, about 5 hours, about 6 hours, about 7 hours, about 8 hours, about 9 hours, about 10 hours, about 11 hours, about 12 hours, about 13 hours, about 14 hours, about 15 hours, about 16 hours, about 17 hours, about 18 hours, about 19 hours, about 20 hours, about 21 hours, about 22 hours, about 23 hours, about 24 hours, about 2 days, about 3 days, about 4 days, about 5 days, about 6 days or about 7 days), and the initial assay likewise is generally done within a shorter timeframe, e.g., about minutes, hours or days of the onset of the disease or condition.
  • minutes, hours or days e.g., about 1 minute, about 5 minutes, about 10 minutes, about 15 minutes, about 30 minutes, about 45 minutes, about 60 minutes, about 2 hours,
  • the assays also can be used to monitor the progression of disease in subjects suffering from chronic or non-acute conditions.
  • Non-critical care or, non-acute conditions refers to conditions other than acute, life-threatening disease or other critical medical conditions involving, for example, the cardiovascular system and/or excretory system.
  • non-acute conditions include those of longer-term or chronic duration.
  • repeat monitoring generally is done with a longer timeframe, e.g., hours, days, weeks, months or years (e.g., about 1 hour, about 2 hours, about 3 hours, about 4 hours, about 5 hours, about 6 hours, about 7 hours, about 8 hours, about 9 hours, about 10 hours, about 11 hours, about 12 hours, about 13 hours, about 14 hours, about 15 hours, about 16 hours, about 17 hours, about 18 hours, about 19 hours, about 20 hours, about 21 hours, about 22 hours, about 23 hours, about 24 hours, about 2 days, about 3 days, about 4 days, about 5 days, about 6 days, about 7 days, about 2 weeks, about 3 weeks, about 4 weeks, about 5 weeks, about 6 weeks, about 7 weeks, about 8 weeks, about 9 weeks, about 10 weeks, about 11 weeks, about 12 weeks, about 13 weeks, about 14 weeks, about 15 weeks, about 16 weeks, about 17 weeks, about 18 weeks, about 19 weeks, about 20 weeks, about 21 weeks, about 22 weeks, about 23 weeks, about 24 weeks, about 2 days, about 3 days, about
  • the initial assay likewise generally is done within a longer time frame, e.g., about hours, days, months or years of the onset of the disease or condition.
  • the above assays can be performed using a first test sample obtained from a subject where the first test sample is obtained from one source, such as urine, serum or plasma.
  • the above assays can then be repeated using a second test sample obtained from the subject where the second test sample is obtained from another source.
  • the first test sample was obtained from urine
  • the second test sample can be obtained from serum or plasma.
  • the results obtained from the assays using the first test sample and the second test sample can be compared. The comparison can be used to assess the status of a disease or condition in the subject.
  • the present disclosure also relates to methods of determining whether a subject predisposed to or suffering from a given disease, disorder or condition will benefit from treatment.
  • the disclosure relates to analyte companion diagnostic methods and products.
  • the method of “monitoring the treatment of disease in a subject” as described herein further optimally also can encompass selecting or identifying candidates for therapy.
  • the disclosure also provides a method of determining whether a subject having, or at risk for, a given disease, disorder or condition is a candidate for therapy.
  • the subject is one who has experienced some symptom of a given disease, disorder or condition or who has actually been diagnosed as having, or being at risk for, a given disease, disorder or condition, and/or who demonstrates an unfavorable concentration or amount of analyte or a fragment thereof, as described herein.
  • the method optionally comprises an assay as described herein, where analyte is assessed before and following treatment of a subject with one or more pharmaceutical compositions (e.g., particularly with a pharmaceutical related to a mechanism of action involving analyte), with immunosuppressive therapy, or by immunoabsorption therapy, or where analyte is assessed following such treatment and the concentration or the amount of analyte is compared against a predetermined level.
  • An unfavorable concentration of amount of analyte observed following treatment confirms that the subject will not benefit from receiving further or continued treatment, whereas a favorable concentration or amount of analyte observed following treatment confirms that the subject will benefit from receiving further or continued treatment. This confirmation assists with management of clinical studies, and provision of improved patient care.
  • the assays and kits can be employed to assess analyte in other diseases, disorders and conditions.
  • the method of assay can also involve the assay of other markers and the like.
  • the method of assay also can be used to identify a compound that ameliorates a given disease, disorder or condition.
  • a cell that expresses analyte can be contacted with a candidate compound.
  • the level of expression of analyte in the cell contacted with the compound can be compared to that in a control cell using the method of assay described herein.
  • kits for assaying a test sample for the presence, amount or concentration of an analyte (or a fragment thereof) in a test sample comprises at least one component for assaying the test sample for the analyte (or a fragment thereof) and instructions for assaying the test sample for the analyte (or a fragment thereof).
  • the at least one component for assaying the test sample for the analyte (or a fragment thereof) can include a composition comprising an anti-analyte DVD-Ig (or a fragment, a variant, or a fragment of a variant thereof), which is optionally immobilized on a solid phase.
  • the kit can comprise at least one component for assaying the test sample for an analyte by immunoassay, e.g., chemiluminescent microparticle immunoassay, and instructions for assaying the test sample for an analyte by immunoassay, e.g., chemiluminescent microparticle immunoassay.
  • immunoassay e.g., chemiluminescent microparticle immunoassay
  • instructions for assaying the test sample for an analyte by immunoassay e.g., chemiluminescent microparticle immunoassay.
  • the kit can comprise at least one specific binding partner for an analyte, such as an anti-analyte, monoclonal/polyclonal antibody (or a fragment thereof that can bind to the analyte, a variant thereof that can bind to the analyte, or a fragment of a variant that can bind to the analyte) or an anti-analyte DVD-Ig (or a fragment, a variant, or a fragment of a variant thereof), either of which can be detectably labeled.
  • an analyte such as an anti-analyte, monoclonal/polyclonal antibody (or a fragment thereof that can bind to the analyte, a variant thereof that can bind to the analyte) or an anti-analyte DVD-Ig (or a fragment, a variant, or a fragment of a variant thereof), either of which can be detectably labeled.
  • an analyte
  • the kit can comprise detectably labeled analyte (or a fragment thereof that can bind to an anti-analyte, monoclonal/polyclonal antibody or an anti-analyte DVD-Ig (or a fragment, a variant, or a fragment of a variant thereof)), which can compete with any analyte in a test sample for binding to an anti-analyte, monoclonal/polyclonal antibody (or a fragment thereof that can bind to the analyte, a variant thereof that can bind to the analyte, or a fragment of a variant that can bind to the analyte) or an anti-analyte DVD-Ig (or a fragment, a variant, or a fragment of a variant thereof), either of which can be immobilized on a solid support.
  • analyte or a fragment thereof that can bind to an anti-analyte, monoclonal/polyclonal
  • the kit can comprise a calibrator or control, e.g., isolated or purified analyte.
  • the kit can comprise at least one container (e.g., tube, microtiter plates or strips, which can be already coated with a first specific binding partner, for example) for conducting the assay, and/or a buffer, such as an assay buffer or a wash buffer, either one of which can be provided as a concentrated solution, a substrate solution for the detectable label (e.g., an enzymatic label), or a stop solution.
  • the kit comprises all components, i.e., reagents, standards, buffers, diluents, etc., which are necessary to perform the assay.
  • the instructions can be in paper form or computer-readable form, such as a disk, CD, DVD, or the like.
  • any antibodies such as an anti-analyte antibody or an anti-analyte DVD-Ig, or tracer can incorporate a detectable label as described herein, such as a fluorophore, a radioactive moiety, an enzyme, a biotin/avidin label, a chromophore, a chemiluminescent label, or the like, or the kit can include reagents for carrying out detectable labeling.
  • the antibodies, calibrators and/or controls can be provided in separate containers or pre-dispensed into an appropriate assay format, for example, into microtiter plates.
  • the kit includes quality control components (for example, sensitivity panels, calibrators, and positive controls).
  • quality control components for example, sensitivity panels, calibrators, and positive controls.
  • Preparation of quality control reagents is well-known in the art and is described on insert sheets for a variety of immunodiagnostic products.
  • Sensitivity panel members optionally are used to establish assay performance characteristics, and further optionally are useful indicators of the integrity of the immunoassay kit reagents, and the standardization of assays.
  • the kit can also optionally include other reagents required to conduct a diagnostic assay or facilitate quality control evaluations, such as buffers, salts, enzymes, enzyme co-factors, enzyme substrates, detection reagents, and the like.
  • Other components such as buffers and solutions for the isolation and/or treatment of a test sample (e.g., pretreatment reagents), also can be included in the kit.
  • the kit can additionally include one or more other controls.
  • One or more of the components of the kit can be lyophilized, in which case the kit can further comprise reagents suitable for the reconstitution of the lyophilized components.
  • kits for holding or storing a sample (e.g., a container or cartridge for a urine sample).
  • a sample e.g., a container or cartridge for a urine sample
  • the kit optionally also can contain reaction vessels, mixing vessels, and other components that facilitate the preparation of reagents or the test sample.
  • the kit can also include one or more instruments for assisting with obtaining a test sample, such as a syringe, pipette, forceps, measured spoon, or the like.
  • the kit can comprise at least one acridinium-9-carboxamide, at least one acridinium-9-carboxylate aryl ester, or any combination thereof. If the detectable label is at least one acridinium compound, the kit also can comprise a source of hydrogen peroxide, such as a buffer, a solution, and/or at least one basic solution. If desired, the kit can contain a solid phase, such as a magnetic particle, bead, test tube, microtiter plate, cuvette, membrane, scaffolding molecule, film, filter paper, disc or chip.
  • kits or components thereof, as well as the method of determining the presence, amount or concentration of an analyte in a test sample by an assay, such as an immunoassay as described herein, can be adapted for use in a variety of automated and semi-automated systems (including those wherein the solid phase comprises a microparticle), as described, e.g., in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,089,424 and 5,006,309, and as commercially marketed, e.g., by Abbott Laboratories (Abbott Park, Ill.) as ARCHITECT®.
  • Some of the differences between an automated or semi-automated system as compared to a non-automated system include the substrate to which the first specific binding partner (e.g., an anti-analyte, monoclonal/polyclonal antibody (or a fragment thereof, a variant thereof, or a fragment of a variant thereof) or an anti-analyte DVD-Ig (or a fragment thereof, a variant thereof, or a fragment of a variant thereof) is attached; either way, sandwich formation and analyte reactivity can be impacted), and the length and timing of the capture, detection and/or any optional wash steps.
  • the first specific binding partner e.g., an anti-analyte, monoclonal/polyclonal antibody (or a fragment thereof, a variant thereof, or a fragment of a variant thereof) or an anti-analyte DVD-Ig (or a fragment thereof, a variant thereof, or a fragment of a variant thereof) is attached; either way
  • an automated or semi-automated format e.g., ARCHITECT®, Abbott Laboratories
  • a relatively shorter incubation time e.g., approximately 18 minutes for ARCHITECT®
  • an automated or semi-automated format may have a relatively shorter incubation time (e.g., approximately 4 minutes for the ARCHITECT®).
  • kits and kit components can be employed in other formats, for example, on electrochemical or other hand-held or point-of-care assay systems.
  • the present disclosure is, for example, applicable to the commercial Abbott Point of Care (i-STAT®, Abbott Laboratories) electrochemical immunoassay system that performs sandwich immunoassays.
  • a microfabricated silicon chip is manufactured with a pair of gold amperometric working electrodes and a silver-silver chloride reference electrode.
  • polystyrene beads (0.2 mm diameter) with immobilized anti-analyte, monoclonal/polyclonal antibody (or a fragment thereof, a variant thereof, or a fragment of a variant thereof) or anti-analyte DVD-Ig (or a fragment thereof, a variant thereof, or a fragment of a variant thereof), are adhered to a polymer coating of patterned polyvinyl alcohol over the electrode.
  • This chip is assembled into an I-STAT® cartridge with a fluidics format suitable for immunoassay.
  • a layer comprising a specific binding partner for an analyte, such as an anti-analyte, monoclonal/polyclonal antibody (or a fragment thereof, a variant thereof, or a fragment of a variant thereof that can bind the analyte) or an anti-analyte DVD-Ig (or a fragment thereof, a variant thereof, or a fragment of a variant thereof that can bind the analyte), either of which can be delectably labeled.
  • an aqueous reagent that includes p-aminophenol phosphate.
  • a sample suspected of containing an analyte is added to the holding chamber of the test cartridge, and the cartridge is inserted into the I-STAT® reader.
  • a pump element within the cartridge forces the sample into a conduit containing the chip. Here it is oscillated to promote formation of the sandwich.
  • fluid is forced out of the pouch and into the conduit to wash the sample off the chip and into a waste chamber.
  • the alkaline phosphatase label reacts with p-aminophenol phosphate to cleave the phosphate group and permit the liberated p-aminophenol to be electrochemically oxidized at the working electrode.
  • the reader is able to calculate the amount of analyte in the sample by means of an embedded algorithm and factory-determined calibration curve.
  • kits as described herein necessarily encompass other reagents and methods for carrying out the immunoassay.
  • various buffers such as are known in the art and/or which can be readily prepared or optimized to be employed, e.g., for washing, as a conjugate diluent, microparticle diluent, and/or as a calibrator diluent.
  • An exemplary conjugate diluent is ARCHITECT® conjugate diluent employed in certain kits (Abbott Laboratories, Abbott Park, Ill.) and containing 2-(N-morpholino)ethanesulfonic acid (MES), a salt, a protein blocker, an antimicrobial agent, and a detergent.
  • MES 2-(N-morpholino)ethanesulfonic acid
  • An exemplary calibrator diluent is ARCHITECT® human calibrator diluent employed in certain kits (Abbott Laboratories, Abbott Park, Ill.), which comprises a buffer containing MES, other salt, a protein blocker, and an antimicrobial agent. Additionally, as described in U.S. Patent Application No. 61/142,048 filed Dec. 31, 2008, improved signal generation may be obtained, e.g., in an I-Stat cartridge format, using a nucleic acid sequence linked to the signal antibody as a signal amplifier.
  • Enzyme Linked Immunosorbent Assays to screen for antibodies that bind a desired target antigen were performed as follows. High bind ELISA plates (Corning Costar # 3369, Acton, Mass.) were coated with 100 ⁇ L/well of 10 ⁇ g/ml of desired target antigen (R&D Systems, Minneapolis, Minn.) or desired target antigen extra-cellular domain/FC fusion protein (R&D Systems, Minneapolis, Minn.) or monoclonal mouse anti-polyHistidine antibody (R&D Systems # MAB050, Minneapolis, Minn.) in phosphate buffered saline (10 ⁇ PBS, Abbott Bioresearch Center, Media Prep# MPS-073, Worcester, Mass.) overnight at 4° C.
  • desired target antigen R&D Systems, Minneapolis, Minn.
  • desired target antigen extra-cellular domain/FC fusion protein R&D Systems, Minneapolis, Minn.
  • monoclonal mouse anti-polyHistidine antibody R&D Systems # MAB050, Minneapolis,
  • Plates were washed four times with PBS containing 0.02% Tween 20. Plates were blocked by the addition of 300 ⁇ L/well blocking solution (non-fat dry milk powder, various retail suppliers, diluted to 2% in PBS) for 1 ⁇ 2 hour at room temperature. Plates were washed four times after blocking with PBS containing 0.02% Tween 20.
  • 300 ⁇ L/well blocking solution non-fat dry milk powder, various retail suppliers, diluted to 2% in PBS
  • Histidine (His) tagged desired target antigen R&D Systems, Minneapolis, Minn.
  • monoclonal mouse anti-polyHistidine antibody was added to ELISA plates coated with monoclonal mouse anti-polyHistidine antibody as described above and incubated for 1 hour at room temperature. Wells were washed four times with PBS containing 0.02% Tween 20.
  • One hundred microliters of 10 ng/mL goat anti-human IgG-FC specific HRP conjugated antibody (Southern Biotech # 2040-05, Birmingham, Ala.) was added to each well of the desired target antigen plate or anti-polyhistidine antibody/Histidine tagged desired target antigen plate.
  • one hundred microliters of 10 ng/mL goat anti-human IgG-kappa light chain specific HRP conjugated antibody (Southern Biotech # 2060-05 Birmingham, Ala.) was added to each well of the desired target antigen/FC fusion plate and incubated for 1 hour at room temperature. Plates were washed 4 times with PBS containing 0.02% Tween 20.
  • Table 3 contains a list of the antigens used in the Direct Bind Assay.
  • Table 4 contains the binding data expressed as EC50 in nM for those antibodies and DVD-Ig constructs tested in the Direct Bind ELISA assay.
  • ELISA assays were performed to screen for antibodies that bind a desired target antigen as follows. Maxisorb NUNC Immuno plates were coated with 100 ⁇ L/well of 1 ⁇ g/ml of A ⁇ 1-42 diluted in coating buffer overnight at 6° C. Plates were washed three times with PBS containing 0.02% Tween 20. Blocking solution was prepared by dissolving the blocking reagent for ELISA (Roche) in 100 mL water and then diluted further 1:10 prior to use. Plates were blocked by the addition of 265 ⁇ L/well blocking solution for 2 hours at room temperature. Plates were washed three times after blocking with PBS containing 0.02% Tween 20.
  • Antibody or DVD-Igs were diluted to 100 ng/ ⁇ L in PBST+0.5% BSA and serially diluted 1:3. One hundred microliters of antibody or DVD-Ig preparations was added to the plate and incubated for 2 hour at room temperature. Wells were washed three times with PBS containing 0.02% Tween 20.
  • TMB solution was prepared by mixing 20 mL 100 mM natrium-acetate pH4.9 with 200 ⁇ L TMB solution (Roche #92817060) and 29.5 ⁇ L 3% H 2 O 2 . The reaction was stopped by the addition of 50 ⁇ L 1N sulphuric acid. Plates were read spectrophotometrically at a wavelength of 450 nm. Results are provided in Table 5.
  • ELISA assays were performed to screen for antibodies that bind a desired target antigen as follows. A ⁇ 20-42 globulomer and PBS at 37° C. was pre-warmed for 1 minute. High bind ELISA plates (Corning Costar #3369, Acton, Mass.) were coated with 100 ⁇ L/well of 2 ⁇ g/ml of A ⁇ 20-42 globulomer diluted in PBS overnight at 4° C. Plates were blocked with 320 ⁇ L/well of 100% superblock PBS buffer (Thermo Scientific, #37515) and incubated for 45 minutes at room temperature. Plates were washed three times after blocking with PBS containing 0.02% Tween 20.
  • Antibody or DVD-Igs were diluted to 2000 ng/mL, 1000 ng/mL, 200 ng/mL, 40 ng/mL, 8 ng/mL, 1.6 ng/mL and 0.32 ng/mL in 10% superblock in PBS.
  • One hundred microliters of antibody or DVD-Ig preparations was added to the plate in triplicate and incubated for 2 hours at room temperature. Wells were washed five times with PBS containing 0.02% Tween 20.
  • TMB solution (Invitrogen-Zymed; #00-2023) was added to each well and incubated for 5 minutes. The reaction was stopped by the addition of 100 ⁇ L 2N sulphuric acid. Plates were read spectrophotometrically at a wavelength of 450 nm. Results are shown in Table 6.
  • ELISA plates (Nunc, MaxiSorp, Rochester, N.Y.) are incubated overnight at 4° C. with anti-human Fc antibody (5 ⁇ g/ml in PBS, Jackson Immunoresearch, West Grove, Pa.). Plates are washed three times in washing buffer (PBS containing 0.05% Tween 20), and blocked for 1 hour at 25° C. in blocking buffer (PBS containing 1% BSA). Wells are washed three times, and serial dilutions of each antibody or DVD-Ig in PBS containing 0.1% BSA are added to the wells and incubated at 25° C. for 1 hour.
  • the wells are washed three times, and biotinylated antigen (2 nM) is added to the plates and incubated for 1 hour at 25° C.
  • the wells are washed three times and incubated for 1 hour at 25° C. with streptavidin-HRP (KPL #474-3000, Gaithersburg, Md.).
  • the wells are washed three times, and 100 ⁇ l of ULTRA-TMB ELISA (Pierce, Rockford, Ill.) is added per well. Following color development the reaction is stopped with 1N HCL and absorbance at 450 nM is measured. Results are shown in Table 7.
  • the BIACORE assay (Biacore, Inc, Piscataway, N.J.) determines the affinity of antibodies or DVD-Ig with kinetic measurements of on-rate and off-rate constants. Binding of antibodies or DVD-Ig to a target antigen (for example, a purified recombinant target antigen) is determined by surface plasmon resonance-based measurements with a Biacore® 1000 or 3000 instrument (Biacore® AB, Uppsala, Sweden) using running HBS-EP (10 mM HEPES [pH 7.4], 150 mM NaCl, 3 mM EDTA, and 0.005% surfactant P20) at 25° C.
  • a target antigen for example, a purified recombinant target antigen
  • Unmodified carboxymethyl dextran without goat anti-mouse IgG in flow cell 1 and 3 is used as the reference surface.
  • rate equations derived from the 1:1 Langmuir binding model are fitted simultaneously to association and dissociation phases of all eight injections (using global fit analysis) with the use of Biaevaluation 4.0.1 software.
  • Purified antibodies or DVD-Ig are diluted in HEPES-buffered saline for capture across goat anti-mouse IgG specific reaction surfaces.
  • Antibodies or DVD-Ig to be captured as a ligand 25 ⁇ g/ml
  • an anti-cytokine or an anti-growth factor parent antibody or DVD-Ig containing anti-cytokine or anti-growth factor sequences to inhibit or neutralize a target cytokine or growth factor bioactivity is analyzed by determining the inhibitory potential of the antibody or DVD-Ig.
  • the ability of an anti-IL-4 antibody to inhibit IL-4 mediated IgE production may be used.
  • human naive B cells are isolated from peripheral blood, respectively, buffy coats by Ficoll-paque density centrifugation, followed by magnetic separation with MACS beads (Miltenyi Biotec, Bergisch Gladbach, Germany) specific for human sIgD FITC labeled goat F(ab)2 antibodies followed by anti-FITC MACS beads.
  • Magnetically sorted naive B cells are adjusted to 3 ⁇ 10 5 cells per ml in XV15 and plated out in 100 ⁇ l per well of 96-well plates in a 6 ⁇ 6 array in the center of the plate, surrounded by PBS filled wells during the 10 days of culture at 37° C. in the presence of 5% CO 2 .
  • One plate each is prepared per antibody to be tested, consisting of 3 wells each of un-induced and induced controls and quintuplicate repeats of antibody titrations starting at 7 ⁇ g/ml and running in 3-fold dilution down to 29 ng/ml final concentrations added in 50 ⁇ l four times concentrated pre-dilution.
  • rhIL-4 20 ng/ml plus anti-CD40 monoclonal antibody (Novartis, Basel, Switzerland) at 0.5 ⁇ g/ml final concentrations in 50 ⁇ l each are added to each well, and IgE concentrations are determined at the end of the culture period by a standard sandwich ELISA method.
  • Peripheral blood is withdrawn from three healthy donors by venipuncture into heparized vacutainer tubes.
  • Whole blood is diluted 1:5 with RPMI-1640 medium and placed in 24-well tissue culture plates at 0.5 mL per well.
  • the anti-cytokine antibodies e.g., anti-IL-4
  • the final dilution of whole blood in the culture plates is 1:10.
  • LPS and PHA are added to separate wells at 2 ⁇ g/mL and 5 ⁇ g/mL final concentration as a positive control for cytokine release.
  • Polyclonal human IgG is used as negative control antibody.
  • the experiment is performed in duplicate. Plates are incubated at 37° C. at 5% CO 2 . Twenty-four hours later the contents of the wells are transferred into test tubes and spun for 5 minutes at 1200 rpm. Cell-free supernatants are collected and frozen for cytokine assays. Cells left over on the plates and in the tubes are lysed with 0.5 mL of lysis solution, and placed at ⁇ 20° C. and thawed.
  • cytokine assays 0.5 mL of medium is added (to bring the volume to the same level as the cell-free supernatant samples) and the cell preparations are collected and frozen for cytokine assays.
  • Cell-free supernatants and cell lysates are assayed for cytokine levels by ELISA, for example, for levels of IL-8, IL-6, IL-1 ⁇ , IL-1RA, or TNF- ⁇ .
  • an anti-cytokine parent antibody or DVD-Ig directed to a cytokine(s) of interest to cross react with other cytokines is analyzed.
  • Parent antibodies or DVD-Ig are immobilized on a Biacore biosensor matrix.
  • An anti-human Fc mAb is covalently linked via free amine groups to the dextran matrix by first activating carboxyl groups on the matrix with 100 mM N-hydroxysuccinimide (NHS) and 400 mM N-Ethyl-N′-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-carbodiimide hydrochloride (EDC).
  • NHS N-hydroxysuccinimide
  • EDC N-Ethyl-N′-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-carbodiimide hydrochloride
  • each antibody or DVD-Ig preparation Approximately 50 ⁇ L of each antibody or DVD-Ig preparation at a concentration of 25 ⁇ g/mL, diluted in sodium acetate, pH 4.5, is injected across the activated biosensor and free amines on the protein are bound directly to the activated carboxyl groups. Typically, 5000 Resonance Units (RU's) are immobilized. Unreacted matrix EDC-esters are deactivated by an injection of 1 M ethanolamine. A second flow cell is prepared as a reference standard by immobilizing human IgG1/K using the standard amine coupling kit. SPR measurements are performed using the CM biosensor chip. All antigens to be analyzed on the biosensor surface are diluted in HBS-EP running buffer containing 0.01% P20.
  • cytokine of interest 100 nM, e.g., soluble recombinant human
  • HBS-EP buffer alone flows through each flow cell.
  • the net difference in the signals between the baseline and the point corresponding to approximately 30 seconds after completion of cytokine injection are taken to represent the final binding value.
  • the response is measured in Resonance Units.
  • Biosensor matrices are regenerated using 10 mM HCl before injection of the next sample where a binding event is observed, otherwise running buffer was injected over the matrices.
  • Human cytokines e.g., IL-1 ⁇ , IL-1 ⁇ , IL-2, IL-3, IL-4, IL-5, IL-6, IL-7, IL-8, IL-9, IL-10, IL-11, IL-12, IL-13, IL-15, IL-16, IL-17, IL-18, IL-19, IL-20, IL-22, IL-23, IL-27, TNF- ⁇ , TNF- ⁇ , and IFN- ⁇ , for example) are also simultaneously injected over the immobilized mouse IgG1/K reference surface to record any nonspecific binding background.
  • Biacore can automatically subtract the reference surface data from the reaction surface data in order to eliminate the majority of the refractive index change and injection noise. Thus, it is possible to ascertain the true binding response attributed to an anti-cytokine antibody or DVD-Ig binding reaction.
  • Tissue cross reactivity studies are done in three stages, with the first stage including cryosections of 32 tissues, second stage including up to 38 tissues, and the 3 rd stage including additional tissues from 3 unrelated adults as described below. Studies are done typically at two dose levels.
  • Stage 1 Cryosections (about 5 ⁇ m) of human tissues (32 tissues (typically: Adrenal Gland, Gastrointestinal Tract, Prostate, Bladder, Heart, Skeletal Muscle, Blood Cells, Kidney, Skin, Bone Marrow, Liver, Spinal Cord, Breast, Lung, Spleen, Cerebellum, Lymph Node, Testes, Cerebral Cortex, Ovary, Thymus, Colon, Pancreas, Thyroid, Endothelium, Parathyroid, Ureter, Eye, Pituitary, Uterus, Fallopian Tube and Placenta) from one human donor obtained at autopsy or biopsy) are fixed and dried on object glass. The peroxidase staining of tissue sections is performed, using the avidin-biotin system.
  • Stage 2 Cryosections (about 5 ⁇ m) of human tissues 38 tissues (including adrenal, blood, blood vessel, bone marrow, cerebellum, cerebrum, cervix, esophagus, eye, heart, kidney, large intestine, liver, lung, lymph node, breast mammary gland, ovary, oviduct, pancreas, parathyroid, peripheral nerve, pituitary, placenta, prostate, salivary gland, skin, small intestine, spinal cord, spleen, stomach, striated muscle, testis, thymus, thyroid, tonsil, ureter, urinary bladder, and uterus) from 3 unrelated adults obtained at autopsy or biopsy) are fixed and dried on object glass. The peroxidase staining of tissue sections is performed, using the avidin-biotin system.
  • Stage 3 Cryosections (about 5 ⁇ m) of cynomolgus monkey tissues (38 tissues (including adrenal, blood, blood vessel, bone marrow, cerebellum, cerebrum, cervix, esophagus, eye, heart, kidney, large intestine, liver, lung, lymph node, breast mammary gland, ovary, oviduct, pancreas, parathyroid, peripheral nerve, pituitary, placenta, prostate, salivary gland, skin, small intestine, spinal cord, spleen, stomach, striated muscle, testis, thymus, thyroid, tonsil, ureter, urinary bladder, and uterus) from 3 unrelated adult monkeys obtained at autopsy or biopsy) are fixed and dried on object glass. The peroxidase staining of tissue sections is performed, using the avidin-biotin system.
  • the antibody or DVD-Ig is incubated with the secondary biotinylated anti-human IgG and developed into immune complex.
  • the immune complex at the final concentrations of 2 and 10 ⁇ g/mL of antibody or DVD-Ig is added onto tissue sections on object glass and then the tissue sections are reacted for 30 minutes with a avidin-biotin-peroxidase kit.
  • DAB 3,3′-diaminobenzidine
  • Antigen-Sepharose beads are used as positive control tissue sections.
  • Target antigen and human serum blocking studies serve as additional controls.
  • the immune complex at the final concentrations of 2 and 10 ⁇ g/mL of antibody or DVD-Ig is pre-incubated with target antigen (final concentration of 100 ⁇ g/ml) or human serum (final concentration 10%) for 30 minutes, and then added onto the tissue sections on object glass and then the tissue sections are reacted for 30 minutes with a avidin-biotin-peroxidase kit. Subsequently, DAB (3,3′-diaminobenzidine), a substrate for the peroxidase reaction, is applied for 4 minutes for tissue staining.
  • target antigen final concentration of 100 ⁇ g/ml
  • human serum final concentration 10%
  • Any specific staining is judged to be either an expected (e.g., consistent with antigen expression) or unexpected reactivity based upon known expression of the target antigen in question. Any staining judged specific is scored for intensity and frequency. The tissue staining between stage 2 (human tissue) and stage 3 (cynomolgus monkey tissue) is either judged to be similar or different.
  • HUVEC normal human umbilical vascular endothelial cells or HUVEC (passage 2-6) are maintained in EBM-2 (Lonza-Clonetics, Walkersville, Md.) supplemented with EGM-2 SingleQuots (Lonza-Clonetics, Walkersville, Md., #CC-4176).
  • EBM-2 Longza-Clonetics, Walkersville, Md.
  • EGM-2 SingleQuots Longza-Clonetics, Walkersville, Md., #CC-4176.
  • HUVEC cells are plated at 10,000 cells/well on collagen coated black 96-well plates in (100 ⁇ l) EMB-2 with 0.1% FBS in the absence of growth factors. The following day the media is replaced with 0.1% FBS in the absence of growth factors.
  • VEGF vascular endothelial growth factor
  • Anti-VEGF monoclonal antibodies or DVD-Igs (at final concentrations of 67 nM, 6.7 nM and 0.67 nM) are diluted in EMB-2 with 0.1% BSA and are pre-incubated with recombinant human VEGF 165 (50 ng/ml) for 1 hour at 25° C. in 50 ⁇ l.
  • Antibody/DVD-Ig and VEGF mixtures are then added to the cells (50 ⁇ l), and the plates were incubated at 37° C. in a humidified, 5% CO 2 atmosphere for 72 hours. Cell survival/proliferation is measured indirectly by assessing ATP levels using an ATPlite kit (Perkin Elmer, Waltham, Mass.) according to the manufacturer's instructions.
  • MRC5 cells were plated at 1.5-2 ⁇ 10 4 cells per well in a 100 ⁇ L volume and incubated overnight at 37° C., 5% CO 2 .
  • a 20 ⁇ g/mL working stock of antibody (4 ⁇ concentrated) was prepared in complete MEM medium.
  • An eight point serial dilution was performed (5 ⁇ g/mL-0.0003 ⁇ g/mL) in complete MEM in Marsh dilution plates.
  • L929 cells were grown to a semi-confluent density and harvested using 0.05% tryspin (Gibco#25300). The cells were washed with PBS, counted and resuspended at 1E6 cells/mL in assay media containing 4 ⁇ g/mL actinomycin D. The cells were seeded in a 96-well plate (Costar#3599) at a volume of 50 ⁇ L and 5E4 cells/well. The DVD-IgTM and control IgG were diluted to a 4 ⁇ concentration in assay media and serial 1:3 dilutions were performed. The huTNF ⁇ was diluted to 400 pg/mL in assay media. Antibody sample (200 ⁇ L) was added to the huTNF ⁇ (200 ⁇ L) in a 1:2 dilution scheme and allowed to incubate for 0.5 hour at room temperature.
  • the DVD-IgTM/huTNF ⁇ solution was added to the plated cells at 100 ⁇ L for a final concentration of 100 pg/mL huTNF ⁇ and 25 nM-0.00014 nM DVD-IgTM.
  • the plates were incubated for 20 hour at 37° C., 5% CO 2 .
  • 100 ⁇ L was removed from the wells and 10 ⁇ L of WST-1 reagent (Roche cat# 11644807001) was added. Plates were incubated under assay conditions for 3.5 hours, centrifuged at 500 ⁇ g and 75 ⁇ L supernatant transferred to an ELISA plate (Costar cat#3369). The plates were read at OD 420-600 nm on a Spectromax 190 ELISA plate reader. The results are provided in Table 10.
  • TF-1 cells are cultured in DMEM with 2 mM 1-glutamine, 10 mM HEPES, 100 U/mL Pen/strep, 1.5 g/L sodium bicarbonate, 4.5 g/L glucose, 1 mM sodium pyruvate, 10% FBS, and 2 ng/mL GM-CSF.
  • TF-1 cells are plated at 1.5-2 ⁇ 10 5 cells per well in a 10 ⁇ L volume and incubated overnight at 37° C., 5% CO 2 in assay medium. (complete DMEM minus GM-CSF). Cells are plated into a 961 ⁇ 2 well white assay plate. A 500 ⁇ g/mL working stock of antibody (4 ⁇ concentrated) is prepared in PBS.
  • Antibodies and DVD-Igs are serial diluted 1:5 in assay medium in Marsh dilution plates. Five uL/well of each antibody dilution is added in triplicate to the 961 ⁇ 2 well white assay plate containing the cells. Cells and antibodies or DVD-Igs are pre-incubated for 30 minutes on ice.
  • IL-6 is prepared at 10 ⁇ g/mL stock in endotoxin free D-PBS (0.1% BSA) and a working stock of 100 ng/mL (4 ⁇ concentration) prepared with assay media. Five ⁇ L/well of the 100 ng/mL IL-6 is added to each well. Plates are incubated for 30 minutes at 37° C.
  • Cells are lysed by adding 5 ⁇ L of 5 ⁇ cell lysis buffer to all wells and the plates are shaken for 10 minutes at room temperature. Plates are frozen at ⁇ 20° C. and the pSTAT3 SureFire Assay was run (Perkin Elmer).
  • the plate is thawed at room temperature and 30 ⁇ L/well of Reaction Buffer plus Activation Buffer mix containing Alpha Screen Acceptor Beeds (40 parts reaction buffer, 10 parts activation buffer and 1 part acceptor beads) is added to each well.
  • the plate is sealed with foil to protect it from light and is agitated gently for 2 hours at 37° C.
  • Dilution buffer (12.5 ⁇ L/well) containing Alpha Screen Donor beads (20 parts dilution buffer to 1 part donor beads) is added to each well.
  • the plate is sealed with foil and agitated gently for 2 hours at 37° C.
  • the plate is brought to room temperature and read on the Alpha Screen plate reader.
  • Tumor receptor monoclonal antibodies or DVD-Igs diluted in D-PBS-BSA (Dulbecco's phosphate buffered saline with 0.1% BSA) 20 ⁇ L are added to human tumor cells at final concentrations of 0.01 ⁇ g/mL-100 ⁇ g/mL in 180 uL.
  • the plates are incubated at 37° C. in a humidified, 5% CO 2 atmosphere for 3 days.
  • the number of live cells in each well is quantified using MTS reagents according to the manufacturer's instructions (Promega, Madison, Wis.) to determine the percent of tumor growth inhibition.
  • Wells without antibody treatment are used as controls of 0% inhibition whereas wells without cells are considered to show 100% inhibition.
  • Parent antibodies or DVD-Ig that bind to target antigens on tumor cells may be analyzed for tumoricidal activity. Briefly, parent antibodies or DVD-Ig are diluted in D-PBS-BSA (Dulbecco's phosphate buffered saline with 0.1% BSA) and added to human tumor cells at final concentrations of 0.01 ⁇ g/mL to 100 ⁇ g/mL 200 ⁇ L. The plates are incubated at 37° C. in a humidified, 5% CO 2 atmosphere for 3 days. The number of live cells in each well is quantified using MTS reagents according to the manufacturer's instructions (Promega, Madison, Wis.) to determine the percent of tumor growth inhibition. Wells without antibody treatment are used as controls of 0% inhibition whereas wells without cells were considered to show 100% inhibition.
  • D-PBS-BSA Dulbecco's phosphate buffered saline with 0.1% BSA
  • caspase-3 activation is determined by the following protocol: antibody-treated cells in 96 well plates are lysed in 120 ⁇ l of 1 ⁇ lysis buffer (1.67 mM Hepes, pH 7.4, 7 mM KCl, 0.83 mM MgCl 2 , 0.11 mM EDTA, 0.11 mM EGTA, 0.57% CHAPS, 1 mM DTT, 1 ⁇ protease inhibitor cocktail tablet; EDTA-free; Roche Pharmaceuticals, Nutley, N.J.) at room temperature with shaking for 20 minutes.
  • 1 ⁇ lysis buffer (1.67 mM Hepes, pH 7.4, 7 mM KCl, 0.83 mM MgCl 2 , 0.11 mM EDTA, 0.11 mM EGTA, 0.57% CHAPS, 1 mM DTT, 1 ⁇ protease inhibitor cocktail tablet; EDTA-free; Roche Pharmaceuticals, Nutley, N.J.
  • a caspase-3 reaction buffer 48 mM Hepes, pH 7.5, 252 mM sucrose, 0.1% CHAPS, 4 mM DTT, and 20 ⁇ M Ac-DEVD-AMC substrate; Biomol Research Labs, Inc., Plymouth Meeting, Pa.
  • An increase of fluorescence units from antibody-treated cells relative to the isotype antibody control-treated cells is indicative of apoptosis.
  • U87-MG human glioma tumor cells are plated at 2,000 cells/well in 100 ⁇ l in 96-well dishes in RPMI medium supplemented with 5% fetal bovine serum, and incubated at 37° C., 5% CO 2 overnight. The following day the cells are treated with serial dilutions of antibody or DVD-Igs (0.013 nM to 133 nM dose range), and incubated at 37° C. in a humidified, 5% CO 2 atmosphere for 5 days. Cell survival/proliferation is measured indirectly by assessing ATP levels using an ATPlite kit (Perkin Elmer, Waltham, Mass.) according to the manufacturer's instructions.
  • an ATPlite kit Perkin Elmer, Waltham, Mass.
  • VEGF Parent Antibody and DVD-Ig Constructs Prevent VEGF 165 Interaction with VEGFR1
  • ELISA plates (Nunc, MaxiSorp, Rochester, N.Y.) are incubated overnight at 4° C. with 100 ⁇ l PBS containing recombinant VEGFR1 extra-cellular domain-Fc fusion protein (5 pg/ml, R&D systems, Minneapolis, Minn.). Plates are washed three times in washing buffer (PBS containing 0.05% Tween 20), and blocked for 1 hour at 25° C. in blocking buffer (PBS containing 1% BSA). Serial dilutions of each antibody/DVD-Ig in PBS containing 0.1% BSA are incubated with 50 ⁇ l of 2 nM biotinylated VEGF for 1 hour at 25° C.
  • the antibody/DVD-Ig-biotinylated VEGF mixtures (100 ⁇ l) are then added to the VEGFR1-Fc coated wells and incubated at 25° C. for 10 minutes.
  • the wells are washed three times, and then incubated for 1 hour at 25° C. with 100 ⁇ l of streptavidin-HRP (KPL #474-3000, Gaithersburg, Md.).
  • the wells are washed three times, and 100 ⁇ l of ULTRA-TMB ELISA (Pierce, Rockford, Ill.) are added per well. Following color development the reaction is stopped with 1N HCL and absorbance at 450 nM is measured.
  • Human carcinoma cells are plated in 96-well plates at 40,000 cells/well in 180 ⁇ l serum-free medium (DMEM+0.1% BSA), and incubated overnight at 37° C., 5% CO 2 .
  • Human tumor cells are co-incubated with antibodies or DVD-Igs and ligand.
  • Monoclonal antibodies or DVD-Igs diluted in D-PBS-BSA (Dulbecco's phosphate buffered saline with 0.1% BSA) are added to human carcinoma cells at final concentrations of 0.01 ⁇ g/mL-100 ⁇ g/mL.
  • Growth factors are simultaneously added to the cells at concentrations of 1-100 ng/mL (200 ⁇ L), and cells are incubated at 37° C. in a humidified, 5% CO 2 atmosphere for 1 hour.
  • Cells are lysed in 120 ⁇ l/well of cold cell extraction buffer (10 mM Tris, pH 7.4, 100 mM NaCl, 1 mM EDTA, 1 mM EGTA, 1 mM NaF, 1 mM sodium orthovanadate, 1% Triton X-100, 10% Glycerol, 0.1% SDS, and protease inhibitor cocktail), and incubated at 4° C. for 20 minutes with shaking. Cell lysates (100 ⁇ l) are added to the ELISA plate, and incubated overnight at 4° C. with gentle shaking.
  • cold cell extraction buffer (10 mM Tris, pH 7.4, 100 mM NaCl, 1 mM EDTA, 1 mM EGTA, 1 mM NaF, 1 mM sodium orthovanadate, 1% Triton X-100, 10% Glycerol, 0.1% SDS, and protease inhibitor cocktail
  • ELISA plates are washed, and 100 ⁇ l/well of pTyr-HRP detection Ab is added (p-IGF1R ELISA kit, R&D System # DYC1770, Minneapolis, Minn.), and plates are incubated for 2 hours at 25° C. in the dark. Plates are developed to determine phosphorylation per the manufacturer's instructions.
  • NIH3T3 cells expressing human VEGFR2 are plated at 20,000 cells/well (100 ⁇ l) in 96-well plates in DMEM supplemented with 10% FBS. The following day, the cells are washed twice with DMEM and serum-starved for three hours in DMEM without FBS.
  • Anti-VEGF parent antibody or DVD-Igs (at final concentrations of 67 nM, 6.7 nM and 0.67 nM) diluted in DMEM with 0.1% BSA are pre-incubated with recombinant human VEGF 165 (50 ng/ml) for 1 hour at 25° C.
  • the wells are washed five times with washing buffer (PBS containing 0.05% Tween 20), and incubated with 50 ⁇ l of 1:2000 dilution of biotinylated anti-phosphotyrosine antibody (4G10; Millipore, Billerica, Mass.) for 1 hour at 25° C.
  • the wells are washed five times with PBS containing 0.05% Tween 20, and then incubated for 1 hour at 25° C. with streptavidin-HRP (KPL #474-3000, Gaithersburg, Md.).
  • streptavidin-HRP KPL #474-3000, Gaithersburg, Md.
  • the wells are washed three times with streptavidin-HRP (KPL #474-3000, Gaithersburg, Md.)).
  • A-431 human epidermoid carcinoma cells are grown in vitro to 99% viability, 85% confluence in tissue culture flasks.
  • SCID female mice (Charles Rivers Labs, Wilmington, Mass.) at 19-25 grams are injected subcutaneously into the right flank with 1 ⁇ 10 6 human tumor cells (1:1 matrigel) on study day 0.
  • Administration IP, QD, 3 ⁇ /week of human IgG control or DVD-Ig was-initiated after mice are size matched into groups of mice with mean tumor volumes of approximately 200 to 320 mm 3 . The tumors are measured twice a week starting on approximately day 10 post tumor cell injection.
  • Stable cell lines overexpressing a cell-surface antigen of interest or human tumor cell lines were harvested from tissue culture flasks and resuspended in phosphate buffered saline (PBS) containing 5% fetal bovine serum (PBS/FBS). Prior to staining, human tumor cells were incubated on ice with (100 ⁇ l) human IgG at 5 ⁇ g/ml in PBS/FCS. 1-5 ⁇ 10 5 cells were incubated with antibody or DVD-Ig (2 pg/mL) in PBS/FBS for 30-60 minutes on ice.
  • PBS phosphate buffered saline
  • FBS/FBS fetal bovine serum
  • Table 11 shows the FACS data for the DVD-Ig constructs.
  • the geometric mean is the n root of the multiplication product of n fluorescent signals (a1 ⁇ a2 ⁇ a3 . . . an). With log-transformed data the geometric mean is used to normalize the weighting of the data distribution.
  • the following table contains the FACS geometric mean of parent antibodies and DVD-Ig constructs.
  • All DVDs showed binding to their cell surface targets.
  • the N-terminal domains of DVDs bound their targets on the cell surface as well as or better than the parent antibody. Binding can be restored or improved by adjusting linker length.
  • Stable cell lines overexpressing cell-surface receptors or human tumor cell lines are harvested from tissue culture flasks and resuspended in Dulbecco's phosphate buffered saline (DPBS) containing 1% fetal calf serum (DPBS/FCS). 1-5 ⁇ 10 5 cells are incubated with 100 ⁇ L antibodies or DVD-Igs (10 ug/mL) in DPBS/FCS for 30-60 minutes on ice. Cells are washed twice and 50 ⁇ l of goat anti-human IgG-phycoerythrin (1:50 dilution in DPBS/BSA) (Southern Biotech Associates, Birmingham, Ala. cat#2040-09) is added.
  • DPBS Dulbecco's phosphate buffered saline
  • DPBS/FCS 1% fetal calf serum
  • Parent mouse mAbs able to bind to and neutralize a human antigen of interest and a variant thereof are obtained as follows:
  • mice Twenty micrograms of recombinant purified human antigen (e.g., IGF1,2) mixed with complete Freund's adjuvant or Immunoeasy adjuvant (Qiagen, Valencia, Calif.) is injected subcutaneously into five 6-8 week-old Balb/C, five C57B/6 mice, and five AJ mice on Day 1. On days 24, 38, and 49, twenty micrograms of recombinant purified human antigen variant mixed with incomplete Freund's adjuvant or Immunoeasy adjuvant is injected subcutaneously into the same mice. On day 84 or day 112 or day 144, mice are injected intravenously with 1 ⁇ g recombinant purified human antigen of interest.
  • recombinant purified human antigen e.g., IGF1,2
  • Immunoeasy adjuvant Qiagen, Valencia, Calif.
  • Splenocytes obtained from the immunized mice described in Example 1.2.A are fused with SP2/O—Ag-14 cells at a ratio of 5:1 according to the established method described in Kohler, G. and Milstein (1975) Nature, 256:495 to generate hybridomas. Fusion products are plated in selection media containing azaserine and hypoxanthine in 96-well plates at a density of 2.5 ⁇ 10 6 spleen cells per well. Seven to ten days post fusion, macroscopic hybridoma colonies are observed. Supernatant from each well containing hybridoma colonies is tested by ELISA for the presence of antibody to the antigen of interest (as described in Example 1.1.1.A). Supernatants displaying antigen-specific activity are then tested for activity (as described in the assays of Example 1.1.2), for example, the ability to neutralize the antigen of interest in a bioassay such as that described in Example 1.1.2.I).
  • Hybridoma supernatants are assayed for the presence of parent antibodies that bind an antigen of interest, generated according to Examples 1.2.A and 1.2.B, and are also capable of binding a variant of the antigen of interest (“antigen variant”).
  • supernatants with antibodies positive in both assays are then tested for their antigen neutralization potency, for example, in the cytokine bioassay of Example 1.1.2.I.
  • the hybridomas producing antibodies with IC 50 values in the bioassay less than 1000 pM, in an embodiment, less than 100 pM are scaled up and cloned by limiting dilution.
  • Hybridoma cells are expanded into media containing 10% low IgG fetal bovine serum (Hyclone #SH30151, Logan, Utah). On average, 250 mL of each hybridoma supernatant (derived from a clonal population) is harvested, concentrated and purified by protein A affinity chromatography, as described in Harlow, E. and Lane, D. 1988 “Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual”. The ability of purified mAbs to inhibit the activity of its target antigen is determined, for example, using the cytokine bioassay as described in Example 1.1.2.I.
  • BIACORE analysis is conducted as described herein (Example 1.1.1.G) using recombinant cynomolgus target antigen.
  • neutralization potencies of mAbs against recombinant cynomolgus antigen of interest may also be measured in the cytokine bioassay (Example 1.1.2.I).
  • MAbs with good cyno cross-reactivity are selected for future characterization.
  • RNA isolation of the cDNAs, expression and characterization of the recombinant anti-human mouse mAbs is conducted as follows. For each amino acid sequence determination, approximately 1 ⁇ 10 6 hybridoma cells are isolated by centrifugation and processed to isolate total RNA with Trizol (Gibco BRL/Invitrogen, Carlsbad, Calif.) following manufacturer's instructions. Total RNA is subjected to first strand DNA synthesis using the SuperScript First-Strand Synthesis System (Invitrogen, Carlsbad, Calif.) per the manufacturer's instructions. Oligo(dT) is used to prime first-strand synthesis to select for poly(A)+ RNA.
  • Trizol Gibco BRL/Invitrogen, Carlsbad, Calif.
  • Oligo(dT) is used to prime first-strand synthesis to select for poly(A)+ RNA.
  • the first-strand cDNA product is then amplified by PCR with primers designed for amplification of murine immunoglobulin variable regions (Ig-Primer Sets, Novagen, Madison, Wis.). PCR products are resolved on an agarose gel, excised, purified, and then subcloned with the TOPO Cloning kit into pCR2.1-TOPO vector (Invitrogen, Carlsbad, Calif.) and transformed into TOP10 chemically competent E. coli (Invitrogen, Carlsbad, Calif.). Colony PCR is performed on the transformants to identify clones containing insert. Plasmid DNA is isolated from clones containing insert using a QIAprep Miniprep kit (Qiagen, Valencia, Calif.).
  • Inserts in the plasmids are sequenced on both strands to determine the variable heavy or variable light chain DNA sequences using M13 forward and M13 reverse primers (Fermentas Life Sciences, Hanover Md.). Variable heavy and variable light chain sequences of the mAbs are identified.
  • the selection criteria for a panel of lead mAbs for next step development includes the following:
  • the DNA encoding the heavy chain constant region of murine anti-human parent mAbs is replaced by a cDNA fragment encoding the human IgG1 constant region containing 2 hinge-region amino acid mutations by homologous recombination in bacteria. These mutations are a leucine to alanine change at position 234 (EU numbering) and a leucine to alanine change at position 235 (Lund et al., 1991, J. Immunol., 147:2657).
  • the light chain constant region of each of these antibodies is replaced by a human kappa constant region.
  • Full-length chimeric antibodies are transiently expressed in COS cells by co-transfection of chimeric heavy and light chain cDNAs ligated into the pBOS expression plasmid (Mizushima and Nagata, Nucleic Acids Research 1990, Vol 18, pg 5322). Cell supernatants containing recombinant chimeric antibody are purified by Protein A Sepharose chromatography and bound antibody is eluted by addition of acid buffer. Antibodies are neutralized and dialyzed into PBS.
  • the heavy chain cDNA encoding a chimeric mAb is co-transfected with its chimeric light chain cDNA (both ligated in the pBOS vector) into COS cells.
  • Cell supernatant containing recombinant chimeric antibody is purified by Protein A Sepharose chromatography and bound antibody is eluted by addition of acid buffer.
  • Antibodies are neutralized and dialyzed into PBS.
  • the purified chimeric anti-human parent mAbs are then tested for their ability to bind (by Biacore) and for functional activity, e.g., to inhibit the cytokine induced production of IgE as described in Examples 1.1.1.G and 1.1.2.B. Chimeric mAbs that maintain the activity of the parent hybridoma mAbs are selected for future development.
  • Each murine variable heavy and variable light chain gene sequence is separately aligned against 44 human immunoglobulin germline variable heavy chain or 46 germline variable light chain sequences (derived from NCBI Ig Blast website) using Vector NTI software.
  • Humanization is based on amino acid sequence homology, CDR cluster analysis, frequency of use among expressed human antibodies, and available information on the crystal structures of human antibodies. Taking into account possible effects on antibody binding, VH-VL pairing, and other factors, murine residues are mutated to human residues where murine and human framework residues are different, with a few exceptions. Additional humanization strategies are designed based on an analysis of human germline antibody sequences, or a subgroup thereof, that possessed a high degree of homology, i.e., sequence similarity, to the actual amino acid sequence of the murine antibody variable regions.
  • Homology modeling is used to identify residues unique to the murine antibody sequences that are predicted to be critical to the structure of the antibody combining site, the CDRs.
  • Homology modeling is a computational method whereby approximate three dimensional coordinates are generated for a protein.
  • the source of initial coordinates and guidance for their further refinement is a second protein, the reference protein, for which the three dimensional coordinates are known and the sequence of which is related to the sequence of the first protein.
  • the relationship among the sequences of the two proteins is used to generate a correspondence between the reference protein and the protein for which coordinates are desired, the target protein.
  • the primary sequences of the reference and target proteins are aligned with coordinates of identical portions of the two proteins transferred directly from the reference protein to the target protein.
  • Coordinates for mismatched portions of the two proteins are constructed from generic structural templates and energy refined to insure consistency with the already transferred model coordinates.
  • This computational protein structure may be further refined or employed directly in modeling studies. The quality of the model structure is determined by the accuracy of the contention that the reference and target proteins are related and the precision with which the sequence alignment is constructed.
  • the primary sequences of the murine and human framework regions of the selected antibodies share significant identity. Residue positions that differ are candidates for inclusion of the murine residue in the humanized sequence in order to retain the observed binding potency of the murine antibody. A list of framework residues that differ between the human and murine sequences is constructed manually. Table 12 shows the framework sequences chosen for this study.
  • the likelihood that a given framework residue would impact the binding properties of the antibody depends on its proximity to the CDR residues. Therefore, using the model structures, the residues that differ between the murine and human sequences are ranked according to their distance from any atom in the CDRs. Those residues that fell within 4.5 ⁇ of any CDR atom are identified as most important and are recommended to be candidates for retention of the murine residue in the humanized antibody (i.e., back mutation).
  • oligonucleotides For each variable region cDNA, 6 oligonucleotides of 60-80 nucleotides each are designed to overlap each other by 20 nucleotides at the 5′ and/or 3′ end of each oligonucleotide. In an annealing reaction, all 6 oligonulceotides are combined, boiled, and annealed in the presence of dNTPs. DNA polymerase I, Large (Klenow) fragment (New England Biolabs #M0210, Beverley, Mass.) is added to fill-in the approximately 40 bp gaps between the overlapping oligonucleotides.
  • DNA polymerase I Large (Klenow) fragment
  • PCR is performed to amplify the entire variable region gene using two outermost primers containing overhanging sequences complementary to the multiple cloning site in a modified pBOS vector (Mizushima, S. and Nagata, S. (1990) Nucleic Acids Res. 18: 17).
  • the PCR products derived from each cDNA assembly are separated on an agarose gel and the band corresponding to the predicted variable region cDNA size is excised and purified.
  • the variable heavy region is inserted in-frame onto a cDNA fragment encoding the human IgG1 constant region containing 2 hinge-region amino acid mutations by homologous recombination in bacteria.
  • variable light chain region is inserted in-frame with the human kappa constant region by homologous recombination.
  • Bacterial colonies are isolated and plasmid DNA extracted. cDNA inserts are sequenced in their entirety. Correct humanized heavy and light chains corresponding to each antibody are co-transfected into COS cells to transiently produce full-length humanized anti-human antibodies.
  • Cell supernatants containing recombinant chimeric antibody are purified by Protein A Sepharose chromatography and bound antibody is eluted by addition of acid buffer. Antibodies are neutralized and dialyzed into PBS.
  • the ability of purified humanized antibodies to inhibit a functional activity is determined, e.g., using the cytokine bioassay as described in Examples 1.1.2.A.
  • the binding affinities of the humanized antibodies to recombinant human antigen are determined using surface plasmon resonance (Biacore®) measurement as described in Example 1.1.1.B.
  • the IC 50 values from the bioassays and the affinity of the humanized antibodies are ranked.
  • the humanized mAbs that fully maintain the activity of the parent hybridoma mAbs are selected as candidates for future development. The top 2-3 most favorable humanized mAbs are further characterized.
  • ELISA plates are coated with goat anti-biotin antibody (5 mg/ml, 4° C., overnight), blocked with Superblock (Pierce), and incubated with biotinylated human antigen at 50 ng/ml in 10% Superblock TTBS at room temperature for 2 hours.
  • Serum samples are serially diluted (0.5% serum, 10% Superblock in TTBS) and incubated on the plate for 30 minutes at room temperature. Detection is carried out with HRP-labeled goat anti human antibody and concentrations are determined with the help of standard curves using the four parameter logistic fit. Values for the pharmacokinetic parameters are determined by non-compartmental model using WinNonlin software (Pharsight Corporation, Mountain View, Calif.). Humanized mAbs with good pharmacokinetics profile (T1/2 is 8-13 days or better, with low clearance and excellent bioavailability 50-100%) are selected.
  • Antibodies are diluted to 2.5 mg/mL with water and 20 mL is analyzed on a Shimadzu HPLC system using a TSK gel G3000 SWXL column (Tosoh Bioscience, cat# k5539-05k). Samples are eluted from the column with 211 mM sodium sulfate, 92 mM sodium phosphate, pH 7.0, at a flow rate of 0.3 mL/minutes.
  • the HPLC system operating conditions are the following:
  • Table 13 contains purity data of parent antibodies and DVD-Ig constructs expressed as percent monomer (unaggregated protein of the expected molecular weight) as determined by the above protocol.
  • DVD-Igs showed an excellent SEC profile with most DVD-Ig showing >90% monomer. This DVD-Ig profile is similar to that observed for parent antibodies.
  • Antibodies are analyzed by sodium dodecyl sulfate-polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis (SDS-PAGE) under both reducing and non-reducing conditions.
  • Adalimumab lot AFP04C is used as a control.
  • the samples are mixed 1:1 with 2 ⁇ tris glycine SDS-PAGE sample buffer (Invitrogen, cat# LC2676, lot# 1323208) with 100 mM DTT, and heated at 60° C. for 30 minutes.
  • the samples are mixed 1:1 with sample buffer and heated at 1001C for 5 minutes.
  • the reduced samples (10 mg per lane) are loaded on a 12% pre-cast tris-glycine gel (Invitrogen, cat# EC6005box, lot# 6111021), and the non-reduced samples (10 mg per lane) are loaded on an 8%-16% pre-cast tris-glycine gel (Invitrogen, cat# EC6045box, lot# 6111021). SeeBlue Plus 2 (Invitrogen, cat#LC5925, lot# 1351542) is used as a molecular weight marker.
  • the gels are run in a XCell SureLock mini cell gel box (Invitrogen, cat# EI0001) and the proteins are separated by first applying a voltage of 75 to stack the samples in the gel, followed by a constant voltage of 125 until the dye front reached the bottom of the gel.
  • the running buffer used is 1 ⁇ tris glycine SDS buffer, prepared from a 10 ⁇ tris glycine SDS buffer (ABC, MPS-79-080106)).
  • the gels are stained overnight with colloidal blue stain (Invitrogen cat# 46-7015, 46-7016) and destained with Milli-Q water until the background is clear.
  • the stained gels are then scanned using an Epson Expression scanner (model 1680, S/N DASX003641).
  • Antibodies are loaded into the sample chamber of each of three standard two-sector carbon epon centerpieces. These centerpieces have a 1.2 cm optical path length and are built with sapphire windows. PBS is used for a reference buffer and each chamber contained 140 ⁇ L. All samples are examined simultaneously using a 4-hole (AN-60Ti) rotor in a Beckman ProteomeLab XL-I analytical ultracentrifuge (serial # PL106C01).
  • Run conditions are programmed and centrifuge control is performed using ProteomeLab (v5.6). The samples and rotor are allowed to thermally equilibrate for one hour prior to analysis (20.0 ⁇ 10.1° C.). Confirmation of proper cell loading is performed at 3000 rpm and a single scan is recorded for each cell.
  • the sedimentation velocity conditions are the following:
  • LC-MS Molecular weight of intact antibodies are analyzed by LC-MS. Each antibody is diluted to approximately 1 mg/mL with water.
  • An 1100 HPLC (Agilent) system with a protein microtrap (Michrom Bioresources, Inc, cat# 004/25109/03) is used to desalt and introduce 5 mg of the sample into an API Qstar pulsar i mass spectrometer (Applied Biosystems).
  • a short gradient is used to elute the samples. The gradient is run with mobile phase A (0.08% FA, 0.02% TFA in HPLC water) and mobile phase B (0.08% FA and 0.02% TFA in acetonitrile) at a flow rate of 50 mL/minute.
  • the mass spectrometer is operated at 4.5 kvolts spray voltage with a scan range from 2000 to 3500 mass to charge ratio.
  • LC-MS Molecular weight measurement of antibody light chain (LC), heavy chain (HC) and deglycosylated HC are analyzed by LC-MS.
  • a antibody is diluted to 1 mg/mL with water and the sample is reduced to LC and HC with a final concentration of 10 mM DTT for 30 minutes at 37° C.
  • To deglycosylate the antibody 100 mg of the antibody is incubated with 2 mL of PNGase F, 5 mL of 10% N-octylglucoside in a total volume of 100 mL overnight at 37° C. After deglycosylation the sample is reduced with a final concentration of 10 mM DTT for 30 minutes at 37° C.
  • An Agilent 1100 HPLC system with a C4 column (Vydac, cat# 214TP5115, S/N 060206537204069) is used to desalt and introduce the sample (5 mg) into an API Qstar pulsar i mass spectrometer (Applied Biosystems). A short gradient is used to elute the sample. The gradient is run with mobile phase A (0.08% FA, 0.02% TFA in HPLC water) and mobile phase B (0.08% FA and 0.02% TFA in acetonitrile) at a flow rate of 50 mL/minute.
  • the mass spectrometer is operated at 4.5 kvolts spray voltage with a scan range from 800 to 3500 mass to charge ratio.
  • Antibody is denatured for 15 minutes at room temperature with a final concentration of 6 M guanidine hydrochloride in 75 mM ammonium bicarbonate.
  • the denatured samples are reduced with a final concentration of 10 mM DTT at 37° C. for 60 minutes, followed by alkylation with 50 mM iodoacetic acid (IAA) in the dark at 37° C. for 30 minutes.
  • IAA iodoacetic acid
  • the sample is dialyzed overnight against four liters of 10 mM ammonium bicarbonate at 4° C.
  • the dialyzed sample is diluted to 1 mg/mL with 10 mM ammonium bicarbonate, pH 7.8 and 100 mg of antibody is either digested with trypsin (Promega, cat# V5111) or Lys-C (Roche, cat# 11 047 825 001) at a 1:20 (w/w) trypsin/Lys-C:antibody ratio at 37° C. for 4 hrs. Digests are quenched with 1 mL of 1 N HCl.
  • peptide mapping with mass spectrometer detection 40 mL of the digests are separated by reverse phase high performance liquid chromatography (RPHPLC) on a C18 column (Vydac, cat# 218TP51, S/N NE9606 10.3.5) with an Agilent 1100 HPLC system.
  • the peptide separation is run with a gradient using mobile phase A (0.02% TFA and 0.08% FA in HPLC grade water) and mobile phase B (0.02% TFA and 0.08% FA in acetonitrile) at a flow rate of 50 mL/minutes.
  • the API QSTAR Pulsar i mass spectromer is operated in positive mode at 4.5 kvolts spray voltage and a scan range from 800 to 2500 mass to charge ratio.
  • the sample (220 mg) is digested with either trypsin (Promega, cat #V5111, lot# 22265901) or Lys-C (Roche, cat# 11047825001, lot# 12808000) at a 1:50 trypsin or 1:50 Lys-C: antibody (w/w) ratios (4.4 mg enzyme: 220 mg sample) at 37° C. for approximately 16 hours.
  • trypsin Promega, cat #V5111, lot# 22265901
  • Lys-C Roche, cat# 11047825001, lot# 12808000
  • An additional 5 mg of trypsin or Lys-C is added to the samples and digestion is allowed to proceed for an additional 2 hours at 37° C. Digestions are stopped by adding 1 mL of TFA to each sample.
  • Digested samples are separated by RPHPLC using a C18 column (Vydac, cat# 218TP51 S/N NE020630-4-1A) on an Agilent HPLC system.
  • the separation is run with the same gradient used for peptide mapping using mobile phase A (0.02% TFA and 0.08% FA in HPLC grade water) and mobile phase B (0.02% TFA and 0.08% FA in acetonitrile) at a flow rate of 50 mL/minute.
  • the HPLC operating conditions are the same as those used for peptide mapping.
  • the API QSTAR Pulsar i mass spectromer is operated in positive mode at 4.5 kvolts spray voltage and a scan range from 800 to 2500 mass-to-charge ratio.
  • Disulfide bonds are assigned by matching the observed MWs of peptides with the predicted MWs of tryptic or Lys-C peptides linked by disulfide bonds.
  • the method used to quantify free cysteines in an antibody is based on the reaction of Ellman's reagent, 5,5 ⁇ -dithio-bis(2-nitrobenzoic acid) (DTNB), with sulfhydryl groups (SH) which gives rise to a characteristic chromophoric product, 5-thio-(2-nitrobenzoic acid) (TNB).
  • DTNB 5,5 ⁇ -dithio-bis(2-nitrobenzoic acid)
  • SH sulfhydryl groups
  • the absorbance of the TNB- is measured at 412 nm using a Cary 50 spectrophotometer.
  • An absorbance curve is plotted using dilutions of 2 mercaptoethanol (b-ME) as the free SH standard and the concentrations of the free sulfhydryl groups in the protein are determined from absorbance at 412 nm of the sample.
  • the b-ME standard stock is prepared by a serial dilution of 14.2 M b-ME with HPLC grade water to a final concentration of 0.142 mM. Then standards in triplicate for each concentration are prepared.
  • Antibody is concentrated to 10 mg/mL using an amicon ultra 10,000 MWCO centrifugal filter (Millipore, cat# UFC801096, lot# L3KN5251) and the buffer is changed to the formulation buffer used for adalimumab (5.57 mM sodium phosphate monobasic, 8.69 mM sodium phosphate dibasic, 106.69 mM NaCl, 1.07 mM sodium citrate, 6.45 mM citric acid, 66.68 mM mannitol, pH 5.2, 0.1% (w/v) Tween).
  • the samples are mixed on a shaker at room temperature for 20 minutes. Then 180 mL of 100 mM Tris buffer, pH 8.1 is added to each sample and standard followed by the addition of 300 mL of 2 mM DTNB in 10 mM phosphate buffer, pH 8.1. After thorough mixing, the samples and standards are measured for absorption at 412 nm on a Cary 50 spectrophotometer. The standard curve is obtained by plotting the amount of free SH and OD 412 nm of the b-ME standards. Free SH content of samples are calculated based on this curve after subtraction of the blank.
  • Antibody is diluted to 1 mg/mL with 10 mM sodium phosphate, pH 6.0. Charge heterogeneity is analyzed using a Shimadzu HPLC system with a WCX-10 ProPac analytical column (Dionex, cat# 054993, S/N 02722). The samples are loaded on the column in 80% mobile phase A (10 mM sodium phosphate, pH 6.0) and 20% mobile phase B (10 mM sodium phosphate, 500 mM NaCl, pH 6.0) and eluted at a flow rate of 1.0 mL/minute.
  • Oligosaccharides released after PNGase F treatment of antibody are derivatized with 2-aminobenzamide (2-AB) labeling reagent.
  • the fluorescent-labeled oligosaccharides are separated by normal phase high performance liquid chromatography (NPHPLC) and the different forms of oligosaccharides are characterized based on retention time comparison with known standards.
  • NPHPLC normal phase high performance liquid chromatography
  • the antibody is first digested with PNGaseF to cleave N-linked oligosaccharides from the Fc portion of the heavy chain.
  • the antibody (200 mg) is placed in a 500 mL Eppendorf tube along with 2 mL PNGase F and 3 mL of 10% N-octylglucoside. Phosphate buffered saline is added to bring the final volume to 60 mL.
  • the sample is incubated overnight at 37° C. in an Eppendorf thermomixer set at 700 RPM.
  • Adalimumab lot AFP04C is also digested with PNGase F as a control.
  • the samples are incubated at 95° C. for 5 minutes in an Eppendorf thermomixer set at 750 RPM to precipitate out the proteins, then the samples are placed in an Eppendorf centrifuge for 2 minutes at 10,000 RPM to spin down the precipitated proteins.
  • the supernatent containing the oligosaccharides are transferred to a 500 mL Eppendorf tube and dried in a speed-vac at 65° C.
  • the oligosaccharides are labeled with 2AB using a 2AB labeling kit purchased from Prozyme (cat# GKK-404, lot# 132026).
  • the labeling reagent is prepared according to the manufacturer's instructions.
  • Acetic acid 150 mL, provided in kit
  • DMSO vial provided in kit
  • the acetic acid/DMSO mixture 100 mL
  • the dye solution is then added to a vial of reductant (provided in kit) and mixed well (labeling reagent).
  • the labeling reagent (5 mL) is added to each dried oligosaccharide sample vial, and mixed thoroughly.
  • the reaction vials are placed in an Eppendorf thermomixer set at 65° C. and 700-800 RPM for 2 hours of reaction.
  • the excess fluorescent dye is removed using GlycoClean S Cartridges from Prozyme (cat# GKI-4726). Prior to adding the samples, the cartridges are washed with 1 mL of milli-Q water followed with 5 ishes of 1 mL 30% acetic acid solution. Just prior to adding the samples, 1 mL of acetonitrile (Burdick and Jackson, cat# AH015-4) is added to the cartridges.
  • the sample is spotted onto the center of the freshly washed disc and allowed to adsorb onto the disc for 10 minutes.
  • the disc is washed with 1 mL of acetonitrile followed by five ishes of 1 mL of 96% acetonitrile.
  • the cartridges are placed over a 1.5 mL Eppendorf tube and the 2-AB labeled oligosaccharides are eluted with 3 ishes (400 mL each ish) of milli Q water.
  • the oligosaccharides are separated using a Glycosep N HPLC (cat# GKI-4728) column connected to a Shimadzu HPLC system.
  • the Shimadzu HPLC system consisted of a system controller, degasser, binary pumps, autosampler with a sample cooler, and a fluorescent detector.
  • the buffer of antibody is either 5.57 mM sodium phosphate monobasic, 8.69 mM sodium phosphate dibasic, 106.69 mM NaCl, 1.07 mM sodium citrate, 6.45 mM citric acid, 66.68 mM mannitol, 0.1% (w/v) Tween, pH 5.2; or 10 mM histidine, 10 mM methionine, 4% mannitol, pH 5.9 using Amicon ultra centrifugal filters.
  • the final concentration of the antibodies is adjusted to 2 mg/mL with the appropriate buffers.
  • the antibody solutions are then filter sterilized and 0.25 mL aliquots are prepared under sterile conditions.
  • the aliquots are left at either ⁇ 80° C., 5° C., 25° C., or 40° C. for 1, 2 or 3 weeks.
  • the samples are analyzed by size exclusion chromatography and SDS-PAGE.
  • the stability samples are analyzed by SDS-PAGE under both reducing and non-reducing conditions.
  • the procedure used is the same as described herein.
  • the gels are stained overnight with colloidal blue stain (Invitrogen cat# 46-7015, 46-7016) and destained with Milli-Q water until the background is clear.
  • the stained gels are then scanned using an Epson Expression scanner (model 1680, S/N DASX003641). To obtain more sensitivity, the same gels are silver stained using silver staining kit (Owl Scientific) and the recommended procedures given by the manufacturer is used.
  • mice Human cancer cells are grown in vitro to 99% viability, 85% confluence in tissue culture flasks. SCID female or male mice (Charles Rivers Labs) at 19-25 grams, are ear tagged and shaved. Mice are then inoculated subcutaneously into the right flank with 0.2 ml of 2 ⁇ 10 6 human tumor cells (1:1 matrigel) on study day 0. Administration (IP, Q3D/week) of vehicle (PBS), humanized antibody, and/or chemotherapy is initiated after mice are size matched into separate cages of mice with mean tumor volumes of approximately 150 to 200 mm 3 .
  • PBS vehicle
  • humanized antibody humanized antibody
  • chemotherapy chemotherapy is initiated after mice are size matched into separate cages of mice with mean tumor volumes of approximately 150 to 200 mm 3 .
  • T cells Human CD3+ T cells were isolated from previously frozen isolated peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMC) by a negative selection enrichment column (R&D Systems, Minneapolis, Minn.; Cat.#HTCC-525). T cells were stimulated for 4 days in flasks (vent cap, Corning, Acton, Mass.) coated with 10 pg/mL anti-CD3 (OKT-3, eBioscience, Inc., San Diego, Calif.) and 2 ⁇ g/mL anti-CD28 (CD28.2, eBioscience, Inc., San Diego, Calif.) in D-PBS (Invitrogen, Carlsbad, Calif.) and cultured in 30 U/mL IL-2 (Roche) in complete RPMI 1640 media (Invitrogen, Carlsbad, Calif.) with L-glutamine, 55 mM ⁇ -ME, Pen/Strep, 10% FBS).
  • PBMC peripheral blood mononuclear cells
  • T cells were then rested overnight in 30 U/mL IL-2 before using in assay.
  • DoHH2 or Raji target cells were labeled with PKH26 (Sigma-Aldrich, St. Louis, Mo.) according to manufacturer's instructions.
  • PKH26 Sigma-Aldrich, St. Louis, Mo.
  • RPMI 1640 media no phenol, Invitrogen, Carlsbad, Calif.
  • L-glutamine L-glutamine
  • 10% FBS Hyclone, Logan, Utah
  • Effector T cells (E) and targets (T) were plated at a final cell concentration of 10 5 and 10 4 cells/well in 96-well plates (Costar #3799, Acton, Mass.), respectively to give an E:T ratio of 10:1.
  • DVD-Ig molecules were diluted to obtain concentration-dependent titration curves. After an overnight incubation cells are pelleted and washed with D-PBS once before resuspending in FACS buffer containing 0.1% BSA (Invitrogen, Carlsbad, Calif.), 0.1% sodium azide and 0.5 ⁇ g/mL propidium iodide (BD) in D-PBS.
  • BSA Invitrogen, Carlsbad, Calif.
  • BD propidium iodide
  • FACS data was collected on a FACS Canto II machine (Becton Dickinson, San Jose, Calif.) and analyzed in Flowjo (Treestar). The percent live targets in the DVD-Ig treated samples divided by the percent total targets (control, no treatment) was calculated to determine percent specific lysis. IC50s were calculated in Prism (Graphpad).
  • the sequence of this CD3/CD20 DVD-Ig was disclosed in US Patent Application Serial No. 20070071675.
  • DVD-Ig molecules capable of binding two antigens are constructed using two parent monoclonal antibodies, one against human antigen A, and the other against human antigen B, selected as described herein.
  • a constant region containing ⁇ I Fc with mutations at 234, and 235 to eliminate ADCC/CDC effector functions is used.
  • Four different anti-A/B DVD-Ig constructs are generated: 2 with short linker and 2 with long linker, each in two different domain orientations: V A -V B -C and V B -V A -C (see Table 14).
  • the linker sequences derived from the N-terminal sequence of human Cl/Ck or CH1 domain, are as follows:
  • Heavy and light chain constructs are subcloned into the pBOS expression vector, and expressed in COS cells, followed by purification by Protein A chromatography. The purified materials are subjected to SDS-PAGE and SEC analysis.
  • Table 14 describes the heavy chain and light chain constructs used to express each anti-A/B DVD-Ig protein.
  • VH domain of A antibody is PCR amplified using specific primers (3′ primers contain short/long liner sequence for SL/LL constructs, respectively); meanwhile VH domain of B antibody is amplified using specific primers (5′ primers contains short/long liner sequence for SL/LL constructs, respectively).
  • Both PCR reactions are performed according to standard PCR techniques and procedures.
  • the two PCR products are gel-purified, and used together as overlapping template for the subsequent overlapping PCR reaction.
  • the overlapping PCR products are subcloned into Srf I and Sal I double digested pBOS-hC ⁇ 1,z non-a mammalian expression vector (Abbott) by using standard homologous recombination approach.
  • VL domain of A antibody is PCR amplified using specific primers (3′ primers contain short/long liner sequence for SL/LL constructs, respectively); meanwhile VL domain of B antibody is amplified using specific primers (5′ primers contains short/long liner sequence for SL/LL constructs, respectively).
  • Both PCR reactions are performed according to standard PCR techniques and procedures. The two PCR products are gel-purified, and used together as overlapping template for the subsequent overlapping PCR reaction using standard PCR conditions.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Neurosurgery (AREA)
  • Diabetes (AREA)
  • Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
  • Endocrinology (AREA)
  • Virology (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Pulmonology (AREA)
  • Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
  • Cardiology (AREA)
  • Orthopedic Medicine & Surgery (AREA)
  • Communicable Diseases (AREA)
  • Rheumatology (AREA)
  • Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Psychiatry (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention relates to engineered multivalent and multispecific binding proteins, methods of making, and specifically to their uses in the prevention, diagnosis, and/or treatment of disease.

Description

REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
This application is a non-provisional application claiming priority to U.S. Provisional Application Ser. No. 61/130,776, filed Jun 3, 2008 and U.S. Provisional Application Ser. No. 61/132,951, filed Jun. 21, 2008, the contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference.
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
The present invention relates to multivalent and multispecific binding proteins, methods of making, and specifically to their uses in the, diagnosis, prevention and/or treatment of acute and chronic inflammatory diseases, cancer, and other diseases.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
Engineered proteins, such as multispecific antibodies capable of binding two or more antigens are known in the art. Such multispecific binding proteins can be generated using cell fusion, chemical conjugation, or recombinant DNA techniques.
Bispecific antibodies have been produced using quadroma technology (see Milstein, C. and A. C. Cuello (1983) Nature 305(5934):537-40) based on the somatic fusion of two different hybridoma cell lines expressing murine monoclonal antibodies (mAbs) with the desired specificities of the bispecific antibody. Because of the random pairing of two different immunoglobulin (Ig) heavy and light chains within the resulting hybrid-hybridoma (or quadroma) cell line, up to ten different Ig species are generated, of which only one is the functional bispecific antibody. The presence of mis-paired by-products, and significantly reduced production yields, means sophisticated purification procedures are required.
Bispecific antibodies can also be produced by chemical conjugation of two different mAbs (see Staerz, U. D., et al. (1985) Nature 314(6012): 628-31). This approach does not yield homogeneous preparation. Other approaches have used chemical conjugation of two different mAbs or smaller antibody fragments (see Brennan, M., et al. (1985) Science 229(4708): 81-3).
Another method used to produce bispecific antibodies is the coupling of two parental antibodies with a hetero-bifunctional crosslinker, but the resulting bispecific antibodies suffer from significant molecular heterogeneity because reaction of the crosslinker with the parental antibodies is not site-directed. To obtain more homogeneous preparations of bispecific antibodies two different Fab fragments have been chemically crosslinked at their hinge cysteine residues in a site-directed manner (see Glennie, M. J., et al. (1987) J. Immunol. 139(7): 2367-75). But this method results in Fab′2 fragments, not full IgG molecule.
A wide variety of other recombinant bispecific antibody formats have been developed (see Kriangkum, J., et al. (2001) Biomol. Eng. 18(2): 31-40). Amongst them tandem single-chain Fv molecules and diabodies, and various derivatives thereof, are the most widely used. Routinely, construction of these molecules starts from two single-chain Fv (scFv) fragments that recognize different antigens (see Economides, A. N., et al. (2003) Nat. Med. 9(1): 47-52). Tandem scFv molecules (taFv) represent a straightforward format simply connecting the two scFv molecules with an additional peptide linker. The two scFv fragments present in these tandem scFv molecules form separate folding entities. Various linkers can be used to connect the two scFv fragments and linkers with a length of up to 63 residues (see Nakanishi, K., et al. (2001) Ann. Rev. Immunol. 19: 423-74). Although the parental scFv fragments can normally be expressed in soluble form in bacteria, it is, however, often observed that tandem scFv molecules form insoluble aggregates in bacteria. Hence, refolding protocols or the use of mammalian expression systems are routinely applied to produce soluble tandem scFv molecules. In a recent study, in vivo expression by transgenic rabbits and cattle of a tandem scFv directed against CD28 and a melanoma-associated proteoglycan was reported (see Gracie, J. A., et al. (1999) J. Clin. Invest. 104(10): 1393-401). In this construct, the two scFv molecules were connected by a CH1 linker and serum concentrations of up to 100 mg/L of the bispecific antibody were found. Various strategies including variations of the domain order or using middle linkers with varying length or flexibility were employed to allow soluble expression in bacteria. A few studies have now reported expression of soluble tandem scFv molecules in bacteria (see Leung, B. P., et al. (2000) J. Immunol. 164(12): 6495-502; Ito, A., et al. (2003) J. Immunol. 170(9): 4802-9; Karni, A., et al. (2002) J. Neuroimmunol. 125(1-2): 134-40) using either a very short Ala3 linker or long glycine/serine-rich linkers. In another recent study, phage display of a tandem scFv repertoire containing randomized middle linkers with a length of 3 or 6 residues was employed to enrich for those molecules that are produced in soluble and active form in bacteria. This approach resulted in the isolation of a tandem scFv molecule with a 6 amino acid residue linker (see Arndt, M. and J. Krauss (2003) Methods Mol. Biol. 207: 305-21). It is unclear whether this linker sequence represents a general solution to the soluble expression of tandem scFv molecules. Nevertheless, this study demonstrated that phage display of tandem scFv molecules in combination with directed mutagenesis is a powerful tool to enrich for these molecules, which can be expressed in bacteria in an active form.
Bispecific diabodies (Db) utilize the diabody format for expression. Diabodies are produced from scFv fragments by reducing the length of the linker connecting the VH and VL domain to approximately 5 residues (see Peipp, M. and T. Valerius (2002) Biochem. Soc. Trans. 30(4): 507-11). This reduction of linker size facilitates dimerization of two polypeptide chains by crossover pairing of the VH and VL domains. Bispecific diabodies are produced by expressing, two polypeptide chains with, either the structure VHA-VLB and VHB-VLA (VH-VL configuration), or VLA-VHB and VLB-VHA (VL-VH configuration) within the same cell. A large variety of different bispecific diabodies have been produced in the past and most of them are expressed in soluble form in bacteria. However, a recent comparative study demonstrates that the orientation of the variable domains can influence expression and formation of active binding sites (see Mack, M. et al. (1995) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 92(15): 7021-5). Nevertheless, soluble expression in bacteria represents an important advantage over tandem scFv molecules. However, since two different polypeptide chains are expressed within a single cell inactive homodimers can be produced together with active heterodimers. This necessitates the implementation of additional purification steps in order to obtain homogenous preparations of bispecific diabodies. One approach to force the generation of bispecific diabodies is the production of knob-into-hole diabodies (see Holliger, P., T. Prospero, and G. Winter (1993) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90(14): 6444-8.18). This approach was demonstrated for a bispecific diabody directed against HER2 and CD3. A large knob was introduced in the VH domain by exchanging Val37 with Phe and Leu45 with Trp and a complementary hole was produced in the VL domain by mutating Phe98 to Met and Tyr87 to Ala, either in the anti-HER2 or the anti-CD3 variable domains. By using this approach the production of bispecific diabodies could be increased from 72% by the parental diabody to over 90% by the knob-into-hole diabody. Importantly, production yields only slightly decrease as a result of these mutations. However, a reduction in antigen-binding activity was observed for several constructs. Thus, this rather elaborate approach requires the analysis of various constructs in order to identify those mutations that produce heterodimeric molecule with unaltered binding activity. In addition, such approach requires mutational modification of the immunoglobulin sequence at the constant region, thus creating non-native and non-natural form of the antibody sequence, which may result in increased immunogenicity, poor in vivo stability, as well as undesirable pharmacokinetics.
Single-chain diabodies (scDb) represent an alternative strategy for improving the formation of bispecific diabody-like molecules (see Holliger, P. and G. Winter (1997) Cancer Immunol. Immunother. 45(3-4): 128-30; Wu, A. M., et al. (1996) Immunotechnology 2(1): p. 21-36). Bispecific single-chain diabodies are produced by connecting the two diabody-forming polypeptide chains with an additional middle linker with a length of approximately 15 amino acid residues. Consequently, all molecules with a molecular weight corresponding to monomeric single-chain diabodies (50-60 kDa) are bispecific. Several studies have demonstrated that bispecific single chain diabodies are expressed in bacteria in soluble and active form with the majority of purified molecules present as monomers (see Holliger, P. and G. Winter (1997) Cancer Immunol. Immunother. 45(3-4): 128-30; Wu, A. M., et al. (1996) Immunotechnol. 2(1): 21-36; Pluckthun, A. and P. Pack (1997) Immunotechnol. 3(2): 83-105; Ridgway, J. B., et al. (1996) Protein Engin. 9(7): 617-21). Thus, single-chain diabodies combine the advantages of tandem scFvs (all monomers are bispecific) and diabodies (soluble expression in bacteria).
More recently diabodies have been fused to Fc to generate more Ig-like molecules, named di-diabodies (see Lu, D., et al. (2004) J. Biol. Chem. 279(4): 2856-65). In addition, multivalent antibody construct comprising two Fab repeats in the heavy chain of an IgG and capable of binding four antigen molecules has been described (see WO 0177342A1, and Miller, K., et al. (2003) J. Immunol. 170(9): 4854-61).
There is a need in the art for improved multivalent binding proteins capable of binding two or more antigens. U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/507,050 provides a novel family of binding proteins capable of binding two or more antigens with high affinity, which are called dual variable domain immunoglobulins (DVD-Ig™). The present invention provides further novel binding proteins capable of binding two or more antigens.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
This invention pertains to multivalent binding proteins capable of binding two or more antigens. The present invention provides a novel family of binding proteins capable of binding two or more antigens with high affinity.
In one embodiment the invention provides a binding protein comprising a polypeptide chain, wherein the polypeptide chain comprises VD1-(X1)n-VD2-C—(X2)n, wherein VD1 is a first variable domain, VD2 is a second variable domain, C is a constant domain, X1 represents an amino acid or polypeptide, X2 represents an Fc region and n is 0 or 1. In an embodiment the VD1 and VD2 in the binding protein are heavy chain variable domains. In another embodiment, the heavy chain variable domain is selected from the group consisting of a murine heavy chain variable domain, a human heavy chain variable domain, a CDR grafted heavy chain variable domain, and a humanized heavy chain variable domain. In yet another, embodiment VD1 and VD2 are capable of binding the same antigen. In another embodiment VD1 and VD2 are capable of binding different antigens. In still another embodiment, C is a heavy chain constant domain. For example, X1 is a linker with the proviso that X1 is not CH1. For example, X1 is a linker selected from the group consisting of AKTTPKLEEGEFSEAR (SEQ ID NO: 1); AKTTPKLEEGEFSEARV (SEQ ID NO: 2); AKTTPKLGG (SEQ ID NO: 3); SAKTTPKLGG (SEQ ID NO: 4); SAKTTP (SEQ ID NO: 5); RADAAP (SEQ ID NO: 6); RADAAPTVS (SEQ ID NO: 7); RADAAAAGGPGS (SEQ ID NO: 8); RADAAAA(G4S)4 (SEQ ID NO: 9); SAKTTPKLEEGEFSEARV (SEQ ID NO: 10); ADAAP (SEQ ID NO: 11); ADAAPTVSIFPP (SEQ ID NO: 12); TVAAP (SEQ ID NO: 13); TVAAPSVFIFPP (SEQ ID NO: 14); QPKAAP (SEQ ID NO: 15); QPKAAPSVTLFPP (SEQ ID NO: 16); AKTTPP (SEQ ID NO: 17); AKTTPPSVTPLAP (SEQ ID NO: 18); AKTTAP (SEQ ID NO: 19); AKTTAPSVYPLAP (SEQ ID NO: 20); ASTKGP (SEQ ID NO: 21); ASTKGPSVFPLAP (SEQ ID NO: 22), GGGGSGGGGSGGGGS (SEQ ID NO: 23); GENKVEYAPALMALS (SEQ ID NO: 24); GPAKELTPLKEAKVS (SEQ ID NO: 25); and GHEAAAVMQVQYPAS (SEQ ID NO: 26). In an embodiment, X2 is an Fc region. In another embodiment, X2 is a variant Fc region.
In an embodiment the binding protein disclosed herein comprises a polypeptide chain, wherein the polypeptide chain comprises VD1-(X1)n-VD2-C—(X2)n, wherein VD1 is a first heavy chain variable domain, VD2 is a second heavy chain variable domain, C is a heavy chain constant domain, X1 is a linker with the proviso that it is not CH1, and X2 is an Fc region.
In an embodiment, VD1 and VD2 in the binding protein are light chain variable domains. In an embodiment, the light chain variable domain is selected from the group consisting of a murine light chain variable domain, a human light chain variable domain, a CDR grafted light chain variable domain, and a humanized light chain variable domain. In one embodiment VD1 and VD2 are capable of binding the same antigen. In another embodiment VD1 and VD2 are capable of binding different antigens. In an embodiment, C is a light chain constant domain. In another embodiment, X1 is a linker with the proviso that X1 is not CL1. In an embodiment, X1 is a linker selected from the group consisting of AKTTPKLEEGEFSEAR (SEQ ID NO: 1); AKTTPKLEEGEFSEARV (SEQ ID NO: 2); AKTTPKLGG (SEQ ID NO: 3); SAKTTPKLGG (SEQ ID NO: 4); SAKTTP (SEQ ID NO: 5); RADAAP (SEQ ID NO: 6); RADAAPTVS (SEQ ID NO: 7); RADAAAAGGPGS (SEQ ID NO: 8); RADAAAA(G4S)4 (SEQ ID NO: 9); SAKTTPKLEEGEFSEARV (SEQ ID NO: 10); ADAAP (SEQ ID NO: 11); ADAAPTVSIFPP (SEQ ID NO: 12); TVAAP (SEQ ID NO: 13); TVAAPSVFIFPP (SEQ ID NO: 14); QPKAAP (SEQ ID NO: 15); QPKAAPSVTLFPP (SEQ ID NO: 16); AKTTPP (SEQ ID NO: 17); AKTTPPSVTPLAP (SEQ ID NO: 18); AKTTAP (SEQ ID NO: 19); AKTTAPSVYPLAP (SEQ ID NO: 20); ASTKGP (SEQ ID NO: 21); ASTKGPSVFPLAP (SEQ ID NO: 22), GGGGSGGGGSGGGGS (SEQ ID NO: 23); GENKVEYAPALMALS (SEQ ID NO: 24); GPAKELTPLKEAKVS (SEQ ID NO: 25); and GHEAAAVMQVQYPAS (SEQ ID NO: 26). In an embodiment, the binding protein does not comprise X2.
In an embodiment, both the variable heavy and variable light chain comprise the same linker. In another embodiment, the variable heavy and variable light chain comprise different linkers. In another embodiment, both the variable heavy and variable light chain comprise a short (about 6 amino acids) linker. In another embodiment, both the variable heavy and variable light chain comprise a long (greater than 6 amino acids) linker. In another embodiment, the variable heavy chain comprises a short linker and the variable light chain comprises a long linker. In another embodiment, the variable heavy chain comprises a long linker and the variable light chain comprises a short linker.
In an embodiment the binding protein disclosed herein comprises a polypeptide chain, wherein said polypeptide chain comprises VD1-(X1)n-VD2-C—(X2)n, wherein VD1 is a first light chain variable domain, VD2 is a second light chain variable domain, C is a light chain constant domain, X1 is a linker with the proviso that it is not CH1, and X2 does not comprise an Fc region.
In another embodiment the invention provides a binding protein comprising two polypeptide chains, wherein said first polypeptide chain comprises VD1-(X1)n-VD2-C—(X2)n, wherein VD1 is a first heavy chain variable domain, VD2 is a second heavy chain variable domain, C is a heavy chain constant domain, X1 is a linker with the proviso that it is not CH1, and X2 is an Fc region; and said second polypeptide chain comprises VD1-(X1)n-VD2-C—(X2)n, wherein VD1 is a first light chain variable domain, VD2 is a second light chain variable domain, C is a light chain constant domain, X1 is a linker with the proviso that it is not CH1, and X2 does not comprise an Fc region. In a particular embodiment, the Dual Variable Domain (DVD) binding protein comprises four polypeptide chains wherein the first two polypeptide chains comprises VD1-(X1)n-VD2-C—(X2)n, respectively wherein VD1 is a first heavy chain variable domain, VD2 is a second heavy chain variable domain, C is a heavy chain constant domain, X1 is a linker with the proviso that it is not CH1, and X2 is an Fc region; and the second two polypeptide chain comprises VD1-(X1)n-VD2-C—(X2)n respectively, wherein VD1 is a first light chain variable domain, VD2 is a second light chain variable domain, C is a light chain constant domain, X1 is a linker with the proviso that it is not CH1, and X2 does not comprise an Fc region. Such a Dual Variable Domain (DVD) protein has four antigen binding sites.
In another embodiment the binding proteins disclosed herein are capable of binding one or more targets. In an embodiment, the target is selected from the group consisting of cytokines, cell surface proteins, enzymes and receptors. In another embodiment, the binding protein is capable of modulating a biological function of one or more targets. In another embodiment, the binding protein is capable of neutralizing one or more targets. The binding protein of the invention is capable of binding cytokines selected from the group consisting of lymphokines, monokines, polypeptide hormones, receptors, or tumor markers. For example, the DVD-Ig of the invention is capable of binding two or more of the following: Amyloid beta (Abeta) (seq. 1), Abeta (seq. 2), Abeta (seq. 3), Tumor Necrosis Factor alpha (TNF-α), interleukin 1β(IL-1β), Insulin-like Growth Factor 1 (IGF1), Insulin-like Growth Factor 2 (IGF2), Interleukin 18 (IL-18), Interleukin 6 (IL-6), Receptor for Advanced Glycation Endproducts (RAGE), Nerve Growth Factor (NGF), Epidermal Growth Factor Receptor (EGFR) (seq. 1), EGFR (seq. 2), CD-20, and Repulsive Guidance Molecule (RGMA) (see also Table 2). In a specific embodiment the binding protein is capable of binding pairs of targets selected from the group consisting of Abeta (seq. 1) and Abeta (seq. 3); TNF-α and Abeta (seq. 2); IL-1 and Abeta (seq. 2); Abeta (seq. 1) and Abeta (seq. 2); IGF1,2 and Abeta (seq. 2); Abeta (seq. 2) and IL-18; IL-6 and Abeta (seq. 2); TNF-α and Abeta (seq. 3); IL-1β and Abeta (seq. 3); Abeta (seq. 1) and Abeta (seq. 3); IGF1,2 and Abeta (seq. 3); Abeta (seq. 3) and IL-18; IL-6 and Abeta (seq. 3); TNF-α and Abeta (seq. 1); IL-1β and Abeta (seq. 1); IGF1,2 and Abeta (seq. 1); Abeta (seq. 1) and IL-18; IL-6 and Abeta (seq. 1); Abeta (seq. 1) and RAGE; NGF and IL-18; NGF and IL-1; NGF and IL-6; TNF-α and EGFR (seq. 2); TNF-α and RAGE; CD-20 and EGFR (seq. 1); CD-20 and EGFR (seq. 2); RGMA and TNF-α (see Examples 2.1 to 2.27).
In an embodiment, the binding protein capable of binding Abeta (seq. 1) and Abeta (seq. 3) comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 62 and SEQ ID NO. 64; and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 63 and SEQ ID NO. 65. In an embodiment, the binding protein capable of binding Abeta (seq. 1) and Abeta (seq. 3) comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 62 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 63. In another embodiment, the binding protein capable of binding Abeta (seq. 1) and Abeta (seq. 3) has a reverse orientation and comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 64 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 65.
In an embodiment, the binding protein capable of binding TNF-α and Abeta (seq. 2) comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 66 and SEQ ID NO. 68; and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 67 and SEQ ID NO. 69. In an embodiment, the binding protein capable of binding TNF-α and Abeta (seq. 2) comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 66 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 67. In another embodiment, the binding protein capable of binding TNF-α and Abeta (seq. 2) has a reverse orientation and comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 68 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 69.
In an embodiment, the binding protein capable of binding IL-1β and Abeta (seq. 2) comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 70 and SEQ ID NO. 72; and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 71 and SEQ ID NO. 73. In an embodiment, the binding protein capable of binding IL-1β and Abeta (seq. 2) comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 70 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 71. In another embodiment, the binding protein capable of binding IL-1β and Abeta (seq. 2) has a reverse orientation and comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 72 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 73.
In an embodiment, the binding protein capable of binding Abeta (seq. 1) and Abeta (seq. 2) comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 74 and SEQ ID NO. 76; and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 75 and SEQ ID NO. 77. In an embodiment, the binding protein capable of binding Abeta (seq. 1) and Abeta (seq. 2) comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 74 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 75. In another embodiment, the binding protein capable of binding Abeta (seq. 1) and Abeta (seq. 2) has a reverse orientation and comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 76 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 77.
In an embodiment, the binding protein capable of binding IGF1,2 and Abeta (seq. 2) comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 78 and SEQ ID NO. 80; and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 79 and SEQ ID NO. 81. In an embodiment, the binding protein capable of binding IGF1,2 and Abeta (seq. 2) comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 78 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 79. In another embodiment, the binding protein capable of binding IGF1,2 and Abeta (seq. 2) has a reverse orientation and comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 80 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 81.
In an embodiment, the binding protein capable of binding Abeta (seq. 2) and IL-18 comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 82 and SEQ ID NO. 84; and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 83 and SEQ ID NO. 85. In an embodiment, the binding protein capable of binding Abeta (seq. 2) and IL-18 comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 82 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 83. In another embodiment, the binding protein capable of binding Abeta (seq. 2) and IL-18 has a reverse orientation and comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 84 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 85.
In an embodiment, the binding protein capable of binding IL-6 and Abeta (seq. 2) comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 86 and SEQ ID NO. 88; and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 87 and SEQ ID NO. 89. In an embodiment, the binding protein capable of binding IL-6 and Abeta (seq. 2) comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 86 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 87. In another embodiment, the binding protein capable of binding IL-6 and Abeta (seq. 2) has a reverse orientation and comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 88 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 89.
In an embodiment, the binding protein capable of binding TNF-α and Abeta (seq. 3) comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 90 and SEQ ID NO. 92; and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 91 and SEQ ID NO. 93. In an embodiment, the binding protein capable of binding TNF-α and Abeta (seq. 3) comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 90 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 91. In another embodiment, the binding protein capable of binding TNF-α and Abeta (seq. 3) has a reverse orientation and comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 92 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 93.
In an embodiment, the binding protein capable of binding IL-1β and Abeta (seq. 3) comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 94 and SEQ ID NO. 96; and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 95 and SEQ ID NO. 97. In an embodiment, the binding protein capable of binding IL-1β and Abeta (seq. 3) comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 94 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 95. In another embodiment, the binding protein capable of binding IL-1β and Abeta (seq. 3) has a reverse orientation and comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 96 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 97.
In an embodiment, the binding protein capable of binding Abeta (seq. 1) and Abeta (seq. 3) comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 98 and SEQ ID NO. 100; and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 99 and SEQ ID NO. 101. In an embodiment, the binding protein capable of binding Abeta (seq. 1) and Abeta (seq. 3) comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 98 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 99. In another embodiment, the binding protein capable of binding Abeta (seq. 1) and Abeta (seq. 3) has a reverse orientation and comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 100 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 101.
In an embodiment, the binding protein capable of binding IGF1,2 and Abeta (seq. 3) comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 102 and SEQ ID NO. 104; and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 103 and SEQ ID NO. 105. In an embodiment, the binding protein capable of binding IGF1,2 and Abeta (seq. 3) comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 102 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 103. In another embodiment, the binding protein capable of binding IGF1,2 and Abeta (seq. 3) has a reverse orientation and comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 104 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 105.
In an embodiment, the binding protein capable of binding Abeta (seq. 3) and IL-18 comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 106 and SEQ ID NO. 108; and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 107 and SEQ ID NO. 109. In an embodiment, the binding protein capable of binding Abeta (seq. 3) and IL-18 comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 106 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 107. In another embodiment, the binding protein capable of binding Abeta (seq. 3) and IL-18 has a reverse orientation and comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 108 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 109.
In an embodiment, the binding protein capable of binding IL-6 and Abeta (seq. 3) comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 110 and SEQ ID NO. 112; and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 111 and SEQ ID NO. 113. In an embodiment, the binding protein capable of binding IL-6 and Abeta (seq. 3) comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 110 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 111. In another embodiment, the binding protein capable of binding IL-6 and Abeta (seq. 3) has a reverse orientation and comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 112 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 113.
In an embodiment, the binding protein capable of binding TNF-α and Abeta (seq. 1) comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 114 and SEQ ID NO. 116; and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 115 and SEQ ID NO. 117. In an embodiment, the binding protein capable of binding TNF-α and Abeta (seq. 1) comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 114 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 115. In another embodiment, the binding protein capable of binding TNF-α and Abeta (seq. 1) has a reverse orientation and comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 116 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 117.
In an embodiment, the binding protein capable of binding IL-1β and Abeta (seq. 1) comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 118 and SEQ ID NO. 120; and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 119 and SEQ ID NO. 121. In an embodiment, the binding protein capable of binding IL-1β and Abeta (seq. 1) comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 118 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 119. In another embodiment, the binding protein capable of binding IL-1β and Abeta (seq. 1) has a reverse orientation and comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 120 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 121.
In an embodiment, the binding protein capable of binding IGF1,2 and Abeta (seq. 1) comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 122 and SEQ ID NO. 124; and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 123 and SEQ ID NO. 125. In an embodiment, the binding protein capable of binding IGF1,2 and Abeta (seq. 1) comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 122 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 123. In another embodiment, the binding protein capable of binding IGF1,2 and Abeta (seq. 1) has a reverse orientation and comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 124 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 125.
In an embodiment, the binding protein capable of binding Abeta (seq. 1) and IL-18 comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 126 and SEQ ID NO. 128; and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 127 and SEQ ID NO. 129. In an embodiment, the binding protein capable of binding Abeta (seq. 1) and IL-18 comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 126 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 127. In another embodiment, the binding protein capable of binding Abeta (seq. 1) and IL-18 has a reverse orientation and comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 128 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 129.
In an embodiment, the binding protein capable of binding IL-6 and Abeta (seq. 1) comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 130 and SEQ ID NO. 132; and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 131 and SEQ ID NO. 133. In an embodiment, the binding protein capable of binding IL-6 and Abeta (seq. 1) comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 130 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 131. In another embodiment, the binding protein capable of binding IL-6 and Abeta (seq. 1) has a reverse orientation and comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 132 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 133.
In an embodiment, the binding protein capable of binding Abeta (seq. 1) and RAGE comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 134 and SEQ ID NO. 136; and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 135 and SEQ ID NO. 137. In an embodiment, the binding protein capable of binding Abeta (seq. 1) and RAGE comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 134 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 135. In another embodiment, the binding protein capable of binding Abeta (seq. 1) and RAGE has a reverse orientation and comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 136 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 137.
In an embodiment, the binding protein capable of binding NGF and IL-18 comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 138 and SEQ ID NO. 140; and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 139 and SEQ ID NO. 141. In an embodiment, the binding protein capable of binding NGF and IL-18 comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 138 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 139. In another embodiment, the binding protein capable of binding NGF and IL-18 has a reverse orientation and comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 140 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 141.
In an embodiment, the binding protein capable of binding NGF and IL-1β comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 142 and SEQ ID NO. 144; and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 143 and SEQ ID NO. 145. In an embodiment, the binding protein capable of binding NGF and IL-1β comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 142 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 143. In another embodiment, the binding protein capable of binding NGF and IL-1β has a reverse orientation and comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 144 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 145.
In an embodiment, the binding protein capable of binding NGF and IL-6 comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 146 and SEQ ID NO. 148; and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 147 and SEQ ID NO. 149. In an embodiment, the binding protein capable of binding NGF and IL-6 comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 146 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 147. In another embodiment, the binding protein capable of binding NGF and IL-6 has a reverse orientation and comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 148 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 149.
In an embodiment, the binding protein capable of binding TNF-α and EGFR (seq. 2) comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 150 and SEQ ID NO. 152; and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 151 and SEQ ID NO. 153. In an embodiment, the binding protein capable of binding TNF-α and EGFR (seq. 2) comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 150 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 151. In another embodiment, the binding protein capable of binding TNF-α and EGFR (seq. 2) has a reverse orientation and comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 152 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 153.
In an embodiment, the binding protein capable of binding TNF-α and RAGE comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 154 and SEQ ID NO. 156; and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 155 and SEQ ID NO. 157. In an embodiment, the binding protein capable of binding TNF-α and RAGE comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 154 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 155. In another embodiment, the binding protein capable of binding TNF-α and RAGE has a reverse orientation and comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 156 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 157.
In an embodiment, the binding protein capable of binding CD-20 and EGFR (seq. 1) comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 158 and SEQ ID NO. 160; and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 159 and SEQ ID NO. 161. In an embodiment, the binding protein capable of binding CD-20 and EGFR (seq. 1) comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 158 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 159. In another embodiment, the binding protein capable of binding CD-20 and EGFR (seq. 1) has a reverse orientation and comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 160 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 161.
In an embodiment, the binding protein capable of binding CD-20 and EGFR (seq. 2) comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 162 and SEQ ID NO. 164; and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 163 and SEQ ID NO. 164. In an embodiment, the binding protein capable of binding CD-20 and EGFR (seq. 2) comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 162 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 163. In another embodiment, the binding protein capable of binding CD-20 and EGFR (seq. 2) has a reverse orientation and comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 164 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 165.
In an embodiment, the binding protein capable of binding RGMA and TNF-α comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 166 and SEQ ID NO. 168; and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO. 167 and SEQ ID NO. 169. In an embodiment, the binding protein capable of binding RGMA and TNF-α comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 166 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 167. In another embodiment, the binding protein capable of binding RGMA and TNF-α has a reverse orientation and comprises a DVD heavy chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO. 168 and a DVD light chain amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 169.
In another embodiment the invention provides a binding protein comprising a polypeptide chain, wherein said polypeptide chain comprises VD1-(X1)n-VD2-C—(X2)n, wherein; VD1 is a first heavy chain variable domain obtained from a first parent antibody or antigen binding portion thereof; VD2 is a second heavy chain variable domain obtained from a second parent antibody or antigen binding portion thereof; C is a heavy chain constant domain; (X1)n is a linker with the proviso that it is not CH1, wherein said (X1)n is either present or absent; and (X2)n is an Fc region, wherein said (X2)n is either present or absent. In an embodiment, the Fc region is absent from the binding protein.
In another embodiment, the invention provides a binding protein comprising a polypeptide chain, wherein said polypeptide chain comprises VD1-(X1)n-VD2-C—(X2)n, wherein, VD1 is a first light chain variable domain obtained from a first parent antibody or antigen binding portion thereof; VD2 is a second light chain variable domain obtained from a second parent antibody or antigen binding portion thereof; C is a light chain constant domain; (X1)n is a linker with the proviso that it is not CH1, wherein said (X1)n is either present or absent; and (X2)n does not comprise an Fc region, wherein said (X2)n is either present or absent. In an embodiment, (X2)n is absent from the binding protein.
In another embodiment the binding protein of the invention comprises first and second polypeptide chains, wherein said first polypeptide chain comprises a first VD1-(X1)n-VD2-C—(X2)n, wherein VD1 is a first heavy chain variable domain obtained from a first parent antibody or antigen binding portion thereof; VD2 is a second heavy chain variable domain obtained from a second parent antibody or antigen binding portion thereof; C is a heavy chain constant domain; (X1)n is a linker with the proviso that it is not CH1, wherein said (X1)n is either present or absent; and (X2)n is an Fc region, wherein said (X2)n is either present or absent; and wherein said second polypeptide chain comprises a second VD1-(X1)n-VD2-C—(X2)n, wherein VD1 is a first light chain variable domain obtained from a first parent antibody or antigen binding portion thereof; VD2 is a second light chain variable domain obtained from a second parent antibody or antigen binding portion thereof; C is a light chain constant domain; (X1)n is a linker with the proviso that it is not CH1, wherein said (X1)n is either present or absent; and (X2)n does not comprise an Fc region, wherein said (X2)n is either present or absent. In another embodiment, the binding protein comprises two first polypeptide chains and two second polypeptide chains. In yet another embodiment, (X2)n is absent from the second polypeptide. In still another embodiment, the Fc region, if present in the first polypeptide is selected from the group consisting of native sequence Fc region and a variant sequence Fc region. In still another embodiment, the Fc region is selected from the group consisting of an Fc region from an IgG1, IgG2, IgG3, IgG4, IgA, IgM, IgE, and IgD.
In another embodiment the binding protein of the invention is a DVD-Ig capable of binding two antigens comprising four polypeptide chains, wherein, first and third polypeptide chains comprise VD1-(X1)n-VD2-C—(X2)n, wherein, VD1 is a first heavy chain variable domain obtained from a first parent antibody or antigen binding portion thereof; VD2 is a second heavy chain variable domain obtained from a second parent antibody or antigen binding portion thereof; C is a heavy chain constant domain; (X1)n is a linker with the proviso that it is not CH1, wherein said (X1)n is either present or absent; and (X2)n is an Fc region, wherein said (X2)n is either present or absent; and wherein second and fourth polypeptide chains comprise VD1-(X1)n-VD2-C—(X2)n, wherein VD1 is a first light chain variable domain obtained from a first parent antibody or antigen binding portion thereof; VD2 is a second light chain variable domain obtained from a second parent antibody or antigen binding portion thereof; C is a light chain constant domain; (X1)n is a linker with the proviso that it is not CH1, wherein said (X1)n is either present or absent; and (X2)n does not comprise an Fc region, wherein said (X2)n is either present or absent.
The invention provides a method of making a DVD-Ig binding protein by preselecting the parent antibodies. In an embodiment, the method of making a Dual Variable Domain Immunoglobulin capable of binding two antigens comprising the steps of a) obtaining a first parent antibody or antigen binding portion thereof, capable of binding a first antigen; b) obtaining a second parent antibody or antigen binding portion thereof, capable of binding a second antigen; c) constructing first and third polypeptide chains comprising VD1-(X1)n-VD2-C—(X2)n, wherein, VD1 is a first heavy chain variable domain obtained from said first parent antibody or antigen binding portion thereof; VD2 is a second heavy chain variable domain obtained from said second parent antibody or antigen binding portion thereof; C is a heavy chain constant domain; (X1)n is a linker with the proviso that it is not CH1, wherein said (X1)n is either present or absent; and (X2)n is an Fc region, wherein said (X2)n is either present or absent; d) constructing second and fourth polypeptide chains comprising VD1-(X1)n-VD2-C—(X2)n, wherein, VD1 is a first light chain variable domain obtained from said first parent antibody or antigen binding portion thereof; VD2 is a second light chain variable domain obtained from said second parent antibody or antigen binding thereof; C is a light chain constant domain; (X1)n is a linker with the proviso that it is not CH1, wherein said (X1)n is either present or absent; and (X2)n does not comprise an Fc region, wherein said (X2)n is either present or absent; e) expressing said first, second, third and fourth polypeptide chains; such that a Dual Variable Domain Immunoglobulin capable of binding said first and said second antigen is generated.
In still another embodiment, the invention provides a method of generating a Dual Variable Domain Immunoglobulin capable of binding two antigens with desired properties comprising the steps of a) obtaining a first parent antibody or antigen binding portion thereof, capable of binding a first antigen and possessing at least one desired property exhibited by the Dual Variable Domain Immunoglobulin; b) obtaining a second parent antibody or antigen binding portion thereof, capable of binding a second antigen and possessing at least one desired property exhibited by the Dual Variable Domain Immunoglobulin; c) constructing first and third polypeptide chains comprising VD1-(X1)n-VD2-C—(X2)n, wherein; VD1 is a first heavy chain variable domain obtained from said first parent antibody or antigen binding portion thereof; VD2 is a second heavy chain variable domain obtained from said second parent antibody or antigen binding portion thereof; C is a heavy chain constant domain; (X1)n is a linker with the proviso that it is not CH1, wherein said (X1)n is either present or absent; and (X2)n is an Fc region, wherein said (X2)n is either present or absent; d) constructing second and fourth polypeptide chains comprising VD1-(X1)n-VD2-C—(X2)n, wherein; VD1 is a first light chain variable domain obtained from said first parent antibody or antigen binding portion thereof; VD2 is a second light chain variable domain obtained from said second parent antibody or antigen binding portion thereof; C is a light chain constant domain; (X1)n is a linker with the proviso that it is not CH1, wherein said (X1)n is either present or absent; and (X2)n does not comprise an Fc region, wherein said (X2)n is either present or absent; e) expressing said first, second, third and fourth polypeptide chains; such that a Dual Variable Domain Immunoglobulin capable of binding said first and said second antigen with desired properties is generated.
In one embodiment, the VDI of the first and second polypeptide chains disclosed herein are obtained from the same parent antibody or antigen binding portion thereof. In another embodiment, the VDI of the first and second polypeptide chains disclosed herein are obtained from different parent antibodies or antigen binding portions thereof. In another embodiment, the VD2 of the first and second polypeptide chains disclosed herein are obtained from the same parent antibody or antigen binding portion thereof. In another embodiment, the VD2 of the first and second polypeptide chains disclosed herein are obtained from different parent antibodies or antigen binding portions thereof.
In one embodiment the first parent antibody or antigen binding portion thereof, and the second parent antibody or antigen binding portion thereof, are the same antibody. In another embodiment the first parent antibody or antigen binding portion thereof, and the second parent antibody or antigen binding portion thereof, are different antibodies.
In one embodiment the first parent antibody or antigen binding portion thereof, binds a first antigen and the second parent antibody or antigen binding portion thereof, binds a second antigen. In a particular embodiment, the first and second antigens are the same antigen. In another embodiment, the parent antibodies bind different epitopes on the same antigen. In another embodiment the first and second antigens are different antigens. In another embodiment, the first parent antibody or antigen binding portion thereof, binds the first antigen with a potency different from the potency with which the second parent antibody or antigen binding portion thereof, binds the second antigen. In yet another embodiment, the first parent antibody or antigen binding portion thereof, binds the first antigen with an affinity different from the affinity with which the second parent antibody or antigen binding portion thereof, binds the second antigen.
In another embodiment the first parent antibody or antigen binding portion thereof, and the second parent antibody or antigen binding portion thereof, are selected from the group consisting of, human antibody, CDR grafted antibody, and humanized antibody. In an embodiment, the antigen binding portions are selected from the group consisting of a Fab fragment, a F(ab′)2 fragment, a bivalent fragment comprising two Fab fragments linked by a disulfide bridge at the hinge region; a Fd fragment consisting of the VH and CH1 domains; a Fv fragment consisting of the VL and VH domains of a single arm of an antibody, a dAb fragment, an isolated complementarity determining region (CDR), a single chain antibody, and diabodies.
In another embodiment the binding protein of the invention possesses at least one desired property exhibited by the first parent antibody or antigen binding portion thereof, or the second parent antibody or antigen binding portion thereof. Alternatively, the first parent antibody or antigen binding portion thereof and the second parent antibody or antigen binding portion thereof possess at least one desired property exhibited by the Dual Variable Domain Immunoglobulin. In an embodiment, the desired property is selected from one or more antibody parameters. In another embodiment, the antibody parameters are selected from the group consisting of antigen specificity, affinity to antigen, potency, biological function, epitope recognition, stability, solubility, production efficiency, immunogenicity, pharmacokinetics, bioavailability, tissue cross reactivity, and orthologous antigen binding. In an embodiment the binding protein is multivalent. In another embodiment, the binding protein is multispecific. The multivalent and or multispecific binding proteins described herein have desirable properties particularly from a therapeutic standpoint. For instance, the multivalent and or multispecific binding protein may (1) be internalized (and/or catabolized) faster than a bivalent antibody by a cell expressing an antigen to which the antibodies bind; (2) be an agonist antibody; and/or (3) induce cell death and/or apoptosis of a cell expressing an antigen which the multivalent antibody is capable of binding to. The “parent antibody” which provides at least one antigen binding specificity of the multivalent and or multispecific binding proteins may be one which is internalized (and/or catabolized) by a cell expressing an antigen to which the antibody binds; and/or may be an agonist, cell death-inducing, and/or apoptosis-inducing antibody, and the multivalent and or multispecific binding protein as described herein may display improvement(s) in one or more of these properties. Moreover, the parent antibody may lack any one or more of these properties, but may be endowed with them when constructed as a multivalent binding protein as described herein.
In another embodiment the binding protein of the invention has an on rate constant (Kon) to one or more targets selected from the group consisting of: at least about 102M−1 s−1; at least about 103M−1 s−1; at least about 104M−1 s−1; at least about 105M−1 s−1; and at least about 106M−1 s−1, as measured by surface plasmon resonance. In an embodiment, the binding protein of the invention has an on rate constant (Kon) to one or more targets between 102M−1 s−1 and 103M−1 s−1; between 103M−1 s−1 and 104M−1 s−1; between 104M−1 s−1 and 105M−1 s−1; or between 105M−1 s−1 and 106M−1 s−1, as measured by surface plasmon resonance.
In another embodiment the binding protein has an off rate constant (Koff) for one or more targets selected from the group consisting of: at most about 10−3 s−1; at most about 10−4 s−1; at most about 10−5 s−1; and at most about 10−6 s−1, as measured by surface plasmon resonance. In an embodiment, the binding protein of the invention has an off rate constant (Koff) to one or more targets of 10−3 S−1 to 10−4 s−1; of 10−4 s−1 to 105 s−1; or of 10−5 s−1 to 10−6 s−1, as measured by surface plasmon resonance.
In another embodiment the binding protein has a dissociation constant (KD) to one or more targets selected from the group consisting of: at most about 10−7 M; at most about 10−8 M; at most about 10−9 M; at most about 10−10 M; at most about 10−11 M; at most about 10−12 M; and at most 10−13 M. In an embodiment, the binding protein of the invention has a dissociation constant (KD) to its targets of 10−7 M to 10−8 M; of 10−8M to 10−9 M; of 10−9 M to 10−10 M; of 10−10 to 10−11 M; of 10−11 M to 10−12 M; or of 10−12 to M 10−13 M.
In another embodiment, the binding protein described herein is a conjugate further comprising an agent selected from the group consisting of an immunoadhesion molecule, an imaging agent, a therapeutic agent, and a cytotoxic agent. In an embodiment, the imaging agent is selected from the group consisting of a radiolabel, an enzyme, a fluorescent label, a luminescent label, a bioluminescent label, a magnetic label, and biotin. In another embodiment, the imaging agent is a radiolabel selected from the group consisting of: 3H, 14C, 35S, 90Y, 99Tc, 111In, 125I, 131I, 177Lu, 166Ho, and 153Sm. In yet another embodiment, the therapeutic or cytotoxic agent is selected from the group consisting of an anti-metabolite, an alkylating agent, an antibiotic, a growth factor, a cytokine, an anti-angiogenic agent, an anti-mitotic agent, an anthracycline, toxin, and an apoptotic agent.
In another embodiment, the binding protein described herein is a crystallized binding protein and exists as a crystal. In an embodiment, the crystal is a carrier-free pharmaceutical controlled release crystal. In yet another embodiment, the crystallized binding protein has a greater half life in vivo than the soluble counterpart of said binding protein. In still another embodiment, the crystallized binding protein retains biological activity.
In another embodiment, the binding protein described herein is glycosylated. For example, the glycosylation is a human glycosylation pattern.
One aspect of the invention pertains to an isolated nucleic acid encoding any one of the binding proteins disclosed herein. A further embodiment provides a vector comprising the isolated nucleic acid disclosed herein wherein said vector is selected from the group consisting of pcDNA; pTT (Durocher et al., Nucleic Acids Research 2002, Vol 30, No. 2); pTT3 (pTT with additional multiple cloning site; pEFBOS (Mizushima, S, and Nagata, S., (1990) Nucleic acids Research Vol 18, No. 17); pBV; pJV; pcDNA3.1 TOPO, pEF6 TOPO and pBJ. In an embodiment, the vector is a vector disclosed in U.S. Patent Application Ser. No. 61/021,282.
In another aspect a host cell is transformed with the vector disclosed herein. In an embodiment, the host cell is a prokaryotic cell. In another embodiment, the host cell is E. Coli. In a related embodiment the host cell is a eukaryotic cell. In another embodiment, the eukaryotic cell is selected from the group consisting of protist cell, animal cell, plant cell and fungal cell. In yet another embodiment, the host cell is a mammalian cell including, but not limited to, CHO, COS; NS0, SP2, PER.C6 or a fungal cell such as Saccharomyces cerevisiae; or an insect cell such as Sf9.
In an embodiment, two or more DVD-Igs, e.g., with different specificities, are produced in a single recombinant host cell. For example, the expression of a mixture of antibodies has been called Oligoclonics™, (Merus B.V., The Netherlands) U.S. Pat. Nos. 7,262,028; 7,429,486.
Another aspect of the invention provides a method of producing a binding protein disclosed herein comprising culturing any one of the host cells also disclosed herein in a culture medium under conditions sufficient to produce the binding protein. In an embodiment, 50%-75% of the binding protein produced by this method is a dual specific tetravalent binding protein. In a particular embodiment, 75%-90% of the binding protein produced by this method is a dual specific tetravalent binding protein. In a particular embodiment, 90%-95% of the binding protein produced is a dual specific tetravalent binding protein.
One embodiment provides a composition for the release of a binding protein wherein the composition comprises a formulation that in turn comprises a crystallized binding protein, as disclosed herein, and an ingredient, and at least one polymeric carrier. For example, the polymeric carrier is a polymer selected from one or more of the group consisting of: poly (acrylic acid), poly (cyanoacrylates), poly (amino acids), poly (anhydrides), poly (depsipeptide), poly (esters), poly (lactic acid), poly (lactic-co-glycolic acid) or PLGA, poly (b-hydroxybutryate), poly (caprolactone), poly (dioxanone); poly (ethylene glycol), poly ((hydroxypropyl)methacrylamide, poly [(organo)phosphazene], poly (ortho esters), poly (vinyl alcohol), poly (vinylpyrrolidone), maleic anhydride-alkyl vinyl ether copolymers, pluronic polyols, albumin, alginate, cellulose and cellulose derivatives, collagen, fibrin, gelatin, hyaluronic acid, oligosaccharides, glycaminoglycans, sulfated polysaccharides, blends and copolymers thereof. For example, the ingredient is selected from the group consisting of albumin, sucrose, trehalose, lactitol, gelatin, hydroxypropyl-β-cyclodextrin, methoxypolyethylene glycol and polyethylene glycol. Another embodiment provides a method for treating a mammal comprising the step of administering to the mammal an effective amount of the composition disclosed herein.
The invention also provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a binding protein, as disclosed herein and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. In a further embodiment the pharmaceutical composition comprises at least one additional therapeutic agent for treating a disorder. For example, the additional agent is selected from the group consisting of: a therapeutic agent, an imaging agent, a cytotoxic agent, an angiogenesis inhibitor (including but not limited to an anti-VEGF antibody or a VEGF-trap), a kinase inhibitor (including but not limited to a KDR and a TIE-2 inhibitor), a co-stimulation molecule blocker (including but not limited to anti-B7.1, anti-B7.2, CTLA4-Ig, anti-CD20), an adhesion molecule blocker (including but not limited to an anti-LFA-1 antibody, an anti-E/L selectin antibody, a small molecule inhibitor), an anti-cytokine antibody or functional fragment thereof (including but not limited to an anti-IL-18, an anti-TNF, and an anti-IL-6/cytokine receptor antibody), methotrexate, cyclosporin, rapamycin, FK506, a detectable label or reporter, a TNF antagonist, an antirheumatic, a muscle relaxant, a narcotic, a non-steroid anti-inflammatory drug (NSAID), an analgesic, an anesthetic, a sedative, a local anesthetic, a neuromuscular blocker, an antimicrobial, an antipsoriatic, a corticosteriod, an anabolic steroid, an erythropoietin, an immunization, an immunoglobulin, an immunosuppressive, a growth hormone, a hormone replacement drug, a radiopharmaceutical, an antidepressant, an antipsychotic, a stimulant, an asthma medication, a beta agonist, an inhaled steroid, an epinephrine or analog, a cytokine, and a cytokine antagonist.
In another aspect, the invention provides a method for treating a human subject suffering from a disorder in which the target, or targets, capable of being bound by the binding protein disclosed herein is detrimental, comprising administering to the human subject a binding protein disclosed herein such that the activity of the target, or targets in the human subject is inhibited and one of more symptoms is alleviated or treatment is achieved. For example, the disorder is selected from the group comprising arthritis, osteoarthritis, juvenile chronic arthritis, septic arthritis, Lyme arthritis, psoriatic arthritis, reactive arthritis, spondyloarthropathy, systemic lupus erythematosus, Crohn's disease, ulcerative colitis, inflammatory bowel disease, insulin dependent diabetes mellitus, thyroiditis, asthma, allergic diseases, psoriasis, dermatitis scleroderma, graft versus host disease, organ transplant rejection, acute or chronic immune disease associated with organ transplantation, sarcoidosis, atherosclerosis, disseminated intravascular coagulation, Kawasaki's disease, Grave's disease, nephrotic syndrome, chronic fatigue syndrome, Wegener's granulomatosis, Henoch-Schoenlein purpurea, microscopic vasculitis of the kidneys, chronic active hepatitis, uveitis, septic shock, toxic shock syndrome, sepsis syndrome, cachexia, infectious diseases, parasitic diseases, acquired immunodeficiency syndrome, acute transverse myelitis, Huntington's chorea, Parkinson's disease, Alzheimer's disease, stroke, primary biliary cirrhosis, hemolytic anemia, malignancies, heart failure, myocardial infarction, Addison's disease, sporadic polyglandular deficiency type I and polyglandular deficiency type II, Schmidt's syndrome, adult (acute) respiratory distress syndrome, alopecia, alopecia greata, seronegative arthopathy, arthropathy, Reiter's disease, psoriatic arthropathy, ulcerative colitic arthropathy, enteropathic synovitis, chlamydia, yersinia and salmonella associated arthropathy, spondyloarthopathy, atheromatous disease/arteriosclerosis, atopic allergy, autoimmune bullous disease, pemphigus vulgaris, pemphigus foliaceus, pemphigoid, linear IgA disease, autoimmune haemolytic anaemia, Coombs positive haemolytic anaemia, acquired pernicious anaemia, juvenile pernicious anaemia, myalgic encephalitis/Royal Free Disease, chronic mucocutaneous candidiasis, giant cell arteritis, primary sclerosing hepatitis, cryptogenic autoimmune hepatitis, Acquired Immunodeficiency Disease Syndrome, Acquired Immunodeficiency Related Diseases, Hepatitis B, Hepatitis C, common varied immunodeficiency (common variable hypogammaglobulinaemia), dilated cardiomyopathy, female infertility, ovarian failure, premature ovarian failure, fibrotic lung disease, cryptogenic fibrosing alveolitis, post-inflammatory interstitial lung disease, interstitial pneumonitis, connective tissue disease associated interstitial lung disease, mixed connective tissue disease associated lung disease, systemic sclerosis associated interstitial lung disease, rheumatoid arthritis associated interstitial lung disease, systemic lupus erythematosus associated lung disease, dermatomyositis/polymyositis associated lung disease, Sjögren's disease associated lung disease, ankylosing spondylitis associated lung disease, vasculitic diffuse lung disease, haemosiderosis associated lung disease, drug-induced interstitial lung disease, fibrosis, radiation fibrosis, bronchiolitis obliterans, chronic eosinophilic pneumonia, lymphocytic infiltrative lung disease, postinfectious interstitial lung disease, gouty arthritis, autoimmune hepatitis, type-1 autoimmune hepatitis (classical autoimmune or lupoid hepatitis), type-2 autoimmune hepatitis (anti-LKM antibody hepatitis), autoimmune mediated hypoglycaemia, type B insulin resistance with acanthosis nigricans, hypoparathyroidism, acute immune disease associated with organ transplantation, chronic immune disease associated with organ transplantation, osteoarthrosis, primary sclerosing cholangitis, psoriasis type 1, psoriasis type 2, idiopathic leucopaenia, autoimmune neutropaenia, renal disease NOS, glomerulonephritides, microscopic vasulitis of the kidneys, lyme disease, discoid lupus erythematosus, male infertility idiopathic or NOS, sperm autoimmunity, multiple sclerosis (all subtypes), sympathetic ophthalmia, pulmonary hypertension secondary to connective tissue disease, Goodpasture's syndrome, pulmonary manifestation of polyarteritis nodosa, acute rheumatic fever, rheumatoid spondylitis, Still's disease, systemic sclerosis, Sjörgren's syndrome, Takayasu's disease/arteritis, autoimmune thrombocytopaenia, idiopathic thrombocytopaenia, autoimmune thyroid disease, hyperthyroidism, goitrous autoimmune hypothyroidism (Hashimoto's disease), atrophic autoimmune hypothyroidism, primary myxoedema, phacogenic uveitis, primary vasculitis, vitiligo acute liver disease, chronic liver diseases, alcoholic cirrhosis, alcohol-induced liver injury, choleosatatis, idiosyncratic liver disease, Drug-Induced hepatitis, Non-alcoholic Steatohepatitis, allergy and asthma, group B streptococci (GBS) infection, mental disorders (e.g., depression and schizophrenia), Th2 Type and Th1 Type mediated diseases, acute and chronic pain (different forms of pain), and cancers such as lung, breast, stomach, bladder, colon, pancreas, ovarian, prostate and rectal cancer and hematopoietic malignancies (leukemia and lymphoma), Abetalipoprotemia, Acrocyanosis, acute and chronic parasitic or infectious processes, acute leukemia, acute lymphoblastic leukemia (ALL), acute myeloid leukemia (AML), acute or chronic bacterial infection, acute pancreatitis, acute renal failure, adenocarcinomas, aerial ectopic beats, AIDS dementia complex, alcohol-induced hepatitis, allergic conjunctivitis, allergic contact dermatitis, allergic rhinitis, allograft rejection, alpha-1-antitrypsin deficiency, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, anemia, angina pectoris, anterior horn cell degeneration, anti cd3 therapy, antiphospholipid syndrome, anti-receptor hypersensitivity reactions, aortic and peripheral aneuryisms, aortic dissection, arterial hypertension, arteriosclerosis, arteriovenous fistula, ataxia, atrial fibrillation (sustained or paroxysmal), atrial flutter, atrioventricular block, B cell lymphoma, bone graft rejection, bone marrow transplant (BMT) rejection, bundle branch block, Burkitt's lymphoma, Burns, cardiac arrhythmias, cardiac stun syndrome, cardiac tumors, cardiomyopathy, cardiopulmonary bypass inflammation response, cartilage transplant rejection, cerebellar cortical degenerations, cerebellar disorders, chaotic or multifocal atrial tachycardia, chemotherapy associated disorders, chronic myelocytic leukemia (CML), chronic alcoholism, chronic inflammatory pathologies, chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL), chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), chronic salicylate intoxication, colorectal carcinoma, congestive heart failure, conjunctivitis, contact dermatitis, cor pulmonale, coronary artery disease, Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease, culture negative sepsis, cystic fibrosis, cytokine therapy associated disorders, Dementia pugilistica, demyelinating diseases, dengue hemorrhagic fever, dermatitis, dermatologic conditions, diabetes, diabetes mellitus, diabetic ateriosclerotic disease, Diffuse Lewy body disease, dilated congestive cardiomyopathy, disorders of the basal ganglia, Down's Syndrome in middle age, drug-induced movement disorders induced by drugs which block CNS dopamine receptors, drug sensitivity, eczema, encephalomyelitis, endocarditis, endocrinopathy, epiglottitis, epstein-barr virus infection, erythromelalgia, extrapyramidal and cerebellar disorders, familial hematophagocytic lymphohistiocytosis, fetal thymus implant rejection, Friedreich's ataxia, functional peripheral arterial disorders, fungal sepsis, gas gangrene, gastric ulcer, glomerular nephritis, graft rejection of any organ or tissue, gram negative sepsis, gram positive sepsis, granulomas due to intracellular organisms, hairy cell leukemia, Hallerrorden-Spatz disease, hashimoto's thyroiditis, hay fever, heart transplant rejection, hemachromatosis, hemodialysis, hemolytic uremic syndrome/thrombolytic thrombocytopenic purpura, hemorrhage, hepatitis (A), His bundle arrythmias, HIV infection/HIV neuropathy, Hodgkin's disease, hyperkinetic movement disorders, hypersensitity reactions, hypersensitivity pneumonitis, hypertension, hypokinetic movement disorders, hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis evaluation, idiopathic Addison's disease, idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis, antibody mediated cytotoxicity, Asthenia, infantile spinal muscular atrophy, inflammation of the aorta, influenza a, ionizing radiation exposure, iridocyclitis/uveitis/optic neuritis, ischemia-reperfusion injury, ischemic stroke, juvenile rheumatoid arthritis, juvenile spinal muscular atrophy, Kaposi's sarcoma, kidney transplant rejection, legionella, leishmaniasis, leprosy, lesions of the corticospinal system, lipedema, liver transplant rejection, lymphederma, malaria, malignamt Lymphoma, malignant histiocytosis, malignant melanoma, meningitis, meningococcemia, metabolic/idiopathic diseases, migraine headache, mitochondrial multi.system disorder, mixed connective tissue disease, monoclonal gammopathy, multiple myeloma, multiple systems degenerations (Mencel Dejerine-Thomas Shi-Drager and Machado-Joseph), myasthenia gravis, mycobacterium avium intracellulare, mycobacterium tuberculosis, myelodyplastic syndrome, myocardial infarction, myocardial ischemic disorders, nasopharyngeal carcinoma, neonatal chronic lung disease, nephritis, nephrosis, neurodegenerative diseases, neurogenic I muscular atrophies, neutropenic fever, non-hodgkins lymphoma, occlusion of the abdominal aorta and its branches, occlusive arterial disorders, okt3 therapy, orchitis/epidydimitis, orchitis/vasectomy reversal procedures, organomegaly, osteoporosis, pancreas transplant rejection, pancreatic carcinoma, paraneoplastic syndrome/hypercalcemia of malignancy, parathyroid transplant rejection, pelvic inflammatory disease, perennial rhinitis, pericardial disease, peripheral atherlosclerotic disease, peripheral vascular disorders, peritonitis, pernicious anemia, pneumocystis carinii pneumonia, pneumonia, POEMS syndrome (polyneuropathy, organomegaly, endocrinopathy, monoclonal gammopathy, and skin changes syndrome), post perfusion syndrome, post pump syndrome, post-MI cardiotomy syndrome, preeclampsia, Progressive supranucleo Palsy, primary pulmonary hypertension, radiation therapy, Raynaud's phenomenon and disease, Raynoud's disease, Refsum's disease, regular narrow QRS tachycardia, renovascular hypertension, reperfusion injury, restrictive cardiomyopathy, sarcomas, scleroderma, senile chorea, Senile Dementia of Lewy body type, seronegative arthropathies, shock, sickle cell anemia, skin allograft rejection, skin changes syndrome, small bowel transplant rejection, solid tumors, specific arrythmias, spinal ataxia, spinocerebellar degenerations, streptococcal myositis, structural lesions of the cerebellum, Subacute sclerosing panencephalitis, Syncope, syphilis of the cardiovascular system, systemic anaphalaxis, systemic inflammatory response syndrome, systemic onset juvenile rheumatoid arthritis, T-cell or FAB ALL, Telangiectasia, thromboangitis obliterans, thrombocytopenia, toxicity, transplants, trauma/hemorrhage, type III hypersensitivity reactions, type IV hypersensitivity, unstable angina, uremia, urosepsis, urticaria, valvular heart diseases, varicose veins, vasculitis, venous diseases, venous thrombosis, ventricular fibrillation, viral and fungal infections, vital encephalitis/aseptic meningitis, vital-associated hemaphagocytic syndrome, Wemicke-Korsakoff syndrome, Wilson's disease, xenograft rejection of any organ or tissue.
In an embodiment, diseases that can be treated or diagnosed with the compositions and methods of the invention include, but are not limited to, primary and metastatic cancers, including carcinomas of breast, colon, rectum, lung, oropharynx, hypopharynx, esophagus, stomach, pancreas, liver, gallbladder and bile ducts, small intestine, urinary tract (including kidney, bladder and urothelium), female genital tract (including cervix, uterus, and ovaries as well as choriocarcinoma and gestational trophoblastic disease), male genital tract (including prostate, seminal vesicles, testes and germ cell tumors), endocrine glands (including the thyroid, adrenal, and pituitary glands), and skin, as well as hemangiomas, melanomas, sarcomas (including those arising from bone and soft tissues as well as Kaposi's sarcoma), tumors of the brain, nerves, eyes, and meninges (including astrocytomas, gliomas, glioblastomas, retinoblastomas, neuromas, neuroblastomas, Schwannomas, and meningiomas), solid tumors arising from hematopoietic malignancies such as leukemias, and lymphomas (both Hodgkin's and non-Hodgkin's lymphomas).
The DVD-Igs of the invention may also treat one or more of the following diseases: Acute coronary syndromes, Acute Idiopathic Polyneuritis, Acute Inflammatory Demyelinating Polyradiculoneuropathy, Acute ischemia, Adult Still's Disease, Alopecia greata, Anaphylaxis, Anti-Phospholipid Antibody Syndrome, Aplastic anemia, Arteriosclerosis, Atopic eczema, Atopic dermatitis, Autoimmune dermatitis, Autoimmune disorder associated with Streptococcus infection, autoimmune enteropathy, Autoimmune hearingloss, Autoimmune Lymphoproliferative Syndrome (ALPS), Autoimmune myocarditis, autoimmune thrombocytopenia (AITP), autoimmune premature ovarian failure, Blepharitis, Bronchiectasis, Bullous pemphigoid, Cardiovascular Disease, Catastrophic Antiphospholipid Syndrome, Celiac Disease, Cervical Spondylosis, Chronic ischemia, Cicatricial pemphigoid, Clinically isolated Syndrome (CIS) with Risk for Multiple Sclerosis, Conjunctivitis, Childhood Onset Psychiatric Disorder, Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), Dacryocystitis, dermatomyositis, Diabetic retinopathy, Diabetes mellitus, Disk herniation, Disk prolaps, Drug induced immune hemolytic anemia, Endocarditis, Endometriosis, endophthalmitis, Episcleritis, Erythema multiforme, erythema multiforme major, Gestational pemphigoid, Guillain-Barré Syndrome (GBS), Hay Fever, Hughes Syndrome, Idiopathic Parkinson's Disease, idiopathic interstitial pneumonia, IgE-mediated Allergy, Immune hemolytic anemia, Inclusion Body Myositis, Infectious ocular inflammatory disease, Inflammatory demyelinating disease, Inflammatory heart disease, Inflammatory kidney disease, IPF/UIP, Iritis, Keratitis, Keratojuntivitis sicca, Kussmaul disease or Kussmaul-Meier Disease, Landry's Paralysis, Langerhan's Cell Histiocytosis, Livedo reticularis, Macular Degeneration, malignancies, Microscopic Polyangiitis, Morbus Bechterev, Motor Neuron Disorders, Mucous membrane pemphigoid, Multiple Organ failure, Myasthenia Gravis, Myelodysplastic Syndrome, Myocarditis, Nerve Root Disorders, Neuropathy, Non-A Non-B Hepatitis, Optic Neuritis, Osteolysis, Ovarian cancer, Pauciarticular JRA, peripheral artery occlusive disease (PAOD), peripheral vascular disease (PVD), peripheral artery disease (PAD), Phlebitis, Polyarteritis nodosa (or periarteritis nodosa), Polychondritis, Polymyalgia Rheumatica, Poliosis, Polyarticular JRA, Polyendocrine Deficiency Syndrome, Polymyositis, polymyalgia rheumatica (PMR), Post-Pump Syndrome, primary Parkinsonism, prostate and rectal cancer and hematopoietic malignancies (leukemia and lymphoma), Prostatitis, Pure red cell aplasia, Primary Adrenal Insufficiency, Recurrent Neuromyelitis Optica, Restenosis, Rheumatic heart disease, SAPHO (synovitis, acne, pustulosis, hyperostosis, and osteitis), Scleroderma, Secondary Amyloidosis, Shock lung, Scleritis, Sciatica, Secondary Adrenal Insufficiency, Silicone associated connective tissue disease, Sneddon-Wilkinson Dermatosis, spondilitis ankylosans, Stevens-Johnson Syndrome (SJS), Systemic inflammatory response syndrome, Temporal arteritis, toxoplasmic retinitis, toxic epidermal necrolysis, Transverse myelitis, TRAPS (Tumor Necrosis Factor Receptor, Type 1 allergic reaction, Type II Diabetes, Urticaria, Usual interstitial pneumonia (UIP), Vasculitis, Vernal conjunctivitis, viral retinitis, Vogt-Koyanagi-Harada syndrome (VKH syndrome), Wet macular degeneration, Wound healing, yersinia, and salmonella associated arthropathy.
In an embodiment, the antibodies of the invention or antigen-binding portions thereof, are used to treat cancer or in the prevention of metastases from the tumors described herein either when used alone or in combination with radiotherapy and/or other chemotherapeutic agents.
In another aspect the invention provides a method of treating a patient suffering from a disorder comprising the step of administering any one of the binding proteins disclosed herein before, concurrent, or after the administration of a second agent, as discussed herein. In a particular embodiment the second agent is selected from the group consisting of budenoside, epidermal growth factor, corticosteroids, cyclosporin, sulfasalazine, aminosalicylates, 6-mercaptopurine, azathioprine, metronidazole, lipoxygenase inhibitors, mesalamine, olsalazine, balsalazide, antioxidants, thromboxane inhibitors, IL-1 receptor antagonists, anti-IL-1β mnAbs, anti-IL-6 or IL-6 receptor mAbs, growth factors, elastase inhibitors, pyridinyl-imidazole compounds, antibodies or agonists of TNF, LT, IL-1, IL-2, IL-6, IL-7, IL-8, IL-12, IL-13, IL-15, IL-16, IL-18, IL-23, EMAP-II, GM-CSF, FGF, and PDGF, antibodies of CD2, CD3, CD4, CD8, CD-19, CD25, CD28, CD30, CD40, CD45, CD69, CD90 or their ligands, methotrexate, cyclosporin, FK506, rapamycin, mycophenolate mofetil, leflunomide, NSAIDs, ibuprofen, corticosteroids, prednisolone, phosphodiesterase inhibitors, adenosine agonists, antithrombotic agents, complement inhibitors, adrenergic agents, IRAK, NIK, IKK, p38, MAP kinase inhibitors, IL-1β converting enzyme inhibitors, TNFαconverting enzyme inhibitors, T-cell signalling inhibitors, metalloproteinase inhibitors, sulfasalazine, azathioprine, 6-mercaptopurines, angiotensin converting enzyme inhibitors, soluble cytokine receptors, soluble p55 TNF receptor, soluble p75 TNF receptor, sIL-1RI, sIL-1RII, sIL-6R, antiinflammatory cytokines, IL-4, IL-10, IL-11, IL-13 and TGFβ. In a particular embodiment the pharmaceutical compositions disclosed herein are administered to the patient by at least one mode selected from parenteral, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravenous, intrarticular, intrabronchial, intraabdominal, intracapsular, intracartilaginous, intracavitary, intracelial, intracerebellar, intracerebroventricular, intracolic, intracervical, intragastric, intrahepatic, intramyocardial, intraosteal, intrapelvic, intrapericardiac, intraperitoneal, intrapleural, intraprostatic, intrapulmonary, intrarectal, intrarenal, intraretinal, intraspinal, intrasynovial, intrathoracic, intrauterine, intravesical, bolus, vaginal, rectal, buccal, sublingual, intranasal, and transdermal.
One aspect of the invention provides at least one anti-idiotype antibody to at least one binding protein of the present invention. The anti-idiotype antibody includes any protein or peptide containing molecule that comprises at least a portion of an immunoglobulin molecule such as, but not limited to, at least one complementarily determining region (CDR) of a heavy or light chain or a ligand binding portion thereof, a heavy chain or light chain variable region, a heavy chain or light chain constant region, a framework region, or any portion thereof, that can be incorporated into a binding protein of the present invention.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
FIG. 1A is a schematic representation of Dual Variable Domain (DVD)-Ig constructs and shows the strategy for generation of a DVD-Ig from two parent antibodies;
FIG. 1B, is a schematic representation of constructs DVD1-Ig, DVD2-Ig, and two chimeric mono-specific antibodies from hybridoma clones 2D13.E3 (anti-IL-1α) and 13F5.G5 (anti-IL-1β).
 DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
This invention pertains to multivalent and/or multispecific binding proteins capable of binding two or more antigens. Specifically, the invention relates to dual variable domain immunoglobulins (DVD-Ig), and pharmaceutical compositions thereof, as well as nucleic acids, recombinant expression vectors and host cells for making such DVD-Igs. Methods of using the DVD-Igs of the invention to detect specific antigens, either in vitro or in vivo are also encompassed by the invention.
Unless otherwise defined herein, scientific and technical terms used in connection with the present invention shall have the meanings that are commonly understood by those of ordinary skill in the art. The meaning and scope of the terms should be clear, however, in the event of any latent ambiguity, definitions provided herein take precedent over any dictionary or extrinsic definition. Further, unless otherwise required by context, singular terms shall include pluralities and plural terms shall include the singular. In this application, the use of “or” means “and/or” unless stated otherwise. Furthermore, the use of the term “including”, as well as other forms, such as “includes” and “included”, is not limiting. Also, terms such as “element” or “component” encompass both elements and components comprising one unit and elements and components that comprise more than one subunit unless specifically stated otherwise.
Generally, nomenclatures used in connection with, and techniques of, cell and tissue culture, molecular biology, immunology, microbiology, genetics and protein and nucleic acid chemistry and hybridization described herein are those well known and commonly used in the art. The methods and techniques of the present invention are generally performed according to conventional methods well known in the art and as described in various general and more specific references that are cited and discussed throughout the present specification unless otherwise indicated. Enzymatic reactions and purification techniques are performed according to manufacturer's specifications, as commonly accomplished in the art or as described herein. The nomenclatures used in connection with, and the laboratory procedures and techniques of, analytical chemistry, synthetic organic chemistry, and medicinal and pharmaceutical chemistry described herein are those well known and commonly used in the art. Standard techniques are used for chemical syntheses, chemical analyses, pharmaceutical preparation, formulation, and delivery, and treatment of patients.
That the present invention may be more readily understood, select terms are defined below.
The term “polypeptide” as used herein, refers to any polymeric chain of amino acids. The terms “peptide” and “protein” are used interchangeably with the term polypeptide and also refer to a polymeric chain of amino acids. The term “polypeptide” encompasses native or artificial proteins, protein fragments and polypeptide analogs of a protein sequence. A polypeptide may be monomeric or polymeric. Use of “polypeptide” herein is intended to encompass polypeptide and fragments and variants (including fragments of variants) thereof, unless otherwise contradicted by context. For an antigenic polypeptide, a fragment of polypeptide optionally contains at least one contiguous or nonlinear epitope of polypeptide. The precise boundaries of the at least one epitope fragment can be confirmed using ordinary skill in the art. The fragment comprises at least about 5 contiguous amino acids, such as at least about 10 contiguous amino acids, at least about 15 contiguous amino acids, or at least about 20 contiguous amino acids. A variant of polypeptide is as described herein.
The term “isolated protein” or “isolated polypeptide” is a protein or polypeptide that by virtue of its origin or source of derivation is not associated with naturally associated components that accompany it in its native state; is substantially free of other proteins from the same species; is expressed by a cell from a different species; or does not occur in nature. Thus, a polypeptide that is chemically synthesized or synthesized in a cellular system different from the cell from which it naturally originates will be “isolated” from its naturally associated components. A protein may also be rendered substantially free of naturally associated components by isolation, using protein purification techniques well known in the art.
The term “recovering” as used herein, refers to the process of rendering a chemical species such as a polypeptide substantially free of naturally associated components by isolation, e.g., using protein purification techniques well known in the art.
“Biological activity” as used herein, refers to any one or more inherent biological properties of a molecule (whether present naturally as found in vivo, or provided or enabled by recombinant means). Biological properties include but are not limited to binding receptor; induction of cell proliferation, inhibiting cell growth, inductions of other cytokines, induction of apoptosis, and enzymatic activity. Biological activity also includes activity of an Ig molecule.
The terms “specific binding” or “specifically binding”, as used herein, in reference to the interaction of an antibody, a protein, or a peptide with a second chemical species, mean that the interaction is dependent upon the presence of a particular structure (e.g., an antigenic determinant or epitope) on the chemical species; for example, an antibody recognizes and binds to a specific protein structure rather than to proteins generally. If an antibody is specific for epitope “A”, the presence of a molecule containing epitope A (or free, unlabeled A), in a reaction containing labeled “A” and the antibody, will reduce the amount of labeled A bound to the antibody.
The term “antibody”, as used herein, broadly refers to any immunoglobulin (Ig) molecule comprised of four polypeptide chains, two heavy (H) chains and two light (L) chains, or any functional fragment, mutant, variant, or derivation thereof, which retains the essential epitope binding features of an Ig molecule. Such mutant, variant, or derivative antibody formats are known in the art. Nonlimiting embodiments of which are discussed below.
In a full-length antibody, each heavy chain is comprised of a heavy chain variable region (abbreviated herein as HCVR or VH) and a heavy chain constant region. The heavy chain constant region is comprised of three domains, CH1, CH2 and CH3. Each light chain is comprised of a light chain variable region (abbreviated herein as LCVR or VL) and a light chain constant region. The light chain constant region is comprised of one domain, CL. The VH and VL regions can be further subdivided into regions of hypervariability, termed complementarity determining regions (CDR), interspersed with regions that are more conserved, termed framework regions (FR). Each VH and VL is composed of three CDRs and four FRs, arranged from amino-terminus to carboxy-terminus in the following order: FR1, CDR1, FR2, CDR2, FR3, CDR3, FR4. Immunoglobulin molecules can be of any type (e.g., IgG, IgE, IgM, IgD, IgA and IgY), class (e.g., IgG1, IgG2, IgG 3, IgG4, IgA1 and IgA2) or subclass.
The term “Fc region” is used to define the C-terminal region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain, which may be generated by papain digestion of an intact antibody. The Fc region may be a native sequence Fc region or a variant Fc region. The Fc region of an immunoglobulin generally comprises two constant domains, a CH2 domain and a CH3 domain, and optionally comprises a CH4 domain. Replacements of amino acid residues in the Fc portion to alter antibody effector function are known in the art (Winter, et al. U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,648,260 and 5,624,821). The Fc portion of an antibody mediates several important effector functions e.g., cytokine induction, ADCC, phagocytosis, complement dependent cytotoxicity (CDC) and half-life/clearance rate of antibody and antigen-antibody complexes. In some cases these effector functions are desirable for therapeutic antibody but in other cases might be unnecessary or even deleterious, depending on the therapeutic objectives. Certain human IgG isotypes, particularly IgG1 and IgG3, mediate ADCC and CDC via binding to FcγRs and complement C1q, respectively. Neonatal Fc receptors (FcRn) are the critical components determining the circulating half-life of antibodies. In still another embodiment at least one amino acid residue is replaced in the constant region of the antibody, for example the Fc region of the antibody, such that effector functions of the antibody are altered. The dimerization of two identical heavy chains of an immunoglobulin is mediated by the dimerization of CH3 domains and is stabilized by the disulfide bonds within the hinge region (Huber et al. Nature; 264: 415-20; Thies et al 1999 J Mol Biol; 293: 67-79.). Mutation of cysteine residues within the hinge regions to prevent heavy chain-heavy chain disulfide bonds will destabilize dimeration of CH3 domains. Residues responsible for CH3 dimerization have been identified (Dall'Acqua 1998 Biochemistry 37: 9266-73.). Therefore, it is possible to generate a monovalent half-Ig. Interestingly, these monovalent half Ig molecules have been found in nature for both IgG and IgA subclasses (Seligman 1978 Ann Immunol 129: 855-70; Biewenga et al 1983 Clin Exp Immunol 51: 395-400). The stoichiometry of FcRn: Ig Fc region has been determined to be 2:1 (West et al .2000 Biochemistry 39: 9698-708), and half Fc is sufficient for mediating FcRn binding (Kim et al 1994 Eur J Immunol; 24: 542-548.). Mutations to disrupt the dimerization of CH3 domain may not have greater adverse effect on its FcRn binding as the residues important for CH3 dimerization are located on the inner interface of CH3 b sheet structure, whereas the region responsible for FcRn binding is located on the outside interface of CH2-CH3 domains. However the half Ig molecule may have certain advantage in tissue penetration due to its smaller size than that of a regular antibody. In one embodiment at least one amino acid residue is replaced in the constant region of the binding protein of the invention, for example the Fc region, such that the dimerization of the heavy chains is disrupted, resulting in half DVD Ig molecules. The anti-inflammatory activity of IgG is dependent on sialylation of the N-linked glycan of the IgG Fc fragment. The precise glycan requirements for anti-inflammatory activity has been determined, such that an appropriate IgG1 Fc fragment can be created, thereby generating a fully recombinant, sialylated IgG1 Fc with greatly enhanced potency (Anthony, R. M., et al. (2008) Science 320:373-376).
The term “antigen-binding portion” of an antibody (or simply “antibody portion”), as used herein, refers to one or more fragments of an antibody that retain the ability to specifically bind to an antigen. It has been shown that the antigen-binding function of an antibody can be performed by fragments of a full-length antibody. Such antibody embodiments may also be bispecific, dual specific, or multi-specific formats; specifically binding to two or more different antigens. Examples of binding fragments encompassed within the term “antigen-binding portion” of an antibody include (i) a Fab fragment, a monovalent fragment consisting of the VL, VH, CL and CH1 domains; (ii) a F(ab′)2 fragment, a bivalent fragment comprising two Fab fragments linked by a disulfide bridge at the hinge region; (iii) a Fd fragment consisting of the VH and CH1 domains; (iv) a Fv fragment consisting of the VL and VH domains of a single arm of an antibody, (v) a dAb fragment (Ward et al., (1989) Nature 341:544-546, Winter et al., PCT publication WO 90/05144 A1 herein incorporated by reference), which comprises a single variable domain; and (vi) an isolated complementarity determining region (CDR). Furthermore, although the two domains of the Fv fragment, VL and VH, are coded for by separate genes, they can be joined, using recombinant methods, by a synthetic linker that enables them to be made as a single protein chain in which the VL and VH regions pair to form monovalent molecules (known as single chain Fv (scFv); see e.g., Bird et al. (1988) Science 242:423-426; and Huston et al. (1988) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 85:5879-5883). Such single chain antibodies are also intended to be encompassed within the term “antigen-binding portion” of an antibody. Other forms of single chain antibodies, such as diabodies are also encompassed. Diabodies are bivalent, bispecific antibodies in which VH and VL domains are expressed on a single polypeptide chain, but using a linker that is too short to allow for pairing between the two domains on the same chain, thereby forcing the domains to pair with complementary domains of another chain and creating two antigen binding sites (see e.g., Holliger, P., et al. (1993) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90:6444-6448; Poljak, R. J., et al. (1994) Structure 2:1121-1123). Such antibody binding portions are known in the art (Kontermann and Dubel eds., Antibody Engineering (2001) Springer-Verlag. New York. 790 pp. (ISBN 3-540-41354-5). In addition single chain antibodies also include “linear antibodies” comprising a pair of tandem Fv segments (VH-CH1-VH-CH1) which, together with complementary light chain polypeptides, form a pair of antigen binding regions (Zapata et al. Protein Eng. 8(10):1057-1062 (1995); and U.S. Pat. No. 5,641,870).
The term “multivalent binding protein” is used throughout this specification to denote a binding protein comprising two or more antigen binding sites. In an embodiment, the multivalent binding protein is engineered to have the three or more antigen binding sites, and is generally not a naturally occurring antibody. The term “multispecific binding protein” refers to a binding protein capable of binding two or more related or unrelated targets. Dual variable domain (DVD) binding proteins of the invention comprise two or more antigen binding sites and are tetravalent or multivalent binding proteins. DVDs may be monospecific, i.e., capable of binding one antigen or multispecific, i.e. capable of binding two or more antigens. DVD binding proteins comprising two heavy chain DVD polypeptides and two light chain DVD polypeptides are referred to as DVD-Ig. Each half of a DVD-Ig comprises a heavy chain DVD polypeptide, and a light chain DVD polypeptide, and two antigen binding sites. Each binding site comprises a heavy chain variable domain and a light chain variable domain with a total of 6 CDRs involved in antigen binding per antigen binding site.
The term “bispecific antibody”, as used herein, refers to full-length antibodies that are generated by quadroma technology (see Milstein, C. and A. C. Cuello, Nature, 1983. 305(5934): p. 537-40), by chemical conjugation of two different monoclonal antibodies (see Staerz, U. D., et al., Nature, 1985. 314(6012): p. 628-31), or by knob-into-hole or similar approaches which introduces mutations in the Fc region (see Holliger, P., T. Prospero, and G. Winter, Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A, 1993. 90(14): p. 6444-8.18), resulting in multiple different immunoglobulin species of which only one is the functional bispecific antibody. By molecular function, a bispecific antibody binds one antigen (or epitope) on one of its two binding arms (one pair of HC/LC), and binds a different antigen (or epitope) on its second arm (a different pair of HC/LC). By this definition, a bispecific antibody has two distinct antigen binding arms (in both specificity and CDR sequences), and is monovalent for each antigen it binds to.
The term “dual-specific antibody”, as used herein, refers to full-length antibodies that can bind two different antigens (or epitopes) in each of its two binding arms (a pair of HC/LC) (see PCT publication WO 02/02773). Accordingly a dual-specific binding protein has two identical antigen binding arms, with identical specificity and identical CDR sequences, and is bivalent for each antigen it binds to.
A “functional antigen binding site” of a binding protein is one that is capable of binding a target antigen. The antigen binding affinity of the antigen binding site is not necessarily as strong as the parent antibody from which the antigen binding site is derived, but the ability to bind antigen must be measurable using any one of a variety of methods known for evaluating antibody binding to an antigen. Moreover, the antigen binding affinity of each of the antigen binding sites of a multivalent antibody herein need not be quantitatively the same.
The term “cytokine” is a generic term for proteins released by one cell population, which act on another cell population as intercellular mediators. Examples of such cytokines are lymphokines, monokines, and traditional polypeptide hormones. Included among the cytokines are growth hormone such as human growth hormone, N-methionyl human growth hormone, and bovine growth hormone; parathyroid hormone; thyroxine; insulin; proinsulin; relaxin; prorelaxin; glycoprotein hormones such as follicle stimulating hormone (FSH), thyroid stimulating hormone (TSH), and luteinizing hormone (LH); hepatic growth factor; fibroblast growth factor; prolactin; placental lactogen; tumor necrosis factor-alpha and -beta; mullerian-inhibiting substance; mouse gonadotropin-associated peptide; inhibin; activin; vascular endothelial growth factor; integrin; thrombopoietin (TPO); nerve growth factors such as NGF-alpha; platelet-growth factor; placental growth factor, transforming growth factors (TGFs) such as TGF-alpha and TGF-beta; insulin-like growth factor-1 and -11; erythropoietin (EPO); osteoinductive factors; interferons such as interferon-alpha, -beta and -gamma colony stimulating factors (CSFs) such as macrophage-CSF (M-CSF); granulocyte macrophage-CSF (GM-CSF); and granulocyte-CSF (G-CSF); interleukins (ILs) such as IL-1, IL-2, IL-3, IL-4, IL-5, IL-6, IL-7, IL-8, IL-9, IL-10, IL-11, IL-12, IL-13, IL-15, IL-18, IL-21, IL-22, IL-23, IL-33; a tumor necrosis factor such as TNF-alpha or TNF-beta; and other polypeptide factors including LIF and kit ligand (KL). As used herein, the term cytokine includes proteins from natural sources or from recombinant cell culture and biologically active equivalents of the native sequence cytokines.
The term “linker” is used to denote polypeptides comprising two or more amino acid residues joined by peptide bonds and are used to link one or more antigen binding portions. Such linker polypeptides are well known in the art (see e.g., Holliger, P., et al. (1993) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90:6444-6448; Poljak, R. J., et al. (1994) Structure 2:1121-1123). Exemplary linkers include, but are not limited to, AKTTPKLEEGEFSEAR (SEQ ID NO: 1); AKTTPKLEEGEFSEARV (SEQ ID NO: 2); AKTTPKLGG (SEQ ID NO: 3); SAKTTPKLGG (SEQ ID NO: 4); SAKTTP (SEQ ID NO: 5); RADAAP (SEQ ID NO: 6); RADAAPTVS (SEQ ID NO: 7); RADAAAAGGPGS (SEQ ID NO: 8); RADAAAA(G4S)4 (SEQ ID NO: 9); SAKTTPKLEEGEFSEARV (SEQ ID NO: 10); ADAAP (SEQ ID NO: 11); ADAAPTVSIFPP (SEQ ID NO: 12); TVAAP (SEQ ID NO: 13); TVAAPSVFIFPP (SEQ ID NO: 14); QPKAAP (SEQ ID NO: 15); QPKAAPSVTLFPP (SEQ ID NO: 16); AKTTPP (SEQ ID NO: 17); AKTTPPSVTPLAP (SEQ ID NO: 18); AKTTAP (SEQ ID NO: 19); AKTTAPSVYPLAP (SEQ ID NO: 20); ASTKGP (SEQ ID NO: 21); ASTKGPSVFPLAP (SEQ ID NO: 22), GGGGSGGGGSGGGGS (SEQ ID NO: 23); GENKVEYAPALMALS (SEQ ID NO: 24); GPAKELTPLKEAKVS (SEQ ID NO: 25); and GHEAAAVMQVQYPAS (SEQ ID NO: 26).
An “immunoglobulin constant domain” refers to a heavy or light chain constant domain. Human IgG heavy chain and light chain constant domain amino acid sequences are known in the art.
The term “monoclonal antibody” or “mAb” as used herein refers to an antibody obtained from a population of substantially homogeneous antibodies, i.e., the individual antibodies comprising the population are identical except for possible naturally occurring mutations that may be present in minor amounts. Monoclonal antibodies are highly specific, being directed against a single antigen. Furthermore, in contrast to polyclonal antibody preparations that typically include different antibodies directed against different determinants (epitopes), each mAb is directed against a single determinant on the antigen. The modifier “monoclonal” is not to be construed as requiring production of the antibody by any particular method.
The term “human antibody”, as used herein, is intended to include antibodies having variable and constant regions derived from human germline immunoglobulin sequences. The human antibodies of the invention may include amino acid residues not encoded by human germline immunoglobulin sequences (e.g., mutations introduced by random or site-specific mutagenesis in vitro or by somatic mutation in vivo), for example in the CDRs and in particular CDR3. However, the term “human antibody”, as used herein, is not intended to include antibodies in which CDR sequences derived from the germline of another mammalian species, such as a mouse, have been grafted onto human framework sequences.
The term “recombinant human antibody”, as used herein, is intended to include all human antibodies that are prepared, expressed, created or isolated by recombinant means, such as antibodies expressed using a recombinant expression vector transfected into a host cell (described further in Section II C, below), antibodies isolated from a recombinant, combinatorial human antibody library (Hoogenboom H. R. (1997) TIB Tech. 15:62-70; Azzazy H., and Highsmith W. E. (2002) Clin. Biochem. 35:425-445; Gavilondo J. V., and Larrick J. W. (2002) BioTechniques 29:128-145; Hoogenboom H., and Chames P. (2000) Immunology Today 21:371-378), antibodies isolated from an animal (e.g., a mouse) that is transgenic for human immunoglobulin genes (see, Taylor, L. D., et al. (1992) Nucl. Acids Res. 20:6287-6295; Kellermann S-A. and Green L. L. (2002) Current Opinion in Biotechnology 13:593-597; Little M. et al. (2000) Immunology Today 21:364-370) or antibodies prepared, expressed, created or isolated by any other means that involves splicing of human immunoglobulin gene sequences to other DNA sequences. Such recombinant human antibodies have variable and constant regions derived from human germline immunoglobulin sequences. In certain embodiments, however, such recombinant human antibodies are subjected to in vitro mutagenesis (or, when an animal transgenic for human Ig sequences is used, in vivo somatic mutagenesis) and thus the amino acid sequences of the VH and VL regions of the recombinant antibodies are sequences that, while derived from and related to human germline VH and VL sequences, may not naturally exist within the human antibody germline repertoire in vivo.
An “affinity matured” antibody is an antibody with one or more alterations in one or more CDRs thereof which result an improvement in the affinity of the antibody for antigen, compared to a parent antibody which does not possess those alteration(s). Exemplary affinity matured antibodies will have nanomolar or even picomolar affinities for the target antigen. Affinity matured antibodies are produced by procedures known in the art. Marks et al. Bid1Technology 10:779-783 (1992) describes affinity maturation by VH and VL domain shuffling. Random mutagenesis of CDR and/or framework residues is described by: Barbas et al. Proc Nat. Acad. Sci, USA 91:3809-3813 (1994); Schier et al. Gene 169:147-155 (1995); Yelton et al. J. Immunol. 155:1994-2004 (1995); Jackson et al., J. Immunol. 154(7):3310-9 (1995); Hawkins et al, J. Mol. BioL 226:889-896 (1992) and selective mutation at selective mutagenesis positions, contact or hypermutation positions with an activity enhancing amino acid residue as described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,914,128B1.
The term “chimeric antibody” refers to antibodies which comprise heavy and light chain variable region sequences from one species and constant region sequences from another species, such as antibodies having murine heavy and light chain variable regions linked to human constant regions.
The term “CDR-grafted antibody” refers to antibodies which comprise heavy and light chain variable region sequences from one species but in which the sequences of one or more of the CDR regions of VH and/or VL are replaced with CDR sequences of another species, such as antibodies having murine heavy and light chain variable regions in which one or more of the murine CDRs (e.g., CDR3) has been replaced with human CDR sequences.
The term “humanized antibody” refers to antibodies which comprise heavy and light chain variable region sequences from a non-human species (e.g., a mouse) but in which at least a portion of the VH and/or VL sequence has been altered to be more “human-like”, i.e., more similar to human germline variable sequences. One type of humanized antibody is a CDR-grafted antibody, in which human CDR sequences are introduced into non-human VH and VL sequences to replace the corresponding nonhuman CDR sequences. Also “humanized antibody” is an antibody or a variant, derivative, analog or fragment thereof which immunospecifically binds to an antigen of interest and which comprises a framework (FR) region having substantially the amino acid sequence of a human antibody and a complementary determining region (CDR) having substantially the amino acid sequence of a non-human antibody. As used herein, the term “substantially” in the context of a CDR refers to a CDR having an amino acid sequence at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 98% or at least 99% identical to the amino acid sequence of a non-human antibody CDR. A humanized antibody comprises substantially all of at least one, and typically two, variable domains (Fab, Fab′, F(ab′)2, FabC, Fv) in which all or substantially all of the CDR regions correspond to those of a non-human immunoglobulin (i.e., donor antibody) and all or substantially all of the framework regions are those of a human immunoglobulin consensus sequence. In an embodiment, a humanized antibody also comprises at least a portion of an immunoglobulin constant region (Fc), typically that of a human immunoglobulin. In some embodiments, a humanized antibody contains both the light chain as well as at least the variable domain of a heavy chain. The antibody also may include the CH1, hinge, CH2, CH3, and CH4 regions of the heavy chain. In some embodiments, a humanized antibody only contains a humanized light chain. In some embodiments, a humanized antibody only contains a humanized heavy chain. In specific embodiments, a humanized antibody only contains a humanized variable domain of a light chain and/or humanized heavy chain.
The terms “Kabat numbering”, “Kabat definitions” and “Kabat labeling” are used interchangeably herein. These terms, which are recognized in the art, refer to a system of numbering amino acid residues which are more variable (i.e. hypervariable) than other amino acid residues in the heavy and light chain variable regions of an antibody, or an antigen binding portion thereof (Kabat et al. (1971) Ann. NY Acad, Sci. 190:382-391 and, Kabat, E. A., et al. (1991) Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, Fifth Edition, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, NIH Publication No. 91-3242). For the heavy chain variable region, the hypervariable region ranges from amino acid positions 31 to 35 for CDR1, amino acid positions 50 to 65 for CDR2, and amino acid positions 95 to 102 for CDR3. For the light chain variable region, the hypervariable region ranges from amino acid positions 24 to 34 for CDR1, amino acid positions 50 to 56 for CDR2, and amino acid positions 89 to 97 for CDR3.
As used herein, the term “CDR” refers to the complementarity determining region within antibody variable sequences. There are three CDRs in each of the variable regions of the heavy chain and the light chain, which are designated CDR1, CDR2 and CDR3, for each of the variable regions. The term “CDR set” as used herein refers to a group of three CDRs that occur in a single variable region capable of binding the antigen. The exact boundaries of these CDRs have been defined differently according to different systems. The system described by Kabat (Kabat et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest (National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md. (1987) and (1991)) not only provides an unambiguous residue numbering system applicable to any variable region of an antibody, but also provides precise residue boundaries defining the three CDRs. These CDRs may be referred to as Kabat CDRs. Chothia and coworkers (Chothia &Lesk, J. Mol. Biol. 196:901-917 (1987) and Chothia et al., Nature 342:877-883 (1989)) found that certain sub-portions within Kabat CDRs adopt nearly identical peptide backbone conformations, despite having great diversity at the level of amino acid sequence. These sub-portions were designated as L1, L2 and L3 or H1, H2 and H3 where the “L” and the “H” designates the light chain and the heavy chains regions, respectively. These regions may be referred to as Chothia CDRs, which have boundaries that overlap with Kabat CDRs. Other boundaries defining CDRs overlapping with the Kabat CDRs have been described by Padlan (FASEB J. 9:133-139 (1995)) and MacCallum (J Mol Biol 262(5):732-45 (1996)). Still other CDR boundary definitions may not strictly follow one of the herein systems, but will nonetheless overlap with the Kabat CDRs, although they may be shortened or lengthened in light of prediction or experimental findings that particular residues or groups of residues or even entire CDRs do not significantly impact antigen binding. The methods used herein may utilize CDRs defined according to any of these systems, although certain embodiments use Kabat or Chothia defined CDRs.
As used herein, the term “framework” or “framework sequence” refers to the remaining sequences of a variable region minus the CDRs. Because the exact definition of a CDR sequence can be determined by different systems, the meaning of a framework sequence is subject to correspondingly different interpretations. The six CDRs (CDR-L1, -L2, and -L3 of light chain and CDR-H1, -H2, and -H3 of heavy chain) also divide the framework regions on the light chain and the heavy chain into four sub-regions (FR1, FR2, FR3 and FR4) on each chain, in which CDR1 is positioned between FR1 and FR2, CDR2 between FR2 and FR3, and CDR3 between FR3 and FR4. Without specifying the particular sub-regions as FR1, FR2, FR3 or FR4, a framework region, as referred by others, represents the combined FR's within the variable region of a single, naturally occurring immunoglobulin chain. As used herein, a FR represents one of the four sub-regions, and FRs represents two or more of the four sub-regions constituting a framework region.
As used herein, the term “germline antibody gene” or “gene fragment” refers to an immunoglobulin sequence encoded by non-lymphoid cells that have not undergone the maturation process that leads to genetic rearrangement and mutation for expression of a particular immunoglobulin. (See, e.g., Shapiro et al., Crit. Rev. Immunol. 22(3): 183-200 (2002); Marchalonis et al., Adv Exp Med Biol. 484:13-30 (2001)). One of the advantages provided by various embodiments of the present invention stems from the recognition that germline antibody genes are more likely than mature antibody genes to conserve essential amino acid sequence structures characteristic of individuals in the species, hence less likely to be recognized as from a foreign source when used therapeutically in that species.
As used herein, the term “neutralizing” refers to counteracting the biological activity of an antigen when a binding protein specifically binds the antigen. In an embodiment, the neutralizing binding protein binds the cytokine and reduces its biologically activity by at least about 20%, 40%, 60%, 80%, 85% or more.
The term “activity” includes activities such as the binding specificity and affinity of a DVD-Ig for two or more antigens.
The term “epitope” includes any polypeptide determinant capable of specific binding to an immunoglobulin or T-cell receptor. In certain embodiments, epitope determinants include chemically active surface groupings of molecules such as amino acids, sugar side chains, phosphoryl, or sulfonyl, and, in certain embodiments, may have specific three dimensional structural characteristics, and/or specific charge characteristics. An epitope is a region of an antigen that is bound by an antibody. In certain embodiments, an antibody is said to specifically bind an antigen when it recognizes its target antigen in a complex mixture of proteins and/or macromolecules. Antibodies are said to “bind to the same epitope” if the antibodies cross-compete (one prevents the binding or modulating effect of the other). In addition structural definitions of epitopes (overlapping, similar, identical) are informative, but functional definitions are often more relevant as they encompass structural (binding) and functional (modulation, competition) parameters.
The term “surface plasmon resonance”, as used herein, refers to an optical phenomenon that allows for the analysis of real-time biospecific interactions by detection of alterations in protein concentrations within a biosensor matrix, for example using the BIAcore® system (BIAcore International AB, a GE Healthcare company, Uppsala, Sweden and Piscataway, N.J.). For further descriptions, see Jönsson, U., et al. (1993) Ann. Biol. Clin. 51:19-26; Jönsson, U., et a. (1991) Biotechniques 11:620-627; Johnsson, B., et al. (1995) J. Mol. Recognit. 8:125-131; and Johnnson, B., et al. (1991) Anal. Biochem. 198:268-277.
The term “Kon”, as used herein, is intended to refer to the on rate constant for association of a binding protein (e.g., an antibody) to the antigen to form the, e.g., antibody/antigen complex as is known in the art. The “Kon” also is known by the terms “association rate constant”, or “ka”, as used interchangeably herein. This value indicating the binding rate of an antibody to its target antigen or the rate of complex formation between an antibody and antigen also is shown by the equation below:
Antibody(“Ab”)+Antigen(“Ag”)→Ab−Ag.
The term “Koff”, as used herein, is intended to refer to the off rate constant for dissociation, or “dissociation rate constant”, of a binding protein (e.g., an antibody) from the, e.g., antibody/antigen complex as is known in the art. This value indicates the dissociation rate of an antibody from its target antigen or separation of Ab-Ag complex over time into free antibody and antigen as shown by the equation below:
Ab+Ag→Ab−Ag.
The term “KD”, as used herein, is intended to refer to the “equilibrium dissociation constant”, and refers to the value obtained in a titration measurement at equilibrium, or by dividing the dissociation rate constant (koff) by the association rate constant (kon). The association rate constant, the dissociation rate constant and the equilibrium dissociation constant are used to represent the binding affinity of an antibody to an antigen. Methods for determining association and dissociation rate constants are well known in the art. Using fluorescence-based techniques offers high sensitivity and the ability to examine samples in physiological buffers at equilibrium. Other experimental approaches and instruments such as a BIAcore® (biomolecular interaction analysis) assay can be used (e.g., instrument available from BIAcore International AB, a GE Healthcare company, Uppsala, Sweden). Additionally, a KinExA® (Kinetic Exclusion Assay) assay, available from Sapidyne Instruments (Boise, Id.) can also be used.
“Label” and “detectable label” mean a moiety attached to a specific binding partner, such as an antibody or an analyte, e.g., to render the reaction between members of a specific binding pair, such as an antibody and an analyte, detectable, and the specific binding partner, e.g., antibody or analyte, so labeled is referred to as “detectably labeled.” Thus, the term “labeled binding protein” as used herein, refers to a protein with a label incorporated that provides for the identification of the binding protein. In an embodiment, the label is a detectable marker that can produce a signal that is detectable by visual or instrumental means, e.g., incorporation of a radiolabeled amino acid or attachment to a polypeptide of biotinyl moieties that can be detected by marked avidin (e.g., streptavidin containing a fluorescent marker or enzymatic activity that can be detected by optical or colorimetric methods). Examples of labels for polypeptides include, but are not limited to, the following: radioisotopes or radionuclides (e.g., 3H, 14C, 35S, 90Y, 99Tc, 111In, 125I, 131I, 177Lu, 166Ho, or 153Sm); chromogens, fluorescent labels (e.g., FITC, rhodamine, lanthanide phosphors), enzymatic labels (e.g., horseradish peroxidase, luciferase, alkaline phosphatase); chemiluminescent markers; biotinyl groups; predetermined polypeptide epitopes recognized by a secondary reporter (e.g., leucine zipper pair sequences, binding sites for secondary antibodies, metal binding domains, epitope tags); and magnetic agents, such as gadolinium chelates. Representative examples of labels commonly employed for immunoassays include moieties that produce light, e.g., acridinium compounds, and moieties that produce fluorescence, e.g., fluorescein. Other labels are described herein. In this regard, the moiety itself may not be detectably labeled but may become detectable upon reaction with yet another moiety. Use of “detectably labeled” is intended to encompass the latter type of detectable labeling.
The term “conjugate” refers to a binding protein, such as an antibody, chemically linked to a second chemical moiety, such as a therapeutic or cytotoxic agent. The term “agent” is used herein to denote a chemical compound, a mixture of chemical compounds, a biological macromolecule, or an extract made from biological materials. In an embodiment, the therapeutic or cytotoxic agents include, but are not limited to, pertussis toxin, taxol, cytochalasin B, gramicidin D, ethidium bromide, emetine, mitomycin, etoposide, tenoposide, vincristine, vinblastine, colchicin, doxorubicin, daunorubicin, dihydroxy anthracin dione, mitoxantrone, mithramycin, actinomycin D, 1-dehydrotestosterone, glucocorticoids, procaine, tetracaine, lidocaine, propranolol, and puromycin and analogs or homologs thereof. When employed in the context of an immunoassay, the conjugate antibody may be a detectably labeled antibody used as the detection antibody.
The terms “crystal” and “crystallized” as used herein, refer to a binding protein (e.g., an antibody), or antigen binding portion thereof, that exists in the form of a crystal. Crystals are one form of the solid state of matter, which is distinct from other forms such as the amorphous solid state or the liquid crystalline state. Crystals are composed of regular, repeating, three-dimensional arrays of atoms, ions, molecules (e.g., proteins such as antibodies), or molecular assemblies (e.g., antigen/antibody complexes). These three-dimensional arrays are arranged according to specific mathematical relationships that are well-understood in the field. The fundamental unit, or building block, that is repeated in a crystal is called the asymmetric unit. Repetition of the asymmetric unit in an arrangement that conforms to a given, well-defined crystallographic symmetry provides the “unit cell” of the crystal. Repetition of the unit cell by regular translations in all three dimensions provides the crystal. See Giege, R. and Ducruix, A. Barrett, Crystallization of Nucleic Acids and Proteins, a Practical Approach, 2nd ea., pp. 20 1-16, Oxford University Press, New York, N.Y., (1999).”
The term “polynucleotide” means a polymeric form of two or more nucleotides, either ribonucleotides or deoxynucleotides or a modified form of either type of nucleotide. The term includes single and double stranded forms of DNA.
The term “isolated polynucleotide” shall mean a polynucleotide (e.g., of genomic, cDNA, or synthetic origin, or some combination thereof) that, by virtue of its origin, the “isolated polynucleotide” is not associated with all or a portion of a polynucleotide with which the “isolated polynucleotide” is found in nature; is operably linked to a polynucleotide that it is not linked to in nature; or does not occur in nature as part of a larger sequence.
The term “vector”, is intended to refer to a nucleic acid molecule capable of transporting another nucleic acid to which it has been linked. One type of vector is a “plasmid”, which refers to a circular double stranded DNA loop into which additional DNA segments may be ligated. Another type of vector is a viral vector, wherein additional DNA segments may be ligated into the viral genome. Certain vectors are capable of autonomous replication in a host cell into which they are introduced (e.g., bacterial vectors having a bacterial origin of replication and episomal mammalian vectors). Other vectors (e.g., non-episomal mammalian vectors) can be integrated into the genome of a host cell upon introduction into the host cell, and thereby are replicated along with the host genome. Moreover, certain vectors are capable of directing the expression of genes to which they are operatively linked. Such vectors are referred to herein as “recombinant expression vectors” (or simply, “expression vectors”). In general, expression vectors of utility in recombinant DNA techniques are often in the form of plasmids. In the present specification, “plasmid” and “vector” may be used interchangeably as the plasmid is the most commonly used form of vector. However, the invention is intended to include such other forms of expression vectors, such as viral vectors (e.g., replication defective retroviruses, adenoviruses and adeno-associated viruses), which serve equivalent functions.
The term “operably linked” refers to a juxtaposition wherein the components described are in a relationship permitting them to function in their intended manner. A control sequence “operably linked” to a coding sequence is ligated in such a way that expression of the coding sequence is achieved under conditions compatible with the control sequences. “Operably linked” sequences include both expression control sequences that are contiguous with the gene of interest and expression control sequences that act in trans or at a distance to control the gene of interest. The term “expression control sequence” as used herein refers to polynucleotide sequences which are necessary to effect the expression and processing of coding sequences to which they are ligated. Expression control sequences include appropriate transcription initiation, termination, promoter and enhancer sequences; efficient RNA processing signals such as splicing and polyadenylation signals; sequences that stabilize cytoplasmic mRNA; sequences that enhance translation efficiency (i.e., Kozak consensus sequence); sequences that enhance protein stability; and when desired, sequences that enhance protein secretion. The nature of such control sequences differs depending upon the host organism; in prokaryotes, such control sequences generally include promoter, ribosomal binding site, and transcription termination sequence; in eukaryotes, generally, such control sequences include promoters and transcription termination sequence. The term “control sequences” is intended to include components whose presence is essential for expression and processing, and can also include additional components whose presence is advantageous, for example, leader sequences and fusion partner sequences.
“Transformation”, refers to any process by which exogenous DNA enters a host cell. Transformation may occur under natural or artificial conditions using various methods well known in the art. Transformation may rely on any known method for the insertion of foreign nucleic acid sequences into a prokaryotic or eukaryotic host cell. The method is selected based on the host cell being transformed and may include, but is not limited to, viral infection, electroporation, lipofection, and particle bombardment. Such “transformed” cells include stably transformed cells in which the inserted DNA is capable of replication either as an autonomously replicating plasmid or as part of the host chromosome. They also include cells which transiently express the inserted DNA or RNA for limited periods of time.
The term “recombinant host cell” (or simply “host cell”), is intended to refer to a cell into which exogenous DNA has been introduced. In an embodiment, the host cell comprises two more more (e.g., multiple) nucleic acids encoding antibodies, such as the host cells described in U.S. Pat. No. 7,262,028, for example. It should be understood that such terms are intended to refer not only to the particular subject cell, but to the progeny of such a cell. Because certain modifications may occur in succeeding generations due to either mutation or environmental influences, such progeny may not, in fact, be identical to the parent cell, but are still included within the scope of the term “host cell” as used herein. In an embodiment, host cells include prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells selected from any of the Kingdoms of life. In another embodiment, eukaryotic cells include protist, fungal, plant and animal cells. In another embodiment, host cells include but are not limited to the prokaryotic cell line E. Coli; mammalian cell lines CHO, HEK 293, COS, NS0, SP2 and PER.C6; the insect cell line Sf9; and the fungal cell Saccharomyces cerevisiae.
Standard techniques may be used for recombinant DNA, oligonucleotide synthesis, and tissue culture and transformation (e.g., electroporation, lipofection). Enzymatic reactions and purification techniques may be performed according to manufacturer's specifications or as commonly accomplished in the art or as described herein. The foregoing techniques and procedures may be generally performed according to conventional methods well known in the art and as described in various general and more specific references that are cited and discussed throughout the present specification. See e.g., Sambrook et al. Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual (2d ed., Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y. (1989)), which is incorporated herein by reference for any purpose.
“Transgenic organism”, as known in the art, refers to an organism having cells that contain a transgene, wherein the transgene introduced into the organism (or an ancestor of the organism) expresses a polypeptide not naturally expressed in the organism. A “transgene” is a DNA construct, which is stably and operably integrated into the genome of a cell from which a transgenic organism develops, directing the expression of an encoded gene product in one or more cell types or tissues of the transgenic organism.
The term “regulate” and “modulate” are used interchangeably, and, as used herein, refers to a change or an alteration in the activity of a molecule of interest (e.g., the biological activity of a cytokine). Modulation may be an increase or a decrease in the magnitude of a certain activity or function of the molecule of interest. Exemplary activities and functions of a molecule include, but are not limited to, binding characteristics, enzymatic activity, cell receptor activation, and signal transduction.
Correspondingly, the term “modulator” is a compound capable of changing or altering an activity or function of a molecule of interest (e.g., the biological activity of a cytokine). For example, a modulator may cause an increase or decrease in the magnitude of a certain activity or function of a molecule compared to the magnitude of the activity or function observed in the absence of the modulator. In certain embodiments, a modulator is an inhibitor, which decreases the magnitude of at least one activity or function of a molecule. Exemplary inhibitors include, but are not limited to, proteins, peptides, antibodies, peptibodies, carbohydrates or small organic molecules. Peptibodies are described, e.g., in WO01/83525.
The term “agonist”, refers to a modulator that, when contacted with a molecule of interest, causes an increase in the magnitude of a certain activity or function of the molecule compared to the magnitude of the activity or function observed in the absence of the agonist. Particular agonists of interest may include, but are not limited to, polypeptides, nucleic acids, carbohydrates, or any other molecules that bind to the antigen.
The term “antagonist” or “inhibitor”, refer to a modulator that, when contacted with a molecule of interest causes a decrease in the magnitude of a certain activity or function of the molecule compared to the magnitude of the activity or function observed in the absence of the antagonist. Particular antagonists of interest include those that block or modulate the biological or immunological activity of the antigen. Antagonists and inhibitors of antigens may include, but are not limited to, proteins, nucleic acids, carbohydrates, or any other molecules, which bind to the antigen.
As used herein, the term “effective amount” refers to the amount of a therapy which is sufficient to reduce or ameliorate the severity and/or duration of a disorder or one or more symptoms thereof, prevent the advancement of a disorder, cause regression of a disorder, prevent the recurrence, development, onset or progression of one or more symptoms associated with a disorder, detect a disorder, or enhance or improve the prophylactic or therapeutic effect(s) of another therapy (e.g., prophylactic or therapeutic agent).
“Patient” and “subject” may be used interchangeably herein to refer to an animal, such as a mammal, including a primate (for example, a human, a monkey, and a chimpanzee), a non-primate (for example, a cow, a pig, a camel, a llama, a horse, a goat, a rabbit, a sheep, a hamster, a guinea pig, a cat, a dog, a rat, a mouse, a whale), a bird (e.g., a duck or a goose), and a shark. Preferably, the patient or subject is a human, such as a human being treated or assessed for a disease, disorder or condition, a human at risk for a disease, disorder or condition, a human having a disease, disorder or condition, and/or human being treated for a disease, disorder or condition.
The term “sample”, as used herein, is used in its broadest sense. A “biological sample”, as used herein, includes, but is not limited to, any quantity of a substance from a living thing or formerly living thing. Such living things include, but are not limited to, humans, mice, rats, monkeys, dogs, rabbits and other animals. Such substances include, but are not limited to, blood, (e.g., whole blood), plasma, serum, urine, amniotic fluid, synovial fluid, endothelial cells, leukocytes, monocytes, other cells, organs, tissues, bone marrow, lymph nodes and spleen.
“Component,” “components,” and “at least one component,” refer generally to a capture antibody, a detection or conjugate antibody, a control, a calibrator, a series of calibrators, a sensitivity panel, a container, a buffer, a diluent, a salt, an enzyme, a co-factor for an enzyme, a detection reagent, a pretreatment reagent/solution, a substrate (e.g., as a solution), a stop solution, and the like that can be included in a kit for assay of a test sample, such as a patient urine, serum or plasma sample, in accordance with the methods described herein and other methods known in the art. Thus, in the context of the present disclosure, “at least one component,” “component,” and “components” can include a polypeptide or other analyte as above, such as a composition comprising an analyte such as polypeptide, which is optionally immobilized on a solid support, such as by binding to an anti-analyte (e.g., anti-polypeptide) antibody. Some components can be in solution or lyophilized for reconstitution for use in an assay.
“Control” refers to a composition known to not analyte (“negative control”) or to contain analyte (“positive control”). A positive control can comprise a known concentration of analyte. “Control,” “positive control,” and “calibrator” may be used interchangeably herein to refer to a composition comprising a known concentration of analyte. A “positive control” can be used to establish assay performance characteristics and is a useful indicator of the integrity of reagents (e.g., analytes).
“Predetermined cutoff” and “predetermined level” refer generally to an assay cutoff value that is used to assess diagnostic/prognostic/therapeutic efficacy results by comparing the assay results against the predetermined cutoff/level, where the predetermined cutoff/level already has been linked or associated with various clinical parameters (e.g., severity of disease, progression/nonprogression/improvement, etc.). While the present disclosure may provide exemplary predetermined levels, it is well-known that cutoff values may vary depending on the nature of the immunoassay (e.g., antibodies employed, etc.). It further is well within the ordinary skill of one in the art to adapt the disclosure herein for other immunoassays to obtain immunoassay-specific cutoff values for those other immunoassays based on this disclosure. Whereas the precise value of the predetermined cutoff/level may vary between assays, correlations as described herein (if any) should be generally applicable.
“Pretreatment reagent,” e.g., lysis, precipitation and/or solubilization reagent, as used in a diagnostic assay as described herein is one that lyses any cells and/or solubilizes any analyte that is/are present in a test sample. Pretreatment is not necessary for all samples, as described further herein. Among other things, solubilizing the analyte (e.g., polypeptide of interest) may entail release of the analyte from any endogenous binding proteins present in the sample. A pretreatment reagent may be homogeneous (not requiring a separation step) or heterogeneous (requiring a separation step). With use of a heterogeneous pretreatment reagent there is removal of any precipitated analyte binding proteins from the test sample prior to proceeding to the next step of the assay.
“Quality control reagents” in the context of immunoassays and kits described herein, include, but are not limited to, calibrators, controls, and sensitivity panels. A “calibrator” or “standard” typically is used (e.g., one or more, such as a plurality) in order to establish calibration (standard) curves for interpolation of the concentration of an analyte, such as an antibody or an analyte. Alternatively, a single calibrator, which is near a predetermined positive/negative cutoff, can be used. Multiple calibrators (i.e., more than one calibrator or a varying amount of calibrator(s)) can be used in conjunction so as to comprise a “sensitivity panel.”
“Risk” refers to the possibility or probability of a particular event occurring either presently or at some point in the future. “Risk stratification” refers to an array of known clinical risk factors that allows physicians to classify patients into a low, moderate, high or highest risk of developing a particular disease, disorder or condition.
“Specific” and “specificity” in the context of an interaction between members of a specific binding pair (e.g., an antigen (or fragment thereof) and an antibody (or antigenically reactive fragment thereof)) refer to the selective reactivity of the interaction. The phrase “specifically binds to” and analogous phrases refer to the ability of antibodies (or antigenically reactive fragments thereof) to bind specifically to analyte (or a fragment thereof) and not bind specifically to other entities.
“Specific binding partner” is a member of a specific binding pair. A specific binding pair comprises two different molecules, which specifically bind to each other through chemical or physical means. Therefore, in addition to antigen and antibody specific binding pairs of common immunoassays, other specific binding pairs can include biotin and avidin (or streptavidin), carbohydrates and lectins, complementary nucleotide sequences, effector and receptor molecules, cofactors and enzymes, enzyme inhibitors and enzymes, and the like. Furthermore, specific binding pairs can include members that are analogs of the original specific binding members, for example, an analyte-analog. Immunoreactive specific binding members include antigens, antigen fragments, and antibodies, including monoclonal and polyclonal antibodies as well as complexes, fragments, and variants (including fragments of variants) thereof, whether isolated or recombinantly produced.
“Variant” as used herein means a polypeptide that differs from a given polypeptide (e.g., IL-18, BNP, NGAL or HIV polypeptide or anti-polypeptide antibody) in amino acid sequence by the addition (e.g., insertion), deletion, or conservative substitution of amino acids, but that retains the biological activity of the given polypeptide (e.g., a variant IL-18 can compete with anti-IL-18 antibody for binding to IL-18). A conservative substitution of an amino acid, i.e., replacing an amino acid with a different amino acid of similar properties (e.g., hydrophilicity and degree and distribution of charged regions) is recognized in the art as typically involving a minor change. These minor changes can be identified, in part, by considering the hydropathic index of amino acids, as understood in the art (see, e.g., Kyte et al., J. Mol. Biol. 157: 105-132 (1982)). The hydropathic index of an amino acid is based on a consideration of its hydrophobicity and charge. It is known in the art that amino acids of similar hydropathic indexes can be substituted and still retain protein function. In one aspect, amino acids having hydropathic indexes of ±2 are substituted. The hydrophilicity of amino acids also can be used to reveal substitutions that would result in proteins retaining biological function. A consideration of the hydrophilicity of amino acids in the context of a peptide permits calculation of the greatest local average hydrophilicity of that peptide, a useful measure that has been reported to correlate well with antigenicity and immunogenicity (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 4,554,101, which is incorporated herein by reference). Substitution of amino acids having similar hydrophilicity values can result in peptides retaining biological activity, for example immunogenicity, as is understood in the art. In one aspect, substitutions are performed with amino acids having hydrophilicity values within ±2 of each other. Both the hydrophobicity index and the hydrophilicity value of amino acids are influenced by the particular side chain of that amino acid. Consistent with that observation, amino acid substitutions that are compatible with biological function are understood to depend on the relative similarity of the amino acids, and particularly the side chains of those amino acids, as revealed by the hydrophobicity, hydrophilicity, charge, size, and other properties. “Variant” also can be used to describe a polypeptide or fragment thereof that has been differentially processed, such as by proteolysis, phosphorylation, or other post-translational modification, yet retains its biological activity or antigen reactivity, e.g., the ability to bind to IL-18. Use of “variant” herein is intended to encompass fragments of a variant unless otherwise contradicted by context.
I. Generation of DVD Binding Protein
The invention pertains to Dual Variable Domain binding proteins capable of binding one or more targets and methods of making the same. In an embodiment, the binding protein comprises a polypeptide chain, wherein said polypeptide chain comprises VD1-(X1)n-VD2-C—(X2)n, wherein VD1 is a first variable domain, VD2 is a second variable domain, C is a constant domain, X1 represents an amino acid or polypeptide, X2 represents an Fc region and n is 0 or 1. The binding protein of the invention can be generated using various techniques. The invention provides expression vectors, host cell and methods of generating the binding protein.
A. Generation of Parent Monoclonal Antibodies
The variable domains of the DVD binding protein can be obtained from parent antibodies, including polyclonal and mAbs capable of binding antigens of interest. These antibodies may be naturally occurring or may be generated by recombinant technology.
MAbs can be prepared using a wide variety of techniques known in the art including the use of hybridoma, recombinant, and phage display technologies, or a combination thereof. For example, mAbs can be produced using hybridoma techniques including those known in the art and taught, for example, in Harlow et al., Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, (Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 2nd ed. 1988); Hammerling, et al., in: Monoclonal Antibodies and T-Cell Hybridomas 563-681 (Elsevier, N.Y., 1981) (said references incorporated by reference in their entireties). The term “monoclonal antibody” as used herein is not limited to antibodies produced through hybridoma technology. The term “monoclonal antibody” refers to an antibody that is derived from a single clone, including any eukaryotic, prokaryotic, or phage clone, and not the method by which it is produced. Hybridomas are selected, cloned and further screened for desirable characteristics, including robust hybridoma growth, high antibody production and desirable antibody characteristics, as discussed in Example 1 below. Hybridomas may be cultured and expanded in vivo in syngeneic animals, in animals that lack an immune system, e.g., nude mice, or in cell culture in vitro. Methods of selecting, cloning and expanding hybridomas are well known to those of ordinary skill in the art. In a particular embodiment, the hybridomas are mouse hybridomas. In another embodiment, the hybridomas are produced in a non-human, non-mouse species such as rats, sheep, pigs, goats, cattle or horses. In another embodiment, the hybridomas are human hybridomas, in which a human non-secretory myeloma is fused with a human cell expressing an antibody capable of binding a specific antigen.
Recombinant mAbs are also generated from single, isolated lymphocytes using a procedure referred to in the art as the selected lymphocyte antibody method (SLAM), as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,627,052, PCT Publication WO 92/02551 and Babcock, J. S. et al. (1996) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 93:7843-7848. In this method, single cells secreting antibodies of interest, e.g., lymphocytes derived from an immunized animal, are identified, and, heavy- and light-chain variable region cDNAs are rescued from the cells by reverse transcriptase-PCR and these variable regions can then be expressed, in the context of appropriate immunoglobulin constant regions (e.g., human constant regions), in mammalian host cells, such as COS or CHO cells. The host cells transfected with the amplified immunoglobulin sequences, derived from in vivo selected lymphocytes, can then undergo further analysis and selection in vitro, for example by panning the transfected cells to isolate cells expressing antibodies to the antigen of interest. The amplified immunoglobulin sequences further can be manipulated in vitro, such as by in vitro affinity maturation methods such as those described in PCT Publication WO 97/29131 and PCT Publication WO 00/56772.
Monoclonal antibodies are also produced by immunizing a non-human animal comprising some, or all, of the human immunoglobulin locus with an antigen of interest. In an embodiment, the non-human animal is a XENOMOUSE transgenic mouse, an engineered mouse strain that comprises large fragments of the human immunoglobulin loci and is deficient in mouse antibody production. See, e.g., Green et al. Nature Genetics 7:13-21 (1994) and U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,916,771, 5,939,598, 5,985,615, 5,998,209, 6,075,181, 6,091,001, 6,114,598 and 6,130,364. See also WO 91/10741, published Jul. 25, 1991, WO 94/02602, published Feb. 3, 1994, WO 96/34096 and WO 96/33735, both published Oct. 31, 1996, WO 98/16654, published Apr. 23, 1998, WO 98/24893, published Jun. 11, 1998, WO 98/50433, published Nov. 12, 1998, WO 99/45031, published Sep. 10, 1999, WO 99/53049, published Oct. 21, 1999, WO 00 09560, published Feb. 24, 2000 and WO 00/037504, published Jun. 29, 2000. The XENOMOUSE transgenic mouse produces an adult-like human repertoire of fully human antibodies, and generates antigen-specific human monoclonal antibodies. The XENOMOUSE transgenic mouse contains approximately 80% of the human antibody repertoire through introduction of megabase sized, germline configuration YAC fragments of the human heavy chain loci and x light chain loci. See Mendez et al., Nature Genetics 15:146-156 (1997), Green and Jakobovits J. Exp. Med. 188:483-495 (1998), the disclosures of which are hereby incorporated by reference.
In vitro methods also can be used to make the parent antibodies, wherein an antibody library is screened to identify an antibody having the desired binding specificity. Methods for such screening of recombinant antibody libraries are well known in the art and include methods described in, for example, Ladner et al. U.S. Pat. No. 5,223,409; Kang et al. PCT Publication No. WO 92/18619; Dower et al. PCT Publication No. WO 91/17271; Winter et al. PCT Publication No. WO 92/20791; Markland et al. PCT Publication No. WO 92/15679; Breitling et al. PCT Publication No. WO 93/01288; McCafferty et al. PCT Publication No. WO 92/01047; Garrard et al. PCT Publication No. WO 92/09690; Fuchs et al. (1991) Bio/Technology 9:1370-1372; Hay et al. (1992) Hum Antibod Hybridomas 3:81-85; Huse et al. (1989) Science 246:1275-1281; McCafferty et al., Nature (1990) 348:552-554; Griffiths et al. (1993) EMBO J 12:725-734; Hawkins et al. (1992) J Mol Biol 226:889-896; Clackson et al. (1991) Nature 352:624-628; Gram et al. (1992)PNAS 89:3576-3580; Garrad et al. (1991) Bio/Technology 9:1373-1377; Hoogenboom et al. (1991) Nuc Acid Res 19:4133-4137; and Barbas et al. (1991) PNAS 88:7978-7982, US patent application publication 20030186374, and PCT Publication No. WO 97/29131, the contents of each of which are incorporated herein by reference.
Parent antibodies of the present invention can also be generated using various phage display methods known in the art. In phage display methods, functional antibody domains are displayed on the surface of phage particles which carry the polynucleotide sequences encoding them. In a particular, such phage can be utilized to display antigen-binding domains expressed from a repertoire or combinatorial antibody library (e.g., human or murine). Phage expressing an antigen binding domain that binds the antigen of interest can be selected or identified with antigen, e.g., using labeled antigen or antigen bound or captured to a solid surface or bead. Phage used in these methods are typically filamentous phage including fd and M13 binding domains expressed from phage with Fab, Fv or disulfide stabilized Fv antibody domains recombinantly fused to either the phage gene III or gene VIII protein. Examples of phage display methods that can be used to make the antibodies of the present invention include those disclosed in Brinkman et al., J. Immunol. Methods 182:41-50 (1995); Ames et al., J. Immunol. Methods 184:177-186 (1995); Kettleborough et al., Eur. J. Immunol. 24:952-958 (1994); Persic et al., Gene 187 9-18 (1997); Burton et al., Advances in Immunology 57:191-280 (1994); PCT application No. PCT/GB91/01134; PCT publications WO 90/02809; WO 91/10737; WO 92/01047; WO 92/18619; WO 93/11236; WO 95/15982; WO 95/20401; and U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,698,426; 5,223,409; 5,403,484; 5,580,717; 5,427,908; 5,750,753; 5,821,047; 5,571,698; 5,427,908; 5,516,637; 5,780, 225; 5,658,727; 5,733,743 and 5,969,108; each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
As described in the herein references, after phage selection, the antibody coding regions from the phage can be isolated and used to generate whole antibodies including human antibodies or any other desired antigen binding fragment, and expressed in any desired host, including mammalian cells, insect cells, plant cells, yeast, and bacteria, e.g., as described in detail below. For example, techniques to recombinantly produce Fab, Fab′ and F(ab′)2 fragments can also be employed using methods known in the art such as those disclosed in PCT publication WO 92/22324; Mullinax et al., BioTechniques 12(6):864-869 (1992); and Sawai et al., AJRI 34:26-34 (1995); and Better et al., Science 240:1041-1043 (1988) (said references incorporated by reference in their entireties). Examples of techniques which can be used to produce single-chain Fvs and antibodies include those described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,946,778 and 5,258,498; Huston et al., Methods in Enzymology 203:46-88 (1991); Shu et al., PNAS 90:7995-7999 (1993); and Skerra et al., Science 240:1038-1040 (1988).
Alternative to screening of recombinant antibody libraries by phage display, other methodologies known in the art for screening large combinatorial libraries can be applied to the identification of parent antibodies. One type of alternative expression system is one in which the recombinant antibody library is expressed as RNA-protein fusions, as described in PCT Publication No. WO 98/31700 by Szostak and Roberts, and in Roberts, R. W. and Szostak, J. W. (1997) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 94:12297-12302. In this system, a covalent fusion is created between an mRNA and the peptide or protein that it encodes by in vitro translation of synthetic mRNAs that carry puromycin, a peptidyl acceptor antibiotic, at their 3′ end. Thus, a specific mRNA can be enriched from a complex mixture of mRNAs (e.g., a combinatorial library) based on the properties of the encoded peptide or protein, e.g., antibody, or portion thereof, such as binding of the antibody, or portion thereof, to the dual specificity antigen. Nucleic acid sequences encoding antibodies, or portions thereof, recovered from screening of such libraries can be expressed by recombinant means as described herein (e.g., in mammalian host cells) and, moreover, can be subjected to further affinity maturation by either additional rounds of screening of mRNA-peptide fusions in which mutations have been introduced into the originally selected sequence(s), or by other methods for affinity maturation in vitro of recombinant antibodies, as described herein.
In another approach the parent antibodies can also be generated using yeast display methods known in the art. In yeast display methods, genetic methods are used to tether antibody domains to the yeast cell wall and display them on the surface of yeast. In particular, such yeast can be utilized to display antigen-binding domains expressed from a repertoire or combinatorial antibody library (e.g., human or murine). Examples of yeast display methods that can be used to make the parent antibodies include those disclosed in Wittrup, et al. U.S. Pat. No. 6,699,658 incorporated herein by reference.
The antibodies described herein can be further modified to generate CDR grafted and humanized parent antibodies. CDR-grafted parent antibodies comprise heavy and light chain variable region sequences from a human antibody wherein one or more of the CDR regions of VH and/or VL are replaced with CDR sequences of murine antibodies capable of binding antigen of interest. A framework sequence from any human antibody may serve as the template for CDR grafting. However, straight chain replacement onto such a framework often leads to some loss of binding affinity to the antigen. The more homologous a human antibody is to the original murine antibody, the less likely the possibility that combining the murine CDRs with the human framework will introduce distortions in the CDRs that could reduce affinity. Therefore, in an embodiment, the human variable framework that is chosen to replace the murine variable framework apart from the CDRs have at least a 65% sequence identity with the murine antibody variable region framework. In an embodiment, the human and murine variable regions apart from the CDRs have at least 70% sequence identify. In a particular embodiment, that the human and murine variable regions apart from the CDRs have at least 75% sequence identity. In another embodiment, the human and murine variable regions apart from the CDRs have at least 80% sequence identity. Methods for producing such antibodies are known in the art (see EP 239,400; PCT publication WO 91/09967; U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,225,539; 5,530,101; and 5,585,089), veneering or resurfacing (EP 592,106; EP 519,596; Padlan, Molecular Immunology 28(4/5):489-498 (1991); Studnicka et al., Protein Engineering 7(6):805-814 (1994); Roguska et al., PNAS 91:969-973 (1994)), and chain shuffling (U.S. Pat. No. 5,565,352); and anti-idiotypic antibodies.
Humanized antibodies are antibody molecules from non-human species antibody that binds the desired antigen having one or more complementarity determining regions (CDRs) from the non-human species and framework regions from a human immunoglobulin molecule. Known human Ig sequences are disclosed, e.g., by the U.S. National Library of Medicine National Institutes of Health, the American Type Culture Collection. SciQuest®. Abcam®, the Antibody Resource Page, Iowa State Universit. Heidelberg University, W.H. Freeman, Oracle® ThinkQuest, the Howard Hughes Medical Institute, the University of Cambridge, Harvard University Department of Molecular and Cellular Biology. the Immunology Link, Washington University in St. Louis School of Medicine he Universal. of Florida Pebio the United States Department of Agriculture National Agricultural Library, Ehimne University, Meridian Life Science®, Inc., the International Society for Advancement of Cytometry, the Technische Universitat Braunschweig, the MRC Centre for Protein Engineering. the UNAM Biology Institute ImMunoGeneTics the Universit Coll London Research De artment of Structural and Molecular Biology, the University of Bath's Center for Protein Analysis and Design Web Antibody Modelling, the All India Institute of Medical Sciences Department of Biochemistry, the University of Zurich, Department of Biological Sciences Birkbeck University of London, the Medical Research Counsel of the National Institute for Medical Research, the University of Missouri. IBM, and
Kabat et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, U.S. Dept. Health (1983) which is entirely incorporated herein by reference. Such imported sequences can be used to reduce immunogenicity or reduce, enhance or modify binding, affinity, on-rate, off-rate, avidity, specificity, half-life., or any other suitable characteristic, as known in the art.
Framework residues in the human framework regions may be substituted with the corresponding residue from the CDR donor antibody to alter, e.g., improve, antigen binding. These framework substitutions are identified by methods well known in the art, e.g., by modeling of the interactions of the CDR and framework residues to identify framework residues important for antigen binding and sequence comparison to identify unusual framework residues at particular positions. (See, e.g., Queen et al., U.S. Pat. No. 5,585,089; Riechmann et al., Nature 332:323 (1988), which are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties.) Three-dimensional immunoglobulin models are commonly available and are familiar to those skilled in the art. Computer programs are available which illustrate and display probable three-dimensional conformational structures of selected candidate immunoglobulin sequences. Inspection of these displays permits analysis of the likely role of the residues in the functioning of the candidate immunoglobulin sequence, i.e., the analysis of residues that influence the ability of the candidate immunoglobulin to bind its antigen. In this way, FR residues can be selected and combined from the consensus and import sequences so that the desired antibody characteristic, such as increased affinity for the target antigen(s), is achieved. In general, the CDR residues are directly and most substantially involved in influencing antigen binding. Antibodies can be humanized using a variety of techniques known in the art, such as but not limited to those described in Jones et al., Nature 321:522 (1986); Verhoeyen et al., Science 239:1534 (1988)), Sims et al., J. Immunol. 151: 2296 (1993); Chothia and Lesk, J. Mol. Biol. 196:901 (1987), Carter et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 89:4285 (1992); Presta et al., J. Immunol. 151:2623 (1993), Padlan, Molecular Immunology 28(4/5):489-498 (1991); Studnicka et al., Protein Engineering 7(6):805-814 (1994); Roguska. et al., PNAS 91:969-973 (1994); PCT publication WO 91/09967, PCT/: US98/16280, US96/18978, US91/09630, US91/05939, US94/01234, GB89/01334, GB91/01134, GB92/01755; WO90/14443, WO90/14424, WO90/14430, EP 229246, EP 592,106; EP 519,596, EP 239,400, U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,565,332, 5,723,323, 5,976,862, 5,824,514, 5,817,483, 5,814,476, 5,763,192, 5,723,323, 5,766,886, 5,714,352, 6,204,023, 6,180,370, 5,693,762, 5,530,101, 5,585,089, 5,225,539; 4,816,567, each entirely incorporated herein by reference, included references cited therein.
B. Criteria for Selecting Parent Monoclonal Antibodies
An embodiment of the invention pertains to selecting parent antibodies with at least one or more properties desired in the DVD-Ig molecule. In an embodiment, the desired property is selected from one or more antibody parameters. In another embodiment, the antibody parameters are selected from the group consisting of antigen specificity, affinity to antigen, potency, biological function, epitope recognition, stability, solubility, production efficiency, immunogenicity, pharmacokinetics, bioavailability, tissue cross reactivity, and orthologous antigen binding.
B1. Affinity to Antigen
The desired affinity of a therapeutic mAb may depend upon the nature of the antigen, and the desired therapeutic end-point. In an embodiment, monoclonal antibodies have higher affinities (Kd=0.01-0.50 μM) when blocking a cytokine-cytokine receptor interaction as such interaction are usually high affinity interactions (e.g., <pM -<nM ranges). In such instances, the mAb affinity for its target should be equal to or better than the affinity of the cytokine (ligand) for its receptor. On the other hand, mAb with lesser affinity (>nM range) could be therapeutically effective e.g., in clearing circulating potentially pathogenic proteins e.g., monoclonal antibodies that bind to, sequester, and clear circulating species of A-β amyloid. In other instances, reducing the affinity of an existing high affinity mAb by site-directed mutagenesis or using a mAb with lower affinity for its target could be used to avoid potential side-effects e.g., a high affinity mAb may sequester/neutralize all of its intended target, thereby completely depleting/eliminating the function(s) of the targeted protein. In this scenario, a low affinity mAb may sequester/neutralize a fraction of the target that may be responsible for the disease symptoms (the pathological or over-produced levels), thus allowing a fraction of the target to continue to perform its normal physiological function(s). Therefore, it may be possible to reduce the Kd to adjust dose and/or reduce side-effects. The affinity of the parental mAb might play a role in appropriately targeting cell surface molecules to achieve desired therapeutic out-come. For example, if a target is expressed on cancer cells with high density and on normal cells with low density, a lower affinity mAb will bind a greater number of targets on tumor cells than normal cells, resulting in tumor cell elimination via ADCC or CDC, and therefore might have therapeutically desirable effects. Thus selecting a mAb with desired affinity may be relevant for both soluble and surface targets.
Signaling through a receptor upon interaction with its ligand may depend upon the affinity of the receptor-ligand interaction. Similarly, it is conceivable that the affinity of a mAb for a surface receptor could determine the nature of intracellular signaling and whether the mAb may deliver an agonist or an antagonist signal. The affinity-based nature of mAb-mediated signaling may have an impact of its side-effect profile. Therefore, the desired affinity and desired functions of therapeutic monoclonal antibodies need to be determined carefully by in vitro and in vivo experimentation.
The desired Kd of a binding protein (e.g., an antibody) may be determined experimentally depending on the desired therapeutic outcome. In an embodiment parent antibodies with affinity (Kd) for a particular antigen equal to, or better than, the desired affinity of the DVD-Ig for the same antigen are selected. The antigen binding affinity and kinetics are assessed by Biacore or another similar technique. In one embodiment, each parent antibody has a dissociation constant (Kd) to its antigen selected from the group consisting of: at most about 10−7 M; at most about 10−8 M; at most about 10−9 M; at most about 10−10 M; at most about 10−11 M; at most about 10−12 M; and at most 10−13 M. First parent antibody from which VD1 is obtained and second parent antibody from which VD2 is obtained may have similar or different affinity (KD) for the respective antigen. Each parent antibody has an on rate constant (Kon) to the antigen selected from the group consisting of: at least about 102M−1 s−1; at least about 103M−1 s−1; at least about 104M−1 s−1; at least about 105M−1 s−1; and at least about 106M−1 s−1, as measured by surface plasmon resonance. The first parent antibody from which VD1 is obtained and the second parent antibody from which VD2 is obtained may have similar or different on rate constant (Kon) for the respective antigen. In one embodiment, each parent antibody has an off rate constant (Koff) to the antigen selected from the group consisting of: at most about 10−3 s−1; at most about 10−4 s−1; at most about 10−5 s−1; and at most about 10−6 s−1, as measured by surface plasmon resonance. The first parent antibody from which VD1 is obtained and the second parent antibody from which VD2 is obtained may have similar or different off rate constants (Koff) for the respective antigen.
B2. Potency
The desired affinity/potency of parental monoclonal antibodies will depend on the desired therapeutic outcome. For example, for receptor-ligand (R-L) interactions the affinity (kd) is equal to or better than the R-L kd (pM range). For simple clearance of a pathologic circulating protein, the kd could be in low nM range e.g., clearance of various species of circulating A-β peptide. In addition, the kd will also depend on whether the target expresses multiple copies of the same epitope e.g a mAb targeting conformational epitope in Aβ oligomers.
Where VD1 and VD2 bind the same antigen, but distint epitopes, the DVD-Ig will contain 4 binding sites for the same antigen, thus increasing avidity and thereby the apparent kd of the DVD-Ig. In an embodiment, parent antibodies with equal or lower kd than that desired in the DVD-Ig are chosen. The affinity considerations of a parental mAb may also depend upon whether the DVD-Ig contains four or more identical antigen binding sites (i.e; a DVD-Ig from a single mAb). In this case, the apparent kd would be greater than the mAb due to avidity. Such DVD-Igs can be employed for cross-linking surface receptor, increase neutralization potency, enhance clearance of pathological proteins etc.
In an embodiment parent antibodies with neutralization potency for specific antigen equal to or better than the desired neutralization potential of the DVD-Ig for the same antigen are selected. The neutralization potency can be assessed by a target-dependent bioassay where cells of appropriate type produce a measurable signal (i.e. proliferation or cytokine production) in response to target stimulation, and target neutralization by the mAb can reduce the signal in a dose-dependent manner.
B3. Biological Functions
Monoclonal antibodies can perform potentially several functions. Some of these functions are listed in Table 1. These functions can be assessed by both in vitro assays (e.g., cell-based and biochemical assays) and in vivo animal models.
TABLE 1
Some Potential Applications For Therapeutic Antibodies
Target (Class) Mechanism of Action (target)
Soluble Neutralization of activity (e.g., a cytokine)
(cytokines, other) Enhance clearance (e.g., Aβ oligomers)
Increase half-life (e.g., GLP 1)
Cell Surface Agonist (e.g., GLP1 R; EPO R; etc.)
(Receptors, other) Antagonist (e.g., integrins; etc.)
Cytotoxic (CD 20; etc.)
Protein deposits Enhance clearance/degradation (e.g., Aβ plaques,
amyloid deposits)
MAbs with distinct functions described in the examples herein in Table 1 can be selected to achieve desired therapeutic outcomes. Two or more selected parent monoclonal antibodies can then be used in DVD-Ig format to achieve two distinct functions in a single DVD-Ig molecule. For example, a DVD-Ig can be generated by selecting a parent mAb that neutralizes function of a specific cytokine, and selecting a parent mAb that enhances clearance of a pathological protein. Similarly, we can select two parent monoclonal antibodies that recognize two different cell surface receptors, one mAb with an agonist function on one receptor and the other mAb with an antagonist function on a different receptor. These two selected monoclonal antibodies each with a distinct function can be used to construct a single DVD-Ig molecule that will possess the two distinct functions (agonist and antagonist) of the selected monoclonal antibodies in a single molecule. Similarly, two antagonistic monoclonal antibodies to cell surface receptors each blocking binding of respective receptor ligands (e.g., EGF and IGF) can be used in a DVD-Ig format. Conversely, an antagonistic anti-receptor mAb (e.g., anti-EGFR) and a neutralizing anti-soluble mediator (e.g., anti-IGF1/2) mAb can be selected to make a DVD-Ig.
B4. Epitope Recognition:
Different regions of proteins may perform different functions. For example specific regions of a cytokine interact with the cytokine receptor to bring about receptor activation whereas other regions of the protein may be required for stabilizing the cytokine. In this instance one may select a mAb that binds specifically to the receptor interacting region(s) on the cytokine and thereby block cytokine-receptor interaction. In some cases, for example certain chemokine receptors that bind multiple ligands, a mAb that binds to the epitope (region on chemokine receptor) that interacts with only one ligand can be selected. In other instances, monoclonal antibodies can bind to epitopes on a target that are not directly responsible for physiological functions of the protein, but binding of a mAb to these regions could either interfere with physiological functions (steric hindrance) or alter the conformation of the protein such that the protein cannot function (mAb to receptors with multiple ligand which alter the receptor conformation such that none of the ligand can bind). Anti-cytokine monoclonal antibodies that do not block binding of the cytokine to its receptor, but block signal transduction have also been identified (e.g., 125-2H, an anti-IL-18 mAb).
Examples of epitopes and mAb functions include, but are not limited to, blocking Receptor-Ligand (R-L) interaction (neutralizing mAb that binds R-interacting site); steric hindrance resulting in diminished or no R-binding. An Ab can bind the target at a site other than a receptor binding site, but still interferes with receptor binding and functions of the target by inducing conformational change and eliminate function (e.g., Xolair), binding to R but block signaling (125-2H).
In an embodiment, the parental mAb needs to target the appropriate epitope for maximum efficacy. Such epitope should be conserved in the DVD-Ig. The binding epitope of a mAb can be determined by several approaches, including co-crystallography, limited proteolysis of mAb-antigen complex plus mass spectrometric peptide mapping (Legros V. et al 2000 Protein Sci. 9:1002-10), phage displayed peptide libraries (O'Connor K H et al 2005 J Immunol Methods. 299:21-35), as well as mutagenesis (Wu C. et al. 2003 J Immunol 170:5571-7).
B5. Physicochemical and Pharmaceutical Properties:
Therapeutic treatment with antibodies often requires administration of high doses, often several mg/kg (due to a low potency on a mass basis as a consequence of a typically large molecular weight). In order to accommodate patient compliance and to adequately address chronic disease therapies and outpatient treatment, subcutaneous (s.c.) or intramuscular (i.m.) administration of therapeutic mAbs is desirable. For example, the maximum desirable volume for s.c. administration is ˜1.0 mL, and therefore, concentrations of >100 mg/mL are desirable to limit the number of injections per dose. In an embodiment, the therapeutic antibody is administered in one dose. The development of such formulations is constrained, however, by protein-protein interactions (e.g., aggregation, which potentially increases immunogenicity risks) and by limitations during processing and delivery (e.g., viscosity). Consequently, the large quantities required for clinical efficacy and the associated development constraints limit full exploitation of the potential of antibody formulation and s.c. administration in high-dose regimens. It is apparent that the physicochemical and pharmaceutical properties of a protein molecule and the protein solution are of utmost importance, e.g., stability, solubility and viscosity features.
B5.1. Stability:
A “stable” antibody formulation is one in which the antibody therein essentially retains its physical stability and/or chemical stability and/or biological activity upon storage. Stability can be measured at a selected temperature for a selected time period. In an embodiment, the antibody in the formulation is stable at room temperature (about 30° C.) or at 40° C. for at least 1 month and/or stable at about 2-8° C. for at least 1 year for at least 2 years. Furthermore, in an embodiment, the formulation is stable following freezing (to, e.g., −70° C.) and thawing of the formulation, hereinafter referred to as a “freeze/thaw cycle.” In another example, a “stable” formulation may be one wherein less than about 10% and less than about 5% of the protein is present as an aggregate in the formulation.
A DVD-Ig stable in vitro at various temperatures for an extended time period is desirable. One can achieve this by rapid screening of parental mAbs stable in vitro at elevated temperature, e.g., at 40° C. for 2-4 weeks, and then assess stability. During storage at 2-8° C., the protein reveals stability for at least 12 months, e.g., at least 24 months. Stability (% of monomeric, intact molecule) can be assessed using various techniques such as cation exchange chromatography, size exclusion chromatography, SDS-PAGE, as well as bioactivity testing. For a more comprehensive list of analytical techniques that may be employed to analyze covalent and conformational modifications see Jones, A. J. S. (1993) Analytical methods for the assessment of protein formulations and delivery systems. In: Cleland, J. L.; Langer, R., editors. Formulation and delivery of peptides and proteins, 1St edition, Washington, ACS, pg. 22-45; and Pearlman, R.; Nguyen, T. H. (1990) Analysis of protein drugs. In: Lee, V. H., editor. Peptide and protein drug delivery, 1 st edition, New York, Marcel Dekker, Inc., pg. 247-301.
Heterogeneity and aggregate formation: stability of the antibody may be such that the formulation may reveal less than about 10%, and, in an embodiment, less than about 5%, in another embodiment, less than about 2%, or, in an embodiment, within the range of 0.5% to 1.5% or less in the GMP antibody material that is present as aggregate. Size exclusion chromatography is a method that is sensitive, reproducible, and very robust in the detection of protein aggregates.
In addition to low aggregate levels, the antibody must, in an embodiment, be chemically stable. Chemical stability may be determined by ion exchange chromatography (e.g., cation or anion exchange chromatography), hydrophobic interaction chromatography, or other methods such as isoelectric focusing or capillary electrophoresis. For instance, chemical stability of the antibody may be such that after storage of at least 12 months at 2-8° C. the peak representing unmodified antibody in a cation exchange chromatography may increase not more than 20%, in an embodiment, not more than 10%, or, in another embodiment, not more than 5% as compared to the antibody solution prior to storage testing.
In an embodiment, the parent antibodies display structural integrity; correct disulfide bond formation, and correct folding: Chemical instability due to changes in secondary or tertiary structure of an antibody may impact antibody activity. For instance, stability as indicated by activity of the antibody may be such that after storage of at least 12 months at 2-8° C. the activity of the antibody may decrease not more than 50%, in an embodiment not more than 30%, or even not more than 10%, or in an embodiment not more than 5% or 1% as compared to the antibody solution prior to storage testing. Suitable antigen-binding assays can be employed to determine antibody activity.
B5.2. Solubility:
The “solubility” of a mAb correlates with the production of correctly folded, monomeric IgG. The solubility of the IgG may therefore be assessed by HPLC. For example, soluble (monomeric) IgG will give rise to a single peak on the HPLC chromatograph, whereas insoluble (e.g., multimeric and aggregated) will give rise to a plurality of peaks. A person skilled in the art will therefore be able to detect an increase or decrease in solubility of an IgG using routine HPLC techniques. For a more comprehensive list of analytical techniques that may be employed to analyze solubility (see Jones, A. G. Dep. Chem. Biochem. Eng., Univ. Coll. London, London, UK. Editor(s): Shamlou, P. Ayazi. Process. Solid-Liq. Suspensions (1993), 93-117. Publisher: Butterworth-Heinemann, Oxford, UK and Pearlman, Rodney; Nguyen, Tue H, Advances in Parenteral Sciences (1990), 4 (Pept. Protein Drug Delivery), 247-301). Solubility of a therapeutic mAb is critical for formulating to high concentration often required for adequate dosing. As outlined herein, solubilities of >100 mg/mL may be required to accommodate efficient antibody dosing. For instance, antibody solubility may be not less than about 5 mg/mL in early research phase, in an embodiment not less than about 25 mg/mL in advanced process science stages, or in an embodiment not less than about 100 mg/mL, or in an embodiment not less than about 150 mg/mL. It is obvious to a person skilled in the art that the intrinsic properties of a protein molecule are important the physico-chemical properties of the protein solution, e.g., stability, solubility, viscosity. However, a person skilled in the art will appreciate that a broad variety of excipients exist that may be used as additives to beneficially impact the characteristics of the final protein formulation. These excipients may include: (i) liquid solvents, cosolvents (e.g., alcohols such as ethanol); (ii) buffering agents (e.g., phosphate, acetate, citrate, amino acid buffers); (iii) sugars or sugar alcohols (e.g., sucrose, trehalose, fructose, raffinose, mannitol, sorbitol, dextrans); (iv) surfactants (e.g., polysorbate 20, 40, 60, 80, poloxamers); (v) isotonicity modifiers (e.g., salts such as NaCl, sugars, sugar alcohols); and (vi) others (e.g., preservatives, chelating agents, antioxidants, chelating substances (e.g., EDTA), biodegradable polymers, carrier molecules (e.g., HSA, PEGs)
Viscosity is a parameter of high importance with regard to antibody manufacture and antibody processing (e.g., diafiltration/ultrafiltration), fill-finish processes (pumping aspects, filtration aspects) and delivery aspects (syringeability, sophisticated device delivery). Low viscosities enable the liquid solution of the antibody having a higher concentration. This enables the same dose may be administered in smaller volumes. Small injection volumes inhere the advantage of lower pain on injection sensations, and the solutions not necessarily have to be isotonic to reduce pain on injection in the patient. The viscosity of the antibody solution may be such that at shear rates of 100 (1/s) antibody solution viscosity is below 200 mPa s, in an embodiment below 125 mPa s, in another embodiment below 70 mPa s, and in yet another embodiment below 25 mPa s or even below 10 mPa s.
B 5.3. Production Efficiency
The generation of a DVD-Ig that is efficiently expressed in mammalian cells, such as Chinese hamster ovary cells (CHO), will in an embodiment require two parental monoclonal antibodies which are themselves expressed efficiently in mammalian cells. The production yield from a stable mammalian line (i.e., CHO) should be above about 0.5 g/L, in an embodiment above about 1 g/L, and in another embodiment in the range of about 2-5 g/L or more (Kipriyanov S M, Little M. 1999 Mol. Biotechnol. 12:173-201; Carroll S, Al-Rubeai M. 2004 Expert Opin Biol Ther. 4:1821-9).
Production of antibodies and Ig fusion proteins in mammalian cells is influenced by several factors. Engineering of the expression vector via incorporation of strong promoters, enhancers and selection markers can maximize transcription of the gene of interest from an integrated vector copy. The identification of vector integration sites that are permissive for high levels of gene transcription can augment protein expression from a vector (Wurm et al, 2004, Nature Biotechnology, 2004, Vol/Iss/Pg. 22/11 (1393-1398)). Furthermore, levels of production are affected by the ratio of antibody heavy and light chains and various steps in the process of protein assembly and secretion (Jiang et al. 2006, Biotechnology Progress, January-February 2006, vol. 22, no. 1, p. 313-8).
B 6. Immunogenicity
Administration of a therapeutic mAb may results in certain incidence of an immune response (ie, the formation of endogenous antibodies directed against the therapeutic mAb). Potential elements that might induce immunogenicity should be analyzed during selection of the parental monoclonal antibodies, and steps to reduce such risk can be taken to optimize the parental monoclonal antibodies prior to DVD-Ig construction. Mouse-derived antibodies have been found to be highly immunogenic in patients. The generation of chimeric antibodies comprised of mouse variable and human constant regions presents a logical next step to reduce the immunogenicity of therapeutic antibodies (Morrison and Schlom, 1990). Alternatively, immunogenicity can be reduced by transferring murine CDR sequences into a human antibody framework (reshaping/CDR grafting/humanization), as described for a therapeutic antibody by Riechmann et al., 1988. Another method is referred to as “resurfacing” or “veneering”, starting with the rodent variable light and heavy domains, only surface-accessible framework amino acids are altered to human ones, while the CDR and buried amino acids remain from the parental rodent antibody (Roguska et al., 1996). In another type of humanization, instead of grafting the entire CDRs, one technique grafts only the “specificity-determining regions” (SDRs), defined as the subset of CDR residues that are involved in binding of the antibody to its target (Kashmiri et al., 2005). This necessitates identification of the SDRs either through analysis of available three-dimensional structures of antibody-target complexes or mutational analysis of the antibody CDR residues to determine which interact with the target. Alternatively, fully human antibodies may have reduced immunogenicity compared to murine, chimeric or humanized antibodies.
Another approach to reduce the immunogenicity of therapeutic antibodies is the elimination of certain specific sequences that are predicted to be immunogenic. In one approach, after a first generation biologic has been tested in humans and found to be unacceptably immunogenic, the B-cell epitopes can be mapped and then altered to avoid immune detection. Another approach uses methods to predict and remove potential T-cell epitopes. Computational methods have been developed to scan and to identify the peptide sequences of biologic therapeutics with the potential to bind to MHC proteins (Desmet et al., 2005). Alternatively a human dendritic cell-based method can be used to identify CD4+ T-cell epitopes in potential protein allergens (Stickler et al., 2005; S. L. Morrison and J. Schlom, Important Adv. Oncol. (1990), pp. 3-18; Riechmann, L., Clark, M., Waldmann, H. and Winter, G. “Reshaping human antibodies for therapy.” Nature (1988) 332: 323-327; Roguska-M-A, Pedersen-J-T, Henry-A-H, Searle-S-M, Roja-C-M, Avery-B, Hoffee-M, Cook-S, Lambert-J-M, Blättler-W-A, Rees-A-R, Guild-B-C. A comparison of two murine mAbs humanized by CDR-grafting and variable domain resurfacing. Protein engineering, {Protein-Eng}, 1996, vol. 9, p. 895-904; Kashmiri-Syed-V-S, De-Pascalis-Roberto, Gonzales-Noreen-R, Schlom-Jeffrey. SDR grafting—a new approach to antibody humanization. Methods (San Diego Calif.), {Methods}, May 2005, vol. 36, no. 1, p. 25-34; Desmet-Johan, Meersseman-Geert, Boutonnet-Nathalie, Pletinckx-Jurgen, De-Clercq-Krista, Debulpaep-Maja, Braeckman-Tessa, Lasters-Ignace. Anchor profiles of HLA-specific peptides: analysis by a novel affinity scoring method and experimental validation. Proteins, 2005, vol. 58, p. 53-69; Stickler-M-M, Estell-D-A, Harding-F-A. CD4+ T-cell epitope determination using unexposed human donor peripheral blood mononuclear cells. Journal of immunotherapy 2000, vol. 23, p. 654-60.)
B 7. In Vivo Efficacy
To generate a DVD-Ig molecule with desired in vivo efficacy, it is important to generate and select mAbs with similarly desired in vivo efficacy when given in combination. However, in some instances the DVD-Ig may exhibit in vivo efficacy that cannot be achieved with the combination of two separate mAbs. For instance, a DVD-Ig may bring two targets in close proximity leading to an activity that cannot be achieved with the combination of two separate mAbs. Additional desirable biological functions are described herein in section B 3. Parent antibodies with characteristics desirable in the DVD-Ig molecule may be selected based on factors such as pharmacokinetic t½; tissue distribution; soluble versus cell surface targets; and target concentration-soluble/density-surface.
B 8. In Vivo Tissue Distribution
To generate a DVD-Ig molecule with desired in vivo tissue distribution, in an embodiment parent mAbs with similar desired in vivo tissue distribution profile must be selected. Alternatively, based on the mechanism of the dual-specific targeting strategy, it may at other times not be required to select parent mAbs with the similarly desired in vivo tissue distribution when given in combination. For instance, in the case of a DVD-Ig in which one binding component targets the DVD-Ig to a specific site thereby bringing the second binding component to the same target site. For example, one binding specificity of a DVD-Ig could target pancreas (islet cells) and the other specificity could bring GLP1 to the pancreas to induce insulin.
B 9. Isotype
To generate a DVD-Ig molecule with desired properties including, but not limited to, Isotype, Effector functions and the circulating half-life, in an embodiment parent mAbs with appropriate Fc-effector functions depending on the therapeutic utility and the desired therapeutic end-point are selected. There are five main heavy-chain classes or isotypes some of which have several sub-types and these determine the effector functions of an antibody molecule. These effector functions reside in the hinge region, CH2 and CH3 domains of the antibody molecule. However, residues in other parts of an antibody molecule may have effects on effector functions as well. The hinge region Fc-effector functions include: (i) antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity, (ii) complement (C1q) binding, activation and complement-dependent cytotoxicity (CDC), (iii) phagocytosis/clearance of antigen-antibody complexes, and (iv) cytokine release in some instances. These Fc-effector functions of an antibody molecule are mediated through the interaction of the Fc-region with a set of class-specific cell surface receptors. Antibodies of the IgG1 isotype are most active while IgG2 and IgG4 having minimal or no effector functions. The effector functions of the IgG antibodies are mediated through interactions with three structurally homologous cellular Fc receptor types (and sub-types) (FcgR1, FcgRII and FcgRIII). These effector functions of an IgG1 can be eliminated by mutating specific amino acid residues in the lower hinge region (e.g., L234A, L235A) that are required for FcgR and C1q binding. Amino acid residues in the Fc region, in particular the CH2-CH3 domains, also determine the circulating half-life of the antibody molecule. This Fc function is mediated through the binding of the Fc-region to the neonatal Fc receptor (FcRn) which is responsible for recycling of antibody molecules from the acidic lysosomes back to the general circulation.
Whether a mAb should have an active or an inactive isotype will depend on the desired therapeutic end-point for an antibody. Some examples of usage of isotypes and desired therapeutic outcome are listed below:
    • a) If the desired end-point is functional neutralization of a soluble cytokine then an inactive isotype may be used;
    • b) If the desired out-come is clearance of a pathological protein an active isotype may be used;
    • c) If the desired out-come is clearance of protein aggregates an active isotype may be used;
    • d) If the desired outcome is to antagonize a surface receptor an inactive isotype is used (Tysabri, IgG4; OKT3, mutated IgG1);
    • e) If the desired outcome is to eliminate target cells an active isotype is used (Herceptin, IgG1 (and with enhanced effector functions); and
    • f) If the desired outcome is to clear proteins from circulation without entering the CNS an IgM isotype may be used (e.g., clearing circulating Ab peptide species).
      The Fc effector functions of a parental mAb can be determined by various in vitro methods well known in the art.
As discussed, the selection of isotype, and thereby the effector functions will depend upon the desired therapeutic end-point. In cases where simple neutralization of a circulating target is desired, for example blocking receptor-ligand interactions, the effector functions may not be required. In such instances isotypes or mutations in the Fc-region of an antibody that eliminate effector functions are desirable. In other instances where elimination of target cells is the therapeutic end-point, for example elimination of tumor cells, isotypes or mutations or de-fucosylation in the Fc-region that enhance effector functions are desirable (Presta G L, Adv. Drug Delivery Rev. 58:640-656, 2006; Satoh M., Iida S., Shitara K. Expert Opinion Biol. Ther. 6:1161-1173, 2006). Similarly, depending up on the therapeutic utility, the circulating half-life of an antibody molecule can be reduced/prolonged by modulating antibody-FcRn interactions by introducing specific mutations in the Fc region (Dall'Acqua W F, Kiener P A, Wu H. J. Biol. Chem. 281:23514-23524, 2006; Petkova S B., Akilesh S., Sproule T J. et al. Internat. Immunol. 18:1759-1769, 2006; Vaccaro C., Bawdon R., Wanjie S et al. PNAS 103:18709-18714, 2007).
The published information on the various residues that influence the different effector functions of a normal therapeutic mAb may need to be confirmed for DVD-Ig. It may be possible that in a DVD-Ig format additional (different) Fc-region residues, other than those identified for the modulation of monoclonal antibody effector functions, may be important.
Overall, the decision as to which Fc-effector functions (isotype) will be critical in the final DVD-Ig format will depend up on the disease indication, therapeutic target, desired therapeutic end-point and safety considerations. Listed below are exemplary appropriate heavy chain and light chain constant regions including, but not limited to:
    • IgG1—allotype: G1 mz
    • IgG1 mutant—A234, A235
    • IgG2—allotype: G2 m(n-)
    • Kappa—Km3
    • Lambda
Fc Receptor and C1q Studies: The possibility of unwanted antibody-dependent cell-mediated cytotoxicity (ADCC) and complement-dependent cytotoxicity (CDC) by antibody complexing to any overexpressed target on cell membranes can be abrogated by the (for example, L234A, L235A) hinge-region mutations. These substituted amino acids, present in the IgG1 hinge region of mAb, are expected to result in diminished binding of mAb to human Fc receptors (but not FcRn), as FcgR binding is thought to occur within overlapping sites on the IgG1 hinge region. This feature of mAb may lead to an improved safety profile over antibodies containing a wild-type IgG. Binding of mAb to human Fc receptors can be determined by flow cytometry experiments using cell lines (e.g., THP-1, K562) and an engineered CHO cell line that expresses FcgRIIb (or other FcgRs). Compared to IgG1 control monoclonal antibodies, mAb show reduced binding to FcgRI and FcgRIIa whereas binding to FcgRIIb is unaffected. The binding and activation of C1q by antigen/IgG immune complexes triggers the classical complement cascade with consequent inflammatory and/or immunoregulatory responses. The C1q binding site on IgGs has been localized to residues within the IgG hinge region. C1q binding to increasing concentrations of mAb was assessed by C1q ELISA. The results demonstrate that mAb is unable to bind to C1q, as expected when compared to the binding of a wildtype control IgG1. Overall, the L234A, L235A hinge region mutation abolishes binding of mAb to FcgRI, FcgRIIa and C1q but does not impact the interaction of mAb with FcgRIIb. This data suggests that in vivo, mAb with mutant Fc will interact normally with the inhibitory FcgRIIb but will likely fail to interact with the activating FcgRI and FcgRIIa receptors or C1q.
Human FcRn binding: The neonatal receptor (FcRn) is responsible for transport of IgG across the placenta and to control the catabolic half-life of the IgG molecules. It might be desirable to increase the terminal half-life of an antibody to improve efficacy, to reduce the dose or frequency of administration, or to improve localization to the target. Alternatively, it might be advantageous to do the converse that is, to decrease the terminal half-life of an antibody to reduce whole body exposure or to improve the target-to-non-target binding ratios. Tailoring the interaction between IgG and its salvage receptor, FcRn, offers a way to increase or decrease the terminal half-life of IgG. Proteins in the circulation, including IgG, are taken up in the fluid phase through micropinocytosis by certain cells, such as those of the vascular endothelia. IgG can bind FcRn in endosomes under slightly acidic conditions (pH 6.0-6.5) and can recycle to the cell surface, where it is released under almost neutral conditions (pH 7.0-7.4). Mapping of the Fc-region-binding site on FcRn80, 16, 17 showed that two histidine residues that are conserved across species, His310 and His435, are responsible for the pH dependence of this interaction. Using phage-display technology, a mouse Fc-region mutation that increases binding to FcRn and extends the half-life of mouse IgG was identified (see Victor, G. et al.; Nature Biotechnology (1997), 15(7), 637-640). Fc-region mutations that increase the binding affinity of human IgG for FcRn at pH 6.0, but not at pH 7.4, have also been identified (see Dall'Acqua William F, et al., Journal of Immunology (2002), 169(9), 5171-80). Moreover, in one case, a similar pH-dependent increase in binding (up to 27-fold) was also observed for rhesus FcRn, and this resulted in a twofold increase in serum half-life in rhesus monkeys compared with the parent IgG (see Hinton, Paul R. et al., Journal of Biological Chemistry (2004), 279(8), 6213-6216). These findings indicate that it is feasible to extend the plasma half-life of antibody therapeutics by tailoring the interaction of the Fc region with FcRn. Conversely, Fc-region mutations that attenuate interaction with FcRn can reduce antibody half-life.
B.10 Pharmacokinetics (PK):
To generate a DVD-Ig molecule with desired pharmacokinetic profile, in an embodiment parent mAbs with the similarly desired pharmacokinetic profile are selected. One consideration is that immunogenic response to monoclonal antibodies (ie, HAHA, human anti-human antibody response; HACA, human anti-chimeric antibody response) further complicates the pharmacokinetics of these therapeutic agents. In an embodiment, monoclonal antibodies with minimal or no immunogenicity are used for constructing DVD-Ig molecules such that the resulting DVD-Igs will also have minimal or no immunogenicity. Some of the factors that determine the PK of a mAb include, but are not limited to, Intrinsic properties of the mAb (VH amino acid sequence); immunogenicity; FcRn binding and Fc functions.
The PK profile of selected parental monoclonal antibodies can be easily determined in rodents as the PK profile in rodents correlates well with (or closely predicts) the PK profile of monoclonal antibodies in cynomolgus monkey and humans. The PK profile is determined as described in Example section 1.2.2.3.A.
After the parental monoclonal antibodies with desired PK characteristics (and other desired functional properties as discussed herein) are selected, the DVD-Ig is constructed. As the DVD-Ig molecules contain two antigen-binding domains from two parental monoclonal antibodies, the PK properties of the DVD-Ig are assessed as well. Therefore, while determining the PK properties of the DVD-Ig, PK assays may be employed that determine the PK profile based on functionality of both antigen-binding domains derived from the 2 parent monoclonal antibodies. The PK profile of a DVD-Ig can be determined as described in Example 1.2.2.3.A. Additional factors that may impact the PK profile of DVD-Ig include the antigen-binding domain (CDR) orientation; Linker size; and Fc/FcRn interactions. PK characteristics of parent antibodies can be evaluated by assessing the following parameters: absorption, distribution, metabolism and excretion.
Absorption: To date, administration of therapeutic monoclonal antibodies is via parenteral routes (e.g., intravenous [IV], subcutaneous [SC], or intramuscular [IM]). Absorption of a mAb into the systemic circulation following either SC or IM administration from the interstitial space is primarily through the lymphatic pathway. Saturable, presystemic, proteolytic degradation may result in variable absolute bioavailability following extravascular administration. Usually, increases in absolute bioavailability with increasing doses of monoclonal antibodies may be observed due to saturated proteolytic capacity at higher doses. The absorption process for a mAb is usually quite slow as the lymph fluid drains slowly into the vascular system, and the duration of absorption may occur over hours to several days. The absolute bioavailability of monoclonal antibodies following SC administration generally ranges from 50% to 100%. In the case of a transport-mediating structure at the blood-brain barrier targeted by the DVD-Ig construct, circulation times in plasma may be reduced due to enhanced trans-cellular transport at the blood brain barrier (BBB) into the CNS compartment, where the DVD-Ig is liberated to enable interaction via its second antigen recognition site.
Distribution: Following IV administration, monoclonal antibodies usually follow a biphasic serum (or plasma) concentration-time profile, beginning with a rapid distribution phase, followed by a slow elimination phase. In general, a biexponential pharmacokinetic model best describes this kind of pharmacokinetic profile. The volume of distribution in the central compartment (Vc) for a mAb is usually equal to or slightly larger than the plasma volume (2-3 liters). A distinct biphasic pattern in serum (plasma) concentration versus time profile may not be apparent with other parenteral routes of administration, such as IM or SC, because the distribution phase of the serum (plasma) concentration-time curve is masked by the long absorption portion. Many factors, including physicochemical properties, site-specific and target-oriented receptor mediated uptake, binding capacity of tissue, and mAb dose can influence biodistribution of a mAb. Some of these factors can contribute to nonlinearity in biodistribution for a mAb.
Metabolism and Excretion: Due to the molecular size, intact monoclonal antibodies are not excreted into the urine via kidney. They are primarily inactivated by metabolism (e.g., catabolism). For IgG-based therapeutic monoclonal antibodies, half-lives typically ranges from hours or 1-2 days to over 20 days. The elimination of a mAb can be affected by many factors, including, but not limited to, affinity for the FcRn receptor, immunogenicity of the mAb, the degree of glycosylation of the mAb, the susceptibility for the mAb to proteolysis, and receptor-mediated elimination.
B.11 Tissue Cross-Reactivity Pattern on Human and Tox Species:
Identical staining pattern suggests that potential human toxicity can be evaluated in tox species. Tox species are those animal in which unrelated toxicity is studied.
The individual antibodies are selected to meet two criteria. (1) Tissue staining appropriate for the known expression of the antibody target. (2) Similar staining pattern between human and tox species tissues from the same organ.
Criterion 1: Immunizations and/or antibody selections typically employ recombinant or synthesized antigens (proteins, carbohydrates or other molecules). Binding to the natural counterpart and counterscreen against unrelated antigens are often part of the screening funnel for therapeutic antibodies. However, screening against a multitude of antigens is often unpractical. Therefore tissue cross-reactivity studies with human tissues from all major organs serve to rule out unwanted binding of the antibody to any unrelated antigens.
Criterion 2: Comparative tissue cross reactivity studies with human and tox species tissues (cynomolgus monkey, dog, possibly rodents and others, the same 36 or 37 tissues are being tested as in the human study) help to validate the selection of a tox species. In the typical tissue cross-reactivity studies on frozen tissues sections therapeutic antibodies may demonstrate the expected binding to the known antigen and/or to a lesser degree binding to tissues based either on low level interactions (unspecific binding, low level binding to similar antigens, low level charge based interactions etc.). In any case the most relevant toxicology animal species is the one with the highest degree of coincidence of binding to human and animal tissue.
Tissue cross reactivity studies follow the appropriate regulatory guidelines including EC CPMP Guideline III/5271/94 “Production and quality control of mAbs” and the 1997 US FDA/CBER “Points to Consider in the Manufacture and Testing of Monoclonal Antibody Products for Human Use”. Cryosections (5 μm) of human tissues obtained at autopsy or biopsy were fixed and dried on object glass. The peroxidase staining of tissue sections was performed, using the avidin-biotin system. FDA's Guidance “Points to Consider in the Manufacture and Testing of Monoclonal Antibody Products for Human Use”. Relevant references include Clarke J 2004, Boon L. 2002a, Boon L 2002b, Ryan A 1999.
Tissue cross reactivity studies are often done in two stages, with the first stage including cryosections of 32 tissues (typically: Adrenal Gland, Gastrointestinal Tract, Prostate, Bladder, Heart, Skeletal Muscle, Blood Cells, Kidney, Skin, Bone Marrow, Liver, Spinal Cord, Breast, Lung, Spleen, Cerebellum, Lymph Node, Testes, Cerebral Cortex, Ovary, Thymus, Colon, Pancreas, Thyroid, Endothelium, Parathyroid, Ureter, Eye, Pituitary, Uterus, Fallopian Tube and Placenta) from one human donor. In the second phase a full cross reactivity study is performed with up to 38 tissues (including adrenal, blood, blood vessel, bone marrow, cerebellum, cerebrum, cervix, esophagus, eye, heart, kidney, large intestine, liver, lung, lymph node, breast mammary gland, ovary, oviduct, pancreas, parathyroid, peripheral nerve, pituitary, placenta, prostate, salivary gland, skin, small intestine, spinal cord, spleen, stomach, striated muscle, testis, thymus, thyroid, tonsil, ureter, urinary bladder, and uterus) from 3 unrelated adults. Studies are done typically at minimally two dose levels.
The therapeutic antibody (i.e. test article) and isotype matched control antibody may be biotinylated for avidin-biotin complex (ABC) detection; other detection methods may include tertiary antibody detection for a FITC (or otherwise) labeled test article, or precomplexing with a labeled anti-human IgG for an unlabeled test article.
Briefly, cryosections (about 5 μm) of human tissues obtained at autopsy or biopsy are fixed and dried on object glass. The peroxidase staining of tissue sections is performed, using the avidin-biotin system. First (in case of a precomplexing detection system), the test article is incubated with the secondary biotinylated anti-human IgG and developed into immune complex. The immune complex at the final concentrations of 2 and 10 μg/mL of test article is added onto tissue sections on object glass and then the tissue sections were reacted for 30 minutes with a avidin-biotin-peroxidase kit. Subsequently, DAB (3,3′-diaminobenzidine), a substrate for the peroxidase reaction, was applied for 4 minutes for tissue staining. Antigen-Sepharose beads are used as positive control tissue sections.
Any specific staining is judged to be either an expected (e.g., consistent with antigen expression) or unexpected reactivity based upon known expression of the target antigen in question. Any staining judged specific is scored for intensity and frequency. Antigen or serum competion or blocking studies can assist further in determining whether observed staining is specific or nonspecific.
If two selected antibodies are found to meet the selection criteria—appropriate tissue staining, matching staining between human and toxicology animal specific tissue—they can be selected for DVD-Ig generation.
The tissue cross reactivity study has to be repeated with the final DVD-Ig construct, but while these studies follow the same protocol as outline herein, they are more complex to evaluate because any binding can come from any of the two parent antibodies, and any unexplained binding needs to be confirmed with complex antigen competition studies.
It is readily apparent that the complex undertaking of tissue crossreactivity studies with a multispecific molecule like a DVD-Ig is greatly simplified if the two parental antibodies are selected for (1) lack of unexpected tissue cross reactivity findings and (2) for appropriate similarity of tissue cross reactivity findings between the corresponding human and toxicology animal species tissues.
B.12 Specificity and Selectivity:
To generate a DVD-Ig molecule with desired specificity and selectivity, one needs to generate and select parent mAbs with the similarly desired specificity and selectivity profile.
Binding studies for specificity and selectivity with a DVD-Ig can be complex due to the four or more binding sites, two each for each antigen. Briefly, binding studies using ELISA, BIAcore. KinExA or other interaction studies with a DVD-Ig need to monitor the binding of one, two or more antigens to the DVD-Ig molecule. While BIAcore technology can resolve the sequential, independent binding of multiple antigens, more traditional methods including ELISA or more modern techniques like KinExA cannot. Therefore careful characterization of each parent antibody is critical. After each individual antibody has been characterized for specificity, confirmation of specificity retention of the individual binding sites in the DVD-Ig molecule is greatly simplified.
It is readily apparent that the complex undertaking of determining the specificity of a DVD-Ig is greatly simplified if the two parental antibodies are selected for specificity prior to being combined into a DVD-Ig.
Antigen-antibody interaction studies can take many forms, including many classical protein protein interaction studies, including ELISA (Enzyme linked immunosorbent assay), Mass spectrometry, chemical cross linking, SEC with light scattering, equilibrium dialysis, gel permeation, ultrafiltration, gel chromatography, large-zone analytical SEC, micropreparative ultracentrigugation (sedimentation equilibrium), spectroscopic methods, titration microcalorimetry, sedimentation equilibrium (in analytical ultracentrifuge), sedimentation velocity (in analytical centrifuge), surface plasmon resonance (including BIAcore). Relevant references include “Current Protocols in Protein Science”, John E. Coligan, Ben M. Dunn, David W. Speicher, Paul T, Wingfield (eds.) Volume 3, chapters 19 and 20, published by John Wiley & Sons Inc., and references included therein and “Current Protocols in Immunology”, John E. Coligan, Barbara E. Bierer, David H. Margulies, Ethan M. Shevach, Warren Strober (eds.) published by John Wiley & Sons Inc and relevant references included therein.
Cytokine Release in Whole Blood: The interaction of mAb with human blood cells can be investigated by a cytokine release assay (Wing, M. G. Therapeutic Immunology (1995), 2(4), 183-190; “Current Protocols in Pharmacology”, S. J. Enna, Michael Williams, John W. Ferkany, Terry Kenakin, Paul Moser, (eds.) published by John Wiley & Sons Inc; Madhusudan, S. Clinical Cancer Research (2004), 10(19), 6528-6534; Cox, J. Methods (2006), 38(4), 274-282; Choi, I. European Journal of Immunology (2001), 31(1), 94-106). Briefly, various concentrations of mAb are incubated with human whole blood for 24 hours. The concentration tested should cover a wide range including final concentrations mimicking typical blood levels in patients (including but not limited to 100 ng/ml-100 μg/ml). Following the incubation, supernatants and cell lysates were analyzed for the presence of IL-1Rα, TNF-α, IL-1b, IL-6 and IL-8. Cytokine concentration profiles generated for mAb were compared to profiles produced by a negative human IgG control and a positive LPS or PHA control. The cytokine profile displayed by mAb from both cell supernatants and cell lysates was comparable to control human IgG. In an embodiment, the monoclonal antibody does not interact with human blood cells to spontaneously release inflammatory cytokines.
Cytokine release studies for a DVD-Ig are complex due to the four or more binding sites, two each for each antigen. Briefly, cytokine release studies as described herein measure the effect of the whole DVD-Ig molecule on whole blood or other cell systems, but can resolve which portion of the molecule causes cytokine release. Once cytokine release has been detected, the purity of the DVD-Ig preparation has to be ascertained, because some co-purifying cellular components can cause cytokine release on their own. If purity is not the issue, fragmentation of DVD-Ig (including but not limited to removal of Fc portion, separation of binding sites etc.), binding site mutagenesis or other methods may need to be employed to deconvolute any observations. It is readily apparent that this complex undertaking is greatly simplified if the two parental antibodies are selected for lack of cytokine release prior to being combined into a DVD-Ig.
B.13 Cross Reactivity to Other Species for Toxicological Studies:
In an embodiment, the individual antibodies selected with sufficient cross-reactivity to appropriate tox species, for example, cynomolgus monkey. Parental antibodies need to bind to orthologous species target (i.e. cynomolgus monkey) and elicit appropriate response (modulation, neutralization, activation). In an embodiment, the cross-reactivity (affinity/potency) to orthologous species target should be within 10-fold of the human target. In practice, the parental antibodies are evaluated for multiple species, including mouse, rat, dog, monkey (and other non-human primates), as well as disease model species (i.e. sheep for asthma model). The acceptable cross-reactivity to tox species from the perantal monoclonal antibodies allows future toxicology studies of DVD-Ig-Ig in the same species. For that reason, the two parental monoclonal antibodies should have acceptable cross-reactivity for a common tox species therefore allowing toxicology studies of DVD-Ig in the same species.
Parent mAbs may be selected from various mAbs capable of binding specific targets and well known in the art. These include, but are not limited to anti-TNF antibody (U.S. Pat. No. 6,258,562), anti-IL-12 and/or anti-IL-12p40 antibody (U.S. Pat. No. 6,914,128); anti-IL-18 antibody (US 2005/0147610 A1), anti-05, anti-CBL, anti-CD147, anti-gp120, anti-VLA-4, anti-CD11a, anti-CD18, anti-VEGF, anti-CD40L, anti-CD-40 (e.g., see W02007124299) anti-Id, anti-ICAM-1, anti-CXCL13, anti-CD2, anti-EGFR, anti-TGF-beta 2, anti-HGF, anti-cMet, an DLL-4, anti-NPR1, anti-PLGF, anti-ErbB3, anti-E-selectin, anti-Fact VII, anti-Her2/neu, anti-F gp, anti-CD11/18, anti-CD14, anti-ICAM-3, anti-RON, anti-CD-19, anti-CD80 (e.g., see WO2003039486, anti-CD4, anti-CD3, anti-CD23, anti-beta2-integrin, anti-alpha4beta7, anti-CD52, anti-HLA. DR, anti-CD22 (e.g., see U.S. Pat. No. 5,789,554), anti-CD20, anti-MIF, anti-CD64 (FcR), anti-TCR alpha beta, anti-CD2, anti-Hep B, anti-CA 125, anti-EpCAM, anti-gp120, anti-CMV, anti-gplibila, anti-IgE, anti-CD25, anti-CD33, anti-HLA, anti-IGF1,2, anti-IGFR, anti-VNRintegrin, anti-IL-1alpha, anti-IL-1beta, anti-IL-1 receptor, anti-IL-2 receptor, anti-IL-4, anti-IL-4 receptor, anti-IL-5, anti-IL-5 receptor, anti-IL-6, anti-IL-8, anti-IL-9, anti-IL-13, anti-IL-13 receptor, anti-IL-17, and anti-IL-23 (see Presta L G., 2005, Selection, design, and engineering of therapeutic antibodies, J. Allergy Clin. Immunol. 116:731-6.
Parent mAbs may also be selected from various therapeutic antibodies approved for use, in clinical trials, or in development for clinical use. Such therapeutic antibodies include, but are not limited to, rituximab (Rituxan®, IDEC/Genentech/Roche) (see for example U.S. Pat. No. 5,736,137), a chimeric anti-CD20 antibody approved to treat Non-Hodgkin's lymphoma; HuMax-CD20, an anti-CD20 currently being developed by Genmab, an anti-CD20 antibody described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,500,362, AME-133 (Applied Molecular Evolution), hA20 (Immunomedics, Inc.), HumaLYM (Intracel), and PRO70769 (PCT/US2003/040426, entitled “Immunoglobulin Variants and Uses Thereof”), trastuzumab (Herceptin®, Genentech) (see for example U.S. Pat. No. 5,677,171), a humanized anti-Her2/neu antibody approved to treat breast cancer; pertuzumab (rhuMab-2C4, Omnitarg®), currently being developed by Genentech; an anti-Her2 antibody described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,753,894; cetuximab (Erbitux®, Imclone) (U.S. Pat. No. 4,943,533; PCT WO 96/40210), a chimeric anti-EGFR antibody in clinical trials for a variety of cancers; ABX-EGF (U.S. Pat. No. 6,235,883), currently being developed by Abgenix-Immunex-Amgen; HuMax-EGFr (U.S. Ser. No. 10/172,317), currently being developed by Genmab; 425, EMD55900, EMD62000, and EMD72000 (Merck KGaA) (U.S. Pat. No. 5,558,864; Murthy et al. 1987, Arch Biochem Biophys. 252(2):549-60; Rodeck et al., 1987, J Cell Biochem. 35(4):315-20; Kettleborough et al., 1991, Protein Eng. 4(7):773-83); ICR62 (Institute of Cancer Research) (PCT WO 95/20045; Modjtahedi et al., 1993, J. Cell Biophys. 1993, 22(1-3):129-46; Modjtahedi et al., 1993, Br J Cancer. 1993, 67(2):247-53; Modjtahedi et al, 1996, Br J Cancer, 73(2):228-35; Modjtahedi et al, 2003, Int J Cancer, 105(2):273-80); TheraCIM hR3 (YM Biosciences, Canada and Centro de Immunologia Molecular, Cuba (U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,891,996; 6,506,883; Mateo et al, 1997, Immunotechnology, 3(1):71-81); mAb-806 (Ludwig Institue for Cancer Research, Memorial Sloan-Kettering) (Jungbluth et al. 2003, Proc Natl Acad Sci USA. 100(2):639-44); KSB-102 (KS Biomedix); MR1-1 (IVAX, National Cancer Institute) (PCT WO 0162931A2); and SC100 (Scancell) (PCT WO 01/88138); alemtuzumab (Campath®, Millenium), a humanized mAb currently approved for treatment of B-cell chronic lymphocytic leukemia; muromonab-CD3 (Orthoclone OKT3®), an anti-CD3 antibody developed by Ortho Biotech/Johnson & Johnson, ibritumomab tiuxetan (Zevalin®), an anti-CD20 antibody developed by IDEC/Schering AG, gemtuzumab ozogamicin (Mylotarg®), an anti-CD33 (p67 protein) antibody developed by Celltech/Wyeth, alefacept (Amevive®), an anti-LFA-3 Fc fusion developed by Biogen), abciximab (ReoPro®), developed by Centocor/Lilly, basiliximab (Simulect®), developed by Novartis, palivizumab (Synagis®), developed by Medimmune, infliximab (Remicade®), an anti-TNFalpha antibody developed by Centocor, adalimumab (Humira®), an anti-TNFalpha antibody developed by Abbott, Humicade®, an anti-TNFalpha antibody developed by Celltech, golimumab (CNTO-148), a fully human TNF antibody developed by Centocor, etanercept (Enbrel®), an p75 TNF receptor Fc fusion developed by Immunex/Amgen, lenercept, an p55TNF receptor Fc fusion previously developed by Roche, ABX-CBL, an anti-CD147 antibody being developed by Abgenix, ABX-IL8, an anti-IL8 antibody being developed by Abgenix, ABX-MA1, an anti-MUC18 antibody being developed by Abgenix, Pemtumomab (R1549,90Y-muHMFG1), an anti-MUC1 in development by Antisoma, Therex (R1550), an anti-MUC1 antibody being developed by Antisoma, AngioMab (AS1405), being developed by Antisoma, HuBC-1, being developed by Antisoma, Thioplatin (AS1407) being developed by Antisoma, Antegren® (natalizumab), an anti-alpha-4-beta-1 (VLA-4) and alpha-4-beta-7 antibody being developed by Biogen, VLA-1 mAb, an anti-VLA-1 integrin antibody being developed by Biogen, LTBR mAb, an anti-lymphotoxin beta receptor (LTBR) antibody being developed by Biogen, CAT-152, an anti-TGF-β2 antibody being developed by Cambridge Antibody Technology, ABT 874 (J695), an anti-IL-12 p40 antibody being developed by Abbott, CAT-192, an anti-TGFβ1 antibody being developed by Cambridge Antibody Technology and Genzyme, CAT-213, an anti-Eotaxin1 antibody being developed by Cambridge Antibody Technology, LymphoStat-B® an anti-Blys antibody being developed by Cambridge Antibody Technology and Human Genome Sciences Inc., TRAIL-R1mAb, an anti-TRAIL-R1 antibody being developed by Cambridge Antibody Technology and Human Genome Sciences, Inc., Avastin® bevacizumab, rhuMAb-VEGF), an anti-VEGF antibody being developed by Genentech, an anti-HER receptor family antibody being developed by Genentech, Anti-Tissue Factor (ATF), an anti-Tissue Factor antibody being developed by Genentech, Xolair® (Omalizumab), an anti-IgE antibody being developed by Genentech, Raptiva® (Efalizumab), an anti-CD II a antibody being developed by Genentech and Xoma, MLN-02 Antibody (formerly LDP-02), being developed by Genentech and Millenium Pharmaceuticals, HuMax CD4, an anti-CD4 antibody being developed by Genmab, HuMax-IL15, an anti-IL15 antibody being developed by Genmab and Amgen, HuMax-Inflam, being developed by Genmab and Medarex, HuMax-Cancer, an anti-Heparanase I antibody being developed by Genmab and Medarex and Oxford GeoSciences, HuMax-Lymphoma, being developed by Genmab and Amgen, HuMax-TAC, being developed by Genmab, IDEC-131, and anti-CD40L antibody being developed by IDEC Pharmaceuticals, IDEC-151 (Clenoliximab), an anti-CD4 antibody being developed by IDEC Pharmaceuticals, IDEC-114, an anti-CD80 antibody being developed by IDEC Pharmaceuticals, IDEC-152, an anti-CD23 being developed by IDEC Pharmaceuticals, anti-macrophage migration factor (MIF) antibodies being developed by IDEC Pharmaceuticals, BEC2, an anti-idiotypic antibody being developed by Imclone, IMC-1C11, an anti-KDR antibody being developed by Imclone, DC101, an anti-flk-1 antibody being developed by Imclone, anti-VE cadherin antibodies being developed by Imclone, CEA-Cide® (labetuzumab), an anti-carcinoembryonic antigen (CEA) antibody being developed by Immunomedics, LymphoCide® (Epratuzumab), an anti-CD22 antibody being developed by Immunomedics, AFP-Cide, being developed by Immunomedics, MyelomaCide, being developed by Immunomedics, LkoCide, being developed by Immunomedics, ProstaCide, being developed by Immunomedics, MDX-010, an anti-CTLA4 antibody being developed by Medarex, MDX-060, an anti-CD30 antibody being developed by Medarex, MDX-070 being developed by Medarex, MDX-018 being developed by Medarex, Osidem® (IDM-1), and anti-Her2 antibody being developed by Medarex and Immuno-Designed Molecules, HuMax®-CD4, an anti-CD4 antibody being developed by Medarex and Genmab, HuMax-IL15, an anti-IL15 antibody being developed by Medarex and Genmab, CNTO 148, an anti-TNFα antibody being developed by Medarex and Centocor/J&J, CNTO 1275, an anti-cytokine antibody being developed by Centocor/J&J, MOR101 and MOR102, anti-intercellular adhesion molecule-1 (ICAM-1) (CD54) antibodies being developed by MorphoSys, MOR201, an anti-fibroblast growth factor receptor 3 (FGFR-3) antibody being developed by MorphoSys, Nuvion® (visilizumab), an anti-CD3 antibody being developed by Protein Design Labs, HuZAF®, an anti-gamma interferon antibody being developed by Protein Design Labs, Anti-α 5β1 Integrin, being developed by Protein Design Labs, anti-IL-12, being developed by Protein Design Labs, ING-1, an anti-Ep-CAM antibody being developed by Xoma, Xolair® (Omalizumab) a humanized anti-IgE antibody developed by Genentech and Novartis, and MLN01, an anti-Beta2 integrin antibody being developed by Xoma, all of the herein-cited references in this paragraph are expressly incorporated herein by reference. In another embodiment, the therapeutics include KRN330 (Kirin); huA33 antibody (A33, Ludwig Institute for Cancer Research); CNTO 95 (alpha V integrins, Centocor); MEDI-522 (alpha Vβ3 integrin, Medimmune); volociximab (alpha Vβ1 integrin, Biogen/PDL); Human mAb 216 (B cell glycosolated epitope, NCI); BiTE MT103 (bispecific CD19×CD3, Medimmune); 4G7xH22 (Bispecific BcellxFcgammaR1, Medarex/Merck KGa); rM28 (Bispecific CD28×MAPG, U.S. Pat. No. EP1,444,268); MDX447 (EMD 82633) (Bispecific CD64×EGFR, Medarex); Catumaxomab (removab) (Bispecific EpCAM×anti-CD3, Trion/Fres); Ertumaxomab (bispecific HER2/CD3, Fresenius Biotech); oregovomab (OvaRex) (CA-125, ViRexx); Rencarex® (WX G250) (carbonic anhydrase IX, Wilex); CNTO 888 (CCL2, Centocor); TRC105 (CD105 (endoglin), Tracon); BMS-663513 (CD137 agonist, Brystol Myers Squibb); MDX-1342 (CD19, Medarex); Siplizumab (MEDI-507) (CD2, Medimmune); Ofatumumab (Humax-CD20) (CD20, Genmab); Rituximab (Rituxan) (CD20, Genentech); veltuzumab (hA20) (CD20, Immunomedics); Epratuzumab (CD22, Amgen); lumiliximab (IDEC 152) (CD23, Biogen); muromonab-CD3 (CD3, Ortho); HuM291 (CD3 fc receptor, PDL Biopharma); HeFi-1, CD30, NCI); MDX-060 (CD30, Medarex); MDX-1401 (CD30, Medarex); SGN-30 (CD30, Seattle Genentics); SGN-33 (Lintuzumab) (CD33, Seattle Genentics); Zanolimumab (HuMax-CD4) (CD4, Genmab); HCD122 (CD40, Novartis); SGN-40 (CD40, Seattle Genentics); Campath1h (Alemtuzumab) (CD52, Genzyme); MDX-1411 (CD70, Medarex); hLL1 (EPB-1) (CD74.38, Immunomedics); Galiximab (IDEC-144) (CD80, Biogen); MT293 (TRC093/D93) (cleaved collagen, Tracon); HuLuc63 (CS1, PDL Pharma); ipilimumab (MDX-010) (CTLA4, Brystol Myers Squibb); Tremelimumab (Ticilimumab, CP-675,2) (CTLA4, Pfizer); HGS-ETR1 (Mapatumumab) (DR4TRAIL-R1 agonist, Human Genome Science/Glaxo Smith Kline); AMG-655 (DR5, Amgen); Apomab (DR5, Genentech); CS-1008 (DR5, Daiichi Sankyo); HGS-ETR2 (lexatumumab) (DR5 TRAIL-R2 agonist, HGS); Cetuximab (Erbitux) (EGFR, Imclone); IMC-11F8, (EGFR, Imclone); Nimotuzumab (EGFR, YM Bio); Panitumumab (Vectabix) (EGFR, Amgen); Zalutumumab (HuMaxEGFr) (EGFR, Genmab); CDX-110 (EGFRvIII, AVANT Immunotherapeutics); adecatumumab (MT201) (Epcam, Merck); edrecolomab (Panorex, 17-1A) (Epcam, Glaxo/Centocor); MORAb-003 (folate receptor a, Morphotech); KW-2871 (ganglioside GD3D Kyowa); MORAb-009 (GP-9, Morphotech); CDX-1307 (MDX-1307) (hCGb, Celldex); Trastuzumab (Herceptin) (HER2, Celldex); Pertuzumab (rhuMAb 2C4) (HER2 (DI), Genentech); apolizumab (HLA-DR beta chain, PDL Pharma); AMG-479 (IGF-1R, Amgen); anti-IGF-1R R1507 (IGF1-R, Roche); CP 751871 (IGF1-R, Pfizer); IMC-A12 (IGF1-R, Imclone); BIIB022 (IGF-1R, Biogen); Mik-beta-1 (IL-2Rb (CD122), Hoffman LaRoche); CNTO 328 (IL6, Centocor); Anti-KIR (1-7F9) (Killer cell Ig-like Receptor (KIR), Novo); Hu3S193 (Lewis (y), Wyeth, Ludwig Institute of Cancer Research); hCBE-11 (LTβR, Biogen); HuHMFG1 (MUC1, Antisoma/NCI); RAV12 (N-linked carbohydrate epitope, Raven); CAL (parathyroid hormone-related protein (PTH-rP), University of California); CT-011 (PD1, CureTech); MDX-1106 (ono-4538) (PD1, Medarex/Ono); MAb CT-011 (PD1, Curetech); IMC-3G3 (PDGFRa, Imclone); bavituximab (phosphatidylserine, Peregrine); huJ591 (PSMA, Cornell Research Foundation); muJ591 (PSMA, Cornell Research Foundation); GC1008 (TGFb (pan) inhibitor (IgG4), Genzyme); Infliximab (Remicade) (TNFa, Centocor); A27.15 (transferrin receptor, Salk Institute, INSERN WO 2005/111082); E2.3 (transferrin receptor, Salk Institute); Bevacizumab (Avastin) (VEGF, Genentech); HuMV833 (VEGF, Tsukuba Research Lab-WO/2000/034337, University of Texas); IMC-18F1 (VEGFR1, Imclone); IMC-1121 (VEGFR2, Imclone).
B. Construction of DVD Molecules:
The dual variable domain immunoglobulin (DVD-Ig) molecule is designed such that two different light chain variable domains (VL) from the two different parent monoclonal antibodies are linked in tandem directly or via a short linker by recombinant DNA techniques, followed by the light chain constant domain. Similarly, the heavy chain comprises two different heavy chain variable domains (VH) linked in tandem, followed by the constant domain CH1 and Fc region (FIG. 1A).
The variable domains can be obtained using recombinant DNA techniques from a parent antibody generated by any one of the methods described herein. In an embodiment, the variable domain is a murine heavy or light chain variable domain. In another embodiment, the variable domain is a CDR grafted or a humanized variable heavy or light chain domain. In an embodiment, the variable domain is a human heavy or light chain variable domain.
In one embodiment the first and second variable domains are linked directly to each other using recombinant DNA techniques. In another embodiment the variable domains are linked via a linker sequence. In an embodiment, two variable domains are linked. Three or more variable domains may also be linked directly or via a linker sequence. The variable domains may bind the same antigen or may bind different antigens. DVD molecules of the invention may include one immunoglobulin variable domain and one non-immunoglobulin variable domain such as ligand binding domain of a receptor, active domain of an enzyme. DVD molecules may also comprise 2 or more non-Ig domains.
The linker sequence may be a single amino acid or a polypeptide sequence. In an embodiment, the linker sequences are selected from the group consisting of AKTTPKLEEGEFSEAR (SEQ ID NO: 1); AKTTPKLEEGEFSEARV (SEQ ID NO: 2); AKTTPKLGG (SEQ ID NO: 3); SAKTTPKLGG (SEQ ID NO: 4); SAKTTP (SEQ ID NO: 5); RADAAP (SEQ ID NO: 6); RADAAPTVS (SEQ ID NO: 7); RADAAAAGGPGS (SEQ ID NO: 8); RADAAAA(G4S)4 (SEQ ID NO: 9); SAKTTPKLEEGEFSEARV (SEQ ID NO: 10); ADAAP (SEQ ID NO: 11); ADAAPTVSIFPP (SEQ ID NO: 12); TVAAP (SEQ ID NO: 13); TVAAPSVFIFPP (SEQ ID NO: 14); QPKAAP (SEQ ID NO: 15); QPKAAPSVTLFPP (SEQ ID NO: 16); AKTTPP (SEQ ID NO: 17); AKTTPPSVTPLAP (SEQ ID NO: 18); AKTTAP (SEQ ID NO: 19); AKTTAPSVYPLAP (SEQ ID NO: 20); ASTKGP (SEQ ID NO: 21); ASTKGPSVFPLAP (SEQ ID NO: 22), GGGGSGGGGSGGGGS (SEQ ID NO: 23); GENKVEYAPALMALS (SEQ ID NO: 24); GPAKELTPLKEAKVS (SEQ ID NO: 25); and GHEAAAVMQVQYPAS (SEQ ID NO: 26). The choice of linker sequences is based on crystal structure analysis of several Fab molecules. There is a natural flexible linkage between the variable domain and the CH1/CL constant domain in Fab or antibody molecular structure. This natural linkage comprises approximately 10-12 amino acid residues, contributed by 4-6 residues from C-terminus of V domain and 4-6 residues from the N-terminus of CL/CH1 domain. DVD Igs of the invention were generated using N-terminal 5-6 amino acid residues, or 11-12 amino acid residues, of CL or CH1 as linker in light chain and heavy chain of DVD-Ig, respectively. The N-terminal residues of CL or CH1 domains, particularly the first 5-6 amino acid residues, adopt a loop conformation without strong secondary structures, therefore can act as flexible linkers between the two variable domains. The N-terminal residues of CL or CH1 domains are natural extension of the variable domains, as they are part of the Ig sequences, therefore minimize to a large extent any immunogenicity potentially arising from the linkers and junctions.
Other linker sequences may include any sequence of any length of CL/CH1 domain but not all residues of CL/CH1 domain; for example the first 5-12 amino acid residues of the CL/CH1 domains; the light chain linkers can be from Cκ or Cγ; and the heavy chain linkers can be derived from CH1 of any isotypes, including Cγ1, Cγ2, Cγ3, Cγ4, Cα1, Cα2, Cδ, Cε, and Cμ. Linker sequences may also be derived from other proteins such as Ig-like proteins, (e.g. TCR, FcR, KIR); G/S based sequences (e.g G4S repeats; SEQ ID NO: 27); hinge region-derived sequences; and other natural sequences from other proteins.
In an embodiment a constant domain is linked to the two linked variable domains using recombinant DNA techniques. In an embodiment, sequence comprising linked heavy chain variable domains is linked to a heavy chain constant domain and sequence comprising linked light chain variable domains is linked to a light chain constant domain. In an embodiment, the constant domains are human heavy chain constant domain and human light chain constant domain respectively. In an embodiment, the DVD heavy chain is further linked to an Fc region. The Fc region may be a native sequence Fc region, or a variant Fc region. In another embodiment, the Fc region is a human Fc region. In another embodiment the Fc region includes Fc region from IgG1, IgG2, IgG3, IgG4, IgA, IgM, IgE, or IgD.
In another embodiment two heavy chain DVD polypeptides and two light chain DVD polypeptides are combined to form a DVD-Ig molecule. Table 2 lists amino acid sequences of VH and VL regions of exemplary antibodies for targets useful for treating disease, e.g., for treating cancer. In an embodiment, the invention provides a DVD comprising at least two of the VH and/or VL regions listed in Table 2, in any orientation.
TABLE 2
List of Amino Acid Sequences of VH and VL regions of
Antibodies for Generating DVD-Igs
ABT
SEQ ID Unique Protein Sequence
No. ID region 1234567890123456789012345678901234567890
28 AB001VH CD20 QVQLQQPGAELVKPGASVKMSCKASGYTFTSYNMHWVKQT
PGRGLEWIGAIYPGNGDTSYNQKFKGKATLTADKSSSTAY
MQLSSLTSEDSAVYYCARSTYYGGDWYFNVWGAGTTVTVS
A
29 AB001VL CD20 QIVLSQSPAILSPSPGEKVTMTCRASSSVSYIHWFQQKPG
SSPKPWIYATSNLASGVPVRFSGSGSGTSYSLTISRVEAE
DAATYYCQQWTSNPPTFGGGTKLEIKR
30 AB003VH EGFR(1st seq) QVQLQESGPGLVKPSETLSLTCTVSGGSVSSGDYYWTWIR
QSPGKGLEWIGHIYYSGNTNYNPSLKSRLTISIDTSKTQF
SLKLSSVTAADTAIYYCVRDRVTGAFDIWGQGTMVTVSS
31 AB003VL EGFR (1st seq) DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCQASQDISNYLNWYQQKP
GKAPKLLTYDASNLETGVPSRFSGSGSGTDFTFTISSLQP
EDIATYFCQHFDHLPLAFGGGTKVEIKR
32 AB010VH IGF1, 2 QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFTSYDINWVRQA
TGQGLEWMGWMNPNSGNTGYAQKFQGRVTMTRNTSISTAY
MELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARDPYYYYYGMDVWGQGTTVTVSS
33 AB010VL IGF1,2 QSVLTQPPSVSAAPGQKVTISCSGSSSNIENNHVSWYQQL
PGTAPKLLIYDNNKRPSGIPDRFSGSKSGTSATLGITGLQ
TGDEADYYCETWDTSLSAGRVFGGGTKLTVLG
34 AB017VH TNF EVQLVESGGGLVQPGRSLRLSCAASGFTFDDYAMHWVRQA
PGKGLEWVSAITWNSGHIDYADSVEGRFTISRDNAKNSLY
LQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCAKVSYLSTASSLDYWGQGTLVTVS
S
35 AB017VL TNF DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQGIRNYLAWYQQKP
GKAPKLLIYAASTLQSGVPSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQP
EDVATYYCQRYNRAPYTFGQGTKVEIKR
36 AB020VH NGF QVQLQESGPGLVKPSETLSLTCTVSGFSLIGYDLNWIRQP
PGKGLEWIGIIWGDGTTDYNSAVKSRVTISKDTSKNQFSL
KLSSVTAADTAVYYCARGGYWYATSYYFDYWGQGTLVTVS
S
37 AB020VL NGF DTQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQSISNNLNWYQQKP
GKAPKLLIYYTSRFHSGVPSRFSGSGSGTDFTFTISSLQP
EDIATYYCQQEHTLPYTFGQGTKLEIKR
38 AB032VH IL-1b QVQLVESGGGVVQPGRSLRLSCAASGFTFSVYGMNWVRQA
PGKGLEWVAIIWYDGDNQYYADSVKGRFTISRDNSKNTLY
LQMNGLRAEDTAVYYCARDLRTGPFDYWGQGTLVTVSS
39 AB032VL IL-1b EIVLTQSPDFQSVTPKEKVTITCRASQSIGSSLHWYQQKP
DQSPKLLIKYASQSFSGVPSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTINSLEA
EDAAAYYCHQSSSLPFTFGPGTKVDIKR
40 AB033VH EGFR (2nd QVQLKQSGPGLVQPSQSLSITCTVSGFSLTNYGVHWVRQS
seq) PGKGLEWLGVIWSGGNTDYNTPFTSRLSINKDNSKSQVFF
KMNSLQSNDTAIYYCARALTYYDYEFAYWGQGTLVTVSA
41 AB033VL EGFR (2nd DILLTQSPVILSVSPGERVSFSCRASQSIGTNIHWYQQRT
seq) NGSPRLLIKYASESISGIPSRFSGSGSGTDFTLSTNSVES
EDIADYYCQQNNNWPTTFGAGTKLELKR
42 AB040VH IL-6 QVTLKESGPGILQPSQTLSLTCSFSGFSLSTNGMGVSWIR
QPSGKGLEWLAHIYWDEDKRYNPSLKSRLTISKDTSNNQV
FLKITNVDTADTATYYCARRRIIYDVEDYFDYWGQGTTLT
VSS
43 AB040VL IL-6 QIVLIQSPAIMSASPGEKVTMTCSASSSVSYMYWYQQKPG
SSPRLLIYDTSNLASGVPVRFSGSGSGTSYSLTISRMEAE
DAATYYCQQWSGYPYTFGGGTKLEIKR
44 AB043VH Abeta (seq. EVQLLESGGGLVQPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFSNYGMSWVRQA
1) PGKGLEWVASIRSGGGRTYYSDNVKGRFTISRDNSKNTLY
LQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCVRYDHYSGSSDYWGQGTLVTVSS
45 AB043VL Abeta (seq. DVVMTQSPLSLPVTPGEPASISCKSSQSLLDSDGKTYLNW
1) LLQKPGQSPQRLIYLVSKLDSGVPDRFSGSGSGTDFTLKI
SRVEAEDVGVYYCWQGTHFPRTFGQGTKVEIKR
46 AB044VH Abeta (seq. EVKLVESGGGLVKPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFSSYAMSWVRQA
2) PGKGLEWVASIHNRGTIFYLDSVKGRFTISRDNVRNTLYL
QMNSLRAEDTAVYYCTRGRSNSYAMDYWGQGTSVTVSS
47 AB044VL Abeta (seq. DVLVTQSPLSLPVTPGEPASISCRSTQTLVHRNGDTYLEW
2) YLQKPGQSPQSLIYKVSNRFSGVPDRFSGSGSGTDFTLKI
SRVEAEDVGVYYCFQGSHVPYTFGQGTKLEIKR
48 AB045VH Abeta (seq. EVQLVESGGGLVQPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFSSYGMSWVRQA
3) PGKGLELVASINSNGGSTYYPDSVKGRFTISRDNAKNTLY
LQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCASGDYWGQGTLVTVSS
49 AB045VL Abeta (seq. DIVMTQSPLSLPVTPGEPASISCRSSQSLVYSNGDTYLHW
3) YLQKPGQSPKLLIYKVSNRFSGVPDRFSGSGSGTDFTLKI
SRVEAEDVGVYYCSQSTHVPWTFGGGTKVEIKR
50 AB046VH IL-18 EVQLVQSGTEVKKPGESLKISCKGSGYTVTSYWIGWVRQM
PGKGLEWMGFIYPGDSETRYSPTFQGQVTISADKSFNTAF
LQWSSLKASDTAMYYCARVGSGWYPYTFDIWGQGTMVTVS
S
51 AB046VL IL-18 EIVMTQSPATLSVSPGERATLSCRASESISSNLAWYQQKP
GQAPRLFIYTASTRATDIPARFSGSGSGTEFTLTISSLQS
EDFAVYYCQQYNNWPSITFGQGTRLEIKR
52 AB052VH S1P EVQLVQSGAEVKKPGESLKISCQSFGYIFIDHTIHWMRQM
PGQGLEWMGAISPRHDITKYNEMFRGQVTISADKSSSTAY
LQWSSLKASDTAMYFCARGGFYGSTIWFDFWGQGTMVTVS
S
53 AB052VL S1P ETTVTQSPSFLSASVGDRVTITCITTTDIDDDMNWFQQEP
GKAPKLLISEGNILRPGVPSRFSSSGYGTDFTLTISKLQP
EDFATYYCLQSDNLPFTFGQGTKLEIKR
54 AB059VH RGMa EVQLVESGGGLVQPGSSLKLSCVASGFTFSNYGMNWIRQA
PKKGLEWIGMIYYDSSEKHYADSVKGRFTISRDNSKNTLY
LEMNSLRSEDTAIYYCAKGTTPDYWGQGVMVTVSS
55 AB059VL RGMa DVVLTQTPVSLSVTLGDQASMSCRSSQSLEYSDGYTFLEW
FLQKPGQSPQLLIYEVSNRFSGVPDRFIGSGSGTDFTLKI
SRVEPEDLGVYYCFQATHDPLTFGSGTKLEIKR
56 ABC060VH RAGE QIQLVQSGPELKKPGETVKISCKASGYTFTNFGMNWVKQA
PGKGLKWMGYINTNTGESIYSEEFKGRFAFSLETSASTAY
LQINNLKNEDTATYFCARSRMVTAYGMDYWGQGTSVTVSS
57 AB060VL RAGE DTVMTQSQKFMSTSVGDRVSITCKASQNVGTAVAWYQQRP
GQSPKLLIFSASNRYTGVPDRFTGSGSGTDFTLTLSNMQP
EDLADYFCQQYSSYPLTFGVGTKLELKR
Detailed description of specific DVD-Ig molecules capable of binding specific targets, and methods of making the same, is provided in the Examples section below.
C. Production of DVD Proteins
Binding proteins of the present invention may be produced by any of a number of techniques known in the art. For example, expression from host cells, wherein expression vector(s) encoding the DVD heavy and DVD light chains is (are) transfected into a host cell by standard techniques. The various forms of the term “transfection” are intended to encompass a wide variety of techniques commonly used for the introduction of exogenous DNA into a prokaryotic or eukaryotic host cell, e.g., electroporation, calcium-phosphate precipitation, DEAE-dextran transfection and the like. Although it is possible to express the DVD proteins of the invention in either prokaryotic or eukaryotic host cells, DVD proteins are expressed in eukaryotic cells, for example, mammalian host cells, because such eukaryotic cells (and in particular mammalian cells) are more likely than prokaryotic cells to assemble and secrete a properly folded and immunologically active DVD protein.
Exemplary mammalian host cells for expressing the recombinant antibodies of the invention include Chinese Hamster Ovary (CHO cells) (including dhfr-CHO cells, described in Urlaub and Chasin, (1980) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 77:4216-4220, used with a DHFR selectable marker, e.g., as described in R. J. Kaufman and P. A. Sharp (1982) Mol. Biol. 159:601-621), NS0 myeloma cells, COS cells, SP2 and PER.C6 cells. When recombinant expression vectors encoding DVD proteins are introduced into mammalian host cells, the DVD proteins are produced by culturing the host cells for a period of time sufficient to allow for expression of the DVD proteins in the host cells or secretion of the DVD proteins into the culture medium in which the host cells are grown. DVD proteins can be recovered from the culture medium using standard protein purification methods.
In an exemplary system for recombinant expression of DVD proteins of the invention, a recombinant expression vector encoding both the DVD heavy chain and the DVD light chain is introduced into dhfr-CHO cells by calcium phosphate-mediated transfection. Within the recombinant expression vector, the DVD heavy and light chain genes are each operatively linked to CMV enhancer/AdMLP promoter regulatory elements to drive high levels of transcription of the genes. The recombinant expression vector also carries a DHFR gene, which allows for selection of CHO cells that have been transfected with the vector using methotrexate selection/amplification. The selected transformant host cells are cultured to allow for expression of the DVD heavy and light chains and intact DVD protein is recovered from the culture medium. Standard molecular biology techniques are used to prepare the recombinant expression vector, transfect the host cells, select for transformants, culture the host cells and recover the DVD protein from the culture medium. Still further the invention provides a method of synthesizing a DVD protein of the invention by culturing a host cell of the invention in a suitable culture medium until a DVD protein of the invention is synthesized. The method can further comprise isolating the DVD protein from the culture medium.
An important feature of DVD-Ig is that it can be produced and purified in a similar way as a conventional antibody. The production of DVD-Ig results in a homogeneous, single major product with desired dual-specific activity, without any sequence modification of the constant region or chemical modifications of any kind. Other previously described methods to generate “bi-specific”, “multi-specific”, and “multi-specific multivalent” full length binding proteins do not lead to a single primary product but instead lead to the intracellular or secreted production of a mixture of assembled inactive, mono-specific, multi-specific, multivalent, full length binding proteins, and multivalent full length binding proteins with combination of different binding sites. As an example, based on the design described by Miller and Presta (PCT publication WO2001/077342(A1), there are 16 possible combinations of heavy and light chains. Consequently only 6.25% of protein is likely to be in the desired active form, and not as a single major product or single primary product compared to the other 15 possible combinations. Separation of the desired, fully active forms of the protein from inactive and partially active forms of the protein using standard chromatography techniques, typically used in large scale manufacturing, is yet to be demonstrated.
Surprisingly the design of the “dual-specific multivalent full length binding proteins” of the present invention leads to a dual variable domain light chain and a dual variable domain heavy chain which assemble primarily to the desired “dual-specific multivalent full length binding proteins”.
At least 50%, at least 75% and at least 90% of the assembled, and expressed dual variable domain immunoglobulin molecules are the desired dual-specific tetravalent protein. This aspect of the invention particularly enhances the commercial utility of the invention. Therefore, the present invention includes a method to express a dual variable domain light chain and a dual variable domain heavy chain in a single cell leading to a single primary product of a “dual-specific tetravalent full length binding protein”.
The present invention provides a methods of expressing a dual variable domain light chain and a dual variable domain heavy chain in a single cell leading to a “primary product” of a “dual-specific tetravalent full length binding protein”, where the “primary product” is more than 50% of all assembled protein, comprising a dual variable domain light chain and a dual variable domain heavy chain.
The present invention provides methods of expressing a dual variable domain light chain and a dual variable domain heavy chain in a single cell leading to a single “primary product” of a “dual-specific tetravalent full length binding protein”, where the “primary product” is more than 75% of all assembled protein, comprising a dual variable domain light chain and a dual variable domain heavy chain.
The present invention provides methods of expressing a dual variable domain light chain and a dual variable domain heavy chain in a single cell leading to a single “primary product” of a “dual-specific tetravalent full length binding protein”, where the “primary product” is more than 90% of all assembled protein, comprising a dual variable domain light chain and a dual variable domain heavy chain.
II. Derivatized DVD Binding Proteins:
One embodiment provides a labeled binding protein wherein the binding protein of the invention is derivatized or linked to another functional molecule (e.g., another peptide or protein). For example, a labeled binding protein of the invention can be derived by functionally linking an binding protein of the invention (by chemical coupling, genetic fusion, noncovalent association or otherwise) to one or more other molecular entities, such as another antibody (e.g., a bispecific antibody or a diabody), a detectable agent, a cytotoxic agent, a pharmaceutical agent, and/or a protein or peptide that can mediate association of the binding protein with another molecule (such as a streptavidin core region or a polyhistidine tag).
Useful detectable agents with which a binding protein of the invention may be derivatized include fluorescent compounds. Exemplary fluorescent detectable agents include fluorescein, fluorescein isothiocyanate, rhodamine, 5-dimethylamine-1-napthalenesulfonyl chloride, phycoerythrin and the like. A binding protein may also be derivatized with detectable enzymes, such as alkaline phosphatase, horseradish peroxidase, glucose oxidase and the like. When a binding protein is derivatized with a detectable enzyme, it is detected by adding additional reagents that the enzyme uses to produce a detectable reaction product. For example, when the detectable agent horseradish peroxidase is present, the addition of hydrogen peroxide and diaminobenzidine leads to a colored reaction product, which is detectable. a binding protein may also be derivatized with biotin, and detected through indirect measurement of avidin or streptavidin binding.
Another embodiment of the invention provides a crystallized binding protein and formulations and compositions comprising such crystals. In one embodiment the crystallized binding protein has a greater half-life in vivo than the soluble counterpart of the binding protein. In another embodiment the binding protein retains biological activity after crystallization.
Crystallized binding protein of the invention may be produced according to methods known in the art and as disclosed in WO 02072636, incorporated herein by reference.
Another embodiment of the invention provides a glycosylated binding protein wherein the antibody or antigen-binding portion thereof comprises one or more carbohydrate residues. Nascent in vivo protein production may undergo further processing, known as post-translational modification. In particular, sugar (glycosyl) residues may be added enzymatically, a process known as glycosylation. The resulting proteins bearing covalently linked oligosaccharide side chains are known as glycosylated proteins or glycoproteins. Antibodies are glycoproteins with one or more carbohydrate residues in the Fc domain, as well as the variable domain. Carbohydrate residues in the Fc domain have important effect on the effector function of the Fc domain, with minimal effect on antigen binding or half-life of the antibody (R. Jefferis, Biotechnol. Prog. 21 (2005), pp. 11-16). In contrast, glycosylation of the variable domain may have an effect on the antigen binding activity of the antibody. Glycosylation in the variable domain may have a negative effect on antibody binding affinity, likely due to steric hindrance (Co, M. S., et al., Mol. Immunol. (1993) 30:1361-1367), or result in increased affinity for the antigen (Wallick, S. C., et al., Exp. Med. (1988) 168:1099-1109; Wright, A., et al., EMBO J. (1991) 10:2717 2723).
One aspect of the present invention is directed to generating glycosylation site mutants in which the O- or N-linked glycosylation site of the binding protein has been mutated. One skilled in the art can generate such mutants using standard well-known technologies. Glycosylation site mutants that retain the biological activity but have increased or decreased binding activity are another object of the present invention.
In still another embodiment, the glycosylation of the antibody or antigen-binding portion of the invention is modified. For example, an aglycoslated antibody can be made (i.e., the antibody lacks glycosylation). Glycosylation can be altered to, for example, increase the affinity of the antibody for antigen. Such carbohydrate modifications can be accomplished by, for example, altering one or more sites of glycosylation within the antibody sequence. For example, one or more amino acid substitutions can be made that result in elimination of one or more variable region glycosylation sites to thereby eliminate glycosylation at that site. Such aglycosylation may increase the affinity of the antibody for antigen. Such an approach is described in further detail in PCT Publication WO2003016466A2, and U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,714,350 and 6,350,861, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
Additionally or alternatively, a modified binding protein of the invention can be made that has an altered type of glycosylation, such as a hypofucosylated antibody having reduced amounts of fucosyl residues (see Kanda, Yutaka et al., Journal of Biotechnology (2007), 130(3), 300-310.) or an antibody having increased bisecting GlcNAc structures. Such altered glycosylation patterns have been demonstrated to increase the ADCC ability of antibodies. Such carbohydrate modifications can be accomplished by, for example, expressing the antibody in a host cell with altered glycosylation machinery. Cells with altered glycosylation machinery have been described in the art and can be used as host cells in which to express recombinant antibodies of the invention to thereby produce an antibody with altered glycosylation. See, for example, Shields, R. L. et al. (2002) J. Biol. Chem. 277:26733-26740; Umana et al. (1999) Nat. Biotech. 17:176-1, as well as, European Patent No: EP 1,176,195; PCT Publications WO 03/035835; WO 99/54342 80, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
Protein glycosylation depends on the amino acid sequence of the protein of interest, as well as the host cell in which the protein is expressed. Different organisms may produce different glycosylation enzymes (eg., glycosyltransferases and glycosidases), and have different substrates (nucleotide sugars) available. Due to such factors, protein glycosylation pattern, and composition of glycosyl residues, may differ depending on the host system in which the particular protein is expressed. Glycosyl residues useful in the invention may include, but are not limited to, glucose, galactose, mannose, fucose, n-acetylglucosamine and sialic acid. In an embodiment, the glycosylated binding protein comprises glycosyl residues such that the glycosylation pattern is human.
It is known to those skilled in the art that differing protein glycosylation may result in differing protein characteristics. For instance, the efficacy of a therapeutic protein produced in a microorganism host, such as yeast, and glycosylated utilizing the yeast endogenous pathway may be reduced compared to that of the same protein expressed in a mammalian cell, such as a CHO cell line. Such glycoproteins may also be immunogenic in humans and show reduced half-life in vivo after administration. Specific receptors in humans and other animals may recognize specific glycosyl residues and promote the rapid clearance of the protein from the bloodstream. Other adverse effects may include changes in protein folding, solubility, susceptibility to proteases, trafficking, transport, compartmentalization, secretion, recognition by other proteins or factors, antigenicity, or allergenicity. Accordingly, a practitioner may choose a therapeutic protein with a specific composition and pattern of glycosylation, for example glycosylation composition and pattern identical, or at least similar, to that produced in human cells or in the species-specific cells of the intended subject animal.
Expressing glycosylated proteins different from that of a host cell may be achieved by genetically modifying the host cell to express heterologous glycosylation enzymes. Using techniques known in the art a practitioner may generate antibodies or antigen-binding portions thereof exhibiting human protein glycosylation. For example, yeast strains have been genetically modified to express non-naturally occurring glycosylation enzymes such that glycosylated proteins (glycoproteins) produced in these yeast strains exhibit protein glycosylation identical to that of animal cells, especially human cells (U.S patent applications 20040018590 and 20020137134 and PCT publication WO2005100584 A2).
In addition to the binding proteins, the present invention is also directed to anti-idiotypic (anti-Id) antibodies specific for such binding proteins of the invention. An anti-Id antibody is an antibody, which recognizes unique determinants generally associated with the antigen-binding region of another antibody. The anti-Id can be prepared by immunizing an animal with the binding protein or a CDR containing region thereof. The immunized animal will recognize, and respond to the idiotypic determinants of the immunizing antibody and produce an anti-Id antibody. It is readily apparent that it may be easier to generate anti-idiotypic antibodies to the two or more parent antibodies incorporated into a DVD-Ig molecule; and confirm binding studies by methods well recognized in the art (e.g., BIAcore, ELISA) to verify that anti-idiotypic antibodies specific for the idiotype of each parent antibody also recognize the idiotype (e.g., antigen binding site) in the context of the DVD-Ig. The anti-idiotypic antibodies specific for each of the two or more antigen binding sites of a DVD-Ig provide ideal reagents to measure DVD-Ig concentrations of a human DVD-Ig in patrient serum; DVD-Ig concentration assays can be established using a “sandwich assay ELISA format” with an antibody to a first antigen binding regions coated on the solid phase (e.g., BIAcore chip, ELISA plate etc.), rinsed with rinsing buffer, incubation with the serum sample, another rinsing step and ultimately incubation with another anti-idiotypic antibody to the another antigen binding site, itself labeled with an enzyme for quantitation of the binding reaction. In an embodiment, for a DVD-Ig with more than two different binding sites, anti-idiotypic antibodies to the two outermost binding sites (most distal and proximal from the constant region) will not only help in determining the DVD-Ig concentration in human serum but also document the integrity of the molecule in vivo. Each anti-Id antibody may also be used as an “immunogen” to induce an immune response in yet another animal, producing a so-called anti-anti-Id antibody.
Further, it will be appreciated by one skilled in the art that a protein of interest may be expressed using a library of host cells genetically engineered to express various glycosylation enzymes, such that member host cells of the library produce the protein of interest with variant glycosylation patterns. A practitioner may then select and isolate the protein of interest with particular novel glycosylation patterns. In an embodiment, the protein having a particularly selected novel glycosylation pattern exhibits improved or altered biological properties.
III. Uses of DVD-Ig
Given their ability to bind to two or more antigens the binding proteins of the invention can be used to detect the antigens (e.g., in a biological sample, such as serum or plasma), using a conventional immunoassay, such as an enzyme linked immunosorbent assays (ELISA), an radioimmunoassay (RIA) or tissue immunohistochemistry. The DVD-Ig is directly or indirectly labeled with a detectable substance to facilitate detection of the bound or unbound antibody. Suitable detectable substances include various enzymes, prosthetic groups, fluorescent materials, luminescent materials and radioactive materials. Examples of suitable enzymes include horseradish peroxidase, alkaline phosphatase, μ-galactosidase, or acetylcholinesterase; examples of suitable prosthetic group complexes include streptavidin/biotin and avidin/biotin; examples of suitable fluorescent materials include umbelliferone, fluorescein, fluorescein isothiocyanate, rhodamine, dichlorotriazinylamine fluorescein, dansyl chloride or phycoerythrin; an example of a luminescent material includes luminol; and examples of suitable radioactive material include 3H, 14C, 35S, 90Y, 99Tc, 111In, 125I, 131I, 177Lu, 66Ho, or 153Sm.
In an embodiment, the binding proteins of the invention are capable of neutralizing the activity of the antigens both in vitro and in vivo. Accordingly, such DVD-Igs can be used to inhibit antigen activity, e.g., in a cell culture containing the antigens, in human subjects or in other mammalian subjects having the antigens with which a binding protein of the invention cross-reacts. In another embodiment, the invention provides a method for reducing antigen activity in a subject suffering from a disease or disorder in which the antigen activity is detrimental. A binding protein of the invention can be administered to a human subject for therapeutic purposes.
As used herein, the term “a disorder in which antigen activity is detrimental” is intended to include diseases and other disorders in which the presence of the antigen in a subject suffering from the disorder has been shown to be or is suspected of being either responsible for the pathophysiology of the disorder or a factor that contributes to a worsening of the disorder. Accordingly, a disorder in which antigen activity is detrimental is a disorder in which reduction of antigen activity is expected to alleviate the symptoms and/or progression of the disorder. Such disorders may be evidenced, for example, by an increase in the concentration of the antigen in a biological fluid of a subject suffering from the disorder (e.g., an increase in the concentration of antigen in serum, plasma, synovial fluid, etc. of the subject). Non-limiting examples of disorders that can be treated with the binding proteins of the invention include those disorders discussed below and in the section pertaining to pharmaceutical compositions of the antibodies of the invention.
The DVD-lgs of the invention may bind one antigen or multiple antigens. Such antigens include, but are not limited to, therapeutic targets (see, e.q., the Bioinformatics and Drug Design Group of the National University of Singapore), cytokines and cytokine receptors see the C tokines & Cells Online Pathfinder Enc clo edia chemokines, chemokine receptors and GPCRs, olfactory receptors (see, e.g., SenseLab at Yale University), receptors (see, e.q., the IUPHAR Committee on Receptor Nomenclature and Drug Classification), cancer targets (see, e.q., the Human Genome Center th nstitute of Medical Science University of Toko), secreted roteirns and protein kinases (see, e.q., the Secreted Protein Database from the Center of Bioinformatics, Peking University), and human CD markers (see, e.q.,
Zola H, 2005, CD molecules 2005: human cell differentiation molecules, Blood, 106:3123-6).
DVD-Igs are useful as therapeutic agents to simultaneously block two different targets to enhance efficacy/safety and/or increase patient coverage. Such targets may include soluble targets (TNF) and cell surface receptor targets (VEGFR and EGFR). It can also be used to induce redirected cytotoxicity between tumor cells and T cells (Her2 and CD3) for cancer therapy, or between autoreactive cell and effector cells for autoimmune disease or transplantation, or between any target cell and effector cell to eliminate disease-causing cells in any given disease.
In addition, DVD-Ig can be used to trigger receptor clustering and activation when it is designed to target two different epitopes on the same receptor. This may have benefit in making agonistic and antagonistic anti-GPCR therapeutics. In this case, DVD-Ig can be used to target two different epitopes (including epitopes on both the loop regions and the extracellular domain) on one cell for clustering/signaling (two cell surface molecules) or signaling (on one molecule). Similarly, a DVD-Ig molecule can be designed to trigger CTLA-4 ligation, and a negative signal by targeting two different epitopes (or 2 copies of the same epitope) of CTLA-4 extracellular domain, leading to down regulation of the immune response. CTLA-4 is a clinically validated target for therapeutic treatment of a number of immunological disorders. CTLA-4/B7 interactions negatively regulate T cell activation by attenuating cell cycle progression, IL-2 production, and proliferation of T cells following activation, and CTLA-4 (CD152) engagement can down-regulate T cell activation and promote the induction of immune tolerance. However, the strategy of attenuating T cell activation by agonistic antibody engagement of CTLA-4 has been unsuccessful since CTLA-4 activation requires ligation. The molecular interaction of CTLA-4/B7 is in “skewed zipper” arrays, as demonstrated by crystal structural analysis (Stamper 2001 Nature 410:608). However none of the currently available CTLA-4 binding reagents have ligation properties, including anti-CTLA-4 mAbs. There have been several attempts to address this issue. In one case, a cell member-bound single chain antibody was generated, and significantly inhibited allogeneic rejection in mice (Hwang 2002 JI 169:633). In a separate case, artificial APC surface-linked single-chain antibody to CTLA-4 was generated and demonstrated to attenuate T cell responses (Griffin 2000 JI 164:4433). In both cases, CTLA-4 ligation was achieved by closely localized member-bound antibodies in artificial systems. While these experiments provide proof-of-concept for immune down-regulation by triggering CTLA-4 negative signaling, the reagents used in these reports are not suitable for therapeutic use. To this end, CTLA-4 ligation may be achieved by using a DVD-Ig molecule, which target two different epitopes (or 2 copies of the same epitope) of CTLA-4 extracellular domain. The rationale is that the distance spanning two binding sites of an IgG, approximately 150-170 Å, is too large for active ligation of CTLA-4 (30-50 Å between 2 CTLA-4 homodimer). However the distance between the two binding sites on DVD-Ig (one arm) is much shorter, also in the range of 30-50 Å, allowing proper ligation of CTLA-4.
Similarly, DVD-Ig can target two different members of a cell surface receptor complex (e.g., IL-12R alpha and beta). Furthermore, DVD-Ig can target CR1 and a soluble protein/pathogen to drive rapid clearance of the target soluble protein/pathogen.
Additionally, DVD-Igs of the invention can be employed for tissue-specific delivery (target a tissue marker and a disease mediator for enhanced local PK thus higher efficacy and/or lower toxicity), including intracellular delivery (targeting an internalizing receptor and a intracellular molecule), delivering to inside brain (targeting transferrin receptor and a CNS disease mediator for crossing the blood-brain barrier). DVD-Ig can also serve as a carrier protein to deliver an antigen to a specific location via binding to a non-neutralizing epitope of that antigen and also to increase the half-life of the antigen. Furthermore, DVD-Ig can be designed to either be physically linked to medical devices implanted into patients or target these medical devices (see Burke, Sandra E.; Kuntz, Richard E.; Schwartz, Lewis B., Zotarolimus eluting stents. Advanced Drug Delivery Reviews (2006), 58(3), 437-446; Surface coatings for biological activation and functionalization of medical devices, Hildebrand, H. F.; Blanchemain, N.; Mayer, G.; Chai, F.; Lefebvre, M.; Boschin, F., Surface and Coatings Technology (2006), 200(22-23), 6318-6324; Drug/device combinations for local drug therapies and infection prophylaxis, Wu, Peng; Grainger, David W., Biomaterials (2006), 27(11), 2450-2467; Mediation of the cytokine network in the implantation of orthopedic devices. Marques, A. P.; Hunt, J. A.; Reis, Rui L., Biodegradable Systems in Tissue Engineering and Regenerative Medicine (2005), 377-397). Briefly, directing appropriate types of cell to the site of medical implant may promote healing and restoring normal tissue function. Alternatively, inhibition of mediators (including but not limited to cytokines), released upon device implantation by a DVD coupled to or target to a device is also provided. For example, Stents have been used for years in interventional cardiology to clear blocked arteries and to improve the flow of blood to the heart muscle. However, traditional bare metal stents have been known to cause restenosis (re-narrowing of the artery in a treated area) in some patients and can lead to blood clots. Recently, an anti-CD34 antibody coated stent has been described which reduced restenosis and prevents blood clots from occurring by capturing endothelial progenitor cells (EPC) circulating throughout the blood. Endothelial cells are cells that line blood vessels, allowing blood to flow smoothly. The EPCs adhere to the hard surface of the stent forming a smooth layer that not only promotes healing but prevents restenosis and blood clots, complications previously associated with the use of stents (Aoji et al. 2005 J Am Coll Cardiol. 45(10): 1574-9). In addition to improving outcomes for patients requiring stents, there are also implications for patients requiring cardiovascular bypass surgery. For example, a prosthetic vascular conduit (artificial artery) coated with anti-EPC antibodies would eliminate the need to use arteries from patients legs or arms for bypass surgery grafts. This would reduce surgery and anesthesia times, which in turn will reduce coronary surgery deaths. DVD-Ig are designed in such a way that it binds to a cell surface marker (such as CD34) as well as a protein (or an epitope of any kind, including but not limited to proteins, lipids and polysaccharides) that has been coated on the implanted device to facilitate the cell recruitment. Such approaches can also be applied to other medical implants in general. Alternatively, DVD-Igs can be coated on medical devices and upon implantation and releasing all DVDs from the device (or any other need which may require additional fresh DVD-Ig, including aging and denaturation of the already loaded DVD-Ig) the device could be reloaded by systemic administration of fresh DVD-Ig to the patient, where the DVD-Ig is designed to binds to a target of interest (a cytokine, a cell surface marker (such as CD34) etc.) with one set of binding sites and to a target coated on the device (including a protein, an epitope of any kind, including but not limited to lipids, polysaccharides and polymers) with the other. This technology has the advantage of extending the usefulness of coated implants.
A. Use of DVD-Igs in Various Diseases
DVD-Ig molecules of the invention are also useful as therapeutic molecules to treat various diseases. Such DVD molecules may bind one or more targets involved in a specific disease. Examples of such targets in various diseases are described below.
1. Human Autoimmune and Inflammatory Response
Many proteins have been implicated in general autoimmune and inflammatory responses, including C5, CCL1 (1-309), CCL11 (eotaxin), CCL13 (mcp-4), CCL15 (MIP-1d), CCL16 (HCC-4), CCL17 (TARC), CCL18 (PARC), CCL19, CCL2 (mcp-1), CCL20 (MIP-3a), CCL21 (MIP-2), CCL23 (MPIF-1), CCL24 (MPIF-2/eotaxin-2), CCL25 (TECK), CCL26, CCL3 (MIP-1a), CCL4 (MIP-1b), CCL5 (RANTES), CCL7 (mcp-3), CCL8 (mcp-2), CXCL1, CXCL10 (IP-10), CXCL11 (I-TAC/IP-9), CXCL12 (SDF1), CXCL13, CXCL14, CXCL2, CXCL3, CXCL5 (ENA-78/LIX), CXCL6 (GCP-2), CXCL9, IL13, IL8, CCL13 (mcp-4), CCR1, CCR2, CCR3, CCR4, CCR5, CCR6, CCR7, CCR8, CCR9, CX3CR1, IL8RA, XCR1 (CCXCR1), IFNA2, IL10, IL13, IL17C, IL1A, IL1B, IL1F10, IL1F5, IL1F6, IL1F7, IL1F8, IL1F9, IL22, IL5, IL8, IL9, LTA, LTB, MIF, SCYE1 (endothelial Monocyte-activating cytokine), SPP1, TNF, TNFSF5, IFNA2, IL10RA, IL10RB, IL13, IL13RA1, IL5RA, IL9, IL9R, ABCF1, BCL6, C3, C4A, CEBPB, CRP, ICEBERG, IL1R1, IL1RN, IL8RB, LTB4R, TOLLIP, FADD, IRAK1, IRAK2, MYD88, NCK2, TNFAIP3, TRADD, TRAF1, TRAF2, TRAF3, TRAF4, TRAF5, TRAF6, ACVR1, ACVR1B, ACVR2, ACVR2B, ACVRL1, CD28, CD3E, CD3G, CD3Z, CD69, CD80, CD86, CNR1, CTLA4, CYSLTR1, FCER1A, FCER2, FCGR3A, GPR44, HAVCR2, OPRD1, P2Rx7, TLR2, TLR3, TLR4, TLR5, TLR6, TLR7, TLR8, TLR9, TLR10, BLR1, CCL1, CCL2, CCL3, CCL4, CCL5, CCL7, CCL8, CCL11, CCL13, CCL15, CCL16, CCL17, CCL18, CCL19, CCL20, CCL21, CCL22, CCL23, CCL24, CCL25, CCR1, CCR2, CCR3, CCR4, CCR5, CCR6, CCR7, CCR8, CCR9, CX3CL1, CX3CR1, CXCL1, CXCL2, CXCL3, CXCL5, CXCL6, CXCL10, CXCL11, CXCL12, CXCL13, CXCR4, GPR2, SCYE1, SDF2, XCL1, XCL2, XCR1, AMH, AMHR2, BMPR1A, BMPR1B, BMPR2, C19orf10 (IL27w), CER1, CSF1, CSF2, CSF3, DKFZp451J0118, FGF2, GFI1, IFNA1, IFNB1, IFNG, IGF1, IL1A, IL1B, IL1R1, IL1R2, IL2, IL2RA, IL2RB, IL2RG, IL3, IL4, IL4R, IL5, IL5RA, IL6, IL6R, IL6ST, IL7, IL8, IL8RA, IL8RB, IL9, IL9R, IL10, IL10RA, IL10RB, IL11, IL11RA, IL12A, IL12B, IL12RB1, IL12RB2, IL13, IL13RA1, IL13RA2, IL15, IL15RA, IL16, IL17, IL17R, IL18, IL18R1, IL19, IL20, KITLG, LEP, LTA, LTB, LTB4R, LTB4R2, LTBR, MIF, NPPB, PDGFB, TBX21, TDGF1, TGFA, TGFB1, TGFB1I1, TGFB2, TGFB3, TGFB1, TGFBR1, TGFBR2, TGFBR3, TH1L, TNF, TNFRSF1A, TNFRSF1B, TNFRSF7, TNFRSF8, TNFRSF9, TNFRSF11A, TNFRSF21, TNFSF4, TNFSF5, TNFSF6, TNFSF11, VEGF, ZFPM2, and RNF110(ZNF144). In one aspect, DVD-Igs capable of binding one or more of the targets listed herein are provided.
2. Asthma
Allergic asthma is characterized by the presence of eosinophilia, goblet cell metaplasia, epithelial cell alterations, airway hyperreactivity (AHR), and Th2 and Th1 cytokine expression, as well as elevated serum IgE levels. It is now widely accepted that airway inflammation is the key factor underlying the pathogenesis of asthma, involving a complex interplay of inflammatory cells such as T cells, B cells, eosinophils, mast cells and macrophages, and of their secreted mediators including cytokines and chemokines. Corticosteroids are the most important anti-inflammatory treatment for asthma today, however their mechanism of action is non-specific and safety concerns exist, especially in the juvenile patient population. The development of more specific and targeted therapies is therefore warranted. There is increasing evidence that IL-13 in mice mimics many of the features of asthma, including AHR, mucus hypersecretion and airway fibrosis, independently of eosinophilic inflammation (Finotto et al., International Immunology (2005), 17(8), 993-1007; Padilla et al., Journal of Immunology (2005), 174(12), 8097-8105).
IL-13 has been implicated as having a pivotal role in causing pathological responses associated with asthma. The development of anti-IL-13 mAb therapy to reduce the effects of IL-13 in the lung is an exciting new approach that offers considerable promise as a novel treatment for asthma. However other mediators of differential immunological pathways are also involved in asthma pathogenesis, and blocking these mediators, in addition to IL-13, may offer additional therapeutic benefit. Such target pairs include, but are not limited to, IL-13 and a pro-inflammatory cytokine, such as tumor necrosis factor-α (TNF-α). TNF-α may amplify the inflammatory response in asthma and may be linked to disease severity (McDonnell, et al., Progress in Respiratory Research (2001), 31(New Drugs for Asthma, Allergy and COPD), 247-250.). This suggests that blocking both IL-13 and TNF-α may have beneficial effects, particularly in severe airway disease. In another embodiment the DVD-Ig of the invention binds the targets IL-13 and TNFα and is used for treating asthma.
Animal models such as OVA-induced asthma mouse model, where both inflammation and AHR can be assessed, are known in the art and may be used to determine the ability of various DVD-Ig molecules to treat asthma. Animal models for studying asthma are disclosed in Coffman, et al., Journal of Experimental Medicine (2005), 201(12), 1875-1879; Lloyd, et al., Advances in Immunology (2001), 77, 263-295; Boyce et al., Journal of Experimental Medicine (2005), 201(12), 1869-1873; and Snibson, et al., Journal of the British Society for Allergy and Clinical Immunology (2005), 35(2), 146-52. In addition to routine safety assessments of these target pairs specific tests for the degree of immunosuppression may be warranted and helpful in selecting the best target pairs (see Luster et al., Toxicology (1994), 92(1-3), 229-43; Descotes, et al., Developments in biological standardization (1992), 77 99-102; Hart et al., Journal of Allergy and Clinical Immunology (2001), 108(2), 250-257).
Based on the rationale disclosed herein and using the same evaluation model for efficacy and safety other pairs of targets that DVD-Ig molecules can bind and be useful to treat asthma may be determined. In an embodiment, such targets include, but are not limited to, IL-13 and IL-1beta, since IL-1beta is also implicated in inflammatory response in asthma; IL-13 and cytokines and chemokines that are involved in inflammation, such as IL-13 and IL-9; IL-13 and IL-4; IL-13 and IL-5; IL-13 and IL-25; IL-13 and TARC; IL-13 and MDC; IL-13 and MIF; IL-13 and TGF-β; IL-13 and LHR agonist; IL-13 and CL25; IL-13 and SPRR2a; IL-13 and SPRR2b; and IL-13 and ADAM8. The present invention also provides DVD-Igs capable of binding one or more targets involved in asthma selected from the group consisting of CSF1 (MCSF), CSF2 (GM-CSF), CSF3 (GCSF), FGF2, IFNA1, IFNB1, IFNG, histamine and histamine receptors, IL1A, IL1B, IL2, IL3, IL4, IL5, IL6, IL7, IL8, IL9, IL10, IL11, IL12A, IL12B, IL13, IL14, IL15, IL16, IL17, IL18, IL19, KITLG, PDGFB, IL2RA, IL4R, IL5RA, IL8RA, IL8RB, IL12RB1, IL12RB2, IL13RA1, IL13RA2, IL18R1, TSLP, CCL1, CCL2, CCL3, CCL4, CCL5, CCL7, CCL8, CCL13, CCL17, CCL18, CCL19, CCL20, CCL22, CCL24, CX3CL1, CXCL1, CXCL2, CXCL3, XCL1, CCR2, CCR3, CCR4, CCR5, CCR6, CCR7, CCR8, CX3CR1, GPR2, XCR1, FOS, GATA3, JAK1, JAK3, STAT6, TBX21, TGFB1, TNF, TNFSF6, YY1, CYSLTR1, FCER1A, FCER2, LTB4R, TB4R2, LTBR, and Chitinase.
3. Rheumatoid Arthritis
Rheumatoid arthritis (RA), a systemic disease, is characterized by a chronic inflammatory reaction in the synovium of joints and is associated with degeneration of cartilage and erosion of juxta-articular bone. Many pro-inflammatory cytokines including TNF, chemokines, and growth factors are expressed in diseased joints. Systemic administration of anti-TNF antibody or sTNFR fusion protein to mouse models of A was shown to be anti-inflammatory and joint protective. Clinical investigations in which the activity of TNF in A patients was blocked with intravenously administered infliximab (Harriman G, Harper L K, Schaible T F. 1999 Summary of clinical trials in rheumatoid arthritis using infliximab, an anti-TNFalpha treatment. Ann Rheum Dis 58 Suppl 1:161-4), a chimeric anti-TNF mAb, has provided evidence that TNF regulates IL-6, IL-8, MCP-1, and VEGF production, recruitment of immune and inflammatory cells into joints, angiogenesis, and reduction of blood levels of matrix metalloproteinases-1 and -3. A better understanding of the inflammatory pathway in rheumatoid arthritis has led to identification of other therapeutic targets involved in rheumatoid arthritis. Promising treatments such as interleukin-6 antagonists (IL-6 receptor antibody MRA, developed by Chugai, Roche (see Nishimoto, Norihiro et al., Arthritis & Rheumatism (2004), 50(6), 1761-1769), CTLA4Ig (abatacept, Genovese Mc et al 2005 Abatacept for rheumatoid arthritis refractory to tumor necrosis factor alpha inhibition. N Engl J. Med. 353:1114-23.), and anti-B cell therapy (rituximab, Okamoto H, Kamatani N. 2004 Rituximab for rheumatoid arthritis. N Engl J. Med. 351:1909) have already been tested in randomized controlled trials over the past year. Other cytokines have been identified and have been shown to be of benefit in animal models, including interleukin-15 (therapeutic antibody HuMax-IL—15, AMG 714 see Baslund, Bo et al., Arthritis & Rheumatism (2005), 52(9), 2686-2692), interleukin-17, and interleukin-18, and clinical trials of these agents are currently under way. Dual-specific antibody therapy, combining anti-TNF and another mediator, has great potential in enhancing clinical efficacy and/or patient coverage. For example, blocking both TNF and VEGF can potentially eradicate inflammation and angiogenesis, both of which are involved in pathophysiology of RA. Blocking other pairs of targets involved in A including, but not limited to, TNF and IL-18; TNF and IL-12; TNF and IL-23; TNF and IL-1beta; TNF and MIF; TNF and IL-17; and TNF and IL-15 with specific DVD Igs is also contemplated. In addition to routine safety assessments of these target pairs, specific tests for the degree of immunosuppression may be warranted and helpful in selecting the best target pairs (see Luster et al., Toxicology (1994), 92(1-3), 229-43; Descotes, et al., Developments in biological standardization (1992), 77 99-102; Hart et al., Journal of Allergy and Clinical Immunology (2001), 108(2), 250-257). Whether a DVD Ig molecule will be useful for the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis can be assessed using pre-clinical animal RA models such as the collagen-induced arthritis mouse model. Other useful models are also well known in the art (see Brand DD., Comp Med. (2005) 55(2):114-22). Based on the cross-reactivity of the parental antibodies for human and mouse othologues (e.g., reactivity for human and mouse TNF, human and mouse IL-15 etc.) validation studies in the mouse CIA model may be conducted with “matched surrogate antibody” derived DVD-Ig molecules; briefly, a DVD-Ig based on two (or more) mouse target specific antibodies may be matched to the extent possible to the characteristics of the parental human or humanized antibodies used for human DVD-Ig construction (similar affinity, similar neutralization potency, similar half-life etc.).
4. SLE
The immunopathogenic hallmark of SLE is the polyclonal B cell activation, which leads to hyperglobulinemia, autoantibody production and immune complex formation. The fundamental abnormality appears to be the failure of T cells to suppress the forbidden B cell clones due to generalized T cell dysregulation. In addition, B and T-cell interaction is facilitated by several cytokines such as IL-10 as well as co-stimulatory molecules such as CD40 and CD40L, B7 and CD28 and CTLA-4, which initiate the second signal. These interactions together with impaired phagocytic clearance of immune complexes and apoptotic material, perpetuate the immune response with resultant tissue injury. The following targets may be involved in SLE and can potentially be used for DVD-Ig approach for therapeutic intervention: B cell targeted therapies: CD-20, CD-22, CD-19, CD28, CD4, CD80, HLA-DRA, IL10, IL2, IL4, TNFRSF5, TNFRSF6, TNFSF5, TNFSF6, BLR1, HDAC4, HDAC5, HDAC7A, HDAC9, ICOSL, IGBP1, MS4A1, RGS1, SLA2, CD81, IFNB1, IL10, TNFRSF5, TNFRSF7, TNFSF5, AICDA, BLNK, GALNAC4S-6ST, HDAC4, HDAC5, HDAC7A, HDAC9, IL10, IL11, IL4, INHA, INHBA, KLF6, TNFRSF7, CD28, CD38, CD69, CD80, CD83, CD86, DPP4, FCER2, IL2RA, TNFRSF8, TNFSF7, CD24, CD37, CD40, CD72, CD74, CD79A, CD79B, CR2, IL1R2, ITGA2, ITGA3, MS4A1, ST6GAL1, CD1C, CHST10, HLA-A, HLA-DRA, and NT5E.; co-stimulatory signals: CTLA4 or B7.1/B7.2; inhibition of B cell survival: B1yS, BAFF; Complement inactivation: C5; Cytokine modulation: the key principle is that the net biologic response in any tissue is the result of a balance between local levels of proinflammatory or anti-inflammatory cytokines (see Sfikakis P P et al 2005 Curr Opin Rheumatol 17:550-7). SLE is considered to be a Th-2 driven disease with documented elevations in serum IL-4, IL-6, IL-10. DVD Igs capable of binding one or more targets selected from the group consisting of IL-4, IL-6, IL-10, IFN-α, and TNF-α are also contemplated. Combination of targets discussed herein will enhance therapeutic efficacy for SLE which can be tested in a number of lupus preclinical models (see Peng SL (2004) Methods Mol. Med.; 102:227-72). Based on the cross-reactivity of the parental antibodies for human and mouse othologues (e.g., reactivity for human and mouse CD20, human and mouse Interferon alpha etc.) validation studies in a mouse lupus model may be conducted with “matched surrogate antibody” derived DVD-Ig molecules; briefly, a DVD-Ig based two (or more) mouse target specific antibodies may be matched to the extent possible to the characteristics of the parental human or humanized antibodies used for human DVD-Ig construction (similar affinity, similar neutralization potency, similar half-life etc.).
5. Multiple Sclerosis
Multiple sclerosis (MS) is a complex human autoimmune-type disease with a predominantly unknown etiology. Immunologic destruction of myelin basic protein (MBP) throughout the nervous system is the major pathology of multiple sclerosis. MS is a disease of complex pathologies, which involves infiltration by CD4+ and CD8+ T cells and of response within the central nervous system. Expression in the CNS of cytokines, reactive nitrogen species and costimulator molecules have all been described in MS. Of major consideration are immunological mechanisms that contribute to the development of autoimmunity. In particular, antigen expression, cytokine and leukocyte interactions, and regulatory T-cells, which help balance/modulate other T-cells such as Th1 and Th2 cells, are important areas for therapeutic target identification.
IL-12 is a proinflammatory cytokine that is produced by APC and promotes differentiation of Th1 effector cells. IL-12 is produced in the developing lesions of patients with MS as well as in EAE-affected animals. Previously it was shown that interference in IL-12 pathways effectively prevents EAE in rodents, and that in vivo neutralization of IL-12p40 using a anti-IL-12 mAb has beneficial effects in the myelin-induced EAE model in common marmosets.
TWEAK is a member of the TNF family, constitutively expressed in the central nervous system (CNS), with pro-inflammatory, proliferative or apoptotic effects depending upon cell types. Its receptor, Fn14, is expressed in CNS by endothelial cells, reactive astrocytes and neurons. TWEAK and Fn14 mRNA expression increased in spinal cord during experimental autoimmune encephalomyelitis (EAE). Anti-TWEAK antibody treatment in myelin oligodendrocyte glycoprotein (MOG) induced EAE in C57BL/6 mice resulted in a reduction of disease severity and leukocyte infiltration when mice were treated after the priming phase.
One aspect of the invention pertains to DVD Ig molecules capable of binding one or more, for example two, targets selected from the group consisting of IL-12, TWEAK, IL-23, CXCL13, CD40, CD40L, IL-18, VEGF, VLA-4, TNF, CD45RB, CD200, IFNgamma, GM-CSF, FGF, C5, CD52, and CCR2. An embodiment includes a dual-specific anti-IL-12/TWEAK DVD Ig as a therapeutic agent beneficial for the treatment of MS.
Several animal models for assessing the usefulness of the DVD molecules to treat MS are known in the art (see Steinman L, et al., (2005) Trends Immunol. 26(11):565-71; Lublin F D., et al., (1985) Springer Semin Immunopathol. 8(3):197-208; Genain C P, et al., (1997) J Mol Med. 75(3):187-97; Tuohy V K, et al., (1999) J Exp Med. 189(7):1033-42; Owens T, et al., (1995) Neurol Clin. 13(1):51-73; and 't Hart B A, et al., (2005) J Immunol 175(7):4761-8. Based on the cross-reactivity of the parental antibodies for human and animal species othologues (e.g., reactivity for human and mouse IL-12, human and mouse TWEAK etc.) validation studies in the mouse EAE model may be conducted with “matched surrogate antibody” derived DVD-Ig molecules; briefly, a DVD-Ig based on to (or more) mouse target specific antibodies may be matched to the extent possible to the characteristics of the parental human or humanized antibodies used for human DVD-Ig construction (similar affinity, similar neutralization potency, similar half-life etc.). The same concept applies to animal models in other non-rodent species, where a “matched surrogate antibody” derived DVD-Ig would be selected for the anticipated pharmacology and possibly safety studies. In addition to routine safety assessments of these target pairs specific tests for the degree of immunosuppression may be warranted and helpful in selecting the best target pairs (see Luster et al., Toxicology (1994), 92(1-3), 229-43; Descotes, et al., Developments in biological standardization (1992), 77 99-102; Jones R. 2000 Rovelizumab (ICOS Corp). IDrugs. 3(4):442-6).
MS is however not only an immunologic disease but has a very important neurodegenerative component. Disease progression in MS is due to cumulative loss and damage of axons and the final disease scores of the patients are determined by these neurodegenerative processes (Compston A. & Coles A. (2008) Lancet 372: 1502-1517; Trapp B D. & Nave K A. (2008) Annu. Rev. Neuroscience 31: 247-269). Several mechanisms might account for axonal damage in MS. Excessive release of the neurotransmitter glutamate with associated calcium-mediated neurotoxicity, nitric-oxide release and subsequent axon damage, loss of neurotrophic support, massive accumulation of repulsive or axon growth inhibitory molecules like RGM A, NOGO A, Semaphorins, Ephrins, may contribute to axon-directed neurodegeneration and loss of successful axon regeneration. Targeting in a single DVD Ig molecule neutralizing activities directed against components like RGM A, NOGO A, Semaphorins, Ephrins with neutralizing activities directed against pro-inflammatory cytokines like IL-12, TWEAK, IL-23, CXCL13, CD40, CD40L, IL-18, VEGF, VLA-4, TNF, CD45RB, CD200, IFNgamma, GM-CSF, FGF, C5, CD52, and CCR2 would enable the simultaneous focus on inflammation and neuroregeneration, a goal not yet achieved by any of the current therapeutic MS principles. Stimulating neuroregeneration can compensate the functional impairments caused by the massive axonal neurodegeneration observed in MS, making recovery of lost cerebral functions possible.
6. Sepsis
The pathophysiology of sepsis is initiated by the outer membrane components of both gram-negative organisms (lipopolysaccharide [LPS], lipid A, endotoxin) and gram-positive organisms (lipoteichoic acid, peptidoglycan). These outer membrane components are able to bind to the CD14 receptor on the surface of monocytes. By virtue of the recently described toll-like receptors, a signal is then transmitted to the cell, leading to the eventual production of the proinflammatory cytokines tumor necrosis factor-alpha (TNF-alpha) and interleukin-1 (IL-1). Overwhelming inflammatory and immune responses are essential features of septic shock and play a central part in the pathogenesis of tissue damage, multiple organ failure, and death induced by sepsis. Cytokines, especially tumor necrosis factor (TNF) and interleukin (IL-1), have been shown to be critical mediators of septic shock. These cytokines have a direct toxic effect on tissues; they also activate phospholipase A2. These and other effects lead to increased concentrations of platelet-activating factor, promotion of nitric oxide synthase activity, promotion of tissue infiltration by neutrophils, and promotion of neutrophil activity.
The treatment of sepsis and septic shock remains a clinical conundrum, and recent prospective trials with biological response modifiers (i.e. anti-TNF, anti-MIF) aimed at the inflammatory response have shown only modest clinical benefit. Recently, interest has shifted toward therapies aimed at reversing the accompanying periods of immune suppression. Studies in experimental animals and critically ill patients have demonstrated that increased apoptosis of lymphoid organs and some parenchymal tissues contribute to this immune suppression, anergy, and organ system dysfunction. During sepsis syndromes, lymphocyte apoptosis can be triggered by the absence of IL-2 or by the release of glucocorticoids, granzymes, or the so-called ‘death’ cytokines: tumor necrosis factor alpha or Fas ligand. Apoptosis proceeds via auto-activation of cytosolic and/or mitochondrial caspases, which can be influenced by the pro- and anti-apoptotic members of the Bcl-2 family. In experimental animals, not only can treatment with inhibitors of apoptosis prevent lymphoid cell apoptosis; it may also improve outcome. Although clinical trials with anti-apoptotic agents remain distant due in large part to technical difficulties associated with their administration and tissue targeting, inhibition of lymphocyte apoptosis represents an attractive therapeutic target for the septic patient. Likewise, a dual-specific agent targeting both inflammatory mediator and a apoptotic mediator, may have added benefit. One aspect of the invention pertains to DVD Igs capable of binding one or more targets involved in sepsis, in an embodiment two targets, selected from the group consisting TNF, IL-1, MIF, IL-6, IL-8, IL-18, IL-12, IL-23, FasL, LPS, Toll-like receptors, TLR-4, tissue factor, MIP-2, ADORA2A, CASP1, CASP4, IL-10, IL-1B, NFKB1, PROC, TNFRSF1A, CSF3, CCR3, IL1RN, MIF, NFKB1, PTAFR, TLR2, TLR4, GPR44, HMOX1, midkine, IRAK1, NFKB2, SERPINA1, SERPINE1, and TREM1. The efficacy of such DVD Igs for sepsis can be assessed in preclinical animal models known in the art (see Buras J A, et al., (2005) Nat Rev Drug Discov. 4(10):854-65 and Calandra T, et al., (2000) Nat Med. 6(2):164-70).
7. Neurological Disorders
7.1. Neurodegenerative Diseases
Neurodegenerative diseases are either chronic in which case they are usually age-dependent or acute (e.g., stroke, traumatic brain injury, spinal cord injury, etc.). They are characterized by progressive loss of neuronal functions (neuronal cell death, axon loss, neuritic dystrophy, demyelination), loss of mobility and loss of memory. Emerging knowledge of the mechanisms underlying chronic neurodegenerative diseases (e.g., Alzheimer's disease disease) show a complex etiology and a variety of factors have been recognized to contribute to their development and progression e.g., age, glycemic status, amyloid production and multimerization, accumulation of advanced glycation-end products (AGE) which bind to their receptor RAGE (receptor for AGE), increased brain oxidative stress, decreased cerebral blood flow, neuroinflammation including release of inflammatory cytokines and chemokines, neuronal dysfunction and microglial activation. Thus these chronic neurodegenerative diseases represent a complex interaction between multiple cell types and mediators. Treatment strategies for such diseases are limited and mostly constitute either blocking inflammatory processes with non-specific anti-inflammatory agents (e.g., corticosteroids, COX inhibitors) or agents to prevent neuron loss and/or synaptic functions. These treatments fail to stop disease progression. Recent studies suggest that more targeted therapies such as antibodies to soluble A-b peptide (including the A-b oligomeric forms) can not only help stop disease progression but may help maintain memory and other cognitive functions as well. These preliminary observations suggest that specific therapies targeting more than one disease mediator (e.g., A-b and a pro-inflammatory cytokine such as TNF) may provide even better therapeutic efficacy for chronic neurodegenerative diseases than observed with targeting a single disease mechanism (e.g., soluble A-b, alone) (see C. E. Shepherd, et al, Neurobiol Aging. 2005 Oct. 24; Nelson R B., Curr Pharm Des. 2005; 11:3335; William L. Klein.; Neurochem Int. 2002; 41:345; Michelle C Janelsins, et al., Neuroinflammation. 2005; 2:23; Soloman B., Curr Alzheimer Res. 2004; 1:149; Igor Klyubin, et al., Nat Med. 2005; 11:556-61; Arancio O, et al., EMBO Journal (2004) 1-10; Bornemann K D, et al., Am J Pathol. 2001; 158:63; Deane R, et al., Nat Med. 2003; 9:907-13; and Eliezer Masliah, et al., Neuron. 2005; 46:857).
The DVD-Ig molecules of the invention can bind one or more targets involved in Chronic neurodegenerative diseases such as Alzheimers. Such targets include, but are not limited to, any mediator, soluble or cell surface, implicated in AD pathogenesis e.g AGE (S100 A, amphoterin), pro-inflammatory cytokines (e.g., IL-1), chemokines (e.g., MCP 1), molecules that inhibit nerve regeneration (e.g., Nogo, RGM A), molecules that enhance neurite growth (neurotrophins) and molecules that can mediate transport at the blood brain barrier (e.g., transferrin receptor, insulin receptor or RAGE). The efficacy of DVD-Ig molecules can be validated in pre-clinical animal models such as the transgenic mice that over-express amyloid precursor protein or RAGE and develop Alzheimer's disease-like symptoms. In addition, DVD-Ig molecules can be constructed and tested for efficacy in the animal models and the best therapeutic DVD-Ig can be selected for testing in human patients. DVD-Ig molecules can also be employed for treatment of other neurodegenerative diseases such as Parkinson's disease. Alpha-Synuclein is involved in Parkinson's pathology. A DVD-Ig capable of targeting alpha-synuclein and inflammatory mediators such as TNF, IL-1, MCP-1 can prove effective therapy for Parkinson's disease and are contemplated in the invention.
Alternatively a DVD-Ig capable of targeting alpha-synuclein and RGM A could not only halt the pathologic progress in the substantia nigra of Parkinson disease patients but could also result in regenerative growth of damaged neurites because RGM A has been recently shown to be strongly upregulated in this area in PD patients (Bossers K. et al. (2009) Brain Pathol. 19: 91-107).
7.2 Neuronal Regeneration and Spinal Cord Injury
Despite an increase in knowledge of the pathologic mechanisms, spinal cord injury (SCI) is still a devastating condition and represents a medical indication characterized by a high medical need. Most spinal cord injuries are contusion or compression injuries and the primary injury is usually followed by secondary injury mechanisms (inflammatory mediators e.g., cytokines and chemokines) that worsen the initial injury and result in significant enlargement of the lesion area, sometimes more than 10-fold. These primary and secondary mechanisms in SCI are very similar to those in brain injury caused by other means, e.g., trauma and stroke. No satisfying treatment exists and high dose bolus injection of methylprednisolone (MP) is the only used therapy within a narrow time window of 8 h post injury. This treatment, however, is only intended to prevent secondary injury without causing any significant functional recovery. It is heavily critisized for the lack of unequivocal efficacy and severe adverse effects, like immunosuppression with subsequent infections and severe histopathological muscle alterations. No other drugs, biologics or small molecules, stimulating the endogenous regenerative potential are approved, but promising treatment principles and drug candidates have shown efficacy in animal models of SCI in recent years and first promising clinical data have been presented just recently. To a large extent the lack of functional recovery in human SCI is caused by factors inhibiting neurite growth, at lesion sites, in scar tissue, in myelin as well as on injury-associated cells. Such factors are the myelin-associated proteins NogoA, OMgp and MAG, RGM A, the scar-associated CSPG (Chondroitin Sulfate Proteoglycans) and inhibitory factors on reactive astrocytes (some semaphorins and ephrins). However, at the lesion site not only growth inhibitory molecules are found but also neurite growth stimulating factors like neurotrophins, laminin, L1 and others. This ensemble of neurite growth inhibitory and growth promoting molecules may explain that blocking single factors, like NogoA or RGM A, resulted in significant functional recovery in rodent SCI models, because a reduction of the inhibitory influences could shift the balance from growth inhibition to growth promotion. However, recoveries observed with blocking a single neurite outgrowth inhibitory molecule were not complete. To achieve faster and more pronounced recoveries either blocking two neurite outgrowth inhibitory molecules e.g Nogo and RGM A, or blocking an neurite outgrowth inhibitory molecule and enhancing functions of a neurite outgrowth enhancing molecule e.g Nogo and neurotrophins, or blocking a neurite outgrowth inhibitory molecule e.g., Nogo and a pro-inflammatory molecule e.g., TNF, may be desirable (see McGee A W, et al., Trends Neurosci. 2003; 26:193; Marco Domeniconi, et al., J Neurol Sci. 2005; 233:43; Milan Makwanal, et al., FEBS J. 2005; 272:2628; Barry J. Dickson, Science. 2002; 298:1959; Felicia Yu Hsuan Teng, et al., J Neurosci Res. 2005; 79:273; Tara Karnezis, et al., Nature Neuroscience 2004; 7, 736; Gang Xu, et al., J. Neurochem. 2004; 91; 1018).
In one aspect, DVD-Igs capable of binding target pairs such as NgR and RGM A; NogoA and RGM A; MAG and RGM A; OMGp and RGM A; RGM A and RGM B; RGM A and Semaphorin 3A; RGM A and Semaphorin 4; CSPGs and RGM A; aggrecan, midkine, neurocan, versican, phosphacan, Te38 and TNF-α; A1β globulomer-specific antibodies combined with antibodies promoting dendrite & axon sprouting are provided. Dendrite pathology and axon damage, or neuritic dystrophy are a very early sign of AD and it is known that NOGO A restricts dendrite growth and that the other molecules associated with myelin and mentioned above e.g., RGM A, MAG, OMGp impair axonal regrowth. One can combine such type of ab with any of the SCI-candidate (myelin-proteins) Ab. Other DVD-Ig targets may include any combination of NgR-p75, NgR-Troy, NgR-Nogo66 (Nogo), NgR-Lingo, Lingo-Troy, Lingo-p75, MAG or Omgp. Additionally, targets may also include any mediator, soluble or cell surface, implicated in inhibition of neurite e.g Nogo, Ompg, MAG, RGM A, semaphorins, ephrins, soluble A-b, pro-inflammatory cytokines (e.g., IL-1), chemokines (e.g., MIP 1a), molecules that inhibit nerve regeneration. The efficacy of anti-nogo/anti-RGM A or similar DVD-Ig molecules can be validated in pre-clinical animal models of spinal cord injury. In addition, these DVD-Ig molecules can be constructed and tested for efficacy in the animal models and the best therapeutic DVD-Ig can be selected for testing in human patients. In addition, DVD-Ig molecules can be constructed that target two distinct ligand binding sites on a single receptor e.g., Nogo receptor which binds three ligand Nogo, OMGp, and MAG and RAGE that binds A-b and S100 A. Furthermore, neurite outgrowth inhibitors e.g., nogo and nogo receptor, also play a role in preventing nerve regeneration in immunological diseases like multiple sclerosis. Inhibition of nogo-nogo receptor interaction has been shown to enhance recovery in animal models of multiple sclerosis. Therefore, DVD-Ig molecules that can block the function of one immune mediator e.g., a cytokine like IL-12 and a neurite outgrowth inhibitor molecule e.g., nogo or RGM may offer faster and greater efficacy than blocking either an immune or an neurite outgrowth inhibitor molecule alone.
In general, antibodies do not cross the blood brain barrier (BBB) in an efficient and relevant manner. However, in certain neurologic diseases, e.g., stroke, traumatic brain injury, multiple sclerosis, etc., the BBB may be compromised and allows for increased penetration of DVD-Igs and antibodies into the brain. In other neurological conditions, where BBB leakage is not occurring, one may employ the targeting of endogenous transport systems, including carrier-mediated transporters such as glucose and amino acid carriers and receptor-mediated transcytosis-mediating cell structures/receptors at the vascular endothelium of the BBB, thus enabling trans-BBB transport of the DVD-Ig. Structures at the BBB enabling such transport include but are not limited to the insulin receptor, transferrin receptor, LRP and RAGE. In addition, strategies enable the use of DVD-Igs also as shuttles to transport potential drugs into the CNS including low molecular weight drugs, nanoparticles and nucleic acids (Coloma M J, et al. (2000) Pharm Res. 17(3):266-74; Boado R J, et al. (2007) Bioconjug. Chem. 18(2):447-55).
DVD Igs capable of binding the following pairs of targets to treat neurological disease are contemplated: Abeta (seq. 1) and Abeta (seq. 3); TNF and Abeta (seq. 2); IL-1b and Abeta (seq. 2); Abeta (seq. 1) and Abeta (seq. 2); IGF1,2 and Abeta (seq. 2); Abeta (seq. 2) and IL-18; IL-6 and Abeta (seq. 2); TNF and Abeta (seq.3); IL-1b and Abeta (seq. 3); Abeta (seq. 1) and Abeta (seq. 3); IGF1,2 and Abeta (seq. 3); Abeta (seq. 3) and IL-18; IL-6 and Abeta (seq. 3); TNF and Abeta (seq. 1); IL-1b and Abeta (seq. 1); IGF1,2 and Abeta (seq. 1); Abeta (seq. 1) and IL-18; IL-6 and Abeta (seq. 1); Abeta (seq. 1) and RAGE; NGF and IL-18; NGF and IL-1b; NGF and IL-6; TNF and EGFR (seq. 2); TNF and RAGE; CD-20 and EGFR (seq. 1); CD-20 and EGFR (seq. 2); RGMA and TNF (see Examples 2.1 to 2.27)
8. Oncological disorders
Monoclonal antibody therapy has emerged as an important therapeutic modality for cancer (von Mehren, M, et al. (2003) Annu. Rev. Med. 54:343-69). Antibodies may exert antitumor effects by inducing apoptosis, redirected cytotoxicity, interfering with ligand-receptor interactions, or preventing the expression of proteins that are critical to the neoplastic phenotype. In addition, antibodies can target components of the tumor microenvironment, perturbing vital structures such as the formation of tumor-associated vasculature. Antibodies can also target receptors whose ligands are growth factors, such as the epidermal growth factor receptor. The antibody thus inhibits natural ligands that stimulate cell growth from binding to targeted tumor cells. Alternatively, antibodies may induce an anti-idiotype network, complement-mediated cytotoxicity, or antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity (ADCC). The use of dual-specific antibody that targets two separate tumor mediators will likely give additional benefit compared to a mono-specific therapy.
In another embodiment, a DVD of the invention is capable of binding VEGF and phosphatidylserine; VEGF and ErbB3; VEGF and PLGF; VEGF and ROBO4; VEGF and BSG2; VEGF and CDCP1; VEGF and ANPEP; VEGF and c-MET; HER-2 and ERB3; HER-2 and BSG2; HER-2 and CDCP1; HER-2 and ANPEP; EGFR and CD64; EGFR and BSG2; EGFR and CDCP1; EGFR and ANPEP; IGF1R and PDGFR; IGF1R and VEGF; IGF1R and CD20; CD20 and CD74; CD20 and CD30; CD20 and DR4; CD20 and VEGFR2; CD20 and CD52; CD20 and CD4; HGF and c-MET; HGF and NRP1; HGF and phosphatidylserine; ErbB3 and IGF1R; ErbB3 and IGF1,2; c-Met and Her-2; c-Met and NRP1; c-Met and IGF1R; IGF1,2 and PDGFR; IGF1,2 and CD20; IGF1,2 and IGF1R; IGF2 and EGFR; IGF2 and HER2; IGF2 and CD20; IGF2 and VEGF; IGF2 and IGF1R; IGF1 and IGF2; PDGFRa and VEGFR2; PDGFRa and PLGF; PDGFRa and VEGF; PDGFRa and c-Met; PDGFRa and EGFR; PDGFRb and VEGFR2; PDGFRb and c-Met; PDGFRb and EGFR; RON and c-Met; RON and MTSP1; RON and MSP; RON and CDCP1; VGFR1 and PLGF; VGFR1 and RON; VGFR1 and EGFR; VEGFR2 and PLGF; VEGFR2 and NRP1; VEGFR2 and RON; VEGFR2 and DLL4; VEGFR2 and EGFR; VEGFR2 and ROBO4; VEGFR2 and CD55; LPA and S1P; EPHB2 and RON; CTLA4 and VEGF; CD3 and EPCAM; CD40 and IL6; CD40 and IGF; CD40 and CD56; CD40 and CD70; CD40 and VEGFR1; CD40 and DR5; CD40 and DR4; CD40 and APRIL; CD40 and BCMA; CD40 and RANKL; CD28 and MAPG; CD80 and CD40; CD80 and CD30; CD80 and CD33; CD80 and CD74; CD80 and CD2; CD80 and CD3; CD80 and CD19; CD80 and CD4; CD80 and CD52; CD80 and VEGF; CD80 and DR5; CD80 and VEGFR2; CD22 and CD20; CD22 and CD80; CD22 and CD40; CD22 and CD23; CD22 and CD33; CD22 and CD74; CD22 and CD19; CD22 and DR5; CD22 and DR4; CD22 and VEGF; CD22 and CD52; CD30 and CD20; CD30 and CD22; CD30 and CD23; CD30 and CD40; CD30 and VEGF; CD30 and CD74; CD30 and CD19; CD30 and DR5; CD30 and DR4; CD30 and VEGFR2; CD30 and CD52; CD30 and CD4; CD138 and RANKL; CD33 and FTL3; CD33 and VEGF; CD33 and VEGFR2; CD33 and CD44; CD33 and DR4; CD33 and DR5; DR4 and CD137; DR4 and IGF1,2; DR4 and IGF1R; DR4 and DR5; DR5 and CD40; DR5 and CD137; DR5 and CD20; DR5 and EGFR; DR5 and IGF1,2; DR5 and IGFR, DR5 and HER-2, and EGFR and DLL4. Other target combinations include one or more members of the EGF/erb-2/erb-3 family. Other targets (one or more) involved in oncological diseases that DVD Igs may bind include, but are not limited to those selected from the group consisting of: CD52, CD20, CD19, CD3, CD4, CD8, BMP6, IL12A, IL1A, IL1B, 1L2, IL24, INHA, TNF, TNFSF10, BMP6, EGF, FGF1, FGF10, FGF11, FGF12, FGF13, FGF14, FGF16, FGF17, FGF18, FGF19, FGF2, FGF20, FGF21, FGF22, FGF23, FGF3, FGF4, FGF5, FGF6, FGF7, FGF8, FGF9, GRP, IGF1, IGF2, IL12A, IL1A, IL1B, 1L2, INHA, TGFA, TGFB1, TGFB2, TGFB3, VEGF, CDK2, FGF10, FGF18, FGF2, FGF4, FGF7, IGF1R, IL2, BCL2, CD164, CDKN1A, CDKN1B, CDKN1C, CDKN2A, CDKN2B, CDKN2C, CDKN3, GNRH1, IGFBP6, IL1A, IL1B, ODZ1, PAWR, PLG, TGFB1I1, AR, BRCA1, CDK3, CDK4, CDK5, CDK6, CDK7, CDK9, E2F1, EGFR, ENO1, ERBB2, ESR1, ESR2, IGFBP3, IGFBP6, IL2, INSL4, MYC, NOX5, NR6 μl, PAP, PCNA, PRKCQ, PRKD1, PRL, TP53, FGF22, FGF23, FGF9, IGFBP3, IL2, INHA, KLK6, TP53, CHGB, GNRH1, IGF1, IGF2, INHA, INSL3, INSL4, PRL, KLK6, SHBG, NR1D1, NR1H3, NR1I3, NR2F6, NR4A3, ESR1, ESR2, NROB1, NROB2, NR1D2, NR1H2, NR1H4, NR1I2, NR2C1, NR2C2, NR2E1, NR2E3, NR2F1, NR2F2, NR3C1, NR3C2, NR4A1, NR4A2, NR5A1, NR5A2, NR6 μl, PGR, RARB, FGF1, FGF2, FGF6, KLK3, KRT1, APOC1, BRCA1, CHGA, CHGB, CLU, COL1A1, COL6A1, EGF, ERBB2, ERK8, FGF1, FGF10, FGF11, FGF13, FGF14, FGF16, FGF17, FGF18, FGF2, FGF20, FGF21, FGF22, FGF23, FGF3, FGF4, FGF5, FGF6, FGF7, FGF8, FGF9, GNRH1, IGF1, IGF2, IGFBP3, IGFBP6, IL12A, IL1A, IL1B, 1L2, IL24, INHA, INSL3, INSL4, KLK10, KLK12, KLK13, KLK14, KLK15, KLK3, KLK4, KLK5, KLK6, KLK9, MMP2, MMP9, MSMB, NTN4, ODZ1, PAP, PLAU, PRL, PSAP, SERPINA3, SHBG, TGFA, TIMP3, CD44, CDH1, CDH10, CDH19, CDH20, CDH7, CDH9, CDH1, CDH10, CDH13, CDH18, CDH19, CDH20, CDH7, CDH8, CDH9, ROBO2, CD44, ILK, ITGA1, APC, CD164, COL6A1, MTSS1, PAP, TGFB1I1, AGR2, AIG1, AKAP1, AKAP2, CANT1, CAV1, CDH12, CLDN3, CLN3, CYB5, CYC1, DAB21P, DES, DNCL1, ELAC2, ENO2, ENO3, FASN, FLJ12584, FLJ25530, GAGEB1, GAGEC1, GGT1, GSTP1, HIP1, HUMCYT2A, IL29, K6HF, KAI1, KRT2A, MIB1, PART1, PATE, PCA3, PIAS2, PIK3CG, PPID, PR1, PSCA, SLC2A2, SLC33A1, SLC43 μl, STEAP, STEAP2, TPM1, TPM2, TRPC6, ANGPT1, ANGPT2, ANPEP, ECGF1, EREG, FGF1, FGF2, FIGF, FLT1, JAG1, KDR, LAMA5, NRP1, NRP2, PGF, PLXDC1, STAB1, VEGF, VEGFC, ANGPTL3, BAI1, COL4A3, IL8, LAMA5, NRP1, NRP2, STAB1, ANGPTL4, PECAM1, PF4, PROK2, SERPINF1, TNFAIP2, CCL11, CCL2, CXCL1, CXCL10, CXCL3, CXCL5, CXCL6, CXCL9, IFNA1, IFNB1, IFNG, IL1B, 1L6, MDK, EDG1, EFNA1, EFNA3, EFNB2, EGF, EPHB4, FGFR3, HGF, IGF1, ITGB3, PDGFA, TEK, TGFA, TGFB1, TGFB2, TGFBR1, CCL2, CDH5, COL18A1, EDG1, ENG, ITGAV, ITGB3, THBS1, THBS2, BAD, BAG1, BCL2, CCNA1, CCNA2, CCND1, CCNE1, CCNE2, CDH1 (E-cadherin), CDKN1B (p27Kip1), CDKN2A (p16INK4a), COL6A1, CTNNB1 (b-catenin), CTSB (cathepsin B), ERBB2 (Her-2), ESR1, ESR2, F3 (TF), FOSL1 (FRA-1), GATA3, GSN (Gelsolin), IGFBP2, IL2RA, IL6, IL6R, IL6ST (glycoprotein 130), ITGA6 (a6 integrin), JUN, KLK5, KRT19, MAP2K7 (c-Jun), MKI67 (Ki-67), NGFB (NGF), NGFR, NME1 (NM23A), PGR, PLAU (uPA), PTEN, SERPINB5 (maspin), SERPINE1 (PAI-1), TGFA, THBS1 (thrombospondin-1), TIE (Tie-1), TNFRSF6 (Fas), TNFSF6 (FasL), TOP2A (topoisomerase Iia), TP53, AZGP1 (zinc-a-glycoprotein), BPAG1 (plectin), CDKN1A (p21Wap1/Cip1), CLDN7 (claudin-7), CLU (clusterin), ERBB2 (Her-2), FGF1, FLRT1 (fibronectin), GABRP (GABAa), GNAS1, ID2, ITGA6 (a6 integrin), ITGB4 (b 4 integrin), KLF5 (GC Box BP), KRT19 (Keratin 19), KRTHB6 (hair-specific type II keratin), MACMARCKS, MT3 (metallothionectin-III), MUC1 (mucin), PTGS2 (COX-2), RAC2 (p21Rac2), S100A2, SCGB1D2 (lipophilin B), SCGB2A1 (mammaglobin 2), SCGB2A2 (mammaglobin 1), SPRR1B (Spr1), THBS1, THBS2, THBS4, and TNFAIP2 (B94), RON, c-Met, CD64, DLL4, PLGF, CTLA4, phophatidylserine, ROBO4, CD80, CD22, CD40, CD23, CD28, CD80, CD55, CD38, CD70, CD74, CD30, CD138, CD56, CD33, CD2, CD137, DR4, DR5, RANKL, VEGFR2, PDGFR, VEGFR1, MTSP1, MSP, EPHB2, EPHA1, EPHA2, EpCAM, PGE2, NKG2D, LPA, SIP, APRIL, BCMA, MAPG, FLT3, PDGFR alpha, PDGFR beta, ROR1, PSMA, PSCA, SCD1, and CD59.
IV. Pharmaceutical Compositions
The invention also provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising a binding protein, of the invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. The pharmaceutical compositions comprising binding proteins of the invention are for use in, but not limited to, diagnosing, detecting, or monitoring a disorder, in preventing, treating, managing, or ameliorating of a disorder or one or more symptoms thereof, and/or in research. In a specific embodiment, a composition comprises one or more binding proteins of the invention. In another embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition comprises one or more binding proteins of the invention and one or more prophylactic or therapeutic agents other than binding proteins of the invention for treating a disorder. In an embodiment, the prophylactic or therapeutic agents known to be useful for or having been or currently being used in the prevention, treatment, management, or amelioration of a disorder or one or more symptoms thereof. In accordance with these embodiments, the composition may further comprise of a carrier, diluent or excipient.
The binding proteins of the invention can be incorporated into pharmaceutical compositions suitable for administration to a subject. Typically, the pharmaceutical composition comprises a binding protein of the invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. As used herein, “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” includes any and all solvents, dispersion media, coatings, antibacterial and antifungal agents, isotonic and absorption delaying agents, and the like that are physiologically compatible. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable carriers include one or more of water, saline, phosphate buffered saline, dextrose, glycerol, ethanol and the like, as well as combinations thereof. In some embodiments, isotonic agents, for example, sugars, polyalcohols such as mannitol, sorbitol, or sodium chloride, are included in the composition. Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers may further comprise minor amounts of auxiliary substances such as wetting or emulsifying agents, preservatives or buffers, which enhance the shelf life or effectiveness of the antibody or antibody portion.
Various delivery systems are known and can be used to administer one or more antibodies of the invention or the combination of one or more antibodies of the invention and a prophylactic agent or therapeutic agent useful for preventing, managing, treating, or ameliorating a disorder or one or more symptoms thereof, e.g., encapsulation in liposomes, microparticles, microcapsules, recombinant cells capable of expressing the antibody or antibody fragment, receptor-mediated endocytosis (see, e.g., Wu and Wu, J. Biol. Chem. 262:4429-4432 (1987)), construction of a nucleic acid as part of a retroviral or other vector, etc. Methods of administering a prophylactic or therapeutic agent of the invention include, but are not limited to, parenteral administration (e.g., intradermal, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intravenous and subcutaneous), epidurala administration, intratumoral administration, and mucosal administration (e.g., intranasal and oral routes). In addition, pulmonary administration can be employed, e.g., by use of an inhaler or nebulizer, and formulation with an aerosolizing agent. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,019,968; 5,985,320; 5,985,309; 5,934,272; 5,874,064; 5,855,913; 5,290,540; and 4,880,078; and PCT Publication Nos. WO 92/19244; WO 97/32572; WO 97/44013; WO 98/31346; and WO 99/66903, each of which is incorporated herein by reference their entireties. In one embodiment, a binding protein of the invention, combination therapy, or a composition of the invention is administered using Alkermes AIR® pulmonary drug delivery technology (Alkermes, Inc., Cambridge, Mass.). In a specific embodiment, prophylactic or therapeutic agents of the invention are administered intramuscularly, intravenously, intratumorally, orally, intranasally, pulmonary, or subcutaneously. The prophylactic or therapeutic agents may be administered by any convenient route, for example by infusion or bolus injection, by absorption through epithelial or mucocutaneous linings (e.g., oral mucosa, rectal and intestinal mucosa, etc.) and may be administered together with other biologically active agents. Administration can be systemic or local.
In an embodiment, specific binding of antibody-coupled carbon nanotubes (CNTs) to tumor cells in vitro, followed by their highly specific ablation with near-infrared (NIR) light can be used to target tumor cells. For example, biotinylated polar lipids can be used to prepare stable, biocompatible, noncytotoxic CNT dispersions that are then attached to one or two different neutralite avidin-derivatized DVD-Igs directed against one or more tumor antigens (e.g., CD22) (Chakravarty, P. et al. (2008) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 105:8697-8702.
In a specific embodiment, it may be desirable to administer the prophylactic or therapeutic agents of the invention locally to the area in need of treatment; this may be achieved by, for example, and not by way of limitation, local infusion, by injection, or by means of an implant, said implant being of a porous or non-porous material, including membranes and matrices, such as sialastic membranes, polymers, fibrous matrices (e.g., Tissuel®), or collagen matrices. In one embodiment, an effective amount of one or more antibodies of the invention antagonists is administered locally to the affected area to a subject to prevent, treat, manage, and/or ameliorate a disorder or a symptom thereof. In another embodiment, an effective amount of one or more antibodies of the invention is administered locally to the affected area in combination with an effective amount of one or more therapies (e.g., one or more prophylactic or therapeutic agents) other than a binding protein of the invention of a subject to prevent, treat, manage, and/or ameliorate a disorder or one or more symptoms thereof.
In another embodiment, the prophylactic or therapeutic agent can be delivered in a controlled release or sustained release system. In one embodiment, a pump may be used to achieve controlled or sustained release (see Langer, supra; Sefton, 1987, CRC Crit. Ref. Biomed. Eng. 14:20; Buchwald et al., 1980, Surgery 88:507; Saudek et al., 1989, N. Engl. J. Med. 321:574). In another embodiment, polymeric materials can be used to achieve controlled or sustained release of the therapies of the invention (see e.g., Medical Applications of Controlled Release, Langer and Wise (eds.), CRC Pres., Boca Raton, Fla. (1974); Controlled Drug Bioavailability, Drug Product Design and Performance, Smolen and Ball (eds.), Wiley, New York (1984); Ranger and Peppas, 1983, J., Macromol. Sci. Rev. Macromol. Chem. 23:61; see also Levy et al., 1985, Science 228:190; During et al., 1989, Ann. Neurol. 25:351; Howard et al., 1989, J. Neurosurg. 7 1:105); U.S. Pat. No. 5,679,377; U.S. Pat. No. 5,916,597; U.S. Pat. No. 5,912,015; U.S. Pat. No. 5,989,463; U.S. Pat. No. 5,128,326; PCT Publication No. WO 99/15154; and PCT Publication No. WO 99/20253. Examples of polymers used in sustained release formulations include, but are not limited to, poly(2-hydroxy ethyl methacrylate), poly(methyl methacrylate), poly(acrylic acid), poly(ethylene-co-vinyl acetate), poly(methacrylic acid), polyglycolides (PLG), polyanhydrides, poly(N-vinyl pyrrolidone), poly(vinyl alcohol), polyacrylamide, poly(ethylene glycol), polylactides (PLA), poly(lactide-co-glycolides) (PLGA), and polyorthoesters. In an embodiment, the polymer used in a sustained release formulation is inert, free of leachable impurities, stable on storage, sterile, and biodegradable. In yet another embodiment, a controlled or sustained release system can be placed in proximity of the prophylactic or therapeutic target, thus requiring only a fraction of the systemic dose (see, e.g., Goodson, in Medical Applications of Controlled Release, supra, vol. 2, pp. 115-138 (1984)).
Controlled release systems are discussed in the review by Langer (1990, Science 249:1527-1533). Any technique known to one of skill in the art can be used to produce sustained release formulations comprising one or more therapeutic agents of the invention. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 4,526,938, PCT publication WO 91/05548, PCT publication WO 96/20698, Ning et al., 1996, “Intratumoral Radioimmunotheraphy of a Human Colon Cancer Xenograft Using a Sustained-Release Gel,” Radiotherapy &Oncology 39:179-189, Song et al., 1995, “Antibody Mediated Lung Targeting of Long-Circulating Emulsions,” PDA Journal of Pharmaceutical Science &Technology 50:372-397, Cleek et al., 1997, “Biodegradable Polymeric Carriers for a bFGF Antibody for Cardiovascular Application,” Pro. Int'l. Symp. Control. Rel. Bioact. Mater. 24:853-854, and Lam et al., 1997, “Microencapsulation of Recombinant Humanized Monoclonal Antibody for Local Delivery,” Proc. Int'l. Symp. Control Rel. Bioact. Mater. 24:759-760, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in their entireties.
In a specific embodiment, where the composition of the invention is a nucleic acid encoding a prophylactic or therapeutic agent, the nucleic acid can be administered in vivo to promote expression of its encoded prophylactic or therapeutic agent, by constructing it as part of an appropriate nucleic acid expression vector and administering it so that it becomes intracellular, e.g., by use of a retroviral vector (see U.S. Pat. No. 4,980,286), or by direct injection, or by use of microparticle bombardment (e.g., a gene gun; Biolistic, Dupont), or coating with lipids or cell-surface receptors or transfecting agents, or by administering it in linkage to a homeobox-like peptide which is known to enter the nucleus (see, e.g., Joliot et al., 1991, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 88:1864-1868). Alternatively, a nucleic acid can be introduced intracellularly and incorporated within host cell DNA for expression by homologous recombination.
A pharmaceutical composition of the invention is formulated to be compatible with its intended route of administration. Examples of routes of administration include, but are not limited to, parenteral, e.g., intravenous, intradermal, subcutaneous, oral, intranasal (e.g., inhalation), transdermal (e.g., topical), transmucosal, and rectal administration. In a specific embodiment, the composition is formulated in accordance with routine procedures as a pharmaceutical composition adapted for intravenous, subcutaneous, intramuscular, oral, intranasal, or topical administration to human beings. Typically, compositions for intravenous administration are solutions in sterile isotonic aqueous buffer. Where necessary, the composition may also include a solubilizing agent and a local anesthetic such as lignocamne to ease pain at the site of the injection.
If the compositions of the invention are to be administered topically, the compositions can be formulated in the form of an ointment, cream, transdermal patch, lotion, gel, shampoo, spray, aerosol, solution, emulsion, or other form well-known to one of skill in the art. See, e.g., Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences and Introduction to Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms, 19th ed., Mack Pub. Co., Easton, Pa. (1995). In an embodiment, for non-sprayable topical dosage forms, viscous to semi-solid or solid forms comprising a carrier or one or more excipients compatible with topical application and having a dynamic viscosity greater than water are employed. Suitable formulations include, without limitation, solutions, suspensions, emulsions, creams, ointments, powders, liniments, salves, and the like, which are, if desired, sterilized or mixed with auxiliary agents (e.g., preservatives, stabilizers, wetting agents, buffers, or salts) for influencing various properties, such as, for example, osmotic pressure. Other suitable topical dosage forms include sprayable aerosol preparations wherein the active ingredient, in an embodiment, in combination with a solid or liquid inert carrier, is packaged in a mixture with a pressurized volatile (e.g., a gaseous propellant, such as freon) or in a squeeze bottle. Moisturizers or humectants can also be added to pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms if desired. Examples of such additional ingredients are well-known in the art.
If the method of the invention comprises intranasal administration of a composition, the composition can be formulated in an aerosol form, spray, mist or in the form of drops. In particular, prophylactic or therapeutic agents for use according to the present invention can be conveniently delivered in the form of an aerosol spray presentation from pressurized packs or a nebuliser, with the use of a suitable propellant (e.g., dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane, carbon dioxide or other suitable gas). In the case of a pressurized aerosol the dosage unit may be determined by providing a valve to deliver a metered amount. Capsules and cartridges (composed of, e.g., gelatin) for use in an inhaler or insufflator may be formulated containing a powder mix of the compound and a suitable powder base such as lactose or starch.
If the method of the invention comprises oral administration, compositions can be formulated orally in the form of tablets, capsules, cachets, gelcaps, solutions, suspensions, and the like. Tablets or capsules can be prepared by conventional means with pharmaceutically acceptable excipients such as binding agents (e.g., pregelatinised maize starch, polyvinylpyrrolidone, or hydroxypropyl methylcellulose); fillers (e.g., lactose, microcrystalline cellulose, or calcium hydrogen phosphate); lubricants (e.g., magnesium stearate, talc, or silica); disintegrants (e.g., potato starch or sodium starch glycolate); or wetting agents (e.g., sodium lauryl sulphate). The tablets may be coated by methods well-known in the art. Liquid preparations for oral administration may take the form of, but not limited to, solutions, syrups or suspensions, or they may be presented as a dry product for constitution with water or other suitable vehicle before use. Such liquid preparations may be prepared by conventional means with pharmaceutically acceptable additives such as suspending agents (e.g., sorbitol syrup, cellulose derivatives, or hydrogenated edible fats); emulsifying agents (e.g., lecithin or acacia); non-aqueous vehicles (e.g., almond oil, oily esters, ethyl alcohol, or fractionated vegetable oils); and preservatives (e.g., methyl or propyl-p-hydroxybenzoates or sorbic acid). The preparations may also contain buffer salts, flavoring, coloring, and sweetening agents as appropriate. Preparations for oral administration may be suitably formulated for slow release, controlled release, or sustained release of a prophylactic or therapeutic agent(s).
The method of the invention may comprise pulmonary administration, e.g., by use of an inhaler or nebulizer, of a composition formulated with an aerosolizing agent. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,019,968; 5,985,320; 5,985,309; 5,934,272; 5,874,064; 5,855,913; 5,290,540; and 4,880,078; and PCT Publication Nos. WO 92/19244; WO 97/32572; WO 97/44013; WO 98/31346; and WO 99/66903, each of which is incorporated herein by reference their entireties. In a specific embodiment, a binding protein of the invention, combination therapy, and/or composition of the invention is administered using Alkermes AIR® pulmonary drug delivery technology (Alkermes, Inc., Cambridge, Mass.).
The method of the invention may comprise administration of a composition formulated for parenteral administration by injection (e.g., by bolus injection or continuous infusion). Formulations for injection may be presented in unit dosage form (e.g., in ampoules or in multi-dose containers) with an added preservative. The compositions may take such forms as suspensions, solutions or emulsions in oily or aqueous vehicles, and may contain formulatory agents such as suspending, stabilizing and/or dispersing agents. Alternatively, the active ingredient may be in powder form for constitution with a suitable vehicle (e.g., sterile pyrogen-free water) before use.
The methods of the invention may additionally comprise of administration of compositions formulated as depot preparations. Such long acting formulations may be administered by implantation (e.g., subcutaneously or intramuscularly) or by intramuscular injection. Thus, for example, the compositions may be formulated with suitable polymeric or hydrophobic materials (e.g., as an emulsion in an acceptable oil) or ion exchange resins, or as sparingly soluble derivatives (e.g., as a sparingly soluble salt).
The methods of the invention encompasse administration of compositions formulated as neutral or salt forms. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts include those formed with anions such as those derived from hydrochloric, phosphoric, acetic, oxalic, tartaric acids, etc., and those formed with cations such as those derived from sodium, potassium, ammonium, calcium, ferric hydroxides, isopropylamine, triethylamine, 2-ethylamino ethanol, histidine, procaine, etc.
Generally, the ingredients of compositions are supplied either separately or mixed together in unit dosage form, for example, as a dry lyophilized powder or water free concentrate in a hermetically sealed container such as an ampoule or sachette indicating the quantity of active agent. Where the mode of administration is infusion, composition can be dispensed with an infusion bottle containing sterile pharmaceutical grade water or saline. Where the mode of administration is by injection, an ampoule of sterile water for injection or saline can be provided so that the ingredients may be mixed prior to administration.
In particular, the invention also provides that one or more of the prophylactic or therapeutic agents, or pharmaceutical compositions of the invention is packaged in a hermetically sealed container such as an ampoule or sachette indicating the quantity of the agent. In one embodiment, one or more of the prophylactic or therapeutic agents, or pharmaceutical compositions of the invention is supplied as a dry sterilized lyophilized powder or water free concentrate in a hermetically sealed container and can be reconstituted (e.g., with water or saline) to the appropriate concentration for administration to a subject. In an embodiment, one or more of the prophylactic or therapeutic agents or pharmaceutical compositions of the invention is supplied as a dry sterile lyophilized powder in a hermetically sealed container at a unit dosage of at least 5 mg, at least 10 mg, at least 15 mg, at least 25 mg, at least 35 mg, at least 45 mg, at least 50 mg, at least 75 mg, or at least 100 mg. The lyophilized prophylactic or therapeutic agents or pharmaceutical compositions of the invention should be stored at between 2° C. and 8° C. in its original container and the prophylactic or therapeutic agents, or pharmaceutical compositions of the invention should be administered within 1 week, e.g., within 5 days, within 72 hours, within 48 hours, within 24 hours, within 12 hours, within 6 hours, within 5 hours, within 3 hours, or within 1 hour after being reconstituted. In an alternative embodiment, one or more of the prophylactic or therapeutic agents or pharmaceutical compositions of the invention is supplied in liquid form in a hermetically sealed container indicating the quantity and concentration of the agent. In an embodiment, the liquid form of the administered composition is supplied in a hermetically sealed container at least 0.25 mg/ml, at least 0.5 mg/ml, at least 1 mg/ml, at least 2.5 mg/ml, at least 5 mg/ml, at least 8 mg/ml, at least 10 mg/ml, at least 15 mg/kg, at least 25 mg/ml, at least 50 mg/ml, at least 75 mg/ml or at least 100 mg/ml. The liquid form should be stored at between 2° C. and 8° C. in its original container.
The binding proteins of the invention can be incorporated into a pharmaceutical composition suitable for parenteral administration. In an embodiment, the antibody or antibody-portions will be prepared as an injectable solution containing 0.1-250 mg/ml binding protein. The injectable solution can be composed of either a liquid or lyophilized dosage form in a flint or amber vial, ampule or pre-filled syringe. The buffer can be L-histidine (1-50 mM), optimally 5-10 mM, at pH 5.0 to 7.0 (optimally pH 6.0). Other suitable buffers include but are not limited to, sodium succinate, sodium citrate, sodium phosphate or potassium phosphate. Sodium chloride can be used to modify the toxicity of the solution at a concentration of 0-300 mM (optimally 150 mM for a liquid dosage form). Cryoprotectants can be included for a lyophilized dosage form, principally 0-10% sucrose (optimally 0.5-1.0%). Other suitable cryoprotectants include trehalose and lactose. Bulking agents can be included for a lyophilized dosage form, principally 1-10% mannitol (optimally 2-4%). Stabilizers can be used in both liquid and lyophilized dosage forms, principally 1-50 mM L-Methionine (optimally 5-10 mM). Other suitable bulking agents include glycine, arginine, can be included as 0-0.05% polysorbate-80 (optimally 0.005-0.01%). Additional surfactants include but are not limited to polysorbate 20 and BRIJ surfactants. The pharmaceutical composition comprising the binding proteins of the invention prepared as an injectable solution for parenteral administration, can further comprise an agent useful as an adjuvant, such as those used to increase the absorption, or dispersion of a therapeutic protein (e.g., antibody). A particularly useful adjuvant is hyaluronidase, such as Hylenex® (recombinant human hyaluronidase). Addition of hyaluronidase in the injectable solution improves human bioavailability following parenteral administration, particularly subcutaneous administration. It also allows for greater injection site volumes (i.e. greater than 1 ml) with less pain and discomfort, and minimum incidence of injection site reactions. (see WO2004078140, and US2006104968 incorporated herein by reference).
The compositions of this invention may be in a variety of forms. These include, for example, liquid, semi-solid and solid dosage forms, such as liquid solutions (e.g., injectable and infusible solutions), dispersions or suspensions, tablets, pills, powders, liposomes and suppositories. The form chosen depends on the intended mode of administration and therapeutic application. Typical compositions are in the form of injectable or infusible solutions, such as compositions similar to those used for passive immunization of humans with other antibodies. The chosen mode of administration is parenteral (e.g., intravenous, subcutaneous, intraperitoneal, intramuscular). In an embodiment, the antibody is administered by intravenous infusion or injection. In another embodiment, the antibody is administered by intramuscular or subcutaneous injection.
Therapeutic compositions typically must be sterile and stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage. The composition can be formulated as a solution, microemulsion, dispersion, liposome, or other ordered structure suitable to high drug concentration. Sterile injectable solutions can be prepared by incorporating the active compound (i.e., antibody or antibody portion) in the required amount in an appropriate solvent with one or a combination of ingredients enumerated herein, as required, followed by filtered sterilization. Generally, dispersions are prepared by incorporating the active compound into a sterile vehicle that contains a basic dispersion medium and the required other ingredients from those enumerated herein. In the case of sterile, lyophilized powders for the preparation of sterile injectable solutions, the methods of preparation are vacuum drying and spray-drying that yields a powder of the active ingredient plus any additional desired ingredient from a previously sterile-filtered solution thereof. The proper fluidity of a solution can be maintained, for example, by the use of a coating such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersion and by the use of surfactants. Prolonged absorption of injectable compositions can be brought about by including, in the composition, an agent that delays absorption, for example, monostearate salts and gelatin.
The binding proteins of the present invention can be administered by a variety of methods known in the art, although for many therapeutic applications, in an embodiment, the route/mode of administration is subcutaneous injection, intravenous injection or infusion. As will be appreciated by the skilled artisan, the route and/or mode of administration will vary depending upon the desired results. In certain embodiments, the active compound may be prepared with a carrier that will protect the compound against rapid release, such as a controlled release formulation, including implants, transdermal patches, and microencapsulated delivery systems. Biodegradable, biocompatible polymers can be used, such as ethylene vinyl acetate, polyanhydrides, polyglycolic acid, collagen, polyorthoesters, and polylactic acid. Many methods for the preparation of such formulations are patented or generally known to those skilled in the art. See, e.g., Sustained and Controlled Release Drug Delivery Systems, J. R. Robinson, ed., Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York, 1978.
In certain embodiments, a binding protein of the invention may be orally administered, for example, with an inert diluent or an assimilable edible carrier. The compound (and other ingredients, if desired) may also be enclosed in a hard or soft shell gelatin capsule, compressed into tablets, or incorporated directly into the subject's diet. For oral therapeutic administration, the compounds may be incorporated with excipients and used in the form of ingestible tablets, buccal tablets, troches, capsules, elixirs, suspensions, syrups, wafers, and the like. To administer a compound of the invention by other than parenteral administration, it may be necessary to coat the compound with, or co-administer the compound with, a material to prevent its inactivation.
Supplementary active compounds can also be incorporated into the compositions. In certain embodiments, a binding protein of the invention is coformulated with and/or coadministered with one or more additional therapeutic agents that are useful for treating disorders with binding protein of the invention. For example, a binding protein of the invention may be coformulated and/or coadministered with one or more additional antibodies that bind other targets (e.g., antibodies that bind other cytokines or that bind cell surface molecules). Furthermore, one or more antibodies of the invention may be used in combination with two or more of the foregoing therapeutic agents. Such combination therapies may advantageously utilize lower dosages of the administered therapeutic agents, thus avoiding possible toxicities or complications associated with the various monotherapies.
In certain embodiments, a binding protein is linked to a half-life extending vehicle known in the art. Such vehicles include, but are not limited to, the Fc domain, polyethylene glycol, and dextran. Such vehicles are described, e.g., in U.S. application Ser. No. 09/428,082 and published PCT Application No. WO 99/25044, which are hereby incorporated by reference for any purpose.
In a specific embodiment, nucleic acid sequences encoding a binding protein of the invention or another prophylactic or therapeutic agent of the invention are administered to treat, prevent, manage, or ameliorate a disorder or one or more symptoms thereof by way of gene therapy. Gene therapy refers to therapy performed by the administration to a subject of an expressed or expressible nucleic acid. In this embodiment of the invention, the nucleic acids produce their encoded antibody or prophylactic or therapeutic agent of the invention that mediates a prophylactic or therapeutic effect.
Any of the methods for gene therapy available in the art can be used according to the present invention. For general reviews of the methods of gene therapy, see Goldspiel et al., 1993, Clinical Pharmacy 12:488-505; Wu and Wu, 1991, Biotherapy 3:87-95; Tolstoshev, 1993, Ann. Rev. Pharmacol. Toxicol. 32:573-596; Mulligan, Science 260:926-932 (1993); and Morgan and Anderson, 1993, Ann. Rev. Biochem. 62:191-217; May, 1993, TIBTECH 11(5):155-215. Methods commonly known in the art of recombinant DNA technology which can be used are described in Ausubel et al. (eds.), Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, John Wiley &Sons, NY (1993); and Kriegler, Gene Transfer and Expression, A Laboratory Manual, Stockton Press, NY (1990). Detailed description of various methods of gene therapy are disclosed in US20050042664 A1 which is incorporated herein by reference.
The binding proteins of the invention are useful in treating various diseases wherein the targets that are recognized by the binding proteins are detrimental. Such diseases include, but are not limited to, rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, juvenile chronic arthritis, septic arthritis, Lyme arthritis, psoriatic arthritis, reactive arthritis, spondyloarthropathy, systemic lupus erythematosus, Crohn's disease, ulcerative colitis, inflammatory bowel disease, insulin dependent diabetes mellitus, thyroiditis, asthma, allergic diseases, psoriasis, dermatitis scleroderma, graft versus host disease, organ transplant rejection, acute or chronic immune disease associated with organ transplantation, sarcoidosis, atherosclerosis, disseminated intravascular coagulation, Kawasaki's disease, Grave's disease, nephrotic syndrome, chronic fatigue syndrome, Wegener's granulomatosis, Henoch-Schoenlein purpurea, microscopic vasculitis of the kidneys, chronic active hepatitis, uveitis, septic shock, toxic shock syndrome, sepsis syndrome, cachexia, infectious diseases, parasitic diseases, acquired immunodeficiency syndrome, acute transverse myelitis, Huntington's chorea, Parkinson's disease, Alzheimer's disease, stroke, primary biliary cirrhosis, hemolytic anemia, malignancies, heart failure, myocardial infarction, Addison's disease, sporadic, polyglandular deficiency type I and polyglandular deficiency type II, Schmidt's syndrome, adult (acute) respiratory distress syndrome, alopecia, alopecia greata, seronegative arthopathy, arthropathy, Reiter's disease, psoriatic arthropathy, ulcerative colitic arthropathy, enteropathic synovitis, chlamydia, yersinia and salmonella associated arthropathy, spondyloarthopathy, atheromatous disease/arteriosclerosis, atopic allergy, autoimmune bullous disease, pemphigus vulgaris, pemphigus foliaceus, pemphigoid, linear IgA disease, autoimmune haemolytic anaemia, Coombs positive haemolytic anaemia, acquired pernicious anaemia, juvenile pernicious anaemia, myalgic encephalitis/Royal Free Disease, chronic mucocutaneous candidiasis, giant cell arteritis, primary sclerosing hepatitis, cryptogenic autoimmune hepatitis, Acquired Immunodeficiency Disease Syndrome, Acquired Immunodeficiency Related Diseases, Hepatitis B, Hepatitis C, common varied immunodeficiency (common variable hypogammaglobulinaemia), dilated cardiomyopathy, female infertility, ovarian failure, premature ovarian failure, fibrotic lung disease, cryptogenic fibrosing alveolitis, post-inflammatory interstitial lung disease, interstitial pneumonitis, connective tissue disease associated interstitial lung disease, mixed connective tissue disease associated lung disease, systemic sclerosis associated interstitial lung disease, rheumatoid arthritis associated interstitial lung disease, systemic lupus erythematosus associated lung disease, dermatomyositis/polymyositis associated lung disease, Sjögren's disease associated lung disease, ankylosing spondylitis associated lung disease, vasculitic diffuse lung disease, haemosiderosis associated lung disease, drug-induced interstitial lung disease, fibrosis, radiation fibrosis, bronchiolitis obliterans, chronic eosinophilic pneumonia, lymphocytic infiltrative lung disease, postinfectious interstitial lung disease, gouty arthritis, autoimmune hepatitis, type-1 autoimmune hepatitis (classical autoimmune or lupoid hepatitis), type-2 autoimmune hepatitis (anti-LKM antibody hepatitis), autoimmune mediated hypoglycaemia, type B insulin resistance with acanthosis nigricans, hypoparathyroidism, acute immune disease associated with organ transplantation, chronic immune disease associated with organ transplantation, osteoarthrosis, primary sclerosing cholangitis, psoriasis type 1, psoriasis type 2, idiopathic leucopaenia, autoimmune neutropaenia, renal disease NOS, glomerulonephritides, microscopic vasulitis of the kidneys, lyme disease, discoid lupus erythematosus, male infertility idiopathic or NOS, sperm autoimmunity, multiple sclerosis (all subtypes), sympathetic ophthalmia, pulmonary hypertension secondary to connective tissue disease, Goodpasture's syndrome, pulmonary manifestation of polyarteritis nodosa, acute rheumatic fever, rheumatoid spondylitis, Still's disease, systemic sclerosis, Sjörgren's syndrome, Takayasu's disease/arteritis, autoimmune thrombocytopaenia, idiopathic thrombocytopaenia, autoimmune thyroid disease, hyperthyroidism, goitrous autoimmune hypothyroidism (Hashimoto's disease), atrophic autoimmune hypothyroidism, primary myxoedema, phacogenic uveitis, primary vasculitis, vitiligo acute liver disease, chronic liver diseases, alcoholic cirrhosis, alcohol-induced liver injury, choleosatatis, idiosyncratic liver disease, Drug-Induced hepatitis, Non-alcoholic Steatohepatitis, allergy and asthma, group B streptococci (GBS) infection, mental disorders (e.g., depression and schizophrenia), Th2 Type and Th1 Type mediated diseases, acute and chronic pain (different forms of pain), and cancers such as lung, breast, stomach, bladder, colon, pancreas, ovarian, prostate and rectal cancer and hematopoietic malignancies (leukemia and lymphoma), Abetalipoprotemia, Acrocyanosis, acute and chronic parasitic or infectious processes, acute leukemia, acute lymphoblastic leukemia (ALL), acute myeloid leukemia (AML), acute or chronic bacterial infection, acute pancreatitis, acute renal failure, adenocarcinomas, aerial ectopic beats, AIDS dementia complex, alcohol-induced hepatitis, allergic conjunctivitis, allergic contact dermatitis, allergic rhinitis, allograft rejection, alpha-1-antitrypsin deficiency, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, anemia, angina pectoris, anterior horn cell degeneration, anti cd3 therapy, antiphospholipid syndrome, anti-receptor hypersensitivity reactions, aordic and peripheral aneuryisms, aortic dissection, arterial hypertension, arteriosclerosis, arteriovenous fistula, ataxia, atrial fibrillation (sustained or paroxysmal), atrial flutter, atrioventricular block, B cell lymphoma, bone graft rejection, bone marrow transplant (BMT) rejection, bundle branch block, Burkitt's lymphoma, Burns, cardiac arrhythmias, cardiac stun syndrome, cardiac tumors, cardiomyopathy, cardiopulmonary bypass inflammation response, cartilage transplant rejection, cerebellar cortical degenerations, cerebellar disorders, chaotic or multifocal atrial tachycardia, chemotherapy associated disorders, chromic myelocytic leukemia (CML), chronic alcoholism, chronic inflammatory pathologies, chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL), chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), chronic salicylate intoxication, colorectal carcinoma, congestive heart failure, conjunctivitis, contact dermatitis, cor pulmonale, coronary artery disease, Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease, culture negative sepsis, cystic fibrosis, cytokine therapy associated disorders, Dementia pugilistica, demyelinating diseases, dengue hemorrhagic fever, dermatitis, dermatologic conditions, diabetes, diabetes mellitus, diabetic ateriosclerotic disease, Diffuse Lewy body disease, dilated congestive cardiomyopathy, disorders of the basal ganglia, Down's Syndrome in middle age, drug-induced movement disorders induced by drugs which block CNS dopamine receptors, drug sensitivity, eczema, encephalomyelitis, endocarditis, endocrinopathy, epiglottitis, epstein-barr virus infection, erythromelalgia, extrapyramidal and cerebellar disorders, familial hematophagocytic lymphohistiocytosis, fetal thymus implant rejection, Friedreich's ataxia, functional peripheral arterial disorders, fungal sepsis, gas gangrene, gastric ulcer, glomerular nephritis, graft rejection of any organ or tissue, gram negative sepsis, gram positive sepsis, granulomas due to intracellular organisms, hairy cell leukemia, Hallerrorden-Spatz disease, hashimoto's thyroiditis, hay fever, heart transplant rejection, hemachromatosis, hemodialysis, hemolytic uremic syndrome/thrombolytic thrombocytopenic purpura, hemorrhage, hepatitis (A), His bundle arrythmias, HIV infection/HIV neuropathy, Hodgkin's disease, hyperkinetic movement disorders, hypersensitity reactions, hypersensitivity pneumonitis, hypertension, hypokinetic movement disorders, hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis evaluation, idiopathic Addison's disease, idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis, antibody mediated cytotoxicity, Asthenia, infantile spinal muscular atrophy, inflammation of the aorta, influenza a, ionizing radiation exposure, iridocyclitis/uveitis/optic neuritis, ischemia-reperfusion injury, ischemic stroke, juvenile rheumatoid arthritis, juvenile spinal muscular atrophy, Kaposi's sarcoma, kidney transplant rejection, legionella, leishmaniasis, leprosy, lesions of the corticospinal system, lipedema, liver transplant rejection, lymphederma, malaria, malignamt Lymphoma, malignant histiocytosis, malignant melanoma, meningitis, meningococcemia, metabolic/idiopathic, migraine headache, mitochondrial multi.system disorder, mixed connective tissue disease, monoclonal gammopathy, multiple myeloma, multiple systems degenerations (Mencel Dejerine-Thomas Shi-Drager and Machado-Joseph), myasthenia gravis, mycobacterium avium intracellulare, mycobacterium tuberculosis, myelodyplastic syndrome, myocardial infarction, myocardial ischemic disorders, nasopharyngeal carcinoma, neonatal chronic lung disease, nephritis, nephrosis, neurodegenerative diseases, neurogenic I muscular atrophies, neutropenic fever, non-hodgkins lymphoma, occlusion of the abdominal aorta and its branches, occulsive arterial disorders, okt3 therapy, orchitis/epidydimitis, orchitis/vasectomy reversal procedures, organomegaly, osteoporosis, pancreas transplant rejection, pancreatic carcinoma, paraneoplastic syndrome/hypercalcemia of malignancy, parathyroid transplant rejection, pelvic inflammatory disease, perennial rhinitis, pericardial disease, peripheral atherlosclerotic disease, peripheral vascular disorders, peritonitis, pernicious anemia, pneumocystis carinii pneumonia, pneumonia, POEMS syndrome (polyneuropathy, organomegaly, endocrinopathy, monoclonal gammopathy, and skin changes syndrome), post perfusion syndrome, post pump syndrome, post-MI cardiotomy syndrome, preeclampsia, Progressive supranucleo Palsy, primary pulmonary hypertension, radiation therapy, Raynaud's phenomenon and disease, Raynoud's disease, Refsum's disease, regular narrow QRS tachycardia, renovascular hypertension, reperfusion injury, restrictive cardiomyopathy, sarcomas, scleroderma, senile chorea, Senile Dementia of Lewy body type, seronegative arthropathies, shock, sickle cell anemia, skin allograft rejection, skin changes syndrome, small bowel transplant rejection, solid tumors, specific arrythmias, spinal ataxia, spinocerebellar degenerations, streptococcal myositis, structural lesions of the cerebellum, Subacute sclerosing panencephalitis, Syncope, syphilis of the cardiovascular system, systemic anaphalaxis, systemic inflammatory response syndrome, systemic onset juvenile rheumatoid arthritis, T-cell or FAB ALL, Telangiectasia, thromboangitis obliterans, thrombocytopenia, toxicity, transplants, trauma/hemorrhage, type III hypersensitivity reactions, type IV hypersensitivity, unstable angina, uremia, urosepsis, urticaria, valvular heart diseases, varicose veins, vasculitis, venous diseases, venous thrombosis, ventricular fibrillation, viral and fungal infections, vital encephalitis/aseptic meningitis, vital-associated hemaphagocytic syndrome, Wemicke-Korsakoff syndrome, Wilson's disease, xenograft rejection of any organ or tissue. (see Peritt et al. PCT publication No. WO2002097048A2, Leonard et al., PCT publication No. WO9524918 A1, and Salfeld et al., PCT publication No. WO00/56772A1).
The DVD-Igs of the invention may also treat one or more of the following diseases: Acute coronary syndromes, Acute Idiopathic Polyneuritis, Acute Inflammatory Demyelinating Polyradiculoneuropathy, Acute ischemia, Adult Still's Disease, Alopecia greata, Anaphylaxis, Anti-Phospholipid Antibody Syndrome, Aplastic anemia, Arteriosclerosis, Atopic eczema, Atopic dermatitis, Autoimmune dermatitis, Autoimmune disorder associated with Streptococcus infection, Autoimmune hearingloss, Autoimmune Lymphoproliferative Syndrome (ALPS), Autoimmune myocarditis, autoimmune thrombocytopenia (AITP), Blepharitis, Bronchiectasis, Bullous pemphigoid, Cardiovascular Disease, Catastrophic Antiphospholipid Syndrome, Celiac Disease, Cervical Spondylosis, Chronic ischemia, Cicatricial pemphigoid, Clinically isolated Syndrome (CIS) with Risk for Multiple Sclerosis, Conjunctivitis, Childhood Onset Psychiatric Disorder, Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), Dacryocystitis, dermatomyositis, Diabetic retinopathy, Diabetes mellitus, Disk herniation, Disk prolaps, Drug induced immune hemolytic anemia, Endocarditis, Endometriosis, endophthalmitis, Episcleritis, Erythema multiforme, erythema multiforme major, Gestational pemphigoid, Guillain-Barré Syndrome (GBS), Hay Fever, Hughes Syndrome, Idiopathic Parkinson's Disease, idiopathic interstitial pneumonia, IgE-mediated Allergy, Immune hemolytic anemia, Inclusion Body Myositis, Infectious ocular inflammatory disease, Inflammatory demyelinating disease, Inflammatory heart disease, Inflammatory kidney disease, IPF/UIP, Iritis, Keratitis, Keratojuntivitis sicca, Kussmaul disease or Kussmaul-Meier Disease, Landry's Paralysis, Langerhan's Cell Histiocytosis, Livedo reticularis, Macular Degeneration, malignancies, Microscopic Polyangiitis, Morbus Bechterev, Motor Neuron Disorders, Mucous membrane pemphigoid, Multiple Organ failure, Myasthenia Gravis, Myelodysplastic Syndrome, Myocarditis, Nerve Root Disorders, Neuropathy, Non-A Non-B Hepatitis, Optic Neuritis, Osteolysis, Ovarian cancer, Pauciarticular JRA, peripheral artery occlusive disease (PAOD), peripheral vascular disease (PVD), peripheral artery disease (PAD), Phlebitis, Polyarteritis nodosa (or periarteritis nodosa), Polychondritis, Polymyalgia Rheumatica, Poliosis, Polyarticular JRA, Polyendocrine Deficiency Syndrome, Polymyositis, polymyalgia rheumatica (PMR), Post-Pump Syndrome, primary parkinsonism, prostate and rectal cancer and hematopoietic malignancies (leukemia and lymphoma), Prostatitis, Pure red cell aplasia, Primary Adrenal Insufficiency, Recurrent Neuromyelitis Optica, Restenosis, Rheumatic heart disease, SAPHO (synovitis, acne, pustulosis, hyperostosis, and osteitis), Scleroderma, Secondary Amyloidosis, Shock lung, Scleritis, Sciatica, Secondary Adrenal Insufficiency, Silicone associated connective tissue disease, Sneddon-Wilkinson Dermatosis, spondilitis ankylosans, Stevens-Johnson Syndrome (SJS), Systemic inflammatory response syndrome, Temporal arteritis, toxoplasmic retinitis, toxic epidermal necrolysis, Transverse myelitis, TRAPS (Tumor Necrosis Factor Receptor, Type 1 allergic reaction, Type II Diabetes, Urticaria, Usual interstitial pneumonia (UIP), Vasculitis, Vernal conjunctivitis, viral retinitis, Vogt-Koyanagi-Harada syndrome (VKH syndrome), Wet macular degeneration, and Wound healing.
The binding proteins of the invention can be used to treat humans suffering from autoimmune diseases, in particular those associated with inflammation, including, rheumatoid arthritis, spondylitis, allergy, autoimmune diabetes, autoimmune uveitis. In an embodiment, the binding proteins of the invention or antigen-binding portions thereof, are used to treat rheumatoid arthritis, Crohn's disease, multiple sclerosis, insulin dependent diabetes mellitus and psoriasis.
In an embodiment, diseases that can be treated or diagnosed with the compositions and methods of the invention include, but are not limited to, primary and metastatic cancers, including carcinomas of breast, colon, rectum, lung, oropharynx, hypopharynx, esophagus, stomach, pancreas, liver, gallbladder and bile ducts, small intestine, urinary tract (including kidney, bladder and urothelium), female genital tract (including cervix, uterus, and ovaries as well as choriocarcinoma and gestational trophoblastic disease), male genital tract (including prostate, seminal vesicles, testes and germ cell tumors), endocrine glands (including the thyroid, adrenal, and pituitary glands), and skin, as well as hemangiomas, melanomas, sarcomas (including those arising from bone and soft tissues as well as Kaposi's sarcoma), tumors of the brain, nerves, eyes, and meninges (including astrocytomas, gliomas, glioblastomas, retinoblastomas, neuromas, neuroblastomas, Schwannomas, and meningiomas), solid tumors arising from hematopoietic malignancies such as leukemias, and lymphomas (both Hodgkin's and non-Hodgkin's lymphomas).
In an embodiment, the antibodies of the invention or antigen-binding portions thereof, are used to treat cancer or in the prevention of metastases from the tumors described herein either when used alone or in combination with radiotherapy and/or other chemotherapeutic agents.
The antibodies of the invention, or antigen binding portions thereof, may be combined with agents that include but are not limited to, antineoplastic agents, radiotherapy, chemotherapy such as DNA alkylating agents, cisplatin, carboplatin, anti-tubulin agents, paclitaxel, docetaxel, taxol, doxorubicin, gemcitabine, gemzar, anthracyclines, adriamycin, topoisomerase I inhibitors, topoisomerase II inhibitors, 5-fluorouracil (5-FU), leucovorin, irinotecan, receptor tyrosine kinase inhibitors (e.g., erlotinib, gefitinib), COX-2 inhibitors (e.g., celecoxib), kinase inhibitors, and siRNAs.
A binding protein of the invention also can be administered with one or more additional therapeutic agents useful in the treatment of various diseases.
A binding protein of the invention can be used alone or in combination to treat such diseases. It should be understood that the binding proteins can be used alone or in combination with an additional agent, e.g., a therapeutic agent, said additional agent being selected by the skilled artisan for its intended purpose. For example, the additional agent can be a therapeutic agent art-recognized as being useful to treat the disease or condition being treated by the antibody of the present invention. The additional agent also can be an agent that imparts a beneficial attribute to the therapeutic composition e.g., an agent which effects the viscosity of the composition.
It should further be understood that the combinations which are to be included within this invention are those combinations useful for their intended purpose. The agents set forth below are illustrative for purposes and not intended to be limited. The combinations, which are part of this invention, can be the antibodies of the present invention and at least one additional agent selected from the lists below. The combination can also include more than one additional agent, e.g., two or three additional agents if the combination is such that the formed composition can perform its intended function.
Combinations to treat autoimmune and inflammatory diseases are non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug(s) also referred to as NSAIDS which include drugs like ibuprofen. Other combinations are corticosteroids including prednisolone; the well known side-effects of steroid use can be reduced or even eliminated by tapering the steroid dose required when treating patients in combination with the DVD Igs of this invention. Non-limiting examples of therapeutic agents for rheumatoid arthritis with which an antibody, or antibody portion, of the invention can be combined include the following: cytokine suppressive anti-inflammatory drug(s) (CSAIDs); antibodies to or antagonists of other human cytokines or growth factors, for example, TNF, LT, IL-1, IL-2, IL-3, IL-4, IL-5, IL-6, IL-7, IL-8, IL-15, IL-16, IL-18, IL-21, IL-23, interferons, EMAP-II, GM-CSF, FGF, and PDGF. Binding proteins of the invention, or antigen binding portions thereof, can be combined with antibodies to cell surface molecules such as CD2, CD3, CD4, CD8, CD25, CD28, CD30, CD40, CD45, CD69, CD80 (B7.1), CD86 (B7.2), CD90, CTLA or their ligands including CD154 (gp39 or CD40L).
Combinations of therapeutic agents may interfere at different points in the autoimmune and subsequent inflammatory cascade; examples include TNF antagonists like chimeric, humanized or human TNF antibodies, Adalimumab, (PCT Publication No. WO 97/29131), CA2 (Remicade™), CDP 571, and soluble p55 or p75 TNF receptors, derivatives, thereof, (p75TNFR1gG (Enbrel™) or p55TNFR1gG (Lenercept), and also TNFα converting enzyme (TACE) inhibitors; similarly IL-1 inhibitors (Interleukin-1-converting enzyme inhibitors, IL-1RA etc.) may be effective for the same reason. Other combinations include Interleukin 11. Yet another combination include key players of the autoimmune response which may act parallel to, dependent on or in concert with IL-12 function; especially are IL-18 antagonists including IL-18 antibodies or soluble IL-18 receptors, or IL-18 binding proteins. It has been shown that IL-12 and IL-18 have overlapping but distinct functions and a combination of antagonists to both may be most effective. Yet another combination are non-depleting anti-CD4 inhibitors. Yet other combinations include antagonists of the co-stimulatory pathway CD80 (B7.1) or CD86 (B7.2) including antibodies, soluble receptors or antagonistic ligands.
The binding proteins of the invention may also be combined with agents, such as methotrexate, 6-MP, azathioprine sulphasalazine, mesalazine, olsalazine chloroquinine/hydroxychloroquine, pencillamine, aurothiomalate (intramuscular and oral), azathioprine, cochicine, corticosteroids (oral, inhaled and local injection), beta-2 adrenoreceptor agonists (salbutamol, terbutaline, salmeteral), xanthines (theophylline, aminophylline), cromoglycate, nedocromil, ketotifen, ipratropium and oxitropium, cyclosporin, FK506, rapamycin, mycophenolate mofetil, leflunomide, NSAIDs, for example, ibuprofen, corticosteroids such as prednisolone, phosphodiesterase inhibitors, adensosine agonists, antithrombotic agents, complement inhibitors, adrenergic agents, agents which interfere with signalling by proinflammatory cytokines such as TNF-α or IL-1 (e.g., IRAK, NIK, IKK, p38 or MAP kinase inhibitors), IL-1β converting enzyme inhibitors, TNFα converting enzyme (TACE) inhibitors, T-cell signalling inhibitors such as kinase inhibitors, metalloproteinase inhibitors, sulfasalazine, azathioprine, 6-mercaptopurines, angiotensin converting enzyme inhibitors, soluble cytokine receptors and derivatives thereof (e.g., soluble p55 or p75 TNF receptors and the derivatives p75TNFR1gG (Enbrel™ and p55TNFR1gG (Lenercept)), sIL-1RI, sIL-1RII, sIL-6R), antiinflammatory cytokines (e.g., IL-4, IL-10, IL-11, IL-13 and TGFβ), celecoxib, folic acid, hydroxychloroquine sulfate, rofecoxib, etanercept, infliximab, naproxen, valdecoxib, sulfasalazine, methylprednisolone, meloxicam, methylprednisolone acetate, gold sodium thiomalate, aspirin, triamcinolone acetonide, propoxyphene napsylate/apap, folate, nabumetone, diclofenac, piroxicam, etodolac, diclofenac sodium, oxaprozin, oxycodone hcl, hydrocodone bitartrate/apap, diclofenac sodium/misoprostol, fentanyl, anakinra, human recombinant, tramadol hcl, salsalate, sulindac, cyanocobalamin/fa/pyridoxine, acetaminophen, alendronate sodium, prednisolone, morphine sulfate, lidocaine hydrochloride, indomethacin, glucosamine sulf/chondroitin, amitriptyline hcl, sulfadiazine, oxycodone hcl/acetaminophen, olopatadine hcl, misoprostol, naproxen sodium, omeprazole, cyclophosphamide, rituximab, IL-1 TRAP, MRA, CTLA4-IG, IL-18 BP, anti-IL-18, Anti-IL15, BIRB-796, SCIO-469, VX-702, AMG-548, VX-740, Roflumilast, IC-485, CDC-801, and Mesopram. Combinations include methotrexate or leflunomide and in moderate or severe rheumatoid arthritis cases, cyclosporine.
Nonlimiting additional agents which can also be used in combination with a binding protein to treat rheumatoid arthritis include, but are not limited to, the following: non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug(s) (NSAIDs); cytokine suppressive anti-inflammatory drug(s) (CSAIDs); CDP-571/BAY-10-3356 (humanized anti-TNFα antibody; Celltech/Bayer); cA2/infliximab (chimeric anti-TNFα antibody; Centocor); 75 kdTNFR-IgG/etanercept (75 kD TNF receptor-IgG fusion protein; Immunex; see e.g., Arthritis & Rheumatism (1994) Vol. 37, S295; J. Invest. Med. (1996) Vol. 44, 235A); 55 kdTNF-IgG (55 kD TNF receptor-IgG fusion protein; Hoffmann-LaRoche); IDEC-CE9.1/SB 210396 (non-depleting primatized anti-CD4 antibody; IDEC/SmithKline; see e.g., Arthritis & Rheumatism (1995) Vol. 38, S185); DAB 486-IL-2 and/or DAB 389-IL-2 (IL-2 fusion proteins; Seragen; see e.g., Arthritis & Rheumatism (1993) Vol. 36, 1223); Anti-Tac (humanized anti-IL-2Ra; Protein Design Labs/Roche); IL-4 (anti-inflammatory cytokine; DNAX/Schering); IL-10 (SCH 52000; recombinant IL-10, anti-inflammatory cytokine; DNAX/Schering); IL-4; IL-10 and/or IL-4 agonists (e.g., agonist antibodies); IL-1A (IL-1 receptor antagonist; Synergen/Amgen); anakinra (Kineret®/Amgen); TNF-bp/s-TNF (soluble TNF binding protein; see e.g., Arthritis & Rheumatism (1996) Vol. 39, No. 9 (supplement), S284; Amer. J. Physiol.—Heart and Circulatory Physiology (1995) Vol. 268, pp. 37-42); R973401 (phosphodiesterase Type IV inhibitor; see e.g., Arthritis & Rheumatism (1996) Vol. 39, No. 9 (supplement), S282); MK-966 (COX-2 Inhibitor; see e.g., Arthritis & Rheumatism (1996) Vol. 39, No. 9 (supplement), S81); Iloprost (see e.g., Arthritis & Rheumatism (1996) Vol. 39, No. 9 (supplement), S82); methotrexate; thalidomide (see e.g., Arthritis & Rheumatism (1996) Vol. 39 No. 9 (supplement), S282) and thalidomide-related drugs (e.g., Celgen); leflunomide (anti-inflammatory and cytokine inhibitor; see e.g., Arthritis & Rheumatism (1996) Vol. 39, No. 9 (supplement), S131; Inflammation Research (1996) Vol. 45, pp. 103-107); tranexamic acid (inhibitor of plasminogen activation; see e.g., Arthritis & Rheumatism (1996) Vol. 39, No. 9 (supplement), S284); T-614 (cytokine inhibitor; see e.g., Arthritis & Rheumatism (1996) Vol. 39, No. 9 (supplement), S282); prostaglandin E1 (see e.g., Arthritis & Rheumatism (1996) Vol. 39 No. 9 (supplement), S282); Tenidap (non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug; see e.g., Arthritis & Rheumatism (1996) Vol. 39, No. 9 (supplement), S280); Naproxen (non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug; see e.g., Neuro Report (1996) Vol. 7, pp. 1209-1213); Meloxicam (non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug); Ibuprofen (non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug); Piroxicam (non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug); Diclofenac (non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug); Indomethacin (non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug); Sulfasalazine (see e.g., Arthritis & Rheumatism (1996) Vol. 39, No. 9 (supplement), S281); Azathioprine (see e.g., Arthritis & Rheumatism (1996) Vol. 39, No. 9 (supplement), S281); ICE inhibitor (inhibitor of the enzyme interleukin-1β converting enzyme); zap-70 and/or 1ck inhibitor (inhibitor of the tyrosine kinase zap-70 or 1ck); VEGF inhibitor and/or VEGF-R inhibitor (inhibitors of vascular endothelial cell growth factor or vascular endothelial cell growth factor receptor; inhibitors of angiogenesis); corticosteroid anti-inflammatory drugs (e.g., SB203580); TNF-convertase inhibitors; anti-IL-12 antibodies; anti-IL-18 antibodies; interleukin-11 (see e.g., Arthritis & Rheumatism (1996) Vol. 39, No. 9 (supplement), S296); interleukin-13 (see e.g., Arthritis & Rheumatism (1996) Vol. 39, No. 9 (supplement), S308); interleukin-17 inhibitors (see e.g., Arthritis & Rheumatism (1996) Vol. 39, No. 9 (supplement), S120); gold; penicillamine; chloroquine; chlorambucil; hydroxychloroquine; cyclosporine; cyclophosphamide; total lymphoid irradiation; anti-thymocyte globulin; anti-CD4 antibodies; CD5-toxins; orally-administered peptides and collagen; lobenzarit disodium; Cytokine Regulating Agents (CRAs) HP228 and HP466 (Houghten Pharmaceuticals, Inc.); ICAM-1 antisense phosphorothioate oligo-deoxynucleotides (ISIS 2302; Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc.); soluble complement receptor 1 (TP10; T Cell Sciences, Inc.); prednisone; orgotein; glycosaminoglycan polysulphate; minocycline; anti-IL2R antibodies; marine and botanical lipids (fish and plant seed fatty acids; see e.g., DeLuca et al. (1995) Rheum. Dis. Clin. North Am. 21:759-777); auranofin; phenylbutazone; meclofenamic acid; flufenamic acid; intravenous immune globulin; zileuton; azaribine; mycophenolic acid (RS-61443); tacrolimus (FK-506); sirolimus (rapamycin); amiprilose (therafectin); cladribine (2-chlorodeoxyadenosine); methotrexate; bcl-2 inhibitors (see Bruncko, Milan et al., Journal of Medicinal Chemistry (2007), 50(4), 641-662); antivirals and immune modulating agents.
In one embodiment, the binding protein or antigen-binding portion thereof, is administered in combination with one of the following agents for the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis: small molecule inhibitor of KDR, small molecule inhibitor of Tie-2; methotrexate; prednisone; celecoxib; folic acid; hydroxychloroquine sulfate; rofecoxib; etanercept; infliximab; leflunomide; naproxen; valdecoxib; sulfasalazine; methylprednisolone; ibuprofen; meloxicam; methylprednisolone acetate; gold sodium thiomalate; aspirin; azathioprine; triamcinolone acetonide; propxyphene napsylate/apap; folate; nabumetone; diclofenac; piroxicam; etodolac; diclofenac sodium; oxaprozin; oxycodone hcl; hydrocodone bitartrate/apap; diclofenac sodium/misoprostol; fentanyl; anakinra, human recombinant; tramadol hcl; salsalate; sulindac; cyanocobalamin/fa/pyridoxine; acetaminophen; alendronate sodium; prednisolone; morphine sulfate; lidocaine hydrochloride; indomethacin; glucosamine sulfate/chondroitin; cyclosporine; amitriptyline hcl; sulfadiazine; oxycodone hcl/acetaminophen; olopatadine hcl; misoprostol; naproxen sodium; omeprazole; mycophenolate mofetil; cyclophosphamide; rituximab; IL-1 TRAP; MRA; CTLA4-IG; IL-18 BP; IL-12/23; anti-IL 18; anti-IL 15; BIRB-796; SCIO-469; VX-702; AMG-548; VX-740; Roflumilast; IC-485; CDC-801; and mesopram.
Non-limiting examples of therapeutic agents for inflammatory bowel disease with which a binding protein of the invention can be combined include the following: budenoside; epidermal growth factor; corticosteroids; cyclosporin, sulfasalazine; aminosalicylates; 6-mercaptopurine; azathioprine; metronidazole; lipoxygenase inhibitors; mesalamine; olsalazine; balsalazide; antioxidants; thromboxane inhibitors; IL-1 receptor antagonists; anti-IL-1β mnAbs; anti-IL-6 mnAbs; growth factors; elastase inhibitors; pyridinyl-imidazole compounds; antibodies to or antagonists of other human cytokines or growth factors, for example, TNF, LT, IL-1, IL-2, IL-6, IL-7, IL-8, IL-15, IL-16, IL-17, IL-18, EMAP-II, GM-CSF, FGF, and PDGF. Antibodies of the invention, or antigen binding portions thereof, can be combined with antibodies to cell surface molecules such as CD2, CD3, CD4, CD8, CD25, CD28, CD30, CD40, CD45, CD69, CD90 or their ligands. The antibodies of the invention, or antigen binding portions thereof, may also be combined with agents, such as methotrexate, cyclosporin, FK506, rapamycin, mycophenolate mofetil, leflunomide, NSAIDs, for example, ibuprofen, corticosteroids such as prednisolone, phosphodiesterase inhibitors, adenosine agonists, antithrombotic agents, complement inhibitors, adrenergic agents, agents which interfere with signalling by proinflammatory cytokines such as TNFα or IL-1 (e.g., IRAK, NIK, IKK, p38 or MAP kinase inhibitors), IL-1β converting enzyme inhibitors, TNFα converting enzyme inhibitors, T-cell signalling inhibitors such as kinase inhibitors, metalloproteinase inhibitors, sulfasalazine, azathioprine, 6-mercaptopurines, angiotensin converting enzyme inhibitors, soluble cytokine receptors and derivatives thereof (e.g., soluble p55 or p75 TNF receptors, sIL-1RI, sIL-1RII, sIL-6R) and antiinflammatory cytokines (e.g., IL-4, IL-10, IL-11, IL-13 and TGFβ) and bcl-2 inhibitors.
Examples of therapeutic agents for Crohn's disease in which a binding protein can be combined include the following: TNF antagonists, for example, anti-TNF antibodies, Adalimumab (PCT Publication No. WO 97/29131; HUMIRA), CA2 (REMICADE), CDP 571, TNFR-Ig constructs, (p75TNFR1gG (ENBREL) and p55TNFR1gG (LENERCEPT)) inhibitors and PDE4 inhibitors. Antibodies of the invention, or antigen binding portions thereof, can be combined with corticosteroids, for example, budenoside and dexamethasone. Binding proteins of the invention or antigen binding portions thereof, may also be combined with agents such as sulfasalazine, 5-aminosalicylic acid and olsalazine, and agents which interfere with synthesis or action of proinflammatory cytokines such as IL-1, for example, IL-1β converting enzyme inhibitors and IL-1ra. Antibodies of the invention or antigen binding portion thereof may also be used with T cell signaling inhibitors, for example, tyrosine kinase inhibitors 6-mercaptopurines. Binding proteins of the invention, or antigen binding portions thereof, can be combined with IL-11. Binding proteins of the invention, or antigen binding portions thereof, can be combined with mesalamine, prednisone, azathioprine, mercaptopurine, infliximab, methylprednisolone sodium succinate, diphenoxylate/atrop sulfate, loperamide hydrochloride, methotrexate, omeprazole, folate, ciprofloxacin/dextrose-water, hydrocodone bitartrate/apap, tetracycline hydrochloride, fluocinonide, metronidazole, thimerosal/boric acid, cholestyramine/sucrose, ciprofloxacin hydrochloride, hyoscyamine sulfate, meperidine hydrochloride, midazolam hydrochloride, oxycodone hcl/acetaminophen, promethazine hydrochloride, sodium phosphate, sulfamethoxazole/trimethoprim, celecoxib, polycarbophil, propoxyphene napsylate, hydrocortisone, multivitamins, balsalazide disodium, codeine phosphate/apap, colesevelam hcl, cyanocobalamin, folic acid, levofloxacin, methylprednisolone, natalizumab and interferon-gamma
Non-limiting examples of therapeutic agents for multiple sclerosis with which binding proteins of the invention can be combined include the following: corticosteroids; prednisolone; methylprednisolone; azathioprine; cyclophosphamide; cyclosporine; methotrexate; 4-aminopyridine; tizanidine; interferon-β1a (AVONEX; Biogen); interferon-β1b (BETASERON; Chiron/Berlex); interferon α-n3) (Interferon Sciences/Fujimoto), interferon-α (Alfa Wassermann/J&J), interferon β1A-IF (Serono/Inhale Therapeutics), Peginterferon α 2b (Enzon/Schering-Plough), Copolymer 1 (Cop-1; COPAXONE; Teva Pharmaceutical Industries, Inc.); hyperbaric oxygen; intravenous immunoglobulin; clabribine; antibodies to or antagonists of other human cytokines or growth factors and their receptors, for example, TNF, LT, IL-1, IL-2, IL-6, IL-7, IL-8, IL-23, IL-15, IL-16, IL-18, EMAP-II, GM-CSF, FGF, and PDGF. Binding proteins of the invention can be combined with antibodies to cell surface molecules such as CD2, CD3, CD4, CD8, CD19, CD20, CD25, CD28, CD30, CD40, CD45, CD69, CD80, CD86, CD90 or their ligands. Binding proteins of the invention, may also be combined with agents, such as methotrexate, cyclosporine, FK506, rapamycin, mycophenolate mofetil, leflunomide, NSAIDs, for example, ibuprofen, corticosteroids such as prednisolone, phosphodiesterase inhibitors, adensosine agonists, antithrombotic agents, complement inhibitors, adrenergic agents, agents which interfere with signalling by proinflammatory cytokines such as TNFα or IL-1 (e.g., IRAK, NIK, IKK, p38 or MAP kinase inhibitors), IL-1β converting enzyme inhibitors, TACE inhibitors, T-cell signaling inhibitors such as kinase inhibitors, metalloproteinase inhibitors, sulfasalazine, azathioprine, 6-mercaptopurines, angiotensin converting enzyme inhibitors, soluble cytokine receptors and derivatives thereof (e.g., soluble p55 or p75 TNF receptors, sIL-1RI, sIL-1RII, sIL-6R), antiinflammatory cytokines (e.g., IL-4, IL-10, IL-13 and TGFβ) and bcl-2 inhibitors.
Examples of therapeutic agents for multiple sclerosis in which binding proteins of the invention can be combined to include interferon-β, for example, IFNβ1a and IFNβ1b; copaxone, corticosteroids, caspase inhibitors, for example inhibitors of caspase-1, IL-1 inhibitors, TNF inhibitors, and antibodies to CD40 ligand and CD80.
The binding proteins of the invention, may also be combined with agents, such as alemtuzumab, dronabinol, Unimed, daclizumab, mitoxantrone, xaliproden hydrochloride, fampridine, glatiramer acetate, natalizumab, sinnabidol, a-immunokine NNSO3, ABR-215062, AnergiX.MS, chemokine receptor antagonists, BBR-2778, calagualine, CPI-1189, LEM (liposome encapsulated mitoxantrone), THC.CBD (cannabinoid agonist) MBP-8298, mesopram (PDE4 inhibitor), MNA-715, anti-IL-6 receptor antibody, neurovax, pirfenidone allotrap 1258 (RDP-1258), sTNF-R1, talampanel, teriflunomide, TGF-beta2, tiplimotide, VLA-4 antagonists (for example, TR-14035, VLA4 Ultrahaler, Antegran-ELAN/Biogen), interferon gamma antagonists, IL-4 agonists.
Non-limiting examples of therapeutic agents for Angina with which binding proteins of the invention can be combined include the following: aspirin, nitroglycerin, isosorbide mononitrate, metoprolol succinate, atenolol, metoprolol tartrate, amlodipine besylate, diltiazem hydrochloride, isosorbide dinitrate, clopidogrel bisulfate, nifedipine, atorvastatin calcium, potassium chloride, furosemide, simvastatin, verapamil hcl, digoxin, propranolol hydrochloride, carvedilol, lisinopril, spironolactone, hydrochlorothiazide, enalapril maleate, nadolol, ramipril, enoxaparin sodium, heparin sodium, valsartan, sotalol hydrochloride, fenofibrate, ezetimibe, bumetanide, losartan potassium, lisinopril/hydrochlorothiazide, felodipine, captopril, bisoprolol fumarate.
Non-limiting examples of therapeutic agents for Ankylosing Spondylitis with which binding proteins of the invention can be combined include the following: ibuprofen, diclofenac and misoprostol, naproxen, meloxicam, indomethacin, diclofenac, celecoxib, rofecoxib, Sulfasalazine, Methotrexate, azathioprine, minocyclin, prednisone, etanercept, infliximab.
Non-limiting examples of therapeutic agents for Asthma with which binding proteins of the invention can be combined include the following: albuterol, salmeterol/fluticasone, montelukast sodium, fluticasone propionate, budesonide, prednisone, salmeterol xinafoate, levalbuterol hcl, albuterol sulfate/ipratropium, prednisolone sodium phosphate, triamcinolone acetonide, beclomethasone dipropionate, ipratropium bromide, azithromycin, pirbuterol acetate, prednisolone, theophylline anhydrous, methylprednisolone sodium succinate, clarithromycin, zafirlukast, formoterol fumarate, influenza virus vaccine, methylprednisolone, amoxicillin trihydrate, flunisolide, allergy injection, cromolyn sodium, fexofenadine hydrochloride, flunisolide/menthol, amoxicillin/clavulanate, levofloxacin, inhaler assist device, guaifenesin, dexamethasone sodium phosphate, moxifloxacin hcl, doxycycline hyclate, guaifenesin/d-methorphan, p-ephedrine/cod/chlorphenir, gatifloxacin, cetirizine hydrochloride, mometasone furoate, salmeterol xinafoate, benzonatate, cephalexin, pe/hydrocodone/chlorphenir, cetirizine hcl/pseudoephed, phenylephrine/cod/promethazine, codeine/promethazine, cefprozil, dexamethasone, guaifenesin/pseudoephedrine, chlorpheniramine/hydrocodone, nedocromil sodium, terbutaline sulfate, epinephrine, methylprednisolone, metaproterenol sulfate.
Non-limiting examples of therapeutic agents for COPD with which binding proteins of the invention can be combined include the following: albuterol sulfate/ipratropium, ipratropium bromide, salmeterol/fluticasone, albuterol, salmeterol xinafoate, fluticasone propionate, prednisone, theophylline anhydrous, methylprednisolone sodium succinate, montelukast sodium, budesonide, formoterol fumarate, triamcinolone acetonide, levofloxacin, guaifenesin, azithromycin, beclomethasone dipropionate, levalbuterol hcl, flunisolide, ceftriaxone sodium, amoxicillin trihydrate, gatifloxacin, zafirlukast, amoxicillin/clavulanate, flunisolide/menthol, chlorpheniramine/hydrocodone, metaproterenol sulfate, methylprednisolone, mometasone furoate, p-ephedrine/cod/chlorphenir, pirbuterol acetate, p-ephedrine/loratadine, terbutaline sulfate, tiotropium bromide, (R,R)-formoterol, TgAAT, Cilomilast, Roflumilast.
Non-limiting examples of therapeutic agents for HCV with which binding proteins of the invention can be combined include the following: Interferon-alpha-2a, Interferon-alpha-2b, Interferon-alpha con 1, Interferon-alpha-n1, Pegylated interferon-alpha-2a, Pegylated interferon-alpha-2b, ribavirin, Peginterferon alfa-2b+ribavirin, Ursodeoxycholic Acid, Glycyrrhizic Acid, Thymalfasin, Maxamine, VX-497 and any compounds that are used to treat HCV through intervention with the following targets: HCV polymerase, HCV protease, HCV helicase, HCV IRES (internal ribosome entry site).
Non-limiting examples of therapeutic agents for Idiopathic Pulmonary Fibrosis with which binding proteins of the invention can be combined include the following: prednisone, azathioprine, albuterol, colchicine, albuterol sulfate, digoxin, gamma interferon, methylprednisolone sod succ, lorazepam, furosemide, lisinopril, nitroglycerin, spironolactone, cyclophosphamide, ipratropium bromide, actinomycin d, alteplase, fluticasone propionate, levofloxacin, metaproterenol sulfate, morphine sulfate, oxycodone hcl, potassium chloride, triamcinolone acetonide, tacrolimus anhydrous, calcium, interferon-alpha, methotrexate, mycophenolate mofetil, Interferon-gamma-1β.
Non-limiting examples of therapeutic agents for Myocardial Infarction with which binding proteins of the invention can be combined include the following: aspirin, nitroglycerin, metoprolol tartrate, enoxaparin sodium, heparin sodium, clopidogrel bisulfate, carvedilol, atenolol, morphine sulfate, metoprolol succinate, warfarin sodium, lisinopril, isosorbide mononitrate, digoxin, furosemide, simvastatin, ramipril, tenecteplase, enalapril maleate, torsemide, retavase, losartan potassium, quinapril hcl/mag carb, bumetanide, alteplase, enalaprilat, amiodarone hydrochloride, tirofiban hcl m-hydrate, diltiazem hydrochloride, captopril, irbesartan, valsartan, propranolol hydrochloride, fosinopril sodium, lidocaine hydrochloride, eptifibatide, cefazolin sodium, atropine sulfate, aminocaproic acid, spironolactone, interferon, sotalol hydrochloride, potassium chloride, docusate sodium, dobutamine hcl, alprazolam, pravastatin sodium, atorvastatin calcium, midazolam hydrochloride, meperidine hydrochloride, isosorbide dinitrate, epinephrine, dopamine hydrochloride, bivalirudin, rosuvastatin, ezetimibe/simvastatin, avasimibe, cariporide.
Non-limiting examples of therapeutic agents for Psoriasis with which binding proteins of the invention can be combined include the following: small molecule inhibitor of KDR, small molecule inhibitor of Tie-2, calcipotriene, clobetasol propionate, triamcinolone acetonide, halobetasol propionate, tazarotene, methotrexate, fluocinonide, betamethasone diprop augmented, fluocinolone acetonide, acitretin, tar shampoo, betamethasone valerate, mometasone furoate, ketoconazole, pramoxine/fluocinolone, hydrocortisone valerate, flurandrenolide, urea, betamethasone, clobetasol propionate/emoll, fluticasone propionate, azithromycin, hydrocortisone, moisturizing formula, folic acid, desonide, pimecrolimus, coal tar, diflorasone diacetate, etanercept folate, lactic acid, methoxsalen, hc/bismuth subgal/znox/resor, methylprednisolone acetate, prednisone, sunscreen, halcinonide, salicylic acid, anthralin, clocortolone pivalate, coal extract, coal tar/salicylic acid, coal tar/salicylic acid/sulfur, desoximetasone, diazepam, emollient, fluocinonide/emollient, mineral oil/castor oil/na lact, mineral oil/peanut oil, petroleum/isopropyl myristate, psoralen, salicylic acid, soap/tribromsalan, thimerosal/boric acid, celecoxib, infliximab, cyclosporine, alefacept, efalizumab, tacrolimus, pimecrolimus, PUVA, UVB, sulfasalazine.
Non-limiting examples of therapeutic agents for Psoriatic Arthritis with which binding proteins of the invention can be combined include the following: methotrexate, etanercept, rofecoxib, celecoxib, folic acid, sulfasalazine, naproxen, leflunomide, methylprednisolone acetate, indomethacin, hydroxychloroquine sulfate, prednisone, sulindac, betamethasone diprop augmented, infliximab, methotrexate, folate, triamcinolone acetonide, diclofenac, dimethylsulfoxide, piroxicam, diclofenac sodium, ketoprofen, meloxicam, methylprednisolone, nabumetone, tolmetin sodium, calcipotriene, cyclosporine, diclofenac sodium/misoprostol, fluocinonide, glucosamine sulfate, gold sodium thiomalate, hydrocodone bitartrate/apap, ibuprofen, risedronate sodium, sulfadiazine, thioguanine, valdecoxib, alefacept, efalizumab and bcl-2 inhibitors.
Non-limiting examples of therapeutic agents for Restenosis with which binding proteins of the invention can be combined include the following: sirolimus, paclitaxel, everolimus, tacrolimus, Zotarolimus, acetaminophen.
Non-limiting examples of therapeutic agents for Sciatica with which binding proteins of the invention can be combined include the following: hydrocodone bitartrate/apap, rofecoxib, cyclobenzaprine hcl, methylprednisolone, naproxen, ibuprofen, oxycodone hcl/acetaminophen, celecoxib, valdecoxib, methylprednisolone acetate, prednisone, codeine phosphate/apap, tramadol hcl/acetaminophen, metaxalone, meloxicam, methocarbamol, lidocaine hydrochloride, diclofenac sodium, gabapentin, dexamethasone, carisoprodol, ketorolac tromethamine, indomethacin, acetaminophen, diazepam, nabumetone, oxycodone hcl, tizanidine hcl, diclofenac sodium/misoprostol, propoxyphene napsylate/apap, asa/oxycod/oxycodone ter, ibuprofen/hydrocodone bit, tramadol hcl, etodolac, propoxyphene hcl, amitriptyline hcl, carisoprodol/codeine phos/asa, morphine sulfate, multivitamins, naproxen sodium, orphenadrine citrate, temazepam.
Examples of therapeutic agents for SLE (Lupus) in which binding proteins of the invention can be combined include the following: NSAIDS, for example, diclofenac, naproxen, ibuprofen, piroxicam, indomethacin; COX2 inhibitors, for example, Celecoxib, rofecoxib, valdecoxib; anti-malarials, for example, hydroxychloroquine; Steroids, for example, prednisone, prednisolone, budenoside, dexamethasone; Cytotoxics, for example, azathioprine, cyclophosphamide, mycophenolate mofetil, methotrexate; inhibitors of PDE4 or purine synthesis inhibitor, for example Cellcept. Binding proteins of the invention, may also be combined with agents such as sulfasalazine, 5-aminosalicylic acid, olsalazine, Imuran and agents which interfere with synthesis, production or action of proinflammatory cytokines such as IL-1, for example, caspase inhibitors like IL-1β converting enzyme inhibitors and IL-1ra. Binding proteins of the invention may also be used with T cell signaling inhibitors, for example, tyrosine kinase inhibitors; or molecules that target T cell activation molecules, for example, CTLA-4-IgG or anti-B7 family antibodies, anti-PD-1 family antibodies. Binding proteins of the invention, can be combined with IL-11 or anti-cytokine antibodies, for example, fonotolizumab (anti-IFNg antibody), or anti-receptor receptor antibodies, for example, anti-IL-6 receptor antibody and antibodies to B-cell surface molecules. Antibodies of the invention or antigen binding portion thereof may also be used with LJP 394 (abetimus), agents that deplete or inactivate B-cells, for example, Rituximab (anti-CD20 antibody), lymphostat-B (anti-BlyS antibody), TNF antagonists, for example, anti-TNF antibodies, Adalimumab (PCT Publication No. WO 97/29131; HUMIRA), CA2 (REMICADE), CDP 571, TNFR-Ig constructs, (p75TNFRIgG (ENBREL) and p55TNFRIgG (LENERCEPT)) and bcl-2 inhibitors, because bcl-2 overexpression in transgenic mice has been demonstrated to cause a lupus like phenotype (see Marquina, Regina et al., Journal of Immunology (2004), 172(11), 7177-7185), therefore inhibition is expected to have therapeutic effects.
The pharmaceutical compositions of the invention may include a “therapeutically effective amount” or a “prophylactically effective amount” of a binding protein of the invention. A “therapeutically effective amount” refers to an amount effective, at dosages and for periods of time necessary, to achieve the desired therapeutic result. A therapeutically effective amount of the binding protein may be determined by a person skilled in the art and may vary according to factors such as the disease state, age, sex, and weight of the individual, and the ability of the binding protein to elicit a desired response in the individual. A therapeutically effective amount is also one in which any toxic or detrimental effects of the antibody, or antibody portion, are outweighed by the therapeutically beneficial effects. A “prophylactically effective amount” refers to an amount effective, at dosages and for periods of time necessary, to achieve the desired prophylactic result. Typically, since a prophylactic dose is used in subjects prior to or at an earlier stage of disease, the prophylactically effective amount will be less than the therapeutically effective amount.
Dosage regimens may be adjusted to provide the optimum desired response (e.g., a therapeutic or prophylactic response). For example, a single bolus may be administered, several divided doses may be administered over time or the dose may be proportionally reduced or increased as indicated by the exigencies of the therapeutic situation. It is especially advantageous to formulate parenteral compositions in dosage unit form for ease of administration and uniformity of dosage. Dosage unit form as used herein refers to physically discrete units suited as unitary dosages for the mammalian subjects to be treated; each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active compound calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect in association with the required pharmaceutical carrier. The specification for the dosage unit forms of the invention are dictated by and directly dependent on (a) the unique characteristics of the active compound and the particular therapeutic or prophylactic effect to be achieved, and (b) the limitations inherent in the art of compounding such an active compound for the treatment of sensitivity in individuals.
An exemplary, non-limiting range for a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of a binding protein of the invention is 0.1-20 mg/kg, for example, 1-10 mg/kg. It is to be noted that dosage values may vary with the type and severity of the condition to be alleviated. It is to be further understood that for any particular subject, specific dosage regimens should be adjusted over time according to the individual need and the professional judgment of the person administering or supervising the administration of the compositions, and that dosage ranges set forth herein are exemplary only and are not intended to limit the scope or practice of the claimed composition.
V. Diagnostics
The disclosure herein also provides diagnostic applications. This is further elucidated below.
I. Method of Assay
The present disclosure also provides a method for determining the presence, amount or concentration of an analyte (or a fragment thereof) in a test sample using at least one DVD-Ig as described herein. Any suitable assay as is known in the art can be used in the method. Examples include, but are not limited to, immunoassay, such as sandwich immunoassay (e.g., monoclonal, polyclonal and/or DVD-Ig sandwich immunoassays or any variation thereof (e.g., monoclonal/DVD-Ig, DVD-Ig/polyclonal, etc.), including radioisotope detection (radioimmunoassay (RIA)) and enzyme detection (enzyme immunoassay (EIA) or enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) (e.g., Quantikine ELISA assays, R&D Systems, Minneapolis, Minn.))), competitive inhibition immunoassay (e.g., forward and reverse), fluorescence polarization immunoassay (FPIA), enzyme multiplied immunoassay technique (EMIT), bioluminescence resonance energy transfer (BRET), and homogeneous chemiluminescent assay, etc. In a SELDI-based immunoassay, a capture reagent that specifically binds an analyte (or a fragment thereof) of interest is attached to the surface of a mass spectrometry probe, such as a pre-activated protein chip array. The analyte (or a fragment thereof) is then specifically captured on the biochip, and the captured analyte (or a fragment thereof) is detected by mass spectrometry. Alternatively, the analyte (or a fragment thereof) can be eluted from the capture reagent and detected by traditional MALDI (matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization) or by SELDI. A chemiluminescent microparticle immunoassay, in particular one employing the ARCHITECT® automated analyzer (Abbott Laboratories, Abbott Park, Ill.), is an example of a preferred immunoassay.
Methods well-known in the art for collecting, handling and processing urine, blood, serum and plasma, and other body fluids, are used in the practice of the present disclosure, for instance, when a DVD-Ig as described herein is employed as an immunodiagnostic reagent and/or in an analyte immunoassay kit. The test sample can comprise further moieties in addition to the analyte of interest, such as antibodies, antigens, haptens, hormones, drugs, enzymes, receptors, proteins, peptides, polypeptides, oligonucleotides and/or polynucleotides. For example, the sample can be a whole blood sample obtained from a subject. It can be necessary or desired that a test sample, particularly whole blood, be treated prior to immunoassay as described herein, e.g., with a pretreatment reagent. Even in cases where pretreatment is not necessary (e.g., most urine samples), pretreatment optionally can be done (e.g., as part of a regimen on a commercial platform).
The pretreatment reagent can be any reagent appropriate for use with the immunoassay and kits of the invention. The pretreatment optionally comprises: (a) one or more solvents (e.g., methanol and ethylene glycol) and optionally, salt, (b) one or more solvents and salt, and optionally, detergent, (c) detergent, or (d) detergent and salt. Pretreatment reagents are known in the art, and such pretreatment can be employed, e.g., as used for assays on Abbott TDx, AxSYM®, and ARCHITECT® analyzers (Abbott Laboratories, Abbott Park, Ill.), as described in the literature (see, e.g., Yatscoff et al., Abbott TDx Monoclonal Antibody Assay Evaluated for Measuring Cyclosporine in Whole Blood, Clin. Chem. 36: 1969-1973 (1990), and Wallemacq et al., Evaluation of the New AxSYM Cyclosporine Assay: Comparison with TDx Monoclonal Whole Blood and EMIT Cyclosporine Assays, Clin. Chem. 45: 432-435 (1999)), and/or as commercially available. Additionally, pretreatment can be done as described in Abbott's U.S. Pat. No. 5,135,875, European Pat. Pub. No. 0 471 293, U.S. Provisional Pat. App. 60/878,017, filed Dec. 29, 2006, and U.S. Pat. App. Pub. No. 2008/0020401 (incorporated by reference in its entirety for its teachings regarding pretreatment). The pretreatment reagent can be a heterogeneous agent or a homogeneous agent.
With use of a heterogeneous pretreatment reagent, the pretreatment reagent precipitates analyte binding protein (e.g., protein that can bind to an analyte or a fragment thereof) present in the sample. Such a pretreatment step comprises removing any analyte binding protein by separating from the precipitated analyte binding protein the supernatant of the mixture formed by addition of the pretreatment agent to sample. In such an assay, the supernatant of the mixture absent any binding protein is used in the assay, proceeding directly to the antibody capture step.
With use of a homogeneous pretreatment reagent there is no such separation step. The entire mixture of test sample and pretreatment reagent are contacted with a labeled specific binding partner for analyte (or a fragment thereof), such as a labeled anti-analyte antibody (or an antigenically reactive fragment thereof). The pretreatment reagent employed for such an assay typically is diluted in the pretreated test sample mixture, either before or during capture by the first specific binding partner. Despite such dilution, a certain amount of the pretreatment reagent is still present (or remains) in the test sample mixture during capture. According to the invention, the labeled specific binding partner can be a DVD-Ig (or a fragment, a variant, or a fragment of a variant thereof).
In a heterogeneous format, after the test sample is obtained from a subject, a first mixture is prepared. The mixture contains the test sample being assessed for an analyte (or a fragment thereof) and a first specific binding partner, wherein the first specific binding partner and any analyte contained in the test sample form a first specific binding partner-analyte complex. Preferably, the first specific binding partner is an anti-analyte antibody or a fragment thereof. The first specific binding partner can be a DVD-Ig (or a fragment, a variant, or a fragment of a variant thereof) as described herein. The order in which the test sample and the first specific binding partner are added to form the mixture is not critical. Preferably, the first specific binding partner is immobilized on a solid phase. The solid phase used in the immunoassay (for the first specific binding partner and, optionally, the second specific binding partner) can be any solid phase known in the art, such as, but not limited to, a magnetic particle, a bead, a test tube, a microtiter plate, a cuvette, a membrane, a scaffolding molecule, a film, a filter paper, a disc and a chip.
After the mixture containing the first specific binding partner-analyte complex is formed, any unbound analyte is removed from the complex using any technique known in the art. For example, the unbound analyte can be removed by washing. Desirably, however, the first specific binding partner is present in excess of any analyte present in the test sample, such that all analyte that is present in the test sample is bound by the first specific binding partner.
After any unbound analyte is removed, a second specific binding partner is added to the mixture to form a first specific binding partner-analyte-second specific binding partner complex. The second specific binding partner is preferably an anti-analyte antibody that binds to an epitope on analyte that differs from the epitope on analyte bound by the first specific binding partner. Moreover, also preferably, the second specific binding partner is labeled with or contains a detectable label as described above. The second specific binding partner can be a DVD-Ig (or a fragment, a variant, or a fragment of a variant thereof) as described herein.
Any suitable detectable label as is known in the art can be used. For example, the detectable label can be a radioactive label (such as 3H, 125I, 35S, 14C, 32P, and 33P), an enzymatic label (such as horseradish peroxidase, alkaline peroxidase, glucose 6-phosphate dehydrogenase, and the like), a chemiluminescent label (such as acridinium esters, thioesters, or sulfonamides; luminol, isoluminol, phenanthridinium esters, and the like), a fluorescent label (such as fluorescein (e.g., 5-fluorescein, 6-carboxyfluorescein, 3′6-carboxyfluorescein, 5(6)-carboxyfluorescein, 6-hexachloro-fluorescein, 6-tetrachlorofluorescein, fluorescein isothiocyanate, and the like)), rhodamine, phycobiliproteins, R-phycoerythrin, quantum dots (e.g., zinc sulfide-capped cadmium selenide), a thermometric label, or an immuno-polymerase chain reaction label. An introduction to labels, labeling procedures and detection of labels is found in Polak and Van Noorden, Introduction to Immunocytochemistry, 2nd ed., Springer Verlag, N.Y. (1997), and in Haugland, Handbook of Fluorescent Probes and Research Chemicals (1996), which is a combined handbook and catalogue published by Molecular Probes, Inc., Eugene, Oreg. A fluorescent label can be used in FPIA (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,593,896, 5,573,904, 5,496,925, 5,359,093, and 5,352,803, which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entireties). An acridinium compound can be used as a detectable label in a homogeneous or heterogeneous chemiluminescent assay (see, e.g., Adamczyk et al., Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 16: 1324-1328 (2006); Adamczyk et al., Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 4: 2313-2317 (2004); Adamczyk et al., Biorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 14: 3917-3921 (2004); and Adamczyk et al., Org. Lett. 5: 3779-3782 (2003)).
A preferred acridinium compound is an acridinium-9-carboxamide. Methods for preparing acridinium 9-carboxamides are described in Mattingly, J. Biolumin. Chemilumin. 6: 107-114 (1991); Adamczyk et al., J. Org. Chem. 63: 5636-5639 (1998); Adamczyk et al., Tetrahedron 55: 10899-10914 (1999); Adamczyk et al., Org. Lett. 1: 779-781 (1999); Adamczyk et al., Bioconjugate Chem. 11: 714-724 (2000); Mattingly et al., In Luminescence Biotechnology: Instruments and Applications; Dyke, K. V. Ed.; CRC Press: Boca Raton, pp. 77-105 (2002); Adamczyk et al., Org. Lett. 5: 3779-3782 (2003); and U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,468,646, 5,543,524 and 5,783,699 (each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety for its teachings regarding same). Another preferred acridinium compound is an acridinium-9-carboxylate aryl ester. An example of an acridinium-9-carboxylate aryl ester is 10-methyl-9-(phenoxycarbonyl)acridinium fluorosulfonate (available from Cayman Chemical, Ann Arbor, Mich.). Methods for preparing acridinium 9-carboxylate aryl esters are described in McCapra et al., Photochem. Photobiol. 4: 1111-21 (1965); Razavi et al., Luminescence 15: 245-249 (2000); Razavi et al., Luminescence 15: 239-244 (2000); and U.S. Pat. No. 5,241,070 (each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety for its teachings regarding same). Further details regarding acridinium-9-carboxylate aryl ester and its use are set forth in US 2008-0248493.
Chemiluminescent assays (e.g., using acridinium as described above or other chemiluminescent agents) can be performed in accordance with the methods described in Adamczyk et al., Anal. Chim. Acta 579(1): 61-67 (2006). While any suitable assay format can be used, a microplate chemiluminometer (Mithras LB-940, Berthold Technologies U.S.A., LLC, Oak Ridge, Tenn.) enables the assay of multiple samples of small volumes rapidly.
The order in which the test sample and the specific binding partner(s) are added to form the mixture for chemiluminescent assay is not critical. If the first specific binding partner is detectably labeled with a chemiluminescent agent such as an acridinium compound, detectably labeled first specific binding partner-analyte complexes form. Alternatively, if a second specific binding partner is used and the second specific binding partner is detectably labeled with a chemiluminescent agent such as an acridinium compound, detectably labeled first specific binding partner-analyte-second specific binding partner complexes form. Any unbound specific binding partner, whether labeled or unlabeled, can be removed from the mixture using any technique known in the art, such as washing.
Hydrogen peroxide can be generated in situ in the mixture or provided or supplied to the mixture (e.g., the source of the hydrogen peroxide being one or more buffers or other solutions that are known to contain hydrogen peroxide) before, simultaneously with, or after the addition of an above-described acridinium compound. Hydrogen peroxide can be generated in situ in a number of ways such as would be apparent to one skilled in the art.
Upon the simultaneous or subsequent addition of at least one basic solution to the sample, a detectable signal, namely, a chemiluminescent signal, indicative of the presence of analyte is generated. The basic solution contains at least one base and has a pH greater than or equal to 10, preferably, greater than or equal to 12. Examples of basic solutions include, but are not limited to, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, calcium hydroxide, ammonium hydroxide, magnesium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium bicarbonate, calcium hydroxide, calcium carbonate, and calcium bicarbonate. The amount of basic solution added to the sample depends on the concentration of the basic solution. Based on the concentration of the basic solution used, one skilled in the art can easily determine the amount of basic solution to add to the sample.
The chemiluminescent signal that is generated can be detected using routine techniques known to those skilled in the art. Based on the intensity of the signal generated, the amount of analyte in the sample can be quantified. Specifically, the amount of analyte in the sample is proportional to the intensity of the signal generated. The amount of analyte present can be quantified by comparing the amount of light generated to a standard curve for analyte or by comparison to a reference standard. The standard curve can be generated using serial dilutions or solutions of known concentrations of analyte by mass spectroscopy, gravimetric methods, and other techniques known in the art. While the above is described with emphasis on use of an acridinium compound as the chemiluminescent agent, one of ordinary skill in the art can readily adapt this description for use of other chemiluminescent agents.
Analyte immunoassays generally can be conducted using any format known in the art, such as, but not limited to, a sandwich format. Specifically, in one immunoassay format, at least two antibodies are employed to separate and quantify analyte, such as human analyte, or a fragment thereof in a sample. More specifically, the at least two antibodies bind to different epitopes on an analyte (or a fragment thereof) forming an immune complex, which is referred to as a “sandwich.” Generally, in the immunoassays one or more antibodies can be used to capture the analyte (or a fragment thereof) in the test sample (these antibodies are frequently referred to as a “capture” antibody or “capture” antibodies) and one or more antibodies can be used to bind a detectable (namely, quantifiable) label to the sandwich (these antibodies are frequently referred to as the “detection antibody,” the “detection antibodies,” the “conjugate,” or the “conjugates”). Thus, in the context of a sandwich immunoassay format, a DVD-Ig (or a fragment, a variant, or a fragment of a variant thereof) as described herein can be used as a capture antibody, a detection antibody, or both. For example, one DVD-Ig having a domain that can bind a first epitope on an analyte (or a fragment thereof) can be used as a capture antibody and/or another DVD-Ig having a domain that can bind a second epitope on an analyte (or a fragment thereof) can be used as a detection antibody. In this regard, a DVD-Ig having a first domain that can bind a first epitope on an analyte (or a fragment thereof) and a second domain that can bind a second epitope on an analyte (or a fragment thereof) can be used as a capture antibody and/or a detection antibody. Alternatively, one DVD-Ig having a first domain that can bind an epitope on a first analyte (or a fragment thereof) and a second domain that can bind an epitope on a second analyte (or a fragment thereof) can be used as a capture antibody and/or a detection antibody to detect, and optionally quantify, two or more analytes. In the event that an analyte can be present in a sample in more than one form, such as a monomeric form and a dimeric/multimeric form, which can be homomeric or heteromeric, one DVD-Ig having a domain that can bind an epitope that is only exposed on the monomeric form and another DVD-Ig having a domain that can bind an epitope on a different part of a dimeric/multimeric form can be used as capture antibodies and/or detection antibodies, thereby enabling the detection, and optional quantification, of different forms of a given analyte. Furthermore, employing DVD-Igs with differential affinities within a single DVD-Ig and/or between DVD-Igs can provide an avidity advantage. In the context of immunoassays as described herein, it generally may be helpful or desired to incorporate one or more linkers within the structure of a DVD-Ig. When present, optimally the linker should be of sufficient length and structural flexibility to enable binding of an epitope by the inner domains as well as binding of another epitope by the outer domains. In this regard, if a DVD-Ig can bind two different analytes and one analyte is larger than the other, desirably the larger analyte is bound by the outer domains.
Generally speaking, a sample being tested for (for example, suspected of containing) analyte (or a fragment thereof) can be contacted with at least one capture antibody (or antibodies) and at least one detection antibody (which can be a second detection antibody or a third detection antibody or even a successively numbered antibody, e.g., as where the capture and/or detection antibody comprise multiple antibodies) either simultaneously or sequentially and in any order. For example, the test sample can be first contacted with at least one capture antibody and then (sequentially) with at least one detection antibody. Alternatively, the test sample can be first contacted with at least one detection antibody and then (sequentially) with at least one capture antibody. In yet another alternative, the test sample can be contacted simultaneously with a capture antibody and a detection antibody.
In the sandwich assay format, a sample suspected of containing analyte (or a fragment thereof) is first brought into contact with at least one first capture antibody under conditions that allow the formation of a first antibody/analyte complex. If more than one capture antibody is used, a first capture antibody/analyte complex comprising two or more capture antibodies is formed. In a sandwich assay, the antibodies, i.e., preferably, the at least one capture antibody, are used in molar excess amounts of the maximum amount of analyte (or a fragment thereof) expected in the test sample. For example, from about 5 μg to about 1 mg of antibody per mL of buffer (e.g., microparticle coating buffer) can be used.
Competitive inhibition immunoassays, which are often used to measure small analytes because binding by only one antibody is required, comprise sequential and classic formats. In a sequential competitive inhibition immunoassay a capture antibody to an analyte of interest is coated onto a well of a microtiter plate or other solid support. When the sample containing the analyte of interest is added to the well, the analyte of interest binds to the capture antibody. After washing, a known amount of labeled (e.g., biotin or horseradish peroxidase (HRP)) analyte is added to the well. A substrate for an enzymatic label is necessary to generate a signal. An example of a suitable substrate for HRP is 3,3′,5,5′-tetramethylbenzidine (TMB). After washing, the signal generated by the labeled analyte is measured and is inversely proportional to the amount of analyte in the sample. In a classic competitive inhibition immunoassay an antibody to an analyte of interest is coated onto a solid support (e.g., a well of a microtiter plate). However, unlike the sequential competitive inhibition immunoassay, the sample and the labeled analyte are added to the well at the same time. Any analyte in the sample competes with labeled analyte for binding to the capture antibody. After washing, the signal generated by the labeled analyte is measured and is inversely proportional to the amount of analyte in the sample.
Optionally, prior to contacting the test sample with the at least one capture antibody (for example, the first capture antibody), the at least one capture antibody can be bound to a solid support, which facilitates the separation of the first antibody/analyte (or a fragment thereof) complex from the test sample. The substrate to which the capture antibody is bound can be any suitable solid support or solid phase that facilitates separation of the capture antibody-analyte complex from the sample.
Examples include a well of a plate, such as a microtiter plate, a test tube, a porous gel (e.g., silica gel, agarose, dextran, or gelatin), a polymeric film (e.g., polyacrylamide), beads (e.g., polystyrene beads or magnetic beads), a strip of a filter/membrane (e.g., nitrocellulose or nylon), microparticles (e.g., latex particles, magnetizable microparticles (e.g., microparticles having ferric oxide or chromium oxide cores and homo- or hetero-polymeric coats and radii of about 1-10 microns). The substrate can comprise a suitable porous material with a suitable surface affinity to bind antigens and sufficient porosity to allow access by detection antibodies. A microporous material is generally preferred, although a gelatinous material in a hydrated state can be used. Such porous substrates are preferably in the form of sheets having a thickness of about 0.01 to about 0.5 mm, preferably about 0.1 mm. While the pore size may vary quite a bit, preferably the pore size is from about 0.025 to about 15 microns, more preferably from about 0.15 to about 15 microns. The surface of such substrates can be activated by chemical processes that cause covalent linkage of an antibody to the substrate. Irreversible binding, generally by adsorption through hydrophobic forces, of the antigen or the antibody to the substrate results; alternatively, a chemical coupling agent or other means can be used to bind covalently the antibody to the substrate, provided that such binding does not interfere with the ability of the antibody to bind to analyte. Alternatively, the antibody can be bound with microparticles, which have been previously coated with streptavidin (e.g., DYNAL® Magnetic Beads, Invitrogen, Carlsbad, Calif.) or biotin (e.g., using Power-Bind™-SA-MP streptavidin-coated microparticles (Seradyn, Indianapolis, Ind.)) or anti-species-specific monoclonal antibodies. If necessary, the substrate can be derivatized to allow reactivity with various functional groups on the antibody. Such derivatization requires the use of certain coupling agents, examples of which include, but are not limited to, maleic anhydride, N-hydroxysuccinimide, and 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl) carbodiimide. If desired, one or more capture reagents, such as antibodies (or fragments thereof), each of which is specific for analyte(s) can be attached to solid phases in different physical or addressable locations (e.g., such as in a biochip configuration (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 6,225,047; Int'l Pat. App. Pub. No. WO 99/51773; U.S. Pat. No. 6,329,209; Int'l Pat. App. Pub. No. WO 00/56934, and U.S. Pat. No. 5,242,828). If the capture reagent is attached to a mass spectrometry probe as the solid support, the amount of analyte bound to the probe can be detected by laser desorption ionization mass spectrometry. Alternatively, a single column can be packed with different beads, which are derivatized with the one or more capture reagents, thereby capturing the analyte in a single place (see, antibody-derivatized, bead-based technologies, e.g., the xMAP technology of Luminex (Austin, Tex.)).
After the test sample being assayed for analyte (or a fragment thereof) is brought into contact with the at least one capture antibody (for example, the first capture antibody), the mixture is incubated in order to allow for the formation of a first antibody (or multiple antibody)-analyte (or a fragment thereof) complex. The incubation can be carried out at a pH of from about 4.5 to about 10.0, at a temperature of from about 2° C. to about 45° C., and for a period from at least about one (1) minute to about eighteen (18) hours, preferably from about 1 to about 24 minutes, most preferably for about 4 to about 18 minutes. The immunoassay described herein can be conducted in one step (meaning the test sample, at least one capture antibody and at
least one detection antibody are all added sequentially or simultaneously to a reaction vessel) or in more than one step, such as two steps, three steps, etc.
After formation of the (first or multiple) capture antibody/analyte (or a fragment thereof) complex, the complex is then contacted with at least one detection antibody under conditions which allow for the formation of a (first or multiple) capture antibody/analyte (or a fragment thereof)/second detection antibody complex). While captioned for clarity as the “second” antibody (e.g., second detection antibody), in fact, where multiple antibodies are used for capture and/or detection, the at least one detection antibody can be the second, third, fourth, etc. antibodies used in the immunoassay. If the capture antibody/analyte (or a fragment thereof) complex is contacted with more than one detection antibody, then a (first or multiple) capture antibody/analyte (or a fragment thereof)/(multiple) detection antibody complex is formed. As with the capture antibody (e.g., the first capture antibody), when the at least one (e.g., second and any subsequent) detection antibody is brought into contact with the capture antibody/analyte (or a fragment thereof) complex, a period of incubation under conditions similar to those described above is required for the formation of the (first or multiple) capture antibody/analyte (or a fragment thereof)/(second or multiple) detection antibody complex. Preferably, at least one detection antibody contains a detectable label. The detectable label can be bound to the at least one detection antibody (e.g., the second detection antibody) prior to, simultaneously with, or after the formation of the (first or multiple) capture antibody/analyte (or a fragment thereof)/(second or multiple) detection antibody complex. Any detectable label known in the art can be used (see discussion above, including of the Polak and Van Noorden (1997) and Haugland (1996) references).
The detectable label can be bound to the antibodies either directly or through a coupling agent. An example of a coupling agent that can be used is EDAC (1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl) carbodiimide, hydrochloride), which is commercially available from Sigma-Aldrich, St. Louis, Mo. Other coupling agents that can be used are known in the art. Methods for binding a detectable label to an antibody are known in the art. Additionally, many detectable labels can be purchased or synthesized that already contain end groups that facilitate the coupling of the detectable label to the antibody, such as CPSP-Acridinium Ester (i.e., 9-[N-tosyl-N-(3-carboxypropyl)]-10-(3-sulfopropyl)acridinium carboxamide) or SPSP-Acridinium Ester (i.e., N10-(3-sulfopropyl)-N-(3-sulfopropyl)-acridinium-9-carboxamide).
The (first or multiple) capture antibody/analyte/(second or multiple) detection antibody complex can be, but does not have to be, separated from the remainder of the test sample prior to quantification of the label. For example, if the at least one capture antibody (e.g., the first capture antibody) is bound to a solid support, such as a well or a bead, separation can be accomplished by removing the fluid (of the test sample) from contact with the solid support. Alternatively, if the at least first capture antibody is bound to a solid support, it can be simultaneously contacted with the analyte-containing sample and the at least one second detection antibody to form a first (multiple) antibody/analyte/second (multiple) antibody complex, followed by removal of the fluid (test sample) from contact with the solid support. If the at least one first capture antibody is not bound to a solid support, then the (first or multiple) capture antibody/analyte/(second or multiple) detection antibody complex does not have to be removed from the test sample for quantification of the amount of the label.
After formation of the labeled capture antibody/analyte/detection antibody complex (e.g., the first capture antibody/analyte/second detection antibody complex), the amount of label in the complex is quantified using techniques known in the art. For example, if an enzymatic label is used, the labeled complex is reacted with a substrate for the label that gives a quantifiable reaction such as the development of color. If the label is a radioactive label, the label is quantified using appropriate means, such as a scintillation counter. If the label is a fluorescent label, the label is quantified by stimulating the label with a light of one color (which is known as the “excitation wavelength”) and detecting another color (which is known as the “emission wavelength”) that is emitted by the label in response to the stimulation. If the label is a chemiluminescent label, the label is quantified by detecting the light emitted either visually or by using luminometers, x-ray film, high speed photographic film, a CCD camera, etc. Once the amount of the label in the complex has been quantified, the concentration of analyte or a fragment thereof in the test sample is determined by appropriate means, such as by use of a standard curve that has been generated using serial dilutions of analyte or a fragment thereof of known concentration. Other than using serial dilutions of analyte or a fragment thereof, the standard curve can be generated gravimetrically, by mass spectroscopy and by other techniques known in the art.
In a chemiluminescent microparticle assay employing the ARCHITECT® analyzer, the conjugate diluent pH should be about 6.0+/−0.2, the microparticle coating buffer should be maintained at about room temperature (i.e., at from about 17 to about 27° C.), the microparticle coating buffer pH should be about 6.5+/−0.2, and the microparticle diluent pH should be about 7.8+/−0.2. Solids preferably are less than about 0.2%, such as less than about 0.15%, less than about 0.14%, less than about 0.13%, less than about 0.12%, or less than about 0.11%, such as about 0.10%.
FPIAs are based on competitive binding immunoassay principles. A fluorescently labeled compound, when excited by a linearly polarized light, will emit fluorescence having a degree of polarization inversely proportional to its rate of rotation. When a fluorescently labeled tracer-antibody complex is excited by a linearly polarized light, the emitted light remains highly polarized because the fluorophore is constrained from rotating between the time light is absorbed and the time light is emitted. When a “free” tracer compound (i.e., a compound that is not bound to an antibody) is excited by linearly polarized light, its rotation is much faster than the corresponding tracer-antibody conjugate produced in a competitive binding immunoassay. FPIAs are advantageous over RIAs inasmuch as there are no radioactive substances requiring special handling and disposal. In addition, FPIAs are homogeneous assays that can be easily and rapidly performed.
In view of the above, a method of determining the presence, amount, or concentration of analyte (or a fragment thereof) in a test sample is provided. The method comprises assaying the test sample for an analyte (or a fragment thereof) by an assay (i) employing (i′) at least one of an antibody, a fragment of an antibody that can bind to an analyte, a variant of an antibody that can bind to an analyte, a fragment of a variant of an antibody that can bind to an analyte, and a DVD-Ig (or a fragment, a variant, or a fragment of a variant thereof) that can bind to an analyte, and (ii′) at least one detectable label and (ii) comprising comparing a signal generated by the detectable label as a direct or indirect indication of the presence, amount or concentration of analyte (or a fragment thereof) in the test sample to a signal generated as a direct or indirect indication of the presence, amount or concentration of analyte (or a fragment thereof) in a control or calibrator. The calibrator is optionally part of a series of calibrators, in which each of the calibrators differs from the other calibrators by the concentration of analyte.
The method can comprise (i) contacting the test sample with at least one first specific binding partner for analyte (or a fragment thereof) selected from the group consisting of an antibody, a fragment of an antibody that can bind to an analyte, a variant of an antibody that can bind to an analyte, a fragment of a variant of an antibody that can bind to an analyte, and a DVD-Ig (or a fragment, a variant, or a fragment of a variant thereof) that can bind to an analyte so as to form a first specific binding partner/analyte (or fragment thereof) complex, (ii) contacting the first specific binding partner/analyte (or fragment thereof) complex with at least one second specific binding partner for analyte (or fragment thereof) selected from the group consisting of a detectably labeled anti-analyte antibody, a detectably labeled fragment of an anti-analyte antibody that can bind to analyte, a detectably labeled variant of an anti-analyte antibody that can bind to analyte, a detectably labeled fragment of a variant of an anti-analyte antibody that can bind to analyte, and a detectably labeled DVD-Ig (or a fragment, a variant, or a fragment of a variant thereof) so as to form a first specific binding partner/analyte (or fragment thereof)/second specific binding partner complex, and (iii) determining the presence, amount or concentration of analyte in the test sample by detecting or measuring the signal generated by the detectable label in the first specific binding partner/analyte (or fragment thereof)/second specific binding partner complex formed in (ii). A method in which at least one first specific binding partner for analyte (or a fragment thereof) and/or at least one second specific binding partner for analyte (or a fragment thereof) is a DVD-Ig (or a fragment, a variant, or a fragment of a variant thereof) as described herein can be preferred.
Alternatively, the method can comprise contacting the test sample with at least one first specific binding partner for analyte (or a fragment thereof) selected from the group consisting of an antibody, a fragment of an antibody that can bind to an analyte, a variant of an antibody that can bind to an analyte, a fragment of a variant of an antibody that can bind to an analyte, and a DVD-Ig (or a fragment, a variant, or a fragment of a variant thereof) and simultaneously or sequentially, in either order, contacting the test sample with at least one second specific binding partner, which can compete with analyte (or a fragment thereof) for binding to the at least one first specific binding partner and which is selected from the group consisting of a detectably labeled analyte, a detectably labeled fragment of analyte that can bind to the first specific binding partner, a detectably labeled variant of analyte that can bind to the first specific binding partner, and a detectably labeled fragment of a variant of analyte that can bind to the first specific binding partner. Any analyte (or a fragment thereof) present in the test sample and the at least one second specific binding partner compete with each other to form a first specific binding partner/analyte (or fragment thereof) complex and a first specific binding partner/second specific binding partner complex, respectively. The method further comprises determining the presence, amount or concentration of analyte in the test sample by detecting or measuring the signal generated by the detectable label in the first specific binding partner/second specific binding partner complex formed in (ii), wherein the signal generated by the detectable label in the first specific binding partner/second specific binding partner complex is inversely proportional to the amount or concentration of analyte in the test sample.
The above methods can further comprise diagnosing, prognosticating, or assessing the efficacy of a therapeutic/prophylactic treatment of a patient from whom the test sample was obtained. If the method further comprises assessing the efficacy of a therapeutic/prophylactic treatment of the patient from whom the test sample was obtained, the method optionally further comprises modifying the therapeutic/prophylactic treatment of the patient as needed to improve efficacy. The method can be adapted for use in an automated system or a semi-automated system.
With regard to the methods of assay (and kit therefor), it may be possible to employ commercially available anti-analyte antibodies or methods for production of anti-analyte as described in the literature. Commercial supplies of various antibodies include, but are not limited to, Santa Cruz Biotechnology Inc. (Santa Cruz, Calif.), GenWay Biotech, Inc. (San Diego, Calif.), and R&D Systems (RDS; Minneapolis, Minn.).
Generally, a predetermined level can be employed as a benchmark against which to assess results obtained upon assaying a test sample for analyte or a fragment thereof, e.g., for detecting disease or risk of disease. Generally, in making such a comparison, the predetermined level is obtained by running a particular assay a sufficient number of times and under appropriate conditions such that a linkage or association of analyte presence, amount or concentration with a particular stage or endpoint of a disease, disorder or condition or with particular clinical indicia can be made. Typically, the predetermined level is obtained with assays of reference subjects (or populations of subjects). The analyte measured can include fragments thereof, degradation products thereof, and/or enzymatic cleavage products thereof.
In particular, with respect to a predetermined level as employed for monitoring disease progression and/or treatment, the amount or concentration of analyte or a fragment thereof may be “unchanged,” “favorable” (or “favorably altered”), or “unfavorable” (or “unfavorably altered”). “Elevated” or “increased” refers to an amount or a concentration in a test sample that is higher than a typical or normal level or range (e.g., predetermined level), or is higher than another reference level or range (e.g., earlier or baseline sample). The term “lowered” or “reduced” refers to an amount or a concentration in a test sample that is lower than a typical or normal level or range (e.g., predetermined level), or is lower than another reference level or range (e.g., earlier or baseline sample). The term “altered” refers to an amount or a concentration in a sample that is altered (increased or decreased) over a typical or normal level or range (e.g., predetermined level), or over another reference level or range (e.g., earlier or baseline sample).
The typical or normal level or range for analyte is defined in accordance with standard practice. Because the levels of analyte in some instances will be very low, a so-called altered level or alteration can be considered to have occurred when there is any net change as compared to the typical or normal level or range, or reference level or range, that cannot be explained by experimental error or sample variation. Thus, the level measured in a particular sample will be compared with the level or range of levels determined in similar samples from a so-called normal subject. In this context, a “normal subject” is an individual with no detectable disease, for example, and a “normal” (sometimes termed “control”) patient or population is/are one(s) that exhibit(s) no detectable disease, respectively, for example. Furthermore, given that analyte is not routinely found at a high level in the majority of the human population, a “normal subject” can be considered an individual with no substantial detectable increased or elevated amount or concentration of analyte, and a “normal” (sometimes termed “control”) patient or population is/are one(s) that exhibit(s) no substantial detectable increased or elevated amount or concentration of analyte. An “apparently normal subject” is one in which analyte has not yet been or currently is being assessed. The level of an analyte is said to be “elevated” when the analyte is normally undetectable (e.g., the normal level is zero, or within a range of from about 25 to about 75 percentiles of normal populations), but is detected in a test sample, as well as when the analyte is present in the test sample at a higher than normal level. Thus, inter alia, the disclosure provides a method of screening for a subject having, or at risk of having, a particular disease, disorder, or condition. The method of assay can also involve the assay of other markers and the like.
Accordingly, the methods described herein also can be used to determine whether or not a subject has or is at risk of developing a given disease, disorder or condition. Specifically, such a method can comprise the steps of:
(a) determining the concentration or amount in a test sample from a subject of analyte (or a fragment thereof) (e.g., using the methods described herein, or methods known in the art); and
(b) comparing the concentration or amount of analyte (or a fragment thereof) determined in step (a) with a predetermined level, wherein, if the concentration or amount of analyte determined in step (a) is favorable with respect to a predetermined level, then the subject is determined not to have or be at risk for a given disease, disorder or condition. However, if the concentration or amount of analyte determined in step (a) is unfavorable with respect to the predetermined level, then the subject is determined to have or be at risk for a given disease, disorder or condition.
Additionally, provided herein is method of monitoring the progression of disease in a subject. Optimally the method comprising the steps of:
(a) determining the concentration or amount in a test sample from a subject of analyte;
(b) determining the concentration or amount in a later test sample from the subject of analyte; and
(c) comparing the concentration or amount of analyte as determined in step (b) with the concentration or amount of analyte determined in step (a), wherein if the concentration or amount determined in step (b) is unchanged or is unfavorable when compared to the concentration or amount of analyte determined in step (a), then the disease in the subject is determined to have continued, progressed or worsened. By comparison, if the concentration or amount of analyte as determined in step (b) is favorable when compared to the concentration or amount of analyte as determined in step (a), then the disease in the subject is determined to have discontinued, regressed or improved.
Optionally, the method further comprises comparing the concentration or amount of analyte as determined in step (b), for example, with a predetermined level. Further, optionally the method comprises treating the subject with one or more pharmaceutical compositions for a period of time if the comparison shows that the concentration or amount of analyte as determined in step (b), for example, is unfavorably altered with respect to the predetermined level.
Still further, the methods can be used to monitor treatment in a subject receiving treatment with one or more pharmaceutical compositions. Specifically, such methods involve providing a first test sample from a subject before the subject has been administered one or more pharmaceutical compositions. Next, the concentration or amount in a first test sample from a subject of analyte is determined (e.g., using the methods described herein or as known in the art). After the concentration or amount of analyte is determined, optionally the concentration or amount of analyte is then compared with a predetermined level. If the concentration or amount of analyte as determined in the first test sample is lower than the predetermined level, then the subject is not treated with one or more pharmaceutical compositions. However, if the concentration or amount of analyte as determined in the first test sample is higher than the predetermined level, then the subject is treated with one or more pharmaceutical compositions for a period of time. The period of time that the subject is treated with the one or more pharmaceutical compositions can be determined by one skilled in the art (for example, the period of time can be from about seven (7) days to about two years, preferably from about fourteen (14) days to about one (1) year).
During the course of treatment with the one or more pharmaceutical compositions, second and subsequent test samples are then obtained from the subject. The number of test samples and the time in which said test samples are obtained from the subject are not critical. For example, a second test sample could be obtained seven (7) days after the subject is first administered the one or more pharmaceutical compositions, a third test sample could be obtained two (2) weeks after the subject is first administered the one or more pharmaceutical compositions, a fourth test sample could be obtained three (3) weeks after the subject is first administered the one or more pharmaceutical compositions, a fifth test sample could be obtained four (4) weeks after the subject is first administered the one or more pharmaceutical compositions, etc.
After each second or subsequent test sample is obtained from the subject, the concentration or amount of analyte is determined in the second or subsequent test sample is determined (e.g., using the methods described herein or as known in the art). The concentration or amount of analyte as determined in each of the second and subsequent test samples is then compared with the concentration or amount of analyte as determined in the first test sample (e.g., the test sample that was originally optionally compared to the predetermined level). If the concentration or amount of analyte as determined in step (c) is favorable when compared to the concentration or amount of analyte as determined in step (a), then the disease in the subject is determined to have discontinued, regressed or improved, and the subject should continue to be administered the one or pharmaceutical compositions of step (b). However, if the concentration or amount determined in step (c) is unchanged or is unfavorable when compared to the concentration or amount of analyte as determined in step (a), then the disease in the subject is determined to have continued, progressed or worsened, and the subject should be treated with a higher concentration of the one or more pharmaceutical compositions administered to the subject in step (b) or the subject should be treated with one or more pharmaceutical compositions that are different from the one or more pharmaceutical compositions administered to the subject in step (b). Specifically, the subject can be treated with one or more pharmaceutical compositions that are different from the one or more pharmaceutical compositions that the subject had previously received to decrease or lower said subject's analyte level.
Generally, for assays in which repeat testing may be done (e.g., monitoring disease progression and/or response to treatment), a second or subsequent test sample is obtained at a period in time after the first test sample has been obtained from the subject. Specifically, a second test sample from the subject can be obtained minutes, hours, days, weeks or years after the first test sample has been obtained from the subject. For example, the second test sample can be obtained from the subject at a time period of about 1 minute, about 5 minutes, about 10 minutes, about 15 minutes, about 30 minutes, about 45 minutes, about 60 minutes, about 2 hours, about 3 hours, about 4 hours, about 5 hours, about 6 hours, about 7 hours, about 8 hours, about 9 hours, about 10 hours, about 11 hours, about 12 hours, about 13 hours, about 14 hours, about 15 hours, about 16 hours, about 17 hours, about 18 hours, about 19 hours, about 20 hours, about 21 hours, about 22 hours, about 23 hours, about 24 hours, about 2 days, about 3 days, about 4 days, about 5 days, about 6 days, about 7 days, about 2 weeks, about 3 weeks, about 4 weeks, about 5 weeks, about 6 weeks, about 7 weeks, about 8 weeks, about 9 weeks, about 10 weeks, about 11 weeks, about 12 weeks, about 13 weeks, about 14 weeks, about 15 weeks, about 16 weeks, about 17 weeks, about 18 weeks, about 19 weeks, about 20 weeks, about 21 weeks, about 22 weeks, about 23 weeks, about 24 weeks, about 25 weeks, about 26 weeks, about 27 weeks, about 28 weeks, about 29 weeks, about 30 weeks, about 31 weeks, about 32 weeks, about 33 weeks, about 34 weeks, about 35 weeks, about 36 weeks, about 37 weeks, about 38 weeks, about 39 weeks, about 40 weeks, about 41 weeks, about 42 weeks, about 43 weeks, about 44 weeks, about 45 weeks, about 46 weeks, about 47 weeks, about 48 weeks, about 49 weeks, about 50 weeks, about 51 weeks, about 52 weeks, about 1.5 years, about 2 years, about 2.5 years, about 3.0 years, about 3.5 years, about 4.0 years, about 4.5 years, about 5.0 years, about 5.5. years, about 6.0 years, about 6.5 years, about 7.0 years, about 7.5 years, about 8.0 years, about 8.5 years, about 9.0 years, about 9.5 years or about 10.0 years after the first test sample from the subject is obtained.
When used to monitor disease progression, the above assay can be used to monitor the progression of disease in subjects suffering from acute conditions. Acute conditions, also known as critical care conditions, refer to acute, life-threatening diseases or other critical medical conditions involving, for example, the cardiovascular system or excretory system. Typically, critical care conditions refer to those conditions requiring acute medical intervention in a hospital-based setting (including, but not limited to, the emergency room, intensive care unit, trauma center, or other emergent care setting) or administration by a paramedic or other field-based medical personnel. For critical care conditions, repeat monitoring is generally done within a shorter time frame, namely, minutes, hours or days (e.g., about 1 minute, about 5 minutes, about 10 minutes, about 15 minutes, about 30 minutes, about 45 minutes, about 60 minutes, about 2 hours, about 3 hours, about 4 hours, about 5 hours, about 6 hours, about 7 hours, about 8 hours, about 9 hours, about 10 hours, about 11 hours, about 12 hours, about 13 hours, about 14 hours, about 15 hours, about 16 hours, about 17 hours, about 18 hours, about 19 hours, about 20 hours, about 21 hours, about 22 hours, about 23 hours, about 24 hours, about 2 days, about 3 days, about 4 days, about 5 days, about 6 days or about 7 days), and the initial assay likewise is generally done within a shorter timeframe, e.g., about minutes, hours or days of the onset of the disease or condition.
The assays also can be used to monitor the progression of disease in subjects suffering from chronic or non-acute conditions. Non-critical care or, non-acute conditions, refers to conditions other than acute, life-threatening disease or other critical medical conditions involving, for example, the cardiovascular system and/or excretory system. Typically, non-acute conditions include those of longer-term or chronic duration. For non-acute conditions, repeat monitoring generally is done with a longer timeframe, e.g., hours, days, weeks, months or years (e.g., about 1 hour, about 2 hours, about 3 hours, about 4 hours, about 5 hours, about 6 hours, about 7 hours, about 8 hours, about 9 hours, about 10 hours, about 11 hours, about 12 hours, about 13 hours, about 14 hours, about 15 hours, about 16 hours, about 17 hours, about 18 hours, about 19 hours, about 20 hours, about 21 hours, about 22 hours, about 23 hours, about 24 hours, about 2 days, about 3 days, about 4 days, about 5 days, about 6 days, about 7 days, about 2 weeks, about 3 weeks, about 4 weeks, about 5 weeks, about 6 weeks, about 7 weeks, about 8 weeks, about 9 weeks, about 10 weeks, about 11 weeks, about 12 weeks, about 13 weeks, about 14 weeks, about 15 weeks, about 16 weeks, about 17 weeks, about 18 weeks, about 19 weeks, about 20 weeks, about 21 weeks, about 22 weeks, about 23 weeks, about 24 weeks, about 25 weeks, about 26 weeks, about 27 weeks, about 28 weeks, about 29 weeks, about 30 weeks, about 31 weeks, about 32 weeks, about 33 weeks, about 34 weeks, about 35 weeks, about 36 weeks, about 37 weeks, about 38 weeks, about 39 weeks, about 40 weeks, about 41 weeks, about 42 weeks, about 43 weeks, about 44 weeks, about 45 weeks, about 46 weeks, about 47 weeks, about 48 weeks, about 49 weeks, about 50 weeks, about 51 weeks, about 52 weeks, about 1.5 years, about 2 years, about 2.5 years, about 3.0 years, about 3.5 years, about 4.0 years, about 4.5 years, about 5.0 years, about 5.5. years, about 6.0 years, about 6.5 years, about 7.0 years, about 7.5 years, about 8.0 years, about 8.5 years, about 9.0 years, about 9.5 years or about 10.0 years), and the initial assay likewise generally is done within a longer time frame, e.g., about hours, days, months or years of the onset of the disease or condition.
Furthermore, the above assays can be performed using a first test sample obtained from a subject where the first test sample is obtained from one source, such as urine, serum or plasma. Optionally, the above assays can then be repeated using a second test sample obtained from the subject where the second test sample is obtained from another source. For example, if the first test sample was obtained from urine, the second test sample can be obtained from serum or plasma. The results obtained from the assays using the first test sample and the second test sample can be compared. The comparison can be used to assess the status of a disease or condition in the subject.
Moreover, the present disclosure also relates to methods of determining whether a subject predisposed to or suffering from a given disease, disorder or condition will benefit from treatment. In particular, the disclosure relates to analyte companion diagnostic methods and products. Thus, the method of “monitoring the treatment of disease in a subject” as described herein further optimally also can encompass selecting or identifying candidates for therapy.
Thus, in particular embodiments, the disclosure also provides a method of determining whether a subject having, or at risk for, a given disease, disorder or condition is a candidate for therapy. Generally, the subject is one who has experienced some symptom of a given disease, disorder or condition or who has actually been diagnosed as having, or being at risk for, a given disease, disorder or condition, and/or who demonstrates an unfavorable concentration or amount of analyte or a fragment thereof, as described herein.
The method optionally comprises an assay as described herein, where analyte is assessed before and following treatment of a subject with one or more pharmaceutical compositions (e.g., particularly with a pharmaceutical related to a mechanism of action involving analyte), with immunosuppressive therapy, or by immunoabsorption therapy, or where analyte is assessed following such treatment and the concentration or the amount of analyte is compared against a predetermined level. An unfavorable concentration of amount of analyte observed following treatment confirms that the subject will not benefit from receiving further or continued treatment, whereas a favorable concentration or amount of analyte observed following treatment confirms that the subject will benefit from receiving further or continued treatment. This confirmation assists with management of clinical studies, and provision of improved patient care.
It goes without saying that, while certain embodiments herein are advantageous when employed to assess a given disease, disorder or condition as discussed herein, the assays and kits can be employed to assess analyte in other diseases, disorders and conditions. The method of assay can also involve the assay of other markers and the like.
The method of assay also can be used to identify a compound that ameliorates a given disease, disorder or condition. For example, a cell that expresses analyte can be contacted with a candidate compound. The level of expression of analyte in the cell contacted with the compound can be compared to that in a control cell using the method of assay described herein.
II. Kit
A kit for assaying a test sample for the presence, amount or concentration of an analyte (or a fragment thereof) in a test sample is also provided. The kit comprises at least one component for assaying the test sample for the analyte (or a fragment thereof) and instructions for assaying the test sample for the analyte (or a fragment thereof). The at least one component for assaying the test sample for the analyte (or a fragment thereof) can include a composition comprising an anti-analyte DVD-Ig (or a fragment, a variant, or a fragment of a variant thereof), which is optionally immobilized on a solid phase.
The kit can comprise at least one component for assaying the test sample for an analyte by immunoassay, e.g., chemiluminescent microparticle immunoassay, and instructions for assaying the test sample for an analyte by immunoassay, e.g., chemiluminescent microparticle immunoassay. For example, the kit can comprise at least one specific binding partner for an analyte, such as an anti-analyte, monoclonal/polyclonal antibody (or a fragment thereof that can bind to the analyte, a variant thereof that can bind to the analyte, or a fragment of a variant that can bind to the analyte) or an anti-analyte DVD-Ig (or a fragment, a variant, or a fragment of a variant thereof), either of which can be detectably labeled. Alternatively or additionally, the kit can comprise detectably labeled analyte (or a fragment thereof that can bind to an anti-analyte, monoclonal/polyclonal antibody or an anti-analyte DVD-Ig (or a fragment, a variant, or a fragment of a variant thereof)), which can compete with any analyte in a test sample for binding to an anti-analyte, monoclonal/polyclonal antibody (or a fragment thereof that can bind to the analyte, a variant thereof that can bind to the analyte, or a fragment of a variant that can bind to the analyte) or an anti-analyte DVD-Ig (or a fragment, a variant, or a fragment of a variant thereof), either of which can be immobilized on a solid support. The kit can comprise a calibrator or control, e.g., isolated or purified analyte. The kit can comprise at least one container (e.g., tube, microtiter plates or strips, which can be already coated with a first specific binding partner, for example) for conducting the assay, and/or a buffer, such as an assay buffer or a wash buffer, either one of which can be provided as a concentrated solution, a substrate solution for the detectable label (e.g., an enzymatic label), or a stop solution. Preferably, the kit comprises all components, i.e., reagents, standards, buffers, diluents, etc., which are necessary to perform the assay. The instructions can be in paper form or computer-readable form, such as a disk, CD, DVD, or the like.
Any antibodies, such as an anti-analyte antibody or an anti-analyte DVD-Ig, or tracer can incorporate a detectable label as described herein, such as a fluorophore, a radioactive moiety, an enzyme, a biotin/avidin label, a chromophore, a chemiluminescent label, or the like, or the kit can include reagents for carrying out detectable labeling. The antibodies, calibrators and/or controls can be provided in separate containers or pre-dispensed into an appropriate assay format, for example, into microtiter plates.
Optionally, the kit includes quality control components (for example, sensitivity panels, calibrators, and positive controls). Preparation of quality control reagents is well-known in the art and is described on insert sheets for a variety of immunodiagnostic products. Sensitivity panel members optionally are used to establish assay performance characteristics, and further optionally are useful indicators of the integrity of the immunoassay kit reagents, and the standardization of assays.
The kit can also optionally include other reagents required to conduct a diagnostic assay or facilitate quality control evaluations, such as buffers, salts, enzymes, enzyme co-factors, enzyme substrates, detection reagents, and the like. Other components, such as buffers and solutions for the isolation and/or treatment of a test sample (e.g., pretreatment reagents), also can be included in the kit. The kit can additionally include one or more other controls. One or more of the components of the kit can be lyophilized, in which case the kit can further comprise reagents suitable for the reconstitution of the lyophilized components.
The various components of the kit optionally are provided in suitable containers as necessary, e.g., a microtiter plate. The kit can further include containers for holding or storing a sample (e.g., a container or cartridge for a urine sample). Where appropriate, the kit optionally also can contain reaction vessels, mixing vessels, and other components that facilitate the preparation of reagents or the test sample. The kit can also include one or more instruments for assisting with obtaining a test sample, such as a syringe, pipette, forceps, measured spoon, or the like.
If the detectable label is at least one acridinium compound, the kit can comprise at least one acridinium-9-carboxamide, at least one acridinium-9-carboxylate aryl ester, or any combination thereof. If the detectable label is at least one acridinium compound, the kit also can comprise a source of hydrogen peroxide, such as a buffer, a solution, and/or at least one basic solution. If desired, the kit can contain a solid phase, such as a magnetic particle, bead, test tube, microtiter plate, cuvette, membrane, scaffolding molecule, film, filter paper, disc or chip.
III. Adaptation of Kit and Method
The kit (or components thereof), as well as the method of determining the presence, amount or concentration of an analyte in a test sample by an assay, such as an immunoassay as described herein, can be adapted for use in a variety of automated and semi-automated systems (including those wherein the solid phase comprises a microparticle), as described, e.g., in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,089,424 and 5,006,309, and as commercially marketed, e.g., by Abbott Laboratories (Abbott Park, Ill.) as ARCHITECT®.
Some of the differences between an automated or semi-automated system as compared to a non-automated system (e.g., ELISA) include the substrate to which the first specific binding partner (e.g., an anti-analyte, monoclonal/polyclonal antibody (or a fragment thereof, a variant thereof, or a fragment of a variant thereof) or an anti-analyte DVD-Ig (or a fragment thereof, a variant thereof, or a fragment of a variant thereof) is attached; either way, sandwich formation and analyte reactivity can be impacted), and the length and timing of the capture, detection and/or any optional wash steps. Whereas a non-automated format, such as an ELISA, may require a relatively longer incubation time with sample and capture reagent (e.g., about 2 hours), an automated or semi-automated format (e.g., ARCHITECT®, Abbott Laboratories) may have a relatively shorter incubation time (e.g., approximately 18 minutes for ARCHITECT®). Similarly, whereas a non-automated format, such as an ELISA, may incubate a detection antibody, such as the conjugate reagent, for a relatively longer incubation time (e.g., about 2 hours), an automated or semi-automated format (e.g., ARCHITECT®) may have a relatively shorter incubation time (e.g., approximately 4 minutes for the ARCHITECT®).
Other platforms available from Abbott Laboratories include, but are not limited to, AXSYM®, IMx® (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,294,404, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety), PRISM®, EIA (bead), and Quantum™ II, as well as other platforms. Additionally, the assays, kits and kit components can be employed in other formats, for example, on electrochemical or other hand-held or point-of-care assay systems. The present disclosure is, for example, applicable to the commercial Abbott Point of Care (i-STAT®, Abbott Laboratories) electrochemical immunoassay system that performs sandwich immunoassays. Immunosensors and their methods of manufacture and operation in single-use test devices are described, for example in, U.S. Pat. No. 5,063,081, U.S. Pat. App. Pub. No. 2003/0170881, U.S. Pat. App. Pub. No. 2004/0018577, U.S. Pat. App. Pub. No. 2005/0054078, and U.S. Pat. App. Pub. No. 2006/0160164, which are incorporated in their entireties by reference for their teachings regarding same.
In particular, with regard to the adaptation of an analyte assay to the I-STAT® system, the following configuration is preferred. A microfabricated silicon chip is manufactured with a pair of gold amperometric working electrodes and a silver-silver chloride reference electrode. On one of the working electrodes, polystyrene beads (0.2 mm diameter) with immobilized anti-analyte, monoclonal/polyclonal antibody (or a fragment thereof, a variant thereof, or a fragment of a variant thereof) or anti-analyte DVD-Ig (or a fragment thereof, a variant thereof, or a fragment of a variant thereof), are adhered to a polymer coating of patterned polyvinyl alcohol over the electrode. This chip is assembled into an I-STAT® cartridge with a fluidics format suitable for immunoassay. On a portion of the wall of the sample-holding chamber of the cartridge there is a layer comprising a specific binding partner for an analyte, such as an anti-analyte, monoclonal/polyclonal antibody (or a fragment thereof, a variant thereof, or a fragment of a variant thereof that can bind the analyte) or an anti-analyte DVD-Ig (or a fragment thereof, a variant thereof, or a fragment of a variant thereof that can bind the analyte), either of which can be delectably labeled. Within the fluid pouch of the cartridge is an aqueous reagent that includes p-aminophenol phosphate.
In operation, a sample suspected of containing an analyte is added to the holding chamber of the test cartridge, and the cartridge is inserted into the I-STAT® reader. After the specific binding partner for an analyte has dissolved into the sample, a pump element within the cartridge forces the sample into a conduit containing the chip. Here it is oscillated to promote formation of the sandwich. In the penultimate step of the assay, fluid is forced out of the pouch and into the conduit to wash the sample off the chip and into a waste chamber. In the final step of the assay, the alkaline phosphatase label reacts with p-aminophenol phosphate to cleave the phosphate group and permit the liberated p-aminophenol to be electrochemically oxidized at the working electrode. Based on the measured current, the reader is able to calculate the amount of analyte in the sample by means of an embedded algorithm and factory-determined calibration curve.
It further goes without saying that the methods and kits as described herein necessarily encompass other reagents and methods for carrying out the immunoassay. For instance, encompassed are various buffers such as are known in the art and/or which can be readily prepared or optimized to be employed, e.g., for washing, as a conjugate diluent, microparticle diluent, and/or as a calibrator diluent. An exemplary conjugate diluent is ARCHITECT® conjugate diluent employed in certain kits (Abbott Laboratories, Abbott Park, Ill.) and containing 2-(N-morpholino)ethanesulfonic acid (MES), a salt, a protein blocker, an antimicrobial agent, and a detergent. An exemplary calibrator diluent is ARCHITECT® human calibrator diluent employed in certain kits (Abbott Laboratories, Abbott Park, Ill.), which comprises a buffer containing MES, other salt, a protein blocker, and an antimicrobial agent. Additionally, as described in U.S. Patent Application No. 61/142,048 filed Dec. 31, 2008, improved signal generation may be obtained, e.g., in an I-Stat cartridge format, using a nucleic acid sequence linked to the signal antibody as a signal amplifier.
It will be readily apparent to those skilled in the art that other suitable modifications and adaptations of the methods of the invention described herein are obvious and may be made using suitable equivalents without departing from the scope of the invention or the embodiments disclosed herein. Having now described the present invention in detail, the same will be more clearly understood by reference to the following examples, which are included for purposes of illustration only and are not intended to be limiting of the invention.
EXEMPLIFICATION Example 1 Design, Construction, and Analysis of a DVD-Ig Example 1.1 Assays Used to Identify and Characterize Parent Antibodies and DVD-Ig
The following assays were used throughout the Examples to identify and characterize parent antibodies and DVD-Ig, unless otherwise stated.
Example 1.1.1 Assays Used to Determine Binding and Affinity of Parent Antibodies and DVD-Ig for Their Target Antigen(s) Example 1.1.1.A Direct Bind ELISA
Enzyme Linked Immunosorbent Assays to screen for antibodies that bind a desired target antigen were performed as follows. High bind ELISA plates (Corning Costar # 3369, Acton, Mass.) were coated with 100 μL/well of 10 μg/ml of desired target antigen (R&D Systems, Minneapolis, Minn.) or desired target antigen extra-cellular domain/FC fusion protein (R&D Systems, Minneapolis, Minn.) or monoclonal mouse anti-polyHistidine antibody (R&D Systems # MAB050, Minneapolis, Minn.) in phosphate buffered saline (10×PBS, Abbott Bioresearch Center, Media Prep# MPS-073, Worcester, Mass.) overnight at 4° C. Plates were washed four times with PBS containing 0.02% Tween 20. Plates were blocked by the addition of 300 μL/well blocking solution (non-fat dry milk powder, various retail suppliers, diluted to 2% in PBS) for ½ hour at room temperature. Plates were washed four times after blocking with PBS containing 0.02% Tween 20.
Alternatively, one hundred microliters per well of 10 pg/ml of Histidine (His) tagged desired target antigen (R&D Systems, Minneapolis, Minn.) was added to ELISA plates coated with monoclonal mouse anti-polyHistidine antibody as described above and incubated for 1 hour at room temperature. Wells were washed four times with PBS containing 0.02% Tween 20.
One hundred microliters of antibody or DVD-Ig preparations diluted in blocking solution as described above was added to the desired target antigen plate or desired target antigen/FC fusion plate or the anti-polyHistidine antibody/His tagged desired target antigen plate prepared as described above and incubated for 1 hour at room temperature. Wells were washed four times with PBS containing 0.02% Tween 20.
One hundred microliters of 10 ng/mL goat anti-human IgG-FC specific HRP conjugated antibody (Southern Biotech # 2040-05, Birmingham, Ala.) was added to each well of the desired target antigen plate or anti-polyhistidine antibody/Histidine tagged desired target antigen plate. Alternatively, one hundred microliters of 10 ng/mL goat anti-human IgG-kappa light chain specific HRP conjugated antibody (Southern Biotech # 2060-05 Birmingham, Ala.) was added to each well of the desired target antigen/FC fusion plate and incubated for 1 hour at room temperature. Plates were washed 4 times with PBS containing 0.02% Tween 20.
One hundred microliters of enhanced TMB solution (Neogen Corp. #308177, K Blue, Lexington, Ky.) was added to each well and incubated for 10 minutes at room temperature. The reaction was stopped by the addition of 50 μL 1N sulphuric acid. Plates were read spectrophotometrically at a wavelength of 450 nm.
Table 3 contains a list of the antigens used in the Direct Bind Assay.
Table 4 contains the binding data expressed as EC50 in nM for those antibodies and DVD-Ig constructs tested in the Direct Bind ELISA assay.
In the Direct Bind ELISA, binding was sometimes not observed, probably because the antibody binding site on the target antigen was either “masked” or the antigen is “distorted” when coated to the plastic surface. The inability of a DVD-Ig to bind its target may also be due to steric limitation imposed on DVD-Ig by the Direct Bind ELISA format. The parent antibodies and DVD-Igs that did not bind in the Direct Bind ELISA format bound to target antigen in other ELISA formats, such as FACS, Biacore or bioassay. Non-binding of a DVD-Ig was also restored by adjusting the linker length between the two variable domains of the DVD-Ig, as shown previously.
TABLE 3
Antigens Used in Direct Bind ELISA
Assay Antigen Vendor Designation Vendor Catalog #
RGMa RGM-A Repulsive Guidence R&D 2459-RM
Molecule A
RAGE RAGE RAGE/FC Chimera R&D 1145-RG
IL-18 IL-18 IL-18 MBL B003-5
IGF1 IGF-1 IGF-I R&D 291-G1
IGF2 IGF-2 IGF-II R&D 292-G2
IL-1β IL-1β IL-1β R&D 201-LB
TNFα TNFα TNFα/TNFSF1A R&D 210-TA
EGFR EGFR EGF R/FC Chimera R&D 1095-ER
/FC = Fc region fusion
TABLE 4
Direct Binding ELISA of Parental Antibodies and DVD Constructs
Direct Bind Direct Bind
N-Terminal C-Terminal ELISA ELISA
Parent Antibody Variable Variable N-Terminal VD C-Terminal VD
or DVD ID Domain Domain EC50 (nM) EC50 (nM)
AB017 TNF 0.44
DVD223 A beta (seq. 1) TNF 8.59
DVD224 TNF A beta (seq. 1) 0.43
AB032 IL-1b (seq. 1) 5.27
DVD225 A beta (seq. 1) IL-1b (seq. 1) 3938.56
DVD226 IL-1b (seq. 1) A beta (seq. 1) 9.52
AB010 IGF1, 2 10.1, 2.93
DVD229 A beta (seq. 1) IGF1, 2 210.16, 130.87
DVD230 IGF1, 2 A beta (seq. 1) 4.84, 2.44
AB058 IL-18 (seq. 1) 3.77
DVD231 A beta (seq. 1) IL-18 (seq. 1) 50.62
DVD232 IL-18 (seq. 1) A beta (seq. 1) 0.68
AB033 EGFR (seq. 1) 0.68
DVD236 EGFR (seq. 1) CD-20 (seq. 1) 0.49
AB017 TNF 0.19
AB033 EGFR (seq. 1) 0.63
DVD289 TNF EGFR (seq. 1) 0.32 3.65
DVD290 EGFR (seq. 1) TNF 0.54 41.05
AB017 TNF 0.19
AB059 RGMa 0.13
DVD291 TNF RGMa 0.17 0.98
DVD292 RGMa TNF 2.16 775.32
AB060 RAGE (seq. 1) 1.69
DVD293 RAGE (seq. 1) A beta (seq. 1) 7.32
DVD294 A beta (seq. 1) RAGE (seq. 1) 1.53
AB060 RAGE (seq. 1) 0.64
AB017 TNF 0.50
DVD295 RAGE (seq. 1) TNF 0.48 6.57
DVD296 TNF RAGE (seq. 1) 0.33 1.05

Binding of all DVD constructs was maintained and comparable to parent antibodies. All N-terminal variable domains bound with a similar high affinity as the parent antibody as well as the C-terminal variable domains of DVD constructs DVD289, DVD291, DVD294 and DVD296.
Example 1.1.1.B Aβ 1-42 ELISA
ELISA assays were performed to screen for antibodies that bind a desired target antigen as follows. Maxisorb NUNC Immuno plates were coated with 100 μL/well of 1 μg/ml of Aβ1-42 diluted in coating buffer overnight at 6° C. Plates were washed three times with PBS containing 0.02% Tween 20. Blocking solution was prepared by dissolving the blocking reagent for ELISA (Roche) in 100 mL water and then diluted further 1:10 prior to use. Plates were blocked by the addition of 265 μL/well blocking solution for 2 hours at room temperature. Plates were washed three times after blocking with PBS containing 0.02% Tween 20.
Antibody or DVD-Igs were diluted to 100 ng/μL in PBST+0.5% BSA and serially diluted 1:3. One hundred microliters of antibody or DVD-Ig preparations was added to the plate and incubated for 2 hour at room temperature. Wells were washed three times with PBS containing 0.02% Tween 20.
Two hundred microliters of anti-human POD diluted 1:5000 was added to each well of the plate and incubated for 1 hour at room temperature. Plates were washed three times with PBS containing 0.02% Tween 20.
One hundred microliters of TMB solution was added to each well and incubated for 10 minutes. TMB solution was prepared by mixing 20 mL 100 mM natrium-acetate pH4.9 with 200 μL TMB solution (Roche #92817060) and 29.5 μL 3% H2O2. The reaction was stopped by the addition of 50 μL 1N sulphuric acid. Plates were read spectrophotometrically at a wavelength of 450 nm. Results are provided in Table 5.
TABLE 5
Aβ 1-42 ELISA of Parental Antibodies and DVD Constructs
N-Terminal C-Terminal Aβ ELISA Aβ ELISA
Parent Antibody Variable Variable N-Terminal VD C-Terminal VD
or DVD ID Domain Domain EC50 (nM) EC50 (nM)
AB043 A beta (seq. 1) 0.012
DVD223 A beta (seq. 1) TNF 0.014
DVD224 TNF A beta (seq. 1) 0.032
AB043 A beta (seq. 1) 0.012
DVD225 A beta (seq. 1) IL-1b (seq. 1) 0.016
DVD226 IL-1b (seq. 1) A beta (seq. 1) 0.045
AB043 A beta (seq. 1) 0.012
DVD229 A beta (seq. 1) IGF1, 2 0.016
DVD230 IGF1, 2 A beta (seq. 1) 0.039
AB043 A beta (seq. 1) 0.012
DVD231 A beta (seq. 1) IL-18 (seq. 1) 0.014
DVD232 IL-18 (seq. 1) A beta (seq. 1) 0.048
AB043 A beta (seq. 1) 0.012
DVD233 A beta (seq. 1) IL-6 0.013
AB043 A beta (seq. 1) 0.012
DVD293 RAGE (seq. 1) A beta (seq. 1) 0.048
DVD294 A beta (seq. 1) RAGE (seq. 1) 0.014
AB043 A beta (seq. 1) 0.012
DVD201 7C6 A beta (seq. 1) 0.024
DVD202 A beta (seq. 1) 7C6 0.017
Binding of all DVD constructs was maintained and comparable to parent antibodies. All N-terminal variable domains bound with a similar high affinity as the parent antibody.
Example 1.1.1.C Aβ 20-42 ELISA
ELISA assays were performed to screen for antibodies that bind a desired target antigen as follows. Aβ 20-42 globulomer and PBS at 37° C. was pre-warmed for 1 minute. High bind ELISA plates (Corning Costar #3369, Acton, Mass.) were coated with 100 μL/well of 2 μg/ml of Aβ 20-42 globulomer diluted in PBS overnight at 4° C. Plates were blocked with 320 μL/well of 100% superblock PBS buffer (Thermo Scientific, #37515) and incubated for 45 minutes at room temperature. Plates were washed three times after blocking with PBS containing 0.02% Tween 20.
Antibody or DVD-Igs were diluted to 2000 ng/mL, 1000 ng/mL, 200 ng/mL, 40 ng/mL, 8 ng/mL, 1.6 ng/mL and 0.32 ng/mL in 10% superblock in PBS. One hundred microliters of antibody or DVD-Ig preparations was added to the plate in triplicate and incubated for 2 hours at room temperature. Wells were washed five times with PBS containing 0.02% Tween 20.
One hundred microliters of goat anti-human HRP conjugated antibody (Pierce #31412) diluted 1:40,000 was added to each well of the plate and incubated for 30 minutes at room temperature. Plates were washed five times with PBS containing 0.02% Tween 20.
One hundred microliters of TMB solution (Invitrogen-Zymed; #00-2023) was added to each well and incubated for 5 minutes. The reaction was stopped by the addition of 100 μL 2N sulphuric acid. Plates were read spectrophotometrically at a wavelength of 450 nm. Results are shown in Table 6.
TABLE 6
Aβ 20-42 ELISA of Parental Antibodies and DVD Constructs
N-Terminal C-Terminal Aβ ELISA Aβ ELISA
Parent Antibody Variable Variable N-Terminal VD C-Terminal VD
or DVD ID Domain Domain EC50 (nM) EC50 (nM)
AB044 A beta (seq 2) 0.319
DVD201 A beta (seq 2) A beta (seq 1) 0.397
DVD202 A beta (seq 1) A beta (seq 2) 0.178
Binding of all DVD constructs was maintained and was comparable to parent antibodies.
Example 1.1.1.D Capture ELISA
ELISA plates (Nunc, MaxiSorp, Rochester, N.Y.) are incubated overnight at 4° C. with anti-human Fc antibody (5 μg/ml in PBS, Jackson Immunoresearch, West Grove, Pa.). Plates are washed three times in washing buffer (PBS containing 0.05% Tween 20), and blocked for 1 hour at 25° C. in blocking buffer (PBS containing 1% BSA). Wells are washed three times, and serial dilutions of each antibody or DVD-Ig in PBS containing 0.1% BSA are added to the wells and incubated at 25° C. for 1 hour. The wells are washed three times, and biotinylated antigen (2 nM) is added to the plates and incubated for 1 hour at 25° C. The wells are washed three times and incubated for 1 hour at 25° C. with streptavidin-HRP (KPL #474-3000, Gaithersburg, Md.). The wells are washed three times, and 100 μl of ULTRA-TMB ELISA (Pierce, Rockford, Ill.) is added per well. Following color development the reaction is stopped with 1N HCL and absorbance at 450 nM is measured. Results are shown in Table 7.
Example 1.1.1.E Affinity Determination Using BIACORE Technology
TABLE 7
Reagent Used in Biacore Analyses
Assay Antigen Vendor Designation Vendor Catalog #
IL-1β Recombinant Human R&D systems 201-LB
IL-1β
TNFα Recombinant Human R&D systems 210-TA
TNF-α/TNFSF1A
EGFR Recombinant Human R&D systems 1095-ER
EGF Receptor
ECD = Extracellular Domain
/FC = antigen/IgG FC domain fusion protein

BIACORE Methods:
The BIACORE assay (Biacore, Inc, Piscataway, N.J.) determines the affinity of antibodies or DVD-Ig with kinetic measurements of on-rate and off-rate constants. Binding of antibodies or DVD-Ig to a target antigen (for example, a purified recombinant target antigen) is determined by surface plasmon resonance-based measurements with a Biacore® 1000 or 3000 instrument (Biacore® AB, Uppsala, Sweden) using running HBS-EP (10 mM HEPES [pH 7.4], 150 mM NaCl, 3 mM EDTA, and 0.005% surfactant P20) at 25° C. All chemicals are obtained from Biacore® AB (Uppsala, Sweden) or otherwise from a different source as described in the text. For example, approximately 5000 RU of goat anti-mouse IgG, (Fcγ), fragment specific polyclonal antibody (Pierce Biotechnology Inc, Rockford, Ill.) diluted in 10 mM sodium acetate (pH 4.5) is directly immobilized across a CM5 research grade biosensor chip using a standard amine coupling kit according to manufacturer's instructions and procedures at 25 μg/ml. Unreacted moieties on the biosensor surface are blocked with ethanolamine. Modified carboxymethyl dextran surface in flowcell 2 and 4 is used as a reaction surface. Unmodified carboxymethyl dextran without goat anti-mouse IgG in flow cell 1 and 3 is used as the reference surface. For kinetic analysis, rate equations derived from the 1:1 Langmuir binding model are fitted simultaneously to association and dissociation phases of all eight injections (using global fit analysis) with the use of Biaevaluation 4.0.1 software. Purified antibodies or DVD-Ig are diluted in HEPES-buffered saline for capture across goat anti-mouse IgG specific reaction surfaces. Antibodies or DVD-Ig to be captured as a ligand (25 μg/ml) are injected over reaction matrices at a flow rate of 5 μl/min. The association and dissociation rate constants, kon (M−1 s−1) and koff (s−1) are determined under a continuous flow rate of 25 μl/min. Rate constants are derived by making kinetic binding measurements at different antigen concentrations ranging from 10-200 nM. The equilibrium dissociation constant (M) of the reaction between antibodies or DVD-Igs and the target antigen is then calculated from the kinetic rate constants by the following formula: KD=koff/kon. Binding is recorded as a function of time and kinetic rate constants are calculated. In this assay, on-rates as fast as 106 M−1 s−1 and off-rates as slow as 10−6 s−1 can be measured. Results are shown in Table 8.
TABLE 8
BIACORE Analysis of Parental Antibodies and DVD Constructs
N-Terminal C-Terminal
Variable Variable
Parent Antibody Domain Domain kon koff KD
or DVD-Ig ID (VD) (VD) (M-1s-1) (s-1) (M)
AB017 TNF 3.37E+06 9.57E−05 2.84E−11
DVD223 TNF 3.80E+04 1.04E−04 2.74E−09
DVD224 TNF 1.03E+06 8.60E−05 8.36E−11
AB017 TNF 3.37E+06 9.57E−05 2.84E−11
AB033 EGFR (SEQ1) 7.81E+05 1.30E−03 1.67E−09
DVD289 TNF 1.25E+06 8.82E−05 7.05E−11
DVD289 EGFR (SEQ1) 8.73E+04 6.77E−04 7.76E−09
DVD290 EGFR (SEQ1) 1.06E+06 1.31E−03 1.23E−09
DVD290 TNF 1.74E+06 1.45E−04 8.31E−11
AB017 TNF 3.37E+06 9.57E−05 2.84E−11
AB059 RGMA 9.52E+05 6.09E−04 6.40E−10
DVD291 TNF 1.74E+06 1.45E−04 8.31E−11
DVD291 RGMA 3.89E+04 5.04E−04 1.30E−08
DVD292 RGMA 1.72E+06 5.23E−04 3.04E−10
DVD292 TNF 5.66E+04 1.25E−04 2.21E−09
AB017 TNF 3.37E+06 9.57E−05 2.84E−11
DVD295 TNF 3.90E+05 1.04E−03 2.68E−09
DVD296 TNF 1.35E+06 7.40E−05 5.48E−11
Binding of all DVD-Ig constructs characterized by Biacore technology was maintained and comparable to that of parent antibodies. All N-terminal variable domains bound with a similar high affinity as the parent antibody.
Example 1.1.2 Assays Used to Determine the Functional Activity of Parent Antibodies And DVD-Ig Example 1.1.2.A Cytokine Bioassay
The ability of an anti-cytokine or an anti-growth factor parent antibody or DVD-Ig containing anti-cytokine or anti-growth factor sequences to inhibit or neutralize a target cytokine or growth factor bioactivity is analyzed by determining the inhibitory potential of the antibody or DVD-Ig. For example, the ability of an anti-IL-4 antibody to inhibit IL-4 mediated IgE production may be used. For example, human naive B cells are isolated from peripheral blood, respectively, buffy coats by Ficoll-paque density centrifugation, followed by magnetic separation with MACS beads (Miltenyi Biotec, Bergisch Gladbach, Germany) specific for human sIgD FITC labeled goat F(ab)2 antibodies followed by anti-FITC MACS beads. Magnetically sorted naive B cells are adjusted to 3×105 cells per ml in XV15 and plated out in 100 μl per well of 96-well plates in a 6×6 array in the center of the plate, surrounded by PBS filled wells during the 10 days of culture at 37° C. in the presence of 5% CO2. One plate each is prepared per antibody to be tested, consisting of 3 wells each of un-induced and induced controls and quintuplicate repeats of antibody titrations starting at 7 μg/ml and running in 3-fold dilution down to 29 ng/ml final concentrations added in 50 μl four times concentrated pre-dilution. To induce IgE production, rhIL-4 at 20 ng/ml plus anti-CD40 monoclonal antibody (Novartis, Basel, Switzerland) at 0.5 μg/ml final concentrations in 50 μl each are added to each well, and IgE concentrations are determined at the end of the culture period by a standard sandwich ELISA method.
Example 1.1.2.B Cytokine Release Assay
The ability of a parent antibody or DVD-Ig to cause cytokine release is analyzed. Peripheral blood is withdrawn from three healthy donors by venipuncture into heparized vacutainer tubes. Whole blood is diluted 1:5 with RPMI-1640 medium and placed in 24-well tissue culture plates at 0.5 mL per well. The anti-cytokine antibodies (e.g., anti-IL-4) are diluted into RPMI-1640 and placed in the plates at 0.5 mL/well to give final concentrations of 200, 100, 50, 10, and 1 μg/mL. The final dilution of whole blood in the culture plates is 1:10. LPS and PHA are added to separate wells at 2 μg/mL and 5 μg/mL final concentration as a positive control for cytokine release. Polyclonal human IgG is used as negative control antibody. The experiment is performed in duplicate. Plates are incubated at 37° C. at 5% CO2. Twenty-four hours later the contents of the wells are transferred into test tubes and spun for 5 minutes at 1200 rpm. Cell-free supernatants are collected and frozen for cytokine assays. Cells left over on the plates and in the tubes are lysed with 0.5 mL of lysis solution, and placed at −20° C. and thawed. 0.5 mL of medium is added (to bring the volume to the same level as the cell-free supernatant samples) and the cell preparations are collected and frozen for cytokine assays. Cell-free supernatants and cell lysates are assayed for cytokine levels by ELISA, for example, for levels of IL-8, IL-6, IL-1β, IL-1RA, or TNF-α.
Example 1.1.2.C Cytokine Cross-Reactivity Study
The ability of an anti-cytokine parent antibody or DVD-Ig directed to a cytokine(s) of interest to cross react with other cytokines is analyzed. Parent antibodies or DVD-Ig are immobilized on a Biacore biosensor matrix. An anti-human Fc mAb is covalently linked via free amine groups to the dextran matrix by first activating carboxyl groups on the matrix with 100 mM N-hydroxysuccinimide (NHS) and 400 mM N-Ethyl-N′-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-carbodiimide hydrochloride (EDC). Approximately 50 μL of each antibody or DVD-Ig preparation at a concentration of 25 μg/mL, diluted in sodium acetate, pH 4.5, is injected across the activated biosensor and free amines on the protein are bound directly to the activated carboxyl groups. Typically, 5000 Resonance Units (RU's) are immobilized. Unreacted matrix EDC-esters are deactivated by an injection of 1 M ethanolamine. A second flow cell is prepared as a reference standard by immobilizing human IgG1/K using the standard amine coupling kit. SPR measurements are performed using the CM biosensor chip. All antigens to be analyzed on the biosensor surface are diluted in HBS-EP running buffer containing 0.01% P20.
To examine the cytokine binding specificity, excess cytokine of interest (100 nM, e.g., soluble recombinant human) is injected across the anti-cytokine parent antibody or DVD-Ig immobilized biosensor surface (5 minute contact time). Before injection of the cytokine of interest and immediately afterward, HBS-EP buffer alone flows through each flow cell. The net difference in the signals between the baseline and the point corresponding to approximately 30 seconds after completion of cytokine injection are taken to represent the final binding value. Again, the response is measured in Resonance Units. Biosensor matrices are regenerated using 10 mM HCl before injection of the next sample where a binding event is observed, otherwise running buffer was injected over the matrices. Human cytokines (e.g., IL-1α, IL-1β, IL-2, IL-3, IL-4, IL-5, IL-6, IL-7, IL-8, IL-9, IL-10, IL-11, IL-12, IL-13, IL-15, IL-16, IL-17, IL-18, IL-19, IL-20, IL-22, IL-23, IL-27, TNF-α, TNF-β, and IFN-γ, for example) are also simultaneously injected over the immobilized mouse IgG1/K reference surface to record any nonspecific binding background. By preparing a reference and reaction surface, Biacore can automatically subtract the reference surface data from the reaction surface data in order to eliminate the majority of the refractive index change and injection noise. Thus, it is possible to ascertain the true binding response attributed to an anti-cytokine antibody or DVD-Ig binding reaction.
When a cytokine of interest is injected across immobilized anti-cytokine antibody, significant binding is observed. 10 mM HCl regeneration completely removes all non-covalently associated proteins. Examination of the sensorgram shows that immobilized anti-cytokine antibody or DVD-Ig binding to soluble cytokine is strong and robust. After confirming the expected result with the cytokine of interest, the panel of remaining recombinant human cytokines is tested, for each antibody or DVD-Ig separately. The amount of anti-cytokine antibody or DVD-Ig bound or unbound cytokine for each injection cycle is recorded. The results from three independent experiments are used to determine the specificity profile of each antibody or DVD-Ig. Antibodies or DVD-Ig with the expected binding to the cytokine of interest and no binding to any other cytokine are selected.
Example 1.1.2.D Tissue Cross Reactivity
Tissue cross reactivity studies are done in three stages, with the first stage including cryosections of 32 tissues, second stage including up to 38 tissues, and the 3rd stage including additional tissues from 3 unrelated adults as described below. Studies are done typically at two dose levels.
Stage 1: Cryosections (about 5 μm) of human tissues (32 tissues (typically: Adrenal Gland, Gastrointestinal Tract, Prostate, Bladder, Heart, Skeletal Muscle, Blood Cells, Kidney, Skin, Bone Marrow, Liver, Spinal Cord, Breast, Lung, Spleen, Cerebellum, Lymph Node, Testes, Cerebral Cortex, Ovary, Thymus, Colon, Pancreas, Thyroid, Endothelium, Parathyroid, Ureter, Eye, Pituitary, Uterus, Fallopian Tube and Placenta) from one human donor obtained at autopsy or biopsy) are fixed and dried on object glass. The peroxidase staining of tissue sections is performed, using the avidin-biotin system.
Stage 2: Cryosections (about 5 μm) of human tissues 38 tissues (including adrenal, blood, blood vessel, bone marrow, cerebellum, cerebrum, cervix, esophagus, eye, heart, kidney, large intestine, liver, lung, lymph node, breast mammary gland, ovary, oviduct, pancreas, parathyroid, peripheral nerve, pituitary, placenta, prostate, salivary gland, skin, small intestine, spinal cord, spleen, stomach, striated muscle, testis, thymus, thyroid, tonsil, ureter, urinary bladder, and uterus) from 3 unrelated adults obtained at autopsy or biopsy) are fixed and dried on object glass. The peroxidase staining of tissue sections is performed, using the avidin-biotin system.
Stage 3: Cryosections (about 5 μm) of cynomolgus monkey tissues (38 tissues (including adrenal, blood, blood vessel, bone marrow, cerebellum, cerebrum, cervix, esophagus, eye, heart, kidney, large intestine, liver, lung, lymph node, breast mammary gland, ovary, oviduct, pancreas, parathyroid, peripheral nerve, pituitary, placenta, prostate, salivary gland, skin, small intestine, spinal cord, spleen, stomach, striated muscle, testis, thymus, thyroid, tonsil, ureter, urinary bladder, and uterus) from 3 unrelated adult monkeys obtained at autopsy or biopsy) are fixed and dried on object glass. The peroxidase staining of tissue sections is performed, using the avidin-biotin system.
The antibody or DVD-Ig is incubated with the secondary biotinylated anti-human IgG and developed into immune complex. The immune complex at the final concentrations of 2 and 10 μg/mL of antibody or DVD-Ig is added onto tissue sections on object glass and then the tissue sections are reacted for 30 minutes with a avidin-biotin-peroxidase kit. Subsequently, DAB (3,3′-diaminobenzidine), a substrate for the peroxidase reaction, is applied for 4 minutes for tissue staining. Antigen-Sepharose beads are used as positive control tissue sections. Target antigen and human serum blocking studies serve as additional controls. The immune complex at the final concentrations of 2 and 10 μg/mL of antibody or DVD-Ig is pre-incubated with target antigen (final concentration of 100 μg/ml) or human serum (final concentration 10%) for 30 minutes, and then added onto the tissue sections on object glass and then the tissue sections are reacted for 30 minutes with a avidin-biotin-peroxidase kit. Subsequently, DAB (3,3′-diaminobenzidine), a substrate for the peroxidase reaction, is applied for 4 minutes for tissue staining.
Any specific staining is judged to be either an expected (e.g., consistent with antigen expression) or unexpected reactivity based upon known expression of the target antigen in question. Any staining judged specific is scored for intensity and frequency. The tissue staining between stage 2 (human tissue) and stage 3 (cynomolgus monkey tissue) is either judged to be similar or different.
Example 1.1.2.E Inhibition of HUVEC Proliferation/Survival by VEGF Parent Antibody and DVD-Ig Constructs
Prior to plating for the assay, normal human umbilical vascular endothelial cells or HUVEC (passage 2-6) are maintained in EBM-2 (Lonza-Clonetics, Walkersville, Md.) supplemented with EGM-2 SingleQuots (Lonza-Clonetics, Walkersville, Md., #CC-4176). HUVEC cells are plated at 10,000 cells/well on collagen coated black 96-well plates in (100 μl) EMB-2 with 0.1% FBS in the absence of growth factors. The following day the media is replaced with 0.1% FBS in the absence of growth factors. The following day the media is replaced with 100 μl of EMB-2 (without growth factors or serum) and incubated for four hours prior to the addition of VEGF and antibodies/DVD-Igs. Anti-VEGF monoclonal antibodies or DVD-Igs (at final concentrations of 67 nM, 6.7 nM and 0.67 nM) are diluted in EMB-2 with 0.1% BSA and are pre-incubated with recombinant human VEGF165 (50 ng/ml) for 1 hour at 25° C. in 50 μl. Antibody/DVD-Ig and VEGF mixtures are then added to the cells (50 μl), and the plates were incubated at 37° C. in a humidified, 5% CO2 atmosphere for 72 hours. Cell survival/proliferation is measured indirectly by assessing ATP levels using an ATPlite kit (Perkin Elmer, Waltham, Mass.) according to the manufacturer's instructions.
Example 1.1.2.F IL-1α/β Bioassay and Neutralization Assay
MRC5 cells were plated at 1.5-2×104 cells per well in a 100 μL volume and incubated overnight at 37° C., 5% CO2. A 20 μg/mL working stock of antibody (4× concentrated) was prepared in complete MEM medium. An eight point serial dilution was performed (5 μg/mL-0.0003 μg/mL) in complete MEM in Marsh dilution plates. Sixty-five μL/well of each antibody dilution was added in quadruplicate to a 96 well v-bottom (Costar# 3894) plate and 65 μL of a 200 pg/mL solution of IL-1α or IL-1β or 65 μL of a mixed solution containing a 50 pg/mL solution of both IL-1α and IL-1β was also added. Control wells received 65 μL 200 pg/ml of IL-1α or IL-1β or 50 pg/mL mixed IL-1α/β (4× concentrated) plus 65 μL MEM media and media control wells received 130 μL of media. Following a 1 hour incubation, 100 μL of the Ab/Ag mixture was added to the MRC5 cells. All well volumes were equal to 200 μL. All plate reagents were then 1× concentrated. After a 16-20 hour incubation, the well contents (150 μL) were transferred into a 96-well round bottom plate (Costar# 3799) and placed in a −20° C. freezer. The supernatants were tested for hIL-8 levels by using a human IL-8 ELISA kit (R&D Systems, Minneapolis, Minn.) or hIL-8 chemiluminescence kit (MDS). Neutralization potency was determined by calculating percent inhibition relative to the IL-1α, IL-1β, or the IL-1α/β alone control value. Results are shown in Table 9.
TABLE 9
IL-1βNeutralization Assay With IL-1β
Parent Antibody and DVD-Ig Constructs
N- C- C-Terminal
Terminal Terminal N-Terminal VD VD IL-1β
Parent Variable Variable IL-1β Neutralization
Antibody or Domain Domain Neutralization Assay
DVD-Ig ID (VD) (VD) Assay EC50 nM EC50 nM
AB032 IL-1β 0.05
DVD225 A beta IL-1β 12.74
(seq. 1)
DVD226 IL-1β A beta 0.028
(seq. 1)
All DVD-Igs containing VDs from AB032 in either the N-terminal or C-terminal position showed neutralization in the MRC5 IL-1Iα/β neutralization assay.
Example 1.1.2.G Neutralization of huTNFα
L929 cells were grown to a semi-confluent density and harvested using 0.05% tryspin (Gibco#25300). The cells were washed with PBS, counted and resuspended at 1E6 cells/mL in assay media containing 4 μg/mL actinomycin D. The cells were seeded in a 96-well plate (Costar#3599) at a volume of 50 μL and 5E4 cells/well. The DVD-Ig™ and control IgG were diluted to a 4× concentration in assay media and serial 1:3 dilutions were performed. The huTNFα was diluted to 400 pg/mL in assay media. Antibody sample (200 μL) was added to the huTNFα (200 μL) in a 1:2 dilution scheme and allowed to incubate for 0.5 hour at room temperature.
The DVD-Ig™/huTNFα solution was added to the plated cells at 100 μL for a final concentration of 100 pg/mL huTNFα and 25 nM-0.00014 nM DVD-Ig™. The plates were incubated for 20 hour at 37° C., 5% CO2. To quantitate viability, 100 μL was removed from the wells and 10 μL of WST-1 reagent (Roche cat# 11644807001) was added. Plates were incubated under assay conditions for 3.5 hours, centrifuged at 500×g and 75 μL supernatant transferred to an ELISA plate (Costar cat#3369). The plates were read at OD 420-600 nm on a Spectromax 190 ELISA plate reader. The results are provided in Table 10.
TABLE 10
HuTNFα Neutralization Assay With huTNFα Parent
Antibody and DVD-Ig Constructs
N- N-Terminal C-Terminal
Parent Terminal C-Terminal VD TNFα VD TNFα
Antibody Variable Variable Neutralization Neutralization
or DVD- Domain Domain Assay Assay
Ig ID (VD) (VD) EC50 nM EC50 nM
AB017 TNF 0.077
DVD224 TNF A beta (seq. 1) 0.142
DVD291 TNF RGMa 0.248
DVD295 RAGE TNF 0.841
DVD296 TNF RAGE 0.158
DVD289 TNF EGFR (seq. 1) 0.122
All DVD-Igs containing VDs from AB017 in either the N-terminal or C-terminal position showed neutralization in the TNFα neutralization assay.
Example 1.1.2.H IL-6 Induced pSTAT3 Assay
TF-1 cells are cultured in DMEM with 2 mM 1-glutamine, 10 mM HEPES, 100 U/mL Pen/strep, 1.5 g/L sodium bicarbonate, 4.5 g/L glucose, 1 mM sodium pyruvate, 10% FBS, and 2 ng/mL GM-CSF. TF-1 cells are plated at 1.5-2×105 cells per well in a 10 μL volume and incubated overnight at 37° C., 5% CO2 in assay medium. (complete DMEM minus GM-CSF). Cells are plated into a 96½ well white assay plate. A 500 μg/mL working stock of antibody (4× concentrated) is prepared in PBS. Antibodies and DVD-Igs are serial diluted 1:5 in assay medium in Marsh dilution plates. Five uL/well of each antibody dilution is added in triplicate to the 96½ well white assay plate containing the cells. Cells and antibodies or DVD-Igs are pre-incubated for 30 minutes on ice. IL-6 is prepared at 10 μg/mL stock in endotoxin free D-PBS (0.1% BSA) and a working stock of 100 ng/mL (4× concentration) prepared with assay media. Five μL/well of the 100 ng/mL IL-6 is added to each well. Plates are incubated for 30 minutes at 37° C. Cells are lysed by adding 5 μL of 5× cell lysis buffer to all wells and the plates are shaken for 10 minutes at room temperature. Plates are frozen at −20° C. and the pSTAT3 SureFire Assay was run (Perkin Elmer).
The plate is thawed at room temperature and 30 μL/well of Reaction Buffer plus Activation Buffer mix containing Alpha Screen Acceptor Beeds (40 parts reaction buffer, 10 parts activation buffer and 1 part acceptor beads) is added to each well. The plate is sealed with foil to protect it from light and is agitated gently for 2 hours at 37° C. Dilution buffer (12.5 μL/well) containing Alpha Screen Donor beads (20 parts dilution buffer to 1 part donor beads) is added to each well. The plate is sealed with foil and agitated gently for 2 hours at 37° C. The plate is brought to room temperature and read on the Alpha Screen plate reader.
Example 1.1.2.I Growth Inhibitory Effect of a Tumor Receptor Monoclonal Antibody or DVD-Igs In Vitro
Tumor receptor monoclonal antibodies or DVD-Igs diluted in D-PBS-BSA (Dulbecco's phosphate buffered saline with 0.1% BSA) 20 μL are added to human tumor cells at final concentrations of 0.01 μg/mL-100 μg/mL in 180 uL. The plates are incubated at 37° C. in a humidified, 5% CO2 atmosphere for 3 days. The number of live cells in each well is quantified using MTS reagents according to the manufacturer's instructions (Promega, Madison, Wis.) to determine the percent of tumor growth inhibition. Wells without antibody treatment are used as controls of 0% inhibition whereas wells without cells are considered to show 100% inhibition.
Example 1.1.2.J Tumoricidal Effect of a Parent or DVD-Ig Antibody In Vitro
Parent antibodies or DVD-Ig that bind to target antigens on tumor cells may be analyzed for tumoricidal activity. Briefly, parent antibodies or DVD-Ig are diluted in D-PBS-BSA (Dulbecco's phosphate buffered saline with 0.1% BSA) and added to human tumor cells at final concentrations of 0.01 μg/mL to 100 μg/mL 200 μL. The plates are incubated at 37° C. in a humidified, 5% CO2 atmosphere for 3 days. The number of live cells in each well is quantified using MTS reagents according to the manufacturer's instructions (Promega, Madison, Wis.) to determine the percent of tumor growth inhibition. Wells without antibody treatment are used as controls of 0% inhibition whereas wells without cells were considered to show 100% inhibition.
For assessment of apoptosis, caspase-3 activation is determined by the following protocol: antibody-treated cells in 96 well plates are lysed in 120 μl of 1× lysis buffer (1.67 mM Hepes, pH 7.4, 7 mM KCl, 0.83 mM MgCl2, 0.11 mM EDTA, 0.11 mM EGTA, 0.57% CHAPS, 1 mM DTT, 1× protease inhibitor cocktail tablet; EDTA-free; Roche Pharmaceuticals, Nutley, N.J.) at room temperature with shaking for 20 minutes. After cell lysis, 80 μl of a caspase-3 reaction buffer (48 mM Hepes, pH 7.5, 252 mM sucrose, 0.1% CHAPS, 4 mM DTT, and 20 μM Ac-DEVD-AMC substrate; Biomol Research Labs, Inc., Plymouth Meeting, Pa.) is added and the plates are incubated for 2 hours at 37° C. The plates are read on a 1420 VICTOR Multilabel Counter (Perkin Elmer Life Sciences, Downers Grove, Ill.) using the following settings: excitation=360/40, emission=460/40. An increase of fluorescence units from antibody-treated cells relative to the isotype antibody control-treated cells is indicative of apoptosis.
Example 1.1.2.K Inhibition of Cell Proliferation by Parent Antibody and DVD-Ig Constructs
U87-MG human glioma tumor cells are plated at 2,000 cells/well in 100 μl in 96-well dishes in RPMI medium supplemented with 5% fetal bovine serum, and incubated at 37° C., 5% CO2 overnight. The following day the cells are treated with serial dilutions of antibody or DVD-Igs (0.013 nM to 133 nM dose range), and incubated at 37° C. in a humidified, 5% CO2 atmosphere for 5 days. Cell survival/proliferation is measured indirectly by assessing ATP levels using an ATPlite kit (Perkin Elmer, Waltham, Mass.) according to the manufacturer's instructions.
Example 1.1.2.L VEGF Parent Antibody and DVD-Ig Constructs Prevent VEGF165 Interaction with VEGFR1
ELISA plates (Nunc, MaxiSorp, Rochester, N.Y.) are incubated overnight at 4° C. with 100 μl PBS containing recombinant VEGFR1 extra-cellular domain-Fc fusion protein (5 pg/ml, R&D systems, Minneapolis, Minn.). Plates are washed three times in washing buffer (PBS containing 0.05% Tween 20), and blocked for 1 hour at 25° C. in blocking buffer (PBS containing 1% BSA). Serial dilutions of each antibody/DVD-Ig in PBS containing 0.1% BSA are incubated with 50 μl of 2 nM biotinylated VEGF for 1 hour at 25° C. The antibody/DVD-Ig-biotinylated VEGF mixtures (100 μl) are then added to the VEGFR1-Fc coated wells and incubated at 25° C. for 10 minutes. The wells are washed three times, and then incubated for 1 hour at 25° C. with 100 μl of streptavidin-HRP (KPL #474-3000, Gaithersburg, Md.). The wells are washed three times, and 100 μl of ULTRA-TMB ELISA (Pierce, Rockford, Ill.) are added per well. Following color development the reaction is stopped with 1N HCL and absorbance at 450 nM is measured.
Example 1.1.2.M Inhibition of Receptor Phosphorylation by Parent Antibodies or DVD-Ig Constructs In Vitro
Human carcinoma cells are plated in 96-well plates at 40,000 cells/well in 180 μl serum-free medium (DMEM+0.1% BSA), and incubated overnight at 37° C., 5% CO2. Costar EIA plates (Lowell, Mass.) are coated with 100 μl/well of receptor capture Ab (4 μg/ml final concentration), and incubated overnight at room temperature while shaking. The following day, receptor antibody-coated ELISA plates are washed (three times with PBST=0.05% Tween 20 in PBS, pH 7.2-7.4), and 200 μl blocking solution is added (1% BSA, 0.05% NaN3 in PBS, pH 7.2-7.4.) to block for 2 hours at room temperature on a rocker. Human tumor cells are co-incubated with antibodies or DVD-Igs and ligand. Monoclonal antibodies or DVD-Igs diluted in D-PBS-BSA (Dulbecco's phosphate buffered saline with 0.1% BSA) are added to human carcinoma cells at final concentrations of 0.01 μg/mL-100 μg/mL. Growth factors are simultaneously added to the cells at concentrations of 1-100 ng/mL (200 μL), and cells are incubated at 37° C. in a humidified, 5% CO2 atmosphere for 1 hour. Cells are lysed in 120 μl/well of cold cell extraction buffer (10 mM Tris, pH 7.4, 100 mM NaCl, 1 mM EDTA, 1 mM EGTA, 1 mM NaF, 1 mM sodium orthovanadate, 1% Triton X-100, 10% Glycerol, 0.1% SDS, and protease inhibitor cocktail), and incubated at 4° C. for 20 minutes with shaking. Cell lysates (100 μl) are added to the ELISA plate, and incubated overnight at 4° C. with gentle shaking. The following day, ELISA plates are washed, and 100 μl/well of pTyr-HRP detection Ab is added (p-IGF1R ELISA kit, R&D System # DYC1770, Minneapolis, Minn.), and plates are incubated for 2 hours at 25° C. in the dark. Plates are developed to determine phosphorylation per the manufacturer's instructions.
Example 1.1.2.N Inhibition of VEGFR2 (KDR) Phosphorylation by VEGF Parent Antibody and DVD-Ig Constructs
NIH3T3 cells expressing human VEGFR2 (KDR) are plated at 20,000 cells/well (100 μl) in 96-well plates in DMEM supplemented with 10% FBS. The following day, the cells are washed twice with DMEM and serum-starved for three hours in DMEM without FBS. Anti-VEGF parent antibody or DVD-Igs (at final concentrations of 67 nM, 6.7 nM and 0.67 nM) diluted in DMEM with 0.1% BSA are pre-incubated with recombinant human VEGF165 (50 ng/ml) for 1 hour at 25° C. These antibody/DVD-Ig and VEGF mixtures are then added to the cells, and the plates are incubated at 37° C. in a humidified, 5% CO2 atmosphere for 10 minutes. Cells are washed twice with ice cold PBS and lysed by addition of 100 μl/well of Cell Lysis Buffer (Cell Signaling, Boston, Mass.) supplemented with 0.1% NP40. Duplicate samples are pooled and 170 μl is added to wells of ELISA plates previously coated with anti-VEGFR2 antibody (R&D systems, AF357, Minneapolis, Minn.) and incubated at 25° C. with gentle shaking for two hours. The wells are washed five times with washing buffer (PBS containing 0.05% Tween 20), and incubated with 50 μl of 1:2000 dilution of biotinylated anti-phosphotyrosine antibody (4G10; Millipore, Billerica, Mass.) for 1 hour at 25° C. The wells are washed five times with PBS containing 0.05% Tween 20, and then incubated for 1 hour at 25° C. with streptavidin-HRP (KPL #474-3000, Gaithersburg, Md.). The wells are washed three times with streptavidin-HRP (KPL #474-3000, Gaithersburg, Md.)). The wells are washed three times with PBS containing 0.05% Tween 20, and 100 μl of ULTRA-TMB ELISA (Pierce, Rockford, Ill.) are added per well. Following color development the reaction is stopped with 1N HCL and absorbance at 450 nM was measured.
Example 1.1.2.O Efficacy of a DVD-Ig on the Growth of Human Carcinoma Subcutaneous Flank Xenografts
A-431 human epidermoid carcinoma cells are grown in vitro to 99% viability, 85% confluence in tissue culture flasks. SCID female mice (Charles Rivers Labs, Wilmington, Mass.) at 19-25 grams are injected subcutaneously into the right flank with 1×106 human tumor cells (1:1 matrigel) on study day 0. Administration (IP, QD, 3×/week) of human IgG control or DVD-Ig was-initiated after mice are size matched into groups of mice with mean tumor volumes of approximately 200 to 320 mm3. The tumors are measured twice a week starting on approximately day 10 post tumor cell injection.
Example 1.1.2.P Binding of Monoclonal Antibodies to the Surface of Human Tumor Cell Lines as Assessed by Flow Cytometry
Stable cell lines overexpressing a cell-surface antigen of interest or human tumor cell lines were harvested from tissue culture flasks and resuspended in phosphate buffered saline (PBS) containing 5% fetal bovine serum (PBS/FBS). Prior to staining, human tumor cells were incubated on ice with (100 μl) human IgG at 5 μg/ml in PBS/FCS. 1-5×105 cells were incubated with antibody or DVD-Ig (2 pg/mL) in PBS/FBS for 30-60 minutes on ice. Cells were washed twice and 100 μl of F(ab′)2 goat anti human IgG, Fcγ-phycoerythrin (1:200 dilution in PBS) (Jackson ImmunoResearch, West Grove, Pa., Cat.#109-116-170) was added. After a 30 minute incubation on ice, cells were washed twice and resuspended in PBS/FBS. Fluorescence was measured using a Becton Dickinson FACSCalibur (Becton Dickinson, San Jose, Calif.).
Table 11 shows the FACS data for the DVD-Ig constructs. The geometric mean is the n root of the multiplication product of n fluorescent signals (a1×a2×a3 . . . an). With log-transformed data the geometric mean is used to normalize the weighting of the data distribution. The following table contains the FACS geometric mean of parent antibodies and DVD-Ig constructs.
TABLE 11
Fluorescent Activated Cell Sorting of DVD-Ig Constructs
N-terminal C-terminal FACS FACS
Parent Variable Variable Geometric Geometric
Antibody or Domain Domain Mean Mean
DVD-Ig ID (VD) (VD) N-terminal C-terminal
AB033 EGFR (SEQ2) 192.34
DVD289 TNF EGFR (SEQ2) 48.84
DVD290 EGFR (SEQ2) TNF 239.34
AB001 CD20 203.47
AB033 EGFR (SEQ2) 192.34
DVD236 EGFR (SEQ2) CD20 256.34
All DVDs showed binding to their cell surface targets. The N-terminal domains of DVDs bound their targets on the cell surface as well as or better than the parent antibody. Binding can be restored or improved by adjusting linker length.
Example 1.1.2.Q Binding of Parent Receptor Antibody and DVD-Ig Constructs to the Surface of Human Tumor Cell Lines as Assessed by Flow Cytometry
Stable cell lines overexpressing cell-surface receptors or human tumor cell lines are harvested from tissue culture flasks and resuspended in Dulbecco's phosphate buffered saline (DPBS) containing 1% fetal calf serum (DPBS/FCS). 1-5×105 cells are incubated with 100 μL antibodies or DVD-Igs (10 ug/mL) in DPBS/FCS for 30-60 minutes on ice. Cells are washed twice and 50 μl of goat anti-human IgG-phycoerythrin (1:50 dilution in DPBS/BSA) (Southern Biotech Associates, Birmingham, Ala. cat#2040-09) is added. After 30-45 minutes incubation on ice, cells are washed twice and resuspended in 125 uL/well 1% formaldehyde in DPBS/FCS. Fluorescence was measured using a Becton Dickinson LSRII (Becton Dickinson, San Jose, Calif.).
Example 1.2 Generation of Parent Monoclonal Antibodies to a Human Antigen of Interest
Parent mouse mAbs able to bind to and neutralize a human antigen of interest and a variant thereof are obtained as follows:
Example 1.2.A Immunization of Mice with a Human Antigen of Interest
Twenty micrograms of recombinant purified human antigen (e.g., IGF1,2) mixed with complete Freund's adjuvant or Immunoeasy adjuvant (Qiagen, Valencia, Calif.) is injected subcutaneously into five 6-8 week-old Balb/C, five C57B/6 mice, and five AJ mice on Day 1. On days 24, 38, and 49, twenty micrograms of recombinant purified human antigen variant mixed with incomplete Freund's adjuvant or Immunoeasy adjuvant is injected subcutaneously into the same mice. On day 84 or day 112 or day 144, mice are injected intravenously with 1 μg recombinant purified human antigen of interest.
Example 1.2.B Generation of a Hybridoma
Splenocytes obtained from the immunized mice described in Example 1.2.A are fused with SP2/O—Ag-14 cells at a ratio of 5:1 according to the established method described in Kohler, G. and Milstein (1975) Nature, 256:495 to generate hybridomas. Fusion products are plated in selection media containing azaserine and hypoxanthine in 96-well plates at a density of 2.5×106 spleen cells per well. Seven to ten days post fusion, macroscopic hybridoma colonies are observed. Supernatant from each well containing hybridoma colonies is tested by ELISA for the presence of antibody to the antigen of interest (as described in Example 1.1.1.A). Supernatants displaying antigen-specific activity are then tested for activity (as described in the assays of Example 1.1.2), for example, the ability to neutralize the antigen of interest in a bioassay such as that described in Example 1.1.2.I).
Example 1.2.C Identification and Characterization of Parent Monoclonal Antibodies to a Human Target Antigen of Interest Example 1.2.C.1 Analyzing Parent Monoclonal Antibody Neutralizing Activity
Hybridoma supernatants are assayed for the presence of parent antibodies that bind an antigen of interest, generated according to Examples 1.2.A and 1.2.B, and are also capable of binding a variant of the antigen of interest (“antigen variant”). Supernatants with antibodies positive in both assays are then tested for their antigen neutralization potency, for example, in the cytokine bioassay of Example 1.1.2.I. The hybridomas producing antibodies with IC50 values in the bioassay less than 1000 pM, in an embodiment, less than 100 pM are scaled up and cloned by limiting dilution. Hybridoma cells are expanded into media containing 10% low IgG fetal bovine serum (Hyclone #SH30151, Logan, Utah). On average, 250 mL of each hybridoma supernatant (derived from a clonal population) is harvested, concentrated and purified by protein A affinity chromatography, as described in Harlow, E. and Lane, D. 1988 “Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual”. The ability of purified mAbs to inhibit the activity of its target antigen is determined, for example, using the cytokine bioassay as described in Example 1.1.2.I.
Example 1.2.C.2 Analyzing Parent Monoclonal Antibody Cross-Reactivity to Cynomolgus Target Antigen of Interest
To determine whether the selected mAbs described herein recognize cynomolgus antigen of interest, BIACORE analysis is conducted as described herein (Example 1.1.1.G) using recombinant cynomolgus target antigen. In addition, neutralization potencies of mAbs against recombinant cynomolgus antigen of interest may also be measured in the cytokine bioassay (Example 1.1.2.I). MAbs with good cyno cross-reactivity (in an embodiment, within 5-fold of reactivity for human antigen) are selected for future characterization.
Example 1.2.D Determination of the Amino Acid Sequence of the Variable Region for Each Murine Anti-Human Monoclonal Antibody
Isolation of the cDNAs, expression and characterization of the recombinant anti-human mouse mAbs is conducted as follows. For each amino acid sequence determination, approximately 1×106 hybridoma cells are isolated by centrifugation and processed to isolate total RNA with Trizol (Gibco BRL/Invitrogen, Carlsbad, Calif.) following manufacturer's instructions. Total RNA is subjected to first strand DNA synthesis using the SuperScript First-Strand Synthesis System (Invitrogen, Carlsbad, Calif.) per the manufacturer's instructions. Oligo(dT) is used to prime first-strand synthesis to select for poly(A)+ RNA. The first-strand cDNA product is then amplified by PCR with primers designed for amplification of murine immunoglobulin variable regions (Ig-Primer Sets, Novagen, Madison, Wis.). PCR products are resolved on an agarose gel, excised, purified, and then subcloned with the TOPO Cloning kit into pCR2.1-TOPO vector (Invitrogen, Carlsbad, Calif.) and transformed into TOP10 chemically competent E. coli (Invitrogen, Carlsbad, Calif.). Colony PCR is performed on the transformants to identify clones containing insert. Plasmid DNA is isolated from clones containing insert using a QIAprep Miniprep kit (Qiagen, Valencia, Calif.). Inserts in the plasmids are sequenced on both strands to determine the variable heavy or variable light chain DNA sequences using M13 forward and M13 reverse primers (Fermentas Life Sciences, Hanover Md.). Variable heavy and variable light chain sequences of the mAbs are identified. In an embodiment, the selection criteria for a panel of lead mAbs for next step development (humanization) includes the following:
    • The antibody does not contain any N-linked glycosylation sites (NXS), except from the standard one in CH2
    • The antibody does not contain any extra cysteines in addition to the normal cysteines in every antibody
    • The antibody sequence is aligned with the closest human germline sequences for VH and VL and any unusual amino acids should be checked for occurrence in other natural human antibodies
    • N-terminal Glutamine (Q) is changed to Glutamic acid (E) if it does not affect the activity of the antibody. This will reduce heterogeneity due to cyclization of Q
    • Efficient signal sequence cleavage is confirmed by Mass Spectrophotometry. This can be done with COS cell or 293 cell material
    • The protein sequence is checked for the risk of deamidation of Asn that could result in loss of activity
    • The antibody has a low level of aggregation
    • The antibody has solubility >5-10 mg/ml (in research phase); >25 mg/ml
    • The antibody has a normal size (5-6 nm) by Dynamic Light Scattering (DLS)
    • The antibody has a low charge heterogeneity
    • The antibody lacks cytokine release (see Example 1.1.2.B)
    • The antibody has specificity for the intended cytokine (see Example 1.1.2.C)
    • The antibody lacks unexpected tissue cross reactivity (see Example 1.1.2.D)
    • The antibody has similarity between human and cynomolgus tissue cross reactivity (see Example 1.1.2.D)
Example 1.2.2 Recombinant Humanized Parent Antibodies Example 1.2.2.1 Construction and Expression of Recombinant Chimeric Anti Human Parent Antibodies
The DNA encoding the heavy chain constant region of murine anti-human parent mAbs is replaced by a cDNA fragment encoding the human IgG1 constant region containing 2 hinge-region amino acid mutations by homologous recombination in bacteria. These mutations are a leucine to alanine change at position 234 (EU numbering) and a leucine to alanine change at position 235 (Lund et al., 1991, J. Immunol., 147:2657). The light chain constant region of each of these antibodies is replaced by a human kappa constant region. Full-length chimeric antibodies are transiently expressed in COS cells by co-transfection of chimeric heavy and light chain cDNAs ligated into the pBOS expression plasmid (Mizushima and Nagata, Nucleic Acids Research 1990, Vol 18, pg 5322). Cell supernatants containing recombinant chimeric antibody are purified by Protein A Sepharose chromatography and bound antibody is eluted by addition of acid buffer. Antibodies are neutralized and dialyzed into PBS.
The heavy chain cDNA encoding a chimeric mAb is co-transfected with its chimeric light chain cDNA (both ligated in the pBOS vector) into COS cells. Cell supernatant containing recombinant chimeric antibody is purified by Protein A Sepharose chromatography and bound antibody is eluted by addition of acid buffer. Antibodies are neutralized and dialyzed into PBS.
The purified chimeric anti-human parent mAbs are then tested for their ability to bind (by Biacore) and for functional activity, e.g., to inhibit the cytokine induced production of IgE as described in Examples 1.1.1.G and 1.1.2.B. Chimeric mAbs that maintain the activity of the parent hybridoma mAbs are selected for future development.
Example 1.2.2.2 Construction and Expression of Humanized Anti Human Parent
Antibodies
Example 1.2.2.2.A Selection of Human Antibody Frameworks
Each murine variable heavy and variable light chain gene sequence is separately aligned against 44 human immunoglobulin germline variable heavy chain or 46 germline variable light chain sequences (derived from NCBI Ig Blast website) using Vector NTI software.
Humanization is based on amino acid sequence homology, CDR cluster analysis, frequency of use among expressed human antibodies, and available information on the crystal structures of human antibodies. Taking into account possible effects on antibody binding, VH-VL pairing, and other factors, murine residues are mutated to human residues where murine and human framework residues are different, with a few exceptions. Additional humanization strategies are designed based on an analysis of human germline antibody sequences, or a subgroup thereof, that possessed a high degree of homology, i.e., sequence similarity, to the actual amino acid sequence of the murine antibody variable regions.
Homology modeling is used to identify residues unique to the murine antibody sequences that are predicted to be critical to the structure of the antibody combining site, the CDRs. Homology modeling is a computational method whereby approximate three dimensional coordinates are generated for a protein. The source of initial coordinates and guidance for their further refinement is a second protein, the reference protein, for which the three dimensional coordinates are known and the sequence of which is related to the sequence of the first protein. The relationship among the sequences of the two proteins is used to generate a correspondence between the reference protein and the protein for which coordinates are desired, the target protein. The primary sequences of the reference and target proteins are aligned with coordinates of identical portions of the two proteins transferred directly from the reference protein to the target protein. Coordinates for mismatched portions of the two proteins, e.g., from residue mutations, insertions, or deletions, are constructed from generic structural templates and energy refined to insure consistency with the already transferred model coordinates. This computational protein structure may be further refined or employed directly in modeling studies. The quality of the model structure is determined by the accuracy of the contention that the reference and target proteins are related and the precision with which the sequence alignment is constructed.
For the murine mAbs, a combination of BLAST searching and visual inspection is used to identify suitable reference structures. Sequence identity of 25% between the reference and target amino acid sequences is considered the minimum necessary to attempt a homology modeling exercise. Sequence alignments are constructed manually and model coordinates are generated with the program Jackal (see Petrey, D. et al. (2003) Proteins 53 (Suppl. 6): 430-435).
The primary sequences of the murine and human framework regions of the selected antibodies share significant identity. Residue positions that differ are candidates for inclusion of the murine residue in the humanized sequence in order to retain the observed binding potency of the murine antibody. A list of framework residues that differ between the human and murine sequences is constructed manually. Table 12 shows the framework sequences chosen for this study.
TABLE 12
Sequence Of Human IgG Heavy Chain Constant
Domain And Light Chain Constant Domain
SEQ
ID Sequence
Protein NO 12345678901234567890123456789012345678901
Wild type 58 ASTKGPSVFPLAPSSKSTSGGTAALGCLVKDYFPEPVTVSW
hIgG1 NSGALTSGVHTFPAVLQSSGLYSLSSVVTVPSSSLGTQTYI
constant CNVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSCDKTHTCPPCPAPE LL GGPSV
region FLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVKFNWYVDG
VEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCK
VSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSREEMTKNQV
SLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSF
FLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSP
GK
Mutant hIgG1 59 ASTKGPSVFPLAPSSKSTSGGTAALGCLVKDYFPEPVTVSW
constant NSGALTSGVHTFPAVLQSSGLYSLSSVVTVPSSSLGTQTYI
region CNVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSCDKTHTCPPCPAPE AA GGPSV
FLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVKFNWYVDG
VEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCK
VSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSREEMTKNQV
SLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSF
FLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSP
GK
Ig kappa 60 TVAAPSVFIFPPSDEQLKSGTASVVCLLNNFYPREAKVQWK
constant VDNALQSGNSQESVTEQDSKDSTYSLSSTLTLSKADYEKHK
region VYACEVTHQGLSSPVTKSFNRGEC
Ig Lambda 61 QPKAAPSVTLFPPSSEELQANKATLVCLISDFYPGAVTVAW
constant KADSSPVKAGVETTTPSKQSNNKYAASSYLSLTPEQWKSHR
region SYSCQVTHEGSTVEKTVAPTECS
The likelihood that a given framework residue would impact the binding properties of the antibody depends on its proximity to the CDR residues. Therefore, using the model structures, the residues that differ between the murine and human sequences are ranked according to their distance from any atom in the CDRs. Those residues that fell within 4.5 Å of any CDR atom are identified as most important and are recommended to be candidates for retention of the murine residue in the humanized antibody (i.e., back mutation).
In silico constructed humanized antibodies are constructed using oligonucleotides. For each variable region cDNA, 6 oligonucleotides of 60-80 nucleotides each are designed to overlap each other by 20 nucleotides at the 5′ and/or 3′ end of each oligonucleotide. In an annealing reaction, all 6 oligonulceotides are combined, boiled, and annealed in the presence of dNTPs. DNA polymerase I, Large (Klenow) fragment (New England Biolabs #M0210, Beverley, Mass.) is added to fill-in the approximately 40 bp gaps between the overlapping oligonucleotides. PCR is performed to amplify the entire variable region gene using two outermost primers containing overhanging sequences complementary to the multiple cloning site in a modified pBOS vector (Mizushima, S. and Nagata, S. (1990) Nucleic Acids Res. 18: 17). The PCR products derived from each cDNA assembly are separated on an agarose gel and the band corresponding to the predicted variable region cDNA size is excised and purified. The variable heavy region is inserted in-frame onto a cDNA fragment encoding the human IgG1 constant region containing 2 hinge-region amino acid mutations by homologous recombination in bacteria. These mutations are a leucine to alanine change at position 234 (EU numbering) and a leucine to alanine change at position 235 (Lund et al. (1991) J. Immunol. 147:2657). The variable light chain region is inserted in-frame with the human kappa constant region by homologous recombination. Bacterial colonies are isolated and plasmid DNA extracted. cDNA inserts are sequenced in their entirety. Correct humanized heavy and light chains corresponding to each antibody are co-transfected into COS cells to transiently produce full-length humanized anti-human antibodies. Cell supernatants containing recombinant chimeric antibody are purified by Protein A Sepharose chromatography and bound antibody is eluted by addition of acid buffer. Antibodies are neutralized and dialyzed into PBS.
Example 1.2.2.3 Characterization of Humanized Antibodies
The ability of purified humanized antibodies to inhibit a functional activity is determined, e.g., using the cytokine bioassay as described in Examples 1.1.2.A. The binding affinities of the humanized antibodies to recombinant human antigen are determined using surface plasmon resonance (Biacore®) measurement as described in Example 1.1.1.B. The IC50 values from the bioassays and the affinity of the humanized antibodies are ranked. The humanized mAbs that fully maintain the activity of the parent hybridoma mAbs are selected as candidates for future development. The top 2-3 most favorable humanized mAbs are further characterized.
Example 1.2.2.3.A Pharmacokinetic Analysis of Humanized Antibodies
Pharmacokinetic studies are carried out in Sprague-Dawley rats and cynomolgus monkeys. Male and female rats and cynomolgus monkeys are dosed intravenously or subcutaneously with a single dose of 4 mg/kg mAb and samples are analyzed using antigen capture ELISA, and pharmacokinetic parameters are determined by noncompartmental analysis. Briefly, ELISA plates are coated with goat anti-biotin antibody (5 mg/ml, 4° C., overnight), blocked with Superblock (Pierce), and incubated with biotinylated human antigen at 50 ng/ml in 10% Superblock TTBS at room temperature for 2 hours. Serum samples are serially diluted (0.5% serum, 10% Superblock in TTBS) and incubated on the plate for 30 minutes at room temperature. Detection is carried out with HRP-labeled goat anti human antibody and concentrations are determined with the help of standard curves using the four parameter logistic fit. Values for the pharmacokinetic parameters are determined by non-compartmental model using WinNonlin software (Pharsight Corporation, Mountain View, Calif.). Humanized mAbs with good pharmacokinetics profile (T1/2 is 8-13 days or better, with low clearance and excellent bioavailability 50-100%) are selected.
Example 1.2.2.3.B Physicochemical and In Vitro Stability Analysis of Humanized Monoclonal Antibodies
Size Exclusion Chromatography
Antibodies are diluted to 2.5 mg/mL with water and 20 mL is analyzed on a Shimadzu HPLC system using a TSK gel G3000 SWXL column (Tosoh Bioscience, cat# k5539-05k). Samples are eluted from the column with 211 mM sodium sulfate, 92 mM sodium phosphate, pH 7.0, at a flow rate of 0.3 mL/minutes. The HPLC system operating conditions are the following:
Mobile phase: 211 mM Na2SO4, 92 mM Na2HPO4*7H2O, pH 7.0
Gradient: Isocratic
Flow rate: 0.3 mL/minute
Detector wavelength: 280 nm
Autosampler cooler temp: 4° C.
Column oven temperature: Ambient
Run time: 50 minutes
Table 13 contains purity data of parent antibodies and DVD-Ig constructs expressed as percent monomer (unaggregated protein of the expected molecular weight) as determined by the above protocol.
TABLE 13
Purity of Parent Antibodies and DVD-Ig Constructs as Determined
by Size Exclusion Chromatography
N-terminal C-terminal
Variable Variable
Parent Antibody Domain Domain
or DVD-Ig ID (VD) (VD) % Monomer (purity)
AB032 IL-1B 100
DVD225 A beta (seq. 1) IL-1B 86.5
DVD226 IL-1B A beta (seq. 1) 95.8
AB017 TNF 95.9
DVD223 A beta (seq. 1) TNF 91.6
DVD224 TNF A beta (seq. 1) 81.7
AB017 TNF 95.9
AB059 RGMA 100
DVD291 TNF RGMA 91.9
DVD292 RGMA TNF 93.3
AB017 TNF 95.9
AB060 RAGE 91.9
DVD295 RAGE TNF 94.1
DVD296 TNF RAGE 97.9
AB017 TNF 95.9
AB033 EGFR (seq. 1) 100
DVD289 TNF EGFR (seq. 1) 85.4
DVD290 EGFR (seq. 1) TNF 95.6
DVD-Igs showed an excellent SEC profile with most DVD-Ig showing >90% monomer. This DVD-Ig profile is similar to that observed for parent antibodies.
SDS-PAGE
Antibodies are analyzed by sodium dodecyl sulfate-polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis (SDS-PAGE) under both reducing and non-reducing conditions. Adalimumab lot AFP04C is used as a control. For reducing conditions, the samples are mixed 1:1 with 2× tris glycine SDS-PAGE sample buffer (Invitrogen, cat# LC2676, lot# 1323208) with 100 mM DTT, and heated at 60° C. for 30 minutes. For non-reducing conditions, the samples are mixed 1:1 with sample buffer and heated at 1001C for 5 minutes. The reduced samples (10 mg per lane) are loaded on a 12% pre-cast tris-glycine gel (Invitrogen, cat# EC6005box, lot# 6111021), and the non-reduced samples (10 mg per lane) are loaded on an 8%-16% pre-cast tris-glycine gel (Invitrogen, cat# EC6045box, lot# 6111021). SeeBlue Plus 2 (Invitrogen, cat#LC5925, lot# 1351542) is used as a molecular weight marker. The gels are run in a XCell SureLock mini cell gel box (Invitrogen, cat# EI0001) and the proteins are separated by first applying a voltage of 75 to stack the samples in the gel, followed by a constant voltage of 125 until the dye front reached the bottom of the gel. The running buffer used is 1× tris glycine SDS buffer, prepared from a 10× tris glycine SDS buffer (ABC, MPS-79-080106)). The gels are stained overnight with colloidal blue stain (Invitrogen cat# 46-7015, 46-7016) and destained with Milli-Q water until the background is clear. The stained gels are then scanned using an Epson Expression scanner (model 1680, S/N DASX003641).
Sedimentation Velocity Analysis
Antibodies are loaded into the sample chamber of each of three standard two-sector carbon epon centerpieces. These centerpieces have a 1.2 cm optical path length and are built with sapphire windows. PBS is used for a reference buffer and each chamber contained 140 μL. All samples are examined simultaneously using a 4-hole (AN-60Ti) rotor in a Beckman ProteomeLab XL-I analytical ultracentrifuge (serial # PL106C01).
Run conditions are programmed and centrifuge control is performed using ProteomeLab (v5.6). The samples and rotor are allowed to thermally equilibrate for one hour prior to analysis (20.0±10.1° C.). Confirmation of proper cell loading is performed at 3000 rpm and a single scan is recorded for each cell. The sedimentation velocity conditions are the following:
Sample Cell Volume: 420 mL
Reference Cell Volume: 420 mL
Temperature: 20° C.
Rotor Speed: 35,000 rpm
Time: 8:00 hours
UV Wavelength: 280 nm
Radial Step Size: 0.003 cm
Data Collection One data point per step without signal averaging.
Total Number of Scans: 100
LC-MS Molecular Weight Measurement of Intact Antibodies
Molecular weight of intact antibodies are analyzed by LC-MS. Each antibody is diluted to approximately 1 mg/mL with water. An 1100 HPLC (Agilent) system with a protein microtrap (Michrom Bioresources, Inc, cat# 004/25109/03) is used to desalt and introduce 5 mg of the sample into an API Qstar pulsar i mass spectrometer (Applied Biosystems). A short gradient is used to elute the samples. The gradient is run with mobile phase A (0.08% FA, 0.02% TFA in HPLC water) and mobile phase B (0.08% FA and 0.02% TFA in acetonitrile) at a flow rate of 50 mL/minute. The mass spectrometer is operated at 4.5 kvolts spray voltage with a scan range from 2000 to 3500 mass to charge ratio.
LC-MS Molecular Weight Measurement of Antibody Light and Heavy Chains
Molecular weight measurement of antibody light chain (LC), heavy chain (HC) and deglycosylated HC are analyzed by LC-MS. A antibody is diluted to 1 mg/mL with water and the sample is reduced to LC and HC with a final concentration of 10 mM DTT for 30 minutes at 37° C. To deglycosylate the antibody, 100 mg of the antibody is incubated with 2 mL of PNGase F, 5 mL of 10% N-octylglucoside in a total volume of 100 mL overnight at 37° C. After deglycosylation the sample is reduced with a final concentration of 10 mM DTT for 30 minutes at 37° C. An Agilent 1100 HPLC system with a C4 column (Vydac, cat# 214TP5115, S/N 060206537204069) is used to desalt and introduce the sample (5 mg) into an API Qstar pulsar i mass spectrometer (Applied Biosystems). A short gradient is used to elute the sample. The gradient is run with mobile phase A (0.08% FA, 0.02% TFA in HPLC water) and mobile phase B (0.08% FA and 0.02% TFA in acetonitrile) at a flow rate of 50 mL/minute. The mass spectrometer is operated at 4.5 kvolts spray voltage with a scan range from 800 to 3500 mass to charge ratio.
Peptide Mapping
Antibody is denatured for 15 minutes at room temperature with a final concentration of 6 M guanidine hydrochloride in 75 mM ammonium bicarbonate. The denatured samples are reduced with a final concentration of 10 mM DTT at 37° C. for 60 minutes, followed by alkylation with 50 mM iodoacetic acid (IAA) in the dark at 37° C. for 30 minutes. Following alkylation, the sample is dialyzed overnight against four liters of 10 mM ammonium bicarbonate at 4° C. The dialyzed sample is diluted to 1 mg/mL with 10 mM ammonium bicarbonate, pH 7.8 and 100 mg of antibody is either digested with trypsin (Promega, cat# V5111) or Lys-C (Roche, cat# 11 047 825 001) at a 1:20 (w/w) trypsin/Lys-C:antibody ratio at 37° C. for 4 hrs. Digests are quenched with 1 mL of 1 N HCl. For peptide mapping with mass spectrometer detection, 40 mL of the digests are separated by reverse phase high performance liquid chromatography (RPHPLC) on a C18 column (Vydac, cat# 218TP51, S/N NE9606 10.3.5) with an Agilent 1100 HPLC system. The peptide separation is run with a gradient using mobile phase A (0.02% TFA and 0.08% FA in HPLC grade water) and mobile phase B (0.02% TFA and 0.08% FA in acetonitrile) at a flow rate of 50 mL/minutes. The API QSTAR Pulsar i mass spectromer is operated in positive mode at 4.5 kvolts spray voltage and a scan range from 800 to 2500 mass to charge ratio.
Disulfide Bond Mapping
To denature the antibody, 100 mL of the antibody is mixed with 300 mL of 8 M guanidine HCl in 100 mM ammonium bicarbonate. The pH is checked to ensure that it is between 7 and 8 and the samples are denatured for 15 minutes at room temperature in a final concentration of 6 M guanidine HCl. A portion of the denatured sample (100 mL) is diluted to 600 mL with Milli-Q water to give a final guanidine-HCl concentration of 1 M. The sample (220 mg) is digested with either trypsin (Promega, cat #V5111, lot# 22265901) or Lys-C (Roche, cat# 11047825001, lot# 12808000) at a 1:50 trypsin or 1:50 Lys-C: antibody (w/w) ratios (4.4 mg enzyme: 220 mg sample) at 37° C. for approximately 16 hours. An additional 5 mg of trypsin or Lys-C is added to the samples and digestion is allowed to proceed for an additional 2 hours at 37° C. Digestions are stopped by adding 1 mL of TFA to each sample. Digested samples are separated by RPHPLC using a C18 column (Vydac, cat# 218TP51 S/N NE020630-4-1A) on an Agilent HPLC system. The separation is run with the same gradient used for peptide mapping using mobile phase A (0.02% TFA and 0.08% FA in HPLC grade water) and mobile phase B (0.02% TFA and 0.08% FA in acetonitrile) at a flow rate of 50 mL/minute. The HPLC operating conditions are the same as those used for peptide mapping. The API QSTAR Pulsar i mass spectromer is operated in positive mode at 4.5 kvolts spray voltage and a scan range from 800 to 2500 mass-to-charge ratio. Disulfide bonds are assigned by matching the observed MWs of peptides with the predicted MWs of tryptic or Lys-C peptides linked by disulfide bonds.
Free Sulfhydryl Determination
The method used to quantify free cysteines in an antibody is based on the reaction of Ellman's reagent, 5,5¢-dithio-bis(2-nitrobenzoic acid) (DTNB), with sulfhydryl groups (SH) which gives rise to a characteristic chromophoric product, 5-thio-(2-nitrobenzoic acid) (TNB). The reaction is illustrated in the formula:
DTNB+RSH®RS-TNB+TNB-+H+
The absorbance of the TNB- is measured at 412 nm using a Cary 50 spectrophotometer. An absorbance curve is plotted using dilutions of 2 mercaptoethanol (b-ME) as the free SH standard and the concentrations of the free sulfhydryl groups in the protein are determined from absorbance at 412 nm of the sample.
The b-ME standard stock is prepared by a serial dilution of 14.2 M b-ME with HPLC grade water to a final concentration of 0.142 mM. Then standards in triplicate for each concentration are prepared. Antibody is concentrated to 10 mg/mL using an amicon ultra 10,000 MWCO centrifugal filter (Millipore, cat# UFC801096, lot# L3KN5251) and the buffer is changed to the formulation buffer used for adalimumab (5.57 mM sodium phosphate monobasic, 8.69 mM sodium phosphate dibasic, 106.69 mM NaCl, 1.07 mM sodium citrate, 6.45 mM citric acid, 66.68 mM mannitol, pH 5.2, 0.1% (w/v) Tween). The samples are mixed on a shaker at room temperature for 20 minutes. Then 180 mL of 100 mM Tris buffer, pH 8.1 is added to each sample and standard followed by the addition of 300 mL of 2 mM DTNB in 10 mM phosphate buffer, pH 8.1. After thorough mixing, the samples and standards are measured for absorption at 412 nm on a Cary 50 spectrophotometer. The standard curve is obtained by plotting the amount of free SH and OD412 nm of the b-ME standards. Free SH content of samples are calculated based on this curve after subtraction of the blank.
Weak Cation Exchange Chromatography
Antibody is diluted to 1 mg/mL with 10 mM sodium phosphate, pH 6.0. Charge heterogeneity is analyzed using a Shimadzu HPLC system with a WCX-10 ProPac analytical column (Dionex, cat# 054993, S/N 02722). The samples are loaded on the column in 80% mobile phase A (10 mM sodium phosphate, pH 6.0) and 20% mobile phase B (10 mM sodium phosphate, 500 mM NaCl, pH 6.0) and eluted at a flow rate of 1.0 mL/minute.
Oligosaccharide Profiling
Oligosaccharides released after PNGase F treatment of antibody are derivatized with 2-aminobenzamide (2-AB) labeling reagent. The fluorescent-labeled oligosaccharides are separated by normal phase high performance liquid chromatography (NPHPLC) and the different forms of oligosaccharides are characterized based on retention time comparison with known standards.
The antibody is first digested with PNGaseF to cleave N-linked oligosaccharides from the Fc portion of the heavy chain. The antibody (200 mg) is placed in a 500 mL Eppendorf tube along with 2 mL PNGase F and 3 mL of 10% N-octylglucoside. Phosphate buffered saline is added to bring the final volume to 60 mL. The sample is incubated overnight at 37° C. in an Eppendorf thermomixer set at 700 RPM. Adalimumab lot AFP04C is also digested with PNGase F as a control.
After PNGase F treatment, the samples are incubated at 95° C. for 5 minutes in an Eppendorf thermomixer set at 750 RPM to precipitate out the proteins, then the samples are placed in an Eppendorf centrifuge for 2 minutes at 10,000 RPM to spin down the precipitated proteins. The supernatent containing the oligosaccharides are transferred to a 500 mL Eppendorf tube and dried in a speed-vac at 65° C.
The oligosaccharides are labeled with 2AB using a 2AB labeling kit purchased from Prozyme (cat# GKK-404, lot# 132026). The labeling reagent is prepared according to the manufacturer's instructions. Acetic acid (150 mL, provided in kit) is added to the DMSO vial (provided in kit) and mixed by pipeting the solution up and down several times. The acetic acid/DMSO mixture (100 mL) is transferred to a vial of 2-AB dye (just prior to use) and mixed until the dye is fully dissolved. The dye solution is then added to a vial of reductant (provided in kit) and mixed well (labeling reagent). The labeling reagent (5 mL) is added to each dried oligosaccharide sample vial, and mixed thoroughly. The reaction vials are placed in an Eppendorf thermomixer set at 65° C. and 700-800 RPM for 2 hours of reaction.
After the labeling reaction, the excess fluorescent dye is removed using GlycoClean S Cartridges from Prozyme (cat# GKI-4726). Prior to adding the samples, the cartridges are washed with 1 mL of milli-Q water followed with 5 ishes of 1 mL 30% acetic acid solution. Just prior to adding the samples, 1 mL of acetonitrile (Burdick and Jackson, cat# AH015-4) is added to the cartridges.
After all of the acetonitrile passed through the cartridge, the sample is spotted onto the center of the freshly washed disc and allowed to adsorb onto the disc for 10 minutes. The disc is washed with 1 mL of acetonitrile followed by five ishes of 1 mL of 96% acetonitrile. The cartridges are placed over a 1.5 mL Eppendorf tube and the 2-AB labeled oligosaccharides are eluted with 3 ishes (400 mL each ish) of milli Q water.
The oligosaccharides are separated using a Glycosep N HPLC (cat# GKI-4728) column connected to a Shimadzu HPLC system. The Shimadzu HPLC system consisted of a system controller, degasser, binary pumps, autosampler with a sample cooler, and a fluorescent detector.
Stability at Elevated Temperatures
The buffer of antibody is either 5.57 mM sodium phosphate monobasic, 8.69 mM sodium phosphate dibasic, 106.69 mM NaCl, 1.07 mM sodium citrate, 6.45 mM citric acid, 66.68 mM mannitol, 0.1% (w/v) Tween, pH 5.2; or 10 mM histidine, 10 mM methionine, 4% mannitol, pH 5.9 using Amicon ultra centrifugal filters. The final concentration of the antibodies is adjusted to 2 mg/mL with the appropriate buffers. The antibody solutions are then filter sterilized and 0.25 mL aliquots are prepared under sterile conditions. The aliquots are left at either −80° C., 5° C., 25° C., or 40° C. for 1, 2 or 3 weeks. At the end of the incubation period, the samples are analyzed by size exclusion chromatography and SDS-PAGE.
The stability samples are analyzed by SDS-PAGE under both reducing and non-reducing conditions. The procedure used is the same as described herein. The gels are stained overnight with colloidal blue stain (Invitrogen cat# 46-7015, 46-7016) and destained with Milli-Q water until the background is clear. The stained gels are then scanned using an Epson Expression scanner (model 1680, S/N DASX003641). To obtain more sensitivity, the same gels are silver stained using silver staining kit (Owl Scientific) and the recommended procedures given by the manufacturer is used.
Example 1.2.2.3.C Efficacy of a Humanized Monoclonal Antibody by Itself or in Combination with Chemotherapy on the Growth of Human Carcinoma Xenografts
Human cancer cells are grown in vitro to 99% viability, 85% confluence in tissue culture flasks. SCID female or male mice (Charles Rivers Labs) at 19-25 grams, are ear tagged and shaved. Mice are then inoculated subcutaneously into the right flank with 0.2 ml of 2×106 human tumor cells (1:1 matrigel) on study day 0. Administration (IP, Q3D/week) of vehicle (PBS), humanized antibody, and/or chemotherapy is initiated after mice are size matched into separate cages of mice with mean tumor volumes of approximately 150 to 200 mm3. The tumors are measured by a pair of calipers twice a week starting on approximately day 10 post inoculation and the tumor volumes calculated according to the formula V=L×W2/2 (V: volume, mm3; L: length, mm; W: width, m). Reduction in tumor volume is seen in animals treated with mAb alone or in combination with chemotherapy relative to tumors in animals that received only vehicle or an isotype control mAb.
Example 1.2.2.3.D FACS Based Redirected Cytotoxicity (rCTL) Assay
Human CD3+ T cells were isolated from previously frozen isolated peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMC) by a negative selection enrichment column (R&D Systems, Minneapolis, Minn.; Cat.#HTCC-525). T cells were stimulated for 4 days in flasks (vent cap, Corning, Acton, Mass.) coated with 10 pg/mL anti-CD3 (OKT-3, eBioscience, Inc., San Diego, Calif.) and 2 μg/mL anti-CD28 (CD28.2, eBioscience, Inc., San Diego, Calif.) in D-PBS (Invitrogen, Carlsbad, Calif.) and cultured in 30 U/mL IL-2 (Roche) in complete RPMI 1640 media (Invitrogen, Carlsbad, Calif.) with L-glutamine, 55 mM β-ME, Pen/Strep, 10% FBS). T cells were then rested overnight in 30 U/mL IL-2 before using in assay. DoHH2 or Raji target cells were labeled with PKH26 (Sigma-Aldrich, St. Louis, Mo.) according to manufacturer's instructions. RPMI 1640 media (no phenol, Invitrogen, Carlsbad, Calif.) containing L-glutamine and 10% FBS (Hyclone, Logan, Utah) was used throughout the rCTL assay. (See Dreier et al. (2002) Int J Cancer 100:690).
Effector T cells (E) and targets (T) were plated at a final cell concentration of 105 and 104 cells/well in 96-well plates (Costar #3799, Acton, Mass.), respectively to give an E:T ratio of 10:1. DVD-Ig molecules were diluted to obtain concentration-dependent titration curves. After an overnight incubation cells are pelleted and washed with D-PBS once before resuspending in FACS buffer containing 0.1% BSA (Invitrogen, Carlsbad, Calif.), 0.1% sodium azide and 0.5 μg/mL propidium iodide (BD) in D-PBS. FACS data was collected on a FACS Canto II machine (Becton Dickinson, San Jose, Calif.) and analyzed in Flowjo (Treestar). The percent live targets in the DVD-Ig treated samples divided by the percent total targets (control, no treatment) was calculated to determine percent specific lysis. IC50s were calculated in Prism (Graphpad).
A CD3/CD20 DVD-Ig was tested for redirected toxicity and showed in vitro tumor killing with an IC50=325 pM. The sequence of this CD3/CD20 DVD-Ig was disclosed in US Patent Application Serial No. 20070071675.
Example 1.4 Generation of a DVD-Ig
DVD-Ig molecules capable of binding two antigens are constructed using two parent monoclonal antibodies, one against human antigen A, and the other against human antigen B, selected as described herein.
Example 1.4.1 Generation of a DVD-Ig Having Two Linker Lengths
A constant region containing μI Fc with mutations at 234, and 235 to eliminate ADCC/CDC effector functions is used. Four different anti-A/B DVD-Ig constructs are generated: 2 with short linker and 2 with long linker, each in two different domain orientations: VA-VB-C and VB-VA-C (see Table 14). The linker sequences, derived from the N-terminal sequence of human Cl/Ck or CH1 domain, are as follows:
For DVDAB constructs:
light chain (if anti-A has λ):
Short linker: QPKAAP; (SEQ ID NO: 15)
Long linker: QPKAAPSVTLFPP (SEQ ID NO: 16)
light chain (if anti-A has κ):
Short linker: TVAAP; (SEQ ID NO: 13)
Long linker: TVAAPSVFIFPP (SEQ ID NO: 14)
heavy chain (γ1):
Short linker: ASTKGP; (SEQ ID NO: 21)
Long linker: ASTKGPSVFPLAP (SEQ ID NO: 22)
For DVDBA constructs:
light chain (if anti-B has λ):
Short linker: QPKAAP; (SEQ ID NO: 15)
Long linker: QPKAAPSVTLFPP (SEQ ID NO: 16)
light chain (if anti-B has κ):
Short linker: TVAAP; (SEQ ID NO: 13)
Long linker: TVAAPSVFIFPP (SEQ ID NO: 14)
heavy chain (γ1):
Short linker: ASTKGP; (SEQ ID NO: 21)
Long linker: ASTKGPSVFPLAP (SEQ ID NO: 22)
Heavy and light chain constructs are subcloned into the pBOS expression vector, and expressed in COS cells, followed by purification by Protein A chromatography. The purified materials are subjected to SDS-PAGE and SEC analysis.
Table 14 describes the heavy chain and light chain constructs used to express each anti-A/B DVD-Ig protein.
TABLE 14
Anti-A/B DVD-Ig Constructs
DVD-Ig protein Heavy chain construct Light chain construct
DVDABSL DVDABHC-SL DVDABLC-SL
DVDABLL DVDABHC-LL DVDABLC-LL
DVDBASL DVDBAHC-SL DVDBALC-SL
DVDBALL DVDBAHC-LL DVDBALC-LL
Example 1.4.2 Molecular Cloning of DNA Constructs for DVDABSL and DVDABLL
To generate heavy chain constructs DVDABHC-LL and DVDABHC-SL, VH domain of A antibody is PCR amplified using specific primers (3′ primers contain short/long liner sequence for SL/LL constructs, respectively); meanwhile VH domain of B antibody is amplified using specific primers (5′ primers contains short/long liner sequence for SL/LL constructs, respectively). Both PCR reactions are performed according to standard PCR techniques and procedures. The two PCR products are gel-purified, and used together as overlapping template for the subsequent overlapping PCR reaction. The overlapping PCR products are subcloned into Srf I and Sal I double digested pBOS-hCγ1,z non-a mammalian expression vector (Abbott) by using standard homologous recombination approach.
To generate light chain constructs DVDABLC-LL and DVDABLC-SL, VL domain of A antibody is PCR amplified using specific primers (3′ primers contain short/long liner sequence for SL/LL constructs, respectively); meanwhile VL domain of B antibody is amplified using specific primers (5′ primers contains short/long liner sequence for SL/LL constructs, respectively). Both PCR reactions are performed according to standard PCR techniques and procedures. The two PCR products are gel-purified, and used together as overlapping template for the subsequent overlapping PCR reaction using standard PCR conditions. The overlapping PCR products are subcloned into Srf I and Not I double digested pBOS-hCk mammalian expression vector (Abbott) by using standard homologous recombination approach. Similar approach has been used to generate DVDBASL and DVDBALL as described below:
Example 1.4.3 Molecular Cloning of DNA Constructs for DVDBASL and DVDBALL
To generate heavy chain constructs DVDBAHC-LL and DVDBAHC-SL, VH domain of antibody B is PCR amplified using specific primers (3′ primers contain short/long liner sequence for SL/LL constructs, respectively); meanwhile VH domain of antibody A is amplified using specific primers (5′ primers contains short/long liner sequence for SL/LL constructs, respectively). Both PCR reactions are performed according to standard PCR techniques and procedures. The two PCR products are gel-purified, and used together as overlapping template for the subsequent overlapping PCR reaction using standard PCR conditions. The overlapping PCR products are subcloned into Srf I and Sal I double digested pBOS-hCγ1,z non-a mammalian expression vector (Abbott) by using standard homologous recombination approach.
To generate light chain constructs DVDBALC-LL and DVDBALC-SL, VL domain of antibody B is PCR amplified using specific primers (3′ primers contain short/long liner sequence for SL/LL constructs, respectively); meanwhile VL domain of antibody A is amplified using specific primers (5′ primers contains short/long liner sequence for SL/LL constructs, respectively). Both PCR reactions are performed according to standard PCR techniques and procedures. The two PCR products are gel-purified, and used together as overlapping template for the subsequent overlapping PCR reaction using standard PCR conditions. The overlapping PCR products are subcloned into Srf I and Not I double digested pBOS-hCk mammalian expression vector (Abbott) by using standard homologous recombination approach.
Example 1.4.4 Construction and Expression of Additional DVD-Ig Example 1.4.4.1 Preparation of DVD-Ig vector constructs
Parent antibody amino acid sequences for specific antibodies, which recognize specific antigens or epitopes thereof, for incorporation into a DVD-Ig can be obtained by preparation of hybridomas as described above or can be obtained by sequencing known antibody proteins or nucleic acids. In addition, known sequences can be obtained from the literature. The sequences can be used to synthesize nucleic acids using standard DNA synthesis or amplification technologies and assembling the desired antibody fragments into expression vectors, using standard recombinant DNA technology, for expression in cells.
For example, nucleic acid codons were determined from amino acids sequences and oligonucleotide DNA was synthesized by Blue Heron Biotechnology, Inc., Bothell, Wash. USA. The oligonucleotides were assembled into 300-2,000 base pair double-stranded DNA fragments, cloned into a plasmid vector and sequence-verified. Cloned fragments were assembled using an enzymatic process to yield the complete gene and subcloned into an expression vector. (See U.S. Pat. Nos. 7,306,914; 7,297,541; 7,279,159; 7,150,969; and U.S. Patent Application Publication Nos. 20080115243; 20080102475; 20080081379; 20080075690; 20080063780; 20080050506; 20080038777; 20080022422; 20070289033; 20070287170; 20070254338; 20070243194; 20070225227; 20070207171; 20070150976; 20070135620; 20070128190; 20070104722; 20070092484; 20070037196; 20070028321; 20060172404; 20060162026; 20060153791; 20030215458; 20030157643).
A group of pHybE vectors (U.S. Patent Application Ser. No. 61/021,282) were used for parental antibody and DVD-Ig cloning. V1, derived from pJP183; pHybE-hCgl,z,non-a V2, was used for cloning of antibody and DVD heavy chains with a wildtype constant region. V2, derived from pJP191; pHybE-hCk V2, was used for cloning of antibody and DVD light chains with a kappa constant region. V3, derived from pJP192; pHybE-hCl V2, was used for cloning of antibody and DVDs light chains with a lambda constant region. V4, built with a lambda signal peptide and a kappa constant region, was used for cloning of DVD light chains with a lambda-kappa hybrid V domain. V5, built with a kappa signal peptide and a lambda constant region, was used for cloning of DVD light chains with a kappa-lambda hybrid V domain. V7, derived from pJP183; pHybE-hCgl,z,non-a V2, was used for cloning of antibody and DVD heavy chains with a (234,235 AA) mutant constant region.
Referring to Table 15, a number of vectors were used in the cloning of the parent antibodies and DVD-Ig VH and VL chains.
TABLE 15
Vectors Used to Clone Parent Antibodies and DVD-Igs
ID Heavy chain vector Light chain vector
AB001 V1 V2
AB003 V1 V2
AB010 V1 V3
AB017 V1 V2
AB020 V1 V2
AB032 V1 V2
AB033 V1 V2
AB040 V1 V2
AB043 V1 V2
AB044 V1 V3
AB045 V1 V2
AB046 V1 V2
AB052 V1 V2
AB059 V1 V2
AB060 V1 V2
DVD193 V1 V2
DVD194 V1 V2
DVD195 V1 V2
DVD196 V1 V2
DVD197 V1 V2
DVD198 V1 V2
DVD201 V1 V2
DVD202 V1 V2
DVD203 V1 V5
DVD204 V1 V4
DVD205 V1 V2
DVD206 V1 V2
DVD207 V1 V2
DVD208 V1 V2
DVD209 V1 V2
DVD210 V1 V2
DVD211 V1 V2
DVD212 V1 V2
DVD215 V1 V2
DVD216 V1 V2
DVD217 V1 V5
DVD218 V1 V4
DVD219 V1 V2
DVD220 V1 V2
DVD221 V1 V2
DVD222 V1 V2
DVD223 V1 V2
DVD224 V1 V2
DVD225 V1 V2
DVD226 V1 V2
DVD229 V1 V5
DVD230 V1 V4
DVD231 V1 V2
DVD232 V1 V2
DVD233 V1 V2
DVD234 V1 V2
DVD235 V1 V2
DVD236 V1 V2
DVD239 V1 V2
DVD240 V1 V2
DVD243 V1 V2
DVD244 V1 V2
DVD247 V1 V2
DVD248 V1 V2
DVD255 V1 V2
DVD256 V1 V2
DVD289 V1 V2
DVD290 V1 V2
DVD291 V1 V2
DVD292 V1 V2
DVD293 V1 V2
DVD294 V1 V2
DVD295 V1 V2
DVD296 V1 V2
Example 1.4.4.2 Transfection and Expression in 293 Cells
The DVD-Ig vector constructs are tranfected into 293 cells for production of DVD-Ig protein. The 293 transient transfection procedure used is a modification of the methods published in Durocher et al. (2002) Nucleic Acids Res. 30(2):E9 and Pham et al. (2005) Biotech. Bioengineering 90(3):332-44. Reagents that were used in the transfection included:
    • HEK 293-6E cells (human embryonic kidney cell line stably expressing EBNA1; obtained from National Research Council Canada) cultured in disposable Erlenmeyer flasks in a humidified incubator set at 130 rpm, 37° C. and 5% CO2.
    • Culture medium: FreeStyle 293 Expression Medium (Invitrogen 12338-018) plus 25 μg/mL Geneticin (G418) (Invitrogen 10131-027) and 0.1% Pluronic F-68 (Invitrogen 24040-032).
    • Transfection medium: FreeStyle 293 Expression Medium plus 10 mM HEPES (Invitrogen 15630-080).
    • Polyethylenimine (PEI) stock: 1 mg/mL sterile stock solution, pH 7.0, prepared with linear 25 kDa PEI (Polysciences) and stored at less than −15° C.
    • Tryptone Feed Medium: 5% w/v sterile stock of Tryptone N1 (Organotechnie, 19554) in FreeStyle 293 Expression Medium.
      Cell preparation for transfection: Approximately 2-4 hours prior to transfection, HEK 293-6E cells are harvested by centrifugation and resuspended in culture medium at a cell density of approximately 1 million viable cells per mL. For each transfection, 40 mL of the cell suspension is transferred into a disposable 250-mL Erlenmeyer flask and incubated for 2-4 hours.
      Transfection: The transfection medium and PEI stock are prewarmed to room temperature (RT). For each transfection, 25 μg of plasmid DNA and 50Σg of polyethylenimine (PEI) are combined in 5 mL of transfection medium and incubated for 15-20 minutes at RT to allow the DNA:PEI complexes to form. For the BR3-Ig transfections, 25 μg of BR3-Ig plasmid is used per transfection. Each 5-mL DNA:PEI complex mixture is added to a 40-mL culture prepared previously and returned to the humidified incubator set at 130 rpm, 37° C. and 5% CO2. After 20-28 hours, 5 mL of Tryptone Feed Medium is added to each transfection and the cultures are continued for six days.
Table 16 contains the yield data for parent antibodies or DVD-Ig constructs expressed as milligrams per liter in 293 cells.
TABLE 16
Transient Expression in Yields of Parent Antibodies and DVD-Ig
Constructs in 293 Cells
N-terminal C-terminal
Variable Variable
Parent Antibody Domain Domain Expression Yield
or DVD-Ig ID (VD) (VD) (mg/L)
AB044 A beta (seq 2) 48.8
AB017 TNF 123.2
AB044 A beta (seq 2) 48.8
AB044 A beta (seq 2) 48.8
AB032 IL-1B 27
AB044 A beta (seq 2) 48.8
DVD201 A beta (seq 2) A beta (seq 1) 7
DVD202 A beta (seq 1) A beta (seq 2) 41.4
AB010 IGF1, 2 38.6
AB044 A beta (seq 2) 48.8
AB044 A beta (seq 2) 48.8
AB040 IL-6 25.8
AB044 A beta (seq 2) 48.8
AB017 TNF 123.2
AB032 IL-1B 27.0
AB010 IGF1, 2 38.6
AB040 IL-6 25.8
AB017 TNF 123.2
DVD223 A beta (seq 1) TNF 18.2
DVD224 TNF A beta (seq 1) 30.6
AB032 IL-1B 27
DVD225 A beta (seq 1) IL-1B 4.4
DVD226 IL-1B A beta (seq 1) 2.2
AB010 IGF1, 2 38.6
DVD229 A beta (seq 1) IGF1, 2 64
DVD230 IGF1, 2 A beta (seq 1) 11.4
DVD231 A beta (seq 1) IL-18 11.2
DVD232 IL-18 A beta (seq 1) 18.4
AB040 IL-6 25.8
DVD233 A beta (seq 1) IL-6 5.8
AB060 RAGE 107.2
DVD293 A beta (seq 1) RAGE 48.4
DVD294 RAGE A beta (seq 1) 87
AB020 NGF 28
AB020 NGF 28
AB032 IL-1B 27
AB020 NGF 28
AB040 IL-6 25.8
AB017 TNF 123.2
AB033 EGFR (SEQ2) 44.4
DVD289 TNF EGFR (SEQ2) 14
DVD290 EGFR (SEQ2) TNF 4.8
AB017 TNF 123.2
AB060 RAGE 107.2
DVD295 RAGE TNF 46.4
DVD296 TNF RAGE 39.6
AB001 CD20 90.2
AB017 TNF 123.2
AB059 RGMa 17.8
DVD291 TNF RGMa 5.8
DVD292 RGMa TNF 0.6
AB001 CD20 90.2
AB033 EGFR (SEQ2) 44.4
DVD235 CD20 EGFR (SEQ2) 0
DVD236 EGFR (SEQ2) CD20 7.2
All DVDs expressed well in 293 cells. DVDs could be easily purified over a protein A column. In most cases >5 mg/L purified DVD-Ig could be obtained easily from supernatants of 293 cells.
Example 1.4.5 Characterization and Lead Selection of A/B DVD-Igs
The binding affinities of anti-A/B DVD-Igs are analyzed on Biacore against both protein A and protein B. The tetravalent property of the DVD-Ig is examined by multiple binding studies on Biacore. Meanwhile, the neutralization potency of the DVD-Igs for protein A and protein B are assessed by bioassays, respectively, as described herein. The DVD-Ig molecules that best retain the affinity and potency of the original parent mAbs are selected for in-depth physicochemical and bio-analytical (rat PK) characterizations as described herein for each mAb. Based on the collection of analyses, the final lead DVD-Ig is advanced into CHO stable cell line development, and the CHO-derived material is employed in stability, pharmacokinetic and efficacy studies in cynomolgus monkey, and preformulation activities.
Example 2 Generation and Characterization of Dual Variable Domain Immunoglobulins (DVD-Ig)
Dual variable domain immunoglobulins (DVD-Ig) using parent antibodies with known amino acid sequences were generated by synthesizing polynucleotide fragments encoding DVD-Ig variable heavy and DVD-Ig variable light chain sequences and cloning the fragments into a pHybC-D2 vector according to Example 1.4.4.1. The DVD-Ig contructs were cloned into and expressed in 293 cells as described in Example 1.4.4.2. The DVD-Ig protein was purified according to standard methods. Functional characteristics were determined according to the methods described in Example 1.1.1 and 1.1.2 as indicated. DVD-Ig VH and VL chains for the DVD-Igs of the invention are provided below.
Example 2.1 Generation of Abeta (Seq. 1) and Abeta (Seq. 3) DVD-Igs
TABLE 17
DVD Outer Inner
SEQ Variable Variable Variable
ID Domain Domain Domain Sequence
NO Name Name Name 1234567890123456789012345678901234
62 VD193H AB044VH AB045VH EVKLVESGGGLVKPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFSSYAM
SWVRQAPGKGLEWVASIHNRGTIFYLDSVKGRFT
ISRDNVRNTLYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCTRGRSNS
YAMDYWGQGTSVTVSSASTKGPEVQLVESGGGLV
QPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFSSYGMSWVRQAPGKGLE
LVASINSNGGSTYYPDSVKGRFTISRDNAKNTLY
LQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCASGDYWGQGTLVTVSS
63 VD193L AB044VL AB045VL DVLVTQSPLSLPVTPGEPASISCRSTQTLVHRNG
DTYLEWYLQKPGQSPQSLIYKVSNRFSGVPDRFS
GSGSGTDFTLKISRVEAEDVGVYYCFQGSHVPYT
FGQGTKLEIKRTVAAPDIVMTQSPLSLPVTPGEP
ASISCRSSQSLVYSNGDTYLHWYLQKPGQSPKLL
IYKVSNRFSGVPDRFSGSGSGTDFTLKISRVEAE
DVGVYYCSQSTHVPWTFGGGTKVEIKR
64 VD194H AB045VH AB044VH EVQLVESGGGLVQPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFSSYGM
SWVRQAPGKGLELVASINSNGGSTYYPDSVKGRF
TISRDNAKNTLYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCASGDYW
GQGTLVTVSSASTKGPEVKLVESGGGLVKPGGSL
RLSCAASGFTFSSYAMSWVRQAPGKGLEWVASIH
NRGTIFYLDSVKGRFTISRDNVRNTLYLQMNSLR
AEDTAVYYCTRGRSNSYAMDYWGQGTSVTVSS
65 VD194L AB045VL AB044VL DIVMTQSPLSLPVTPGEPASISCRSSQSLVYSNG
DTYLHWYLQKPGQSPKLLIYKVSNRFSGVPDRFS
GSGSGTDFTLKISRVEAEDVGVYYCSQSTHVPWT
FGGGTKVEIKRTVAAPDVLVTQSPLSLPVTPGEP
ASISCRSTQTLVHRNGDTYLEWYLQKPGQSPQSL
IYKVSNRFSGVPDRFSGSGSGTDFTLKISRVEAE
DVGVYYCFQGSHVPYTFGQGTKLEIKR
Example 2.2 Generation of TNF and Abeta (Seq. 2) DVD-Igs
TABLE 18
DVD Outer Inner
SEQ Variable Variable Variable
ID Domain Domain Domain Sequence
NO Name Name Name 1234567890123456789012345678901234
66 VD195H AB044VH  AB017VH EVKLVESGGGLVKPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFSSYAM
SWVRQAPGKGLEWVASIHNRGTIFYLDSVKGRFT
ISRDNVRNTLYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCTRGRSNS
YAMDYWGQGTSVTVSSASTKGPEVQLVESGGGLV
QPGRSLRLSCAASGFTFDDYAMHWVRQAPGKGLE
WVSAITWNSGHIDYADSVEGRFTISRDNAKNSLY
LQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCAKVSYLSTASSLDYWGQG
TLVTVSS
67 VD195L AB044VL AB017VL DVLVTQSPLSLPVTPGEPASISCRSTQTLVHRNG
DTYLEWYLQKPGQSPQSLIYKVSNRFSGVPDRFS
GSGSGTDFTLKISRVEAEDVGVYYCFQGSHVPYT
FGQGTKLEIKRTVAAPDIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDR
VTITCRASQGIRNYLAWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYAAS
TLQSGVPSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDVATY
YCQRYNRAPYTFGQGTKVEIKR
68 VD196H AB017VH AB044VH EVQLVESGGGLVQPGRSLRLSCAASGFTFDDYAM
HWVRQAPGKGLEWVSAITWNSGHIDYADSVEGRF
TISRDNAKNSLYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCAKVSYL
STASSLDYWGQGTLVTVSSASTKGPEVKLVESGG
GLVKPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFSSYAMSWVRQAPGK
GLEWVASIHNRGTIFYLDSVKGRFTISRDNVRNT
LYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCTRGRSNSYAMDYWGQG
TSVTVSS
69 VD196L AB017VL AB044VL DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQGIRNYLA
WYQQKPGKAPKLLIYAASTLQSGVPSRFSGSGSG
TDFTLTISSLQPEDVATYYCQRYNRAPYTFGQGT
KVEIKRTVAAPDVLVTQSPLSLPVTPGEPASISC
RSTQTLVHRNGDTYLEWYLQKPGQSPQSLIYKVS
NRFSGVPDRFSGSGSGTDFTLKISRVEAEDVGVY
YCFQGSHVPYTFGQGTKLEIKR
Example 2.3 Generation of IL-1beta and Abeta (Seq. 2) DVD-Igs
TABLE 19
DVD Outer Inner
SEQ Variable Variable Variable
ID Domain Domain Domain Sequence
NO Name Name Name 1234567890123456789012345678901234
70 VD197H AB044VH AB032VH EVKLVESGGGLVKPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFSSYAM
SWVRQAPGKGLEWVASIHNRGTIFYLDSVKGRFT
ISRDNVRNTLYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCTRGRSNS
YAMDYWGQGTSVTVSSASTKGPQVQLVESGGGVV
QPGRSLRLSCAASGFTFSVYGMNWVRQAPGKGLE
WVAIIWYDGDNQYYADSVKGRFTISRDNSKNTLY
LQMNGLRAEDTAVYYCARDLRTGPFDYWGQGTLV
TVSS
71 VD197L AB044VL AB032VL DVLVTQSPLSLPVTPGEPASISCRSTQTLVHRNG
DTYLEWYLQKPGQSPQSLIYKVSNRFSGVPDRFS
GSGSGTDFTLKISRVEAEDVGVYYCFQGSHVPYT
FGQGTKLEIKRTVAAPEIVLTQSPDFQSVTPKEK
VTITCRASQSIGSSLHWYQQKPDQSPKLLIKYAS
QSFSGVPSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTINSLEAEDAAAY
YCHQSSSLPFTFGPGTKVDIKR
72 VD198H AB032VH AB044VH QVQLVESGGGVVQPGRSLRLSCAASGFTFSVYGM
NWVRQAPGKGLEWVAIIWYDGDNQYYADSVKGRF
TISRDNSKNTLYLQMNGLRAEDTAVYYCARDLRT
GPFDYWGQGTLVTVSSASTKGPEVKLVESGGGLV
KPGGSLRLSGAASGFTFSSYAMSWVRQAPGKGLE
WVASIHNRGTIFYLDSVKGRFTISRDNVRNTLYL
QMNSLRAEDTAVYYCTRGRSNSYAMDYWGQGTSV
TVSS
73 VD198L AB032VL AB044VL EIVLTQSPDFQSVTPKEKVTITCRASQSIGSSLH
WYQQKPDQSPKLLIKYASQSFSGVPSRFSGSGSG
TDFTLTINSLEAEDAAAYYCHQSSSLPFTFGPGT
KVDIKRTVAAPDVLVTQSPLSLPVTPGEPASISC
RSTQTLVHRNGDTYLEWYLQKPGQSPQSLIYKVS
NRFSGVPDRFSGSGSGTDFTLKISRVEAEDVGVY
YCFQGSHVPYTFGQGTKLEIKR
Example 2.4 Generation of Abeta (Seq. 1) and Abeta (Seq. 2) DVD-Igs
TABLE 20
DVD Outer Inner
SEQ Variable Variable Variable
ID Domain Domain Domain Sequence
NO Name Name Name 1234567890123456789012345678901234
74 VD201H AB044VH AB043VH EVKLVESGGGLVKPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFSSYAM
SWVRQAPGKGLEWVASIHNRGTIFYLDSVKGRFT
ISRDNVRNTLYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCTRGRSNS
YAMDYWGQGTSVTVSSASTKGPEVQLLESGGGLV
QPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFSNYGMSWVRQAPGKGLE
WVASIRSGGGRTYYSDNVKGRFTISRDNSKNTLY
LQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCVRYDHYSGSSDYWGQGTL
VTVSS
75 VD201L AB044VL AB043VL DVLVTQSPLSLPVTPGEPASISCRSTQTLVHRNG
DTYLEWYLQKPGQSPQSLIYKVSNRFSGVPDRFS
GSGSGTDFTLKISRVEAEDVGVYYCFQGSHVPYT
FGQGTKLEIKRTVAAPDVVMTQSPLSLPVTPGEP
ASISCKSSQSLLDSDGKTYLNWLLQKPGQSPQRL
IYLVSKLDSGVPDRFSGSGSGTDFTLKISRVEAE
DVGVYYCWQGTHFPRTFGQGTKVEIKR
76 VD202H AB043VH AB044VH EVQLLESGGGLVQPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFSNYGM
SWVRQAPGKGLEWVASIRSGGGRTYYSDNVKGRF
TISRDNSKNTLYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCVRYDHY
SGSSDYWGQGTLVTVSSASTKGPEVKLVESGGGL
VKPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFSSYAMSWVRQAPGKGL
EWVASIHNRGTIFYLDSVKGRFTISRDNVRNTLY
LQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCTRGRSNSYAMDYWGQGTS
VTVSS
77 VD202L AB043VL AB044VL DVVMTQSPLSLPVTPGEPASISCKSSQSLLDSDG
KTYLNWLLQKPGQSPQRLIYLVSKLDSGVPDRFS
GSGSGTDFTLKISRVEAEDVGVYYCWQGTHFPRT
FGQGTKVEIKRTVAAPDVLVTQSPLSLPVTPGEP
ASISCRSTQTLVHRNGDTYLEWYLQKPGQSPQSL
IYKVSNRFSGVPDRFSGSGSGTDFTLKISRVEAE
DVGVYYCFQGSHVPYTFGQGTKLEIKR
Example 2.5 Generation of IGF12 and Abeta (Seq. 2) DVD-Igs
TABLE 21
DVD Outer Inner
SEQ Variable Variable Variable
ID Domain Domain Domain Sequence
NO Name Name Name 1234567890123456789012345678901234
78 VD203H AB044VH AB010VH EVKLVESGGGLVKPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFSSYAM
SWVRQAPGKGLEWVASIHNRGTIFYLDSVKGRFT
ISRDNVRNTLYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCTRGRSNS
YAMDYWGQGTSVTVSSASTKGPQVQLVQSGAEVK
KPGASVKVSCKASGYTFTSYDINWVRQATGQGLE
WMGWMNPNSGNTGYAQKFQGRVTMTRNTSISTAY
MELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARDPYYYYYGMDVWGQGT
TVTVSS
79 VD203L AB044VL AB010VL DVLVTQSPLSLPVTPGEPASISCRSTQTLVHRNG
DTYLEWYLQKPGQSPQSLIYKVSNRFSGVPDRFS
GSGSGTDFTLKISRVEAEDVGVYYCFQGSHVPYT
FGQGTKLEIKRTVAAPQSVLTQPPSVSAAPGQKV
TISCSGSSSNIENNHVSWYQQLPGTAPKLLIYDN
NKRPSGIPDRFSGSKSGTSATLGITGLQTGDEAD
YYCETWDTSLSAGRVFGGGTKLTVLG
80 VD204H AB010VH AB044VH QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFTSYDI
NWVRQATGQGLEWMGWMNPNSGNTGYAQKFQGRV
TMTRNTSISTAYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARDPYY
YYYGMDVWGQGTTVTVSSASTKGPEVKLVESGGG
LVKPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFSSYAMSWVRQAPGKG
LEWVASIHNRGTIFYLDSVKGRFTISRDNVRNTL
YLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCTRGRSNSYAMDYWGQGT
SVTVSS
81 VD204L AB010VL AB044VL QSVLTQPPSVSAAPGQKVTISCSGSSSNIENNHV
SWYQQLPGTAPKLLIYDNNKRPSGIPDRFSGSKS
GTSATLGITGLQTGDEADYYCETWDTSLSAGRVF
GGGTKLTVLGQPKAAPDVLVTQSPLSLPVTPGEP
ASISCRSTQTLVHRNGDTYLEWYLQKPGQSPQSL
IYKVSNRFSGVPDRFSGSGSGTDFTLKISRVEAE
DVGVYYCFQGSHVPYTFGQGTKLEIKR
Example 2.6 Generation of Abeta (Seq. 2) and IL-18 DVD-Igs
TABLE 22
DVD Outer Inner
SEQ Variable Variable Variable
ID Domain Domain Domain Sequence
NO Name Name Name 1234567890123456789012345678901234
82 VD205H AB044VH AB046VH EVKLVESGGGLVKPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFSSYAM
SWVRQAPGKGLEWVASIHNRGTIFYLDSVKGRFT
ISRDNVRNTLYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCTRGRSNS
YAMDYWGQGTSVTVSSASTKGPEVQLVQSGTEVK
KPGESLKISCKGSGYTVTSYWIGWVRQMPGKGLE
WMGFIYPGDSETRYSPTFQGQVTISADKSFNTAF
LQWSSLKASDTAMYYCARVGSGWYPYTFDIWGQG
TMVTVSS
83 VD205L AB044VL AB046VL DVLVTQSPLSLPVTPGEPASISCRSTQTLVHRNG
DTYLEWYLQKPGQSPQSLIYKVSNRFSGVPDRFS
GSGSGTDFTLKISRVEAEDVGVYYCFQGSHVPYT
FGQGTKLEIKRTVAAPEIVMTQSPATLSVSPGER
ATLSCRASESISSNLAWYQQKPGQAPRLFIYTAS
TRATDIPARFSGSGSGTEFTLTISSLQSEDFAVY
YCQQYNNWPSITFGQGTRLEIKR
84 VD206H AB046VH AB044VH EVQLVQSGTEVKKPGESLKISCKGSGYTVTSYWI
GWVRQMPGKGLEWMGFIYPGDSETRYSPTFQGQV
TISADKSFNTAFLQWSSLKASDTAMYYCARVGSG
WYPYTFDIWGQGTMVTVSSASTKGPEVKLVESGG
GLVKPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFSSYAMSWVRQAPGK
GLEWVASIHNRGTIFYLDSVKGRFTISRDNVRNT
LYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCTRGRSNSYAMDYWGQG
TSVTVSS
85 VD206L AB046VL AB044VL EIVMTQSPATLSVSPGERATLSCRASESISSNLA
WYQQKPGQAPRLFIYTASTRATDIPARFSGSGSG
TEFTLTISSLQSEDFAVYYCQQYNNWPSITFGQG
TRLEIKRTVAAPDVLVTQSPLSLPVTPGEPASIS
CRSTQTLVHRNGDTYLEWYLQKPGQSPQSLIYKV
SNRFSGVPDRFSGSGSGTDFTLKISRVEAEDVGV
YYCFQGSHVPYTFGQGTKLEIKR
Example 2.7 Generation of IL-6 and Abeta (Seq. 2) DVD-Igs
TABLE 23
DVD Outer Inner
SEQ Variable Variable Variable
ID Domain Domain Domain Sequence
NO Name Name Name 1234567890123456789012345678901234
86 VD207H AB044VH AB040VH EVKLVESGGGLVKPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFSSYAM
SWVRQAPGKGLEWVASIHNRGTIFYLDSVKGRFT
ISRDNVRNTLYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCTRGRSNS
YAMDYWGQGTSVTVSSASTKGPQVTLKESGPGIL
QPSQTLSLTCSFSGFSLSTNGMGVSWIRQPSGKG
LEWLAHIYWDEDKRYNPSLKSRLTISKDTSNNQV
FLKITNVDTADTATYYCARRRIIYDVEDYFDYWG
QGTTLTVSS
87 VD207L AB044VL AB040VL DVLVTQSPLSLPVTPGEPASISCRSTQTLVHRNG
DTYLEWYLQKPGQSPQSLIYKVSNRFSGVPDRFS
GSGSGTDFTLKISRVEAEDVGVYYCFQGSHVPYT
FGQGTKLEIKRTVAAPQIVLIQSPAIMSASPGEK
VTMTCSASSSVSYMYWYQQKPGSSPRLLIYDTSN
LASGVPVRFSGSGSGTSYSLTISRMEAEDAATYY
CQQWSGYPYTFGGGTKLEIKR
88 VD208H AB040VH AB044VH QVTLKESGPGILQPSQTLSLTCSFSGFSLSTNGM
GVSWIRQPSGKGLEWLAHIYWDEDKRYNPSLKSR
LTISKDTSNNQVFLKITNVDTADTATYYCARRRI
IYDVEDYFDYWGQGTTLTVSSASTKGPEVKLVES
GGGLVKPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFSSYAMSWVRQAP
GKGLEWVASIHNRGTIFYLDSVKGRFTISRDNVR
NTLYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCTRGRSNSYAMDYWG
QGTSVTVSS
89 VD208L AB040VL AB044VL QIVLIQSPAIMSASPGEKVTMTCSASSSVSYMYW
YQQKPGSSPRLLIYDTSNLASGVPVRFSGSGSGT
SYSLTISRMEAEDAATYYCQQWSGYPYTFGGGTK
LEIKRTVAAPDVLVTQSPLSLPVTPGEPASISCR
STQTLVHRNGDTYLEWYLQKPGQSPQSLIYKVSN
RFSGVPDRFSGSGSGTDFTLKISRVEAEDVGVYY
CFQGSHVPYTFGQGTKLEIKR
Example 2.8 Generation of TNF and Abeta (Seq.3) DVD-Igs
TABLE 24
DVD Outer Inner
SEQ Variable Variable Variable
ID Domain Domain Domain Sequence
NO Name Name Name 1234567890123456789012345678901234
90 VD209H AB045VH AB017VH EVQLVESGGGLVQPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFSSYGM
SWVRQAPGKGLELVASINSNGGSTYYPDSVKGRF
TISRDNAKNTLYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCASGDYW
GQGTLVTVSSASTKGPEVQLVESGGGLVQPGRSL
RLSCAASGFTFDDYAMHWVRQAPGKGLEWVSAIT
WNSGHIDYADSVEGRFTISRDNAKNSLYLQMNSL
RAEDTAVYYCAKVSYLSTASSLDYWGQGTLVTVS
S
91 VD209L AB045VL AB017VL DIVMTQSPLSLPVTPGEPASISCRSSQSLVYSNG
DTYLHWYLQKPGQSPKLLIYKVSNRFSGVPDRFS
GSGSGTDFTLKISRVEAEDVGVYYCSQSTHVPWT
FGGGTKVEIKRTVAAPDIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDR
VTITCRASQGIRNYLAWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYAAS
TLQSGVPSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDVATY
YCQRYNRAPYTFGQGTKVEIKR
92 VD210H AB017VH AB045VH EVQLVESGGGLVQPGRSLRLSCAASGFTFDDYAM
HWVRQAPGKGLEWVSAITWNSGHIDYADSVEGRF
TISRDNAKNSLYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCAKVSYL
STASSLDYWGQGTLVTVSSASTKGPEVQLVESGG
GLVQPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFSSYGMSWVRQAPGK
GLELVASINSNGGSTYYPDSVKGRFTISRDNAKN
TLYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCASGDYWGQGTLVTVS
S
93 VD210L AB017VL AB045VL DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQGIRNYLA
WYQQKPGKAPKLLIYAASTLQSGVPSRFSGSGSG
TDFTLTISSLQPEDVATYYCQRYNRAPYTFGQGT
KVEIKRTVAAPDIVMTQSPLSLPVTPGEPASISC
RSSQSLVYSNGDTYLHWYLQKPGQSPKLLIYKVS
NRFSGVPDRFSGSGSGTDFTLKISRVEAEDVGVY
YCSQSTHVPWTFGGGTKVEIKR
Example 2.9 Generation of IL-1beta and Abeta (Seq. 3) DVD-Igs
TABLE 25
DVD Outer Inner
SEQ Variable Variable Variable
ID Domain Domain Domain Sequence
NO Name Name Name 1234567890123456789012345678901234
94 VD211H AB045VH AB032VH EVQLVESGGGLVQPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFSSYGM
SWVRQAPGKGLELVASINSNGGSTYYPDSVKGRF
TISRDNAKNTLYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCASGDYW
GQGTLVTVSSASTKGPQVQLVESGGGVVQPGRSL
RLSCAASGFTFSVYGMNWVRQAPGKGLEWVAIIW
YDGDNQYYADSVKGRFTISRDNSKNTLYLQMNGL
RAEDTAVYYCARDLRTGPFDYWGQGTLVTVSS
95 VD211L AB045VL AB032VL DIVMTQSPLSLPVTPGEPASISCRSSQSLVYSNG
DTYLHWYLQKPGQSPKLLIYKVSNRFSGVPDRFS
GSGSGTDFTLKISRVEAEDVGVYYCSQSTHVPWT
FGGGTKVEIKRTVAAPEIVLTQSPDFQSVTPKEK
VTITCRASQSIGSSLHWYQQKPDQSPKLLIKYAS
QSFSGVPSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTINSLEAEDAAAY
YCHQSSSLPFTFGPGTKVDIKR
96 VD212H AB032VH AB045VH QVQLVESGGGVVQPGRSLRLSCAASGFTFSVYGM
NWVRQAPGKGLEWVAIIWYDGDNQYYADSVKGRF
TISRDNSKNTLYLQMNGLRAEDTAVYYCARDLRT
GPFDYWGQGTLVTVSSASTKGPEVQLVESGGGLV
QPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFSSYGMSWVRQAPGKGLE
LVASINSNGGSTYYPDSVKGRFTISRDNAKNTLY
LQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCASGDYWGQGTLVTVSS
97 VD212L AB032VL AB045VL EIVLTQSPDFQSVTPKEKVTITCRASQSIGSSLH
WYQQKPDQSPKLLIKYASQSFSGVPSRFSGSGSG
TDFTLTINSLEAEDAAAYYCHQSSSLPFTFGPGT
KVDIKRTVAAPDIVMTQSPLSLPVTPGEPASISC
RSSQSLVYSNGDTYLHWYLQKPGQSPKLLIYKVS
NRFSGVPDRFSGSGSGTDFTLKISRVEAEDVGVY
YCSQSTHVPWTFGGGTKVEIKR
Example 2.10 Generation of Abeta (Seq. 1) and Abeta (Seq. 3) DVD-Igs
TABLE 26
DVD Outer Inner
SEQ Variable Variable Variable
ID Domain Domain Domain Sequence
NO Name Name Name 1234567890123456789012345678901234
98 VD215H AB045VH AB043VH EVQLVESGGGLVQPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFSSYGM
SWVRQAPGKGLELVASTNSNGGSTYYPDSVKGRF
TISRDNAKNTLYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCASGDYW
GQGTLVTVSSASTKGPEVQLLESGGGLVQPGGSL
RLSCAASGFTFSNYGMSWVRQAPGKGLEWVASTB
SGGGRTYYSDNVKGRFTTSRDNSKNTLYLQMNSL
RAEDTAVYYCVRYDHYSGSSDYWGQGTLVTVSS
99 VD215L AB045VL AB043VL DTVMTQSPLSLPVTPGEPASTSCRSSQSLVYSNG
DTYLHWYLQKPGQSPKLLTYKVSNRFSGVPDRFS
GSGSGTDFTLKTSRVEAEDVGVYYCSQSTHVPWT
FGGGTKVETKRTVAAPDVVMTQSPLSLPVTPGEP
ASTSCKSSQSLLDSDGKTYLNWLLQKPGQSPQRL
IYLVSKLDSGVPDRFSGSGSGTDFTLKISRVEAE
DVGVYYCWQGTHFPRTFGQGTKVEIKR
100 VD216H AB043VH AB045VH EVQLLESGGGLVQPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFSNYGM
SWVRQAPGKGLEWVASIRSGGGRTYYSDNVKGRF
TISRDNSKNTLYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCVRYDHY
SGSSDYWGQGTLVTVSSASTKGPEVQLVESGGGL
VQPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFSSYGMSWVRQAPGKGL
ELVASINSNGGSTYYPDSVKGRFTISRDNAKNTL
YLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCASGDYWGQGTLVTVSS
101 VD216L AB043VL AB045VL DVVMTQSPLSLPVTPGEPASISCKSSQSLLDSDG
KTYLNWLLQKPGQSPQRLIYLVSKLDSGVPDRFS
GSGSGTDFTLKISRVEAEDVGVYYCWQGTHFPRT
FGQGTKVEIKRTVAAPDIVMTQSPLSLPVTPGEP
ASISCRSSQSLVYSNGDTYLHWYLQKPGQSPKLL
IYKVSNRFSGVPDRFSGSGSGTDFTLKISRVEAE
DVGVYYCSQSTHVPWTFGGGTKVEIKR
Example 2.11 Generation of IGF12 and Abeta (Seq. 3) DVD-Igs
TABLE 27
DVD Outer Inner
SEQ Variable Variable Variable
ID Domain Domain Domain Sequence
NO Name Name Name 1234567890123456789012345678901234
102 VD217H AB045VH AB010VH EVQLVESGGGLVQPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFSSYGM
SWVRQAPGKGLELVASINSNGGSTYYPDSVKGRF
TISRDNAKNTLYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCASGDYW
GQGTLVTVSSASTKGPQVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASV
KVSCKASGYTFTSYDINWVRQATGQGLEWMGWMN
PNSGNTGYAQKFQGRVTMTRNTSISTAYMELSSL
RSEDTAVYYCARDPYYYYYGMDVWGQGTTVTVSS
103 VD217L AB045VL AB010VL DIVMTQSPLSLPVTPGEPASISCRSSQSLVYSNG
DTYLHWYLQKPGQSPKLLIYKVSNRFSGVPDRFS
GSGSGTDFTLKISRVEAEDVGVYYCSQSTHVPWT
FGGGTKVEIKRTVAAPQSVLTQPPSVSAAPGQKV
TISCSGSSSNIENNHVSWYQQLPGTAPKLLIYDN
NKRPSGTPDRFSGSKSGTSATLGITGLQTGDEAD
YYCETWDTSLSAGRVFGGGTKLTVLG
104 VD218H AB010VH AB045VH QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFTSYDI
NWVRQATGQGLEWMGWMNPNSGNTGYAQKFQGRV
TMTRNTSISTAYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARDPYY
YYYGMDVWGQGTTVTVSSASTKGPEVQLVESGGG
LVQPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFSSYGMSWVRQAPGKG
LELVASINSNGGSTYYPDSVKGRFTISRDNAKNT
LYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCASGDYWGQGTLVTVSS
105 VD218L AB010VL AB045VL QSVLTQPPSVSAAPGQKVTISCSGSSSNIENNHV
SWYQQLPGTAPKLLIYDNNKRPSGIPDRFSGSKS
GTSATLGITGLQTGDEADYYCETWDTSLSAGRVF
GGGTKLTVLGQPKAAPDIVMTQSPLSLPVTPGEP
ASISCRSSQSLVYSNGDTYLHWYLQKPGQSPKLL
IYKVSNRFSGVPDRFSGSGSGTDFTLKISRVEAE
DVGVYYCSQSTHVPWTFGGGTKVEIKR
Example 2.12 Generation of Abeta (Seq. 3) and IL-18 DVD-Igs
TABLE 28
DVD Outer Inner
SEQ Variable Variable Variable
ID Domain Domain Domain Sequence
NO Name Name Name 1234567890123456789012345678901234
106 VD219H AB045VH AB046VH EVQLVESGGGLVQPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFSSYGM
SWVRQAPGKGLELVASTNSNGGSTYYPDSVKGRF
TISRDNAKNTLYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCASGDYW
GQGTLVTVSSASTKGPEVQLVQSGTEVKKPGESL
KISCKGSGYTVTSYWIGWVRQMPGKGLEWMGFIY
PGDSETRYSPTFQGQVTISADKSFNTAFLQWSSL
KASDTAMYYCARVGSGWYPYTFDIWGQGTMVTVS
S
107 VD219L AB045VL AB046VL DIVMTQSPLSLPVTPGEPASISCRSSQSLVYSNG
DTYLHWYLQKPGQSPKLLIYKVSNRFSGVPDRFS
GSGSGTDFTLKISRVEAEDVGVYYCSQSTHVPWT
FGGGTKVEIKRTVAAPEIVMTQSPATLSVSPGER
ATLSCRASESISSNLAWYQQKPGQAPRLFIYTAS
TRATDIPARFSGSGSGTEFTLTISSLQSEDFAVY
YCQQYNNWPSITFGQGTRLEIKR
108 VD220H AB046VH AB045VH EVQLVQSGTEVKKPGESLKISCKGSGYTVTSYWI
GWVRQMPGKGLEWMGFIYPGDSETRYSPTFQGQV
TISADKSFNTAFLQWSSLKASDTAMYYCARVGSG
WYPYTFDIWGQGTMVTVSSASTKGPEVQLVESGG
GLVQPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFSSYGMSWVRQAPGK
GLELVASINSNGGSTYYPDSVKGRFTISRDNAKN
TLYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCASGDYWGQGTLVTVS
S
109 VD220L AB046VL AB045VL EIVMTQSPATLSVSPGERATLSCRASESISSNLA
WYQQKPGQAPRLFIYTASTRATDIPARFSGSGSG
TEFTLTISSLQSEDFAVYYCQQYNNWPSITFGQG
TRLEIKRTVAAPDIVMTQSPLSLPVTPGEPASIS
CRSSQSLVYSNGDTYLHWYLQKPGQSPKLLIYKV
SNRFSGVPDRFSGSGSGTDFTLKISRVEAEDVGV
YYCSQSTHVPWTFGGGTKVEIKR
Example 2.13 Generation of IL-6 and Abeta (Seq. 3) DVD-Igs
TABLE 29
DVD Outer Inner
SEQ Variable Variable Variable
ID Domain Domain Domain Sequence
NO Name Name Name 1234567890123456789012345678901234
110 VD221H AB045VH AB040VH EVQLVESGGGLVQPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFSSYGM
SWVRQAPGKGLELVASINSNGGSTYYPDSVKGRF
TISRDNAKNTLYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCASGDYW
GQGTLVTVSSASTKGPQVTLKESGPGILQPSQTL
SLTCSFSGFSLSTNGMGVSWIRQPSGKGLEWLAH
IYWDEDKRYNPSLKSRLTISKDTSNNQVFLKITN
VDTADTATYYCARRRIIYDVEDYFDYWGQGTTLT
VSS
111 VD221L AB045VL AB04QVL DIVMTQSPLSLPVTPGEPASISCRSSQSLVYSNG
DTYLHWYLQKPGQSPKLLIYKVSNRFSGVPDRFS
GSGSGTDFTLKISRVEAEDVGVYYCSQSTHVPWT
FGGGTKVEIKRTVAAPQIVLIQSPAIMSASPGEK
VTMTCSASSSVSYMYWYQQKPGSSPRLLIYDTSN
LASGVPVRFSGSGSGTSYSLTISRMEAEDAATYY
CQQWSGYPYTFGGGTKLEIKR
112 VD222H AB04QVH AB045VH QVTLKESGPGILQPSQTLSLTCSFSGFSLSTNGM
GVSWIRQPSGKGLEWLAHIYWDEDKRYNPSLKSR
LTISKDTSNNQVFLKITNVDTADTATYYCARRRI
IYDVEDYFDYWGQGTTLTVSSASTKGPEVQLVES
GGGLVQPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFSSYGMSWVRQAP
GKGLELVASINSNGGSTYYPDSVKGRFTISRDNA
KNTLYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCASGDYWGQGTLVT
VSS
113 VD222L AB04QVL AB045VL QIVLIQSPAIMSASPGEKVTMTCSASSSVSYMYW
YQQKPGSSPRLLIYDTSNLASGVPVRFSGSGSGT
SYSLTISRMEAEDAATYYCQQWSGYPYTFGGGTK
LEIKRTVAAPDIVMTQSPLSLPVTPGEPASISCR
SSQSLVYSNGDTYLHWYLQKPGQSPKLLIYKVSN
RFSGVPDRFSGSGSGTDFTLKISRVEAEDVGVYY
CSQSTHVPWTFGGGTKVEIKR
Example 2.14 Generation of TNF and Abeta (Seq. 1) DVD-Igs
TABLE 30
DVD Outer Inner
SEQ Variable Variable Variable
ID Domain Domain Domain Sequence
NO Name Name Name 1234567890123456789012345678901234
114 VD223H AB043VH AB017VH EVQLLESGGGLVQPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFSNYGM
SWVRQAPGKGLEWVASIRSGGGRTYYSDNVKGRF
TISRDNSKNTLYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCVRYDHY
SGSSDYWGQGTLVTVSSASTKGPEVQLVESGGGL
VQPGRSLRLSCAASGFTFDDYAMHWVRQAPGKGL
EWVSAITWNSGHIDYADSVEGRFTISRDNAKNSL
YLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCAKVSYLSTASSLDYWGQ
GTLVTVSS
115 VD223L AB043VL AB017VL DVVMTQSPLSLPVTPGEPASISCKSSQSLLDSDG
KTYLNWLLQKPGQSPQRLIYLVSKLDSGVPDRFS
GSGSGTDFTLKISRVEAEDVGVYYCWQGTHFPRT
FGQGTKVEIKRTVAAPDIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDR
VTITCRASQGIRNYLAWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYAAS
TLQSGVPSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDVATY
YCQRYNRAPYTFGQGTKVEIKR
116 VD224H AB017VH AB043VH EVQLVESGGGLVQPGRSLRLSCAASGFTFDDYAM
HWVRQAPGKGLEWVSAITWNSGHIDYADSVEGRF
TISRDNAKNSLYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCAKVSYL
STASSLDYWGQGTLVTVSSASTKGPEVQLLESGG
GLVQPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFSNYGMSWVRQAPGK
GLEWVASIRSGGGRTYYSDNVKGRFTISRDNSKN
TLYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCVRYDHYSGSSDYWGQ
GTLVTVSS
117 VD224L AB017VL AB043VL DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQGIRNYLA
WYQQKPGKAPKLLIYAASTLQSGVPSRFSGSGSG
TDFTLTISSLQPEDVATYYCQRYNRAPYTFGQGT
KVEIKRTVAAPDVVMTQSPLSLPVTPGEPASISC
KSSQSLLDSDGKTYLNWLLQKPGQSPQRLIYLVS
KLDSGVPDRFSGSGSGTDFTLKISRVEAEDVGVY
YCWQGTHFPRTFGQGTKVEIKR
Example 2.15 Generation of IL-1beta and Abeta (Seq. 1) DVD-Igs
TABLE 31
DVD Outer Inner
SEQ Variable Variable Variable
ID Domain Domain Domain Sequence
NO Name Name Name 1234567890123456789012345678901234
118 VD225H AB043VH AB032VH EVQLLESGGGLVQPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFSNYGM
SWVRQAPGKGLEWVASIRSGGGRTYYSDNVKGRF
TISRDNSKNTLYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCVRYDHY
SGSSDYWGQGTLVTVSSASTKGPQVQLVESGGGV
VQPGRSLRLSCAASGFTFSVYGMNWVRQAPGKGL
EWVAIIWYDGDNQYYADSVKGRFTISRDNSKNTL
YLQMNGLRAEDTAVYYCARDLRTGPFDYWGQGTL
VTVSS
119 VD225L AB043VL AB032VL DVVMTQSPLSLPVTPGEPASISCKSSQSLLDSDG
KTYLNWLLQKPGQSPQRLIYLVSKLDSGVPDRFS
GSGSGTDFTLKISRVEAEDVGVYYCWQGTHFPRT
FGQGTKVEIKRTVAAPEIVLTQSPDFQSVTPKEK
VTITCRASQSIGSSLHWYQQKPDQSPKLLIKYAS
QSFSGVPSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTINSLEAEDAAAY
YCHQSSSLPFTFGPGTKVDIKR
120 VD226H AB032VH AB043VH QVQLVESGGGVVQPGRSLRLSCAASGFTFSVYGM
NWVRQAPGKGLEWVAIIWYDGDNQYYADSVKGRF
TISRDNSKNTLYLQMNGLRAEDTAVYYCARDLRT
GPFDYWGQGTLVTVSSASTKGPEVQLLESGGGLV
QPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFSNYGMSWVRQAPGKGLE
WVASIRSGGGRTYYSDNVKGRFTISRDNSKNTLY
LQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCVRYDHYSGSSDYWGQGTL
VTVSS
121 VD226L AB032VL AB043VL EIVLTQSPDFQSVTPKEKVTITCRASQSIGSSLH
WYQQKPDQSPKLLIKYASQSFSGVPSRFSGSGSG
TDFTLTINSLEAEDAAAYYCHQSSSLPFTFGPGT
KVDIKRTVAAPDVVMTQSPLSLPVTPGEPASISC
KSSQSLLDSDGKTYLNWLLQKPGQSPQRLIYLVS
KLDSGVPDRFSGSGSGTDFTLKISRVEAEDVGVY
YCWQGTHFPRTFGQGTKVEIKR
Example 2.16 Generation of IGF12 and Abeta (Seq. 1) DVD-Igs
TABLE 32
DVD Outer Inner
SEQ Variable Variable Variable
ID Domain Domain Domain Sequence
NO Name Name Name 1234567890123456789012345678901234
122 VD229H AB043VH AB010VH EVQLLESGGGLVQPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFSNYGM
SWVRQAPGKGLEWVASIRSGGGRTYYSDNVKGRF
TISRDNSKNTLYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCVRYDHY
SGSSDYWGQGTLVTVSSASTKGPQVQLVQSGAEV
KKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFTSYDINWVRQATGQGL
EWMGWMNPNSGNTGYAQKFQGRVTMTRNTSISTA
YMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARDPYYYYYGMDVWGQG
TTVTVSS
123 VD229L AB043VL AB010VL DVVMTQSPLSLPVTPGEPASISCKSSQSLLDSDG
KTYLNWLLQKPGQSPQRLIYLVSKLDSGVPDRFS
GSGSGTDFTLKISRVEAEDVGVYYCWQGTHFPRT
FGQGTKVEIKRTVAAPQSVLTQPPSVSAAPGQKV
TISCSGSSSNIENNHVSWYQQLPGTAPKLLIYDN
NKRPSGIPDRFSGSKSGTSATLGITGLQTGDEAD
YYCETWDTSLSAGRVFGGGTKLTVLG
124 VD230H AB010VH AB043VH QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFTSYDI
NWVRQATGQGLEWMGWMNPNSGNTGYAQKFQGRV
TMTRNTSISTAYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARDPYY
YYYGMDVWGQGTTVTVSSASTKGPEVQLLESGGG
LVQPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFSNYGMSWVRQAPGKG
LEWVASIRSGGGRTYYSDNVKGRFTISRDNSKNT
LYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCVRYDHYSGSSDYWGQG
TLVTVSS
125 VD230L AB010VL AB043VL QSVLTQPPSVSAAPGQKVTISCSGSSSNIENNHV
SWYQQLPGTAPKLLIYDNNKRPSGIPDRFSGSKS
GTSATLGITGLQTGDEADYYCETWDTSLSAGRVF
GGGTKLTVLGQPKAAPDVVMTQSPLSLPVTPGEP
ASISCKSSQSLLDSDGKTYLNWLLQKPGQSPQRL
IYLVSKLDSGVPDRFSGSGSGTDFTLKISRVEAE
DVGVYYCWQGTHFPRTFGQGTKVEIKR
Example 2.17 Generation of Abeta (Seq. 1) and IL-18 DVD-Igs
TABLE 33
DVD Outer Inner
SEQ Variable Variable Variable
ID Domain Domain Domain Sequence
NO Name Name Name 1234567890123456789012345678901234
126 VD231H AB043VH AB046VH EVQLLESGGGLVQPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFSNYGM
SWVRQAPGKGLEWVASIRSGGGRTYYSDNVKGRF
TISRDNSKNTLYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCVRYDHY
SGSSDYWGQGTLVTVSSASTKGPEVQLVQSGTEV
KKPGESLKISCKGSGYTVTSYWIGWVRQMPGKGL
EWMGFIYPGDSETRYSPTFQGQVTISADKSFNTA
FLQWSSLKASDTAMYYCARVGSGWYPYTFDIWGQ
GTMVTVSS
127 VD231L AB043VL AB046VL DVVMTQSPLSLPVTPGEPASISCKSSQSLLDSDG
KTYLNWLLQKPGQSPQRLIYLVSKLDSGVPDRFS
GSGSGTDFTLKISRVEAEDVGVYYCWQGTHFPRT
FGQGTKVEIKRTVAAPEIVMTQSPATLSVSPGER
ATLSCRASESISSNLAWYQQKPGQAPRLFIYTAS
TRATDIPARFSGSGSGTEFTLTISSLQSEDFAVY
YCQQYNNWPSITFGQGTRLEIKR
128 VD232H AB046VH AB043VH EVQLVQSGTEVKKPGESLKISCKGSGYTVTSYWI
GWVRQMPGKGLEWMGFIYPGDSETRYSPTFQGQV
TISADKSFNTAFLQWSSLKASDTAMYYCARVGSG
WYPYTFDIWGQGTMVTVSSASTKGPEVQLLESGG
GLVQPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFSNYGMSWVRQAPGK
GLEWVASIRSGGGRTYYSDNVKGRFTISRDNSKN
TLYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCVRYDHYSGSSDYWGQ
GTLVTVSS
129 VD232L AB046VL AB043VL EIVMTQSPATLSVSPGERATLSCRASESISSNLA
WYQQKPGQAPRLFIYTASTRATDIPARFSGSGSG
TEFTLTISSLQSEDFAVYYCQQYNNWPSITFGQG
TRLEIKRTVAAPDVVMTQSPLSLPVTPGEPASIS
CKSSQSLLDSDGKTYLNWLLQKPGQSPQRLIYLV
SKLDSGVPDRFSGSGSGTDFTLKISRVEAEDVGV
YYCWQGTHFPRTFGQGTKVEIKR
Example 2.18 Generation of IL-6 and Abeta (Seq. 1) DVD-Igs
TABLE 34
DVD Outer Inner
SEQ Variable Variable Variable
ID Domain Domain Domain Sequence
NO Name Name Name 1234567890123456789012345678901234
130 VD233H AB043VH AB040VH EVQLLESGGGLVQPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFSNYGM
SWVRQAPGKGLEWVASIRSGGGRTYYSDNVKGRF
TISRDNSKNTLYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCVRYDHY
SGSSDYWGQGTLVTVSSASTKGPQVTLKESGPGI
LQPSQTLSLTCSFSGFSLSTNGMGVSWIRQPSGK
GLEWLAHIYWDEDKRYNPSLKSRLTISKDTSNNQ
VFLKITNVDTADTATYYCARRRIIYDVEDYFDYW
GQGTTLTVSS
131 VD233L AB043VL AB040VL DVVMTQSPLSLPVTPGEPASISCKSSQSLLDSDG
KTYLNWLLQKPGQSPQRLIYLVSKLDSGVPDRFS
GSGSGTDFTLKISRVEAEDVGVYYCWQGTHFPRT
FGQGTKVEIKRTVAAPQIVLIQSPAIMSASPGEK
VTMTCSASSSVSYMYWYQQKPGSSPRLLIYDTSN
LASGVPVRFSGSGSGTSYSLTISRMEAEDAATYY
CQQWSGYPYTFGGGTKLEIKR
132 VD234H AB040VH AB043VH QVTLKESGPGILQPSQTLSLTCSFSGFSLSTNGM
GVSWIRQPSGKGLEWLAHIYWDEDKRYNPSLKSR
LTISKDTSNNQVFLKITNVDTADTATYYCARRRI
IYDVEDYFDYWGQGTTLTVSSASTKGPEVQLLES
GGGLVQPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFSNYGMSWVRQAP
GKGLEWVASIRSGGGRTYYSDNVKGRFTISRDNS
KNTLYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCVRYDHYSGSSDYW
GQGTLVTVSS
133 VD234L AB040VL AB043VL QIVLIQSPAIMSASPGEKVTMTCSASSSVSYMYW
YQQKPGSSPRLLIYDTSNLASGVPVRFSGSGSGT
SYSLTISRMEAEDAATYYCQQWSGYPYTFGGGTK
LEIKRTVAAPDVVMTQSPLSLPVTPGEPASISCK
SSQSLLDSDGKTYLNWLLQKPGQSPQRLIYLVSK
LDSGVPDRFSGSGSGTDFTLKISRVEAEDVGVYY
CWQGTHFPRTFGQGTKVEIKR
Example 2.19 Generation of Abeta (Seq. 1) and RAGE DVD-Igs
TABLE 35
DVD Outer Inner
SEQ Variable Variable Variable
ID Domain Domain Domain Sequence
NO Name Name Name 1234567890123456789012345678901234
134 VD293H AB060VH AB043VH QIQLVQSGPELKKPGETVKISCKASGYTFTNFGM
NWVKQAPGKGLKWMGYINTNTGESIYSEEFKGRF
AFSLETSASTAYLQINNLKNEDTATYFCARSRMV
TAYGMDYWGQGTSVTVSSASTKGPEVQLLESGGG
LVQPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFSNYGMSWVRQAPGKG
LEWVASIRSGGGRTYYSDNVKGRFTISRDNSKNT
LYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCVRYDHYSGSSDYWGQG
TLVTVSS
135 VD293L AB060VL AB043VL DIVMTQSQKFMSTSVGDRVSITCKASQNVGTAVA
WYQQRPGQSPKLLIFSASNRYTGVPDRFTGSGSG
TDFTLTLSNMQPEDLADYFCQQYSSYPLTFGVGT
KLELKRTVAAPDVVMTQSPLSLPVTPGEPASISC
KSSQSLLDSDGKTYLNWLLQKPGQSPQRLIYLVS
KLDSGVPDRFSGSGSGTDFTLKISRVEAEDVGVY
YCWQGTHFPRTFGQGTKVEIKR
136 VD294H AB043VH AB060VH EVQLLESGGGLVQPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFSNYGM
SWVRQAPGKGLEWVASIRSGGGRTYYSDNVKGRF
TISRDNSKNTLYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCVRYDHY
SGSSDYWGQGTLVTVSSASTKGPQIQLVQSGPEL
KKPGETVKISCKASGYTFTNFGMNWVKQAPGKGL
KWMGYINTNTGESIYSEEFKGRFAFSLETSASTA
YLQINNLKNEDTATYFCARSRMVTAYGMDYWGQG
TSVTVSS
137 VD294L AB043VL AB060VL DVVMTQSPLSLPVTPGEPASISCKSSQSLLDSDG
KTYLNWLLQKPGQSPQRLIYLVSKLDSGVPDRFS
GSGSGTDFTLKISRVEAEDVGVYYCWQGTHFPRT
FGQGTKVEIKRTVAAPDIVMTQSQKFMSTSVGDR
VSITCKASQNVGTAVAWYQQRPGQSPKLLIFSAS
NRYTGVPDRFTGSGSGTDFTLTLSNMQPEDLADY
FCQQYSSYPLTFGVGTKLELKR
Example 2.20 Generation of NGF and IL-18 DVD-Igs
TABLE 36
DVD Outer Inner
SEQ Variable Variable Variable
ID Domain Domain Domain Sequence
NO Name Name Name 1234567890123456789012345678901234
138 VD239H AB046VH AB020VH EVQLVQSGTEVKKPGESLKISCKGSGYTVTSYWI
GWVRQMPGKGLEWMGFIYPGDSETRYSPTFQGQV
TISADKSFNTAFLQWSSLKASDTAMYYCARVGSG
WYPYTFDIWGQGTMVTVSSASTKGPQVQLQESGP
GLVKPSETLSLTCTVSGFSLIGYDLNWIRQPPGK
GLEWIGIIWGDGTTDYNSAVKSRVTISKDTSKNQ
FSLKLSSVTAADTAVYYCARGGYWYATSYYFDYW
GQGTLVTVSS
139 VD239L AB046VL AB020VL EIVMTQSPATLSVSPGERATLSCRASESISSNLA
WYQQKPGQAPRLFIYTASTRATDIPARFSGSGSG
TEFTLTISSLQSEDFAVYYCQQYNNWPSITFGQG
TRLEIKRTVAAPDIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTIT
CRASQSISNNLNWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYYTSRFHS
GVPSRFSGSGSGTDFTFTISSLQPEDIATYYCQQ
EHTLPYTFGQGTKLEIKR
140 VD240H AB020VH AB046VH QVQLQESGPGLVKPSETLSLTCTVSGFSLIGYDL
NWIRQPPGKGLEWIGIIWGDGTTDYNSAVKSRVT
ISKDTSKNQFSLKLSSVTAADTAVYYCARGGYWY
ATSYYFDYWGQGTLVTVSSASTKGPEVQLVQSGT
EVKKPGESLKISCKGSGYTVTSYWIGWVRQMPGK
GLEWMGFIYPGDSETRYSPTFQGQVTISADKSFN
TAFLQWSSLKASDTAMYYCARVGSGWYPYTFDIW
GQGTMVTVSS
141 VD240L AB020VL AB046VL DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQSISNNLN
WYQQKPGKAPKLLIYYTSRFHSGVPSRFSGSGSG
TDFTFTISSLQPEDIATYYCQQEHTLPYTFGQGT
KLEIKRTVAAPEIVMTQSPATLSVSPGERATLSC
RASESISSNLAWYQQKPGQAPRLFIYTASTRATD
IPARFSGSGSGTEFTLTISSLQSEDFAVYYCQQY
NNWPSITFGQGTRLEIKR
Example 2.21 Generation of NGF and IL-1beta DVD-Igs
TABLE 37
DVD Outer Inner
SEQ Variable Variable Variable
ID Domain Domain Domain Sequence
NO Name Name Name 1234567890123456789012345678901234
142 VD243H AB032VH AB020VH QVQLVESGGGVVQPGRSLRLSCAASGFTFSVYGM
NWVRQAPGKGLEWVAIIWYDGDNQYYADSVKGRF
TISRDNSKNTLYLQMNGLRAEDTAVYYCARDLRT
GPFDYWGQGTLVTVSSASTKGPQVQLQESGPGLV
KPSETLSLTCTVSGFSLIGYDLNWIRQPPGKGLE
WIGIIWGDGTTDYNSAVKSRVTISKDTSKNQFSL
KLSSVTAADTAVYYCARGGYWYATSYYFDYWGQG
TLVTVSS
143 VD243L AB032VL AB020VL EIVLTQSPDFQSVTPKEKVTITCRASQSIGSSLH
WYQQKPDQSPKLLIKYASQSFSGVPSRFSGSGSG
TDFTLTINSLEAEDAAAYYCHQSSSLPFTFGPGT
KVDIKRTVAAPDIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITC
RASQSISNNLNWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYYTSRFHSG
VPSRFSGSGSGTDFTFTISSLQPEDIATYYCQQE
HTLPYTFGQGTKLEIKR
144 VD244H AB020VH AB032VH QVQLQESGPGLVKPSETLSLTCTVSGFSLIGYDL
NWIRQPPGKGLEWIGIIWGDGTTDYNSAVKSRVT
ISKDTSKNQFSLKLSSVTAADTAVYYCARGGYWY
ATSYYFDYWGQGTLVTVSSASTKGPQVQLVESGG
GVVQPGRSLRLSCAASGFTFSVYGMNWVRQAPGK
GLEWVAIIWYDGDNQYYADSVKGRFTISRDNSKN
TLYLQMNGLRAEDTAVYYCARDLRTGPFDYWGQG
TLVTVSS
145 VD244L AB020VL AB032VL DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQSISNNLN
WYQQKPGKAPKLLIYYTSRFHSGVPSRFSGSGSG
TDFTFTISSLQPEDIATYYCQQEHTLPYTFGQGT
KLEIKRTVAAPEIVLTQSPDFQSVTPKEKVTITC
RASQSIGSSLHWYQQKPDQSPKLLIKYASQSFSG
VPSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTINSLEAEDAAAYYCHQS
SSLPFTFGPGTKVDIKR
Example 2.22 Generation of NGF and IL-6 DVD-Igs
TABLE 38
DVD Outer Inner
SEQ Variable Variable Variable
ID Domain Domain Domain Sequence
NO Name Name Name 1234567890123456789012345678901234
146 VD247H AB040VH AB020VH QVTLKESGPGILQPSQTLSLTCSFSGFSLSTNGM
GVSWIRQPSGKGLEWLAHIYWDEDKRYNPSLKSR
LTISKDTSNNQVFLKITNVDTADTATYYCARRRI
IYDVEDYFDYWGQGTTLTVSSASTKGPQVQLQES
GPGLVKPSETLSLTCTVSGFSLTGYDLNWIRQPP
GKGLEWIGIIWGDGTTDYNSAVKSRVTISKDTSK
NQFSLKLSSVTAADTAVYYCARGGYWYATSYYFD
YWGQGTLVTVSS
147 VD247L AB040VL AB020VL QIVLIQSPAIMSASPGEKVTMTCSASSSVSYMYW
YQQKPGSSPRLLIYDTSNLASGVPVRFSGSGSGT
SYSLTISRMEAEDAATYYCQQWSGYPYTFGGGTK
LEIKRTVAAPDIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCR
ASQSISNNLNWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYYTSRFHSGV
PSRFSGSGSGTDFTFTISSLQPEDIATYYCQQEH
TLPYTFGQGTKLEIKR
148 VD248H AB020VH AB040VH QVQLQESGPGLVKPSETLSLTCTVSGFSLIGYDL
NWIRQPPGKGLEWIGIIWGDGTTDYNSAVKSRVT
ISKDTSKNQFSLKLSSVTAADTAVYYCARGGYWY
ATSYYFDYWGQGTLVTVSSASTKGPQVTLKESGP
GILQPSQTLSLTCSFSGFSLSTNGMGVSWIRQPS
GKGLEWLAHIYWDEDKRYNPSLKSRLTISKDTSN
NQVFLKITNVDTADTATYYCARRRIIYDVEDYFD
YWGQGTTLTVSS
149 VD248L AB020VL AB040VL DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQSISNNLN
WYQQKPGKAPKLLIYYTSRFHSGVPSRFSGSGSG
TDFTFTISSLQPEDIATYYCQQEHTLPYTFGQGT
KLEIKRTVAAPQIVLIQSPAIMSASPGEKVTMTC
SASSSVSYMYWYQQKPGSSPRLLIYDTSNLASGV
PVRFSGSGSGTSYSLTISRMEAEDAATYYCQQWS
GYPYTFGGGTKLEIKR
Example 2.23 Generation of TNF and EGFR (Seq. 2) DVD-Igs
TABLE 39
DVD Outer Inner
SEQ Variable Variable Variable
ID Domain Domain Domain Sequence
NO Name Name Name 1234567890123456789012345678901234
150 VD289H AB017VH AB033VH EVQLVESGGGLVQPGRSLRLSCAASGFTFDDYAM
HWVRQAPGKGLEWVSAITWNSGHIDYADSVEGRF
TISRDNAKNSLYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCAKVSYL
STASSLDYWGQGTLVTVSSASTKGPQVQLKQSGP
GLVQPSQSLSITCTVSGFSLTNYGVHWVRQSPGK
GLEWLGVIWSGGNTDYNTPFTSRLSINKDNSKSQ
VFFKMNSLQSNDTAIYYCARALTYYDYEFAYWGQ
GTLVTVSA
151 VD289L AB017VL AB033VL DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQGIRNYLA
WYQQKPGKAPKLLIYAASTLQSGVPSRFSGSGSG
TDFTLTISSLQPEDVATYYCQRYNRAPYTFGQGT
KVEIKRTVAAPDILLTQSPVILSVSPGERVSFSC
RASQSIGTNIHWYQQRTNGSPRLLIKYASESISG
IPSRFSGSGSGTDFTLSINSVESEDIADYYCQQN
NNWPTTFGAGTKLELKR
152 VD290H AB033VH AB017VH QVQLKQSGPGLVQPSQSLSITCTVSGFSLTNYGV
HWVRQSPGKGLEWLGVIWSGGNTDYNTPFTSRLS
INKDNSKSQVFFKMNSLQSNDTAIYYCARALTYY
DYEFAYWGQGTLVTVSAASTKGPEVQLVESGGGL
VQPGRSLRLSCAASGFTFDDYAMHWVRQAPGKGL
EWVSAITWNSGHIDYADSVEGRFTISRDNAKNSL
YLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCAKVSYLSTASSLDYWGQ
GTLVTVSS
153 VD290L AB033VL AB017VL DILLTQSPVILSVSPGERVSFSCRASQSIGTNIH
WYQQRTNGSPRLLIKYASESISGIPSRFSGSGSG
TDFTLSINSVESEDIADYYCQQNNNWPTTFGAGT
KLELKRTVAAPDIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITC
RASQGIRNYLAWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYAASTLQSG
VPSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDVATYYCQRY
NRAPYTFGQGTKVEIKR
Example 2.24 Generation of TNF and RAGE DVD-Igs
TABLE 40
DVD Outer Inner
SEQ Variable Variable Variable
ID Domain Domain Domain Sequence
NO Name Name Name 1234567890123456789012345678901234
154 VD295H AB060VH AB017VH QIQLVQSGPELKKPGETVKISCKASGYTFTNFGM
NWVKQAPGKGLKWMGYINTNTGESTYSEEFKGRF
AFSLETSASTAYLQINNLKNEDTATYFCARSRMV
TAYGMDYWGQGTSVTVSSASTKGPEVQLVESGGG
LVQPGRSLRLSCAASGFTFDDYAMHWVRQAPGKG
LEWVSAITWNSGHIDYADSVEGRFTISRDNAKNS
LYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCAKVSYLSTASSLDYWG
QGTLVTVSS
155 VD295L AB060VL AB017VL DIVMTQSQKFMSTSVGDRVSITCKASQNVGTAVA
WYQQRPGQSPKLLIFSASNRYTGVPDRFTGSGSG
TDFTLTLSNMQPEDLADYFCQQYSSYPLTFGVGT
KLELKRTVAAPDIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITC
RASQGIRNYLAWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYAASTLQSG
VPSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDVATYYCQRY
NRAPYTFGQGTKVEIKR
156 VD296H AB017VH AB060VH EVQLVESGGGLVQPGRSLRLSCAASGFTFDDYAM
HWVRQAPGKGLEWVSAITWNSGHIDYADSVEGRF
TISRDNAKNSLYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCAKVSYL
STASSLDYWGQGTLVTVSSASTKGPQIQLVQSGP
ELKKPGETVKISCKASGYTFTNFGMNWVKQAPGK
GLKWMGYINTNTGESIYSEEFKGRFAFSLETSAS
TAYLQINNLKNEDTATYFCARSRMVTAYGMDYWG
QGTSVTVSS
157 VD296L AB017VL AB060VL DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQGIRNYLA
WYQQKPGKAPKLLIYAASTLQSGVPSRFSGSGSG
TDFTLTISSLQPEDVATYYCQRYNRAPYTFGQGT
KVEIKRTVAAPDIVMTQSQKFMSTSVGDRVSITC
KASQNVGTAVAWYQQRPGQSPKLLIFSASNRYTG
VPDRFTGSGSGTDFTLTLSNMQPEDLADYFCQQY
SSYPLTFGVGTKLELKR
Example 2.25 Generation of CD-20 and EGFR (Seq. 1) DVD-Igs
TABLE 41
DVD Outer Inner
SEQ Variable Variable Variable
ID Domain Domain Domain Sequence
NO Name Name Name 1234567890123456789012345678901234
158 VD255H AB001VH AB003VH QVQLQQPGAELVKPGASVKMSCKASGYTFTSYNM
HWVKQTPGRGLEWIGAIYPGNGDTSYNQKFKGKA
TLTADKSSSTAYMQLSSLTSEDSAVYYCARSTYY
GGDWYFNVWGAGTTVTVSAASTKGPQVQLQESGP
GLVKPSETLSLTCTVSGGSVSSGDYYWTWIRQSP
GKGLEWIGHIYYSGNTNYNPSLKSRLTISIDTSK
TQFSLKLSSVTAADTAIYYCVRDRVTGAFDIWGQ
GTMVTVSS
159 VD255L AB001VL AB003VL QIVLSQSPAILSPSPGEKVTMTCRASSSVSYIHW
FQQKPGSSPKPWIYATSNLASGVPVRFSGSGSGT
SYSLTISRVEAEDAATYYCQQWTSNPPTFGGGTK
LEIKRTVAAPDIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCQ
ASQDISNYLNWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYDASNLETGV
PSRFSGSGSGTDFTFTISSLQPEDIATYFCQHFD
HLPLAFGGGTKVEIKR
160 VD256H AB003VH AB001VH QVQLQESGPGLVKPSETLSLTCTVSGGSVSSGDY
YWTWIRQSPGKGLEWIGHIYYSGNTNYNPSLKSR
LTISIDTSKTQFSLKLSSVTAADTAIYYCVRDRV
TGAFDIWGQGTMVTVSSASTKGPQVQLQQPGAEL
VKPGASVKMSCKASGYTFTSYNMHWVKQTPGRGL
EWIGAIYPGNGDTSYNQKFKGKATLTADKSSSTA
YMQLSSLTSEDSAVYYCARSTYYGGDWYFNVWGA
GTTVTVSA
161 VD256L AB003VL AB001VL DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCQASQDISNYLN
WYQQKPGKAPKLLIYDASNLETGVPSRFSGSGSG
TDFTFTISSLQPEDIATYFCQHFDHLPLAFGGGT
KVEIKRTVAAPQIVLSQSPAILSPSPGEKVTMTC
RASSSVSYIHWFQQKPGSSPKPWIYATSNLASGV
PVRFSGSGSGTSYSLTISRVEAEDAATYYCQQWT
SNPPTFGGGTKLEIKR
Example 2.26 Generation of CD-20 and EGFR (Seq. 2) DVD-Igs
TABLE 42
DVD Outer Inner
SEQ Variable Variable Variable
ID Domain Domain Domain Sequence
NO Name Name Name 1234567890123456789012345678901234
162 VD235H AB001VH AB033VH QVQLQQPGAELVKPGASVKMSCKASGYTFTSYNM
HWVKQTPGRGLEWIGAIYPGNGDTSYNQKFKGKA
TLTADKSSSTAYMQLSSLTSEDSAVYYCARSTYY
GGDWYFNVWGAGTTVTVSAASTKGPQVQLKQSGP
GLVQPSQSLSITCTVSGFSLTNYGVHWVRQSPGK
GLEWLGVIWSGGNTDYNTPFTSRLSINKDNSKSQ
VFFKMNSLQSNDTAIYYCARALTYYDYEFAYWGQ
GTLVTVSA
163 VD235L AB001VL AB033VL QIVLSQSPAILSPSPGEKVTMTCRASSSVSYIHW
FQQKPGSSPKPWIYATSNLASGVPVRFSGSGSGT
SYSLTISRVEAEDAATYYCQQWTSNPPTFGGGTK
LEIKRTVAAPDILLTQSPVILSVSPGERVSFSCR
ASQSIGTNIHWYQQRTNGSPRLLIKYASESISGI
PSRFSGSGSGTDFTLSTNSVESEDIADYYCQQNN
NWPTTFGAGTKLELKR
164 VD236H AB033VH AB001VH QVQLKQSGPGLVQPSQSLSITCTVSGFSLTNYGV
HWVRQSPGKGLEWLGVIWSGGNTDYNTPFTSRLS
INKDNSKSQVFFKMNSLQSNDTAIYYCARALTYY
DYEFAYWGQGTLVTVSAASTKGPQVQLQQPGAEL
VKPGASVKMSCKASGYTFTSYNMHWVKQTPGRGL
EWIGAIYPGNGDTSYNQKFKGKATLTADKSSSTA
YMQLSSLTSEDSAVYYCARSTYYGGDWYFNVWGA
GTTVTVSA
165 VD236L AB033VL AB001VL DILLTQSPVILSVSPGERVSFSCRASQSIGTNIH
WYQQRTNGSPRLLIKYASESISGIPSRFSGSGSG
TDFTLSINSVESEDIADYYCQQNNNWPTTFGAGT
KLELKRTVAAPQIVLSQSPAILSPSPGEKVTMTC
RASSSVSYIHWFQQKPGSSPKPWIYATSNLASGV
PVRFSGSGSGTSYSLTISRVEAEDAATYYCQQWT
SNPPTFGGGTKLEIKR
Example 2.27 Generation of RGMA and TNF DVD-Igs
TABLE 43
DVD Outer Inner
SEQ Variable Variable Variable
ID Domain Domain Domain Sequence
NO Name Name Name 1234567890123456789012345678901234
166 VD291H AB017VH AB059VH EVQLVESGGGLVQPGRSLRLSCAASGFTFDDYAM
HWVRQAPGKGLEWVSAITWNSGHIDYADSVEGRF
TISRDNAKNSLYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCAKVSYL
STASSLDYWGQGTLVTVSSASTKGPEVQLVESGG
GLVQPGSSLKLSCVASGFTFSNYGMNWIRQAPKK
GLEWIGMIYYDSSEKHYADSVKGRFTISRDNSKN
TLYLEMNSLRSEDTAIYYCAKGTTPDYWGQGVMV
TVSS
167 VD291L AB017VL AB059VL DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRASQGIRNYLA
WYQQKPGKAPKLLIYAASTLQSGVPSRFSGSGSG
TDFTLTISSLQPEDVATYYCQRYNRAPYTFGQGT
KVEIKRTVAAPDVVLTQTPVSLSVTLGDQASMSC
RSSQSLEYSDGYTFLEWFLQKPGQSPQLLIYEVS
NRFSGVPDRFIGSGSGTDFTLKISRVEPEDLGVY
YCFQATHDPLTFGSGTKLEIKR
168 VD292H AB059VH AB017VH EVQLVESGGGLVQPGSSLKLSCVASGFTFSNYGM
NWIRQAPKKGLEWIGMIYYDSSEKHYADSVKGRF
TISRDNSKNTLYLEMNSLRSEDTAIYYCAKGTTP
DYWGQGVMVTVSSASTKGPEVQLVESGGGLVQPG
RSLRLSCAASGFTFDDYAMHWVRQAPGKGLEWVS
AITWNSGHIDYADSVEGRFTISRDNAKNSLYLQM
NSLRAEDTAVYYCAKVSYLSTASSLDYWGQGTLV
TVSS
169 VD292L AB059VL AB017VL DVVLTQTPVSLSVTLGDQASMSCRSSQSLEYSDG
YTFLEWFLQKPGQSPQLLIYEVSNRFSGVPDRFI
GSGSGTDFTLKISRVEPEDLGVYYCFQATHDPLT
FGSGTKLEIKRTVAAPDIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDR
VTITCRASQGIRNYLAWYQQKPGKAPKLLIYAAS
TLQSGVPSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDVATY
YCQRYNRAPYTFGQGTKVEIKR
Example 2.28 Cloning Vector Sequences Used to Clone Parent Antibody and DVD-Ig Sequences
TABLE 44
Vector Nucleotide sequences
SEQ ID NO name 123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901
170 V1 GCGTCGACCAAGGGCCCATCGGTCTTCCCCCTGGCACCCTCCTCCAAGAGC
ACCTCTGGGGGCACAGCGGCCCTGGGCTGCCTGGTCAAGGACTACTTCCCC
GAACCGGTGACGGTGTCGTGGAACTCAGGCGCCCTGACCAGCGGCGTGCAC
ACCTTCCCGGCTGTCCTACAGTCCTCAGGACTCTACTCCCTCAGCAGCGTG
GTGACCGTGCCCTCCAGCAGCTTGGGCACCCAGACCTACATCTGCAACGTG
AATCACAAGCCCAGCAACACCAAGGTGGACAAGAAAGTTGAGCCCAAATCT
TGTGACAAAACTCACACATGCCCACCGTGCCCAGCACCTGAACTCCTGGGG
GGACCGTCAGTCTTCCTCTTCCCCCCAAAACCCAAGGACACCCTCATGATC
TCCCGGACCCCTGAGGTCACATGCGTGGTGGTGGACGTGAGCCACGAAGAC
CCTGAGGTCAAGTTCAACTGGTACGTGGACGGCGTGGAGGTGCATAATGCC
AAGACAAAGCCGCGGGAGGAGCAGTACAACAGCACGTACCGTGTGGTCAGC
GTCCTCACCGTCCTGCACCAGGACTGGCTGAATGGCAAGGAGTACAAGTGC
AAGGTCTCCAACAAAGCCCTCCCAGCCCCCATCGAGAAAACCATCTCCAAA
GCCAAAGGGCAGCCCCGAGAACCACAGGTGTACACCCTGCCCCCATCCCGC
GAGGAGATGACCAAGAACCAGGTCAGCCTGACCTGCCTGGTCAAAGGCTTC
TATCCCAGCGACATCGCCGTGGAGTGGGAGAGCAATGGGCAGCCGGAGAAC
AACTACAAGACCACGCCTCCCGTGCTGGACTCCGACGGCTCCTTCTTCCTC
TACAGCAAGCTCACCGTGGACAAGAGCAGGTGGCAGCAGGGGAACGTCTTC
TCATGCTCCGTGATGCATGAGGCTCTGCACAACCACTACACGCAGAAGAGC
CTCTCCCTGTCTCCGGGTAAATGAGCGGCCGCTCGAGGCCGGCAAGGCCGG
ATCCCCCGACCTCGACCTCTGGCTAATAAAGGAAATTTATTTTCATTGCAA
TAGTGTGTTGGAATTTTTTGTGTCTCTCACTCGGAAGGACATATGGGAGGG
CAAATCATTTGGTCGAGATCCCTCGGAGATCTCTAGCTAGAGGATCGATCC
CCGCCCCGGACGAACTAAACCTGACTACGACATCTCTGCCCCTTCTTCGCG
GGGCAGTGCATGTAATCCCTTCAGTTGGTTGGTACAACTTGCCAACTGGGC
CCTGTTCCACATGTGACACGGGGGGGGACCAAACACAAAGGGGTTCTCTGA
CTGTAGTTGACATCCTTATAAATGGATGTGCACATTTGCCAACACTGAGTG
GCTTTCATCCTGGAGCAGACTTTGCAGTCTGTGGACTGCAACACAACATTG
CCTTTATGTGTAACTCTTGGCTGAAGCTCTTACACCAATGCTGGGGGACAT
GTACCTCCCAGGGGCCCAGGAAGACTACGGGAGGCTACACCAACGTCAATC
AGAGGGGCCTGTGTAGCTACCGATAAGCGGACCCTCAAGAGGGCATTAGCA
ATAGTGTTTATAAGGCCCCCTTGTTAACCCTAAACGGGTAGCATATGCTTC
CCGGGTAGTAGTATATACTATCCAGACTAACCCTAATTCAATAGCATATGT
TACCCAACGGGAAGCATATGCTATCGAATTAGGGTTAGTAAAAGGGTCCTA
AGGAACAGCGATATCTCCCACCCCATGAGCTGTCACGGTTTTATTTACATG
GGGTCAGGATTCCACGAGGGTAGTGAACCATTTTAGTCACAAGGGCAGTGG
CTGAAGATCAAGGAGCGGGCAGTGAACTCTCCTGAATCTTCGCCTGCTTCT
TCATTCTCCTTCGTTTAGCTAATAGAATAACTGCTGAGTTGTGAACAGTAA
GGTGTATGTGAGGTGCTCGAAAACAAGGTTTCAGGTGACGCCCCCAGAATA
AAATTTGGACGGGGGGTTCAGTGGTGGCATTGTGCTATGACACCAATATAA
CCCTCACAAACCCCTTGGGCAATAAATACTAGTGTAGGAATGAAACATTCT
GAATATCTTTAACAATAGAAATCCATGGGGTGGGGACAAGCCGTAAAGACT
GGATGTCCATCTCACACGAATTTATGGCTATGGGCAACACATAATCCTAGT
GCAATATGATACTGGGGTTATTAAGATGTGTCCCAGGCAGGGACCAAGACA
GGTGAACCATGTTGTTACACTCTATTTGTAACAAGGGGAAAGAGAGTGGAC
GCCGACAGCAGCGGACTCCACTGGTTGTCTCTAACACCCCCGAAAATTAAA
CGGGGCTCCACGCCAATGGGGCCCATAAACAAAGACAAGTGGCCACTCTTT
TTTTTGAAATTGTGGAGTGGGGGCACGCGTCAGCCCCCACACGCCGCCCTG
CGGTTTTGGACTGTAAAATAAGGGTGTAATAACTTGGCTGATTGTAACCCC
GCTAACCACTGCGGTCAAACCACTTGCCCACAAAACCACTAATGGCACCCC
GGGGAATACCTGCATAAGTAGGTGGGCGGGCCAAGATAGGGGCGCGATTGC
TGCGATCTGGAGGACAAATTACACACACTTGCGCCTGAGCGCCAAGCACAG
GGTTGTTGGTCCTCATATTCACGAGGTCGCTGAGAGCACGGTGGGCTAATG
TTGCCATGGGTAGCATATACTACCCAAATATCTGGATAGCATATGCTATCC
TAATCTATATCTGGGTAGCATAGGCTATCCTAATCTATATCTGGGTAGCAT
ATGCTATCCTAATCTATATCTGGGTAGTATATGCTATCCTAATTTATATCT
GGGTAGCATAGGCTATCCTAATCTATATCTGGGTAGCATATGCTATCCTAA
TCTATATCTGGGTAGTATATGCTATCCTAATCTGTATCCGGGTAGCATATG
CTATCCTAATAGAGATTAGGGTAGTATATGCTATCCTAATTTATATCTGGG
TAGCATATACTACCCAAATATCTGGATAGCATATGCTATCCTAATCTATAT
CTGGGTAGCATATGCTATCCTAATCTATATCTGGGTAGCATAGGCTATCCT
AATCTATATCTGGGTAGCATATGCTATCCTAATCTATATCTGGGTAGTATA
TGCTATCCTAATTTATATCTGGGTAGCATAGGCTATCCTAATCTATATCTG
GGTAGCATATGCTATCCTAATCTATATCTGGGTAGTATATGCTATCCTAAT
CTGTATCCGGGTAGCATATGCTATCCTCATGATAAGCTGTCAAACATGAGA
ATTTTCTTGAAGACGAAAGGGCCTCGTGATACGCCTATTTTTATAGGTTAA
TGTCATGATAATAATGGTTTCTTAGACGTCAGGTGGCACTTTTCGGGGAAA
TGTGCGCGGAACCCCTATTTGTTTATTTTTCTAAATACATTCAAATATGTA
TCCGCTCATGAGACAATAACCCTGATAAATGCTTCAATAATATTGAAAAAG
GAAGAGTATGAGTATTCAACATTTCCGTGTCGCCCTTATTCCCTTTTTTGC
GGCATTTTGCCTTCCTGTTTTTGCTCACCCAGAAACGCTGGTGAAAGTAAA
AGATGCTGAAGATCAGTTGGGTGCACGAGTGGGTTACATCGAACTGGATCT
CAACAGCGGTAAGATCCTTGAGAGTTTTCGCCCCGAAGAACGTTTTCCAAT
GATGAGCACTTTTAAAGTTCTGCTATGTGGCGCGGTATTATCCCGTGTTGA
CGCCGGGCAAGAGCAACTCGGTCGCCGCATACACTATTCTCAGAATGACTT
GGTTGAGTACTCACCAGTCACAGAAAAGCATCTTACGGATGGCATGACAGT
AAGAGAATTATGCAGTGCTGCCATAACCATGAGTGATAACACTGCGGCCAA
CTTACTTCTGACAACGATCGGAGGACCGAAGGAGCTAACCGCTTTTTTGCA
CAACATGGGGGATCATGTAACTCGCCTTGATCGTTGGGAACCGGAGCTGAA
TGAAGCCATACCAAACGACGAGCGTGACACCACGATGCCTGCAGCAATGGC
AACAACGTTGCGCAAACTATTAACTGGCGAACTACTTACTCTAGCTTCCCG
GCAACAATTAATAGACTGGATGGAGGCGGATAAAGTTGCAGGACCACTTCT
GCGCTCGGCCCTTCCGGCTGGCTGGTTTATTGCTGATAAATCTGGAGCCGG
TGAGCGTGGGTCTCGCGGTATCATTGCAGCACTGGGGCCAGATGGTAAGCC
CTCCCGTATCGTAGTTATCTACACGACGGGGAGTCAGGCAACTATGGATGA
ACGAAATAGACAGATCGCTGAGATAGGTGCCTCACTGATTAAGCATTGGTA
ACTGTCAGACCAAGTTTACTCATATATACTTTAGATTGATTTAAAACTTCA
TTTTTAATTTAAAAGGATCTAGGTGAAGATCCTTTTTGATAATCTCATGAC
CAAAATCCCTTAACGTGAGTTTTCGTTCCACTGAGCGTCAGACCCCGTAGA
AAAGATCAAAGGATCTTCTTGAGATCCTTTTTTTCTGCGCGTAATCTGCTG
CTTGCAAACAAAAAAACCACCGCTACCAGCGGTGGTTTGTTTGCCGGATCA
AGAGCTACCAACTCTTTTTCCGAAGGTAACTGGCTTCAGCAGAGCGCAGAT
ACCAAATACTGTTCTTCTAGTGTAGCCGTAGTTAGGCCACCACTTCAAGAA
CTCTGTAGCACCGCCTACATACCTCGCTCTGCTAATCCTGTTACCAGTGGC
TGCTGCCAGTGGCGATAAGTCGTGTCTTACCGGGTTGGACTCAAGACGATA
GTTACCGGATAAGGCGCAGCGGTCGGGCTGAACGGGGGGTTCGTGCACACA
GCCCAGCTTGGAGCGAACGACCTACACCGAACTGAGATACCTACAGCGTGA
GCTATGAGAAAGCGCCACGCTTCCCGAAGGGAGAAAGGCGGACAGGTATCC
GGTAAGCGGCAGGGTCGGAACAGGAGAGCGCACGAGGGAGCTTCCAGGGGG
AAACGCCTGGTATCTTTATAGTCCTGTCGGGTTTCGCCACCTCTGACTTGA
GCGTCGATTTTTGTGATGCTCGTCAGGGGGGCGGAGCCTATGGAAAAACGC
CAGCAACGCGGCCTTTTTACGGTTCCTGGCCTTTTGCTGGCCTTTTGCTCA
CATGTTCTTTCCTGCGTTATCCCCTGATTCTGTGGATAACCGTATTACCGC
CTTTGAGTGAGCTGATACCGCTCGCCGCAGCCGAACGACCGAGCGCAGCGA
GTCAGTGAGCGAGGAAGCGGAAGAGCGCCCAATACGCAAACCGCCTCTCCC
CGCGCGTTGGCCGATTCATTAATGCAGCTGGCACGACAGGTTTCCCGACTG
GAAAGCGGGCAGTGAGCGCAACGCAATTAATGTGAGTTAGCTCACTCATTA
GGCACCCCAGGCTTTACACTTTATGCTTCCGGCTCGTATGTTGTGTGGAAT
TGTGAGCGGATAACAATTTCACACAGGAAACAGCTATGACCATGATTACGC
CAAGCTCTAGCTAGAGGTCGAGTCCCTCCCCAGCAGGCAGAAGTATGCAAA
GCATGCATCTCAATTAGTCAGCAACCATAGTCCCGCCCCTAACTCCGCCCA
TCCCGCCCCTAACTCCGCCCAGTTCCGCCCATTCTCCGCCCCATGGCTGAC
TAATTTTTTTTATTTATGCAGAGGCCGAGGCCGCCTCGGCCTCTGAGCTAT
TCCAGAAGTAGTGAGGAGGCTTTTTTGGAGGCCTAGGCTTTTGCAAAAAGC
TTTGCAAAGATGGATAAAGTTTTAAACAGAGAGGAATCTTTGCAGCTAATG
GACCTTCTAGGTCTTGAAAGGAGTGGGAATTGGCTCCGGTGCCCGTCAGTG
GGCAGAGCGCACATCGCCCACAGTCCCCGAGAAGTTGGGGGGAGGGGTCGG
CAATTGAACCGGTGCCTAGAGAAGGTGGCGCGGGGTAAACTGGGAAAGTGA
TGTCGTGTACTGGCTCCGCCTTTTTCCCGAGGGTGGGGGAGAACCGTATAT
AAGTGCAGTAGTCGCCGTGAACGTTCTTTTTCGCAACGGGTTTGCCGCCAG
AACACAGGTAAGTGCCGTGTGTGGTTCCCGCGGGCCTGGCCTCTTTACGGG
TTATGGCCCTTGCGTGCCTTGAATTACTTCCACCTGGCTGCAGTACGTGAT
TCTTGATCCCGAGCTTCGGGTTGGAAGTGGGTGGGAGAGTTCGAGGCCTTG
CGCTTAAGGAGCCCCTTCGCCTCGTGCTTGAGTTGAGGCCTGGCCTGGGCG
CTGGGGCCGCCGCGTGCGAATCTGGTGGCACCTTCGCGCCTGTCTCGCTGC
TTTCGATAAGTCTCTAGCCATTTAAAATTTTTGATGACCTGCTGCGACGCT
TTTTTTCTGGCAAGATAGTCTTGTAAATGCGGGCCAAGATCTGCACACTGG
TATTTCGGTTTTTGGGGCCGCGGGCGGCGACGGGGCCCGTGCGTCCCAGCG
CACATGTTCGGCGAGGCGGGGCCTGCGAGCGCGGCCACCGAGAATCGGACG
GGGGTAGTCTCAAGCTGGCCGGCCTGCTCTGGTGCCTGGCCTCGCGCCGCC
GTGTATCGCCCCGCCCTGGGCGGCAAGGCTGGCCCGGTCGGCACCAGTTGC
GTGAGCGGAAAGATGGCCGCTTCCCGGCCCTGCTGCAGGGAGCTCAAAATG
GAGGACGCGGCGCTCGGGAGAGCGGGCGGGTGAGTCACCCACACAAAGGAA
AAGGGCCTTTCCGTCCTCAGCCGTCGCTTCATGTGACTCCACGGAGTACCG
GGCGCCGTCCAGGCACCTCGATTAGTTCTCGAGCTTTTGGAGTACGTCGTC
TTTAGGTTGGGGGGAGGGGTTTTATGCGATGGAGTTTCCCCACACTGAGTG
GGTGGAGACTGAAGTTAGGCCAGCTTGGCACTTGATGTAATTCTCCTTGGA
ATTTGCCCTTTTTGAGTTTGGATCTTGGTTCATTCTCAAGCCTCAGACAGT
GGTTCAAAGTTTTTTTCTTCCATTTCAGGTGTCGTGAGGAATTCTCTAGAG
ATCCCTCGACCTCGAGATCCATTGTGCCCGGGCGCCACCATGGAGTTTGGG
CTGAGCTGGCTTTTTCTTGTCGCGATTTTAAAAGGTGTCCAGTGC
171 V2 ACGGTGGCTGCACCATCTGTCTTCATCTTCCCGCCATCTGATGAGCAGTTG
AAATCTGGAACTGCCTCTGTTGTGTGCCTGCTGAATAACTTCTATCCCAGA
GAGGCCAAAGTACAGTGGAAGGTGGATAACGCCCTCCAATCGGGTAACTCC
CAGGAGAGTGTCACAGAGCAGGACAGCAAGGACAGCACCTACAGCCTCAGC
AGCACCCTGACGCTGAGCAAAGCAGACTACGAGAAACACAAAGTCTACGCC
TGCGAAGTCACCCATCAGGGCCTGAGCTCGCCCGTCACAAAGAGCTTCAAC
AGGGGAGAGTGTTGAGCGGCCGCTCGAGGCCGGCAAGGCCGGATCCCCCGA
CCTCGACCTCTGGCTAATAAAGGAAATTTATTTTCATTGCAATAGTGTGTT
GGAATTTTTTGTGTCTCTCACTCGGAAGGACATATGGGAGGGCAAATCATT
TGGTCGAGATCCCTCGGAGATCTCTAGCTAGAGGATCGATCCCCGCCCCGG
ACGAACTAAACCTGACTACGACATCTCTGCCCCTTCTTCGCGGGGCAGTGC
ATGTAATCCCTTCAGTTGGTTGGTACAACTTGCCAACTGGGCCCTGTTCCA
CATGTGACACGGGGGGGGACCAAACACAAAGGGGTTCTCTGACTGTAGTTG
ACATCCTTATAAATGGATGTGCACATTTGCCAACACTGAGTGGCTTTCATC
CTGGAGCAGACTTTGCAGTCTGTGGACTGCAACACAACATTGCCTTTATGT
GTAACTCTTGGCTGAAGCTCTTACACCAATGCTGGGGGACATGTACCTCCC
AGGGGCCCAGGAAGACTACGGGAGGCTACACCAACGTCAATCAGAGGGGCC
TGTGTAGCTACCGATAAGCGGACCCTCAAGAGGGCATTAGCAATAGTGTTT
ATAAGGCCCCCTTGTTAACCCTAAACGGGTAGCATATGCTTCCCGGGTAGT
AGTATATACTATCCAGACTAACCCTAATTCAATAGCATATGTTACCCAACG
GGAAGCATATGCTATCGAATTAGGGTTAGTAAAAGGGTCCTAAGGAACAGC
GATATCTCCCACCCCATGAGCTGTCACGGTTTTATTTACATGGGGTCAGGA
TTCCACGAGGGTAGTGAACCATTTTAGTCACAAGGGCAGTGGCTGAAGATC
AAGGAGCGGGCAGTGAACTCTCCTGAATCTTCGCCTGCTTCTTCATTCTCC
TTCGTTTAGCTAATAGAATAACTGCTGAGTTGTGAACAGTAAGGTGTATGT
GAGGTGCTCGAAAACAAGGTTTCAGGTGACGCCCCCAGAATAAAATTTGGA
CGGGGGGTTCAGTGGTGGCATTGTGCTATGACACCAATATAACCCTCACAA
ACCCCTTGGGCAATAAATACTAGTGTAGGAATGAAACATTCTGAATATCTT
TAACAATAGAAATCCATGGGGTGGGGACAAGCCGTAAAGACTGGATGTCCA
TCTCACACGAATTTATGGCTATGGGCAACACATAATCCTAGTGCAATATGA
TACTGGGGTTATTAAGATGTGTCCCAGGCAGGGACCAAGACAGGTGAACCA
TGTTGTTACACTCTATTTGTAACAAGGGGAAAGAGAGTGGACGCCGACAGC
AGCGGACTCCACTGGTTGTCTCTAACACCCCCGAAAATTAAACGGGGCTCC
ACGCCAATGGGGCCCATAAACAAAGACAAGTGGCCACTCTTTTTTTTGAAA
TTGTGGAGTGGGGGCACGCGTCAGCCCCCACACGCCGCCCTGCGGTTTTGG
ACTGTAAAATAAGGGTGTAATAACTTGGCTGATTGTAACCCCGCTAACCAC
TGCGGTCAAACCACTTGCCCACAAAACCACTAATGGCACCCCGGGGAATAC
CTGCATAAGTAGGTGGGCGGGCCAAGATAGGGGCGCGATTGCTGCGATCTG
GAGGACAAATTACACACACTTGCGCCTGAGCGCCAAGCACAGGGTTGTTGG
TCCTCATATTCACGAGGTCGCTGAGAGCACGGTGGGCTAATGTTGCCATGG
GTAGCATATACTACCCAAATATCTGGATAGCATATGCTATCCTAATCTATA
TCTGGGTAGCATAGGCTATCCTAATCTATATCTGGGTAGCATATGCTATCC
TAATCTATATCTGGGTAGTATATGCTATCCTAATTTATATCTGGGTAGCAT
AGGCTATCCTAATCTATATCTGGGTAGCATATGCTATCCTAATCTATATCT
GGGTAGTATATGCTATCCTAATCTGTATCCGGGTAGCATATGCTATCCTAA
TAGAGATTAGGGTAGTATATGCTATCCTAATTTATATCTGGGTAGCATATA
CTACCCAAATATCTGGATAGCATATGCTATCCTAATCTATATCTGGGTAGC
ATATGCTATCCTAATCTATATCTGGGTAGCATAGGCTATCCTAATCTATAT
CTGGGTAGCATATGCTATCCTAATCTATATCTGGGTAGTATATGCTATCCT
AATTTATATCTGGGTAGCATAGGCTATCCTAATCTATATCTGGGTAGCATA
TGCTATCCTAATCTATATCTGGGTAGTATATGCTATCCTAATCTGTATCCG
GGTAGCATATGCTATCCTCATGATAAGCTGTCAAACATGAGAATTTTCTTG
AAGACGAAAGGGCCTCGTGATACGCCTATTTTTATAGGTTAATGTCATGAT
AATAATGGTTTCTTAGACGTCAGGTGGCACTTTTCGGGGAAATGTGCGCGG
AACCCCTATTTGTTTATTTTTCTAAATACATTCAAATATGTATCCGCTCAT
GAGACAATAACCCTGATAAATGCTTCAATAATATTGAAAAAGGAAGAGTAT
GAGTATTCAACATTTCCGTGTCGCCCTTATTCCCTTTTTTGCGGCATTTTG
CCTTCCTGTTTTTGCTCACCCAGAAACGCTGGTGAAAGTAAAAGATGCTGA
AGATCAGTTGGGTGCACGAGTGGGTTACATCGAACTGGATCTCAACAGCGG
TAAGATCCTTGAGAGTTTTCGCCCCGAAGAACGTTTTCCAATGATGAGCAC
TTTTAAAGTTCTGCTATGTGGCGCGGTATTATCCCGTGTTGACGCCGGGCA
AGAGCAACTCGGTCGCCGCATACACTATTCTCAGAATGACTTGGTTGAGTA
CTCACCAGTCACAGAAAAGCATCTTACGGATGGCATGACAGTAAGAGAATT
ATGCAGTGCTGCCATAACCATGAGTGATAACACTGCGGCCAACTTACTTCT
GACAACGATCGGAGGACCGAAGGAGCTAACCGCTTTTTTGCACAACATGGG
GGATCATGTAACTCGCCTTGATCGTTGGGAACCGGAGCTGAATGAAGCCAT
ACCAAACGACGAGCGTGACACCACGATGCCTGCAGCAATGGCAACAACGTT
GCGCAAACTATTAACTGGCGAACTACTTACTCTAGCTTCCCGGCAACAATT
AATAGACTGGATGGAGGCGGATAAAGTTGCAGGACCACTTCTGCGCTCGGC
CCTTCCGGCTGGCTGGTTTATTGCTGATAAATCTGGAGCCGGTGAGCGTGG
GTCTCGCGGTATCATTGCAGCACTGGGGCCAGATGGTAAGCCCTCCCGTAT
CGTAGTTATCTACACGACGGGGAGTCAGGCAACTATGGATGAACGAAATAG
ACAGATCGCTGAGATAGGTGCCTCACTGATTAAGCATTGGTAACTGTCAGA
CCAAGTTTACTCATATATACTTTAGATTGATTTAAAACTTCATTTTTAATT
TAAAAGGATCTAGGTGAAGATCCTTTTTGATAATCTCATGACCAAAATCCC
TTAACGTGAGTTTTCGTTCCACTGAGCGTCAGACCCCGTAGAAAAGATCAA
AGGATCTTCTTGAGATCCTTTTTTTCTGCGCGTAATCTGCTGCTTGCAAAC
AAAAAAACCACCGCTACCAGCGGTGGTTTGTTTGCCGGATCAAGAGCTACC
AACTCTTTTTCCGAAGGTAACTGGCTTCAGCAGAGCGCAGATACCAAATAC
TGTTCTTCTAGTGTAGCCGTAGTTAGGCCACCACTTCAAGAACTCTGTAGC
ACCGCCTACATACCTCGCTCTGCTAATCCTGTTACCAGTGGCTGCTGCCAG
TGGCGATAAGTCGTGTCTTACCGGGTTGGACTCAAGACGATAGTTACCGGA
TAAGGCGCAGCGGTCGGGCTGAACGGGGGGTTCGTGCACACAGCCCAGCTT
GGAGCGAACGACCTACACCGAACTGAGATACCTACAGCGTGAGCTATGAGA
AAGCGCCACGCTTCCCGAAGGGAGAAAGGCGGACAGGTATCCGGTAAGCGG
CAGGGTCGGAACAGGAGAGCGCACGAGGGAGCTTCCAGGGGGAAACGCCTG
GTATCTTTATAGTCCTGTCGGGTTTCGCCACCTCTGACTTGAGCGTCGATT
TTTGTGATGCTCGTCAGGGGGGCGGAGCCTATGGAAAAACGCCAGCAACGC
GGCCTTTTTACGGTTCCTGGCCTTTTGCTGGCCTTTTGCTCACATGTTCTT
TCCTGCGTTATCCCCTGATTCTGTGGATAACCGTATTACCGCCTTTGAGTG
AGCTGATACCGCTCGCCGCAGCCGAACGACCGAGCGCAGCGAGTCAGTGAG
CGAGGAAGCGGAAGAGCGCCCAATACGCAAACCGCCTCTCCCCGCGCGTTG
GCCGATTCATTAATGCAGCTGGCACGACAGGTTTCCCGACTGGAAAGCGGG
CAGTGAGCGCAACGCAATTAATGTGAGTTAGCTCACTCATTAGGCACCCCA
GGCTTTACACTTTATGCTTCCGGCTCGTATGTTGTGTGGAATTGTGAGCGG
ATAACAATTTCACACAGGAAACAGCTATGACCATGATTACGCCAAGCTCTA
GCTAGAGGTCGAGTCCCTCCCCAGCAGGCAGAAGTATGCAAAGCATGCATC
TCAATTAGTCAGCAACCATAGTCCCGCCCCTAACTCCGCCCATCCCGCCCC
TAACTCCGCCCAGTTCCGCCCATTCTCCGCCCCATGGCTGACTAATTTTTT
TTATTTATGCAGAGGCCGAGGCCGCCTCGGCCTCTGAGCTATTCCAGAAGT
AGTGAGGAGGCTTTTTTGGAGGCCTAGGCTTTTGCAAAAAGCTTTGCAAAG
ATGGATAAAGTTTTAAACAGAGAGGAATCTTTGCAGCTAATGGACCTTCTA
GGTCTTGAAAGGAGTGGGAATTGGCTCCGGTGCCCGTCAGTGGGCAGAGCG
CACATCGCCCACAGTCCCCGAGAAGTTGGGGGGAGGGGTCGGCAATTGAAC
CGGTGCCTAGAGAAGGTGGCGCGGGGTAAACTGGGAAAGTGATGTCGTGTA
CTGGCTCCGCCTTTTTCCCGAGGGTGGGGGAGAACCGTATATAAGTGCAGT
AGTCGCCGTGAACGTTCTTTTTCGCAACGGGTTTGCCGCCAGAACACAGGT
AAGTGCCGTGTGTGGTTCCCGCGGGCCTGGCCTCTTTACGGGTTATGGCCC
TTGCGTGCCTTGAATTACTTCCACCTGGCTGCAGTACGTGATTCTTGATCC
CGAGCTTCGGGTTGGAAGTGGGTGGGAGAGTTCGAGGCCTTGCGCTTAAGG
AGCCCCTTCGCCTCGTGCTTGAGTTGAGGCCTGGCCTGGGCGCTGGGGCCG
CCGCGTGCGAATCTGGTGGCACCTTCGCGCCTGTCTCGCTGCTTTCGATAA
GTCTCTAGCCATTTAAAATTTTTGATGACCTGCTGCGACGCTTTTTTTCTG
GCAAGATAGTCTTGTAAATGCGGGCCAAGATCTGCACACTGGTATTTCGGT
TTTTGGGGCCGCGGGCGGCGACGGGGCCCGTGCGTCCCAGCGCACATGTTC
GGCGAGGCGGGGCCTGCGAGCGCGGCCACCGAGAATCGGACGGGGGTAGTC
TCAAGCTGGCCGGCCTGCTCTGGTGCCTGGCCTCGCGCCGCCGTGTATCGC
CCCGCCCTGGGCGGCAAGGCTGGCCCGGTCGGCACCAGTTGCGTGAGCGGA
AAGATGGCCGCTTCCCGGCCCTGCTGCAGGGAGCTCAAAATGGAGGACGCG
GCGCTCGGGAGAGCGGGCGGGTGAGTCACCCACACAAAGGAAAAGGGCCTT
TCCGTCCTCAGCCGTCGCTTCATGTGACTCCACGGAGTACCGGGCGCCGTC
CAGGCACCTCGATTAGTTCTCGAGCTTTTGGAGTACGTCGTCTTTAGGTTG
GGGGGAGGGGTTTTATGCGATGGAGTTTCCCCACACTGAGTGGGTGGAGAC
TGAAGTTAGGCCAGCTTGGCACTTGATGTAATTCTCCTTGGAATTTGCCCT
TTTTGAGTTTGGATCTTGGTTCATTCTCAAGCCTCAGACAGTGGTTCAAAG
TTTTTTTCTTCCATTTCAGGTGTCGTGAGGAATTCTCTAGAGATCCCTCGA
CCTCGAGATCCATTGTGCCCGGGCGCACCATGGACATGCGCGTGCCCGCCC
AGCTGCTGGGCCTGCTGCTGCTGTGGTTCCCCGGCTCGCGATGC
172 V3 CAACCCAAGGCTGCCCCCTCGGTCACTCTGTTCCCGCCCTCCTCTGAGGAG
CTTCAAGCCAACAAGGCCACACTGGTGTGTCTCATAAGTGACTTCTACCCG
GGAGCCGTGACAGTGGCCTGGAAGGCAGATAGCAGCCCCGTCAAGGCGGGA
GTGGAGACCACCACACCCTCCAAACAAAGCAACAACAAGTACGCGGCCAGC
AGCTACCTGAGCCTGACGCCTGAGCAGTGGAAGTCCCACAGAAGCTACAGC
TGCCAGGTCACGCATGAAGGGAGCACCGTGGAGAAGACAGTGGCCCCTACA
GAATGTTCATGAGCGGCCGCTCGAGGCCGGCAAGGCCGGATCCCCCGACCT
CGACCTCTGGCTAATAAAGGAAATTTATTTTCATTGCAATAGTGTGTTGGA
ATTTTTTGTGTCTCTCACTCGGAAGGACATATGGGAGGGCAAATCATTTGG
TCGAGATCCCTCGGAGATCTCTAGCTAGAGGATCGATCCCCGCCCCGGACG
AACTAAACCTGACTACGACATCTCTGCCCCTTCTTCGCGGGGCAGTGCATG
TAATCCCTTCAGTTGGTTGGTACAACTTGCCAACTGGGCCCTGTTCCACAT
GTGACACGGGGGGGGACCAAACACAAAGGGGTTCTCTGACTGTAGTTGACA
TCCTTATAAATGGATGTGCACATTTGCCAACACTGAGTGGCTTTCATCCTG
GAGCAGACTTTGCAGTCTGTGGACTGCAACACAACATTGCCTTTATGTGTA
ACTCTTGGCTGAAGCTCTTACACCAATGCTGGGGGACATGTACCTCCCAGG
GGCCCAGGAAGACTACGGGAGGCTACACCAACGTCAATCAGAGGGGCCTGT
GTAGCTACCGATAAGCGGACCCTCAAGAGGGCATTAGCAATAGTGTTTATA
AGGCCCCCTTGTTAACCCTAAACGGGTAGCATATGCTTCCCGGGTAGTAGT
ATATACTATCCAGACTAACCCTAATTCAATAGCATATGTTACCCAACGGGA
AGCATATGCTATCGAATTAGGGTTAGTAAAAGGGTCCTAAGGAACAGCGAT
ATCTCCCACCCCATGAGCTGTCACGGTTTTATTTACATGGGGTCAGGATTC
CACGAGGGTAGTGAACCATTTTAGTCACAAGGGCAGTGGCTGAAGATCAAG
GAGCGGGCAGTGAACTCTCCTGAATCTTCGCCTGCTTCTTCATTCTCCTTC
GTTTAGCTAATAGAATAACTGCTGAGTTGTGAACAGTAAGGTGTATGTGAG
GTGCTCGAAAACAAGGTTTCAGGTGACGCCCCCAGAATAAAATTTGGACGG
GGGGTTCAGTGGTGGCATTGTGCTATGACACCAATATAACCCTCACAAACC
CCTTGGGCAATAAATACTAGTGTAGGAATGAAACATTCTGAATATCTTTAA
CAATAGAAATCCATGGGGTGGGGACAAGCCGTAAAGACTGGATGTCCATCT
CACACGAATTTATGGCTATGGGCAACACATAATCCTAGTGCAATATGATAC
TGGGGTTATTAAGATGTGTCCCAGGCAGGGACCAAGACAGGTGAACCATGT
TGTTACACTCTATTTGTAACAAGGGGAAAGAGAGTGGACGCCGACAGCAGC
GGACTCCACTGGTTGTCTCTAACACCCCCGAAAATTAAACGGGGCTCCACG
CCAATGGGGCCCATAAACAAAGACAAGTGGCCACTCTTTTTTTTGAAATTG
TGGAGTGGGGGCACGCGTCAGCCCCCACACGCCGCCCTGCGGTTTTGGACT
GTAAAATAAGGGTGTAATAACTTGGCTGATTGTAACCCCGCTAACCACTGC
GGTCAAACCACTTGCCCACAAAACCACTAATGGCACCCCGGGGAATACCTG
CATAAGTAGGTGGGCGGGCCAAGATAGGGGCGCGATTGCTGCGATCTGGAG
GACAAATTACACACACTTGCGCCTGAGCGCCAAGCACAGGGTTGTTGGTCC
TCATATTCACGAGGTCGCTGAGAGCACGGTGGGCTAATGTTGCCATGGGTA
GCATATACTACCCAAATATCTGGATAGCATATGCTATCCTAATCTATATCT
GGGTAGCATAGGCTATCCTAATCTATATCTGGGTAGCATATGCTATCCTAA
TCTATATCTGGGTAGTATATGCTATCCTAATTTATATCTGGGTAGCATAGG
CTATCCTAATCTATATCTGGGTAGCATATGCTATCCTAATCTATATCTGGG
TAGTATATGCTATCCTAATCTGTATCCGGGTAGCATATGCTATCCTAATAG
AGATTAGGGTAGTATATGCTATCCTAATTTATATCTGGGTAGCATATACTA
CCCAAATATCTGGATAGCATATGCTATCCTAATCTATATCTGGGTAGCATA
TGCTATCCTAATCTATATCTGGGTAGCATAGGCTATCCTAATCTATATCTG
GGTAGCATATGCTATCCTAATCTATATCTGGGTAGTATATGCTATCCTAAT
TTATATCTGGGTAGCATAGGCTATCCTAATCTATATCTGGGTAGCATATGC
TATCCTAATCTATATCTGGGTAGTATATGCTATCCTAATCTGTATCCGGGT
AGCATATGCTATCCTCATGATAAGCTGTCAAACATGAGAATTTTCTTGAAG
ACGAAAGGGCCTCGTGATACGCCTATTTTTATAGGTTAATGTCATGATAAT
AATGGTTTCTTAGACGTCAGGTGGCACTTTTCGGGGAAATGTGCGCGGAAC
CCCTATTTGTTTATTTTTCTAAATACATTCAAATATGTATCCGCTCATGAG
ACAATAACCCTGATAAATGCTTCAATAATATTGAAAAAGGAAGAGTATGAG
TATTCAACATTTCCGTGTCGCCCTTATTCCCTTTTTTGCGGCATTTTGCCT
TCCTGTTTTTGCTCACCCAGAAACGCTGGTGAAAGTAAAAGATGCTGAAGA
TCAGTTGGGTGCACGAGTGGGTTACATCGAACTGGATCTCAACAGCGGTAA
GATCCTTGAGAGTTTTCGCCCCGAAGAACGTTTTCCAATGATGAGCACTTT
TAAAGTTCTGCTATGTGGCGCGGTATTATCCCGTGTTGACGCCGGGCAAGA
GCAACTCGGTCGCCGCATACACTATTCTCAGAATGACTTGGTTGAGTACTC
ACCAGTCACAGAAAAGCATCTTACGGATGGCATGACAGTAAGAGAATTATG
CAGTGCTGCCATAACCATGAGTGATAACACTGCGGCCAACTTACTTCTGAC
AACGATCGGAGGACCGAAGGAGCTAACCGCTTTTTTGCACAACATGGGGGA
TCATGTAACTCGCCTTGATCGTTGGGAACCGGAGCTGAATGAAGCCATACC
AAACGACGAGCGTGACACCACGATGCCTGCAGCAATGGCAACAACGTTGCG
CAAACTATTAACTGGCGAACTACTTACTCTAGCTTCCCGGCAACAATTAAT
AGACTGGATGGAGGCGGATAAAGTTGCAGGACCACTTCTGCGCTCGGCCCT
TCCGGCTGGCTGGTTTATTGCTGATAAATCTGGAGCCGGTGAGCGTGGGTC
TCGCGGTATCATTGCAGCACTGGGGCCAGATGGTAAGCCCTCCCGTATCGT
AGTTATCTACACGACGGGGAGTCAGGCAACTATGGATGAACGAAATAGACA
GATCGCTGAGATAGGTGCCTCACTGATTAAGCATTGGTAACTGTCAGACCA
AGTTTACTCATATATACTTTAGATTGATTTAAAACTTCATTTTTAATTTAA
AAGGATCTAGGTGAAGATCCTTTTTGATAATCTCATGACCAAAATCCCTTA
ACGTGAGTTTTCGTTCCACTGAGCGTCAGACCCCGTAGAAAAGATCAAAGG
ATCTTCTTGAGATCCTTTTTTTCTGCGCGTAATCTGCTGCTTGCAAACAAA
AAAACCACCGCTACCAGCGGTGGTTTGTTTGCCGGATCAAGAGCTACCAAC
TCTTTTTCCGAAGGTAACTGGCTTCAGCAGAGCGCAGATACCAAATACTGT
TCTTCTAGTGTAGCCGTAGTTAGGCCACCACTTCAAGAACTCTGTAGCACC
GCCTACATACCTCGCTCTGCTAATCCTGTTACCAGTGGCTGCTGCCAGTGG
CGATAAGTCGTGTCTTACCGGGTTGGACTCAAGACGATAGTTACCGGATAA
GGCGCAGCGGTCGGGCTGAACGGGGGGTTCGTGCACACAGCCCAGCTTGGA
GCGAACGACCTACACCGAACTGAGATACCTACAGCGTGAGCTATGAGAAAG
CGCCACGCTTCCCGAAGGGAGAAAGGCGGACAGGTATCCGGTAAGCGGCAG
GGTCGGAACAGGAGAGCGCACGAGGGAGCTTCCAGGGGGAAACGCCTGGTA
TCTTTATAGTCCTGTCGGGTTTCGCCACCTCTGACTTGAGCGTCGATTTTT
GTGATGCTCGTCAGGGGGGCGGAGCCTATGGAAAAACGCCAGCAACGCGGC
CTTTTTACGGTTCCTGGCCTTTTGCTGGCCTTTTGCTCACATGTTCTTTCC
TGCGTTATCCCCTGATTCTGTGGATAACCGTATTACCGCCTTTGAGTGAGC
TGATACCGCTCGCCGCAGCCGAACGACCGAGCGCAGCGAGTCAGTGAGCGA
GGAAGCGGAAGAGCGCCCAATACGCAAACCGCCTCTCCCCGCGCGTTGGCC
GATTCATTAATGCAGCTGGCACGACAGGTTTCCCGACTGGAAAGCGGGCAG
TGAGCGCAACGCAATTAATGTGAGTTAGCTCACTCATTAGGCACCCCAGGC
TTTACACTTTATGCTTCCGGCTCGTATGTTGTGTGGAATTGTGAGCGGATA
ACAATTTCACACAGGAAACAGCTATGACCATGATTACGCCAAGCTCTAGCT
AGAGGTCGAGTCCCTCCCCAGCAGGCAGAAGTATGCAAAGCATGCATCTCA
ATTAGTCAGCAACCATAGTCCCGCCCCTAACTCCGCCCATCCCGCCCCTAA
CTCCGCCCAGTTCCGCCCATTCTCCGCCCCATGGCTGACTAATTTTTTTTA
TTTATGCAGAGGCCGAGGCCGCCTCGGCCTCTGAGCTATTCCAGAAGTAGT
GAGGAGGCTTTTTTGGAGGCCTAGGCTTTTGCAAAAAGCTTTGCAAAGATG
GATAAAGTTTTAAACAGAGAGGAATCTTTGCAGCTAATGGACCTTCTAGGT
CTTGAAAGGAGTGGGAATTGGCTCCGGTGCCCGTCAGTGGGCAGAGCGCAC
ATCGCCCACAGTCCCCGAGAAGTTGGGGGGAGGGGTCGGCAATTGAACCGG
TGCCTAGAGAAGGTGGCGCGGGGTAAACTGGGAAAGTGATGTCGTGTACTG
GCTCCGCCTTTTTCCCGAGGGTGGGGGAGAACCGTATATAAGTGCAGTAGT
CGCCGTGAACGTTCTTTTTCGCAACGGGTTTGCCGCCAGAACACAGGTAAG
TGCCGTGTGTGGTTCCCGCGGGCCTGGCCTCTTTACGGGTTATGGCCCTTG
CGTGCCTTGAATTACTTCCACCTGGCTGCAGTACGTGATTCTTGATCCCGA
GCTTCGGGTTGGAAGTGGGTGGGAGAGTTCGAGGCCTTGCGCTTAAGGAGC
CCCTTCGCCTCGTGCTTGAGTTGAGGCCTGGCCTGGGCGCTGGGGCCGCCG
CGTGCGAATCTGGTGGCACCTTCGCGCCTGTCTCGCTGCTTTCGATAAGTC
TCTAGCCATTTAAAATTTTTGATGACCTGCTGCGACGCTTTTTTTCTGGCA
AGATAGTCTTGTAAATGCGGGCCAAGATCTGCACACTGGTATTTCGGTTTT
TGGGGCCGCGGGCGGCGACGGGGCCCGTGCGTCCCAGCGCACATGTTCGGC
GAGGCGGGGCCTGCGAGCGCGGCCACCGAGAATCGGACGGGGGTAGTCTCA
AGCTGGCCGGCCTGCTCTGGTGCCTGGCCTCGCGCCGCCGTGTATCGCCCC
GCCCTGGGCGGCAAGGCTGGCCCGGTCGGCACCAGTTGCGTGAGCGGAAAG
ATGGCCGCTTCCCGGCCCTGCTGCAGGGAGCTCAAAATGGAGGACGCGGCG
CTCGGGAGAGCGGGCGGGTGAGTCACCCACACAAAGGAAAAGGGCCTTTCC
GTCCTCAGCCGTCGCTTCATGTGACTCCACGGAGTACCGGGCGCCGTCCAG
GCACCTCGATTAGTTCTCGAGCTTTTGGAGTACGTCGTCTTTAGGTTGGGG
GGAGGGGTTTTATGCGATGGAGTTTCCCCACACTGAGTGGGTGGAGACTGA
AGTTAGGCCAGCTTGGCACTTGATGTAATTCTCCTTGGAATTTGCCCTTTT
TGAGTTTGGATCTTGGTTCATTCTCAAGCCTCAGACAGTGGTTCAAAGTTT
TTTTCTTCCATTTCAGGTGTCGTGAGGAATTCTCTAGAGATCCCTCGACCT
CGAGATCCATTGTGCCCGGGCGCCACCATGACTTGGACCCCACTCCTCTTC
CTCACCCTCCTCCTCCACTGCACAGGAAGCTTATCG
173 V4 ACGGTGGCTGCACCATCTGTCTTCATCTTCCCGCCATCTGATGAGCAGTTG
AAATCTGGAACTGCCTCTGTTGTGTGCCTGCTGAATAACTTCTATCCCAGA
GAGGCCAAAGTACAGTGGAAGGTGGATAACGCCCTCCAATCGGGTAACTCC
CAGGAGAGTGTCACAGAGCAGGACAGCAAGGACAGCACCTACAGCCTCAGC
AGCACCCTGACGCTGAGCAAAGCAGACTACGAGAAACACAAAGTCTACGCC
TGCGAAGTCACCCATCAGGGCCTGAGCTCGCCCGTCACAAAGAGCTTCAAC
AGGGGAGAGTGTTGAGCGGCCGCTCGAGGCCGGCAAGGCCGGATCCCCCGA
CCTCGACCTCTGGCTAATAAAGGAAATTTATTTTCATTGCAATAGTGTGTT
GGAATTTTTTGTGTCTCTCACTCGGAAGGACATATGGGAGGGCAAATCATT
TGGTCGAGATCCCTCGGAGATCTCTAGCTAGAGGATCGATCCCCGCCCCGG
ACGAACTAAACCTGACTACGACATCTCTGCCCCTTCTTCGCGGGGCAGTGC
ATGTAATCCCTTCAGTTGGTTGGTACAACTTGCCAACTGGGCCCTGTTCCA
CATGTGACACGGGGGGGGACCAAACACAAAGGGGTTCTCTGACTGTAGTTG
ACATCCTTATAAATGGATGTGCACATTTGCCAACACTGAGTGGCTTTCATC
CTGGAGCAGACTTTGCAGTCTGTGGACTGCAACACAACATTGCCTTTATGT
GTAACTCTTGGCTGAAGCTCTTACACCAATGCTGGGGGACATGTACCTCCC
AGGGGCCCAGGAAGACTACGGGAGGCTACACCAACGTCAATCAGAGGGGCC
TGTGTAGCTACCGATAAGCGGACCCTCAAGAGGGCATTAGCAATAGTGTTT
ATAAGGCCCCCTTGTTAACCCTAAACGGGTAGCATATGCTTCCCGGGTAGT
AGTATATACTATCCAGACTAACCCTAATTCAATAGCATATGTTACCCAACG
GGAAGCATATGCTATCGAATTAGGGTTAGTAAAAGGGTCCTAAGGAACAGC
GATATCTCCCACCCCATGAGCTGTCACGGTTTTATTTACATGGGGTCAGGA
TTCCACGAGGGTAGTGAACCATTTTAGTCACAAGGGCAGTGGCTGAAGATC
AAGGAGCGGGCAGTGAACTCTCCTGAATCTTCGCCTGCTTCTTCATTCTCC
TTCGTTTAGCTAATAGAATAACTGCTGAGTTGTGAACAGTAAGGTGTATGT
GAGGTGCTCGAAAACAAGGTTTCAGGTGACGCCCCCAGAATAAAATTTGGA
CGGGGGGTTCAGTGGTGGCATTGTGCTATGACACCAATATAACCCTCACAA
ACCCCTTGGGCAATAAATACTAGTGTAGGAATGAAACATTCTGAATATCTT
TAACAATAGAAATCCATGGGGTGGGGACAAGCCGTAAAGACTGGATGTCCA
TCTCACACGAATTTATGGCTATGGGCAACACATAATCCTAGTGCAATATGA
TACTGGGGTTATTAAGATGTGTCCCAGGCAGGGACCAAGACAGGTGAACCA
TGTTGTTACACTCTATTTGTAACAAGGGGAAAGAGAGTGGACGCCGACAGC
AGCGGACTCCACTGGTTGTCTCTAACACCCCCGAAAATTAAACGGGGCTCC
ACGCCAATGGGGCCCATAAACAAAGACAAGTGGCCACTCTTTTTTTTGAAA
TTGTGGAGTGGGGGCACGCGTCAGCCCCCACACGCCGCCCTGCGGTTTTGG
ACTGTAAAATAAGGGTGTAATAACTTGGCTGATTGTAACCCCGCTAACCAC
TGCGGTCAAACCACTTGCCCACAAAACCACTAATGGCACCCCGGGGAATAC
CTGCATAAGTAGGTGGGCGGGCCAAGATAGGGGCGCGATTGCTGCGATCTG
GAGGACAAATTACACACACTTGCGCCTGAGCGCCAAGCACAGGGTTGTTGG
TCCTCATATTCACGAGGTCGCTGAGAGCACGGTGGGCTAATGTTGCCATGG
GTAGCATATACTACCCAAATATCTGGATAGCATATGCTATCCTAATCTATA
TCTGGGTAGCATAGGCTATCCTAATCTATATCTGGGTAGCATATGCTATCC
TAATCTATATCTGGGTAGTATATGCTATCCTAATTTATATCTGGGTAGCAT
AGGCTATCCTAATCTATATCTGGGTAGCATATGCTATCCTAATCTATATCT
GGGTAGTATATGCTATCCTAATCTGTATCCGGGTAGCATATGCTATCCTAA
TAGAGATTAGGGTAGTATATGCTATCCTAATTTATATCTGGGTAGCATATA
CTACCCAAATATCTGGATAGCATATGCTATCCTAATCTATATCTGGGTAGC
ATATGCTATCCTAATCTATATCTGGGTAGCATAGGCTATCCTAATCTATAT
CTGGGTAGCATATGCTATCCTAATCTATATCTGGGTAGTATATGCTATCCT
AATTTATATCTGGGTAGCATAGGCTATCCTAATCTATATCTGGGTAGCATA
TGCTATCCTAATCTATATCTGGGTAGTATATGCTATCCTAATCTGTATCCG
GGTAGCATATGCTATCCTCATGATAAGCTGTCAAACATGAGAATTTTCTTG
AAGACGAAAGGGCCTCGTGATACGCCTATTTTTATAGGTTAATGTCATGAT
AATAATGGTTTCTTAGACGTCAGGTGGCACTTTTCGGGGAAATGTGCGCGG
AACCCCTATTTGTTTATTTTTCTAAATACATTCAAATATGTATCCGCTCAT
GAGACAATAACCCTGATAAATGCTTCAATAATATTGAAAAAGGAAGAGTAT
GAGTATTCAACATTTCCGTGTCGCCCTTATTCCCTTTTTTGCGGCATTTTG
CCTTCCTGTTTTTGCTCACCCAGAAACGCTGGTGAAAGTAAAAGATGCTGA
AGATCAGTTGGGTGCACGAGTGGGTTACATCGAACTGGATCTCAACAGCGG
TAAGATCCTTGAGAGTTTTCGCCCCGAAGAACGTTTTCCAATGATGAGCAC
TTTTAAAGTTCTGCTATGTGGCGCGGTATTATCCCGTGTTGACGCCGGGCA
AGAGCAACTCGGTCGCCGCATACACTATTCTCAGAATGACTTGGTTGAGTA
CTCACCAGTCACAGAAAAGCATCTTACGGATGGCATGACAGTAAGAGAATT
ATGCAGTGCTGCCATAACCATGAGTGATAACACTGCGGCCAACTTACTTCT
GACAACGATCGGAGGACCGAAGGAGCTAACCGCTTTTTTGCACAACATGGG
GGATCATGTAACTCGCCTTGATCGTTGGGAACCGGAGCTGAATGAAGCCAT
ACCAAACGACGAGCGTGACACCACGATGCCTGCAGCAATGGCAACAACGTT
GCGCAAACTATTAACTGGCGAACTACTTACTCTAGCTTCCCGGCAACAATT
AATAGACTGGATGGAGGCGGATAAAGTTGCAGGACCACTTCTGCGCTCGGC
CCTTCCGGCTGGCTGGTTTATTGCTGATAAATCTGGAGCCGGTGAGCGTGG
GTCTCGCGGTATCATTGCAGCACTGGGGCCAGATGGTAAGCCCTCCCGTAT
CGTAGTTATCTACACGACGGGGAGTCAGGCAACTATGGATGAACGAAATAG
ACAGATCGCTGAGATAGGTGCCTCACTGATTAAGCATTGGTAACTGTCAGA
CCAAGTTTACTCATATATACTTTAGATTGATTTAAAACTTCATTTTTAATT
TAAAAGGATCTAGGTGAAGATCCTTTTTGATAATCTCATGACCAAAATCCC
TTAACGTGAGTTTTCGTTCCACTGAGCGTCAGACCCCGTAGAAAAGATCAA
AGGATCTTCTTGAGATCCTTTTTTTCTGCGCGTAATCTGCTGCTTGCAAAC
AAAAAAACCACCGCTACCAGCGGTGGTTTGTTTGCCGGATCAAGAGCTACC
AACTCTTTTTCCGAAGGTAACTGGCTTCAGCAGAGCGCAGATACCAAATAC
TGTTCTTCTAGTGTAGCCGTAGTTAGGCCACCACTTCAAGAACTCTGTAGC
ACCGCCTACATACCTCGCTCTGCTAATCCTGTTACCAGTGGCTGCTGCCAG
TGGCGATAAGTCGTGTCTTACCGGGTTGGACTCAAGACGATAGTTACCGGA
TAAGGCGCAGCGGTCGGGCTGAACGGGGGGTTCGTGCACACAGCCCAGCTT
GGAGCGAACGACCTACACCGAACTGAGATACCTACAGCGTGAGCTATGAGA
AAGCGCCACGCTTCCCGAAGGGAGAAAGGCGGACAGGTATCCGGTAAGCGG
CAGGGTCGGAACAGGAGAGCGCACGAGGGAGCTTCCAGGGGGAAACGCCTG
GTATCTTTATAGTCCTGTCGGGTTTCGCCACCTCTGACTTGAGCGTCGATT
TTTGTGATGCTCGTCAGGGGGGCGGAGCCTATGGAAAAACGCCAGCAACGC
GGCCTTTTTACGGTTCCTGGCCTTTTGCTGGCCTTTTGCTCACATGTTCTT
TCCTGCGTTATCCCCTGATTCTGTGGATAACCGTATTACCGCCTTTGAGTG
AGCTGATACCGCTCGCCGCAGCCGAACGACCGAGCGCAGCGAGTCAGTGAG
CGAGGAAGCGGAAGAGCGCCCAATACGCAAACCGCCTCTCCCCGCGCGTTG
GCCGATTCATTAATGCAGCTGGCACGACAGGTTTCCCGACTGGAAAGCGGG
CAGTGAGCGCAACGCAATTAATGTGAGTTAGCTCACTCATTAGGCACCCCA
GGCTTTACACTTTATGCTTCCGGCTCGTATGTTGTGTGGAATTGTGAGCGG
ATAACAATTTCACACAGGAAACAGCTATGACCATGATTACGCCAAGCTCTA
GCTAGAGGTCGAGTCCCTCCCCAGCAGGCAGAAGTATGCAAAGCATGCATC
TCAATTAGTCAGCAACCATAGTCCCGCCCCTAACTCCGCCCATCCCGCCCC
TAACTCCGCCCAGTTCCGCCCATTCTCCGCCCCATGGCTGACTAATTTTTT
TTATTTATGCAGAGGCCGAGGCCGCCTCGGCCTCTGAGCTATTCCAGAAGT
AGTGAGGAGGCTTTTTTGGAGGCCTAGGCTTTTGCAAAAAGCTTTGCAAAG
ATGGATAAAGTTTTAAACAGAGAGGAATCTTTGCAGCTAATGGACCTTCTA
GGTCTTGAAAGGAGTGGGAATTGGCTCCGGTGCCCGTCAGTGGGCAGAGCG
CACATCGCCCACAGTCCCCGAGAAGTTGGGGGGAGGGGTCGGCAATTGAAC
CGGTGCCTAGAGAAGGTGGCGCGGGGTAAACTGGGAAAGTGATGTCGTGTA
CTGGCTCCGCCTTTTTCCCGAGGGTGGGGGAGAACCGTATATAAGTGCAGT
AGTCGCCGTGAACGTTCTTTTTCGCAACGGGTTTGCCGCCAGAACACAGGT
AAGTGCCGTGTGTGGTTCCCGCGGGCCTGGCCTCTTTACGGGTTATGGCCC
TTGCGTGCCTTGAATTACTTCCACCTGGCTGCAGTACGTGATTCTTGATCC
CGAGCTTCGGGTTGGAAGTGGGTGGGAGAGTTCGAGGCCTTGCGCTTAAGG
AGCCCCTTCGCCTCGTGCTTGAGTTGAGGCCTGGCCTGGGCGCTGGGGCCG
CCGCGTGCGAATCTGGTGGCACCTTCGCGCCTGTCTCGCTGCTTTCGATAA
GTCTCTAGCCATTTAAAATTTTTGATGACCTGCTGCGACGCTTTTTTTCTG
GCAAGATAGTCTTGTAAATGCGGGCCAAGATCTGCACACTGGTATTTCGGT
TTTTGGGGCCGCGGGCGGCGACGGGGCCCGTGCGTCCCAGCGCACATGTTC
GGCGAGGCGGGGCCTGCGAGCGCGGCCACCGAGAATCGGACGGGGGTAGTC
TCAAGCTGGCCGGCCTGCTCTGGTGCCTGGCCTCGCGCCGCCGTGTATCGC
CCCGCCCTGGGCGGCAAGGCTGGCCCGGTCGGCACCAGTTGCGTGAGCGGA
AAGATGGCCGCTTCCCGGCCCTGCTGCAGGGAGCTCAAAATGGAGGACGCG
GCGCTCGGGAGAGCGGGCGGGTGAGTCACCCACACAAAGGAAAAGGGCCTT
TCCGTCCTCAGCCGTCGCTTCATGTGACTCCACGGAGTACCGGGCGCCGTC
CAGGCACCTCGATTAGTTCTCGAGCTTTTGGAGTACGTCGTCTTTAGGTTG
GGGGGAGGGGTTTTATGCGATGGAGTTTCCCCACACTGAGTGGGTGGAGAC
TGAAGTTAGGCCAGCTTGGCACTTGATGTAATTCTCCTTGGAATTTGCCCT
TTTTGAGTTTGGATCTTGGTTCATTCTCAAGCCTCAGACAGTGGTTCAAAG
TTTTTTTCTTCCATTTCAGGTGTCGTGAGGAATTCTCTAGAGATCCCTCGA
CCTCGAGATCCATTGTGCCCGGGCGCACCATGACTTGGACCCCACTCCTCT
TCCTCACCCTCCTCCTCCACTGCACAGGAAGCTTATCG
174 V5 CAACCCAAGGCTGCCCCCTCGGTCACTCTGTTCCCGCCCTCCTCTGAGGAG
CTTCAAGCCAACAAGGCCACACTGGTGTGTCTCATAAGTGACTTCTACCCG
GGAGCCGTGACAGTGGCCTGGAAGGCAGATAGCAGCCCCGTCAAGGCGGGA
GTGGAGACCACCACACCCTCCAAACAAAGCAACAACAAGTACGCGGCCAGC
AGCTACCTGAGCCTGACGCCTGAGCAGTGGAAGTCCCACAGAAGCTACAGC
TGCCAGGTCACGCATGAAGGGAGCACCGTGGAGAAGACAGTGGCCCCTACA
GAATGTTCATGAGCGGCCGCTCGAGGCCGGCAAGGCCGGATCCCCCGACCT
CGACCTCTGGCTAATAAAGGAAATTTATTTTCATTGCAATAGTGTGTTGGA
ATTTTTTGTGTCTCTCACTCGGAAGGACATATGGGAGGGCAAATCATTTGG
TCGAGATCCCTCGGAGATCTCTAGCTAGAGGATCGATCCCCGCCCCGGACG
AACTAAACCTGACTACGACATCTCTGCCCCTTCTTCGCGGGGCAGTGCATG
TAATCCCTTCAGTTGGTTGGTACAACTTGCCAACTGGGCCCTGTTCCACAT
GTGACACGGGGGGGGACCAAACACAAAGGGGTTCTCTGACTGTAGTTGACA
TCCTTATAAATGGATGTGCACATTTGCCAACACTGAGTGGCTTTCATCCTG
GAGCAGACTTTGCAGTCTGTGGACTGCAACACAACATTGCCTTTATGTGTA
ACTCTTGGCTGAAGCTCTTACACCAATGCTGGGGGACATGTACCTCCCAGG
GGCCCAGGAAGACTACGGGAGGCTACACCAACGTCAATCAGAGGGGCCTGT
GTAGCTACCGATAAGCGGACCCTCAAGAGGGCATTAGCAATAGTGTTTATA
AGGCCCCCTTGTTAACCCTAAACGGGTAGCATATGCTTCCCGGGTAGTAGT
ATATACTATCCAGACTAACCCTAATTCAATAGCATATGTTACCCAACGGGA
AGCATATGCTATCGAATTAGGGTTAGTAAAAGGGTCCTAAGGAACAGCGAT
ATCTCCCACCCCATGAGCTGTCACGGTTTTATTTACATGGGGTCAGGATTC
CACGAGGGTAGTGAACCATTTTAGTCACAAGGGCAGTGGCTGAAGATCAAG
GAGCGGGCAGTGAACTCTCCTGAATCTTCGCCTGCTTCTTCATTCTCCTTC
GTTTAGCTAATAGAATAACTGCTGAGTTGTGAACAGTAAGGTGTATGTGAG
GTGCTCGAAAACAAGGTTTCAGGTGACGCCCCCAGAATAAAATTTGGACGG
GGGGTTCAGTGGTGGCATTGTGCTATGACACCAATATAACCCTCACAAACC
CCTTGGGCAATAAATACTAGTGTAGGAATGAAACATTCTGAATATCTTTAA
CAATAGAAATCCATGGGGTGGGGACAAGCCGTAAAGACTGGATGTCCATCT
CACACGAATTTATGGCTATGGGCAACACATAATCCTAGTGCAATATGATAC
TGGGGTTATTAAGATGTGTCCCAGGCAGGGACCAAGACAGGTGAACCATGT
TGTTACACTCTATTTGTAACAAGGGGAAAGAGAGTGGACGCCGACAGCAGC
GGACTCCACTGGTTGTCTCTAACACCCCCGAAAATTAAACGGGGCTCCACG
CCAATGGGGCCCATAAACAAAGACAAGTGGCCACTCTTTTTTTTGAAATTG
TGGAGTGGGGGCACGCGTCAGCCCCCACACGCCGCCCTGCGGTTTTGGACT
GTAAAATAAGGGTGTAATAACTTGGCTGATTGTAACCCCGCTAACCACTGC
GGTCAAACCACTTGCCCACAAAACCACTAATGGCACCCCGGGGAATACCTG
CATAAGTAGGTGGGCGGGCCAAGATAGGGGCGCGATTGCTGCGATCTGGAG
GACAAATTACACACACTTGCGCCTGAGCGCCAAGCACAGGGTTGTTGGTCC
TCATATTCACGAGGTCGCTGAGAGCACGGTGGGCTAATGTTGCCATGGGTA
GCATATACTACCCAAATATCTGGATAGCATATGCTATCCTAATCTATATCT
GGGTAGCATAGGCTATCCTAATCTATATCTGGGTAGCATATGCTATCCTAA
TCTATATCTGGGTAGTATATGCTATCCTAATTTATATCTGGGTAGCATAGG
CTATCCTAATCTATATCTGGGTAGCATATGCTATCCTAATCTATATCTGGG
TAGTATATGCTATCCTAATCTGTATCCGGGTAGCATATGCTATCCTAATAG
AGATTAGGGTAGTATATGCTATCCTAATTTATATCTGGGTAGCATATACTA
CCCAAATATCTGGATAGCATATGCTATCCTAATCTATATCTGGGTAGCATA
TGCTATCCTAATCTATATCTGGGTAGCATAGGCTATCCTAATCTATATCTG
GGTAGCATATGCTATCCTAATCTATATCTGGGTAGTATATGCTATCCTAAT
TTATATCTGGGTAGCATAGGCTATCCTAATCTATATCTGGGTAGCATATGC
TATCCTAATCTATATCTGGGTAGTATATGCTATCCTAATCTGTATCCGGGT
AGCATATGCTATCCTCATGATAAGCTGTCAAACATGAGAATTTTCTTGAAG
ACGAAAGGGCCTCGTGATACGCCTATTTTTATAGGTTAATGTCATGATAAT
AATGGTTTCTTAGACGTCAGGTGGCACTTTTCGGGGAAATGTGCGCGGAAC
CCCTATTTGTTTATTTTTCTAAATACATTCAAATATGTATCCGCTCATGAG
ACAATAACCCTGATAAATGCTTCAATAATATTGAAAAAGGAAGAGTATGAG
TATTCAACATTTCCGTGTCGCCCTTATTCCCTTTTTTGCGGCATTTTGCCT
TCCTGTTTTTGCTCACCCAGAAACGCTGGTGAAAGTAAAAGATGCTGAAGA
TCAGTTGGGTGCACGAGTGGGTTACATCGAACTGGATCTCAACAGCGGTAA
GATCCTTGAGAGTTTTCGCCCCGAAGAACGTTTTCCAATGATGAGCACTTT
TAAAGTTCTGCTATGTGGCGCGGTATTATCCCGTGTTGACGCCGGGCAAGA
GCAACTCGGTCGCCGCATACACTATTCTCAGAATGACTTGGTTGAGTACTC
ACCAGTCACAGAAAAGCATCTTACGGATGGCATGACAGTAAGAGAATTATG
CAGTGCTGCCATAACCATGAGTGATAACACTGCGGCCAACTTACTTCTGAC
AACGATCGGAGGACCGAAGGAGCTAACCGCTTTTTTGCACAACATGGGGGA
TCATGTAACTCGCCTTGATCGTTGGGAACCGGAGCTGAATGAAGCCATACC
AAACGACGAGCGTGACACCACGATGCCTGCAGCAATGGCAACAACGTTGCG
CAAACTATTAACTGGCGAACTACTTACTCTAGCTTCCCGGCAACAATTAAT
AGACTGGATGGAGGCGGATAAAGTTGCAGGACCACTTCTGCGCTCGGCCCT
TCCGGCTGGCTGGTTTATTGCTGATAAATCTGGAGCCGGTGAGCGTGGGTC
TCGCGGTATCATTGCAGCACTGGGGCCAGATGGTAAGCCCTCCCGTATCGT
AGTTATCTACACGACGGGGAGTCAGGCAACTATGGATGAACGAAATAGACA
GATCGCTGAGATAGGTGCCTCACTGATTAAGCATTGGTAACTGTCAGACCA
AGTTTACTCATATATACTTTAGATTGATTTAAAACTTCATTTTTAATTTAA
AAGGATCTAGGTGAAGATCCTTTTTGATAATCTCATGACCAAAATCCCTTA
ACGTGAGTTTTCGTTCCACTGAGCGTCAGACCCCGTAGAAAAGATCAAAGG
ATCTTCTTGAGATCCTTTTTTTCTGCGCGTAATCTGCTGCTTGCAAACAAA
AAAACCACCGCTACCAGCGGTGGTTTGTTTGCCGGATCAAGAGCTACCAAC
TCTTTTTCCGAAGGTAACTGGCTTCAGCAGAGCGCAGATACCAAATACTGT
TCTTCTAGTGTAGCCGTAGTTAGGCCACCACTTCAAGAACTCTGTAGCACC
GCCTACATACCTCGCTCTGCTAATCCTGTTACCAGTGGCTGCTGCCAGTGG
CGATAAGTCGTGTCTTACCGGGTTGGACTCAAGACGATAGTTACCGGATAA
GGCGCAGCGGTCGGGCTGAACGGGGGGTTCGTGCACACAGCCCAGCTTGGA
GCGAACGACCTACACCGAACTGAGATACCTACAGCGTGAGCTATGAGAAAG
CGCCACGCTTCCCGAAGGGAGAAAGGCGGACAGGTATCCGGTAAGCGGCAG
GGTCGGAACAGGAGAGCGCACGAGGGAGCTTCCAGGGGGAAACGCCTGGTA
TCTTTATAGTCCTGTCGGGTTTCGCCACCTCTGACTTGAGCGTCGATTTTT
GTGATGCTCGTCAGGGGGGCGGAGCCTATGGAAAAACGCCAGCAACGCGGC
CTTTTTACGGTTCCTGGCCTTTTGCTGGCCTTTTGCTCACATGTTCTTTCC
TGCGTTATCCCCTGATTCTGTGGATAACCGTATTACCGCCTTTGAGTGAGC
TGATACCGCTCGCCGCAGCCGAACGACCGAGCGCAGCGAGTCAGTGAGCGA
GGAAGCGGAAGAGCGCCCAATACGCAAACCGCCTCTCCCCGCGCGTTGGCC
GATTCATTAATGCAGCTGGCACGACAGGTTTCCCGACTGGAAAGCGGGCAG
TGAGCGCAACGCAATTAATGTGAGTTAGCTCACTCATTAGGCACCCCAGGC
TTTACACTTTATGCTTCCGGCTCGTATGTTGTGTGGAATTGTGAGCGGATA
ACAATTTCACACAGGAAACAGCTATGACCATGATTACGCCAAGCTCTAGCT
AGAGGTCGAGTCCCTCCCCAGCAGGCAGAAGTATGCAAAGCATGCATCTCA
ATTAGTCAGCAACCATAGTCCCGCCCCTAACTCCGCCCATCCCGCCCCTAA
CTCCGCCCAGTTCCGCCCATTCTCCGCCCCATGGCTGACTAATTTTTTTTA
TTTATGCAGAGGCCGAGGCCGCCTCGGCCTCTGAGCTATTCCAGAAGTAGT
GAGGAGGCTTTTTTGGAGGCCTAGGCTTTTGCAAAAAGCTTTGCAAAGATG
GATAAAGTTTTAAACAGAGAGGAATCTTTGCAGCTAATGGACCTTCTAGGT
CTTGAAAGGAGTGGGAATTGGCTCCGGTGCCCGTCAGTGGGCAGAGCGCAC
ATCGCCCACAGTCCCCGAGAAGTTGGGGGGAGGGGTCGGCAATTGAACCGG
TGCCTAGAGAAGGTGGCGCGGGGTAAACTGGGAAAGTGATGTCGTGTACTG
GCTCCGCCTTTTTCCCGAGGGTGGGGGAGAACCGTATATAAGTGCAGTAGT
CGCCGTGAACGTTCTTTTTCGCAACGGGTTTGCCGCCAGAACACAGGTAAG
TGCCGTGTGTGGTTCCCGCGGGCCTGGCCTCTTTACGGGTTATGGCCCTTG
CGTGCCTTGAATTACTTCCACCTGGCTGCAGTACGTGATTCTTGATCCCGA
GCTTCGGGTTGGAAGTGGGTGGGAGAGTTCGAGGCCTTGCGCTTAAGGAGC
CCCTTCGCCTCGTGCTTGAGTTGAGGCCTGGCCTGGGCGCTGGGGCCGCCG
CGTGCGAATCTGGTGGCACCTTCGCGCCTGTCTCGCTGCTTTCGATAAGTC
TCTAGCCATTTAAAATTTTTGATGACCTGCTGCGACGCTTTTTTTCTGGCA
AGATAGTCTTGTAAATGCGGGCCAAGATCTGCACACTGGTATTTCGGTTTT
TGGGGCCGCGGGCGGCGACGGGGCCCGTGCGTCCCAGCGCACATGTTCGGC
GAGGCGGGGCCTGCGAGCGCGGCCACCGAGAATCGGACGGGGGTAGTCTCA
AGCTGGCCGGCCTGCTCTGGTGCCTGGCCTCGCGCCGCCGTGTATCGCCCC
GCCCTGGGCGGCAAGGCTGGCCCGGTCGGCACCAGTTGCGTGAGCGGAAAG
ATGGCCGCTTCCCGGCCCTGCTGCAGGGAGCTCAAAATGGAGGACGCGGCG
CTCGGGAGAGCGGGCGGGTGAGTCACCCACACAAAGGAAAAGGGCCTTTCC
GTCCTCAGCCGTCGCTTCATGTGACTCCACGGAGTACCGGGCGCCGTCCAG
GCACCTCGATTAGTTCTCGAGCTTTTGGAGTACGTCGTCTTTAGGTTGGGG
GGAGGGGTTTTATGCGATGGAGTTTCCCCACACTGAGTGGGTGGAGACTGA
AGTTAGGCCAGCTTGGCACTTGATGTAATTCTCCTTGGAATTTGCCCTTTT
TGAGTTTGGATCTTGGTTCATTCTCAAGCCTCAGACAGTGGTTCAAAGTTT
TTTTCTTCCATTTCAGGTGTCGTGAGGAATTCTCTAGAGATCCCTCGACCT
CGAGATCCATTGTGCCCGGGCGCCACCATGGACATGCGCGTGCCCGCCCAG
CTGCTGGGCCTGCTGCTGCTGTGGTTCCCCGGCTCGCGATGC
175 V7 GCGTCGACCAAGGGCCCATCGGTCTTCCCCCTGGCACCCTCCTCCAAGAGC
ACCTCTGGGGGCACAGCGGCCCTGGGCTGCCTGGTCAAGGACTACTTCCCC
GAACCGGTGACGGTGTCGTGGAACTCAGGCGCCCTGACCAGCGGCGTGCAC
ACCTTCCCGGCTGTCCTACAGTCCTCAGGACTCTACTCCCTCAGCAGCGTG
GTGACCGTGCCCTCCAGCAGCTTGGGCACCCAGACCTACATCTGCAACGTG
AATCACAAGCCCAGCAACACCAAGGTGGACAAGAAAGTTGAGCCCAAATCT
TGTGACAAAACTCACACATGCCCACCGTGCCCAGCACCTGAAGCCGCGGGG
GGACCGTCAGTCTTCCTCTTCCCCCCAAAACCCAAGGACACCCTCATGATC
TCCCGGACCCCTGAGGTCACATGCGTGGTGGTGGACGTGAGCCACGAAGAC
CCTGAGGTCAAGTTCAACTGGTACGTGGACGGCGTGGAGGTGCATAATGCC
AAGACAAAGCCGCGGGAGGAGCAGTACAACAGCACGTACCGTGTGGTCAGC
GTCCTCACCGTCCTGCACCAGGACTGGCTGAATGGCAAGGAGTACAAGTGC
AAGGTCTCCAACAAAGCCCTCCCAGCCCCCATCGAGAAAACCATCTCCAAA
GCCAAAGGGCAGCCCCGAGAACCACAGGTGTACACCCTGCCCCCATCCCGC
GAGGAGATGACCAAGAACCAGGTCAGCCTGACCTGCCTGGTCAAAGGCTTC
TATCCCAGCGACATCGCCGTGGAGTGGGAGAGCAATGGGCAGCCGGAGAAC
AACTACAAGACCACGCCTCCCGTGCTGGACTCCGACGGCTCCTTCTTCCTC
TACAGCAAGCTCACCGTGGACAAGAGCAGGTGGCAGCAGGGGAACGTCTTC
TCATGCTCCGTGATGCATGAGGCTCTGCACAACCACTACACGCAGAAGAGC
CTCTCCCTGTCTCCGGGTAAATGAGCGGCCGCTCGAGGCCGGCAAGGCCGG
ATCCCCCGACCTCGACCTCTGGCTAATAAAGGAAATTTATTTTCATTGCAA
TAGTGTGTTGGAATTTTTTGTGTCTCTCACTCGGAAGGACATATGGGAGGG
CAAATCATTTGGTCGAGATCCCTCGGAGATCTCTAGCTAGAGGATCGATCC
CCGCCCCGGACGAACTAAACCTGACTACGACATCTCTGCCCCTTCTTCGCG
GGGCAGTGCATGTAATCCCTTCAGTTGGTTGGTACAACTTGCCAACTGGGC
CCTGTTCCACATGTGACACGGGGGGGGACCAAACACAAAGGGGTTCTCTGA
CTGTAGTTGACATCCTTATAAATGGATGTGCACATTTGCCAACACTGAGTG
GCTTTCATCCTGGAGCAGACTTTGCAGTCTGTGGACTGCAACACAACATTG
CCTTTATGTGTAACTCTTGGCTGAAGCTCTTACACCAATGCTGGGGGACAT
GTACCTCCCAGGGGCCCAGGAAGACTACGGGAGGCTACACCAACGTCAATC
AGAGGGGCCTGTGTAGCTACCGATAAGCGGACCCTCAAGAGGGCATTAGCA
ATAGTGTTTATAAGGCCCCCTTGTTAACCCTAAACGGGTAGCATATGCTTC
CCGGGTAGTAGTATATACTATCCAGACTAACCCTAATTCAATAGCATATGT
TACCCAACGGGAAGCATATGCTATCGAATTAGGGTTAGTAAAAGGGTCCTA
AGGAACAGCGATATCTCCCACCCCATGAGCTGTCACGGTTTTATTTACATG
GGGTCAGGATTCCACGAGGGTAGTGAACCATTTTAGTCACAAGGGCAGTGG
CTGAAGATCAAGGAGCGGGCAGTGAACTCTCCTGAATCTTCGCCTGCTTCT
TCATTCTCCTTCGTTTAGCTAATAGAATAACTGCTGAGTTGTGAACAGTAA
GGTGTATGTGAGGTGCTCGAAAACAAGGTTTCAGGTGACGCCCCCAGAATA
AAATTTGGACGGGGGGTTCAGTGGTGGCATTGTGCTATGACACCAATATAA
CCCTCACAAACCCCTTGGGCAATAAATACTAGTGTAGGAATGAAACATTCT
GAATATCTTTAACAATAGAAATCCATGGGGTGGGGACAAGCCGTAAAGACT
GGATGTCCATCTCACACGAATTTATGGCTATGGGCAACACATAATCCTAGT
GCAATATGATACTGGGGTTATTAAGATGTGTCCCAGGCAGGGACCAAGACA
GGTGAACCATGTTGTTACACTCTATTTGTAACAAGGGGAAAGAGAGTGGAC
GCCGACAGCAGCGGACTCCACTGGTTGTCTCTAACACCCCCGAAAATTAAA
CGGGGCTCCACGCCAATGGGGCCCATAAACAAAGACAAGTGGCCACTCTTT
TTTTTGAAATTGTGGAGTGGGGGCACGCGTCAGCCCCCACACGCCGCCCTG
CGGTTTTGGACTGTAAAATAAGGGTGTAATAACTTGGCTGATTGTAACCCC
GCTAACCACTGCGGTCAAACCACTTGCCCACAAAACCACTAATGGCACCCC
GGGGAATACCTGCATAAGTAGGTGGGCGGGCCAAGATAGGGGCGCGATTGC
TGCGATCTGGAGGACAAATTACACACACTTGCGCCTGAGCGCCAAGCACAG
GGTTGTTGGTCCTCATATTCACGAGGTCGCTGAGAGCACGGTGGGCTAATG
TTGCCATGGGTAGCATATACTACCCAAATATCTGGATAGCATATGCTATCC
TAATCTATATCTGGGTAGCATAGGCTATCCTAATCTATATCTGGGTAGCAT
ATGCTATCCTAATCTATATCTGGGTAGTATATGCTATCCTAATTTATATCT
GGGTAGCATAGGCTATCCTAATCTATATCTGGGTAGCATATGCTATCCTAA
TCTATATCTGGGTAGTATATGCTATCCTAATCTGTATCCGGGTAGCATATG
CTATCCTAATAGAGATTAGGGTAGTATATGCTATCCTAATTTATATCTGGG
TAGCATATACTACCCAAATATCTGGATAGCATATGCTATCCTAATCTATAT
CTGGGTAGCATATGCTATCCTAATCTATATCTGGGTAGCATAGGCTATCCT
AATCTATATCTGGGTAGCATATGCTATCCTAATCTATATCTGGGTAGTATA
TGCTATCCTAATTTATATCTGGGTAGCATAGGCTATCCTAATCTATATCTG
GGTAGCATATGCTATCCTAATCTATATCTGGGTAGTATATGCTATCCTAAT
CTGTATCCGGGTAGCATATGCTATCCTCATGATAAGCTGTCAAACATGAGA
ATTTTCTTGAAGACGAAAGGGCCTCGTGATACGCCTATTTTTATAGGTTAA
TGTCATGATAATAATGGTTTCTTAGACGTCAGGTGGCACTTTTCGGGGAAA
TGTGCGCGGAACCCCTATTTGTTTATTTTTCTAAATACATTCAAATATGTA
TCCGCTCATGAGACAATAACCCTGATAAATGCTTCAATAATATTGAAAAAG
GAAGAGTATGAGTATTCAACATTTCCGTGTCGCCCTTATTCCCTTTTTTGC
GGCATTTTGCCTTCCTGTTTTTGCTCACCCAGAAACGCTGGTGAAAGTAAA
AGATGCTGAAGATCAGTTGGGTGCACGAGTGGGTTACATCGAACTGGATCT
CAACAGCGGTAAGATCCTTGAGAGTTTTCGCCCCGAAGAACGTTTTCCAAT
GATGAGCACTTTTAAAGTTCTGCTATGTGGCGCGGTATTATCCCGTGTTGA
CGCCGGGCAAGAGCAACTCGGTCGCCGCATACACTATTCTCAGAATGACTT
GGTTGAGTACTCACCAGTCACAGAAAAGCATCTTACGGATGGCATGACAGT
AAGAGAATTATGCAGTGCTGCCATAACCATGAGTGATAACACTGCGGCCAA
CTTACTTCTGACAACGATCGGAGGACCGAAGGAGCTAACCGCTTTTTTGCA
CAACATGGGGGATCATGTAACTCGCCTTGATCGTTGGGAACCGGAGCTGAA
TGAAGCCATACCAAACGACGAGCGTGACACCACGATGCCTGCAGCAATGGC
AACAACGTTGCGCAAACTATTAACTGGCGAACTACTTACTCTAGCTTCCCG
GCAACAATTAATAGACTGGATGGAGGCGGATAAAGTTGCAGGACCACTTCT
GCGCTCGGCCCTTCCGGCTGGCTGGTTTATTGCTGATAAATCTGGAGCCGG
TGAGCGTGGGTCTCGCGGTATCATTGCAGCACTGGGGCCAGATGGTAAGCC
CTCCCGTATCGTAGTTATCTACACGACGGGGAGTCAGGCAACTATGGATGA
ACGAAATAGACAGATCGCTGAGATAGGTGCCTCACTGATTAAGCATTGGTA
ACTGTCAGACCAAGTTTACTCATATATACTTTAGATTGATTTAAAACTTCA
TTTTTAATTTAAAAGGATCTAGGTGAAGATCCTTTTTGATAATCTCATGAC
CAAAATCCCTTAACGTGAGTTTTCGTTCCACTGAGCGTCAGACCCCGTAGA
AAAGATCAAAGGATCTTCTTGAGATCCTTTTTTTCTGCGCGTAATCTGCTG
CTTGCAAACAAAAAAACCACCGCTACCAGCGGTGGTTTGTTTGCCGGATCA
AGAGCTACCAACTCTTTTTCCGAAGGTAACTGGCTTCAGCAGAGCGCAGAT
ACCAAATACTGTTCTTCTAGTGTAGCCGTAGTTAGGCCACCACTTCAAGAA
CTCTGTAGCACCGCCTACATACCTCGCTCTGCTAATCCTGTTACCAGTGGC
TGCTGCCAGTGGCGATAAGTCGTGTCTTACCGGGTTGGACTCAAGACGATA
GTTACCGGATAAGGCGCAGCGGTCGGGCTGAACGGGGGGTTCGTGCACACA
GCCCAGCTTGGAGCGAACGACCTACACCGAACTGAGATACCTACAGCGTGA
GCTATGAGAAAGCGCCACGCTTCCCGAAGGGAGAAAGGCGGACAGGTATCC
GGTAAGCGGCAGGGTCGGAACAGGAGAGCGCACGAGGGAGCTTCCAGGGGG
AAACGCCTGGTATCTTTATAGTCCTGTCGGGTTTCGCCACCTCTGACTTGA
GCGTCGATTTTTGTGATGCTCGTCAGGGGGGCGGAGCCTATGGAAAAACGC
CAGCAACGCGGCCTTTTTACGGTTCCTGGCCTTTTGCTGGCCTTTTGCTCA
CATGTTCTTTCCTGCGTTATCCCCTGATTCTGTGGATAACCGTATTACCGC
CTTTGAGTGAGCTGATACCGCTCGCCGCAGCCGAACGACCGAGCGCAGCGA
GTCAGTGAGCGAGGAAGCGGAAGAGCGCCCAATACGCAAACCGCCTCTCCC
CGCGCGTTGGCCGATTCATTAATGCAGCTGGCACGACAGGTTTCCCGACTG
GAAAGCGGGCAGTGAGCGCAACGCAATTAATGTGAGTTAGCTCACTCATTA
GGCACCCCAGGCTTTACACTTTATGCTTCCGGCTCGTATGTTGTGTGGAAT
TGTGAGCGGATAACAATTTCACACAGGAAACAGCTATGACCATGATTACGC
CAAGCTCTAGCTAGAGGTCGAGTCCCTCCCCAGCAGGCAGAAGTATGCAAA
GCATGCATCTCAATTAGTCAGCAACCATAGTCCCGCCCCTAACTCCGCCCA
TCCCGCCCCTAACTCCGCCCAGTTCCGCCCATTCTCCGCCCCATGGCTGAC
TAATTTTTTTTATTTATGCAGAGGCCGAGGCCGCCTCGGCCTCTGAGCTAT
TCCAGAAGTAGTGAGGAGGCTTTTTTGGAGGCCTAGGCTTTTGCAAAAAGC
TTTGCAAAGATGGATAAAGTTTTAAACAGAGAGGAATCTTTGCAGCTAATG
GACCTTCTAGGTCTTGAAAGGAGTGGGAATTGGCTCCGGTGCCCGTCAGTG
GGCAGAGCGCACATCGCCCACAGTCCCCGAGAAGTTGGGGGGAGGGGTCGG
CAATTGAACCGGTGCCTAGAGAAGGTGGCGCGGGGTAAACTGGGAAAGTGA
TGTCGTGTACTGGCTCCGCCTTTTTCCCGAGGGTGGGGGAGAACCGTATAT
AAGTGCAGTAGTCGCCGTGAACGTTCTTTTTCGCAACGGGTTTGCCGCCAG
AACACAGGTAAGTGCCGTGTGTGGTTCCCGCGGGCCTGGCCTCTTTACGGG
TTATGGCCCTTGCGTGCCTTGAATTACTTCCACCTGGCTGCAGTACGTGAT
TCTTGATCCCGAGCTTCGGGTTGGAAGTGGGTGGGAGAGTTCGAGGCCTTG
CGCTTAAGGAGCCCCTTCGCCTCGTGCTTGAGTTGAGGCCTGGCCTGGGCG
CTGGGGCCGCCGCGTGCGAATCTGGTGGCACCTTCGCGCCTGTCTCGCTGC
TTTCGATAAGTCTCTAGCCATTTAAAATTTTTGATGACCTGCTGCGACGCT
TTTTTTCTGGCAAGATAGTCTTGTAAATGCGGGCCAAGATCTGCACACTGG
TATTTCGGTTTTTGGGGCCGCGGGCGGCGACGGGGCCCGTGCGTCCCAGCG
CACATGTTCGGCGAGGCGGGGCCTGCGAGCGCGGCCACCGAGAATCGGACG
GGGGTAGTCTCAAGCTGGCCGGCCTGCTCTGGTGCCTGGCCTCGCGCCGCC
GTGTATCGCCCCGCCCTGGGCGGCAAGGCTGGCCCGGTCGGCACCAGTTGC
GTGAGCGGAAAGATGGCCGCTTCCCGGCCCTGCTGCAGGGAGCTCAAAATG
GAGGACGCGGCGCTCGGGAGAGCGGGCGGGTGAGTCACCCACACAAAGGAA
AAGGGCCTTTCCGTCCTCAGCCGTCGCTTCATGTGACTCCACGGAGTACCG
GGCGCCGTCCAGGCACCTCGATTAGTTCTCGAGCTTTTGGAGTACGTCGTC
TTTAGGTTGGGGGGAGGGGTTTTATGCGATGGAGTTTCCCCACACTGAGTG
GGTGGAGACTGAAGTTAGGCCAGCTTGGCACTTGATGTAATTCTCCTTGGA
ATTTGCCCTTTTTGAGTTTGGATCTTGGTTCATTCTCAAGCCTCAGACAGT
GGTTCAAAGTTTTTTTCTTCCATTTCAGGTGTCGTGAGGAATTCTCTAGAG
ATCCCTCGACCTCGAGATCCATTGTGCCCGGGCGCCACCATGGAGTTTGGG
CTGAGCTGGCTTTTTCTTGTCGCGATTTTAAAAGGTGTCCAGTGC
The present invention incorporates by reference in their entirety techniques well known in the field of molecular biology and drug delivery. These techniques include, but are not limited to, techniques described in the following publications:
  • Ausubel et al. (eds.), Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, John Wiley &Sons, NY (1993);
  • Ausubel, F. M. et al. eds., Short Protocols In Molecular Biology (4th Ed. 1999) John Wiley & Sons, NY. (ISBN 0-471-32938-X).
  • Controlled Drug Bioavailability Drug Product Design and Performance, Smolen and Ball (eds.), Wiley, New York (1984);
  • Giege, R. and Ducruix, A. Barrett, Crystallization of Nucleic Acids and Proteins, a Practical Approach, 2nd ea., pp. 20 1-16, Oxford University Press, New York, N.Y., (1999);
  • Goodson, in Medical Applications of Controlled Release, vol. 2, pp. 115-138 (1984);
  • Hammerling, et al., in: Monoclonal Antibodies and T-Cell Hybridomas 563-681 (Elsevier, N.Y., 1981;
  • Harlow et al., Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, (Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 2nd ed. 1988);
  • Kabat et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest (National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md. (1987) and (1991);
  • Kabat, E. A., et al. (1991) Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, Fifth Edition, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, NIH Publication No. 91-3242;
  • Kontermann and Dubel eds., Antibody Engineering (2001) Springer-Verlag. New York. 790 pp. (ISBN 3-540-41354-5).
  • Kriegler, Gene Transfer and Expression, A Laboratory Manual, Stockton Press, NY (1990);
  • Lu and Weiner eds., Cloning and Expression Vectors for Gene Function Analysis (2001) BioTechniques Press. Westborough, Mass. 298 pp. (ISBN 1-881299-21-X).
  • Medical Applications of Controlled Release, Langer and Wise (eds.), CRC Pres., Boca Raton, Fla. (1974);
  • Old, R. W. & S. B. Primrose, Principles of Gene Manipulation: An Introduction To Genetic Engineering (3d Ed. 1985) Blackwell Scientific Publications, Boston. Studies in Microbiology; V.2:409 pp. (ISBN 0-632-01318-4).
  • Sambrook, J. et al. eds., Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual (2d Ed. 1989) Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, NY. Vols. 1-3. (ISBN 0-87969-309-6).
  • Sustained and Controlled Release Drug Delivery Systems, J. R. Robinson, ed., Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York, 1978
  • Winnacker, E. L. From Genes To Clones: Introduction To Gene Technology (1987) VCH Publishers, NY (translated by Horst Ibelgaufts). 634 pp. (ISBN 0-89573-614-4).
In Corporation By Reference
The contents of all cited references (including literature references, patents, patent applications, and websites) that maybe cited throughout this application are hereby expressly incorporated by reference in their entirety, as are the references cited therein. The practice of the present invention will employ, unless otherwise indicated, conventional techniques of immunology, molecular biology and cell biology, which are well known in the art.
Equivalents
The invention may be embodied in other specific forms without departing from the spirit or essential characteristics thereof. The foregoing embodiments are therefore to be considered in all respects illustrative rather than limiting of the invention described herein. Scope of the invention is thus indicated by the appended claims rather than by the foregoing description, and all changes that come within the meaning and range of equivalency of the claims are therefore intended to be embraced herein.

Claims (20)

We claim:
1. A binding protein comprising first and second polypeptide chains, each independently comprising VD1-(X1)n-VD2-C-(X2)n, wherein
VD1 is a first variable domain;
VD2 is a second variable domain;
C is a constant domain;
X1 is a linker;
X2 is an Fc region;
n is 0 or 1,
wherein the VD1 domains on the first and second polypeptide chains form a first functional target binding site and the VD2 domains on the first and second polypeptide chains form a second functional target binding site, and wherein the binding protein is capable of binding Tumor Necrosis Factor a (TNF-α) and Receptor for Advanced Glycation Endproducts (RAGE), wherein the first and second polypeptide chains of the binding protein comprise:
a. SEQ ID NO: 154 and SEQ ID NO: 155, or
b. SEQ ID NO: 156 and SEQ ID NO: 157.
2. The binding protein of claim 1, comprising first and second polypeptide chains, wherein
a. the first polypeptide chain comprises a first VD1-(X1)n-VD2-C-(X2)n, wherein
VD1 is a first heavy chain variable domain;
VD2 is a second heavy chain variable domain;
C is a heavy chain constant domain;
X1 is a first linker;
X2 is an Fc region;
n is 0 or 1; and
b. the second polypeptide chain comprises a second VD1-(X1)n-VD2-C-(X2)n, wherein
VD1 is a first light chain variable domain;
VD2 is a second light chain variable domain;
C is a light chain constant domain;
X1 is a second linker;
n is 0 or 1 for (X1)n; and
n is 0 for (X2)n.
3. A binding protein capable of binding to TNF-α and RAGE and comprising:
DVD295 (comprising SEQ ID NO: 154 and SEQ ID NO: 155), or
DVD296 (comprising SEQ ID NO: 156 and SEQ ID NO: 157).
4. The binding protein of claim 1, comprising two first polypeptide chains and two second polypeptide chains and four functional binding sites.
5. The binding protein according to claim 1, wherein the binding protein is capable of binding to:
a. TNF-α with an EC50 of at most 6.57 nM as measured by direct binding ELISA, with a KD of at most 2.68×10−09 M as measured by surface plasmon resonance, or with an EC50, of at most 0.841 nM as measured by HuTNFα neutralization assay, and/or
b. RAGE with an EC50 of at most 1.05 nM as measured by direct binding ELISA.
6. The binding protein according to claim 1, wherein the binding protein is a crystallized binding protein.
7. The binding protein according to claim 1, wherein the Fc region is a variant sequence Fc region.
8. The binding protein according to claim 1, wherein the Fc region is an IgG1, IgG2, IgG3, IgG4, IgA, IgM, IgE, or IgD.
9. A binding protein conjugate comprising the binding protein according to claim 1, the binding protein conjugate further comprising an immunoadhesion molecule, an imaging agent, a therapeutic agent, or a cytotoxic agent.
10. The binding protein conjugate of claim 9, wherein the imaging agent is a radiolabel, an enzyme, a fluorescent label, a luminescent label, a bioluminescent label, a magnetic label, or biotin.
11. The binding protein conjugate of claim 10, wherein the radiolabel is 3H, 14C, 35S, 90Y, 99Tc, 111In, 125I, 131I, 177Lu, 166Ho, or 153Sm.
12. The binding protein conjugate of claim 9, wherein the therapeutic agent or the cytotoxic agent is an anti-metabolite, an alkylating agent, an antibiotic, a growth factor, a cytokine, an anti-angiogenic agent, an anti-mitotic agent, an anthracycline, a toxin, or an apoptotic agent.
13. A pharmaceutical composition comprising the binding protein of claim 1 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
14. An isolated nucleic acid encoding the binding protein of claim 1.
15. A vector comprising the isolated nucleic acid of claim 14.
16. A host cell comprising the vector according to claim 15.
17. The host cell of claim 16, wherein the host cell is selected from the group consisting of a prokaryotic cell, an Escherichia coli cell, a eukaryotic cell, an animal cell, a plant cell, a fungal cell, a mammalian cell, a yeast cell, an avian cell, an insect cell, a CHO cell, a COS cell, an Saccharomyces cerevisiae cell, and an Sf9 cell.
18. A method of producing a binding protein, comprising culturing the host cell of claim 16 in culture medium under conditions sufficient to produce the binding protein.
19. A method of determining the presence, amount or concentration of TNF-α and/or RAGE in a test sample by an immunoassay,
wherein the immunoassay comprises contacting the test sample with at least one binding protein and at least one detectable label,
and wherein the at least one binding protein comprises the binding protein of claim 1.
20. A kit for assaying a test sample for the presence, amount, or concentration of TNF-α and/or RAGE, the kit comprising
a. instructions for assaying the test sample for the target or fragment thereof and
b. at least one binding protein comprising the binding protein of claim 1.
US12/477,668 2008-06-03 2009-06-03 Dual variable domain immunoglobulins and uses thereof Active 2030-11-22 US9109026B2 (en)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US12/477,668 US9109026B2 (en) 2008-06-03 2009-06-03 Dual variable domain immunoglobulins and uses thereof
US14/644,524 US20150183867A1 (en) 2008-06-03 2015-03-11 Dual variable domain immunoglobulins and uses thereof
US14/720,592 US20160032000A1 (en) 2008-06-03 2015-05-22 Blood-brain-barrier dual variable domain immunoglobulins and uses thereof

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US13077608P 2008-06-03 2008-06-03
US13295108P 2008-06-24 2008-06-24
US12/477,668 US9109026B2 (en) 2008-06-03 2009-06-03 Dual variable domain immunoglobulins and uses thereof

Related Child Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US14/644,524 Division US20150183867A1 (en) 2008-06-03 2015-03-11 Dual variable domain immunoglobulins and uses thereof
US14/720,592 Continuation US20160032000A1 (en) 2008-06-03 2015-05-22 Blood-brain-barrier dual variable domain immunoglobulins and uses thereof

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20090304693A1 US20090304693A1 (en) 2009-12-10
US9109026B2 true US9109026B2 (en) 2015-08-18

Family

ID=41398843

Family Applications (3)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US12/477,668 Active 2030-11-22 US9109026B2 (en) 2008-06-03 2009-06-03 Dual variable domain immunoglobulins and uses thereof
US14/644,524 Abandoned US20150183867A1 (en) 2008-06-03 2015-03-11 Dual variable domain immunoglobulins and uses thereof
US14/720,592 Abandoned US20160032000A1 (en) 2008-06-03 2015-05-22 Blood-brain-barrier dual variable domain immunoglobulins and uses thereof

Family Applications After (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US14/644,524 Abandoned US20150183867A1 (en) 2008-06-03 2015-03-11 Dual variable domain immunoglobulins and uses thereof
US14/720,592 Abandoned US20160032000A1 (en) 2008-06-03 2015-05-22 Blood-brain-barrier dual variable domain immunoglobulins and uses thereof

Country Status (24)

Country Link
US (3) US9109026B2 (en)
EP (1) EP2297208A4 (en)
JP (2) JP5723769B2 (en)
KR (1) KR20110016959A (en)
CN (1) CN102112494A (en)
AR (1) AR072000A1 (en)
AU (1) AU2009256246B2 (en)
BR (1) BRPI0913366A8 (en)
CA (1) CA2725666A1 (en)
CL (1) CL2010001425A1 (en)
CO (1) CO6331348A2 (en)
DO (1) DOP2010000369A (en)
EC (1) ECSP10010643A (en)
IL (1) IL209490A0 (en)
MX (1) MX2010013236A (en)
NO (1) NO20101695A1 (en)
NZ (1) NZ589436A (en)
PE (1) PE20100054A1 (en)
RU (1) RU2010153578A (en)
SG (1) SG191625A1 (en)
TW (1) TW201006485A (en)
UY (1) UY31861A (en)
WO (1) WO2009149185A2 (en)
ZA (1) ZA201008561B (en)

Cited By (20)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20160017045A1 (en) * 2013-04-07 2016-01-21 Bioex Therapeutics Inc. Epidermal growth factor receptor antibody
US20160075773A1 (en) * 2009-12-08 2016-03-17 AbbVie Deutschland GmbH & Co. KG Monoclonal antibodies against the rgm a protein for use in the treatment of retinal nerve fiber layer degeneration
US9469688B2 (en) 2009-08-29 2016-10-18 Abbvie Inc. Therapeutic DLL4 binding proteins
US9469689B2 (en) 2010-03-02 2016-10-18 Abbvie Inc. Therapeutic DLL4 binding proteins
US9493560B2 (en) 2010-08-03 2016-11-15 Abbvie Inc. Dual variable domain immunoglobulins and uses thereof
US9840554B2 (en) 2015-06-15 2017-12-12 Abbvie Inc. Antibodies against platelet-derived growth factor (PDGF)
US9944720B2 (en) 2012-11-01 2018-04-17 Abbvie Inc. Anti-DLL4/VEGF dual variable domain immunoglobulin and uses thereof
US10093733B2 (en) 2014-12-11 2018-10-09 Abbvie Inc. LRP-8 binding dual variable domain immunoglobulin proteins
US10238625B2 (en) 2015-08-07 2019-03-26 Respivant Sciences Gmbh Methods for the treatment of mast cell related disorders with mast cell stabilizers
US10238628B2 (en) 2014-02-10 2019-03-26 Respivant Sciences Gmbh Mast cell stabilizers treatment for systemic disorders
US10265267B2 (en) 2016-08-31 2019-04-23 Respivant Sciences Gmbh Cromolyn compositions for treatment of chronic cough due to idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis
US10265296B2 (en) 2015-08-07 2019-04-23 Respivant Sciences Gmbh Methods for the treatment of systemic disorders treatable with mast cell stabilizers, including mast cell related disorders
US10322192B2 (en) 2016-03-02 2019-06-18 Eisai R&D Management Co., Ltd. Eribulin-based antibody-drug conjugates and methods of use
WO2019140320A1 (en) 2018-01-12 2019-07-18 Genzyme Corporation Methods for the quantitation of polypeptides
US10561635B2 (en) 2016-10-07 2020-02-18 Respivant Sciences Gmbh Cromolyn compositions for treatment of pulmonary fibrosis
US10835512B2 (en) 2014-02-10 2020-11-17 Respivant Sciences Gmbh Methods of treating respiratory syncytial virus infections
WO2021142427A1 (en) 2020-01-11 2021-07-15 Scholar Rock, Inc. TGFβ INHIBITORS AND USE THEREOF
US11083778B2 (en) 2015-12-04 2021-08-10 Jomoco, Corp Compositions and methods to mitigate or prevent an immune response to an immunogenic therapeutic molecule in non-human primates
WO2023288277A1 (en) 2021-07-14 2023-01-19 Scholar Rock, Inc. Ltbp complex-specific inhibitors of tgfb1 and uses thereof
US11939385B2 (en) 2017-05-16 2024-03-26 ALX Oncology Inc. Activatable antibodies and methods of use thereof

Families Citing this family (107)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7981420B2 (en) 2000-12-22 2011-07-19 Max-Planck-Gesellschaft Zur Foederung Der Wissenschaften E.V. Therapeutic use of antibodies directed against repulsive guidance molecule (RGM)
US20100056762A1 (en) 2001-05-11 2010-03-04 Old Lloyd J Specific binding proteins and uses thereof
US7589180B2 (en) 2001-05-11 2009-09-15 Abbott Laboratories Inc. Specific binding proteins and uses thereof
US20090215992A1 (en) * 2005-08-19 2009-08-27 Chengbin Wu Dual variable domain immunoglobulin and uses thereof
US8906864B2 (en) 2005-09-30 2014-12-09 AbbVie Deutschland GmbH & Co. KG Binding domains of proteins of the repulsive guidance molecule (RGM) protein family and functional fragments thereof, and their use
US20070087005A1 (en) 2005-10-14 2007-04-19 Lazar Gregory A Anti-glypican-3 antibody
CN104013956B (en) 2007-01-25 2018-12-18 达娜-法勃肿瘤研究所公司 Purposes of the anti-egfr antibodies in the mutant mediated disease for the treatment of EGFR
AU2008227123B2 (en) 2007-03-15 2014-03-27 Ludwig Institute For Cancer Research Ltd. Treatment method using EGFR antibodies and src inhibitors and related formulations
PE20090368A1 (en) 2007-06-19 2009-04-28 Boehringer Ingelheim Int ANTI-IGF ANTIBODIES
CA2696360C (en) 2007-08-14 2018-11-20 Ludwig Institute For Cancer Research Monoclonal antibody targeting the egfr receptor and uses thereof
US8962803B2 (en) 2008-02-29 2015-02-24 AbbVie Deutschland GmbH & Co. KG Antibodies against the RGM A protein and uses thereof
EP2282769A4 (en) 2008-04-29 2012-04-25 Abbott Lab Dual variable domain immunoglobulins and uses thereof
EP2500361B1 (en) 2008-05-09 2016-03-30 AbbVie Deutschland GmbH & Co KG Antibodies to receptor of advanced glycation end products (RAGE) and uses thereof
JP5723769B2 (en) * 2008-06-03 2015-05-27 アッヴィ・インコーポレイテッド Dual variable domain immunoglobulins and uses thereof
EP2297209A4 (en) 2008-06-03 2012-08-01 Abbott Lab Dual variable domain immunoglobulins and uses thereof
EP2321422A4 (en) 2008-07-08 2013-06-19 Abbvie Inc Prostaglandin e2 dual variable domain immunoglobulins and uses thereof
PE20120415A1 (en) 2008-12-12 2012-05-09 Boehringer Ingelheim Int ANTI-IGF ANTIBODIES
RU2015132478A (en) 2009-03-05 2015-12-10 Эббви Инк. BINDING IL-17 PROTEINS
EP2419447B1 (en) * 2009-04-17 2017-08-23 Immunas Pharma, Inc. Antibodies that specifically bind to a beta oligomers and use thereof
RU2011148913A (en) * 2009-05-01 2013-06-10 Эбботт Лэборетриз IMMUNOGLOBULIN WITH TWO VARIABLE DOMAINS AND ITS APPLICATION
MX2011010570A (en) 2009-05-08 2011-10-19 Genentech Inc Humanized anti-egfl7 antibodies and methods using same.
SG178602A1 (en) 2009-09-01 2012-04-27 Abbott Lab Dual variable domain immunoglobulins and uses thereof
WO2011047262A2 (en) * 2009-10-15 2011-04-21 Abbott Laboratories Dual variable domain immunoglobulins and uses thereof
UY32979A (en) * 2009-10-28 2011-02-28 Abbott Lab IMMUNOGLOBULINS WITH DUAL VARIABLE DOMAIN AND USES OF THE SAME
WO2011066284A1 (en) * 2009-11-25 2011-06-03 The University Of North Carolina At Chapel Hill Methods and compositions for the treatment of immune disorders
GB201000467D0 (en) * 2010-01-12 2010-02-24 Ucb Pharma Sa Antibodies
PE20130527A1 (en) * 2010-03-03 2013-05-09 Boehringer Ingelheim Int BIPARATOPIC A-BETA BINDING POLYPEPTIDES
US20110318349A1 (en) * 2010-06-24 2011-12-29 Abbott Laboratories Dual variable domain immunoglobulins and uses thereof
US8741288B2 (en) * 2010-07-07 2014-06-03 Chang Gung Medical Foundation, Linkou Branch Protein markers for detecting liver cancer and method for identifying the markers thereof
UY33492A (en) * 2010-07-09 2012-01-31 Abbott Lab IMMUNOGLOBULINS WITH DUAL VARIABLE DOMAIN AND USES OF THE SAME
US20130115215A1 (en) * 2010-07-14 2013-05-09 Hongxing Zhou Domain insertion immunoglobulin
PT2603528T (en) * 2010-08-10 2016-12-01 Glycotope Gmbh Fab-glycosylated antibodies
MX338953B (en) 2010-08-16 2016-05-06 Novimmune Sa Methods for the generation of multispecific and multivalent antibodies.
CA2809433A1 (en) 2010-08-26 2012-03-01 Abbvie Inc. Dual variable domain immunoglobulins and uses thereof
AR083705A1 (en) * 2010-11-04 2013-03-13 Abbott Lab IMMUNOGLOBULINS WITH DUAL VARIABLE DOMAIN AND USES OF THE SAME
US9539324B2 (en) 2010-12-01 2017-01-10 Alderbio Holdings, Llc Methods of preventing inflammation and treating pain using anti-NGF compositions
US9067988B2 (en) 2010-12-01 2015-06-30 Alderbio Holdings Llc Methods of preventing or treating pain using anti-NGF antibodies
US9078878B2 (en) 2010-12-01 2015-07-14 Alderbio Holdings Llc Anti-NGF antibodies that selectively inhibit the association of NGF with TrkA, without affecting the association of NGF with p75
US9783602B2 (en) 2010-12-01 2017-10-10 Alderbio Holdings Llc Anti-NGF compositions and use thereof
US9884909B2 (en) 2010-12-01 2018-02-06 Alderbio Holdings Llc Anti-NGF compositions and use thereof
US11214610B2 (en) 2010-12-01 2022-01-04 H. Lundbeck A/S High-purity production of multi-subunit proteins such as antibodies in transformed microbes such as Pichia pastoris
AR084210A1 (en) * 2010-12-08 2013-05-02 Abbott Lab PROTEINS OF UNION TO TNF-a
MX2013010011A (en) 2011-03-01 2014-10-24 Amgen Inc Sclerostin and dkk-1 bispecific binding agents.
JP6400470B2 (en) 2011-05-16 2018-10-03 ジェネロン（シャンハイ）コーポレイション リミテッド Multispecific Fab fusion proteins and methods of use
NO2748201T3 (en) * 2011-08-23 2018-05-12
WO2013048243A1 (en) 2011-09-29 2013-04-04 Apo-T B.V. Multi-specific binding molecules targeting aberrant cells
UY34557A (en) * 2011-12-30 2013-07-31 Abbvie Inc DUAL VARIABLE DOMAIN OF IMMUNOGLOBULINS AND THEIR USES
US9120870B2 (en) 2011-12-30 2015-09-01 Abbvie Inc. Dual specific binding proteins directed against IL-13 and IL-17
KR101477130B1 (en) * 2012-01-11 2015-01-06 연세대학교 산학협력단 Pharmaceutical Compositions for Preventing and Treating Myocarditis Comprising Soluble RAGE as Active Ingredient
JP2015504895A (en) 2012-01-13 2015-02-16 エーピーオー‐ティー ビー．ヴイ． Abnormal cell-restricted immunoglobulin with a toxic moiety
CN107880124B (en) 2012-01-27 2021-08-13 艾伯维德国有限责任两合公司 Compositions and methods for diagnosing and treating diseases associated with neural mutations
EP2864354A1 (en) * 2012-06-26 2015-04-29 Apo-T B.V. Binding molecules targeting pathogens
JOP20200308A1 (en) 2012-09-07 2017-06-16 Novartis Ag IL-18 binding molecules
JP6401702B2 (en) 2012-09-07 2018-10-10 ザ・ガバナーズ・オブ・ザ・ユニバーシティー オブ・アルバータ Methods and compositions for diagnosis of inflammatory liver disease
JP2016502526A (en) * 2012-11-16 2016-01-28 ノバルティス アーゲー Use of IL-1β binding antibodies to treat peripheral arterial disease
EP2924052B1 (en) 2012-11-21 2019-07-17 Pharmabcine Inc. Dual-target antibody targeting vegfr-2 and dll4, and pharmaceutical composition comprising same
JP2016501881A (en) 2012-12-04 2016-01-21 アッヴィ・インコーポレイテッド Bispecific binding protein that permeates the blood-brain barrier (BBB)
WO2014116846A2 (en) 2013-01-23 2014-07-31 Abbvie, Inc. Methods and compositions for modulating an immune response
US20140255413A1 (en) 2013-03-07 2014-09-11 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Combination therapy for neoplasia treatment
WO2014144280A2 (en) 2013-03-15 2014-09-18 Abbvie Inc. DUAL SPECIFIC BINDING PROTEINS DIRECTED AGAINST IL-1β AND / OR IL-17
KR102190220B1 (en) * 2013-05-29 2020-12-14 삼성전자주식회사 Composition for Target-Specific Membrane Protein Depletion
US9388243B2 (en) 2013-05-29 2016-07-12 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method of target membrane protein depletion
EP3049442A4 (en) 2013-09-26 2017-06-28 Costim Pharmaceuticals Inc. Methods for treating hematologic cancers
JOP20200094A1 (en) 2014-01-24 2017-06-16 Dana Farber Cancer Inst Inc Antibody molecules to pd-1 and uses thereof
EP2899543A1 (en) 2014-01-28 2015-07-29 Predemtec GmbH Biomarker and methods for early diagnosis of Alzheimer's disease
JOP20200096A1 (en) 2014-01-31 2017-06-16 Children’S Medical Center Corp Antibody molecules to tim-3 and uses thereof
US9376490B2 (en) * 2014-04-01 2016-06-28 National Cheng Kung University Treatment of inflammatory pain using IL-20 antagonists
WO2015191934A2 (en) * 2014-06-11 2015-12-17 Abbvie Inc. Blood-brain barrier (bbb) penetrating dual specific binding proteins for treating brain and neurological diseases
EP3164194B1 (en) 2014-07-03 2021-11-24 Yale University Dickkopf2 (dkk2) inhibition suppresses tumor formation
WO2016004197A1 (en) 2014-07-03 2016-01-07 Abbvie Inc. Methods for modulating protein glycosylation profiles of recombinant protein therapeutics using cobalt
WO2016007764A1 (en) 2014-07-09 2016-01-14 Abbvie Inc. Methods for modulating the glycosylation profile of recombinant proteins using non-commonly used sugars
KR102259232B1 (en) * 2014-08-25 2021-05-31 삼성전자주식회사 Anti-c-Met/anti-Ang2 bispecific antibody
CA2960824A1 (en) 2014-09-13 2016-03-17 Novartis Ag Combination therapies of alk inhibitors
US9616114B1 (en) 2014-09-18 2017-04-11 David Gordon Bermudes Modified bacteria having improved pharmacokinetics and tumor colonization enhancing antitumor activity
MA40764A (en) 2014-09-26 2017-08-01 Chugai Pharmaceutical Co Ltd THERAPEUTIC AGENT INDUCING CYTOTOXICITY
EP3288975A1 (en) * 2015-04-29 2018-03-07 Institute for Research in Biomedicine Ultra-potent neutralization of cytokines by multispecific antibodies and uses thereof
US20180291097A1 (en) * 2015-06-04 2018-10-11 Craig Basson Use of il-1 beta binding antibodies to treat peripheral arterial disease
KR101916959B1 (en) * 2015-07-13 2018-11-08 김동구 Antibody for sperm sexing and use thereof
CA2998183A1 (en) * 2015-09-11 2017-03-16 AbbVie Deutschland GmbH & Co. KG Methods for treating relapsing forms of multiple sclerosis
AU2016360987A1 (en) * 2015-11-27 2018-06-07 Ablynx Nv Polypeptides inhibiting CD40L
TWI738713B (en) * 2016-02-06 2021-09-11 開曼群島商岸邁生物科技有限公司 Fabs-in-tandem immunoglobulin and uses thereof
DK3365368T3 (en) 2016-03-11 2023-06-26 Scholar Rock Inc TGFBETA1-BINDING IMMUNOGLOBULINS AND USE THEREOF
AU2017233121B2 (en) 2016-03-15 2023-12-21 Itabmed (Hk) Limited Multispecific Fab fusion proteins and use thereof
US11180535B1 (en) 2016-12-07 2021-11-23 David Gordon Bermudes Saccharide binding, tumor penetration, and cytotoxic antitumor chimeric peptides from therapeutic bacteria
US11129906B1 (en) 2016-12-07 2021-09-28 David Gordon Bermudes Chimeric protein toxins for expression by therapeutic bacteria
KR20240137126A (en) 2017-01-06 2024-09-19 스칼러 락, 인크. ISOFORM-SPECIFIC, CONTEXT-PERMISSIVE TGFβ1 INHIBITORS AND USE THEREOF
CN110944651A (en) 2017-02-08 2020-03-31 蜻蜓疗法股份有限公司 Multispecific binding proteins for natural killer cell activation and therapeutic uses thereof for treating cancer
JP2020508049A (en) 2017-02-17 2020-03-19 デナリ セラピューティクス インコーポレイテッドＤｅｎａｌｉ Ｔｈｅｒａｐｅｕｔｉｃｓ Ｉｎｃ． Engineered transferrin receptor binding polypeptide
CA3235295A1 (en) * 2017-02-20 2018-08-23 Dragonfly Therapeutics, Inc. Proteins binding her2, nkg2d and cd16
CN108690138A (en) * 2017-04-12 2018-10-23 鸿运华宁（杭州）生物医药有限公司 It is a kind of can be with people CD19 or CD20 and people the CD3 bispecific antibody combined and its application
UY37758A (en) 2017-06-12 2019-01-31 Novartis Ag METHOD OF MANUFACTURING OF BIESPECTIFIC ANTIBODIES, BISPECTIFIC ANTIBODIES AND THERAPEUTIC USE OF SUCH ANTIBODIES
US11884733B2 (en) 2018-02-08 2024-01-30 Dragonfly Therapeutics, Inc. Antibody variable domains targeting the NKG2D receptor
TWI825098B (en) 2018-05-18 2023-12-11 德商葛萊高托普公司 Anti-muc1 antibody
US20210198370A1 (en) * 2018-05-31 2021-07-01 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Bi-specific antibodies and use thereof
JP7540994B2 (en) 2018-07-11 2024-08-27 スカラー ロック インコーポレイテッド High affinity isoform selective TGFβ1 inhibitors and uses thereof - Patents.com
SI3677278T1 (en) 2018-07-11 2022-01-31 Scholar Rock, Inc. Isoform selective tgfbeta1 inhibitors and use thereof
EP3820896A1 (en) 2018-07-11 2021-05-19 Scholar Rock, Inc. TGFbeta1 INHIBITORS AND USE THEREOF
WO2020106771A1 (en) * 2018-11-19 2020-05-28 Exosome Therapeutics, Inc. Compositions and methods for producing exosome loaded therapeutics for the treatment of multiple oncological disorders
CN111423512B (en) * 2019-01-10 2024-01-05 北京比洋生物技术有限公司 Multi-targeting fusion protein for blocking vascular endothelial cell growth and activating T cells and pharmaceutical composition comprising same
CN111458396B (en) * 2019-01-18 2022-07-08 成都康弘生物科技有限公司 Method for detecting charge heterogeneity of protein
CN112274650A (en) * 2019-07-24 2021-01-29 江苏集萃分子工程研究院有限公司 Protein nanoparticle-based immune agonist and application thereof
AU2021205440A1 (en) 2020-01-11 2022-09-01 Scholar Rock,Inc. TGF-beta inhibitors and use thereof
TW202216760A (en) 2020-07-23 2022-05-01 愛爾蘭商歐薩爾普羅席納有限公司 Anti-abeta antibodies
US20240101675A1 (en) * 2021-01-21 2024-03-28 Biolojic Design Ltd. Dual binding antibodies, methods of producing dual binding antibodies, and uses thereof
WO2022204581A2 (en) 2021-03-26 2022-09-29 Scholar Rock, Inc. Tgf-beta inhibitors and use thereof
WO2022256723A2 (en) 2021-06-03 2022-12-08 Scholar Rock, Inc. Tgf-beta inhibitors and therapeutic use thereof
WO2024187051A1 (en) 2023-03-07 2024-09-12 Scholar Rock, Inc. Tgf-beta inhibitors for use for treating resistant or unresponsive cancer in patients

Citations (324)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4526938A (en) 1982-04-22 1985-07-02 Imperial Chemical Industries Plc Continuous release formulations
US4699784A (en) 1986-02-25 1987-10-13 Center For Molecular Medicine & Immunology Tumoricidal methotrexate-antibody conjugate
US4753894A (en) 1984-02-08 1988-06-28 Cetus Corporation Monoclonal anti-human breast cancer antibodies
US4816567A (en) 1983-04-08 1989-03-28 Genentech, Inc. Recombinant immunoglobin preparations
WO1989006692A1 (en) 1988-01-12 1989-07-27 Genentech, Inc. Method of treating tumor cells by inhibiting growth factor receptor function
WO1990002809A1 (en) 1988-09-02 1990-03-22 Protein Engineering Corporation Generation and selection of recombinant varied binding proteins
WO1990005183A1 (en) 1988-10-31 1990-05-17 Immunex Corporation Interleukin-4 receptors
WO1990005144A1 (en) 1988-11-11 1990-05-17 Medical Research Council Single domain ligands, receptors comprising said ligands, methods for their production, and use of said ligands and receptors
US4943533A (en) 1984-03-01 1990-07-24 The Regents Of The University Of California Hybrid cell lines that produce monoclonal antibodies to epidermal growth factor receptor
US4946778A (en) 1987-09-21 1990-08-07 Genex Corporation Single polypeptide chain binding molecules
WO1990014430A1 (en) 1989-05-16 1990-11-29 Scripps Clinic And Research Foundation A new method for tapping the immunological repertoire
WO1990014424A1 (en) 1989-05-16 1990-11-29 Scripps Clinic And Research Foundation Method for isolating receptors having a preselected specificity
WO1990014443A1 (en) 1989-05-16 1990-11-29 Huse William D Co-expression of heteromeric receptors
US4980286A (en) 1985-07-05 1990-12-25 Whitehead Institute For Biomedical Research In vivo introduction and expression of foreign genetic material in epithelial cells
WO1991005548A1 (en) 1989-10-10 1991-05-02 Pitman-Moore, Inc. Sustained release composition for macromolecular proteins
WO1991009967A1 (en) 1989-12-21 1991-07-11 Celltech Limited Humanised antibodies
WO1991010741A1 (en) 1990-01-12 1991-07-25 Cell Genesys, Inc. Generation of xenogeneic antibodies
WO1991010737A1 (en) 1990-01-11 1991-07-25 Molecular Affinities Corporation Production of antibodies using gene libraries
WO1991017271A1 (en) 1990-05-01 1991-11-14 Affymax Technologies N.V. Recombinant library screening methods
WO1991018983A1 (en) 1990-05-29 1991-12-12 Alois Jungbauer Recombinant protein which binds to a complex viral antigen of hiv-1
WO1992001047A1 (en) 1990-07-10 1992-01-23 Cambridge Antibody Technology Limited Methods for producing members of specific binding pairs
WO1992002551A1 (en) 1990-08-02 1992-02-20 B.R. Centre Limited Methods for the production of proteins with a desired function
WO1992003461A1 (en) 1990-08-24 1992-03-05 Ixsys, Inc. Methods of synthesizing oligonucleotides with random codons
WO1992009690A2 (en) 1990-12-03 1992-06-11 Genentech, Inc. Enrichment method for variant proteins with altered binding properties
US5128326A (en) 1984-12-06 1992-07-07 Biomatrix, Inc. Drug delivery systems based on hyaluronans derivatives thereof and their salts and methods of producing same
WO1992011272A1 (en) 1990-12-20 1992-07-09 Ixsys, Inc. Optimization of binding proteins
WO1992015679A1 (en) 1991-03-01 1992-09-17 Protein Engineering Corporation Improved epitode displaying phage
WO1992016553A1 (en) 1991-03-18 1992-10-01 New York University Monoclonal and chimeric antibodies specific for human tumor necrosis factor
WO1992018619A1 (en) 1991-04-10 1992-10-29 The Scripps Research Institute Heterodimeric receptor libraries using phagemids
WO1992019244A2 (en) 1991-05-01 1992-11-12 Henry M. Jackson Foundation For The Advancement Of Military Medicine A method for treating infectious respiratory diseases
WO1992020791A1 (en) 1990-07-10 1992-11-26 Cambridge Antibody Technology Limited Methods for producing members of specific binding pairs
EP0517024A2 (en) 1991-06-03 1992-12-09 BEHRINGWERKE Aktiengesellschaft Tetravalent bispecific receptors, their preparation and use
WO1992022653A1 (en) 1991-06-14 1992-12-23 Genentech, Inc. Method for making humanized antibodies
WO1992022324A1 (en) 1991-06-14 1992-12-23 Xoma Corporation Microbially-produced antibody fragments and their conjugates
WO1993001288A1 (en) 1991-07-08 1993-01-21 Deutsches Krebsforschungszentrum Stiftung des öffentlichen Rechts Phagemide for screening antibodies
WO1993006213A1 (en) 1991-09-23 1993-04-01 Medical Research Council Production of chimeric antibodies - a combinatorial approach
WO1993011236A1 (en) 1991-12-02 1993-06-10 Medical Research Council Production of anti-self antibodies from antibody segment repertoires and displayed on phage
WO1993011161A1 (en) 1991-11-25 1993-06-10 Enzon, Inc. Multivalent antigen-binding proteins
US5223409A (en) 1988-09-02 1993-06-29 Protein Engineering Corp. Directed evolution of novel binding proteins
US5225539A (en) 1986-03-27 1993-07-06 Medical Research Council Recombinant altered antibodies and methods of making altered antibodies
US5258498A (en) 1987-05-21 1993-11-02 Creative Biomolecules, Inc. Polypeptide linkers for production of biosynthetic proteins
WO1994002602A1 (en) 1992-07-24 1994-02-03 Cell Genesys, Inc. Generation of xenogeneic antibodies
EP0592106A1 (en) 1992-09-09 1994-04-13 Immunogen Inc Resurfacing of rodent antibodies
EP0239400B1 (en) 1986-03-27 1994-08-03 Medical Research Council Recombinant antibodies and methods for their production
WO1994018219A1 (en) 1993-02-02 1994-08-18 The Scripps Research Institute Methods for producing antibody libraries using universal or randomized immunoglobulin light chains
WO1994011026A3 (en) 1992-11-13 1994-08-18 Idec Pharma Corp Therapeutic application of chimeric and radiolabeled antibodies to human b lymphocyte restricted differentiation antigen for treatment of b cell lymphoma
WO1995001997A1 (en) 1993-07-09 1995-01-19 Smithkline Beecham Corporation RECOMBINANT AND HUMANIZED IL-1β ANTIBODIES FOR TREATMENT OF IL-1 MEDIATED INFLAMMATORY DISORDERS IN MAN
WO1995009917A1 (en) 1993-10-07 1995-04-13 The Regents Of The University Of California Genetically engineered bispecific tetravalent antibodies
WO1995014780A2 (en) 1993-11-23 1995-06-01 Schering Corporation Human monoclonal antibodies against human cytokines and methods of making and using such antibodies
WO1995015982A2 (en) 1993-12-08 1995-06-15 Genzyme Corporation Process for generating specific antibodies
WO1995020045A1 (en) 1994-01-21 1995-07-27 The Institute Of Cancer Research: Royal Cancer Hospital Antibodies to egf receptor and their antitumour effect
WO1995020401A1 (en) 1994-01-31 1995-08-03 Trustees Of Boston University Polyclonal antibody libraries
WO1995024918A1 (en) 1994-03-14 1995-09-21 Genetics Institute, Inc. Use of il-12 and il-12 antagonists in the treatment of autoimmune diseases
WO1995025167A1 (en) 1994-03-17 1995-09-21 Merck Patent Gmbh Anti-egfr single-chain fvs and anti-egfr antibodies
US5500362A (en) 1987-01-08 1996-03-19 Xoma Corporation Chimeric antibody with specificity to human B cell surface antigen
US5516637A (en) 1994-06-10 1996-05-14 Dade International Inc. Method involving display of protein binding pairs on the surface of bacterial pili and bacteriophage
US5530101A (en) 1988-12-28 1996-06-25 Protein Design Labs, Inc. Humanized immunoglobulins
WO1996020698A2 (en) 1995-01-05 1996-07-11 The Board Of Regents Acting For And On Behalf Of The University Of Michigan Surface-modified nanoparticles and method of making and using same
US5558864A (en) 1991-03-06 1996-09-24 Merck Patent Gesellschaft Mit Beschrankter Haftung Humanized and chimeric anti-epidermal growth factor receptor monoclonal antibodies
US5565332A (en) 1991-09-23 1996-10-15 Medical Research Council Production of chimeric antibodies - a combinatorial approach
US5565352A (en) 1993-11-24 1996-10-15 Arch Development Corporation Deubiquitinating enzyme: compositions and methods
WO1996034096A1 (en) 1995-04-28 1996-10-31 Abgenix, Inc. Human antibodies derived from immunized xenomice
WO1996033735A1 (en) 1995-04-27 1996-10-31 Abgenix, Inc. Human antibodies derived from immunized xenomice
WO1996040210A1 (en) 1995-06-07 1996-12-19 Imclone Systems Incorporated Antibody and antibody fragments for inhibiting the growth of tumors
US5624821A (en) 1987-03-18 1997-04-29 Scotgen Biopharmaceuticals Incorporated Antibodies with altered effector functions
WO1997020032A1 (en) 1995-11-28 1997-06-05 Ixsys, Incorporated Methods for the efficient isolation of periplasmic space fractions from multiple samples of bacteria
US5641870A (en) 1995-04-20 1997-06-24 Genentech, Inc. Low pH hydrophobic interaction chromatography for antibody purification
WO1997029131A1 (en) 1996-02-09 1997-08-14 Basf Aktiengesellschaft HUMAN ANTIBODIES THAT BIND HUMAN TNF$g(a)
WO1997032572A2 (en) 1996-03-04 1997-09-12 The Penn State Research Foundation Materials and methods for enhancing cellular internalization
US5679377A (en) 1989-11-06 1997-10-21 Alkermes Controlled Therapeutics, Inc. Protein microspheres and methods of using them
WO1997044013A1 (en) 1996-05-24 1997-11-27 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Aerodynamically light particles for pulmonary drug delivery
US5698426A (en) 1990-09-28 1997-12-16 Ixsys, Incorporated Surface expression libraries of heteromeric receptors
US5714350A (en) 1992-03-09 1998-02-03 Protein Design Labs, Inc. Increasing antibody affinity by altering glycosylation in the immunoglobulin variable region
US5714352A (en) 1996-03-20 1998-02-03 Xenotech Incorporated Directed switch-mediated DNA recombination
US5723323A (en) 1985-03-30 1998-03-03 Kauffman; Stuart Alan Method of identifying a stochastically-generated peptide, polypeptide, or protein having ligand binding property and compositions thereof
US5733743A (en) 1992-03-24 1998-03-31 Cambridge Antibody Technology Limited Methods for producing members of specific binding pairs
US5736137A (en) 1992-11-13 1998-04-07 Idec Pharmaceuticals Corporation Therapeutic application of chimeric and radiolabeled antibodies to human B lymphocyte restricted differentiation antigen for treatment of B cell lymphoma
WO1998016654A1 (en) 1996-10-11 1998-04-23 Japan Tobacco, Inc. Production of a multimeric protein by cell fusion method
US5763192A (en) 1986-11-20 1998-06-09 Ixsys, Incorporated Process for obtaining DNA, RNA, peptides, polypeptides, or protein, by recombinant DNA technique
WO1998024893A2 (en) 1996-12-03 1998-06-11 Abgenix, Inc. TRANSGENIC MAMMALS HAVING HUMAN IG LOCI INCLUDING PLURAL VH AND Vλ REGIONS AND ANTIBODIES PRODUCED THEREFROM
US5766886A (en) 1991-12-13 1998-06-16 Xoma Corporation Modified antibody variable domains
US5780225A (en) 1990-01-12 1998-07-14 Stratagene Method for generating libaries of antibody genes comprising amplification of diverse antibody DNAs and methods for using these libraries for the production of diverse antigen combining molecules
WO1998031346A1 (en) 1997-01-16 1998-07-23 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Preparation of particles for inhalation
WO1998031700A1 (en) 1997-01-21 1998-07-23 The General Hospital Corporation Selection of proteins using rna-protein fusions
US5789554A (en) 1994-08-12 1998-08-04 Immunomedics, Inc. Immunoconjugates and humanized antibodies specific for B-cell lymphoma and leukemia cells
US5795965A (en) 1991-04-25 1998-08-18 Chugai Seiyaku Kabushiki Kaisha Reshaped human to human interleukin-6 receptor
WO1998045331A2 (en) 1997-04-07 1998-10-15 Genentech, Inc. Anti-vegf antibodies
WO1998050433A2 (en) 1997-05-05 1998-11-12 Abgenix, Inc. Human monoclonal antibodies to epidermal growth factor receptor
US5846765A (en) 1990-12-03 1998-12-08 Genentech, Inc. Identification of novel substrates
US5855913A (en) 1997-01-16 1999-01-05 Massachusetts Instite Of Technology Particles incorporating surfactants for pulmonary drug delivery
US5863765A (en) 1995-03-03 1999-01-26 Quest International Bv Production in yeasts of stable antibody fragments
WO1999006834A2 (en) 1997-08-04 1999-02-11 Ixsys, Incorporated Methods for identifying ligand specific binding molecules
WO1999015154A1 (en) 1997-09-24 1999-04-01 Alkermes Controlled Therapeutics, Inc. Methods for fabricating polymer-based controlled release preparations
US5891996A (en) 1972-09-17 1999-04-06 Centro De Inmunologia Molecular Humanized and chimeric monoclonal antibodies that recognize epidermal growth factor receptor (EGF-R); diagnostic and therapeutic use
WO1999020253A1 (en) 1997-10-23 1999-04-29 Bioglan Therapeutics Ab Encapsulation method
WO1999023221A2 (en) 1997-10-27 1999-05-14 Unilever Plc Multivalent antigen-binding proteins
US5912015A (en) 1992-03-12 1999-06-15 Alkermes Controlled Therapeutics, Inc. Modulated release from biocompatible polymers
US5916597A (en) 1995-08-31 1999-06-29 Alkermes Controlled Therapeutics, Inc. Composition and method using solid-phase particles for sustained in vivo release of a biologically active agent
US5934272A (en) 1993-01-29 1999-08-10 Aradigm Corporation Device and method of creating aerosolized mist of respiratory drug
WO1999045031A2 (en) 1998-03-03 1999-09-10 Abgenix, Inc. Cd147 binding molecules as therapeutics
WO1999053049A1 (en) 1998-04-15 1999-10-21 Abgenix, Inc. Epitope-driven human antibody production and gene expression profiling
WO1999054342A1 (en) 1998-04-20 1999-10-28 Pablo Umana Glycosylation engineering of antibodies for improving antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity
WO1999057134A1 (en) 1998-05-06 1999-11-11 Genentech, Inc. Protein purification by ion exchange chromatography
US5985309A (en) 1996-05-24 1999-11-16 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Preparation of particles for inhalation
US5989830A (en) 1995-10-16 1999-11-23 Unilever Patent Holdings Bv Bifunctional or bivalent antibody fragment analogue
US5998209A (en) 1995-04-21 1999-12-07 Abgenix, Inc. Generation of large genomic DNA deletions
WO1999066903A2 (en) 1998-06-24 1999-12-29 Advanced Inhalation Research, Inc. Large porous particles emitted from an inhaler
US6019968A (en) 1995-04-14 2000-02-01 Inhale Therapeutic Systems, Inc. Dispersible antibody compositions and methods for their preparation and use
WO2000009560A2 (en) 1998-08-17 2000-02-24 Abgenix, Inc. Generation of modified molecules with increased serum half-lives
US6057098A (en) 1997-04-04 2000-05-02 Biosite Diagnostics, Inc. Polyvalent display libraries
US6075181A (en) 1990-01-12 2000-06-13 Abgenix, Inc. Human antibodies derived from immunized xenomice
WO2000037504A2 (en) 1998-12-23 2000-06-29 Pfizer Inc. Human monoclonal antibodies to ctla-4
US6091001A (en) 1995-03-29 2000-07-18 Abgenix, Inc. Production of antibodies using Cre-mediated site-specific recombination
US6090382A (en) 1996-02-09 2000-07-18 Basf Aktiengesellschaft Human antibodies that bind human TNFα
WO2000056772A1 (en) 1999-03-25 2000-09-28 Knoll Gmbh Human antibodies that bind human il-12 and methods for producing
US6130364A (en) 1995-03-29 2000-10-10 Abgenix, Inc. Production of antibodies using Cre-mediated site-specific recombination
CN1276428A (en) 1999-06-04 2000-12-13 长春迈灵生物工程有限公司 Clone and expression of anti-CA125 bifunctional genetically engineered antibody
WO2000078815A1 (en) 1999-06-24 2000-12-28 Applied Molecular Evolution ANTI-αvβ3? RECOMBINANT HUMAN ANTIBODIES, NUCLEIC ACIDS ENCODING SAME AND METHODS OF USE
WO2001000244A2 (en) 1999-06-25 2001-01-04 Genentech, Inc. METHODS OF TREATMENT USING ANTI-ErbB ANTIBODY-MAYTANSINOID CONJUGATES
US6204023B1 (en) 1985-11-01 2001-03-20 Xoma Ltd. Modular assembly of antibody genes, antibodies prepared thereby and use
WO2001032712A2 (en) 1999-11-03 2001-05-10 Maxygen, Inc. Antibody diversity generation
US6239259B1 (en) 1996-04-04 2001-05-29 Unilever Patent Holdings B.V. Multivalent and multispecific antigen-binding protein
WO2001058956A2 (en) 2000-02-10 2001-08-16 Abbott Laboratories Antibodies that bind human interleukin-18 and methods of making and using
WO2001062300A2 (en) 2000-02-24 2001-08-30 Genentech, Inc. Caspase activated prodrugs therapy
WO2001062931A2 (en) 2000-02-25 2001-08-30 The Government Of The United States, As Represented By The Secretary Of The Department Of Health And Human Services ANTI-EGFRvIII SCFVS WITH IMPROVED CYTOTOXICITY AND YIELD, IMMUNOTOXINS BASED THEREON, AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF
WO2001071005A2 (en) 2000-03-24 2001-09-27 Micromet Ag Multifunctional polypeptides comprising a binding site to an epitope of the nkg2d receptor complex
WO2001077342A1 (en) 2000-04-11 2001-10-18 Genentech, Inc. Multivalent antibodies and uses therefor
WO2001083525A2 (en) 2000-05-03 2001-11-08 Amgen Inc. Modified peptides, comprising an fc domain, as therapeutic agents
WO2001088138A1 (en) 2000-05-19 2001-11-22 Scancell Limited Humanised antibodies to the epidermal growth factor receptor
WO2002002781A1 (en) 2000-06-30 2002-01-10 Vlaams Interuniversitair Instituut Voor Biotechnologie Vzw Heterodimeric fusion proteins
WO2002002773A2 (en) 2000-06-29 2002-01-10 Abbott Laboratories Dual specificity antibodies and methods of making and using
EP1176195A1 (en) 1999-04-09 2002-01-30 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. Method for controlling the activity of immunologically functional molecule
WO2002016436A2 (en) 2000-08-22 2002-02-28 Novartis Ag ANTIBODIES TO HUMAN IL-1$g(b)
WO2002053596A2 (en) 2001-01-05 2002-07-11 Pfizer Inc. Antibodies to insulin-like growth factor i receptor
US20020127231A1 (en) 1996-03-28 2002-09-12 Jonathan Schneck Soluble divalent and multivalent heterodimeric analogs of proteins
WO2002072636A2 (en) 2000-12-28 2002-09-19 Altus Biologics Inc. Crystals of whole antibodies and fragments thereof and methods for making and using them
US20020137134A1 (en) 2000-06-28 2002-09-26 Gerngross Tillman U. Methods for producing modified glycoproteins
WO2002097048A2 (en) 2001-05-30 2002-12-05 Centocor, Inc. ANTI-p40 IMMUNOGLOBULIN DERIVED PROTEINS, COMPOSITIONS, METHODS AND USES
US6491916B1 (en) 1994-06-01 2002-12-10 Tolerance Therapeutics, Inc. Methods and materials for modulation of the immunosuppresive activity and toxicity of monoclonal antibodies
WO2003016466A2 (en) 2001-08-17 2003-02-27 Eli Lilly And Company ANTI-Aβ ANTIBODIES
US20030039645A1 (en) 1989-12-21 2003-02-27 Adair John Robert Humanised antibodies
WO2003035835A2 (en) 2001-10-25 2003-05-01 Genentech, Inc. Glycoprotein compositions
US20030091561A1 (en) 2001-06-13 2003-05-15 Genmab A/S Human monoclonal antibodies to epidermal growth factor receptor (EGFR)
WO2003039486A2 (en) 2001-11-09 2003-05-15 Idec Pharmaceuticals Corporation Anti-cd80 antibody having adcc activity for adcc mediated killing of b cell lymphoma cells alone or in combination with other therapies
US20030118583A1 (en) 2001-12-19 2003-06-26 Genentech, Inc. Stabilizing polypeptides which have been exposed to urea
WO2003068801A2 (en) 2002-02-11 2003-08-21 Genentech, Inc. Antibody variants with faster antigen association rates
US20030186374A1 (en) 2001-10-01 2003-10-02 Hufton Simon E. Multi-chain eukaryotic display vectors and uses thereof
WO2003086458A1 (en) 2002-04-12 2003-10-23 Medimmune, Inc. Recombinant anti-interleukin-9 antibodies
WO2003089614A2 (en) 2002-04-18 2003-10-30 Genencor International, Inc. Production of functional antibodies in filamentous fungi
US20030206898A1 (en) 2002-04-26 2003-11-06 Steven Fischkoff Use of anti-TNFalpha antibodies and another drug
WO2003100008A2 (en) 2002-05-24 2003-12-04 Schering Corporation Neutralizing human anti-igfr antibody
US6660843B1 (en) 1998-10-23 2003-12-09 Amgen Inc. Modified peptides as therapeutic agents
WO2003102132A2 (en) 2002-04-26 2003-12-11 Genetech, Inc. Non-affinity purification of proteins
US20040018590A1 (en) 2000-06-28 2004-01-29 Gerngross Tillman U. Combinatorial DNA library for producing modified N-glycans in lower eukaryotes
WO2004016286A2 (en) 2002-08-16 2004-02-26 Abbott Biotechnology Ltd. Pharmaceutical anti-tnf-alpha antibody formulation
US6699473B2 (en) 2000-10-13 2004-03-02 Uab Research Foundation Human anti-epidermal growth factor receptor single-chain antibodies
US6699658B1 (en) 1996-05-31 2004-03-02 Board Of Trustees Of The University Of Illinois Yeast cell surface display of proteins and uses thereof
WO2004024866A2 (en) 2002-09-11 2004-03-25 Genentech, Inc. Protein purification
WO2004050683A2 (en) 2002-12-02 2004-06-17 Abgenix, Inc. Antibodies directed to tumor necrosis factor and uses thereof
US20040133357A1 (en) 2001-04-17 2004-07-08 Abmaxis, Inc. Humanized antibodies against vascular endothelial growth factor
WO2004058184A2 (en) 2002-12-24 2004-07-15 Rinat Neuroscience Corp. Anti-ngf antibodies and methods using same
US20040162411A1 (en) 2002-10-11 2004-08-19 Micromet Ag Potent T cell modulating molecules
EP1454917A2 (en) 2003-02-17 2004-09-08 Tohoku Techno Arch Co., Ltd. Diabody-type bispecific antibody
WO2004078140A2 (en) 2003-03-05 2004-09-16 Halozyme, Inc. SOLUBLE HYALURONIDASE GLYCOPROTEIN (sHASEGP), PROCESS FOR PREPARING THE SAME, USES AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS COMPRISING THEREOF
US20040219144A1 (en) 2001-05-30 2004-11-04 Shelton David L Anti-ngf antibodies for the treatment of various disorders
US6818392B2 (en) 2000-12-06 2004-11-16 Abbott Laboratories Monoclonal antibodies to human immunodeficiency virus and uses thereof
US20040241745A1 (en) 2001-07-31 2004-12-02 Tasuku Honjo Substance specific to pd-1
US20050026881A1 (en) 2003-07-31 2005-02-03 Robinson Cynthia B. Combination of dehydroepiandrosterone or dehydroepiandrosterone-sulfate with an anti-IgE antibody for treatment of asthma or chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
US20050038231A1 (en) 2003-07-28 2005-02-17 Genentech, Inc. Reducing protein a leaching during protein a affinity chromatography
EP0519596B1 (en) 1991-05-17 2005-02-23 Merck & Co. Inc. A method for reducing the immunogenicity of antibody variable domains
US20050042664A1 (en) 2003-08-22 2005-02-24 Medimmune, Inc. Humanization of antibodies
WO2005017107A2 (en) 2003-07-18 2005-02-24 Amgen Inc. Specific binding agents to hepatocyte growth factor
WO2005016970A2 (en) 2003-05-01 2005-02-24 Imclone Systems Incorporated Fully human antibodies directed against the human insulin-like growth factor-1 receptor
US6884879B1 (en) 1997-04-07 2005-04-26 Genentech, Inc. Anti-VEGF antibodies
US20050095246A1 (en) 2003-10-24 2005-05-05 Medtronic, Inc. Techniques to treat neurological disorders by attenuating the production of pro-inflammatory mediators
WO2005044853A2 (en) 2003-11-01 2005-05-19 Genentech, Inc. Anti-vegf antibodies
US6914128B1 (en) 1999-03-25 2005-07-05 Abbott Gmbh & Co. Kg Human antibodies that bind human IL-12 and methods for producing
WO2005061547A2 (en) 2003-12-22 2005-07-07 Micromet Ag Bispecific antibodies
US20050147610A1 (en) 2003-11-12 2005-07-07 Tariq Ghayur IL-18 binding proteins
WO2005061540A2 (en) 2003-12-24 2005-07-07 Lay Line Genomics S.P.A. Method for the humanization of antibodies and humanized antibodies thereby obtained
US20050215769A1 (en) 2002-02-05 2005-09-29 Breece Timothy N Protein purification
WO2005100584A2 (en) 2004-04-15 2005-10-27 Glycofi, Inc. Production of galactosylated glycoproteins in lower eukaryotes
US20050260204A1 (en) 2004-04-12 2005-11-24 Medimmune, Inc. Anti-IL-9 antibody formulations and uses thereof
US20060002923A1 (en) 2001-09-25 2006-01-05 Immuno-Biological Laboratories Co., Ltd. Recombinant anti-osteopontin antibody and use thereof
US6986890B1 (en) 1996-11-21 2006-01-17 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. Anti-human VEGF receptor Flt-1 monoclonal antibody
US20060024300A1 (en) 2002-12-16 2006-02-02 Genentech, Inc. Immunoglobulin variants and uses thereof
WO2006015373A2 (en) 2004-08-04 2006-02-09 Amgen Inc Antibodies to dkk-1
WO2006013107A1 (en) 2004-08-05 2006-02-09 Novartis Ag Il-17 antagonistic antibodies
US20060041058A1 (en) 2003-11-21 2006-02-23 Anp Technologies, Inc. Asymmetrically branched polymer conjugates and microarray assays
WO2006020258A2 (en) 2004-07-17 2006-02-23 Imclone Systems Incorporated Novel tetravalent bispecific antibody
WO2006024867A2 (en) 2004-09-02 2006-03-09 Viragen, Inc. Method for improved transgene expression
WO2006031370A2 (en) 2004-08-19 2006-03-23 Genentech, Inc. Polypeptide variants with altered effector function
RU2273664C2 (en) 1994-05-11 2006-04-10 Йеда Рисерч Энд Дивелопмент Ко. Лтд. POLYPEPTIDE POSSESSING CAPACITY FOR BINDING WITH INTRACELLULAR DOMAIN p-55 OF TNF-RECEPTOR, DNA MOLECULE ENCODING THIS POLYPEPTIDE, EXPRESSION VECTOR AND METHOD FOR PREPARING POLYPEPTIDE
WO2006044908A2 (en) 2004-10-20 2006-04-27 Genentech, Inc. Antibody formulation in histidine-acetate buffer
WO2006047350A2 (en) 2004-10-21 2006-05-04 Xencor, Inc. IgG IMMUNOGLOBULIN VARIANTS WITH OPTIMIZED EFFECTOR FUNCTION
US20060093599A1 (en) 2004-11-03 2006-05-04 Gadi Gazit-Bornstein Anti-properdin antibodies, and methods for making and using same
US20060104968A1 (en) 2003-03-05 2006-05-18 Halozyme, Inc. Soluble glycosaminoglycanases and methods of preparing and using soluble glycosaminogly ycanases
WO2005120557A3 (en) 2004-05-13 2006-05-26 Imclone Systems Inc Inhibition of macrophage-stimulating protein receptor (ron)
US7060808B1 (en) 1995-06-07 2006-06-13 Imclone Systems Incorporated Humanized anti-EGF receptor monoclonal antibody
WO2006066171A1 (en) 2004-12-15 2006-06-22 Neuralab Limited Amyloid βετα antibodies for use in improving cognition
US20060134105A1 (en) 2004-10-21 2006-06-22 Xencor, Inc. IgG immunoglobulin variants with optimized effector function
US7070775B2 (en) 1991-03-18 2006-07-04 New York University Recombinant A2-specific TNFα specific antibodies
WO2006089133A2 (en) 2005-02-15 2006-08-24 Duke University Anti-cd19 antibodies and uses in oncology
WO2006099698A2 (en) 2005-03-24 2006-09-28 Thromb-X N.V. Novel anti-plgf antibody
WO2006110883A2 (en) 2005-04-11 2006-10-19 Rinat Neuroscience Corp. Methods for treating osteoarthritis pain by administering a nerve growth factor antagonist and compositions containing the same
US20060246071A1 (en) 2004-12-21 2006-11-02 Larry Green Antibodies directed to angiopoietin-2 and uses thereof
WO2006116269A2 (en) 2005-04-25 2006-11-02 Pfizer Inc. Antibodies to myostatin
US20060253100A1 (en) 2004-10-22 2006-11-09 Medtronic, Inc. Systems and Methods to Treat Pain Locally
WO2006122187A2 (en) 2005-05-10 2006-11-16 Biogen Idec Ma Inc. Treating and evaluating inflammatory disorders
WO2006130429A2 (en) 2005-05-27 2006-12-07 Biogen Idec Ma Inc. Treatment of cancer
WO2006130374A2 (en) 2005-05-27 2006-12-07 Biogen Idec Ma Inc. Tweak binding antibodies
WO2006131951A2 (en) 2005-06-07 2006-12-14 Pangenetics B.V. MOLECULES THAT ARE ABLE TO INHIBIT THE BINDING BETWEEN NGF AND THE TrkA RECEPTOR AS ANALGESICS WITH PROLONGED EFFECT
US20060280747A1 (en) 2003-08-01 2006-12-14 Genentech, Inc. Anti-VEGF antibodies
WO2006136159A2 (en) 2005-06-24 2006-12-28 Novozymes A/S Lipases for pharmaceutical use
WO2007005955A2 (en) 2005-06-30 2007-01-11 Centocor, Inc. Anti-il-23 antibodies, compositions, methods and uses
US7179892B2 (en) 2000-12-06 2007-02-20 Neuralab Limited Humanized antibodies that recognize beta amyloid peptide
US20070041905A1 (en) 2005-08-19 2007-02-22 Hoffman Rebecca S Method of treating depression using a TNF-alpha antibody
US20070071745A1 (en) 2005-08-26 2007-03-29 Pablo Umana Modified antigen binding molecules with altered cell signaling activity
US20070071675A1 (en) 2005-08-19 2007-03-29 Chengbin Wu Dual variable domain immunoglobulin and uses thereof
US20070072225A1 (en) 2005-09-23 2007-03-29 Alving Carl R Antibodies with simultaneous subsite specificities to protein and lipid epitopes
US7202343B2 (en) 2002-08-19 2007-04-10 Abgenix, Inc. Antibodies directed to monocyte chemo-attractant protein-1 (MCP-1) and uses thereof
WO2007042261A2 (en) 2005-10-11 2007-04-19 Micromet Ag Compositions comprising cross-species-specific antibodies and uses thereof
US20070092507A1 (en) 2003-08-08 2007-04-26 Balthasar Joseph P Anti-FcRn antibodies for treatment of auto/allo immune conditions
US20070092520A1 (en) 2004-08-05 2007-04-26 Genentech, Inc. Humanized Anti-CMET Antagonists
WO2007048849A1 (en) 2005-10-28 2007-05-03 Novo Nordisk A/S Fusion proteins that bind effector lymphocytes and target cells
WO2007053447A2 (en) 2005-10-28 2007-05-10 Lpath, Inc. Compositions and methods for the treatment and prevention of fibrotic, inflammatory and neovascularization conditions
US20070110747A1 (en) 2005-05-03 2007-05-17 Ucb S.A. Binding agents
WO2007056470A2 (en) 2005-11-08 2007-05-18 Genentech, Inc. Neuropilin antagonists
WO2007059136A2 (en) 2005-11-14 2007-05-24 Amgen Inc. Rankl antibody-pth/pthrp chimeric molecules
WO2007062037A2 (en) 2005-11-21 2007-05-31 Laboratoires Serono Sa Compositions and methods of producing hybrid antigen binding molecules and uses thereof
US20070123479A1 (en) 2003-05-31 2007-05-31 Micromet Ag Pharmaceutical compositions comprising bispecific anti-cd3, anti-cd19 antibody constructs for the treatment of b-cell related disorders
WO2007062852A2 (en) 2005-11-30 2007-06-07 Abbott Laboratories ANTI-Aβ GLOBULOMER ANTIBODIES, ANTIGEN-BINDING MOIETIES THEREOF, CORRESPONDING HYBRIDOMAS, NUCLEIC ACIDS, VECTORS, HOST CELLS, METHODS OF PRODUCING SAID ANTIBODIES, COMPOSITIONS COMPRISING SAID ANTIBODIES, USES OF SAID ANTIBODIES AND METHODS OF USING SAID ANTIBODIES
WO2007077028A2 (en) 2005-12-30 2007-07-12 U3 Pharma Ag Antibodies directed to her-3 and uses thereof
US7247304B2 (en) 2001-08-23 2007-07-24 Genmab A/S Methods of treating using anti-IL-15 antibodies
US7258857B2 (en) * 1996-11-22 2007-08-21 The Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Of New York Rage-related methods for treating inflammation
US20070196376A1 (en) 2005-12-13 2007-08-23 Amgen Fremont Inc. Binding proteins specific for insulin-like growth factors and uses thereof
US20070232556A1 (en) 2006-03-31 2007-10-04 Montine Thomas J Methods and compositions for the treatment of neurological diseases and disorders
WO2007120828A1 (en) 2006-04-14 2007-10-25 Novartis Ag Use of il-i antibodies for treating ophthalmic disorders
WO2007120651A2 (en) 2006-04-10 2007-10-25 Abbott Biotechnology Ltd. Uses and compositions for treatment of juvenile rheumatoid arthritis
WO2007124299A2 (en) 2006-04-21 2007-11-01 Novartis Ag Antagonist anti-cd40 antibody pharmaceutical compositions
WO2007143098A2 (en) 2006-06-02 2007-12-13 Aveo Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Hepatocyte growth factor (hgf) binding proteins
US20070286858A1 (en) * 2006-03-21 2007-12-13 Wyeth Methods and Compositions for Antagonism of RAGE
US20070292420A1 (en) 2001-11-14 2007-12-20 Jill Giles-Komar Anti-IL-6 Antibodies, Compositions, Methods and Uses
WO2007147901A1 (en) 2006-06-22 2007-12-27 Novo Nordisk A/S Production of bispecific antibodies
US7317091B2 (en) 2002-03-01 2008-01-08 Xencor, Inc. Optimized Fc variants
US20080014196A1 (en) 2006-06-06 2008-01-17 Genentech, Inc. Compositions and methods for modulating vascular development
WO2008011348A2 (en) 2006-07-14 2008-01-24 Ac Immune S.A. Humanized antibody against amyloid beta
WO2008022152A2 (en) 2006-08-14 2008-02-21 Xencor, Inc. Optimized antibodies that target cd19
WO2008042236A2 (en) 2006-09-29 2008-04-10 Oncomed Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for diagnosing and treating cancer
WO2008057240A2 (en) * 2006-10-27 2008-05-15 Abbott Biotechnology Ltd. Crystalline anti-htnfalpha antibodies
US20080112888A1 (en) 2006-06-30 2008-05-15 Schering Corporation Igfbp2 biomarker
US20080118506A1 (en) 2006-11-02 2008-05-22 Genentech, Inc. Humanized Anti-Factor D Antibodies and Uses Thereof
US20080118978A1 (en) 2006-04-28 2008-05-22 Takashi Sato Anti-tumor agent
WO2008079326A2 (en) 2006-12-20 2008-07-03 Vasgene Therapeutics, Inc. Methods for using and identifying modulators of delta-like 4
US20080171014A1 (en) 2006-09-08 2008-07-17 Chengbin Wu Interleukin-13 binding proteins
US20080175847A1 (en) 2006-06-06 2008-07-24 Genentech, Inc. Anti-dll4 antibodies and methods using same
US20080187966A1 (en) 2003-01-23 2008-08-07 Genentech, Inc. Antibodies and methods for making and using them
WO2008100624A2 (en) 2007-02-16 2008-08-21 Merrimack Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antibodies against erbb3 and uses thereof
US20080219971A1 (en) 2007-02-14 2008-09-11 Vaccinex, Inc. Human anti-cd100 antibodies
US7438911B2 (en) 2002-04-30 2008-10-21 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. Antibody against human insulin-like growth factor
WO2008145338A2 (en) 2007-05-29 2008-12-04 Ganymed Pharmaceuticals Ag Monoclonal antibodies against claudin-18 for treatment of cancer
WO2008150841A1 (en) 2007-05-30 2008-12-11 Lpath, Inc. Compositions and methods for binding lysophosphatidic acid
US20090028851A1 (en) 2004-10-01 2009-01-29 Maxplanck-Gesellschaft Zur Förderung Der Wissensch Novel Antibodies Directed to the Mammalian Eag1 Ion Channel Protein
US20090030308A1 (en) 2005-09-21 2009-01-29 The Regents Of The University Of California Systems, compositions, and methods for local imaging and treatment of pain
US20090035308A1 (en) 2005-09-01 2009-02-05 Vasgene Therapeutics, Inc. Methods for using and identifying modulators of Delta-like 4
WO2009020654A1 (en) 2007-08-08 2009-02-12 Abbott Laboratories Compositions and methods for crystallizing antibodies
US20090042214A1 (en) 2007-06-27 2009-02-12 Cooke John P Beta2-microglobulin and c reactive protein (crp) as biomarkers for peripheral artery disease
US20090048122A1 (en) 2006-03-17 2009-02-19 Biogen Idec Ma Inc. Stabilized polypeptide compositions
US20090053243A1 (en) 2005-02-27 2009-02-26 Institute For Antibodies Co., Ltd Anti-IgSF4 Antibody and Utilization of the Same
US20090068195A1 (en) 2007-04-23 2009-03-12 Wyeth Methods and compositions for treating and monitoring treatment of il-13-associated disorders
US20090081234A1 (en) 2000-08-07 2009-03-26 George Heavner Anti-tnf antibodies, compositions, methods and uses for treatment of depression and related conditions
WO2009052400A1 (en) 2007-10-19 2009-04-23 Abbott Laboratories Antibodies that bind to mammalian ngal and uses thereof
WO2007024715A9 (en) 2005-08-19 2009-04-23 Abbott Lab Dual variable domain immunoglobin and uses thereof
US7528236B2 (en) 2004-09-03 2009-05-05 Genentech, Inc. Humanized anti-beta7 antagonists and uses therefor
US20090155275A1 (en) 2007-07-31 2009-06-18 Medimmune, Llc Multispecific epitope binding proteins and uses thereof
WO2009077993A2 (en) 2007-12-17 2009-06-25 Pfizer Limited Treatment of interstitial cystitis
WO2009089004A1 (en) 2008-01-07 2009-07-16 Amgen Inc. Method for making antibody fc-heterodimeric molecules using electrostatic steering effects
US7566772B2 (en) 2005-01-26 2009-07-28 Amgen Fremont Inc. Antibodies against interleukin-1β
US20090191225A1 (en) 2005-04-06 2009-07-30 Ibc Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Stably Tethered Structures of Defined Compositions with Multiple Functions or Binding Specificities
US20090215992A1 (en) 2005-08-19 2009-08-27 Chengbin Wu Dual variable domain immunoglobulin and uses thereof
US20090259026A1 (en) 2002-06-28 2009-10-15 Ian Tomlinson Ligand
WO2009134776A2 (en) 2008-04-29 2009-11-05 Abbott Laboratories Dual variable domain immunoglobulins and uses thereof
WO2009136382A2 (en) 2008-05-09 2009-11-12 Abbott Gmbh & Co. Kg Antibodies to receptor of advanced glycation end products (rage) and uses thereof
US20090304693A1 (en) * 2008-06-03 2009-12-10 Abbott Laboratories Dual Variable Domain Immunoglobulins and Uses Thereof
US20090311253A1 (en) 2008-06-03 2009-12-17 Abbott Laboratories Dual Variable Domain Immunoglobulins and Uses Thereof
WO2009155324A2 (en) 2008-06-18 2009-12-23 Abbott Laboratories Pigf-1 assay and kits and components thereof
US20100028340A1 (en) 2008-02-29 2010-02-04 Abbott Gmbh & Co. Kg Antibodies against the rgm a protein and uses thereof
US20100040537A1 (en) 2008-07-08 2010-02-18 Abbott Laboratories Prostaglandin E2 Binding Proteins and Uses Thereof
US20100056762A1 (en) 2001-05-11 2010-03-04 Old Lloyd J Specific binding proteins and uses thereof
US20100074900A1 (en) 2008-07-08 2010-03-25 Abbott Laboratories Prostaglandin e2 dual variable domain immunoglobulins and uses thereof
US20100104573A1 (en) 2007-03-22 2010-04-29 Ucb Parma S.A. Binding proteins, including antibodies, antibody derivatives and antibody fragments, that specifically bind cd154 and uses thereof
US20100105569A1 (en) 2008-09-30 2010-04-29 Abbott Laboratories Methods of RNA Display
US20100158901A1 (en) 2005-05-05 2010-06-24 Duke University Anti-cd19 antibody therapy for autoimmune disease
US20100190247A1 (en) 2003-12-04 2010-07-29 Xencor, Inc. Methods of Generating Variant Proteins with Increased Host String Content
US7790858B2 (en) 1999-01-15 2010-09-07 Genentech, Inc. Polypeptide variants with altered effector function
WO2010102251A2 (en) 2009-03-05 2010-09-10 Abbott Laboratories Il-17 binding proteins
US20100233079A1 (en) 2008-12-04 2010-09-16 Abbott Laboratories Dual Variable Domain Immunoglobulins and Uses Thereof
US20100260668A1 (en) 2008-04-29 2010-10-14 Abbott Laboratories Dual Variable Domain Immunoglobulins and Uses Thereof
US7863419B2 (en) 2003-08-22 2011-01-04 Biogen Idec Ma Inc. Antibodies having altered effector function and methods for making the same
US20110008766A1 (en) 2009-05-01 2011-01-13 Abbott Laboratories Dual Variable Domain Immunoglobulins and Uses Thereof
US20110044980A1 (en) 2009-07-29 2011-02-24 Abbott Laboratories Dual Variable Domain Immunoglobulins and Uses Thereof
WO2011039370A1 (en) 2009-10-02 2011-04-07 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Bispecific binding molecules for anti-angiogenesis therapy
CN101058609B (en) 2006-05-26 2011-04-13 神州细胞工程有限公司 Human antibody and expression thereof
US7928205B2 (en) 2004-10-22 2011-04-19 Amgen Inc. Methods for refolding of recombinant antibodies
US20110091372A1 (en) 2009-09-01 2011-04-21 Abbott Laboratories Dual Variable Domain Immunoglobulins and Uses Thereof
US20110091463A1 (en) 2009-10-15 2011-04-21 Abbott Laboratories Dual Variable Domain Immunoglobulins and Uses Thereof
US20110142761A1 (en) 2009-10-15 2011-06-16 Abbott Laboratories Il-1 binding proteins
US20110150870A1 (en) 2008-08-04 2011-06-23 The United States Of America, As Represented By Th Fully human anti-human nkg2d monoclonal antibodies
WO2011084714A2 (en) 2009-12-17 2011-07-14 Biogen Idec Ma Inc. STABILIZED ANTI-TNF-ALPHA scFv MOLECULES OR ANTI-TWEAK scFv MOLECULES AND USES THEREOF
US20110212094A1 (en) 2009-10-28 2011-09-01 Abbott Laboratories Dual variable domain immunoglobulins and uses thereof
US20110217237A1 (en) 2010-03-02 2011-09-08 Abbott Laboratories Therapeutic dll4 binding proteins
US20110229476A1 (en) 2007-08-15 2011-09-22 Bayer Schering Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Monospecific and multispecific antibodies and method of use
US20110263827A1 (en) 2009-05-01 2011-10-27 Abbott Laboratories Dual Variable Domain Immunnoglobulins and Uses Thereof
US20110318349A1 (en) 2010-06-24 2011-12-29 Abbott Laboratories Dual variable domain immunoglobulins and uses thereof
US20120014957A1 (en) 2010-07-09 2012-01-19 Abbott Laboratories Dual variable domain immunoglobulins and uses thereof
US20120034160A1 (en) 2010-08-03 2012-02-09 Abbott Laboratories Dual variable domain immunoglobulins and uses thereof
US20120087858A1 (en) 2010-08-26 2012-04-12 Abbott Laboratories. Dual variable domain immunoglobulins and uses thereof
WO2012061374A2 (en) 2010-11-02 2012-05-10 Abbott Laboratories Dual variable domain immunoglobulins and uses thereof
US20120263722A1 (en) 2010-11-04 2012-10-18 Abbott Laboratories Dual Variable Domain Immunoglobulins and Uses Thereof
US8389237B2 (en) 2007-04-25 2013-03-05 Medella Therapeutics Limited Antibodies against RAMP3
US20130171059A1 (en) 2011-12-30 2013-07-04 Abbvie Inc. Dual variable domain immunoglobulins and uses thereof
US20130171096A1 (en) 2011-10-24 2013-07-04 Abbvie Inc. Immunobinders directed against sclerostin
US20130195871A1 (en) 2011-12-30 2013-08-01 Abbvie Inc. Dual variable domain immunoglobulins and uses thereof
US20130236458A1 (en) 2011-12-30 2013-09-12 Abbvie Inc. Dual specific binding proteins directed against il-13 and/or il-17

Family Cites Families (25)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4554101A (en) 1981-01-09 1985-11-19 New York Blood Center, Inc. Identification and preparation of epitopes on antigens and allergens on the basis of hydrophilicity
DE3600905A1 (en) 1986-01-15 1987-07-16 Ant Nachrichtentech METHOD FOR DECODING BINARY SIGNALS AND VITERBI DECODERS AND APPLICATIONS
EP0273115B1 (en) 1986-10-22 1994-09-07 Abbott Laboratories Chemiluminescent acridinium and phenanthridinium salts
US4880078A (en) 1987-06-29 1989-11-14 Honda Giken Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha Exhaust muffler
US5241070A (en) 1988-09-26 1993-08-31 Ciba Corning Diagnostics Corp. Nucleophilic polysubstituted aryl acridinium esters and uses thereof
US5063081A (en) 1988-11-14 1991-11-05 I-Stat Corporation Method of manufacturing a plurality of uniform microfabricated sensing devices having an immobilized ligand receptor
CA2048302A1 (en) 1990-08-15 1992-02-16 Victoria P. Meucci Solubilization reagent for biological test samples
US5135875A (en) 1990-08-15 1992-08-04 Abbott Laboratories Protein precipitation reagent
CA2069530A1 (en) 1991-06-03 1992-12-04 Cass J. Grandone Reagent pack for immunoassays
US5352803A (en) 1992-03-30 1994-10-04 Abbott Laboratories 5(6)-methyl substituted fluorescein derivatives
WO1993020442A1 (en) 1992-03-30 1993-10-14 Abbott Laboratories Reagents and methods for the detection and quantification of thyroxine in fluid samples
JP2978435B2 (en) 1996-01-24 1999-11-15 チッソ株式会社 Method for producing acryloxypropyl silane
WO2002102972A2 (en) * 2001-06-20 2002-12-27 Prochon Biotech Ltd. Antibodies that block receptor protein tyrosine kinase activation, methods of screening for and uses thereof
US7419821B2 (en) 2002-03-05 2008-09-02 I-Stat Corporation Apparatus and methods for analyte measurement and immunoassay
US20040018577A1 (en) 2002-07-29 2004-01-29 Emerson Campbell John Lewis Multiple hybrid immunoassay
US7723099B2 (en) 2003-09-10 2010-05-25 Abbott Point Of Care Inc. Immunoassay device with immuno-reference electrode
US7682833B2 (en) 2003-09-10 2010-03-23 Abbott Point Of Care Inc. Immunoassay device with improved sample closure
US7563443B2 (en) * 2004-09-17 2009-07-21 Domantis Limited Monovalent anti-CD40L antibody polypeptides and compositions thereof
US7883855B2 (en) 2006-07-21 2011-02-08 Abbott Laboratories Immunosuppressant drug extraction reagent for immunoassays
US7906293B2 (en) 2007-04-09 2011-03-15 Abbott Laboratories Acridinium phenyl esters useful in the analysis of biological
JP5470817B2 (en) 2008-03-10 2014-04-16 日産自動車株式会社 Battery electrode, battery using the same, and manufacturing method thereof
JP6136279B2 (en) 2013-01-15 2017-05-31 株式会社ジェイテクト Rolling bearing device
TWI503850B (en) 2013-03-22 2015-10-11 Polytronics Technology Corp Over-current protection device
TWI510996B (en) 2013-10-03 2015-12-01 Acer Inc Methods for controlling a touch panel and portable computers using the same
US9816280B1 (en) 2016-11-02 2017-11-14 Matthew Reitnauer Portable floor

Patent Citations (399)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5891996A (en) 1972-09-17 1999-04-06 Centro De Inmunologia Molecular Humanized and chimeric monoclonal antibodies that recognize epidermal growth factor receptor (EGF-R); diagnostic and therapeutic use
US4526938A (en) 1982-04-22 1985-07-02 Imperial Chemical Industries Plc Continuous release formulations
US4816567A (en) 1983-04-08 1989-03-28 Genentech, Inc. Recombinant immunoglobin preparations
US4753894A (en) 1984-02-08 1988-06-28 Cetus Corporation Monoclonal anti-human breast cancer antibodies
US4943533A (en) 1984-03-01 1990-07-24 The Regents Of The University Of California Hybrid cell lines that produce monoclonal antibodies to epidermal growth factor receptor
US5128326A (en) 1984-12-06 1992-07-07 Biomatrix, Inc. Drug delivery systems based on hyaluronans derivatives thereof and their salts and methods of producing same
US5976862A (en) 1985-03-30 1999-11-02 Ixsys Corporation Process for obtaining DNA, RNA, peptides, polypeptides, or proteins, by recombinant DNA technique
US5723323A (en) 1985-03-30 1998-03-03 Kauffman; Stuart Alan Method of identifying a stochastically-generated peptide, polypeptide, or protein having ligand binding property and compositions thereof
US5814476A (en) 1985-03-30 1998-09-29 Stuart Kauffman Process for the production of stochastically-generated transcription or translation products
US5817483A (en) 1985-03-30 1998-10-06 Stuart Kauffman Process for the production of stochastically-generated peptides,polypeptides or proteins having a predetermined property
US5824514A (en) 1985-03-30 1998-10-20 Stuart A. Kauffman Process for the production of expression vectors comprising at least one stochastic sequence of polynucleotides
US4980286A (en) 1985-07-05 1990-12-25 Whitehead Institute For Biomedical Research In vivo introduction and expression of foreign genetic material in epithelial cells
US6204023B1 (en) 1985-11-01 2001-03-20 Xoma Ltd. Modular assembly of antibody genes, antibodies prepared thereby and use
US4699784A (en) 1986-02-25 1987-10-13 Center For Molecular Medicine & Immunology Tumoricidal methotrexate-antibody conjugate
EP0239400B1 (en) 1986-03-27 1994-08-03 Medical Research Council Recombinant antibodies and methods for their production
US5225539A (en) 1986-03-27 1993-07-06 Medical Research Council Recombinant altered antibodies and methods of making altered antibodies
US5763192A (en) 1986-11-20 1998-06-09 Ixsys, Incorporated Process for obtaining DNA, RNA, peptides, polypeptides, or protein, by recombinant DNA technique
US5500362A (en) 1987-01-08 1996-03-19 Xoma Corporation Chimeric antibody with specificity to human B cell surface antigen
US5624821A (en) 1987-03-18 1997-04-29 Scotgen Biopharmaceuticals Incorporated Antibodies with altered effector functions
US5648260A (en) 1987-03-18 1997-07-15 Scotgen Biopharmaceuticals Incorporated DNA encoding antibodies with altered effector functions
US5258498A (en) 1987-05-21 1993-11-02 Creative Biomolecules, Inc. Polypeptide linkers for production of biosynthetic proteins
US4946778A (en) 1987-09-21 1990-08-07 Genex Corporation Single polypeptide chain binding molecules
WO1989006692A1 (en) 1988-01-12 1989-07-27 Genentech, Inc. Method of treating tumor cells by inhibiting growth factor receptor function
US5677171A (en) 1988-01-12 1997-10-14 Genentech, Inc. Monoclonal antibodies directed to the HER2 receptor
US5403484A (en) 1988-09-02 1995-04-04 Protein Engineering Corporation Viruses expressing chimeric binding proteins
US5223409A (en) 1988-09-02 1993-06-29 Protein Engineering Corp. Directed evolution of novel binding proteins
WO1990002809A1 (en) 1988-09-02 1990-03-22 Protein Engineering Corporation Generation and selection of recombinant varied binding proteins
US5571698A (en) 1988-09-02 1996-11-05 Protein Engineering Corporation Directed evolution of novel binding proteins
WO1990005183A1 (en) 1988-10-31 1990-05-17 Immunex Corporation Interleukin-4 receptors
WO1990005144A1 (en) 1988-11-11 1990-05-17 Medical Research Council Single domain ligands, receptors comprising said ligands, methods for their production, and use of said ligands and receptors
US5530101A (en) 1988-12-28 1996-06-25 Protein Design Labs, Inc. Humanized immunoglobulins
US6180370B1 (en) 1988-12-28 2001-01-30 Protein Design Labs, Inc. Humanized immunoglobulins and methods of making the same
US5585089A (en) 1988-12-28 1996-12-17 Protein Design Labs, Inc. Humanized immunoglobulins
US5693762A (en) 1988-12-28 1997-12-02 Protein Design Labs, Inc. Humanized immunoglobulins
WO1990014430A1 (en) 1989-05-16 1990-11-29 Scripps Clinic And Research Foundation A new method for tapping the immunological repertoire
WO1990014424A1 (en) 1989-05-16 1990-11-29 Scripps Clinic And Research Foundation Method for isolating receptors having a preselected specificity
WO1990014443A1 (en) 1989-05-16 1990-11-29 Huse William D Co-expression of heteromeric receptors
WO1991005548A1 (en) 1989-10-10 1991-05-02 Pitman-Moore, Inc. Sustained release composition for macromolecular proteins
US5679377A (en) 1989-11-06 1997-10-21 Alkermes Controlled Therapeutics, Inc. Protein microspheres and methods of using them
US5929212A (en) 1989-12-21 1999-07-27 Celltech Therapeutics Limited CD3 specific recombinant antibody
WO1991009967A1 (en) 1989-12-21 1991-07-11 Celltech Limited Humanised antibodies
US20030039645A1 (en) 1989-12-21 2003-02-27 Adair John Robert Humanised antibodies
WO1991010737A1 (en) 1990-01-11 1991-07-25 Molecular Affinities Corporation Production of antibodies using gene libraries
US5780225A (en) 1990-01-12 1998-07-14 Stratagene Method for generating libaries of antibody genes comprising amplification of diverse antibody DNAs and methods for using these libraries for the production of diverse antigen combining molecules
WO1991010741A1 (en) 1990-01-12 1991-07-25 Cell Genesys, Inc. Generation of xenogeneic antibodies
US5939598A (en) 1990-01-12 1999-08-17 Abgenix, Inc. Method of making transgenic mice lacking endogenous heavy chains
US6075181A (en) 1990-01-12 2000-06-13 Abgenix, Inc. Human antibodies derived from immunized xenomice
US6114598A (en) 1990-01-12 2000-09-05 Abgenix, Inc. Generation of xenogeneic antibodies
US5427908A (en) 1990-05-01 1995-06-27 Affymax Technologies N.V. Recombinant library screening methods
US5580717A (en) 1990-05-01 1996-12-03 Affymax Technologies N.V. Recombinant library screening methods
WO1991017271A1 (en) 1990-05-01 1991-11-14 Affymax Technologies N.V. Recombinant library screening methods
WO1991018983A1 (en) 1990-05-29 1991-12-12 Alois Jungbauer Recombinant protein which binds to a complex viral antigen of hiv-1
WO1992020791A1 (en) 1990-07-10 1992-11-26 Cambridge Antibody Technology Limited Methods for producing members of specific binding pairs
WO1992001047A1 (en) 1990-07-10 1992-01-23 Cambridge Antibody Technology Limited Methods for producing members of specific binding pairs
US5969108A (en) 1990-07-10 1999-10-19 Medical Research Council Methods for producing members of specific binding pairs
US5627052A (en) 1990-08-02 1997-05-06 B.R. Centre, Ltd. Methods for the production of proteins with a desired function
WO1992002551A1 (en) 1990-08-02 1992-02-20 B.R. Centre Limited Methods for the production of proteins with a desired function
WO1992003461A1 (en) 1990-08-24 1992-03-05 Ixsys, Inc. Methods of synthesizing oligonucleotides with random codons
US5698426A (en) 1990-09-28 1997-12-16 Ixsys, Incorporated Surface expression libraries of heteromeric receptors
US5821047A (en) 1990-12-03 1998-10-13 Genentech, Inc. Monovalent phage display
US5846765A (en) 1990-12-03 1998-12-08 Genentech, Inc. Identification of novel substrates
WO1992009690A2 (en) 1990-12-03 1992-06-11 Genentech, Inc. Enrichment method for variant proteins with altered binding properties
WO1992011272A1 (en) 1990-12-20 1992-07-09 Ixsys, Inc. Optimization of binding proteins
WO1992015679A1 (en) 1991-03-01 1992-09-17 Protein Engineering Corporation Improved epitode displaying phage
US5558864A (en) 1991-03-06 1996-09-24 Merck Patent Gesellschaft Mit Beschrankter Haftung Humanized and chimeric anti-epidermal growth factor receptor monoclonal antibodies
WO1992016553A1 (en) 1991-03-18 1992-10-01 New York University Monoclonal and chimeric antibodies specific for human tumor necrosis factor
US7070775B2 (en) 1991-03-18 2006-07-04 New York University Recombinant A2-specific TNFα specific antibodies
US5658727A (en) 1991-04-10 1997-08-19 The Scripps Research Institute Heterodimeric receptor libraries using phagemids
WO1992018619A1 (en) 1991-04-10 1992-10-29 The Scripps Research Institute Heterodimeric receptor libraries using phagemids
US5795965A (en) 1991-04-25 1998-08-18 Chugai Seiyaku Kabushiki Kaisha Reshaped human to human interleukin-6 receptor
WO1992019244A2 (en) 1991-05-01 1992-11-12 Henry M. Jackson Foundation For The Advancement Of Military Medicine A method for treating infectious respiratory diseases
US5290540A (en) 1991-05-01 1994-03-01 Henry M. Jackson Foundation For The Advancement Of Military Medicine Method for treating infectious respiratory diseases
EP0519596B1 (en) 1991-05-17 2005-02-23 Merck & Co. Inc. A method for reducing the immunogenicity of antibody variable domains
EP0517024A2 (en) 1991-06-03 1992-12-09 BEHRINGWERKE Aktiengesellschaft Tetravalent bispecific receptors, their preparation and use
US5959083A (en) 1991-06-03 1999-09-28 Behringwerke Aktiengellschaft Tetravalent bispecific receptors, the preparation and use thereof
WO1992022653A1 (en) 1991-06-14 1992-12-23 Genentech, Inc. Method for making humanized antibodies
WO1992022324A1 (en) 1991-06-14 1992-12-23 Xoma Corporation Microbially-produced antibody fragments and their conjugates
US6639055B1 (en) 1991-06-14 2003-10-28 Genentech, Inc. Method for making humanized antibodies
US6730483B2 (en) 1991-07-08 2004-05-04 Deutsches Krebsforschungszentrum Stiftung Des Offentlichen Rechts Phagemid for antibody screening
WO1993001288A1 (en) 1991-07-08 1993-01-21 Deutsches Krebsforschungszentrum Stiftung des öffentlichen Rechts Phagemide for screening antibodies
US6127132A (en) 1991-07-08 2000-10-03 Deutsches Krebsforschungszentrum Stiftung Des Offentlichen Rechts Phagemid library for antibody screening
US6387627B1 (en) 1991-07-08 2002-05-14 Deutsches Krebsforschungszentrum Stiftung des öffentlichen Rechts Phagemid for antibody screening
US5849500A (en) 1991-07-08 1998-12-15 Deutsches Krebsforschungszentrum Stiftung Des Offentlichen Rechts Phagemid for antibody screening
US5985588A (en) 1991-07-08 1999-11-16 Deutsches Krebsforschungszentrum Stiftung Des Offentlichen Rechts Phagemid for antibody screening
US5565332A (en) 1991-09-23 1996-10-15 Medical Research Council Production of chimeric antibodies - a combinatorial approach
WO1993006213A1 (en) 1991-09-23 1993-04-01 Medical Research Council Production of chimeric antibodies - a combinatorial approach
WO1993011161A1 (en) 1991-11-25 1993-06-10 Enzon, Inc. Multivalent antigen-binding proteins
WO1993011236A1 (en) 1991-12-02 1993-06-10 Medical Research Council Production of anti-self antibodies from antibody segment repertoires and displayed on phage
US5766886A (en) 1991-12-13 1998-06-16 Xoma Corporation Modified antibody variable domains
US5714350A (en) 1992-03-09 1998-02-03 Protein Design Labs, Inc. Increasing antibody affinity by altering glycosylation in the immunoglobulin variable region
US6350861B1 (en) 1992-03-09 2002-02-26 Protein Design Labs, Inc. Antibodies with increased binding affinity
US5912015A (en) 1992-03-12 1999-06-15 Alkermes Controlled Therapeutics, Inc. Modulated release from biocompatible polymers
US5733743A (en) 1992-03-24 1998-03-31 Cambridge Antibody Technology Limited Methods for producing members of specific binding pairs
WO1994002602A1 (en) 1992-07-24 1994-02-03 Cell Genesys, Inc. Generation of xenogeneic antibodies
EP0592106A1 (en) 1992-09-09 1994-04-13 Immunogen Inc Resurfacing of rodent antibodies
EP0592106B1 (en) 1992-09-09 2004-11-24 Immunogen Inc Resurfacing of rodent antibodies
WO1994011026A3 (en) 1992-11-13 1994-08-18 Idec Pharma Corp Therapeutic application of chimeric and radiolabeled antibodies to human b lymphocyte restricted differentiation antigen for treatment of b cell lymphoma
US5736137A (en) 1992-11-13 1998-04-07 Idec Pharmaceuticals Corporation Therapeutic application of chimeric and radiolabeled antibodies to human B lymphocyte restricted differentiation antigen for treatment of B cell lymphoma
US5776456A (en) 1992-11-13 1998-07-07 Idec Pharmaceuticals Corporation Therapeutic application of chimeric and radiolabeled antibodies to human B lymphocyte restricted differentiation antigen for treatment of B cell lymphoma
US5934272A (en) 1993-01-29 1999-08-10 Aradigm Corporation Device and method of creating aerosolized mist of respiratory drug
WO1994018219A1 (en) 1993-02-02 1994-08-18 The Scripps Research Institute Methods for producing antibody libraries using universal or randomized immunoglobulin light chains
WO1995001997A1 (en) 1993-07-09 1995-01-19 Smithkline Beecham Corporation RECOMBINANT AND HUMANIZED IL-1β ANTIBODIES FOR TREATMENT OF IL-1 MEDIATED INFLAMMATORY DISORDERS IN MAN
WO1995009917A1 (en) 1993-10-07 1995-04-13 The Regents Of The University Of California Genetically engineered bispecific tetravalent antibodies
WO1995014780A2 (en) 1993-11-23 1995-06-01 Schering Corporation Human monoclonal antibodies against human cytokines and methods of making and using such antibodies
US5565352A (en) 1993-11-24 1996-10-15 Arch Development Corporation Deubiquitinating enzyme: compositions and methods
WO1995015982A2 (en) 1993-12-08 1995-06-15 Genzyme Corporation Process for generating specific antibodies
WO1995020045A1 (en) 1994-01-21 1995-07-27 The Institute Of Cancer Research: Royal Cancer Hospital Antibodies to egf receptor and their antitumour effect
WO1995020401A1 (en) 1994-01-31 1995-08-03 Trustees Of Boston University Polyclonal antibody libraries
WO1995024918A1 (en) 1994-03-14 1995-09-21 Genetics Institute, Inc. Use of il-12 and il-12 antagonists in the treatment of autoimmune diseases
WO1995025167A1 (en) 1994-03-17 1995-09-21 Merck Patent Gmbh Anti-egfr single-chain fvs and anti-egfr antibodies
RU2273664C2 (en) 1994-05-11 2006-04-10 Йеда Рисерч Энд Дивелопмент Ко. Лтд. POLYPEPTIDE POSSESSING CAPACITY FOR BINDING WITH INTRACELLULAR DOMAIN p-55 OF TNF-RECEPTOR, DNA MOLECULE ENCODING THIS POLYPEPTIDE, EXPRESSION VECTOR AND METHOD FOR PREPARING POLYPEPTIDE
US6491916B1 (en) 1994-06-01 2002-12-10 Tolerance Therapeutics, Inc. Methods and materials for modulation of the immunosuppresive activity and toxicity of monoclonal antibodies
US5516637A (en) 1994-06-10 1996-05-14 Dade International Inc. Method involving display of protein binding pairs on the surface of bacterial pili and bacteriophage
US5789554A (en) 1994-08-12 1998-08-04 Immunomedics, Inc. Immunoconjugates and humanized antibodies specific for B-cell lymphoma and leukemia cells
US6506883B2 (en) 1994-11-18 2003-01-14 Centro De Inmunologia Molecular Humanized and chimeric monoclonal antibodies that recognize epidermal growth factor receptor (EGF-R); diagnostic and therapeutic use
WO1996020698A2 (en) 1995-01-05 1996-07-11 The Board Of Regents Acting For And On Behalf Of The University Of Michigan Surface-modified nanoparticles and method of making and using same
US5863765A (en) 1995-03-03 1999-01-26 Quest International Bv Production in yeasts of stable antibody fragments
US6091001A (en) 1995-03-29 2000-07-18 Abgenix, Inc. Production of antibodies using Cre-mediated site-specific recombination
US6130364A (en) 1995-03-29 2000-10-10 Abgenix, Inc. Production of antibodies using Cre-mediated site-specific recombination
US6019968A (en) 1995-04-14 2000-02-01 Inhale Therapeutic Systems, Inc. Dispersible antibody compositions and methods for their preparation and use
US6066719A (en) 1995-04-20 2000-05-23 Genetech, Inc. Antibody fragments
US5641870A (en) 1995-04-20 1997-06-24 Genentech, Inc. Low pH hydrophobic interaction chromatography for antibody purification
US6214984B1 (en) 1995-04-20 2001-04-10 Genentech, Inc. Isolated nucleic acid encoding, and methods for preparing, antibody fragments
US5998209A (en) 1995-04-21 1999-12-07 Abgenix, Inc. Generation of large genomic DNA deletions
WO1996033735A1 (en) 1995-04-27 1996-10-31 Abgenix, Inc. Human antibodies derived from immunized xenomice
WO1996034096A1 (en) 1995-04-28 1996-10-31 Abgenix, Inc. Human antibodies derived from immunized xenomice
WO1996040210A1 (en) 1995-06-07 1996-12-19 Imclone Systems Incorporated Antibody and antibody fragments for inhibiting the growth of tumors
US7060808B1 (en) 1995-06-07 2006-06-13 Imclone Systems Incorporated Humanized anti-EGF receptor monoclonal antibody
US5916597A (en) 1995-08-31 1999-06-29 Alkermes Controlled Therapeutics, Inc. Composition and method using solid-phase particles for sustained in vivo release of a biologically active agent
US5989830A (en) 1995-10-16 1999-11-23 Unilever Patent Holdings Bv Bifunctional or bivalent antibody fragment analogue
WO1997020032A1 (en) 1995-11-28 1997-06-05 Ixsys, Incorporated Methods for the efficient isolation of periplasmic space fractions from multiple samples of bacteria
WO1997029131A1 (en) 1996-02-09 1997-08-14 Basf Aktiengesellschaft HUMAN ANTIBODIES THAT BIND HUMAN TNF$g(a)
US6090382A (en) 1996-02-09 2000-07-18 Basf Aktiengesellschaft Human antibodies that bind human TNFα
US20030092059A1 (en) 1996-02-09 2003-05-15 Basf Aktiengesellschaft Human antibodies that bind human TNFalpha
US6509015B1 (en) 1996-02-09 2003-01-21 Basf Aktiengesellschaft Human antibodies that bind human TNFa
US6258562B1 (en) 1996-02-09 2001-07-10 Basf Aktiengesellschaft Human antibodies that bind human TNFα
US5985320A (en) 1996-03-04 1999-11-16 The Penn State Research Foundation Materials and methods for enhancing cellular internalization
WO1997032572A2 (en) 1996-03-04 1997-09-12 The Penn State Research Foundation Materials and methods for enhancing cellular internalization
US5714352A (en) 1996-03-20 1998-02-03 Xenotech Incorporated Directed switch-mediated DNA recombination
US5985615A (en) 1996-03-20 1999-11-16 Abgenix, Inc. Directed switch-mediated DNA recombination
US20020127231A1 (en) 1996-03-28 2002-09-12 Jonathan Schneck Soluble divalent and multivalent heterodimeric analogs of proteins
US6239259B1 (en) 1996-04-04 2001-05-29 Unilever Patent Holdings B.V. Multivalent and multispecific antigen-binding protein
WO1997044013A1 (en) 1996-05-24 1997-11-27 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Aerodynamically light particles for pulmonary drug delivery
US5985309A (en) 1996-05-24 1999-11-16 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Preparation of particles for inhalation
US5874064A (en) 1996-05-24 1999-02-23 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Aerodynamically light particles for pulmonary drug delivery
US6699658B1 (en) 1996-05-31 2004-03-02 Board Of Trustees Of The University Of Illinois Yeast cell surface display of proteins and uses thereof
US5916771A (en) 1996-10-11 1999-06-29 Abgenix, Inc. Production of a multimeric protein by cell fusion method
WO1998016654A1 (en) 1996-10-11 1998-04-23 Japan Tobacco, Inc. Production of a multimeric protein by cell fusion method
US6986890B1 (en) 1996-11-21 2006-01-17 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. Anti-human VEGF receptor Flt-1 monoclonal antibody
US7258857B2 (en) * 1996-11-22 2007-08-21 The Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Of New York Rage-related methods for treating inflammation
WO1998024893A2 (en) 1996-12-03 1998-06-11 Abgenix, Inc. TRANSGENIC MAMMALS HAVING HUMAN IG LOCI INCLUDING PLURAL VH AND Vλ REGIONS AND ANTIBODIES PRODUCED THEREFROM
WO1998031346A1 (en) 1997-01-16 1998-07-23 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Preparation of particles for inhalation
US5855913A (en) 1997-01-16 1999-01-05 Massachusetts Instite Of Technology Particles incorporating surfactants for pulmonary drug delivery
WO1998031700A1 (en) 1997-01-21 1998-07-23 The General Hospital Corporation Selection of proteins using rna-protein fusions
US6057098A (en) 1997-04-04 2000-05-02 Biosite Diagnostics, Inc. Polyvalent display libraries
WO1998045331A2 (en) 1997-04-07 1998-10-15 Genentech, Inc. Anti-vegf antibodies
US6884879B1 (en) 1997-04-07 2005-04-26 Genentech, Inc. Anti-VEGF antibodies
US7060269B1 (en) 1997-04-07 2006-06-13 Genentech, Inc. Anti-VEGF antibodies
WO1998050433A2 (en) 1997-05-05 1998-11-12 Abgenix, Inc. Human monoclonal antibodies to epidermal growth factor receptor
US6235883B1 (en) 1997-05-05 2001-05-22 Abgenix, Inc. Human monoclonal antibodies to epidermal growth factor receptor
WO1999006834A2 (en) 1997-08-04 1999-02-11 Ixsys, Incorporated Methods for identifying ligand specific binding molecules
US5989463A (en) 1997-09-24 1999-11-23 Alkermes Controlled Therapeutics, Inc. Methods for fabricating polymer-based controlled release devices
WO1999015154A1 (en) 1997-09-24 1999-04-01 Alkermes Controlled Therapeutics, Inc. Methods for fabricating polymer-based controlled release preparations
WO1999020253A1 (en) 1997-10-23 1999-04-29 Bioglan Therapeutics Ab Encapsulation method
WO1999023221A2 (en) 1997-10-27 1999-05-14 Unilever Plc Multivalent antigen-binding proteins
WO1999045031A2 (en) 1998-03-03 1999-09-10 Abgenix, Inc. Cd147 binding molecules as therapeutics
WO1999053049A1 (en) 1998-04-15 1999-10-21 Abgenix, Inc. Epitope-driven human antibody production and gene expression profiling
WO1999054342A1 (en) 1998-04-20 1999-10-28 Pablo Umana Glycosylation engineering of antibodies for improving antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity
WO1999057134A1 (en) 1998-05-06 1999-11-11 Genentech, Inc. Protein purification by ion exchange chromatography
WO1999066903A2 (en) 1998-06-24 1999-12-29 Advanced Inhalation Research, Inc. Large porous particles emitted from an inhaler
WO2000009560A2 (en) 1998-08-17 2000-02-24 Abgenix, Inc. Generation of modified molecules with increased serum half-lives
US6660843B1 (en) 1998-10-23 2003-12-09 Amgen Inc. Modified peptides as therapeutic agents
WO2000037504A2 (en) 1998-12-23 2000-06-29 Pfizer Inc. Human monoclonal antibodies to ctla-4
US7790858B2 (en) 1999-01-15 2010-09-07 Genentech, Inc. Polypeptide variants with altered effector function
WO2000056772A1 (en) 1999-03-25 2000-09-28 Knoll Gmbh Human antibodies that bind human il-12 and methods for producing
US6914128B1 (en) 1999-03-25 2005-07-05 Abbott Gmbh & Co. Kg Human antibodies that bind human IL-12 and methods for producing
EP1176195A1 (en) 1999-04-09 2002-01-30 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. Method for controlling the activity of immunologically functional molecule
CN1276428A (en) 1999-06-04 2000-12-13 长春迈灵生物工程有限公司 Clone and expression of anti-CA125 bifunctional genetically engineered antibody
WO2000078815A1 (en) 1999-06-24 2000-12-28 Applied Molecular Evolution ANTI-αvβ3? RECOMBINANT HUMAN ANTIBODIES, NUCLEIC ACIDS ENCODING SAME AND METHODS OF USE
WO2001000244A2 (en) 1999-06-25 2001-01-04 Genentech, Inc. METHODS OF TREATMENT USING ANTI-ErbB ANTIBODY-MAYTANSINOID CONJUGATES
WO2001032712A2 (en) 1999-11-03 2001-05-10 Maxygen, Inc. Antibody diversity generation
WO2001058956A2 (en) 2000-02-10 2001-08-16 Abbott Laboratories Antibodies that bind human interleukin-18 and methods of making and using
WO2001062300A2 (en) 2000-02-24 2001-08-30 Genentech, Inc. Caspase activated prodrugs therapy
WO2001062931A2 (en) 2000-02-25 2001-08-30 The Government Of The United States, As Represented By The Secretary Of The Department Of Health And Human Services ANTI-EGFRvIII SCFVS WITH IMPROVED CYTOTOXICITY AND YIELD, IMMUNOTOXINS BASED THEREON, AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF
WO2001071005A2 (en) 2000-03-24 2001-09-27 Micromet Ag Multifunctional polypeptides comprising a binding site to an epitope of the nkg2d receptor complex
US20040038339A1 (en) 2000-03-24 2004-02-26 Peter Kufer Multifunctional polypeptides comprising a binding site to an epitope of the nkg2d receptor complex
US20020004587A1 (en) 2000-04-11 2002-01-10 Genentech, Inc. Multivalent antibodies and uses therefor
WO2001077342A1 (en) 2000-04-11 2001-10-18 Genentech, Inc. Multivalent antibodies and uses therefor
WO2001083525A2 (en) 2000-05-03 2001-11-08 Amgen Inc. Modified peptides, comprising an fc domain, as therapeutic agents
WO2001088138A1 (en) 2000-05-19 2001-11-22 Scancell Limited Humanised antibodies to the epidermal growth factor receptor
US20020137134A1 (en) 2000-06-28 2002-09-26 Gerngross Tillman U. Methods for producing modified glycoproteins
US20040018590A1 (en) 2000-06-28 2004-01-29 Gerngross Tillman U. Combinatorial DNA library for producing modified N-glycans in lower eukaryotes
WO2002002773A2 (en) 2000-06-29 2002-01-10 Abbott Laboratories Dual specificity antibodies and methods of making and using
US7491516B2 (en) 2000-06-29 2009-02-17 Abbott Laboratories Dual specificity antibodies and methods of making and using
WO2002002781A1 (en) 2000-06-30 2002-01-10 Vlaams Interuniversitair Instituut Voor Biotechnologie Vzw Heterodimeric fusion proteins
US20090081234A1 (en) 2000-08-07 2009-03-26 George Heavner Anti-tnf antibodies, compositions, methods and uses for treatment of depression and related conditions
US7446175B2 (en) * 2000-08-22 2008-11-04 Novartis Ag Antibodies to human IL-1β
WO2002016436A2 (en) 2000-08-22 2002-02-28 Novartis Ag ANTIBODIES TO HUMAN IL-1$g(b)
US6699473B2 (en) 2000-10-13 2004-03-02 Uab Research Foundation Human anti-epidermal growth factor receptor single-chain antibodies
US7179892B2 (en) 2000-12-06 2007-02-20 Neuralab Limited Humanized antibodies that recognize beta amyloid peptide
US6818392B2 (en) 2000-12-06 2004-11-16 Abbott Laboratories Monoclonal antibodies to human immunodeficiency virus and uses thereof
WO2002072636A2 (en) 2000-12-28 2002-09-19 Altus Biologics Inc. Crystals of whole antibodies and fragments thereof and methods for making and using them
US20020136719A1 (en) 2000-12-28 2002-09-26 Bhami Shenoy Crystals of whole antibodies and fragments thereof and methods for making and using them
WO2002053596A2 (en) 2001-01-05 2002-07-11 Pfizer Inc. Antibodies to insulin-like growth factor i receptor
US20040133357A1 (en) 2001-04-17 2004-07-08 Abmaxis, Inc. Humanized antibodies against vascular endothelial growth factor
US20100056762A1 (en) 2001-05-11 2010-03-04 Old Lloyd J Specific binding proteins and uses thereof
US7727527B2 (en) 2001-05-30 2010-06-01 Genentech, Inc. Anti-NGF antibodies for the therapeutic treatments
US20040219144A1 (en) 2001-05-30 2004-11-04 Shelton David L Anti-ngf antibodies for the treatment of various disorders
WO2002097048A2 (en) 2001-05-30 2002-12-05 Centocor, Inc. ANTI-p40 IMMUNOGLOBULIN DERIVED PROTEINS, COMPOSITIONS, METHODS AND USES
US7247301B2 (en) 2001-06-13 2007-07-24 Genmab A/S Human monoclonal antibodies to epidermal growth factor receptor (EGFR)
US20030091561A1 (en) 2001-06-13 2003-05-15 Genmab A/S Human monoclonal antibodies to epidermal growth factor receptor (EGFR)
US20040241745A1 (en) 2001-07-31 2004-12-02 Tasuku Honjo Substance specific to pd-1
WO2003016466A2 (en) 2001-08-17 2003-02-27 Eli Lilly And Company ANTI-Aβ ANTIBODIES
US7247304B2 (en) 2001-08-23 2007-07-24 Genmab A/S Methods of treating using anti-IL-15 antibodies
US20060002923A1 (en) 2001-09-25 2006-01-05 Immuno-Biological Laboratories Co., Ltd. Recombinant anti-osteopontin antibody and use thereof
US20030186374A1 (en) 2001-10-01 2003-10-02 Hufton Simon E. Multi-chain eukaryotic display vectors and uses thereof
WO2003035835A2 (en) 2001-10-25 2003-05-01 Genentech, Inc. Glycoprotein compositions
WO2003039486A2 (en) 2001-11-09 2003-05-15 Idec Pharmaceuticals Corporation Anti-cd80 antibody having adcc activity for adcc mediated killing of b cell lymphoma cells alone or in combination with other therapies
US20070292420A1 (en) 2001-11-14 2007-12-20 Jill Giles-Komar Anti-IL-6 Antibodies, Compositions, Methods and Uses
US20030118583A1 (en) 2001-12-19 2003-06-26 Genentech, Inc. Stabilizing polypeptides which have been exposed to urea
US20050215769A1 (en) 2002-02-05 2005-09-29 Breece Timothy N Protein purification
WO2003068801A2 (en) 2002-02-11 2003-08-21 Genentech, Inc. Antibody variants with faster antigen association rates
US7317091B2 (en) 2002-03-01 2008-01-08 Xencor, Inc. Optimized Fc variants
WO2003086458A1 (en) 2002-04-12 2003-10-23 Medimmune, Inc. Recombinant anti-interleukin-9 antibodies
WO2003089614A2 (en) 2002-04-18 2003-10-30 Genencor International, Inc. Production of functional antibodies in filamentous fungi
WO2003102132A2 (en) 2002-04-26 2003-12-11 Genetech, Inc. Non-affinity purification of proteins
US20030206898A1 (en) 2002-04-26 2003-11-06 Steven Fischkoff Use of anti-TNFalpha antibodies and another drug
US7438911B2 (en) 2002-04-30 2008-10-21 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. Antibody against human insulin-like growth factor
WO2003100008A2 (en) 2002-05-24 2003-12-04 Schering Corporation Neutralizing human anti-igfr antibody
US20090259026A1 (en) 2002-06-28 2009-10-15 Ian Tomlinson Ligand
WO2004016286A2 (en) 2002-08-16 2004-02-26 Abbott Biotechnology Ltd. Pharmaceutical anti-tnf-alpha antibody formulation
US7202343B2 (en) 2002-08-19 2007-04-10 Abgenix, Inc. Antibodies directed to monocyte chemo-attractant protein-1 (MCP-1) and uses thereof
WO2004024866A2 (en) 2002-09-11 2004-03-25 Genentech, Inc. Protein purification
US20040162411A1 (en) 2002-10-11 2004-08-19 Micromet Ag Potent T cell modulating molecules
WO2004050683A2 (en) 2002-12-02 2004-06-17 Abgenix, Inc. Antibodies directed to tumor necrosis factor and uses thereof
US20060024300A1 (en) 2002-12-16 2006-02-02 Genentech, Inc. Immunoglobulin variants and uses thereof
US20090155257A1 (en) 2002-12-16 2009-06-18 Genentech, Inc. Immunoglobulin variants and uses thereof
US20040237124A1 (en) 2002-12-24 2004-11-25 Jaume Pons Anti-NGF antibodies and methods using same
WO2004058184A2 (en) 2002-12-24 2004-07-15 Rinat Neuroscience Corp. Anti-ngf antibodies and methods using same
US7449616B2 (en) * 2002-12-24 2008-11-11 Pfizer Inc. Anti-NGF antibodies and methods using same
US20080187966A1 (en) 2003-01-23 2008-08-07 Genentech, Inc. Antibodies and methods for making and using them
EP1454917A2 (en) 2003-02-17 2004-09-08 Tohoku Techno Arch Co., Ltd. Diabody-type bispecific antibody
US20060104968A1 (en) 2003-03-05 2006-05-18 Halozyme, Inc. Soluble glycosaminoglycanases and methods of preparing and using soluble glycosaminogly ycanases
WO2004078140A2 (en) 2003-03-05 2004-09-16 Halozyme, Inc. SOLUBLE HYALURONIDASE GLYCOPROTEIN (sHASEGP), PROCESS FOR PREPARING THE SAME, USES AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS COMPRISING THEREOF
WO2005016970A2 (en) 2003-05-01 2005-02-24 Imclone Systems Incorporated Fully human antibodies directed against the human insulin-like growth factor-1 receptor
US20070123479A1 (en) 2003-05-31 2007-05-31 Micromet Ag Pharmaceutical compositions comprising bispecific anti-cd3, anti-cd19 antibody constructs for the treatment of b-cell related disorders
WO2005017107A2 (en) 2003-07-18 2005-02-24 Amgen Inc. Specific binding agents to hepatocyte growth factor
US20050118643A1 (en) 2003-07-18 2005-06-02 Burgess Teresa L. Specific binding agents to hepatocyte growth factor
US20050038231A1 (en) 2003-07-28 2005-02-17 Genentech, Inc. Reducing protein a leaching during protein a affinity chromatography
US20050026881A1 (en) 2003-07-31 2005-02-03 Robinson Cynthia B. Combination of dehydroepiandrosterone or dehydroepiandrosterone-sulfate with an anti-IgE antibody for treatment of asthma or chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
US20060280747A1 (en) 2003-08-01 2006-12-14 Genentech, Inc. Anti-VEGF antibodies
US20070092507A1 (en) 2003-08-08 2007-04-26 Balthasar Joseph P Anti-FcRn antibodies for treatment of auto/allo immune conditions
US7863419B2 (en) 2003-08-22 2011-01-04 Biogen Idec Ma Inc. Antibodies having altered effector function and methods for making the same
US20050042664A1 (en) 2003-08-22 2005-02-24 Medimmune, Inc. Humanization of antibodies
US20050095246A1 (en) 2003-10-24 2005-05-05 Medtronic, Inc. Techniques to treat neurological disorders by attenuating the production of pro-inflammatory mediators
WO2005044853A2 (en) 2003-11-01 2005-05-19 Genentech, Inc. Anti-vegf antibodies
US20050147610A1 (en) 2003-11-12 2005-07-07 Tariq Ghayur IL-18 binding proteins
US20060041058A1 (en) 2003-11-21 2006-02-23 Anp Technologies, Inc. Asymmetrically branched polymer conjugates and microarray assays
US20100190247A1 (en) 2003-12-04 2010-07-29 Xencor, Inc. Methods of Generating Variant Proteins with Increased Host String Content
WO2005061547A2 (en) 2003-12-22 2005-07-07 Micromet Ag Bispecific antibodies
WO2005061540A2 (en) 2003-12-24 2005-07-07 Lay Line Genomics S.P.A. Method for the humanization of antibodies and humanized antibodies thereby obtained
US20050260204A1 (en) 2004-04-12 2005-11-24 Medimmune, Inc. Anti-IL-9 antibody formulations and uses thereof
WO2005100584A2 (en) 2004-04-15 2005-10-27 Glycofi, Inc. Production of galactosylated glycoproteins in lower eukaryotes
WO2005120557A3 (en) 2004-05-13 2006-05-26 Imclone Systems Inc Inhibition of macrophage-stimulating protein receptor (ron)
WO2006020258A2 (en) 2004-07-17 2006-02-23 Imclone Systems Incorporated Novel tetravalent bispecific antibody
WO2006015373A2 (en) 2004-08-04 2006-02-09 Amgen Inc Antibodies to dkk-1
WO2006013107A1 (en) 2004-08-05 2006-02-09 Novartis Ag Il-17 antagonistic antibodies
US20070092520A1 (en) 2004-08-05 2007-04-26 Genentech, Inc. Humanized Anti-CMET Antagonists
WO2006031370A2 (en) 2004-08-19 2006-03-23 Genentech, Inc. Polypeptide variants with altered effector function
US20060067930A1 (en) 2004-08-19 2006-03-30 Genentech, Inc. Polypeptide variants with altered effector function
WO2006024867A2 (en) 2004-09-02 2006-03-09 Viragen, Inc. Method for improved transgene expression
US7528236B2 (en) 2004-09-03 2009-05-05 Genentech, Inc. Humanized anti-beta7 antagonists and uses therefor
US20090028851A1 (en) 2004-10-01 2009-01-29 Maxplanck-Gesellschaft Zur Förderung Der Wissensch Novel Antibodies Directed to the Mammalian Eag1 Ion Channel Protein
WO2006044908A2 (en) 2004-10-20 2006-04-27 Genentech, Inc. Antibody formulation in histidine-acetate buffer
US20060134105A1 (en) 2004-10-21 2006-06-22 Xencor, Inc. IgG immunoglobulin variants with optimized effector function
WO2006047350A2 (en) 2004-10-21 2006-05-04 Xencor, Inc. IgG IMMUNOGLOBULIN VARIANTS WITH OPTIMIZED EFFECTOR FUNCTION
US20060253100A1 (en) 2004-10-22 2006-11-09 Medtronic, Inc. Systems and Methods to Treat Pain Locally
US7928205B2 (en) 2004-10-22 2011-04-19 Amgen Inc. Methods for refolding of recombinant antibodies
US20060093599A1 (en) 2004-11-03 2006-05-04 Gadi Gazit-Bornstein Anti-properdin antibodies, and methods for making and using same
WO2006066171A1 (en) 2004-12-15 2006-06-22 Neuralab Limited Amyloid βετα antibodies for use in improving cognition
US20060246071A1 (en) 2004-12-21 2006-11-02 Larry Green Antibodies directed to angiopoietin-2 and uses thereof
US7566772B2 (en) 2005-01-26 2009-07-28 Amgen Fremont Inc. Antibodies against interleukin-1β
WO2006089133A2 (en) 2005-02-15 2006-08-24 Duke University Anti-cd19 antibodies and uses in oncology
US20060233791A1 (en) 2005-02-15 2006-10-19 Duke University Anti-CD19 antibodies and uses in oncology
US20090053243A1 (en) 2005-02-27 2009-02-26 Institute For Antibodies Co., Ltd Anti-IgSF4 Antibody and Utilization of the Same
US20080193455A1 (en) 2005-03-24 2008-08-14 Jean-Marie Stassen Novel Anti-Plgf A Antibody
WO2006099698A2 (en) 2005-03-24 2006-09-28 Thromb-X N.V. Novel anti-plgf antibody
US20090191225A1 (en) 2005-04-06 2009-07-30 Ibc Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Stably Tethered Structures of Defined Compositions with Multiple Functions or Binding Specificities
WO2006110883A2 (en) 2005-04-11 2006-10-19 Rinat Neuroscience Corp. Methods for treating osteoarthritis pain by administering a nerve growth factor antagonist and compositions containing the same
WO2006116269A2 (en) 2005-04-25 2006-11-02 Pfizer Inc. Antibodies to myostatin
US7592429B2 (en) 2005-05-03 2009-09-22 Ucb Sa Sclerostin-binding antibody
US20070110747A1 (en) 2005-05-03 2007-05-17 Ucb S.A. Binding agents
US20100158901A1 (en) 2005-05-05 2010-06-24 Duke University Anti-cd19 antibody therapy for autoimmune disease
WO2006122187A2 (en) 2005-05-10 2006-11-16 Biogen Idec Ma Inc. Treating and evaluating inflammatory disorders
US20080241163A1 (en) 2005-05-27 2008-10-02 Biogen Idec Ma Inc. Tweak binding antibodies
WO2006130374A2 (en) 2005-05-27 2006-12-07 Biogen Idec Ma Inc. Tweak binding antibodies
WO2006130429A2 (en) 2005-05-27 2006-12-07 Biogen Idec Ma Inc. Treatment of cancer
US20090208490A1 (en) 2005-06-07 2009-08-20 Flaminia Pavone Molecules that are able to inhibit the binding between NGF and the Trka receptor as analgesics with prolonged effect
WO2006131951A2 (en) 2005-06-07 2006-12-14 Pangenetics B.V. MOLECULES THAT ARE ABLE TO INHIBIT THE BINDING BETWEEN NGF AND THE TrkA RECEPTOR AS ANALGESICS WITH PROLONGED EFFECT
WO2006136159A2 (en) 2005-06-24 2006-12-28 Novozymes A/S Lipases for pharmaceutical use
WO2007005955A2 (en) 2005-06-30 2007-01-11 Centocor, Inc. Anti-il-23 antibodies, compositions, methods and uses
US20070041905A1 (en) 2005-08-19 2007-02-22 Hoffman Rebecca S Method of treating depression using a TNF-alpha antibody
WO2007024715A9 (en) 2005-08-19 2009-04-23 Abbott Lab Dual variable domain immunoglobin and uses thereof
US20100047239A1 (en) 2005-08-19 2010-02-25 Abbott Laboratories Dual variable domain immunoglobulin and uses thereof
US20070071675A1 (en) 2005-08-19 2007-03-29 Chengbin Wu Dual variable domain immunoglobulin and uses thereof
US20130004416A1 (en) 2005-08-19 2013-01-03 Abbott Laboratories Dual Variable Domain Immunoglobulin and Uses Thereof
US8258268B2 (en) 2005-08-19 2012-09-04 Abbott Laboratories Dual variable domain immunoglobulin and uses thereof
US20090215992A1 (en) 2005-08-19 2009-08-27 Chengbin Wu Dual variable domain immunoglobulin and uses thereof
US7612181B2 (en) 2005-08-19 2009-11-03 Abbott Laboratories Dual variable domain immunoglobulin and uses thereof
US20070071745A1 (en) 2005-08-26 2007-03-29 Pablo Umana Modified antigen binding molecules with altered cell signaling activity
US20090035308A1 (en) 2005-09-01 2009-02-05 Vasgene Therapeutics, Inc. Methods for using and identifying modulators of Delta-like 4
US20090030308A1 (en) 2005-09-21 2009-01-29 The Regents Of The University Of California Systems, compositions, and methods for local imaging and treatment of pain
US20070072225A1 (en) 2005-09-23 2007-03-29 Alving Carl R Antibodies with simultaneous subsite specificities to protein and lipid epitopes
WO2007042261A2 (en) 2005-10-11 2007-04-19 Micromet Ag Compositions comprising cross-species-specific antibodies and uses thereof
WO2007048849A1 (en) 2005-10-28 2007-05-03 Novo Nordisk A/S Fusion proteins that bind effector lymphocytes and target cells
WO2007053447A2 (en) 2005-10-28 2007-05-10 Lpath, Inc. Compositions and methods for the treatment and prevention of fibrotic, inflammatory and neovascularization conditions
WO2007056470A2 (en) 2005-11-08 2007-05-18 Genentech, Inc. Neuropilin antagonists
WO2007059136A2 (en) 2005-11-14 2007-05-24 Amgen Inc. Rankl antibody-pth/pthrp chimeric molecules
WO2007062037A2 (en) 2005-11-21 2007-05-31 Laboratoires Serono Sa Compositions and methods of producing hybrid antigen binding molecules and uses thereof
WO2007062852A2 (en) 2005-11-30 2007-06-07 Abbott Laboratories ANTI-Aβ GLOBULOMER ANTIBODIES, ANTIGEN-BINDING MOIETIES THEREOF, CORRESPONDING HYBRIDOMAS, NUCLEIC ACIDS, VECTORS, HOST CELLS, METHODS OF PRODUCING SAID ANTIBODIES, COMPOSITIONS COMPRISING SAID ANTIBODIES, USES OF SAID ANTIBODIES AND METHODS OF USING SAID ANTIBODIES
US20070196376A1 (en) 2005-12-13 2007-08-23 Amgen Fremont Inc. Binding proteins specific for insulin-like growth factors and uses thereof
WO2007077028A2 (en) 2005-12-30 2007-07-12 U3 Pharma Ag Antibodies directed to her-3 and uses thereof
US20090048122A1 (en) 2006-03-17 2009-02-19 Biogen Idec Ma Inc. Stabilized polypeptide compositions
US20070286858A1 (en) * 2006-03-21 2007-12-13 Wyeth Methods and Compositions for Antagonism of RAGE
US20070232556A1 (en) 2006-03-31 2007-10-04 Montine Thomas J Methods and compositions for the treatment of neurological diseases and disorders
WO2007120651A2 (en) 2006-04-10 2007-10-25 Abbott Biotechnology Ltd. Uses and compositions for treatment of juvenile rheumatoid arthritis
WO2007120828A1 (en) 2006-04-14 2007-10-25 Novartis Ag Use of il-i antibodies for treating ophthalmic disorders
WO2007124299A2 (en) 2006-04-21 2007-11-01 Novartis Ag Antagonist anti-cd40 antibody pharmaceutical compositions
US20080118978A1 (en) 2006-04-28 2008-05-22 Takashi Sato Anti-tumor agent
CN101058609B (en) 2006-05-26 2011-04-13 神州细胞工程有限公司 Human antibody and expression thereof
US20080038257A1 (en) 2006-06-02 2008-02-14 May Han Hepatocyte growth factor (hgf) binding proteins
WO2007143098A2 (en) 2006-06-02 2007-12-13 Aveo Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Hepatocyte growth factor (hgf) binding proteins
US20080014196A1 (en) 2006-06-06 2008-01-17 Genentech, Inc. Compositions and methods for modulating vascular development
US20080175847A1 (en) 2006-06-06 2008-07-24 Genentech, Inc. Anti-dll4 antibodies and methods using same
WO2007147901A1 (en) 2006-06-22 2007-12-27 Novo Nordisk A/S Production of bispecific antibodies
US20080112888A1 (en) 2006-06-30 2008-05-15 Schering Corporation Igfbp2 biomarker
WO2008011348A2 (en) 2006-07-14 2008-01-24 Ac Immune S.A. Humanized antibody against amyloid beta
WO2008022152A2 (en) 2006-08-14 2008-02-21 Xencor, Inc. Optimized antibodies that target cd19
WO2008024188A2 (en) 2006-08-18 2008-02-28 Abbott Laboratories Dual variable domain immunoglobulin and uses thereof
US20080171014A1 (en) 2006-09-08 2008-07-17 Chengbin Wu Interleukin-13 binding proteins
WO2008042236A2 (en) 2006-09-29 2008-04-10 Oncomed Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for diagnosing and treating cancer
WO2008057240A2 (en) * 2006-10-27 2008-05-15 Abbott Biotechnology Ltd. Crystalline anti-htnfalpha antibodies
US20080118506A1 (en) 2006-11-02 2008-05-22 Genentech, Inc. Humanized Anti-Factor D Antibodies and Uses Thereof
WO2008079326A2 (en) 2006-12-20 2008-07-03 Vasgene Therapeutics, Inc. Methods for using and identifying modulators of delta-like 4
US20080219971A1 (en) 2007-02-14 2008-09-11 Vaccinex, Inc. Human anti-cd100 antibodies
WO2008100624A2 (en) 2007-02-16 2008-08-21 Merrimack Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antibodies against erbb3 and uses thereof
US20100104573A1 (en) 2007-03-22 2010-04-29 Ucb Parma S.A. Binding proteins, including antibodies, antibody derivatives and antibody fragments, that specifically bind cd154 and uses thereof
US20090068195A1 (en) 2007-04-23 2009-03-12 Wyeth Methods and compositions for treating and monitoring treatment of il-13-associated disorders
US8389237B2 (en) 2007-04-25 2013-03-05 Medella Therapeutics Limited Antibodies against RAMP3
WO2008145338A2 (en) 2007-05-29 2008-12-04 Ganymed Pharmaceuticals Ag Monoclonal antibodies against claudin-18 for treatment of cancer
WO2008150841A1 (en) 2007-05-30 2008-12-11 Lpath, Inc. Compositions and methods for binding lysophosphatidic acid
US20090042214A1 (en) 2007-06-27 2009-02-12 Cooke John P Beta2-microglobulin and c reactive protein (crp) as biomarkers for peripheral artery disease
US20090155275A1 (en) 2007-07-31 2009-06-18 Medimmune, Llc Multispecific epitope binding proteins and uses thereof
US20090148513A1 (en) 2007-08-08 2009-06-11 Wolfgang Fraunhofer Compositions and methods for crystallizing antibodies
WO2009020654A1 (en) 2007-08-08 2009-02-12 Abbott Laboratories Compositions and methods for crystallizing antibodies
US20110229476A1 (en) 2007-08-15 2011-09-22 Bayer Schering Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Monospecific and multispecific antibodies and method of use
WO2009052400A1 (en) 2007-10-19 2009-04-23 Abbott Laboratories Antibodies that bind to mammalian ngal and uses thereof
WO2009077993A2 (en) 2007-12-17 2009-06-25 Pfizer Limited Treatment of interstitial cystitis
WO2009089004A1 (en) 2008-01-07 2009-07-16 Amgen Inc. Method for making antibody fc-heterodimeric molecules using electrostatic steering effects
US20100028340A1 (en) 2008-02-29 2010-02-04 Abbott Gmbh & Co. Kg Antibodies against the rgm a protein and uses thereof
US20100076178A1 (en) 2008-04-29 2010-03-25 Abbott Laboratories Dual Variable Domain Immumoglobulins and Uses Thereof
WO2009134776A2 (en) 2008-04-29 2009-11-05 Abbott Laboratories Dual variable domain immunoglobulins and uses thereof
US20100260668A1 (en) 2008-04-29 2010-10-14 Abbott Laboratories Dual Variable Domain Immunoglobulins and Uses Thereof
WO2009136382A2 (en) 2008-05-09 2009-11-12 Abbott Gmbh & Co. Kg Antibodies to receptor of advanced glycation end products (rage) and uses thereof
US20090311253A1 (en) 2008-06-03 2009-12-17 Abbott Laboratories Dual Variable Domain Immunoglobulins and Uses Thereof
US20090304693A1 (en) * 2008-06-03 2009-12-10 Abbott Laboratories Dual Variable Domain Immunoglobulins and Uses Thereof
WO2009155324A2 (en) 2008-06-18 2009-12-23 Abbott Laboratories Pigf-1 assay and kits and components thereof
US20100074900A1 (en) 2008-07-08 2010-03-25 Abbott Laboratories Prostaglandin e2 dual variable domain immunoglobulins and uses thereof
US20100040537A1 (en) 2008-07-08 2010-02-18 Abbott Laboratories Prostaglandin E2 Binding Proteins and Uses Thereof
US20110150870A1 (en) 2008-08-04 2011-06-23 The United States Of America, As Represented By Th Fully human anti-human nkg2d monoclonal antibodies
US20100105569A1 (en) 2008-09-30 2010-04-29 Abbott Laboratories Methods of RNA Display
US20100233079A1 (en) 2008-12-04 2010-09-16 Abbott Laboratories Dual Variable Domain Immunoglobulins and Uses Thereof
WO2010096434A2 (en) 2009-02-18 2010-08-26 Ludwig Institute For Cancer Research Specific binding proteins and uses thereof
US20100266531A1 (en) 2009-03-05 2010-10-21 Abbott Laboratories Il-17 binding proteins
WO2010102251A2 (en) 2009-03-05 2010-09-10 Abbott Laboratories Il-17 binding proteins
US20110008766A1 (en) 2009-05-01 2011-01-13 Abbott Laboratories Dual Variable Domain Immunoglobulins and Uses Thereof
US20110263827A1 (en) 2009-05-01 2011-10-27 Abbott Laboratories Dual Variable Domain Immunnoglobulins and Uses Thereof
US20110044980A1 (en) 2009-07-29 2011-02-24 Abbott Laboratories Dual Variable Domain Immunoglobulins and Uses Thereof
US20110091372A1 (en) 2009-09-01 2011-04-21 Abbott Laboratories Dual Variable Domain Immunoglobulins and Uses Thereof
US8586714B2 (en) 2009-09-01 2013-11-19 Abbvie, Inc. Dual variable domain immunoglobulins and uses thereof
WO2011039370A1 (en) 2009-10-02 2011-04-07 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Bispecific binding molecules for anti-angiogenesis therapy
US20110091463A1 (en) 2009-10-15 2011-04-21 Abbott Laboratories Dual Variable Domain Immunoglobulins and Uses Thereof
US20110142761A1 (en) 2009-10-15 2011-06-16 Abbott Laboratories Il-1 binding proteins
US8716450B2 (en) 2009-10-15 2014-05-06 Abbvie Inc. Dual variable domain immunoglobulins and uses thereof
US20110212094A1 (en) 2009-10-28 2011-09-01 Abbott Laboratories Dual variable domain immunoglobulins and uses thereof
US8722855B2 (en) 2009-10-28 2014-05-13 Abbvie Inc. Dual variable domain immunoglobulins and uses thereof
WO2011084714A2 (en) 2009-12-17 2011-07-14 Biogen Idec Ma Inc. STABILIZED ANTI-TNF-ALPHA scFv MOLECULES OR ANTI-TWEAK scFv MOLECULES AND USES THEREOF
US20110217237A1 (en) 2010-03-02 2011-09-08 Abbott Laboratories Therapeutic dll4 binding proteins
US20110318349A1 (en) 2010-06-24 2011-12-29 Abbott Laboratories Dual variable domain immunoglobulins and uses thereof
US20120014957A1 (en) 2010-07-09 2012-01-19 Abbott Laboratories Dual variable domain immunoglobulins and uses thereof
US20120034160A1 (en) 2010-08-03 2012-02-09 Abbott Laboratories Dual variable domain immunoglobulins and uses thereof
US20120087858A1 (en) 2010-08-26 2012-04-12 Abbott Laboratories. Dual variable domain immunoglobulins and uses thereof
WO2012061374A2 (en) 2010-11-02 2012-05-10 Abbott Laboratories Dual variable domain immunoglobulins and uses thereof
US20120258108A1 (en) 2010-11-02 2012-10-11 Abbott Laboratories Dual Variable Domain Immunoglobulins and Uses Thereof
US20120263722A1 (en) 2010-11-04 2012-10-18 Abbott Laboratories Dual Variable Domain Immunoglobulins and Uses Thereof
US20130171096A1 (en) 2011-10-24 2013-07-04 Abbvie Inc. Immunobinders directed against sclerostin
US20130195871A1 (en) 2011-12-30 2013-08-01 Abbvie Inc. Dual variable domain immunoglobulins and uses thereof
US20130236458A1 (en) 2011-12-30 2013-09-12 Abbvie Inc. Dual specific binding proteins directed against il-13 and/or il-17
US20130171059A1 (en) 2011-12-30 2013-07-04 Abbvie Inc. Dual variable domain immunoglobulins and uses thereof

Non-Patent Citations (484)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
"Adalimumab," in The Merck Index. 14th Ed., John Wiley & Sons, 2006; pp. 26-27.
"Cetuximab,"in The Merck Index. 14th Ed., John Wiley & Sons, 2006; p. 335.
"Infiximab," in The Merck Index. 14th Ed., John Wiley & Sons, 2006; p. 863.
"Rituximab," in The Merck Index. 14th Ed., John Wiley & Sons, 2006; p. 1422.
"Trastuzumab," in The Merck Index. 14th Ed., John Wiley & Sons, 2006; p. 1646.
Alderson et al., "Regulation of apoptosis and T cell activation by Fas-specific mAb," Int. Immunol., 6(11): 1799-1806 (1994).
Alegre et al., "An Anti-Murine CD3 Monoclonal Antibody with a Low Affinity for Fcγ Receptors Suppresses Transplantation Responses While Minimizing Acute Toxicity and Immunogenicity," J. Immunol., 155: 1544-1555 (1995).
Alt et al., "Novel tetravalent and bispecific IgG-like antibody molecules combining single-chain diabodies with the immunoglobulin gamma1 Fc or CH3 region," FEBS Letters, 454: 90-94 (1999).
Alt et al., "Novel tetravalent and bispecific IgG-like antibody molecules combining single-chain diabodies with the immunoglobulin γ1 Fc or CH3 region," FEBS Letters, 454: 90-94 (1999).
Ames et al., "Conversion of murine Fabs isolated from a combinatorial phage display library to full length immunoglobulins," J. Immunol. Methods, 184: 177-186 (1995).
Andrew et al., "Fragmentation of Immunoglobulin G," Current Protocols in Cell Biology, 16.4.1-16.4.10 (2000).
Andrew et al., "Fragmentation of Immunoglobulin G," Current Protocols in Cell Biology, 2.8.1-2.8.10 (1997).
Aoki et al., "Endothelial Progenitor Cell Capture by Stents Coated with Antibody Against CD34," J. Am. Coll. Cardiol., 45(10): 1574-1579 (2005).
Arancio et al., "RAGE potentiates Abeta-induced perturbation of neuronal function in transgenic mice," EMBO J., 23: 4096-4105 (2004).
Arancio et al., "RAGE potentiates Aβ-induced perturbation of neuronal function in transgenic mice," EMBO J., 23: 4096-4105 (2004).
Arndt et al., "Bispecific Diabodies for Cancer Therapy," Methods Mol. Biol., 207: 305-321 (2003).
Azzazy et al., "Phage display technology: clinical applications and recent innovations," Clin. Biochem., 35: 425-445 (2002).
Babcook et al., "A novel strategy for generating monoclonal antibodies from single, isolated lymphocytes producing antibodies of defined specificities," Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 93: 7843-7848 (1996).
Bäckström et al., "Signaling Efficiency of the T Cell Receptor Controlled by a Single Amino Acid in the beta Chain Constant Region," J. Exp. Med., 186 (11): 1933-1938 (1997).
Bäckström et al., "Signaling Efficiency of the T Cell Receptor Controlled by a Single Amino Acid in the β Chain Constant Region," J. Exp. Med., 186 (11): 1933-1938 (1997).
Balthasar et al., "High-affinity rabbit antibodies directed against methotrexate: Production, purification, characterization, and pharmacokinetics in the rat," J. Pharm. Sci., 84(1): 2-6 (1995) (Abstract only).
Balthasar et al., "Inverse Targeting of Peritoneial Tumors: Selective Alteration of the Disposition of Methotrexate through the Use of Anti-Methotrexate Antibodies and Antibody Fragments," J. Pharm. Sci., 85(10): 1035-1043 (1996).
Barbas et al., "Assembly of combinatorial antibody libraries on phage surfaces: The gene III site," Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 88: 7978-7982 (1991).
Barbas et al., "In vitro evolution of a neutralizing human antibody to human immunodeficiency virus type 1 to enhance affinity and broaden strain cross-reactivity," Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 91: 3809-3813 (1994).
Barrios et al., "Length of the antibody heavy chain complementarity determining region 3 as a specificity-determining factor," J. Mol. Recog., 17: 332-338 (2004).
Baslund et al., "Targeting interleukin-15 in patients with rheumatoid arthritis," Arthritis Rheum., 52(9): 2686-2692 (2005).
Baumgartner et al., "Double blind, placebo controlled trial of tumor necrosis factor receptor fusion protein (TNFR:Fc) in active rheumatoid arthritis," Biomedicine '96. Medical Research from Bench to Bedside. Washington, DC, May 3-6, 1996. J. Invest. Med., 44(3):235A (Mar. 1996) (Abstract).
Berzofsky et al., "Immunogenicity and Antigen Structure," in Fundamental Immunology. (Paul, W.E. ed.), New York, NY: Raven Press, 1993: Chapter 8, p. 242 (1 page).
Bessis et al., "Use of hollow fibers filled with cells engineered to secrete IL-4 or IL-13 for treatment of experimental arthritis," (Abstract No. 1681), Arthritis Rheum., 39(9Suppl.): S308 (1996).
Better et al., "Escherichia coli Secretion of an Active Chimeric Antibody Fragment," Science, 240: 1041-1043 (1988).
Biewenga et al., "IgA1 half molecules in human multiple myeloma and the in vitro production of similar fragments from intact IgA1 molecules," Clin. Exp. Immunol., 51: 395-400 (1983).
Bird et al., "Single-Chain Antigen-Binding Proteins," Science, 242: 423-426 (1988).
Bornemann et al., "Abeta-Induced Inflammatory Processes in Microglia Cells of APP23 Transgenic Mice," Am. J. Pathol., 158(1): 63-73 (2001).
Bornemann et al., "Aβ-Induced Inflammatory Processes in Microglia Cells of APP23 Transgenic Mice," Am. J. Pathol., 158(1): 63-73 (2001).
Boyce et al., "No audible wheezing: nuggets and conundrums from mouse asthma models," J. Exp. Med. 201(12): 1869-1873 (2005).
Brand, D.D., "Rodent Models of Rheumatoid Arthritis," Comparative Medicine, 55(2): 114-122 (2005).
Bree et al., "IL-13 blockade reduces lung inflammation after Ascaris suum challenge in cynomolgus monkeys," J. Allergy Clin. Immunol., 119(5): 1251-1257 (2007).
Brennan et al., "Preparation of Bispecific Antibodies by Chemical Recombination of Monoclonal Immunoglobulin G1 Fragments," Science, 229: 81-83 (1985).
Brinkmann et al., "Phage display of disulfide-stabilized Fv fragments," J. Immunol. Methods, 182: 41-50 (1995).
Bruncko et al., "Studies leading to potent, dual inhibitors of Bcl-2 and Bcl-xL," J. Med. Chem., 50(4): 641-662 (2007).
Brüsselbach et al., "Enzyme recruitment and tumor cell killing in vitro by a secreted bispecific single-chain diabody," Tumor Targeting, 4: 115-123 (1999).
Buchwald et al., "Long-term, continuous intravenous heparin administration by an implantable infusion pump in ambulatory patients with recurrent venous thrombosis," Surgery, 88: 507-516 (1980).
Buras et al., "Animal Models of Sepsis: Setting the Stage," Nat. Rev. Drug. Discovery, 4: 854-865 (2005).
Burke et al., "Zotarolimus (ABT-578) eluting stents," Adv. Drug Del. Rev., 58: 437-446 (2006).
Burton et al., "Human Antibodies from Combinatorial Libraries," Adv. Immunol., 57: 191-280 (1994).
Calandra et al., "Protection from septic shock by neutralization of macrophage migration inhibitory factor," Nature Med., 6(2): 164-170 (2000).
Carroll et al., "The selection of high-producing cell lines using flow cytometry and cell sorting," Expert Opin. Biol. Ther., 4: 1821-1829 (2004).
Carter et al., "Humanization of an anti-p185HER2 antibody for human cancer therapy," Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 89: 4285-4289 (1992).
Casset et al., "A peptide mimetic of an anti-CD4 monoclonal antibody by rational design," Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun., 307: 198-205 (2003).
Chayen et al., "Protein Crystallization: from purified protein to diffraction-quality crystal," Nature Meds,5(2): 147-153 (2008).
Chayen, N.E., "Turning protein crystallisation from an art into a science" Curr. Opin. Struct Biol., 14:577-583 (2004).
Chen et al., "Selection and analysis of an optimized anti-VEGF antibody: crystal structure of an affinity matured Fab in complex with antigen," J. Mol. Biol., 293: 865-881 (1999).
Chengbin et al., "Simultaneous targeting of multiple disease mediators by a dual-variable-domain immunoglobulin," Nature Biotechnol., 25(11):1290-1297 (2007).
Chikanza et al., "Treatment of patients with rheumatoid arthritis with RP73401 phosphodiesterase Type IV inhibitor,"Abstract No. 1527), Arthritis Rheum., 39(9 Suppl.): S282 (1996).
Choi et al., "Recombinant chimeric OKT3 scFv IgM antibodies mediate immune suppression while reducing T cell activation in vitro," Eur. J. Immunol., 31(1): 94-106 (2001).
Chothia et al., "Canonical Structures for the Hypervariable Regions of Immunoglobulins," J. Mol. Biol., 196: 901-917 (1987).
Chothia et al., "Conformations of immunoglobulin hypervariable regions," Nature, 342: 877-883 (1989).
Clackson et al., "Making antibody fragments using phage display libraries," Nature, 352: 624-628 (1991).
Cleek et al., "Biodegradable Polymeric Carriers for a bFGF Antibody for Cardiovascular Application," Proceed. Intl. Symp. Control. Rel. Bioact. Mater., 24: 853-854 (1997).
Co et al., "Genetically Engineered Deglycosylation of the Variable Domain Increases the Affinity of an Anti-CD33 Monoclonal Antibody," Mol. Immunol., 30(15): 1361-1367 (1993).
Coffman et al., "Nonhuman primate models of asthma," J. Exp. Med., 201(12): 1875-1879 (2005).
Colman, "Effects of amino acid sequence changes on antibody-antigen interactions," Research in Immunology, 145:33-36 (1994).
Coloma et al., "Design and production of novel tetravalent bispecific antibodies," Nature Biotechnol., 15: 159-163 (1997).
Cot et al., "Production and characterization of highly specific anti-methotrexate monoclonal antibodies," Hybridoma, 6(1): 87-95 (1987).
Cox et al., "Measurement of cytokine release at the single cell level using the ELISPOT assay," Methods, 38(4): 274-282 (2006).
Dall'Acqua et al., "Contribution of Domain Interface Residues to the Stability of Antibody CH3 Domain Homodimers," Biochemistry, 37: 9266-9273 (1998).
Dall'Acqua et al., "Increasing the affinity of a human IgG1 for the neonatal Fc receptor: biological consequences," J. Immunol., 169(9): 5171-5180 (2002).
Dall'Acqua et al., "Properties of human IgG1s engineered for enhanced binding to the neonatal Fc receptor (FcRn)," J. Biol. Chem., 281: 23514-23524 (2006).
D'Andrea et al., "Production of Natural Killer Cell Stimulatory Factor (Interleukin 12) by Peripheral Blood Mononuclear Cells," J. Exp. Med., 176: 1387-1398 (1992).
David et al., "Characterization of monoclonal antibodies against prostaglandin E2: Fine specificity and neutralization of biological effects," Mol. Immunol., 22(3):339-346 (1985).
De Pascalis et al., "Grafting of 'Abbreviated' Complementarity-Determining Regions Containing Specificity-Determining Residues Essential for Ligand Contact to Engineer a Less Immunogenic Humanized Monoclonal Antibody," J. Immunol., 169: 3076-3084 (2002).
Deane et al., "RAGE mediates amyloid-beta peptide transport across the blood-brain barrier and accumulation in brain," Nature Med., 9(7): 907-913 (2003).
Deane et al., "RAGE mediates amyloid-β peptide transport across the blood-brain barrier and accumulation in brain," Nature Med., 9(7): 907-913 (2003).
Deluca et al., "Marine and botanical lipids as immunomodulatory and therapeutic agents in the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis," Rheum. Dis. Clin. North Am., 21: 759-777 (1995).
Descotes J., "Immunotoxicology of Immunomodulators," Develop. Biol. Standard, 77: 99-102 (1992).
Desmet et al., "Anchor profiles of HLA-specific peptides: analysis by a novel affinity scoring method and experimental validation," Proteins, 58: 53-69 (2005).
Desplat-Jego et al., "Anti-TWEAK monoclonal antibodies reduce immune cell infiltration in the central nervous system and severity of experimental autoimmune encephalomyelitis," Clin. Immunol., 117(1):15-23 (2005).
Dickson, B.J., "Molecular Mechanisms of Axon Guidance," Science, 298: 1959-1964 (2002).
DiGiammarino et al., "Ligand association rates to the inner-variable-domain of a dual-variable-domain immunoglobulin are significantly impacted by linker design," mAbs, 3(5): 487-494 (2011)
Dinarello et al., "Measurement of soluble and membrane-bound interleukin 1 using a fibroblast bioassay," Unit 6.2, In Current Protocols in Immunology, pp. 6.21-6.27 (2000).
Dohl et al., "Effect of combination Treatment with TNF-Inhibitor and Anti-TWEAK Antibody in Mouse Colitis Model," Gastroenterology, 138(5): S-413, Abstract M1758 (2010).
Domeniconi et al., "Overcoming inhibitors in myelin to promote axonal regeneration," J. Neurological Sciences, 233: 43-47 (2005).
During et al., "Controlled Release of Dopamine from a Polymeric Brain Implant: In Vivo Characterization," Ann. Neurol., 25(4): 351-356 (1989).
Durocher et al., "High-level and high-throughput recombinant protein production by transient transfection of suspension-growing human 293-EBNA1 cells," Nucl. Acids Res., 30(2): e9, (9 pages) (2002).
Economides et al., "Cytokine traps: multi-component, high-affinity blockers of cytokine action," Nature Med., 9(1): 47-52 (2003).
Ehrich et al., "Demonstration of selective COX-2 inhibition by MK-966 in humans," (Abstract No. 328), Arthritis Rheum., 39(9 Suppl.): S81 (1996).
Ehrich et al., "Efficacy of MK-966, a highly selective inhibitor of COX-2, in the treatment of postoperative dental pain," (Abstract No. 329), Arthritis Rheum., 39(9Suppl.): S81 (1996).
European Patent Application No. 06813554.0: Supplementary European Search Report and Search Opinion, dated Sep. 21, 2009.
European Patent Application No. 07811045.9: Supplementary European Search Report and Search Opinion, dated Sep. 21, 2009.
European Patent Application No. 09739578.4: Supplementary European Search Report and Search Opinion, dated Mar. 28, 2012.
European Patent Application No. 0975128.9: Supplementary European Search Report and Search Opinion, dated May 22, 2013 (10 pages).
European Patent Application No. 09759344.6: Supplementary European Search Report and Search Opinion, dated Jun. 13, 2012.
European Patent Application No. 09759348.7: Supplementary European Search Report and Search Opinion, dated Jul. 4, 2012 (11 pages).
European Patent Application No. 09831213.5: Supplementary European Search Report and Search Opinion, dated Oct. 21, 2013 (6 pages).
European Patent Application No. 10770441.3 Supplementary European Search Report and Search Opinion, dated Sep. 23, 2013 (16 pages).
European Patent Application No. 10804046.9: Supplementary European Search Report and Search Opinion, dated Mar. 26, 2013 (7 pages).
European Patent Application No. 10824164.7: Supplementary European Search Report and Search Opinion, dated May 22, 2013 (11 pages).
European Patent Application No. 11798923.6: Supplementary European Search Report and Search Opinion, dated Jan. 2, 2014 (10 pages).
European Patent Application No. 11804385.0: Supplementary European Search Report and Search Opinion, dated Nov. 20, 2013 (16 pages).
European Patent Application No. 11820654.9: Supplementary European Search Report and Search Opinion, dated Dec. 17, 2013 (17 pages).
Evans et al., "Efficacy of tumor necrosis factor binding protein (TNF-bp) in the streptococcal cell wall-induced reactivation model of arthritis," (Abstract No. 1540), Arthritis Rheum., 39(9 Suppl.): S284 (1996).
Ewert et al., "Stability improvement of antibodies for extracellular and intracellular applications: CDR grafting to stable frameworks and structure-based framework engineering," Methods, 184-199 (2004).
Farr et al., "Sulphasalazine (SASP) in rheumatoid arthritis (RA): A 5 year prospective study," (Abstract No. 1519), Arthritis Rheum., 39(9 Suppl.): S281 (1996).
Fiebich et al., "Effects of NSAIDs on IL-1-beta-induced IL-6 mRNA and protein synthesis in human astrocytoma cells," NeuroReport,7: 1209-1213 (1996).
Finnegan et al., "Leflunomide inhibits immunoglobulin production by two separate mechanisms," (Abstract No. 627), Arthritis Rheum., 39(9 (Suppl.): S131 (1996).
Finotto, et al., "Asthmatic changes in mice lacking T-bet are mediated by IL-13," Int. Immunol., 17(8): 993-1007 (2005).
Fuchs et al., "Targeting Recombinant Antibodies to the Surface of Escherichia coli: Fusion to a Peptidoglycan Associated Lipoprotein," Bio/Technology, 9: 1369-1372 (1991).
Fuh et al., "Structure-Function Studies of Two Synthetic Anti-vascular Endothelial Growth Factor Fabs and Comparison with the Avastin™ Fab," J. Biol. Chem., 281(10):6625-6631 (2006).
Garrard et al., "FAB Assembly and Enrichment in a Monovalent Phage Display System," Bio/Technology, 9: 1373-1377 (1991).
Gavilondo et al., "Antibody Engineering At the Millennium," Biotechniques, 29: 128-145 (2000).
Genain et al., "Creation of a model for multiple sclerosis in Callithrix jacchus marmosets," J. Mol. Med., 75(3): 187-197 (1997).
Genbank Accession No. 017871, "Cricetulus migratorius 145.2c11 heavy chain mRNA, partial cds," Feb. 7, 1996.
Genbank Accession No. U17870, "Cricetulus migratorius 145.2c11 kappa light chain mRNA, complete cds," ROD Feb. 7, 1996.
Genbank Accession No. X99230, "M.musculus mRNA for immunoglobulin heavy chain variable domain, subgroup IIb," ROD Oct. 8, 1996.
Genbank Accession No. X99232, "M.musculus mRNA for immunoglobulin light chain variable domain, subgroup III," ROD Oct. 8, 1996.
Genbank Accession No. Y14283, "Mus musculus mRNA for immunoglobulin heavy chain variable region, subunits VH, DH and JH" ROD May 26, 1998.
Genbank Accession No. Y14284, "Mus musculus mRNA for immunoglobulin light chain variable region, subunits VL and JL," ROD May 26, 1998.
Genovese et al., "Abatacept for Rheumatoid Arthritis Refractory to Tumor Necrosis Factor alpha Inhibition," N. Engl. J. Med., 353: 1114-1123 (2005).
Genovese et al., "Abatacept for Rheumatoid Arthritis Refractory to Tumor Necrosis Factor α Inhibition," N. Engl. J. Med., 353: 1114-1123 (2005).
Germain et al., "Redirecting NK cells mediated tumor cell lysis by a new recombinant bifunctional protein," Protein Engineering Design and Selection, 21(11):665-672 (2008).
Ghetie et al., "Increasing the serum persistence of an IgG fragment by random mutagenesis," Nature Biotechnol., 15(7): 637-640 (1997).
Giegé et al., Chapter 1, In Crystallization of Nucleic Acids and Proteins, a Practical Approach, 2nd ed., (Ducruix and Giegé, eds.) (Oxford University Press, New York, 1999) pp. 1-16.
Glennie et al., "Preparation and Performance of Bispecific F(ab'gamma)2 Antibody Containing Thioether-Linked Fab'gamma Fragments," J. Immunol., 139(7): 2367-2375 (1987).
Glennie et al., "Preparation and Performance of Bispecific F(ab'γ)2 Antibody Containing Thioether-Linked Fab'γ Fragments," J. Immunol., 139(7): 2367-2375 (1987).
Goldspiel et al., "Human Gene Therapy," Clin. Pharm., 12: 488-505 (1993).
Goodson, J.M., "Dental Applications," Chapter 6, In Medical Applications of Controlled Release, vol. II, Applications and Evaluation, (Langer and Wise, eds.) (CRC Press, Inc., Boca Raton, 1984), pp. 115-138.
Gracie et al., "A proinflammatory role for IL-18 in rheumatoid arthritis," J. Clin. Invest., 104(10): 1393-1401 (1999).
Gram et al., "In vitro selection and affinity maturation of antibodies from a naive combinatorial immunoglobulin library," Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 89: 3576-3580 (1992).
Green et al., "Antigen-specific human monoclonal antibodies from mice engineered with human Ig heavy and light chain YACs," Nature Genetics, 7: 13-21 (1994).
Green et al., "Regulation of B Cell Development by Variable Gene Complexity in Mice Reconstituted with Human Immunoglobulin Yeast Artificial Chromosomes," J. Exp. Med., 188(3): 483-495 (1998).
Griffin et al., "Blockade of T Cell Activation Using a Surface-Linked Single Chain Antibody to CTLA-4 (CD152)," J. Immunol., 164: 4433-4442 (2000).
Griffiths et al., "Human anti-self antibodies with high specificity from phage display libraries," EMBO J., 12(2): 725-734 (1993).
Gussow et al., "Humanization of Monoclonal Antibodies," Methods Enzymol., 203: 99-121 (1991).
Guttadauria, M., "Tenidap in Rheumatoid Arthritis Collaborative International Study (TRACIS): a 6-month interim analysis," (Abstract No. 1516), Arthritis Rheum., 39(9 Suppl.): S280 (1996).
Hammerling Rodent et al., eds., "Appendix: Production of Antibody-Producing Hybridomas in the Systems," In Monoclonal Antibodies and T-Cell Hybridomas,Research Monographs In Immunology, vol. 3, (J.L. Turk, General Editor) (Elsevier, New York, 1981), pp. 563-587.
Hanasaki et al., "Binding of Human Plasma Sialoglycoproteins by the B Cell-specific Lectin CD22," J. Biol. Chem., 270(13): 7543-7550 (1995).
Hara et al., "Therapeutic effect of T-614, a new anti-arthritic agent, on rheumatoid arthritis," (Abstract No. 1526), Arthritis Rheum., 39(9 Suppl.): S282 (1996).
Harriman et al., "Summary of clinical trials in rheumatoid arthritis using infliximab, an anti-TNFalpha treatment," Ann. Rheum. Dis., 58(Suppl. I): I61-I64 (1999).
Harriman et al., "Summary of clinical trials in rheumatoid arthritis using infliximab, an anti-TNFα treatment," Ann. Rheum. Dis., 58(Suppl. I): I61-I64 (1999).
Hart et al., "Preclinical efficacy and safety of mepolizumab (SB-240563), a humanized monoclonal antibody to IL-5, in cynomolgus monkeys," J. Allergy Clin. Immunol., 108(2): 250-257 (2001).
Hawkins et al., "Selection of Phage Antibodies by Binding Affinity Mimicking Affinity Maturation," J. Mol. Biol., 226: 889-896 (1992).
Hay et al., "Bacteriophage cloning and Escherichia coli expression of a human 1gM Fab," Hum. Antibod. Hybridomas, 3: 81-85 (1992).
Henry et al., "A Prostate-Specific Membrane Antigen Targeted Monoclonal Antibody-Chemotherapeutic Conjugate Designed for the Treatment of Prostate Cancer," Cancer Res. 64: 7995-8001 (2004).
Hickey et al., "The Rheumatoid Arthritis Azathioprine Registry (RAAR)-interim analysis of malignancy and mortality," (Abstract No. 1521), Arthritis Rheum., 39(9 Suppl.): S281 (1996).
Hildebrand et al., "Surface coatings for biological activation and functionalization of medical devices," Surface & Coatings Technology, 200: 6318-6324 (2006).
Hinton et al., "Engineered human IgG antibodies with longer serum half-lives in primates," J. Biol. Chem. 279(8): 6213-6216 (2004).
Holliger et al., "Diabodies: small bispecific antibody fragments," Cancer Immunol. Immunother., 45: 128-130 (1997).
Holliger et al., "'Diabodies': Small bivalent and bispecific antibody fragments," Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 90: 6444-6448 (1993).
Holm et al., "Functional mapping and single chain construction of the anti-cytokeratin 8 monoclonal antibody TS1," Mol. Immunol., 44: 1075-1084 (2007).
Hoogenboom et al., "Multi-subunit proteins on the surface of filamentous phage: methodologies for displaying antibody (Fab) heavy and light chains," Nucl. Acids Res., 19(15): 4133-4137 (1991).
Hoogenboom et al., "Natural and designer binding sites made by phage display technology," Immunol. Today, 21(8): 371-378 (2000).
Hoogenboom, H.R., "Designing and optimizing library selection strategies for generating high-affinity antibodies," Trends Biotechnol., 15: 62-70 (1997).
Hoogenboom, H.R., "Mix and match: Building manifold binding sites," Nature Biotechnol., 15: 125-126 (1997).
Howard et al., "Intracerebral drug delivery in rats with lesion-induced memory deficits," J. Neurosurg., 71: 105-112 (1989).
Huber et al., "Crystallographic structure studies of an IgG molecule and an Fc fragment," Nature, 264: 415-420 (1976).
Huse et al., "Generation of a Large Combinatorial Library of the Immunoglobulin Repertoire in Phage Lambda," Science, 246: 1275-1281 (1989).
Huston et al., "Protein engineering of antibody binding sites: Recovery of specific activity in an anti-digoxin single-chain Fv analogue produced in Escherichia coli," Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 85: 5879-5883 (1988).
Huston et al., "Protein Engineering of Single-Chain Fv Analogs and Fusion Proteins," Methods Enzymol., 203: 46-88 (1991).
Hwang et al., "Cutting Edge: Targeted Ligation of CTLA-4 In Vivo by Membrane-Bound Anti-CTLA-4 Antibody Prevents Rejection of Allogeneic Cells," J. Immunol., 163: 633-637 (2002).
Inter Partes Reexamination (Control No. 95/001,380) of U.S. Patent 7,612,181 (U.S. Appl. No. 11/507,050): Order of Grant, issued Sep. 1, 2010.
Inter Partes Reexamination (Control No. 95/001,380) of U.S. Patent 7,612,181 (U.S. Appl. No. 11/507,050): Reexamination Non-Final Office Action, dated Sep. 1, 2010.
Inter Partes Reexamination (Control No. 95/001,380) of U.S. Patent 7,612,181 (U.S. Appl. No. 11/507,050): Replacement Request, dated Jun. 24, 2010.
Inter Partes Reexamination (Control No. 95/001,380) of U.S. Patent 7,612,181 (U.S. Appl. No. 11/507,050): Response After Non-Final Action-Owner Timely ("Patent Owner's Response Pursuant to 37 CFR § 1.945"), dated Nov. 1, 2010.
Inter Partes Reexamination (Control No. 95/001,380) of U.S. Patent 7,612,181 (U.S. Appl. No. 11/507,050): Third Party Requester Comments After Non-Final Action ("Sanofi's Comments Pursuant to 37 CFR § 1.947"), dated Dec. 1, 2010.
Inter Partes Reexamination (Control No. 95/001,380) of U.S. Patent No. 7,612,181 (U.S. Appl. No. 11/507,050): Patent Owner Comments After Action Closing Prosecution ("Response Pursuant to 37 CFR § 1.951(a)"), dated Oct. 31, 2011.
Inter Partes Reexamination (Control No. 95/001,380) of U.S. Patent No. 7,612,181 (U.S. Appl. NO. 11/507,050): Right of Appeal Notice (37 CFR 1.953), dated Mar. 7, 2012.
Inter Partes Reexamination (Control No. 95/001,380) of U.S. Patent No. 7,612,181 (U.S. Appl. No. 11/507,050): Third Party Requester Comments after Action Closing Prosecution ("Sanofi's Comments Pursuant to 37 CFR § 1.951(a)"), dated Nov. 30, 2011.
Inter Partes Reexamination (Control No. 95/001,380) of U.S. Patent. No. 7,612,181 (U.S. Appl. No. 11/507,050): Reexamination Non-Final Office Action ("Action Closing Prosecution"), dated Sep. 1, 2011.
International Patent Application No. PCT/US2006/032398: International Preliminary Report on Patentability ("IPRP"), dated Jul. 6, 2010.
International Patent Application No. PCT/US2006/032398: International Search Report, dated Aug. 18, 2008.
International Patent Application No. PCT/US2006/032398: Written Opinion, dated Aug. 18, 2008.
International Patent Application No. PCT/US2007/017340: International Preliminary Report on Patentability ("IPRP"), dated Nov. 14, 2008.
International Patent Application No. PCT/US2007/017340: International Search Report, dated Jun. 24, 2008.
International Patent Application No. PCT/US2007/017340: Written Opinion, dated Jun. 24, 2008.
International Patent Application No. PCT/US2009/041945: International Preliminary Report on Patentability, dated Aug. 9, 2010.
International Patent Application No. PCT/US2009/041945: International Search Report and Written Opinion, dated Nov. 2, 2009.
International Patent Application No. PCT/US2009/046130: International Preliminary Report on Patentability, dated Aug. 21, 2010.
International Patent Application No. PCT/US2009/046130: International Search Report and Written Opinion, dated Jan. 11, 2010.
International Patent Application No. PCT/US2009/046137: International Preliminary Report on Patentability, dated Jun. 18, 2010.
International Patent Application No. PCT/US2009/046137: International Search Report and Written Opinion, dated Jan. 12, 2010.
International Patent Application No. PCT/US2009/049954: International Preliminary Report on Patentability, dated Jul. 2, 2011.
International Patent Application No. PCT/US2009/049954: International Search Report and Written Opinion, dated Mar. 31, 2010.
International Patent Application No. PCT/US2009/066815: International Preliminary Report on Patentability, dated Jan. 6, 2011.
International Patent Application No. PCT/US2009/066815: International Search Report and Written Opinion, dated Mar. 23, 2010.
International Patent Application No. PCT/US2010/033231: International Preliminary Report on Patentability, dated Apr. 27, 2011.
International Patent Application No. PCT/US2010/033231: International Search Report and Written Opinion, dated Nov. 22, 2010.
International Patent Application No. PCT/US2010/033246: International Preliminary Report on Patentability, dated May 4, 2011.
International Patent Application No. PCT/US2010/033246: International Search Report and Written Opinion, dated Nov. 24, 2010.
International Patent Application No. PCT/US2010/043716: International Preliminary Report on Patentability, dated Aug. 31, 2012 (24 pages).
International Patent Application No. PCT/US2010/043716: International Search Report and Written Opinion, dated Feb. 28, 2011.
International Patent Application No. PCT/US2010/047543: International Search Report and Written Opinion, dated Feb. 11, 2011.
International Patent Application No. PCT/US2010/052843: International Search Report and Written Opinion, dated Jul. 1, 2011.
International Patent Application No. PCT/US2010/053730: International Preliminary Report on Patentability, dated Nov. 23, 2011.
International Patent Application No. PCT/US2010/053730: International Search Report and Written Opinion, dated May 6, 2011.
International Patent Application No. PCT/US2010/054521: International Preliminary Report on Patentability, dated Feb. 8, 2012 (12 pages).
International Patent Application No. PCT/US2010/054521: International Search Report and Written Opinion, dated May 26, 2011.
International Patent Application No. PCT/US2011/041633: International Search Report and Written Opinion, dated Mar. 13, 2012.
International Patent Application No. PCT/US2011/043297: International Search Report and Written Opinion, dated Feb. 29, 2012.
International Patent Application No. PCT/US2011/046233: International Search Report and Written Opinion, dated Apr. 3, 2012.
International Patent Application No. PCT/US2011/049147: International Search Report and Written Opinion, dated Mar. 21, 2012.
International Patent Application No. PCT/US2011/056074: International Preliminary Report on Patentability, dated Jun. 15, 2012 (18 pages).
International Patent Application No. PCT/US2011/058769: International Search Report and Written Opinion, dated Jun. 15, 2012.
International Patent Application No. PCT/US2012/071897: International Preliminary Report on Patentability, dated Sep. 3, 2013 (17 pages).
International Patent Application No. PCT/US2012/071929: International Preliminary Report on Patentability, dated Sep. 11, 2013 (29 pages).
International Patent Application No. PCT/US2012/072017: International Preliminary Report on Patentability, dated Jul. 17, 2013 (24 pages).
International Patent Application No. PCT/US2013/067873: International Preliminary Report on Patentability, dated May 8, 2014 (23 pages).
Ito et al., "Transfer of Severe Experimental Autoimmune Encephalomyelitis by IL-12- and IL-18-Potentiated T Cells is Estrogen Sensitive," J. Immunol., 170(9): 4802-4809 (2003).
Jackson et al., "In Vitro Antibody Maturation, Improvement of a High Affinity, Neutralizing Antibody Against IL-1β," J. Immunol., 154(7): 3310-3319 (1995).
Jakubowski et al., "Dual role for TWEAK in angiogenic regulation," J. Cell Sci., 115(2):267-274.
Janelsins et al., "Early correlation of microglial activation with enhanced tumor necrosis factor-alpha and monocyte chemoattractant protein-I expression specifically within the entorhinal cortex of triple transgenic Alzheimer's disease mice," J. Neuroinflammation, 2(23): 1-12 (2005).
Janeway et al., Immunobiology. The Immune System in Health and Disease. 3rd Ed. Current Biology Ltd./Garland Publishing Inc., 1997; Chapter 3. pp. 1-11.
Jefferis, R., "Glycosylation of Recombinant Antibody Therapuetics," Biotechnol. Prog., 21: 11-16 (2005).
Jendreyko et al., "Intradiabodies, Bispecific, Tetravalent Antibodies for the Simultaneous Functional Knockout of Two Cell Surface Receptors," J. Biol. Chem., 278(48):47812-47819 (2003).
Jiang et al., "Regulation of recombinant monoclonal antibody production in Chinese hamster ovary cells: a comparative study of gene copy number, mRNA level, and protein expression," Biotechnol. Prog., 22(1): 313-318 (2006).
Jin et al., "Pharmacokinetic and Pharmacodynamic Effects of High-Dose Monoclonal Antibody Therapy in a Rat Model of Immune Thrombocytopenia," The AAPS Journal, 7(4):Article 87, E895-E902 (2006) [online]. Retrieved from: http://www.springerlink.com/content/v6n04672761n9313/fulltext.pdf.
Joachimiak, "High-throughput crystallography for structural genomics" Curr. Opin. Struct. Biol., 19:573-584 (2009).
Johnsson et al., "Comparison of Methods for Immobilization to Carboxymethyl Dextran Sensor Surfaces by Analysis of the Specific Activity of Monoclonal Antibodies," J. Mol. Recognit., 8: 125-131 (1995).
Johnsson et al., "Immobilization of Proteins to a Carboxymethyldextran-Modified Gold Surface for Biospecific Interaction Analysis in Surface Plasmon Resonance Sensors," Anal. Biochem., 198: 268-277 (1991).
Joliot et al., "Antennapedia homeobox peptide regulates neural morphogenesis," Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 88: 1864-1868 (1991).
Jones et al., "Replacing the complementarity-determining regions in a human antibody with those from a mouse," Nature,321: 522-525 (1986).
Jones, A.G., "Particle formation and separation in suspension crystallization processes," Chapter 4, In Process. Solid-Liq. Suspensions, (P. Ayazi Shamlou, ed.) (Butterworth-Heinemann, Oxford, UK, 1993) pp. 93-117.
Jones, A.J.S., "Analytical methods for the assessment of protein formulations and delivery systems," Chapter 2, In Formulation and Delivery of Proteins and Peptides, 1st ed., (Cleland and Langer, Eds.) (American Chemical Society, Washington, D.C., 1994) pp. 22-45.
Jones, R., "Rovelizumab-ICOS Corp," IDrugs, 3(4): 442-446 (2000).
Jönsson et al., "Introducing a biosensor based technology for real-time biospecific interaction analysis," Ann. Biol. Clin., 51: 19-26 (1993).
Jönsson, et al., "Real-Time Biospecific Interaction Analysis Using Surface Plasmon Resonance and a Sensor Chip Technology," BioTechniques, 11(5): 620-627 (1991).
Joosten et al., "Anticytokine Treatment of Established Type II Collagen-Induced Arthritis in DBA/1 Mice," Arthritis Rheum., 39(5): 797-809 (1996).
Ju et al., "Inhibitory effects of nardostachin on nitric oxide, prostaglandin E2, and tumor necrosis factor-alpha production in lipopolysaccharide activated macrophages," Biol. Pharm. Bull. 26: 1375-1378 (2003).
Jungbluth et al., "A monoclonal antibody recognizing human cancers with amplification/overexpression of the human epidermal growth factor receptor," Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 100(2): 639-644 (2003).
Kabat et al., "Attempts to Locate Complementarity-Determining Residues in the Variable Positions of Light and Heavy Chains," Ann. NY Acad. Sci., 190: 382-391 (1971).
Kaine et al., "Results of a multi-dose protocol 7002 using an immunomodulating, non-depleting Primatized™ anti-CD4 monoclonal antibody in rheumatoid arthritis (RA)," (Abstract No. 195), Arthritis Rheum., 38: S185 (1995).
Kanda et al., "Establishment of a GDP-mannose 4,6-dehydratase (GMD) knockout host cell line: a new strategy for generating completely non-fucosylated recombinant therapeutics," J. Biotechnol., 130(3): 300-310 (2007).
Kapadia et al., "Soluble TNF binding proteins modulate the negative inotropic properties of TNF-alpha in vitro," Am. J. Physiol. Heart Circ. Physiol. 268 (2 Pt. 2): H517-H525 (1995).
Karnezis et al., "The neurite outgrowth inhibitor Nogo A is involved in autoimmune-mediated demyelination," Nature Neurosci., 7: 736-744 (2004).
Karni et al., IL-18 is linked to raised IFN-γ in multiple sclerosis and is induced by activated CD4+ T cells via CD40-CD40 ligand interactions, J. Neuroimmunol., 125: 134-140 (2002).
Kashmiri et al., "SDR grafting-a new approach to antibody humanization," Methods, 36(1): 25-34 (2005).
Kaufman and Sharp, "Amplification and expression of sequences cotransfected with a modular dihydrofolate reductase complementary DNA gene," J. Mol. Biol., 159(4): 601-621 (1982).
Keith Jr., et al., "Recombinant human interleukin eleven decreases arthritis in HLA-B27 transgenic rats," (Abstract No. 1613), Arthritis Rheum., 39(9 Suppl.): S296 (1996).
Kellerman et al., "Antibody discovery: the use of transgenic mice to generate human monoclonal antibodies for therapeutics," Curr. Opin. Biotechnol., 13: 593-597 (2002).
Kettleborough et al., "Humanization of a mouse monoclonal antibody by CDR-grafting: the importance of framework residues on loop conformation," Protein Eng., 4(7): 773-783 (1991).
Kettleborough et al., "Isolation of tumor cell-specific single-chain Fv from immunized mice using phage-antibody libraries and the re-construction of whole antibodies from these antibody fragments," Eur. J. Immunol., 24: 952-958 (1994).
Kim et al., "Identifying amino acid residues that influence plasma clearance of murine IgG1 fragments by site-directed mutagenesis," Eur. J. Immunol., 24: 542-548 (1994).
Kipriyanov et al., "Bispecific CD3 × CD19 Diabody for T Cell-Mediated Lysis of Malignant Human B Cells," Int. J. Cancer, 77: 763-772 (1998).
Kipriyanov et al., "Generation of recombinant antibodies," Mol. Biotechnol., 12: 173-201 (1999).
Klein, W.L., "Aβ toxicity in Alzheimer's disease: globular oligomers (ADDLs) as new vaccine and drug targets," Neurochem. Int, 41: 345-352 (2002).
Klyubin et al., "Amyloid β protein immunotherapy neutralizes Aβ oligomers that disrupt synaptic plasticity in vivo," Nature Med., 11: 556-561 (2005).
Köhler and Milstein, "Continuous cultures of fused cells secreting antibody of predefined specificity," Nature, 256: 495-497 (1975).
Konishi et al., "A simple and sensitive bioassay for the detection of human interleukin-18/interferon-γ-inducing factor using human myelomonocytic KG-1 cells," J. Immunol. Methods, 209: 187-191 (1997).
Kontermann, R.E., "Recombinant bispecific antibodies for cancer therapy," Acta Pharmacologica Sinica, 26(1): 1-9 (2005).
Kostelny et al., "Formation of a Bispecific Antibody by the Use of Leucine Zippers," J. Immunol., 148(5): 1547-1553 (1992).
Kriangkum et al., "Bispecific and bifunctional single chain recombinant antibodies," Biomol. Eng., 18: 31-40 (2001).
Krop et al., "Self-renewal of B-1 lymphocytes is dependent on CD19," Eur. J. Immunol., 26: 238-242 (1996).
Kuby, Immunology, 2nd ed., (W.H. Freeman and Company, New York, 1994) , p. 115, Fig. 5-6.
Kwong et al., "Generation, affinity maturation, and characterization of a human anti-human NKG2D monoclonal antibody with dual antagonistic and agonistic activity," J. Mol. Biol., 384(5)1143-1156.
Lam et al., "Microencapsulation of Recombinant Humanized Monoclonal Antibody for Local Delivery," Proceed. Intl Symp. Control Rel. Bioact. Mater., 24: 759-760 (1997).
Langer and Peppas, "Chemical and Physical Structure of Polymers as Carriers for Controlled Release of Bioactive Agents: A Review," J. Macromol. Sci. RMC, C23(1): 61-126 (1983).
Langer, R., "New Methods of Drug Delivery," Science, 249: 1527-1533 (1990).
Laue, T., "Analytical centrifugation: equilibrium approach," In Current Protocols in Protein Science, (John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York, 1999), Supplement 18, Unit 20.3, pp. 20.3.1-20.3.13.
Le Gall et al., "Di-, tri- and tetrameric single chain Fv antibody fragments against human CD19: effect of valency on cell binding," FEBS Letters, 453: 164-168 (1999).
Le Gall et al., "Immunosuppressive properties of anti-CD3 single-chain Fv and diabody," J. Immunol. Methods, 285: 111-127 (2004).
Lee et al., "BiP and immunoglobulin light chain cooperate to control the folding of heavy chain and ensure the fidelity of immunoglobulin assembly," Mol. Biol. Cell, 10: 2209-2219 (1999).
Lee et al., "Treatment of rheumatoid arthritis (RA) with thalidomide," (Abstract No. 1524), Arthritis Rheum., 39( 9 Suppl.): S282 (1996).
Legros et al., "Characterization of an anti-Borrelia burgdorferi OspA conformational epitope by limited proteolysis of monoclonal antibody-bound antigen and mass spectrometric peptide mapping," Protein Science, 9: 1002-1010 (2000).
Leung et al., "Combined Effects of IL-12 and IL-18 on the Induction of Collagen-Induced Arthritis," J. Immunol., 164(12): 6495-6502 (2000).
Levy et al., "Inhibition of Calcification of Bioprosthetic Heart Valves by Local Controlled-Release Diphosphonate," Science, 228: 190-192 (1985).
Li et al., "Genetically engineered brain drug delivery vectors: cloning, expression and in vivo application of an anti-transferrin receptor single chain antibody-streptavidin fusion gene and protein," Protein Eng., 12(9): 787-796 (1999).
Li et al., "Structural mutations in the constant region of the T-cell antigen receptor (TCR)β chain and their effect on TCRα and β chain interaction," Immunology, 88: 524-530 (1996).
Li et al., "Synergistic effects of IL-12 and IL-18 in skewing tumor-reactive T-cell responses towards a type I pattern," Cancer Res., 65(3): 1063-1070 (2005).
Lie et al., "Heterogeneity of Monoclonal Antibodies," J. Pharm. Sci., 97(7):2426-2447 (2008).
Little et al., "Of mice and men: hybridoma and recombinant antibodies," Immunol. Today, 21(8): 364-370 (2000).
Lloyd et al., "Mouse Models of Allergic Airway Disease," Adv. Immunol., 77: 263-295 (2001).
Lo, B., "Antibody Humanization by CDR Grafting," Methods Mol. Biol., 248: 135-159.
Lobo et al., "Application of anti-methotrexate Fab fragments for the optimization of intraperitoneal methotrexate therapy in a murine model of peritoneal cancer," J. Pharma. Sci., 94(9): 1957-1964 (2005) (Abstract only).
Lobo, "Anti-Methotrexate Fab Fragments for Optimization of Intraperitoneal Methotrexate Chemotherapy," Dissertation, University of New York at Buffalo, Dept. of Pharmaceutical Sciences, Aug. 2002, pp. 1-243. Available online at: http://www.acsu.buffalo.edu/˜jb/Thesis%20080802.pdf.
Lotz et al., "IL-17 promotes cartilage degradation," (Abstract No. 559), Arthritis Rheum., 39(9Suppl.): S120 (1996).
Lu et al., "A Fully Human Recombinant IgG-like Bispecific Antibody to Both the Epidermal Growth Factor Receptor and the Insulin-like Growth Factor Receptor for Enhanced Antitumor Activity," J. Biol. Chem., 280 (20): 19665-19672 (2005).
Lu et al., "Di-diabody: a novel tetravalent bispecific antibody molecule by design," J. Immunol. Methods, 279: 219-232 (2003).
Lu et al., "Fab-scFv fusion protein: an efficient approach to production of bispecific anitbody fragments," J. Immunol. Methods, 267:213-226 (2002).
Lu et al., "Simultaneous Blockade of Both the Epidermal Growth Factor Receptor and the Insulin-like Growth Factor Receptor Signaling Pathways in Cancer Cells with a Fully Human Recombinant Bispecific Antibody," J. Biol. Chem, 279(4): 2856-2865 (2004).
Lublin, F.D., "Relapsing Experimental Allergic Encephalomyelitis an Autoimmune Model of Multiple Sclerosis," Springer Semin. Immunopathol., 8: 197-208 (1985).
Lund et al., "Human Fc gamma RI and Fc gamma RII interact with distinct but overlapping sites on human IgG," J. Immunol., 147: 2657-2662 (1991).
Luster et al., "Use of animal studies in risk assessment for immunotoxicology," Toxicology, 92(13): 229-243 (1994).
MacCallum et al., "Antibody-antigen Interactions: Contact Analysis and Binding Site Topography," J. Mol. Biol., 262: 732-745 (1996).
Mack et al., "A small bispecific antibody construct expressed as a functional single-chain molecule with high tumor cell cytotoxicity," Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 92: 7021-7025 (1995).
Madhusudan et al., "A phase II study of etanercept (Enbrel), a tumor necrosis factor alpha inhibitor in patients with metastatic breast cancer," Clin. Cancer Res., 10(19): 6528-6534 (2004).
Makwana et al., "Molecular mechanisms in successful peripheral regeneration," FEBS J., 272: 2628-2638 (2005).
Malik-Hall et al., "Primary afferent nociceptor mechanisms mediating NGF-induced mechanical hyperalgesia," Eur. J. Neurosci., 21(12): 3387-3394 (2005).
Marchalonis et al., "Evolutionary Factors in the Emergence of the Combinatorial Germline Antibody Repertoire," Adv. Exp. Med. Biol., 484: 13-30 (2001).
Margolin et al., "Protein crystals as novel catalytic materials," Angew. Chem. Int. Ed., 40: 2204-2222 (2001).
Mariuzza et al., "The Structural Basis of Antigen-Antibody Recognition," Annu. Rev. Biophys. Biophys. Chem., 16: 139-159 (1987).
Marks et al., "By-Passing Immunization: Building High Affinity Human Antibodies by Chain Shuffling," BioTechnology, 10: 779-783 (1992).
Marques et al., "Mediation of the Cytokine Network in the Implantation of Orthopedic Devices," Chapter 21, In Biodegradable Systems in Tissue Engineering and Regenerative Medicine, (Reis et eds.) (CRC Press LLC, Boca Raton, 2005) pp. 377-397.
Marquina et al., "Inhibition of B cell death causes the development of an IgA nephropathy in (New Zealand White x C57BL/6)F1-bcl-2 transgenic mice," J. Immunol., 172(11): 7177-7185 (2004).
Martin, A.C.R., "Protein Sequence and Structure Analysis of Antibody Variable Domains," Chapter 21, In Antibody Engineering (Kontermann and Dübel, eds.), (Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 2001), pp. 422-439.
Marvin and Zhu, "Recombinant approaches to IgG-like bispecific antibodies," Acta Pharmacologica Sinica, 26(6): 649-658 (2005).
Masliah et al., "Effects of α-Synuclein Immunization in a Mouse Model of Parkinson's Disease," Neuron, 46: 857-868 (2005).
Mateo et al., "Humanization of a mouse monoclonal antibody that blocks the epidermal growth factor receptor: recovery of antagonistic activity," Immunotechnology, 3: 71-81 (1997).
McCafferty et al., "Phage antibodies: filamentous phage displaying antibody variable domains," Nature, 348: 552-554 (1990).
McDonnell et al., "TNF Antagonism," In New Drugs for Asthma, Allergy nand COPD. Prog. Respir. Res., vol. 31, (Hansel, et al., eds.) (Karger, Basel, 2001) pp. 247-250.
McGee et al., "The Nogo-66 receptor: focusing myelin inhibition of axon regeneration," Trends in Neurosciences, 26(4): 193-198 (2003).
McIntosh et al., "In Vivo Induction of IL-6 by Administration of Exogenous Cytokines and Detection of De Novo Serum Levels of IL-6 in Tumor-Bearing Mice," J. Immunol., 143(1): 162-167 (1989).
McMahon et al., "Doest Anti-TNF-Alpha Have a Role in the Treatment of Osteoporosis?" Bulletin of the NYU Hospital for Joint Diseases, 65:280-281 (2008).
Mendez et al., "Functional transplant of megabase human immunoglobulin loci recapitulates human antibody response in mice," Nature Genet., 15: 146-156 (1997).
Merchant et al., "An efficient route to human bispecific IgG," Nature Biotechnol., 16: 677-681 (1998).
Michaelson, J., "Dual Targeting of TNF and TWEAK in Inflammatory Bowel Disease. The Promise of a Bispecific Antibody," Conference, Cytokines & Inflammation, Jan. 28, 2011; Agenda, p. 11. Retrieved from the Internet: http://www.cytokinesandinflammation.com/Indez.php?option=com-content&view=articleid=50&itemid=54.
Miller et al., "Design, Construction, and In Vitro Analyses of Multivalent Antibodies," J. Immunol., 170: 4854-4861 (2003).
Milstein et al., "Hybrid hybridomas and their use in immunohistochemistry," Nature, 305: 537-540 (1983).
Mizushima et al., "pEF-BOS, a powerful mammalian expression vector," Nucl. Acids Res., 18(17): 5322 (1990).
Mnich et al., "Characterization of a monoclonal antibody that neutralizes the activity of prostaglandin E2" J. Immunol., 155:4437-4444 (1995).
Modjtahedi et al., "Antitumor Activity of Combinations of Antibodies Directed Against Different Epitopes on the Extracellular Domain of the Human EGF Receptor," Cell Biophys., 22(1-3): 129-146 (1993).
Modjtahedi et al., "Phase I trial and tumour localisation of the anti-EGFR monoclonal antibody 1CR62 in head and neck or lung cancer," Br. J. Cancer, 73: 228-235 (1996).
Modjtahedi et al., "Targeting of Cells Expressing Wild-Type EGFR and Type-III Mutant EGFR (EGFRVIII) by Anti-EGFR MAB ICR62: A Two-Pronged Attack for Tumour Therapy," Int. J. Cancer, 105: 273-280 (2003).
Modjtahedi et al., "The human EGF receptor as a target for cancer therapy: six new rat mAbs against the receptor on the breast carcinoma MDA-MB 468", Br. J. Cancer, 67: 247-253 (1993).
Moreland et al., "Soluble tumor necrosis factor receptors (sTNFR): results of a phase I dose-escalation study in patients with rheumatoid arthritis," (Abstract No. 813), Arthritis Rheum., 37: S295 (1994).
Morgan and Anderson, "Human Gene Therapy," Ann. Rev. Biochem., 62: 191-217 (1993).
Moriuchi et al., "Treatment of established collagen-induced arthritis with PGE1 incorporated in lipid microspheres," (Abstract No. 1528), Arthritis Rheum., 39(9 Suppl.): S282 (1996).
Morrison and Schlom, "Recombinant Chimeric Monoclonal Antibodies," Chapter 1, In Important Advances in Oncology 1990 (J.B. Lippincott Company, Philadelphia, 1990), pp. 3-18.
Morrison et al., "Genetically Engineered Antibody Molecules," Advances in Immonology, 44:65-92 (1969).
Morrison, S., "Two heads are better than one," Nature Biotech., 25(11): 1233-1234 (2007).
Müller et al., "The first constant domain (CH1 and CL) of an antibody used as heterodimerization domain for bispecific miniantibodies," FEBS Lett., 422: 259-264 (1998).
Mulligan, R.C., "The Basic Science of Gene Therapy," Science, 260: 926-932 (1993).
Mullinax et al., "Expression of a Heterodimeric Fab Antibody Protein in One Cloning Step," BioTechniques, 12(6): 864-869 (1992).
Murthy et al., "Binding of an Antagonistic Monoclonal Antibody to an Intact and Fragmented EGF-Receptor Polypeptide," Arch. Biochem. Biophys., 252(2): 549-560 (1987).
Nakanishi et al., "Interleukin-18 Regulates Both TH1 and TH2 Responses," Ann. Rev. Immunol., 19: 423-474 (2001).
National Center for Biotechnology Information (NCBI), Protein Database, "Chain H, Structure of the B20-4 Fab, a Phage Derived Fab Fragment, in Complex with Vegf." Accession No. 2FJH-H, PRI Jan. 2, 2006 [online]. Retrieved from the Internet: http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/90109487?sat=34&satkey=11061856 (2 pages).
National Center for Biotechnology Information (NCBI), Protein Database, "Chain H, Structure of the G6 Fab, a Phage derived Vegf Binding Fab," Accession No. 2FJF-H, PRI Jan. 2, 2006 [online]. Retrieved from the Internet: http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/protein/90109456?sat=34&satkey=11061854 (2 pages).
National Center for Biotechnology Information (NCBI), Protein Database, "Chain H, Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor in Complex with a Neutralizing Antibody," Accession No. 1BJ1-H, ROD Jun. 30, 1998 [online]. Retrieved from the Internet: http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/protein/1BJ1-H (3 pages).
National Center for Biotechnology Information (NCBI), Protein Database, "Chain L, Structure of the B20-4 Fab, a Phage Derived Fab Fragment, in Complex with Vegf," Accession No. 2FJH-L, PRI Jan. 2, 2006 [online]. Retrieved from the Internet; http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/90109486?sat=34&satkey=11061856 (2 pages).
National Center for Biotechnology Information (NCBI), Protein Database, "Chain L, Structure of the G6 Fab, a Phage Derived Vegf Binding Fab," Accession No. 2FJF-L, PRI Jan. 2, 2006 [online]. Retrieved from the Internet: http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/protein/90109455?sat=34&satkey=11061854 (2 pages).
National Center for Biotechnology Information (NCBI), Protein Database, "Chain L, Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor in Complex with a Neutralizing Antibody," Accession No. 1BJ1-L, ROD Jun. 30, 1998 [online]. Retrieved from the Internet: http://www.mcbi.nlm.nih.gov/protein/4389276?sat=11&satkey=3623907 (3 pages).
Nelson, R.B. "The Dualistic Nature of Immune Modulation In Alzheimer's Disease: Lessons from the Transgenic Models," Curr. Pharm. Des., 11: 3335-3352 (2005).
Ning et al., "Intratumoral radioimmunotherapy of a human colon cancer xenograft using a sustained-release gel," Radiotherapy Oncol., 39: 179-189 (1996).
Nishimoto et al., "Treatment of rheumatoid arthritis with humanized anti-interleukin-6 receptor antibody," Arthritis Rheum., 50(6): 1761-1769 (2004).
O'Connor et al., "Requirement of multiple phage displayed peptide libraries for optimal mapping of a conformational antibody epitope on CCR5," J. Immunol. Methods, 299: 21-35 (2005).
Okamoto et al., "Rituximab for Rheumatoid Arthritis," N. Engl. J. Med., 351: 1909 (2004).
Owens et al., "The Immunology of Multiple Sclerosis and Its Animal Model, Experimental Allergic Encephalomyelitis," Neurol. Clin., 13(1): 51-73 (1995).
Pack and Plückthun, "Miniantibodies: Use of Amphipathic Helices to Produce Functional, Flexibly Linked Dimeric Fv Fragments with High Avidity in Escherichia coli," Biochemistry, 31: 1579-1584 (1992).
Padilla et al., "IL-13 Regulates the Immune Response to Inhaled Antigens," J. Immunol., 174(12): 8097-8105 (2005).
Padlan et al., "Identification of specificity-determining residues in antibodies," FASEB J., 9: 133-139 (1995).
Padlan, E.A., "A Possible Procedure for Reducing the Immunogenicity of Antibody Variable Domains While Preserving Their Ligand-Binding Properties," Mol. Immunol., 28(4/5): 489-498 (1991).
Park et al., "Generation and characterization of a novel tetravalent bispecific antibody that binds to hepatitis B virus surface antigens," Molecular Immunol., 37: 1123-1130 (2000).
Pearlman and Nguyen, "Analysis of protein drugs," Chapter 6, In Peptide and Protein Drug Delivery. Advanced in Parenteral Sciences, vol. 4. 1st ed.(Lee, ed.) (Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York, 1991) pp. 247-301.
Peipp et al., "Bispecific antibodies targeting cancer cells," Biochem. Soc. Trans., 30(4): 507-511 (2002).
Peng et al., "Experimental Use of Murine Lupus Models," Methods Mol. Med., 102: 227-272 (2004).
Persic et al., "An integrated vector system for the eukaryotic expression of antibodies or their fragments after seletion from phage display libraries," Gene, 187: 9-18 (1997).
Petkova et al., "Enhanced half-life of genetically engineered human IgG1 antibodies in a humanized FcRn mouse model: potential application in humorally mediated autoimmune disease," Int. Immunol., 18: 1759-1769 (2006).
Petrey et al., "Using multiple structure alignments, fast model building, and energetic analysis in fold recognition and homology modeling," Proteins, 53: 430-435 (2003).
Pham, V. et al., "De novo proteomic sequencing of a monoclonal antibody raised against OX40 ligand," Analytical Biochemistry, 352: 77-86 (2006).
Piatesi et al., "Immunological Optimization of a Generic Hydrophobic Pocket for High Affinity Hapten Binding and Diels-Alder Activity," ChemBioChem, 5: 460-466 (2004).
Pimm et al., "A bispecific monoclonal antibody against methotrexate and a human tumour associated antigen augments cytotoxicity of methotrexate-carrier conjugate," Br. J. Cancer, 51: 508-513 (1990).
Plückthun et al., "New protein engineering approaches to multivalent and bispecific antibody fragments," Immunotechnology, 3: 83-105 (1997).
Poljak, R.J., "Production and structure of diabodies," Structure, 2: 1121-1123 (1994).
Portanova et al., "Selective Neutralization of Prostaglandin E2 Blocks Inflammation, Hyperalgesia, and Interleukin 6 Production In Vivo," J. Exp. Med., 184(3): 883-891 (1996).
Portolano et al., "Lack of promiscuity in autoantigen-specific H and L chain combinations as revealed by human H and L chain 'roulette," J. Immunol., 150:880-887 (1993).
Presta , L.G., "Selection, design, and engineering of therapeutic antibodies," J. Allergy Clin. Immunol., 116: 731-736 (2005).
Presta et al., "Humanization of an Antibody Directed Against IgE," J. Immunol., 151(5): 2623-2632 (1993).
Presta, L.G., "Engineering of therapeutic antibodies to minimize immunogenicity and optimize function," Adv. Drug. Del. Rev., 58: 640-656 (2006).
Presta, L.G., "Molecular engineering and design of therapeutic antibodies," Curr. Opin. Immunol., 20: 460-470 (2008).
Qu et al., "Bispecific anti-CD20/22 antibodies inhibit B-cell lymphoma proliferation by a unique mechanism of action," Blood, 111(4): 2211-2219 (2007).
Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy. 21st ed.(Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, Philadelphia, 2005) pp. 745-747, 802-804, 838, 879-883, 889-890, and 1079-1082.
Reusch et al., "Anti-CD3 x Anti-Epidermal Growth Factor Receptor (EGFR) Bispecific Antibody Redirects T Cell Cytolytic Activity to EGFR-Positive Cancers in vitro and in an Animal Model," Clin. Cancer Res., 12(1): 183-190 (2006).
Ridgway et al., "'Knobs-into-holes' engineering of antibody CH3 domains for heavy chain heterodimerization," Protein Eng., 9(7): 617-621(1996).
Riechmann et al., "Reshaping human antibodies for therapy," Nature, 332: 323-327 (1988).
Riemer et al., "Matching of trastuzumab (Herceptin®) epitope mimics onto the surface of Her-2/neu-a new method of epitope definition" Mol. Immunol., 42: 1121-1124 (2005).
Roberts et al., "RNA-peptide fusions for the in vitro selection of peptides and proteins," Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 94: 12297-12302 (1997).
Robinson, C., "Gene therapy-proceeding from laboratory to clinic," Trends Biotechnol., 11(5): 155 (1993).
Rodeck et al., "Interations Between Growth Factor Receptors and Corresponding Monoclonal Antibodies in Human Tumors," J. Cell Biochem., 35: 315-320 (1987).
Roguska et al., "A comparison of two murine monoclonal antibodies humanized by CDR-grafting and variable domain resurfacing," Protein Eng., 9(10): 895-904 (1996).
Roguska et al., "Humanization of murine monoclonal antibodies through variable domain resurfacing," Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 91: 969-973 (1994).
Ronday et al., "Tranexamic acid (TEA), an inhibitor of plasminogen activation, reduces collagen crosslink excretion in arthritis," (Abstract No. 1541), Arthritis Rheum., 39(9 Suppl.): S284 (1996).
Ross, J.M., "Sulfasalazine (SSZ) toxicity: an assessment of American College of Rheumatology (ACR) monitoring guidelines for SSZ," (Abstract No. 1520), Arthritis Rheum., 39(9 Suppl.): S281 (1996).
Rudikoff et al., "Single amino acid substitution altering antigen binding specificity," Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 79: 1979-1983 (1982).
Sambrook and Russell (eds.), Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual.3rd Ed. (Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, NY, 2001) Chapters 1, 8, 15 and 16.
Santos et al., "Generation and Characterization of a Single Gene-encoded Single-Chain-Tetravalent Antitumor Antibody," Clin. Cancer Res., 5 (Suppl.): 3118s-3123s (1999).
Satoh et al., "Non-fucosylated therapeutic antibodies as next-generation therapeutic antibodies," Expert Opin. Biol. Ther.6(11): 1161-1173 (2006).
Saudek et al., "A Preliminary Trial of the Programmable Implantable Medication System for Insulin Delivery," N. Engl. J. Med., 321: 574-579 (1989).
Sawai et al., "Direct Production of the Fab Fragment Derived From the Sperm Immobilizing Antibody Using Polymerase Chain Reaction and cDNA Expression Vectors," Am. J. Reprod. Immunol., 34: 26-34 (1995).
Schier et al., "Identification of functional and structural amino-acid residues by parsimonious mutagenesis," Gene, 169: 147-155 (1995).
Scholz, P., "Inhibition of the production and effect of TNF-alpha by iloprost: possible impact for treatment of rheumatoid arthritis," (Abstract No. 336), Arthritis Rheum., 39(9 Suppl.): S82 (1996).
Sefton, M.V., "Implantable Pumps," CRC Crit. Rev. Biomed. Eng., 14(3): 201-240 (1987).
Seligmann et al., "Immunochemical Study of a Human Myeloma IgG1 Half Molecule," Ann. Immunol., 129 C: 855-870 (1978).
Sewell et al., "DAB486IL-2 fusion toxin in refractory rheumatoid arthritis," Arthritis Rheum., 36(9): 1223-1233 (Sep. 1993).
Sfikakis et al., "Rituximab anti-B-cell therapy in systemic lupus erythematosus: pointing to the future," Curr. Opin. Rheumatol., 17: 550-557 (2005).
Shalaby et al., "Development of Humanized Bispecific Antibodies Reactive with Cytotoxic Lymphocytes and Tumor Cells Overexpressing the HER2 Protooncogene," J. Exp. Med., 175: 217225 (1992).
Shapiro et al., "DNA Target Motifs of Somatic Mutagenesis in Antibody Genes," Crit. Rev. Immunol., 22(3): 183-200 (2002).
Shepherd et al., "Novel 'inflammatory plaque' pathology in presenilin-1 Alzheimer's disease," Neuropathol. Appl. Neurobiol., 31: 503-511 (2005).
Shields et al., "Lack of Fucose on Human IgG1 N-Linked Oligosaccharide Improves Binding to Human FcγRIII and Antibody-dependent Cellular Toxicity," J. Biol. Chem., 277(30): 26733-26740 (2002).
Shu et al., "Secretion of a single-gene-encoded immunoglobulin from myeloma cells," Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 90: 7995-7999 (1993).
Sims et al., "A Humanized CD18 Antibody Can Block Function without Cell Destruction," J. Immunol., 151(4): 2296-2308 (1993).
Skerra et al., "Assembly of a Functional Immunoglobulin Fv Fragment in Escherichia coli," Science, 240: 1038-1041 (1988).
Smith and Morrison, "Recombinant Polymeric IgG: An Approach to Engineering More Potent Antibodies," Bio/Technology12: 683-688 (1994).
Snibson et al., "Airway remodelling and inflammation in sheep lungs after chronic airway challenge with house dust mite," Clin. Exp. Allergy, 35: 146-152 (2005).
Soloman, B., "Alzheimer's Disease and Immunotherapy," Curr. Alzheimer. Res., 1: 149-163 (2004).
Song et al., "Antibody Mediated Lung Targeting of Long-Circulating Emulsions," PDA J. Pharm. Sci. Technol., 50: 372-377 (1996).
Staerz et al., "Hybrid antibodies can target sites for attack by T cells," Nature, 314: 628-631 (1985).
Stamper et al., "Crystal structure of the B7-1/CTLA-4 complex that inhibits human immune responses," Nature, 410: 608-611 (2001).
Stancovski et al., "Mechanistic aspects of the opposing effects of monoclonal antibodies to the ERBB2 receptor on tumor growth," Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 88: 8691-8695 (1991).
Steffen et al., "Basic studies on enzyme therapy of immune complex diseases" Wien Klin. Wochenschr., 97(8): 376-385 (1985) (Abstract only).
Steinman et al., "Virtues and pitfalls of EAE for the development of therapies for multiple sclerosis," Trends Immunol., 26(11):565-571 (2005).
Stickler et al., "CD4+ T-cell epitope determination using unexposed human donor peripheral blood mononuclear cells," J. Immunotherapy, 23: 654-660 (2000).
Stolk et al., "Are severe non-hematologic side-effects on azathioprine treatment caused by altered purine enzyme activities?" (Abstract No. 1522), Arthritis Rheum., 39(9 Suppl.): S281 (1996).
Streppel et al., "Focal application of neutralizing antibodies to soluble neutrophic factors reduces collateral axonal branching after peripheral nerve lesion," Eur. J. Neurosci., 15(8): 1327-1342 (2002).
Studnicka et al., "Human-engineered monoclonal antibodies retain full specific binding activity by preserving non-Cdr complementarity-modulating residues," Protein Eng., 7(6): 805-814 (1994).
't Hart et al., "Suppression of Ongoing Disease in a Nonhuman Primate Model of Multiple Sclerosis by a Human-Anti-Human IL-12p40 Antibody," J. Immunol., 175(7): 4761-4768 (2005).
Taiwan Patent Application No. 095130565: Taiwan Patent Office Search Report, dated Apr. 24, 2009.
Taylor et al., "A transgenic mouse that expresses a diversity of human sequence heavy and light chain immunoglobulins," Nucl. Acids Res., 20: 6287-6295 (1992).
Teng et al., "Nogo Signaling and Non-Physical Injury-Induced Nervous System Pathology," J. Neuroscience Research, 79: 273-278 (2005).
Thies et al., "Folding and Association of the Antibody Domain CH3: Prolyl Isomerization Preceeds Dimerization," J. Mol. Biol., 293: 67-79 (1999).
Thoss et al., "Immunomodulation of rat antigen-induced arthritis by leflunomide alone and in combination with cyclosporin A," Inflamm. Res., 45: 103-107 (1996).
Tol et al., "Chemotherapy, Bevacizumab, and Cetuximab in Metastatic Colorectal Cancer," N. Engl. J. Med., 360(6): 563-572 (2009).
Tolstoshev, P., "Gene Therapy, Concepts, Current Trials and Future Directions," Ann. Rev. Pharmacol. Toxicol., 32: 573-596 (1993).
Tuohy et al., "Spontaneous Regression of Primary Autoreactivity during Chronic Progression of Experimental Autoimmune Encephalomyelitis and Multiple Sclerosis," J. Exp. Med., 189(7): 10331042 (1999).
U.S. Appl. No. 12/431,460, filed Apr. 28, 2009 by Ghayur et al.: Final Office Action, Nov. 2, 2011.
U.S. Appl. No. 12/431,460, filed Apr. 28, 2009 by Ghayur et al.: Non-Final Office Action, Apr. 4, 2014.
U.S. Appl. No. 12/431,460, filed Apr. 28, 2009 by Ghayur et al.: Non-Final Office Action, Mar. 16, 2011.
U.S. Appl. No. 12/477,711, filed Jun. 3, 2009 by Ghayur et al.: Final Office Action, Dec. 30, 2011.
U.S. Appl. No. 12/477,711, filed Jun. 3, 2009 by Ghayur et al.: Final Office Action, Feb. 7, 2014.
U.S. Appl. No. 12/477,711, filed Jun. 3, 2009 by Ghayur et al.: Non-Final Office Action, Aug. 11, 2011.
U.S. Appl. No. 12/477,711, filed Jun. 3, 2009 by Ghayur et al.: Non-Final Office Action, Jul. 17, 2013.
U.S. Appl. No. 12/499,652, filed Jul. 8, 2009 by Ghayur et al.: Final Office Action, Nov. 3, 2011.
U.S. Appl. No. 12/499,652, filed Jul. 8, 2009 by Ghayur et al.: Non-Final Office Action, May 10, 2011.
U.S. Appl. No. 12/499,652, filed Jul. 8, 2009 by Ghayur et al.: Notice of Allowance, Apr. 10, 2014.
U.S. Appl. No. 12/605,094, filed Oct. 23, 2009 by Ghayur et al.: Final Office Action, Nov. 30, 2011.
U.S. Appl. No. 12/605,094, filed Oct. 23, 2009 by Ghayur et al.: Non-Final Office Action, Jun. 29, 2011.
U.S. Appl. No. 12/631,483, filed Dec. 4, 2009 by Jakob et al.: Final Office Action, Jul. 6, 2012.
U.S. Appl. No. 12/631,483, filed Dec. 4, 2009 by Jakob et al.: Non-Final Office Action, Nov. 23, 2011.
U.S. Appl. No. 12/771,871, filed Apr. 30, 2010 by Ghayur et al.: Final Office Action, May 28, 2013.
U.S. Appl. No. 12/771,871, filed Apr. 30, 2010 by Ghayur et al.: Non-Final Office Action, Apr. 15, 2014.
U.S. Appl. No. 12/771,871, filed Apr. 30, 2010 by Ghayur et al.: Non-Final Office Action, May 16, 2012.
U.S. Appl. No. 12/771,874, filed Apr. 30, 2010 by Ghayur et al.: Final Office Action, Nov. 12, 2013.
U.S. Appl. No. 12/771,874, filed Apr. 30, 2010 by Ghayur et al.: Non-Final Office Action, Apr. 18, 2013.
U.S. Appl. No. 12/771,874, filed Apr. 30, 2010 by Ghayur et al.: Non-Final Office Action, Sep. 7, 2012.
U.S. Appl. No. 12/846,317, filed Jul. 29, 2010 by Ghayur et al.: Final Office Action, May 23, 2013.
U.S. Appl. No. 12/846,317, filed Jul. 29, 2010 by Ghayur et al.: Non-Final Office Action, Nov. 6, 2013.
U.S. Appl. No. 12/873,926, filed Sep. 1, 2010 by Ghayur et al.: Final Office Action, Mar. 12, 2013.
U.S. Appl. No. 12/873,926, filed Sep. 1, 2010 by Ghayur et al.: Non-Final Office Action, Aug. 28, 2012.
U.S. Appl. No. 12/873,926, filed Sep. 1, 2010 by Ghayur et al.: Notice of Allowance, Jul. 24, 2013.
U.S. Appl. No. 12/905,474, filed Oct. 15, 2010 by Ghayur et al.: Non-Final Office Action, May 29, 2013.
U.S. Appl. No. 12/905,474, filed Oct. 15, 2010 by Ghayur et al.: Notice of Allowance, Jan. 10, 2014.
U.S. Appl. No. 12/914,614, filed Oct. 28, 2010 by Ghayur et al.: Non-Final Office Action, Jun. 6, 2013.
U.S. Appl. No. 12/914,614, filed Oct. 28, 2010 by Ghayur et al.: Notice of Allowance, Jan. 10, 2014.
U.S. Appl. No. 13/167,323, filed Jun. 23, 2011 by Ghayur et al.: Final Office Action, Nov. 20, 2013.
U.S. Appl. No. 13/167,323, filed Jun. 23, 2011 by Ghayur et al.: Non-Final Office Action, Jun. 4, 2013.
U.S. Appl. No. 13/196,138, filed Aug. 2, 2011 by Ghayur et al.: Notice of Allowance, Jan. 16, 2014.
U.S. Appl. No. 13/196,138, filed Aug. 3, 2011 by Ghayur et al.: Non-Final Office Action, Nov. 27, 2012.
U.S. Appl. No. 13/217,937, filed Aug. 25, 2011 by Ghayur et al.: Final Office Action, Mar. 20, 2013.
U.S. Appl. No. 13/217,937, filed Aug. 25, 2011 by Ghayur et al.: Non-Final Office Action, Sep. 6, 2012.
U.S. Appl. No. 13/286,707, filed Nov. 1, 2011 by Ghayur et al.: Final Office Action, Jul. 17, 2013.
U.S. Appl. No. 13/286,707, filed Nov. 1, 2011 by Ghayur et al.: Non-Final Office Action, Feb. 25, 2013.
U.S. Appl. No. 13/286,707, filed Nov. 1, 2011 by Ghayur et al.: Non-Final Office Action, Jan. 29, 2014.
Umana et al., "Engineered glycoforms of an antineuroblastoma IgG1 with optimized antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxic activity," Nature Biotechnol., 17: 176-180 (1999).
Urlaub et al., "Isolation of Chinese hamster cell mutants deficient in dihydrofolate reductase activity," Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 77: 4216-4220 (1980).
Vaccaro et al., "Divergent activities of an engineered antibody in murine and human systems have implications for therapeutic antibodies," Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 103: 18709-18714 (2006).
Vajdos et al., "Comprehensive functional maps of the antigen-binding site of an anti-ErbB2 antibody obtained with shotgun scanning mutagenesis," J. Mol. Biol., 320: 415-428 (2002).
Verhoeyen et al., "Reshaping Human Antibodies: Grafting an Antilysozyme Activity," Science, 239: 1534-1536 (1988).
Voet et al (Eds.). Biochemistry. John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1999; p. 1100.
Voller et al., "Enzyme immunoassays with special reference to ELISA techniques," J. Clin. Pathol., 31:507-520 (1978).
Von Mehren et al., "Monoclonal Antibody Therapy for Cancer," Ann. Rev. Med., 54: 343-369 (2003).
Wallick et al., "Glycosylation of a VH Residue of a Monoclonal Antibody Against α(1→6) Dextran Increases Its Affinity for Antigen," J. Exp. Med., 168: 1099-1109 (1988).
Wang et al., "Antibody Structure, Instability, and Formulation," J. Pharm. Sci., 96(1): 1-26 (2007).
Ward et al., "Binding activities of a repertoire of single immunoglobulin variable domains secreted from Escheria coli," Nature, 341: 544-546 (1989).
West Jr. et al., "Crystal Structure and Immunoglobulin G Binding Properties of the Human Major Histocompatibility Complex-Related Fc Receptor," Biochemistry, 39: 9698-9708 (2000).
Wileman et al., "Association between Subunit Ectodomains Promote T Cell Antigen Receptor Assembly and Protect against Degradation in the ER," J. Cell Biol., 122(1): 67-78 (1993).
Wing et al., "Ex-vivo whole blood cultures for predicting cytokine-release syndrome: dependence on target antigen and antibody isotype," Therapeutic Immunol., 2(4): 183-190 (1995).
Winkles, J., "The TWEAK-Fn14 cytokine-receptor axis: discovery, biology and therapeutic targeting," Nature Reviews Drug Disc., 7(5):411-425 (2008).
Wooldridge et al., "Tricks with tetramers: how to get the most from multimeric peptide-MHC," Immunology 126: 147-164 (2009).
Wright et al., "Antibody variable region glycosylation: position effects on antigen binding and carbohydrate structure," EMBO J., 10(10): 2717-2723 (1991).
Wu and Grainger, "Drug/device combinations for local drug therapies and infection prophylaxis," Biomaterials, 27: 2450-2467 (2006).
Wu and Wu, "Delivery systems for gene therapy," Biotherapy, 3: 87-95 (1991).
Wu and Wu, "Receptor-mediated in Vitro Gene Transformation by a Soluble DNA Carrier System," J. Biol. Chem., 262(10): 4429-4432 (1987).
Wu et al., "Generation and Characterization of a Dual Variable Domain Immunoglobulin (DVD-Ig™) Molecule," in Antibody Engineering, vol. 2. R. Kontemann and S. Dübel (Eds.), Springer-Verlag, 2010, pp. 239-250.
Wu et al., "Humanization of a murine monoclonal antibody by simultaneous optimization of framework and CDR residues," J. Mol. Biol., 294: 151-162 (1999).
Wu et al., "IL-18 receptor β-induced changes in the presentation of IL-18 binding sites affect ligand binding and signal transduction," J. Immunol., 170: 5571-5577 (2003).
Wu et al., "Molecular construction and optimization of anti-human IL-1α/β dual variable domain immunoglobulin (DVD-Ig™) molecules," mAbs, 1(4): 339-347 (2009).
Wu et al., "Simultaneous targeting of multiple disease mediators by a dual-variable-domain immunoglobulin," Nature Biotechnol., 25(11): 1290-1297 (2007).
Wu et al., "Simultaneous targeting of multiple disease mediators by a dual-variable-domain immunoglobulin," Nature Biotechnology (advance online publication, http://www.nature.com/naturebiotechnology), pp. 1-8 (published online Oct. 14, 2007).
Wu et al., "Tumor localization of anti-CEA single-chain Fvs: improved targeting by non-covalent dimers," Immunotechnology, 2(1): 21-36 (1996).
Wurm, F.M., "Production of recombinant protein therapeutics in cultivated mammalian cells," Nature Biotechnol., 22(11): 1393-1398 (2004).
Xu et al., "Recombinant DNA vaccine encoding multiple domains related to inhibition of neurite outgrowth: a potential strategy for axonal regeneration," J. Neurochem., 91: 1018-1023 (2004).
Yelton et al., "Affinity Maturation of the BR96 Anti-Carcinoma Antibody by Codon-Based Mutagenesis," J. Immunol., 155: 1994-2004 (1995).
Yonehara et al., "Involvement of apoptosis antigen Fas in clonal deletion of human thymocytes," Int. Immunol., 6(12): 1849-1856 (1994).
Zapata et al., "Engineering linear F(ab′)2 fragments for efficient production in Escherichia coli and enhanced antiproliferative activity," Protein Eng., 8(10): 1057-1062 (1995).
Zhang et al., "Inhibition of Cyclooxygenase-2 Rapidly Reverses Inflammatory Hyperalgesia and Prostaglandin E2 Production," J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther., 283(3): 1069-1075 (1997).
Zola et al., "CD Molecules 2005: human cell differentiation molecules," Blood, 106: 3123-3126 (2005).
Zuo et al., "An efficient route to the production of an IgG-like bispecific antibody," Protein Eng., 13(5): 361-367 (2000).

Cited By (29)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9469688B2 (en) 2009-08-29 2016-10-18 Abbvie Inc. Therapeutic DLL4 binding proteins
US20160075773A1 (en) * 2009-12-08 2016-03-17 AbbVie Deutschland GmbH & Co. KG Monoclonal antibodies against the rgm a protein for use in the treatment of retinal nerve fiber layer degeneration
US9469689B2 (en) 2010-03-02 2016-10-18 Abbvie Inc. Therapeutic DLL4 binding proteins
US9493560B2 (en) 2010-08-03 2016-11-15 Abbvie Inc. Dual variable domain immunoglobulins and uses thereof
US9944720B2 (en) 2012-11-01 2018-04-17 Abbvie Inc. Anti-DLL4/VEGF dual variable domain immunoglobulin and uses thereof
US9644031B2 (en) * 2013-04-07 2017-05-09 Genrix (Shanghai) Biopharmacertical Co., Ltd. Epidermal growth factor receptor antibody
US20160017045A1 (en) * 2013-04-07 2016-01-21 Bioex Therapeutics Inc. Epidermal growth factor receptor antibody
US10398673B2 (en) 2014-02-10 2019-09-03 Respivant Services GmbH Mast cell stabilizers treatment for systemic disorders
US10835512B2 (en) 2014-02-10 2020-11-17 Respivant Sciences Gmbh Methods of treating respiratory syncytial virus infections
US10238628B2 (en) 2014-02-10 2019-03-26 Respivant Sciences Gmbh Mast cell stabilizers treatment for systemic disorders
US10093733B2 (en) 2014-12-11 2018-10-09 Abbvie Inc. LRP-8 binding dual variable domain immunoglobulin proteins
US9840554B2 (en) 2015-06-15 2017-12-12 Abbvie Inc. Antibodies against platelet-derived growth factor (PDGF)
US10596146B2 (en) 2015-08-07 2020-03-24 Respivant Sciences Gmbh Methods for the treatment of systemic disorders treatable with mast cell stabilizers, including mast cell related disorders
US10238625B2 (en) 2015-08-07 2019-03-26 Respivant Sciences Gmbh Methods for the treatment of mast cell related disorders with mast cell stabilizers
US10391078B2 (en) 2015-08-07 2019-08-27 Respivant Sciences Gmbh Methods for the treatment of mast cell related disorders with mast cell stabilizers
US10265296B2 (en) 2015-08-07 2019-04-23 Respivant Sciences Gmbh Methods for the treatment of systemic disorders treatable with mast cell stabilizers, including mast cell related disorders
US11083778B2 (en) 2015-12-04 2021-08-10 Jomoco, Corp Compositions and methods to mitigate or prevent an immune response to an immunogenic therapeutic molecule in non-human primates
US10322192B2 (en) 2016-03-02 2019-06-18 Eisai R&D Management Co., Ltd. Eribulin-based antibody-drug conjugates and methods of use
US10548986B2 (en) 2016-03-02 2020-02-04 Eisai R&D Management Co., Ltd. Eribulin-based antibody-drug conjugates and methods of use
US10463613B2 (en) 2016-08-31 2019-11-05 Respivant Sciences Gmbh Cromolyn compositions for treatment of chronic cough due to idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis
US10265267B2 (en) 2016-08-31 2019-04-23 Respivant Sciences Gmbh Cromolyn compositions for treatment of chronic cough due to idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis
US10583113B2 (en) 2016-10-07 2020-03-10 Respivant Sciences Gmbh Cromolyn compositions for treatment of pulmonary fibrosis
US10561635B2 (en) 2016-10-07 2020-02-18 Respivant Sciences Gmbh Cromolyn compositions for treatment of pulmonary fibrosis
US11939385B2 (en) 2017-05-16 2024-03-26 ALX Oncology Inc. Activatable antibodies and methods of use thereof
US11067584B2 (en) 2018-01-12 2021-07-20 Genzyme Corporation Methods for the quantitation of polypeptides
WO2019140320A1 (en) 2018-01-12 2019-07-18 Genzyme Corporation Methods for the quantitation of polypeptides
US11754573B2 (en) 2018-01-12 2023-09-12 Genzyme Corporation Methods for the quantitation of polypeptides
WO2021142427A1 (en) 2020-01-11 2021-07-15 Scholar Rock, Inc. TGFβ INHIBITORS AND USE THEREOF
WO2023288277A1 (en) 2021-07-14 2023-01-19 Scholar Rock, Inc. Ltbp complex-specific inhibitors of tgfb1 and uses thereof

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CL2010001425A1 (en) 2011-04-08
RU2010153578A (en) 2012-07-20
AU2009256246B2 (en) 2013-07-18
NZ589436A (en) 2012-12-21
KR20110016959A (en) 2011-02-18
US20150183867A1 (en) 2015-07-02
BRPI0913366A2 (en) 2015-11-24
AU2009256246A1 (en) 2009-12-10
SG191625A1 (en) 2013-07-31
TW201006485A (en) 2010-02-16
AR072000A1 (en) 2010-07-28
JP5723769B2 (en) 2015-05-27
US20160032000A1 (en) 2016-02-04
ECSP10010643A (en) 2011-02-28
NO20101695A1 (en) 2011-03-03
CA2725666A1 (en) 2009-12-10
DOP2010000369A (en) 2010-12-31
ZA201008561B (en) 2016-01-27
MX2010013236A (en) 2011-02-24
BRPI0913366A8 (en) 2017-07-11
EP2297208A4 (en) 2012-07-11
UY31861A (en) 2010-01-05
EP2297208A2 (en) 2011-03-23
PE20100054A1 (en) 2010-03-03
US20090304693A1 (en) 2009-12-10
CN102112494A (en) 2011-06-29
WO2009149185A3 (en) 2010-03-04
JP2015119711A (en) 2015-07-02
WO2009149185A2 (en) 2009-12-10
CO6331348A2 (en) 2011-10-20
JP2012500621A (en) 2012-01-12
IL209490A0 (en) 2011-01-31

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US9109026B2 (en) Dual variable domain immunoglobulins and uses thereof
US9493560B2 (en) Dual variable domain immunoglobulins and uses thereof
US8722855B2 (en) Dual variable domain immunoglobulins and uses thereof
US9029508B2 (en) Dual variable domain immunoglobulins and uses thereof
US9035027B2 (en) Dual variable domain immunoglobulins and uses thereof
US8716450B2 (en) Dual variable domain immunoglobulins and uses thereof
US9046513B2 (en) Dual variable domain immunoglobulins and uses thereof
US8586714B2 (en) Dual variable domain immunoglobulins and uses thereof
US8853365B2 (en) Dual variable domain immunnoglobulins and uses thereof
US20160046730A1 (en) Dual variable domain immunoglobulins and uses thereof
US20100260668A1 (en) Dual Variable Domain Immunoglobulins and Uses Thereof
US20120258108A1 (en) Dual Variable Domain Immunoglobulins and Uses Thereof
US20100233079A1 (en) Dual Variable Domain Immunoglobulins and Uses Thereof
US20110044980A1 (en) Dual Variable Domain Immunoglobulins and Uses Thereof
AU2013206151A1 (en) Dual variable domain immunoglobulins and uses thereof

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: ABBOTT LABORATORIES, ILLINOIS

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:GHAYUR, TARIQ;HAHN, ALFRED;MUELLER, BERNHARD;SIGNING DATES FROM 20090625 TO 20090708;REEL/FRAME:022989/0345

Owner name: ABBOTT LABORATORIES, ILLINOIS

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:GHAYUR, TARIQ;HAHN, ALFRED;MUELLER, BERNHARD;REEL/FRAME:022989/0345;SIGNING DATES FROM 20090625 TO 20090708

AS Assignment

Owner name: ABBVIE INC., ILLINOIS

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:ABBOTT LABORATORIES;REEL/FRAME:030235/0856

Effective date: 20120801

FEPP Fee payment procedure

Free format text: PAYOR NUMBER ASSIGNED (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: ASPN); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: LARGE ENTITY

STCF Information on status: patent grant

Free format text: PATENTED CASE

MAFP Maintenance fee payment

Free format text: PAYMENT OF MAINTENANCE FEE, 4TH YEAR, LARGE ENTITY (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: M1551); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: LARGE ENTITY

Year of fee payment: 4

MAFP Maintenance fee payment

Free format text: PAYMENT OF MAINTENANCE FEE, 8TH YEAR, LARGE ENTITY (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: M1552); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: LARGE ENTITY

Year of fee payment: 8